Home

Contents

Index

NP 1 RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
The table below is to record Section IV Notices to Mariners amendments affecting this volume. Subparagraph numbers in the margin of the body of the book are to assist the user when making amendments to this volume.

Weekly Notices to Mariners (Section IV) 2006 2007 2008 2009

IMPORTANT SEE RELATED ADMIRALTY PUBLICATIONS

This is one of a series of publications produced by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office which should be consulted by users of Admiralty Charts. The full list of such publications is as follows: Notices to Mariners (Annual, permanent, temporary and preliminary), Chart 5011 (Symbols and abbreviations), The Mariners Handbook (especially Chapters 1 and 2 for important information on the use of UKHO products, their accuracy and limitations), Sailing Directions (Pilots), List of Lights and Fog Signals, List of Radio Signals, Tide Tables and their digital equivalents.

All charts and publications should be kept up to date with the latest amendments.

Home

Contents

Index

NP 1

AFRICA PILOT VOLUME I

Arquiplago da Madeira Islas Canarias Arquiplago de Cabo Verde West coast of Africa from Cap Spartel to Bakassi Peninsula

FOURTEENTH EDITION 2006

PUBLISHED BY THE UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE

Home

Contents

Index

E Crown Copyright 2006 To be obtained from Agents for the sale of Admiralty Charts and Publications

Copyright for some of the material in this publication is owned by the authority named under the item and permission for its reproduction must be obtained from the owner.

Previous editions:
First published as Western Coast of Africa . . . . . . . . 2nd Edition as Africa Pilot Volume I . . . . . . . . . . . . 3rd Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13th Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1849 1856 1873 1880 1890 1899 1907 1920 1930 1939 1953 1967 1982

ii

Home

Contents

Index

PREFACE
The Fourteenth Edition of Africa Pilot Volume I has been compiled by Mr Hemant Vora. The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office has used all reasonable endeavours to ensure that this pilot contains all the appropriate information obtained by and assessed by it at the date shown below. Information received or assessed after that date will be included in Admiralty Notics to Mariners where appropriate. If in doubt, see The Mariners Handbook for details of what Admiralty Notics to Mariners are and how to use them. This edition supersedes the Thirteenth Edition (1982) and Supplement No 8 (2002), which are cancelled. Information on currents and climate has been based on data supplied by the Met Office, Exeter. The following sources of information, other than UKHO Publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been consulted: British Fairplay Ports Guide 2004/2005 Lloyds List Ports of the World 2004/2005 Lloyds Shipping Statistics 2004. Whitakers Almanack 2005 The Statemans Year Book 2005 Cruising Guide to W Africa 1997, RCC Pilotage Foundation. Portuguese Roteiro da Costa de Portugal, Arquiplago da Madeira, 2001. Spanish Derrotero de la Costa W de Africa, 1996. French C4Instructions nautiques, Afrique (cte ouest) 1997. United States Pub.143, Sailing Directions W Coast of Europe and N W Africa, 2003. Pub.123, Sailing Directions S W Coast of Africa, 2001.

Dr D W Williams United Kingdom National Hydrographer

The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office Admiralty Way Taunton Somerset TA1 2DN England 16th March 2006

iii

Home

Contents

Index

CONTENTS
Pages Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Explanatory notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x Index chartlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . facing 1 CHAPTER 1 Navigation and regulations Limits of the book (1.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Navigational dangers and hazards (1.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traffic and operations (1.5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charts (1.17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aids to navigation (1.22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pilotage (1.27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio facilities (1.28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulations (1.40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signals (1.56) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distress and rescue (1.58) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 3 4 4 4 5 7 7

Countries and ports Arquiplago da Madeira (1.75) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Islas Canarias (1.85) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Republic of Cape Verde (1.95) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 The Kingdom of Morocco (1.105) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Islamic Republic of Mauritania (1.115) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Republic of Sngal (1.125) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Republic of The Gambia (1.135) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Republic of GuineaBissau (1.145) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Republic of Guinea (1.155) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Republic of Sierra Leone (1.165) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Republic of Liberia (1.175) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Republic of Cte dIvoire (1.185) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Republic of Ghana (1.195) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Republic of Togo (1.205) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Republic of Benin (1.215) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Federal Republic of Nigeria (1.225) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Principal ports, harbours and anchorages (1.235) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Port services summary (1.236) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Natural conditions Maritime topography (1.241) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Currents and tidal streams (1.247) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sea and swell (1.257) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sea water characteristics (1.262) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Climate and weather (1.266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Climate tables (1.291) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meteorological conversion table and scales (1.312) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHAPTER 2 Arquiplago da Madeira and Islas Selvagens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 CHAPTER 3 Islas Canarias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 CHAPTER 4 Arquiplago de Cabo Verde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 CHAPTER 5 Cap Spartel to Punta Durnford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 26 26 32 32 35 49 71

iv

Home

Contents

Index
CONTENTS

CHAPTER 6 Punta Durnford to Dakar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 CHAPTER 7 Dakar to Rio Nunez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 CHAPTER 8 Rio Nunez to Blubarra Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 CHAPTER 9 Blubarra Point to Abidjan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 CHAPTER 10 Abidjan to Tema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 CHAPTER 11 Tema to Forcados River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 CHAPTER 12 Forcados River to Calabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 DISTANCE TABLE Distance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 INDEX Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Home

Contents

Index

EXPLANATORY NOTES
Admiralty Sailing Directions are intended for use by vessels of 150 gt or more. They amplify charted detail and contain information needed for safe navigation which is not available from Admiralty charts, or other hydrographic publications. They are intended to be read in conjunction with the charts quoted in the text. This volume of the Sailing Directions will be kept up-to-date by the issue of a new edition at intervals of approximately 3 years, without the use of supplements. In addition important amendments which cannot await the new edition are published in Section IV of the weekly editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A list of such amendments and notices in force is published quarterly. Those still in force at the end of the year are reprinted in the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. This volume should not be used without reference to Section IV of the weekly editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. CDROM Status. A compact disc is provided at the back of this volume. The paper publication of Sailing Directions satisfies the requirements of Chapter V of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea. The CD version does not satisfy these requirements and should only be used in conjunction with the paper publication and any amendments affecting the paper publication. Where any discrepancy exists between data on the CD and in the paper publication of Sailing Directions, the paper publication (inclusive of amendments) is to be relied upon. Disclaimer. Whilst the UKHO has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the data on the CD was accurate at the time of production, it has not verified the data for navigational purposes and the CD is not suitable, and is not to be relied upon, for navigation. The use of the CD for this purpose is at the users own risk. The UKHO accepts no liability (except in the case of death or personal injury caused by the negligence of the UKHO) whether in contract, tort, under any statute or otherwise and whether or not arising out of any negligence on the part of the UKHO in respect of any inadequacy of any kind whatsoever in the data on the CD or in the means of distribution. Conditions of release. The material supplied on the CDROM is protected by Crown Copyright. No part of the data may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of the UKHO. The copyright material, its derivatives and its outputs may not be sold or distributed or commercially exploited in either an original or derived form without the prior written permission of the UKHO. For the avoidance of doubt, the supplied material, its derivatives and its outputs shall not be placed, or allowed to be placed, on a computer accessible to Third Parties whether via the Internet or otherwise. The release of the supplied material in no way implies that the UKHO will supply further material. References to hydrographic and other publications The Mariners Handbook gives general information affecting navigation and is complementary to this volume. Ocean Passages for the World and Routeing Charts contain ocean routeing information and should be consulted for other than coastal passages. Admiralty List of Lights should be consulted for details of lights, lanbys and fog signals, as these are not fully described in this volume. Admiralty List of Radio Signals should be consulted for information relating to coast and port radio stations, radio details of pilotage services, radar beacons and radio direction finding stations, meteorological services, radio aids to navigation, Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) and Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) stations, as these are only briefly referred to in this volume. Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners contains in addition to the temporary and preliminary notices, and amendments and notices affecting Sailing Directions, a number of notices giving information of a permanent nature covering radio messages and navigational warnings, distress and rescue at sea and exercise areas. The International Code of Signals should be consulted for details of distress and life-saving signals, international ice-breaker signals as well as international flag signals. Remarks on subject matter Buoys are generally described in detail only when they have special navigational significance, or where the scale of the chart is too small to show all the details clearly. Chart index diagrams in this volume show only those Admiralty charts of a suitable scale to give good coverage of the area. Mariners should consult NP 131 Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications for details of larger scale charts. Chart references in the text normally refer to the largest scale Admiralty chart but occasionally a smaller scale chart may be quoted where its use is more appropriate. Firing, practice and exercise areas. Submarine exercise areas are mentioned in Sailing Directions. Other firing, practice and exercise areas maybe mentioned with limited details. Signals and buoys used in connection with these areas maybe mentioned if significant for navigation. Attention is invited to the Annual Notice to Mariners on this subject.

vi

Home

Contents

Index
EXPLANATORY NOTES

Names have been taken from the most authoritative source. When an obsolete name still appears on the chart, it is given in brackets following the proper name at the principal description of the feature in the text and where the name is first mentioned. Tidal information relating the daily vertical movements of the water is not given; for this Admiralty Tide Tables should be consulted. Changes in water level of an abnormal nature are mentioned. Time difference used in the text when applied to the time of High Water found from the Admiralty Tide Tables, gives the time of the event being described in the Standard Time kept in the area of that event. Due allowance must be made for any seasonal daylight saving time which may be kept. Wreck information is included where drying or below-water wrecks are relatively permanent features having significance for navigation or anchoring. Units and terminology used in this volume Latitude and Longitude given in brackets are approximate and are taken from the chart quoted. Bearings and directions are referred to the true compass and when given in degrees are reckoned clockwise from 000 (North) to 359 Bearings used for positioning are given from the reference object. Bearings of objects, alignments and light sectors are given as seen from the vessel. Courses always refer to the course to be made good over the ground. Winds are described by the direction from which they blow. Tidal streams and currents are described by the direction towards which they flow. Distances are expressed in sea miles of 60 to a degree of latitude and sub-divided into cables of one tenth of a sea mile. Depths are given below chart datum, except where otherwise stated. Heights of objects refer to the height of the object above the ground and are invariably expressed as ... m in height. Elevations, as distinct from heights, are given above Mean High Water Springs or Mean Higher High Water whichever is quoted in Admiralty Tide Tables, and expressed as, an elevation of ... m. However the elevation of natural features such as hills may alternatively be expressed as ... m high since in this case there can be no confusion between elevation and height. Metric units are used for all measurements of depths, heights and short distances, but where feet/fathoms charts are referred to, these latter units are given in brackets after the metric values for depths and heights shown on the chart. Time is expressed in the four-figure notation beginning at midnight and is given in local time unless otherwise stated. Details of local time kept will be found in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Bands is the word used to indicate horizontal marking. Stripes is the word used to indicate markings which are vertical, unless stated to be diagonal. Conspicuous objects are natural and artificial marks which are outstanding, easily identifiable and clearly visible to the mariner over a large area of sea in varying conditions of light. If the scale is large enough they will normally be shown on the chart in bold capitals and may be marked conspic. Prominent objects are those which are easily identifiable, but do not justify being classified as conspicuous.

vii

Home

Contents

Index

ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in the text: AIS ALC ALP AMVER C CALM CBM CDC CVTS DF DG DGPS DW DSC dwt DZ E EEZ ELSBM ENE EPIRB ESE ETA ETD EU feu fm FPSO FPU FSO ft g/cm3 GMDSS GPS GRP grt gt HAT HF HMS hp hPa HSC HW IALA IHO IMO ITCZ JRCC kHz km kn Automatic Identification System Articulated loading column Articulated loading platform Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue System degrees Celsius Catenary anchor leg mooring Conventional buoy mooring Certain Dangerous Cargo Cooperative Vessel Traffic System direction finding degaussing Differential Global Positioning System Deep Water Digital Selective Calling deadweight tonnage danger zone east (easterly, eastward, eastern, easternmost) exclusive economic zone Exposed location single buoy mooring east-north-east Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon east-south-east estimated time of arrival estimated time of departure European Union forty foot equivalent unit fathom(s) Floating production storage and offloading vessel Floating production unit Floating storage and offloading vessel foot (feet) gram per cubic centimetre Global Maritime Distress and Safety System Global Positioning System glass reinforced plastic gross register tonnage gross tonnage Highest Astronomical Tide high frequency Her (His) Majestys Ship horse power hectopascal High Speed Craft High Water International Association of Lighthouse Authorities International Hydrographic Organization International Maritime Organization Intertropical Convergence Zone Joint Rescue Coordination Centre kilohertz kilometre(s) knot(s) kW Lanby LASH LAT LF LHG LMT LNG LOA LPG LW m mb MCTS MF MHz MHHW MHLW MHW MHWN MHWS MLHW MLLW MLW MLWN MLWS mm MMSI MRCC MRSC MSI MSL MV MW MY N NATO Navtex NE NNE NNW No nrt NW ODAS PEL PLEM POL PSSA PWC RCC RMS RN RoRo RT kilowatt(s) Large automatic navigation buoy Lighter Aboard Ship Lowest Astronomical Tide low frequency Liquefied Hazardous Gas Local Mean Time Liquefied Natural Gas Length overall Liquefied Petroleum Gas Low Water metre(s) millibar(s) Marine Communications and Traffic Services Centres medium frequency megahertz Mean Higher High Water Mean Higher Low Water Mean High Water Mean High Water Neaps Mean High Water Springs Mean Lower High Water Mean Lower Low Water Mean Low Water Mean Low Water Neaps Mean Low Water Springs millimetre(s) Maritime Mobile Service Identity Maritime Rescue Co-ordination Centre Maritime Rescue Sub-Centre Marine Safety Information Mean Sea Level Motor Vessel megawatt(s) Motor Yacht north (northerly, northward, northern, northernmost) North Atlantic Treaty Organization Navigational Telex System north-east north-north-east north-north-west number nett register tonnage north-west Ocean Data Acquisition System Port Entry Light Pipe line end manifold Petrol, Oil & Lubricants Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas Personal watercraft Rescue Coordination Centre Royal Mail Ship Royal Navy Rollon, Rolloff radio telephony

viii

Home

Contents

Index
ABBREVIATIONS

S SALM SALS SAR Satnav SBM SE SPM sq SS SSE SSW SW SWATH teu TSS UHF UKC

south (southerly, southward, southern, southernmost) Single anchor leg mooring system Single anchored leg storage system Search and Rescue Satellite navigation Single buoy mooring south-east Single point mooring square Steamship south-south-east south-south-west south-west small waterplane area twin hull ship twenty foot equivalent unit Traffic Separation Scheme ultra high frequency under keel clearance

UKHO ULCC UN UT UTC VDR VHF VLCC VMRS VTC VTMS VTS W WGS WMO WNW WSW WT

United Kingdom Hydrographic Office Ultra Large Crude Carrier United Nations Universal Time Co-ordinated Universal Time Voyage Data Recorder very high frequency Very Large Crude Carrier Vessel Movement Reporting System Vessel Traffic Centre Vessel Traffic Management System Vessel Traffic Services west (westerly, westward, western, westernmost) World Geodetic System World Meteorological Organization west-north-west west-south-west radio (wireless) telegraphy

ix

Home

Contents

Index

GLOSSARY
Portuguese (P), Spanish (S), French (F) and Arabic (A) terms and words found on charts and in the Sailing Directions

Foreign word

Language
P .......... A ......... S, P . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . S .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... S .......... S .......... S .......... A ......... A ......... A ......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... P .......... S, P . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S .......... S .......... A ......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... S .......... P .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... F .......... P .......... F .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... S .......... A ......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... S .......... F .......... P .......... S, P . . . . . . .

English meaning
the (fem) white cove, creek, haven cliffs inner, inside customs house outer, outside watering place sharp, pointed neap tide spring tide needle red (masculine) spring the lagoon, pond village hamlet height height yellow yellow mooring, dolphin cliff wide, broad anchorage open bay, roadstead anchorage narrows cove, creek cove, bay stores, marine chandlery archipelago archipelago sand sand extensive area of sand dune reef inner port stream, rivulet shipyard lookout, watchtower lookout, watchtower berth outer port victualling blue

Foreign word

Language
S .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... A ......... A ......... F .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . A ......... P .......... F .......... S .......... S .......... A ......... F .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... S .......... S .......... A ......... S .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S .......... S .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... P .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... F .......... F .......... F .......... F .......... F .......... S .......... P .......... P ......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S .......... S .......... F .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . S .......... P ..........

English meaning
precipice, ravine shoal, sandbank battery battery lake wells, well white white mouth, entrance entrance channel buoy wood wide mouth, opening or entrance narrow entrance, gap father, chief mouth of river or strait buoy white arm (of the sea) fog ship fort, castle, tower shoal head shoal head, summit cape quay or wharf narrow cove, fiord creek cove road channel, canal bluff cape chapel chapel narrow channel, slipway narrow channel, passage house castle castle headland, hillock surmounted by ruins cathedral cay hillock hill chain launch trawler castle causeway channel small city, large town citadel summit, crest grey city, town citadel steeple mountain pass hill, hillock hillock, elevation hill cove cone convent mountain range sandy head

a, as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . abiad, abyad, abyadh . . . abra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acantilados . . . . . . . . . . . adentro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aduana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . afuera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aguada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aguado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aguas muertas . . . . . . . . aguas vivas . . . . . . . . . . . aguja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ahmar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ain, in . . . . . . . . . . . . . al . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . albufera . . . . . . . . . . . . . aldea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . aldeia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . alto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . altura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . amarelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . amarillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . amarradero . . . . . . . . . . . anak, anaq . . . . . . . . . . . ancho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ancladero . . . . . . . . . . . . ancn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ancoradouro . . . . . . . . . . angostura . . . . . . . . . . . . angra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . anse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . apetrachamento . . . . . . . archipel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . archipilago . . . . . . . . . . areia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . arenal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . arish, arisha . . . . . . . . . . arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . arrire port . . . . . . . . . . . arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . astillero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atalaia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atalaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atraque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . avant port . . . . . . . . . . . . avituallmento . . . . . . . . . azul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

barranco . . . . . . . . . . . . . basse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . batera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . batterie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . beheira, bahra, buhireh . bir, bir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . blanc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . blanco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . boghaz, bghz . . . . . . . boia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bois . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . boquern . . . . . . . . . . . . boquette . . . . . . . . . . . . . bou, bu (abbrev. ab) . . bouche . . . . . . . . . . . . . . boya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . branco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . brazo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bruma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . buque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . burj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cabeza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cabezo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cais . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . calanque . . . . . . . . . . . . . caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . camino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . canto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . capela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . capilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . carreira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . carrera, carreiro . . . . . . . casa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . castelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . castillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . castro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . catedral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cerrito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . chane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . chaloupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . chalutier . . . . . . . . . . . . . chteau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . chausse . . . . . . . . . . . . . chenal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . chico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cidade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cidadela . . . . . . . . . . . . . cima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cinzento . . . . . . . . . . . . . ciudad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ciudadela . . . . . . . . . . . . clocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . col . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . colina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . collado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . colline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . concha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cono . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . convento . . . . . . . . . . . . . cordillera . . . . . . . . . . . . coroa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

bab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bacia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bahr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . baa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . baid, bdiya . . . . . . . . . baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . baixa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . baixo (adj) . . . . . . . . . . . bajamar (BM) . . . . . . . . bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . balad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . balisar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . balise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . baliza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . barlovento . . . . . . . . . . . barra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . barre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A ......... P .......... S .......... A ......... P .......... A ......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S .......... S .......... A ......... P .......... F .......... S .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S, P . . . . . . . F ..........

narrow strait, gate basin bay river, lake bay desert bay shoal shoal low water (LW) shoal, below, under, low town, village, land beacon beacon beacon bank bank windward bar bar

Home

Contents

Index
GLOSSARY

Foreign word

Language
S .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... S .......... S .......... F .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... S, P, F . . . . . P .......... P .......... P .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... F .......... F .......... S, A . . . . . . . S .......... S .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... P .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... P .......... S .......... P .......... P .......... P .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... F .......... F .......... S .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... F .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... S .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... S .......... A ......... A ......... A .........

English meaning
crown, summit current coast coast summit creek cross cave quoin, wedge summit basin basin, dock, backwater inner landing place landing place mouth of a river mole, dock, embankment, levee, dike dock tidal basin wet dock dredger dune dolphin lock of a canal or basin, sluice church definite article (masc) wharf, landing mouth transit bay, bight, cove bay entrance, fairway spur, groyne hermitage hermitage lock (canal or basin) shallow rock, reef awash projecting point spur, arm of mole groyne pier, projecting wharf, mole shipyard east east creek creek strait, narrows strait, narrows starboard hand lake cliff mud stack, steep rocky islet stack, steep rocky islet lighthouse false anchorage fortress outer fort strait walllike cliff fort anchorage narrow passage, sound sentry box, hut, lookout castle hill lake

Foreign word

Language
A ......... A ......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S, P, F . . . . . S .......... S .......... A ......... A ......... A ......... A ......... S .......... S .......... P .......... F .......... P .......... P .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... S .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . A ......... A ......... A ......... A ......... F .......... A ......... A A A A A A A ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... .........

English meaning
island west gulf gulf narrow entrance large, great, big grey group stone, rock sandbank which dries red (feminine) rock horseshoeshaped bay church church island island islet islet small islet or rock island islet small barren islet, skerry isthmus mountain, hill, island mosque south island jetty, pier bay big castle citadel village south mound, hillock port, anchorage definite article (fem) lake lake small lake, marsh lagoon lagoon flat rock flat rock lifeboat rocky ledge rock east eastern mud hillock, knoll ridge definite article (masc) west house quay, mole paps sea monument, tomb, saints tomb tide tide shore, river bank side channel, backwater marsh bay, cove, harbour, anchorage mosque

corona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . corriente . . . . . . . . . . . . . costa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . coto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . crique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cruz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cueva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cuspide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . darse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drsena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dentro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . desembarcadero . . . . . . . desembarcadouro . . . . . . desembocadura . . . . . . . . dique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . doca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . doca de mars . . . . . . . . doca de flutao . . . . . . draga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . duna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . duque de alba . . . . . . . . cluse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . eglise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . embarcadero . . . . . . . . . . embocadura . . . . . . . . . . enfilacin . . . . . . . . . . . . enseada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . entrada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ermida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ermita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . esclusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . escollo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . espigo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . espign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . esporo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . estacada . . . . . . . . . . . . . estaleiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . est . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . este . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . esteiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . estrecho . . . . . . . . . . . . . estreito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . estribor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . etang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . falaise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fango . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . faralln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . farilho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . faro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . faux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fondeadero . . . . . . . . . . . fortaleza . . . . . . . . . . . . . fora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . forte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . freo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . frontn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fuerte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fundeadouro . . . . . . . . . . garganta . . . . . . . . . . . . . garita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gasr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gebel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

gezret, gezira . . . . . . . . gharb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . golfe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . goulet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gran, grande, grand(e) . . gris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . grupo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . halat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hamr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hassar, hissar . . . . . . . . . herradura . . . . . . . . . . . . iglesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . igreja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nsua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . istmo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . jabal, jebel, jbel . . . . . . . jam, jmi . . . . . . . . . . . . janub, junub . . . . . . . . . . jazirat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . jete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . jn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kabir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kalat, kelat, kulat . . . . . . kasba, kasbah . . . . . . . . . kefr, kafr . . . . . . . . . . . . kibli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . km . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kothon, liman . . . . . . . . . la, las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lagoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . laja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . laje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lancha de socorro . . . . . lastra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . laxe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . leste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . levante . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lodo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . loma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lomo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . maghreb, maghrub . . . . . maison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . malecn . . . . . . . . . . . . . mamelles . . . . . . . . . . . . mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mrabt, marabout . . . . . mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . marea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . margen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . marigot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . marisma . . . . . . . . . . . . . marsa, mers, mersa . . . . masjid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

S .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... S .......... S .......... P .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... S .......... S .......... S .......... A ......... F .......... S .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . A ......... P .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S .......... A ......... A .........

xi

Home

Contents

Index
GLOSSARY

Foreign word

Language
P .......... A ......... S .......... A ......... S .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... F .......... A ......... A ......... A ......... S .......... F .......... P .......... S .......... P .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... S, P . . . . . . .

English meaning

Foreign word

Language
S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S .......... F .......... S .......... S .......... S .......... S .......... S .......... F .......... P .......... P .......... F .......... P .......... P .......... P .......... P .......... P .......... P .......... S .......... S P F P S P S S S S S S S .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........

English meaning
pilot (official) mountain peak shoal tableland or flat beach high water (HW) town village western point, headland point (of land) promontory, point bridge bridge, pier pier, jetty small port or harbour port, harbour large town village well, deep hole in seabed or river pilot beach peninsula black promontory promontory village small town, village town bridge port, harbour point narrow point quay, wharf castle castle peak ravine, gully, cut, gap breakwater roadstead roadstead ramp, boatslip cape, point reef torrent, stream tug reef, spit inlet, estuary inlet, estuary rivulet shore, river bank brook river river river rock rock rock pebbly, stony rock rocky place rocky patch rock, usually above water shoal, usually rocky and of some extent red breakwater breakers rocky shoal red

forest, wood, thicket east dune, sandhill minaret middle large raised stone southern tableland, plateau middle harbour, bay point coral hummock mole, pier mole, pier mountain mountain mountain mount, mountain knoll headland, bluff, head of breakwater mouillage . . . . . . . . . . . . F . . . . . . . . . . anchorage moulin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F . . . . . . . . . . mill muelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S . . . . . . . . . . pier, jetty, mole nabi, nebi . . . . . . . . . . . . nahr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . natur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . naufragio . . . . . . . . . . . . naufrgio . . . . . . . . . . . . negro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . niebla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . noir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o, os . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . occidental . . . . . . . . . . . . occidentale . . . . . . . . . . . oeste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oriental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . orientale . . . . . . . . . . . . . orilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oued, uad . . . . . . . . . . . . ouest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . palheiros . . . . . . . . . . . . . palo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pan de azcar . . . . . . . . . pantano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . parcel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . paredo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pasaje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . passe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pedregal . . . . . . . . . . . . . pea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . penasco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pennsula . . . . . . . . . . . . pen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pequeno . . . . . . . . . . . . . pequeo . . . . . . . . . . . . . pertuis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pescado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . petit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . petn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . picacho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pierre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A ......... A ......... A ......... S .......... P .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... F .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S, P . . . . . . . S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S .......... A ......... F .......... P .......... S .......... S .......... S .......... P .......... P .......... S .......... S .......... F .......... P .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... P .......... S .......... F .......... S .......... F .......... S .......... F .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... F .......... tomb river tower wreck wreck black fog black north north definite article (masc) western western west eastern eastern shore, edge, river bank river west fishing village mast, spar sugarloaf swamp, marsh reef, shoal seawall passage, ferry pass channel stone, rock stony or rocky patch rock large rock peninsula rocky mountain small small opening or strait fish small pinnacle rock peak sharp peak peak stone, rock stone

mata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . matla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mdano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mdene, manra, manr medio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . menhir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . meridional . . . . . . . . . . . mesa or meseta . . . . . . . milieu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mnat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . minqar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mirjan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mogote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . molhe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . montaa . . . . . . . . . . . . . montanha . . . . . . . . . . . . mont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . montculo . . . . . . . . . . . . morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

piloto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . piton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . placer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . plateau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pleamar (PM) . . . . . . . . . poblacin . . . . . . . . . . . . poblado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . poniente . . . . . . . . . . . . . pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ponte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pontcais . . . . . . . . . . . portinho . . . . . . . . . . . . . porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . povoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . povoao . . . . . . . . . . . . pozo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . prctico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . praia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . presqule . . . . . . . . . . . . preto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . promontorio . . . . . . . . . . promontrio . . . . . . . . . . puebla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pueblecito . . . . . . . . . . . . pueblo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . puente . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . puntal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . qalat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . qasr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . qornet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quebrada . . . . . . . . . . . . . quebramar . . . . . . . . . . rada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rampa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ras, ras, rs . . . . . . . . . . rcif . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . regato . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . remolcador . . . . . . . . . . . restinga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . riachuelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . ribera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ribero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . roche . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocalloso . . . . . . . . . . . . . roche . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rochedo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rochel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rodal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rojo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rompeolas . . . . . . . . . . . . rompientes . . . . . . . . . . . roquerio . . . . . . . . . . . . . rouge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F .......... A ......... A ......... A ......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S .......... F .......... P .......... A ......... F .......... S .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S .......... S .......... S .......... P .......... P .......... S .......... F .......... S .......... P .......... F .......... S .......... F .......... P .......... S .......... P, F . . . . . . . . S .......... S S S S F .......... .......... .......... .......... ..........

xii

Home

Contents

Index
GLOSSARY

Foreign word

Language
A F .......... A ......... A ......... S .......... S .......... P .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S .......... A ......... A ......... A ......... A ......... A .........

English meaning
salt lake, salt lagoon, salt marsh sand small, little canal salt pans saint saint bight, sound northern mountain range mountain ridge rock, reef, rocky shoal east cove, creek, inlet north Lord, master (title of decendants of the prophet and saints) mountain range summit leeward foul south south south anchorage

Foreign word

Language
A ......... A ......... S .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S ..........

English meaning
cape hill holding ground, anchorage bend, turn (in waterway) tower tower rock (usually lying off a larger feature)

sabakat, sabkha, sbcha sebkha, trga sable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . saghira, seghir, saghir . . sakije . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . salinas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . san, santo, santa . . . . . . . so, santo, santa . . . . . . . seno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . septentrional . . . . . . . . . . serra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . serriana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shab, shab, shib . . . . . . shark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sharm, sherm . . . . . . . . . shmal, shaml . . . . . . . . sidi, saiyid . . . . . . . . . . .

tarf, taraf . . . . . . . . . . . . tell, tall, tlia . . . . . . . . . tenedero . . . . . . . . . . . . . torno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . torre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . touza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

umm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A . . . . . . . . . mother vado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . valle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . varadero . . . . . . . . . . . . . varadouro . . . . . . . . . . . . verde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viejo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . villa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . villorio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . volo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S .......... P .......... S .......... S .......... P .......... S, P . . . . . . . F .......... S .......... S, P . . . . . . . P .......... S .......... F .......... S .......... S .......... P .......... ford valley valley slipway landing green green old lookout town, village, villa town, villa town hamlet volcano volcano

sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sommet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sotavento . . . . . . . . . . . . sucio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . surgidero . . . . . . . . . . . . .

S .......... F .......... S, P . . . . . . . S .......... F .......... P .......... S .......... S ..........

tallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A . . . . . . . . . mountain

wd, wadi . . . . . . . . . . . A . . . . . . . . . valley, river bed

ROMANIZATION SYSTEM FOR ARABIC BGN/PCGN 1956 System This system was adopted by the BGN in 1946 and by the PCGN in 1956 and has been applied in the systematic romanization of geographical names in Bahrain, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia, the United Arab Emirates and Yemen, all of which have been covered by published BGN gazetteers. Uniform results in the romanization of Arabic are difficult to obtain, since vowel points and diacritical marks are generally omitted from both manual and machine writing. It follows that correct identification of the words which appear in any particular name, knowledge of its standard Arabicscript spelling including proper pointing, and recognition of dialectal and idiosyncratic deviations are essential. In order to bring about uniformity in the Romanscript spelling of geographical names in Arabiclanguage areas, the system is based insofar as possible on fully pointed modern standard Arabic. CONSONANT CHARACTERS

Arabic Final Medial Initial Independent

Romanization

Examples and Remarks

xiii

Home

Contents

Index
GLOSSARY

Arabic Final Medial Initial Independent

Romanization

Examples and Remarks

xiv

Home

Contents

Index
GLOSSARY

Arabic Final Medial Initial Independent

Romanization

Examples and Remarks

VOWEL CHARACTERS AND DIACRITICAL MARKS Arabic Romanization Examples and Remarks

xv

Home

Contents

Index
GLOSSARY

Arabic

Romanization

Examples and Remarks

xvi

Home

Contents

Index
GLOSSARY

xvii

Home

Contents

Index
NOTES

xviii

Home

Contents

Index
Chapter Index Diagram
NP 45 MED PILOT VOL I

25

20

15

10
3132

NP 67 WEST COAST OF SPAIN AND PORTUGAL PILOT

Cabo Spartel

35

35

Rabat 3133 I. de Maderia 3132 Essaouira Cap Rhir

2 5
Safi

Casablanca

30
ISLAS CANARIAS Lanzarote
3134 Tenerife

Anza-Agadir

30

Fuerteventura Gran Canaria C. Tarfaya Layoune 3133

5 C. Bojador
25
NORTH
Ad Dakhla

25

ATLANTIC

Pta.Durnford

OCEAN

Nouadhibou C. Blanc

20

20

6
3135

AFRICA

ARQUIPLAGO DE CABO VERDE

Santo Anto So Nicolau

Nouakchott

3134

4
Bavista Saint-Louis Santiago 366 Dakar

15

15

Banjul 1147 3135

Bissau

Port Kamsar

10

C. Verga

10
Conakry

8
25
Africa Pilot Vol I

Continued on Index 1(b)

20

Longitude 15 West from Greenwich 10

0306

NP 1(a)
xix

Home

Contents

Index
Chapter Index Diagram

15

10

10

1147

Continued on Index 1(a)

AFRICA

10

kr y na Co

10
R.
Nig e

Freetown
R. B

enu

C. St. Ann

Yangisei 3139 Monrovia

Ab id ja Sa ss a
n
a dr

Cape Mount 1147

595 Cotonou
n

3118 Koko

Lagos

a alm C.P

e re Th C.

in Po

ts

15
Africa Pilot Vol I

10

Meridian 0 of Greenwich

3118

xx
Buchanan

Tema Accra Saltpond

C. S. Pau l

Warri Port Harcourt Brass Calabar

Greenville Harper

11

10 9

12

3139

595

NP 2 AFRICA PILOT VOL II

GULF

OF

GUINEA

10

0306

NP 1(b)

Home

Contents

Index

LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPERTAINING TO NAVIGATION While, in the interests of the safety of shipping, the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office makes every endeavour to include in its hydrographic publications details of the laws and regulations of all countries appertaining to navigation, it must be clearly understood: (a) that no liability whatsoever can be accepted for failure to publish details of any particular law or regulation, and (b) that publication of details of a law or regulation is solely for the safety and convenience of shipping and implies no recognition of the international validity of the law or regulation.

AFRICA PILOT VOLUME I

CHAPTER 1 NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS COUNTRIES AND PORTS NATURAL CONDITIONS

NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS LIMITS OF THE BOOK

Charts 4104, 4209 1.1 This volume contains Sailing Directions for the coastal waters of the W coast of Africa, lying within the following limits: From Cap Spartel S and E to Bakassi Peninsula thence SW to thence S to thence SW to but excluding Zafiro Terminal (NP2) thence W along the equator to thence NW to thence N to thence E to Cap Spartel
2

Mauritania, and is sufficient to produce mirage. This refraction is likely to cause errors when using a sextant.

Ocean Data Acquisition System Buoys

1

3547N 430N 419N 400N 000

556W 830E 823E 823E 500E

2

2000W 1145N 3600N 3547N 4000W 4000W 556W

The above area includes Arquiplago da Madeira and Islas Selvagens (Chapter 2), Islas Canarias (Chapter 3) and Arquiplago de Cabo Verde (Chapter 4).
1

1.3 Ocean Data Acquisition System buoys may be encountered moored off the coasts of the countries covered by this volume, both offshore and close inshore, including the approaches to major ports. These buoy systems vary considerably in size and may be either moored or freefloating. As far as possible the position of moored systems will be promulgated and those systems considered to be of a more permanent nature are charted. The systems should be given a clearance of at least 1 mile, or 2 miles in the case of vessels towing underwater gear. Wave Recorder buoys, generally of smaller dimensions than ODAS buoys, coloured yellow and exhibiting similar lights, may also be encountered off these coasts. They should be given a berth of at least 5 cables. For further information on ODAS buoys see The Mariners Handbook. No additional information regarding ODAS and Wave Recorder buoys is given elsewhere in the text of this book unless included in Directions.

Piracy and armed robbery

1.4 The security of vessels off the West African coast and at some ports is a serious problem. In recent years many attacks by gangs of thieves, some of whom were armed, have been reported. These have taken place generally in the outer anchorages, but some have been on vessels alongside in harbour and some at sea. In one case a member of the crew was killed.

NAVIGATIONAL DANGERS AND HAZARDS Abnormal refraction

1

1.2 Abnormal refraction occurs at times off the West African coast, particularly off the coasts of Morocco and

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

Fire hazard. In addition to loss of property and injury to crew members, thieves used naked lights for illumination creating a serious fire risk. Regulations to curb the activities of armed thieves are in force at certain ports and are mentioned later in the text. Masters are advised to take all possible security measures, to maintain strict antipiracy watches day and night, and not to permit unauthorised craft to come alongside. In addition, all suspicious craft and piratical attacks should be reported to IMB Piracy Reporting Centre. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1 (1) for further information.

Crocodiles may inhabit estuarine and swampy regions in tropical and subtropical areas and may even be seen swimming along coastal stretches. The shock generated by the electric ray is unpleasant in the extreme. These rays are common in sheltered estuarine waters where they spend much of their time partially buried in the bottom.

Marine farms
1

1.7 Marine farms, which may be either floating or submerged, are established at several locations and, where known, are charted. They are usually marked by lightbuoys (special) or lights.

Fishing vessels TRAFFIC AND OPERATIONS

1

Routes
1

1.5 Offshore. Information concerning transoceanic passages will be found in Ocean Passages for the World. Traffic separation scheme, adopted by the IMO has been established in the W approaches to Strait of Gibraltar, about 14 miles NW of Cap Spartel (5.19).

1.8 Concentrations of fishing vessels may be met all the year round off the coast of West Africa and in the SW approaches to Strait of Gibraltar (see 5.4).

Exercise areas Firing practice and exercise areas

1

Fishing Dangerous marine animals

1

1.6 Several forms of dangerous marine animals inhabit the waters covered by this volume. Certain invertebrates, several fishes, and one species of sea snake are venomous and potentially lethal. Other forms possessing strong jaws and sharp teeth are capable of inflicting serious wounds. One species, an electric ray, can deliver a powerful electric shock. Still other marine animals contain poisons which, when ingested, may cause serious internal illness. Venomous marine vertebrates are most abundant in tropical coastal waters. Jellyfish, such as the Portuguese manofwar, and lions mane, are occasionally present in large numbers in open sea waters where they drift with the current or the wind. Contact with the tentacles of these jelly fish results in a painful sting, which may occasionally be fatal. Stinging corals, cone shells, and sea urchins lying on the bottom are a threat to collectors, waders and swimmers. Handling or stepping on any of these species may result in painful injuries. Stingrays, some of which attain large size, are usually buried in sandy or other soft bottoms. These kiteshaped fish have their tails armed with one or more spines which can inflict serious injuries on anyone who steps on them. Several kinds of poisonous catfish and scorpion fish also inhabit the tropical waters of this area. Caution should be exercised when handling them since their dorsal and pectoral spines may inject a powerful venom. Woundinflicting animals such as sharks and barracudas are mostly inhabitants of warm waters. They may be present anywhere in the open seas but predominantly frequent river mouths, coral reefs and rocky outcrops. The maneater, bonito, hammerhead, tiger, blue, sand, and several kinds of grey sharks are most likely to attack man. Moray eels, though not likely to attack unless provoked, are particularly abundant in reefs and rocky outcrops of the warm waters of this area.

1.9 Portuguese and Spanish authorities have established several firing practice and naval exercise areas off the coasts of Arquiplago da Madeira and Islas Canarias, respectively. The principal types of practice carried out, and the warning signals used, are similar to those described in Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. Detailed descriptions are not given in the text of the book as warnings of firing practices and exercises are published in the local notices to mariners and are broadcast by coast radio stations. Portuguese stations transmit details of the areas on the 1st day of each month. Spanish stations give 48 hours notice of exercises taking place.

Submarine exercises
1

1.10 Submarines may exercise in the area covered by this volume. Notice of submarine exercises is given only in exceptional circumstances and therefore mariners should keep a good lookout for submarines. The Mariners Handbook and Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners give general information on the characteristics of British submarines and visual signals used to denote their presence; in general, other countries conform to this method of signalling. Because submarine navigation lights are, of necessity, close together and low down, care should be taken not to confuse them with the lights of fishing vessels or other small craft.

Submarine buoys
1

1.11 Spanish submarines are fitted with two indicator buoys, one at each end of the vessel, which can be released from inside the submarine in case of necessity when she is unable to to come to the surface. In Spanish submarines the buoy in the bow is painted red and yellow, exhibits a white light, and has a telephone which can be operated from inside the submarine. The buoy in the stern is painted yellow. The buoys are moored to the submarine by a wire cable not more than 125 m in length. If one of these buoys is sighted in waters of a greater depth than 150 m, it can be concluded that it is adrift.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

Each buoy is fitted with a metal plate carrying the following inscription: SUBMARINO (...) AVISEN A LAS AUTORIDADES CUIDADO NE SE TIRE DE LA BOYA, QUITESE LA TAPA Y SIGANSE LAS INSTRUCCIONES INTERIORES Submarine (name) Inform the authorities Take care Do not pull on the buoy, remove the cover and follow the instructions given inside.
1

Helicopter operations
1.16 Any ship may need to make use of helicopters either as a matter of routine or in an emergency. Embarkation of pilots, delivery of essential stores or changing crew by helicopter are already routine operations for large tankers or bulk carriers off certain ports. These vessels either carry their own company handbook on helicopter operations, or one issued by the International Chamber of Shipping. However, in an emergency any vessel may be called upon to operate with helicopters. For further information see Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.

CHARTS Marine exploitation Seismic survey operations

1 1

General information
1.17 For the coast of Africa covered by this volume, the only charting authority are the former colonial powers who produce modern large scale charts for the coastal areas. British Admiralty charts are compiled and corrected from them. The primary authoritative charts are those published by the following countries: Portugal for Arquiplago da Madeira, Arquiplago de Cabo Verde, Guinea and GuineaBissau. Spain for Islas Canarias and Morocco. France for Morocco, Mauritania, Senegal, Cte dIvoire, Togo and Benin (formerly Dahomey). Orthography throughout the whole area presents a problem, as every country has changed its form of government and in many cases consequential changes of names have followed. Names on charts may not therefore always be the latest and where applicable the old and new names are given in Sailing Directions. Chart maintenance for most minor ports depends upon data received from local authorities which varies considerably from country to country. Information is often based only on reports from ships. Charts and publications may therefore not be up to date. Mariners are advised to navigate with caution and seek information also from other sources that may be available to them. Knowledge of many of the charted offshore banks and dangers has been built up over the years by many ship reports. Few of these features have been properly surveyed by modern methods. Many areas outside the charted banks have yet to be examined, and it is probable that other significant features remain as yet uncharted. See also article on the use of charts in The Mariners Handbook.

1.12 General information about vessels engaged in seismic surveys and advice on precautions in the vicinity of these vessels is given in The Mariners Handbook. The areas in which seismic survey operations are taking place are promulgated from time to time as radio navigational warnings (1.36) and in local Notices to Mariners.

Oil and gas fields

1

1.13 Offshore oil and gas exploration and production is carried out in coastal and deepwater areas covered by this volume, in particular within Bight of Biafra and along the coasts of Mauritania, Cte dIvoire and Ghana. Production platforms and associated structures, including tanker moorings and storage tankers, generally exhibit Morse (U) lights, aircraft obstruction lights and also sound fog signals. They are sometimes marked by buoys. Unauthorised navigation is prohibited within 500 m of all such structures, including storage tankers which can swing about their moorings. Tankers manoeuvering in the vicinity of platforms should be given a wide berth. For further information see The Mariners Handbook.

Submarine pipelines
1

1.14 Caution. Gas from a damaged oil or gas pipeline could cause an explosion or other serious hazard. Pipelines are not always buried and their presence may effectively reduce the charted depth by as much as 2 m. Where pipelines are close together, only one may be charted. Mariners should not anchor or trawl in the vicinity of a pipeline; they risk prosecution if damage is caused. For further information see The Mariners Handbook.

Admiralty charts
1

Wellheads
1

1.15 Mariners are warned that charted information about the presence of submerged wellheads and other underwater obstructions may be incomplete and therefore special caution must be exercised by vessels when navigating in areas of offshore oil and gas activity. Production wells and suspended wells generally project well above the level of the seabed. For further information see The Mariners Handbook.

1.18 British Admiralty charts covering the area of these Sailing Directions are adequate for use on passage, for entry into the principal ports and harbours, and to reach a required pilot station. Charts are based on the most recent information received from regional charting authorities.

Foreign charts
1

1.19 In certain areas, where the British Admiralty Charts show insufficient detail for navigating close inshore or within inland channels, these Sailing Directions have been written using foreign charts. The text has been written on

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

the assumption that mariners wishing to navigate these waters will have provided themselves with suitable charts on which to do so.

Due to their widespread use the term radar reflector is not included in the description of buoys mentioned in the text.

Datums Horizontal
1 1

IALA Maritime Buoyage System

1.25 The IALA Maritime Buoyage System Region A (red to port) is in use throughout the area covered by this volume. For full details of the system see The Mariners Handbook and IALA Maritime Buoyage System.

1.20 In areas covered by modern surveys, British Admiralty charts are referred to WGS84 (World Geodetic System 1984). Elsewhere charts may be undefined. Differences in graduation may be apparent when transferring positions from one chart to another. When in doubt, it is advisable to transfer positions relative to common charted features rather than to geographical coordinates.

BERTHING
1

Vertical
1

1.21 Depths. On recent British Admiralty charts, the chart datum used is LAT. On other charts reference should be made to the title notes on the chart. Drying heights on British Admiralty charts are shown as being above chart datum. Elevations. British Admiralty charts MHWS or MHHW.
1

1.26 Berthing. Care needs to be exercised when berthing. Many harbours are liable to silting and need regular dredging. Accordingly, depths may not be as charted. Mariners should check with port authorities prior to entering harbour. Caution also needs to be taken to clarify details of reported depths alongside as some ports quote depths measured at a set distance off the quay.

PILOTAGE General
1.27 Information on pilotage procedures at individual ports is given in the text at the port concerned. See also Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 6 (2) and (3).

AIDS TO NAVIGATION Lights

1

1.22 Navigational lights are the responsibility of the appropriate national authorities. Major lights are those with a nominal range of 15 miles or more. Light structures only are described in this volume; for further details see Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals Volume D.

RADIO FACILITIES Electronic position fixing systems Satellite navigation systems

1

Landmarks
1

1.23 Caution is necessary when evaluating the descriptions given in this volume concerning landmarks, such as trees, many of which date from surveys of 1825 onwards, and the colour and shape of buildings. New buildings may have been erected and old trees or houses destroyed, so that marks, which may at one time have been conspicuous on account of their isolation, shape or colour, may no longer exist or may now be difficult to identify.

1.28 Information concerning satellite navigation systems and other electronic fixing systems are contained in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Satellite navigation systems are under the control of the owning nation which can impose selective availability or downgrade the accuracy to levels less than available from terrestrial radio navigational systems. Therefore satellite based systems should only be utilised at the users risk.

Global positioning system

1

Buoyage General
1

1.29 The Navstar GPS, a military satellite navigation system owned and operated by the United States Department of Defense, provides worldwide position fixing. The system is referenced to the datum of the World Geodetic System 1984 (WGS84) and therefore positions obtained must be adjusted, if necessary, to the datum of the chart being used.

1.24 Mariners should not rely on buoys being in their charted positions at all times. Buoys should be regarded as warning markers and not as infallible navigation marks. The position of any buoy may not be as charted due to storm, collision, current, or undersea features such as shoals, reefs, or ledges which tend to render the buoy being easily displaced. In one area covered by this volume, reports (2004) have been received that stolen buoys were being used as water reservoirs. Mariners should always navigate their vessels by visual bearings and radar distances of fixed shore objects, by soundings, or by the use of satellite or radio navigation systems whenever possible, rather than relying on buoys.

Differential GPS
1

1.30 Differential GPS compares the position of a fixed point, referred to as the reference station, with positions obtained from a GPS receiver at that point. The resulting differences are then broadcast as corrections to suitable receivers to overcome the inherent limitations of GPS. For a list of reference stations within the limits of this volume see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Global navigation satellite system

1

1.31 The Russian Global Navigation Satellite System (GLONASS) is similar to GPS in that it is a spacebased

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

navigation system which provides worldwide position fixing. The system is referenced to the Soviet Geocentric Coordinate System 1990 (SGS90) and as for GPS positions must be adjusted, if necessary, to the datum of the chart being used. For full details on the above systems see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

HYDROLANTS are broadcast by Boston, USA. For full details of the services provided see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (1) and 3 (2).

Navtex
1

Loran C
1

1.32 Loran C is a long range hyperbolic radio navigation system using at least three land based radio transmitters and receivers to allow mariners to determine their position. Skywave coverage is available in the vicinity of Arquiplago da Madeira (2.1) and Islas Canarias (3.1). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

1.38 Navtex, which fulfils an integral role in the GMDSS, is an automated direct printing service, broadcast on 518 kHz, for the promulgation of navigational and meteorological warnings to ships. It has been developed to provide a low cost, simple, means of receiving marine safety information onboard ships at sea and in coastal waters. It is available from Las Palmas in Islas Canarias for the area covered by this volume. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (1).

Radio medical advice Other aids to navigation

1

Racons
1

1.33 Those racons which are pertinent to coastal and inshore navigation are included within the navigational text. See also Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

1.39 Mariners may obtain medical advice by radio from the International RadioMedical Centre (CIRM) in Rome. For further information, and for details of the coast radio stations see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1 (1).

REGULATIONS Automatic Identification Systems

1

1.34 Details of AIS are given in The Mariners Handbook.

International regulations Submarine cables and pipelines

1

Maritime radio stations

1

1.35 Maritime radio stations are established in several of the countries covered by this volume. For a list of maritime radio stations which are available within or adjacent to the area covered by this volume, and for details of the services they provide, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1 (1).

1.40 Mariners are warned that every care should be taken to avoid anchoring or trawling in the vicinity of submarine cables or pipelines on account of the serious consequences which would result from fouling them. See The Mariners Handbook for information on the International Convention for the Protection of Submarine Cables, together with advise on the action to be taken in the event of fouling a cable or pipeline.

Radio navigational warnings Worldwide Navigational Warning Service

1 1

Pollution
1.41 Prevention. The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 was adopted by the International Conference on Marine Pollution convened by IMO in 1973. It was modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto and adopted by the International Conference on Tanker Safety and Pollution Prevention convened by IMO in 1978. The convention, as modified by the protocol, is known as MARPOL 73/78. The Convention consists of six annexes. Annex I (Oil), Annex II (Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk), Annex III (Harmful Substances carried at Sea in Packaged Form) and Annex V (Garbage from Ships) are mandatory; Annex IV (Sewage from Ships) and Annex VI (Air Pollution) are optional. MARPOL 73/78 and Annexes are described in detail in The Mariners Handbook.

1.36 The area covered by this volume lies within the limits of NAV/METAREA II and HYDROLANT long range warning services. NAVAREA II warnings are issued by France, through: a) SafetyNET (Enhanced Group Calling International SafetyNET). Vessels must ensure that their Inmarsat C MES is configured to receive messages from the appropriate NAVAREA/METAREA in order to receive Safety NET broadcast. 1.37 Local radio navigational warnings are broadcast in English from the following stations: Madeira Porto Santo (in Portuguese and English) Islas Canarias Tenerife (in English and Spanish) Puerto de la Luz (Las Palmas) (in English and Spanish) Morocco Casablanca Ghana Takoradi Tema

Traffic separation schemes

1

1.42 See IMO publication Ships Routeing for general provisions on ships routeing. Regulations for IMO adopted schemes are contained in Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea 1972. All TSS shown on British Admiralty charts are listed in Annual Notice to Mariners No 17; this indicates which schemes are IMOadopted and includes other relevant information.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

European Community regulations Directive 2002/59/EC

1

1.43 General information. This Directive establishes a common vessel traffic monitoring and information system throughout European Community (EC) waters, which in this volume includes the waters of Archiplago da Madeira and Islas Canarias. The principal provisions are described below. They apply in general to all commercial vessels over 300 grt but the rules concerning the notification of carriage of dangerous or polluting goods applies to all vessels regardless of size. Caution. These extracts are for reference purposes only and are not to be regarded as a statement of the applicable law. The full text of the regulations is the sole authoritative statement of the applicable law and it is recommended that it is consulted. The regulations to which the following refers is Directive 2002/59/EC or the appropriate enabling legislation drafted by individual member states, which in the United Kingdom is The Merchant Shipping (Traffic Monitoring and Reporting Requirements) Regulations 2004, a copy of which can be obtained from Her Majestys Stationery Office (www.hmso.gov.uk). 1.44 Ship reports. All vessels bound for a port within the EC must report to the Port Authority at least 24 hours prior arrival, or, if the voyage is less than 24 hours, no later than the time of departure from the previous port. The report shall include the following information: Name, call sign, IMO or MMSI number. Port of destination. ETA and ETD at port of destination. Total number of persons onboard. Upon receipt of a ships report, the Port Authority will notify the national coastguard authority by the quickest means possible. This information will then be pooled in the Europeanwide telematic network called SafeSeaNet. Any amendments to the initial ship report must be notified immediately. Mandatory ship reporting systems. All vessels shall report to the coastguard authority on entering an IMO adopted mandatory ship reporting system, the report being made in the recognised format (See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6). The coastguard authority is to be informed of any changes to the initial report. 1.45 Vessel Traffic System. All vessels are to participate in and comply with VTS systems operated by EC member states and also those systems operated by member states in conjunction with cooperating nonmember states. This includes those systems operated by member states outside their territorial waters but which are operated in accordance with IMO guidelines. Routeing Schemes. All vessels must comply with IMO recommended TSS and Deep Water route regulations. (See IMO publication Ships Routeing Guide). 1.46 Automatic Identification System and Voyage Data Recorder. All vessels are to be equipped with AIS and VDR. The systems shall be in operation at all times. By 2008 individual coastguard stations throughout the EC are required to be able to receive AIS information and to relay it to all other coastguard stations within the EC. 1.47 Notification of dangerous or polluting goods. All vessels leaving an EC port are to report dangerous or

polluting goods as specified within the Directive to the harbour authority. Vessels arriving from outside EC waters must transmit a report to their first EC port or anchorage upon departure from their port of loading. If, at the time of departure, the port of destination in the EC is not known, the report must be forwarded immediately such information becomes known. Where practical, this report is to be made electronically and must include the information described in Annex 1(3) of the Directive. When a harbour authority receives a dangerous or polluting cargo report, it shall retain the report for use in the event of an incident or accident at sea, forwarding it whenever requested by the national coastguard authority. 1.48 Reporting of Incidents and Accidents. Whenever a vessel is involved with one of the following, the coastguard authority of the EC coastal state is to be informed immediately; (a) any incident or accident affecting the safety of the ship; (b) any incident or accident which compromises shipping safety, such as a failure likely to affect a ships manoeuvrability or seaworthiness; (c) any event liable to pollute the waters or shores of the coastal state; (d) The sighting of a slick of polluting material or drifting containers and packages. The owner of a vessel, who has been informed by the master that one of the above has occurred, must inform the coastguard and render any assistance that may be required. 1.49 Measures to be taken in the event of exceptionally bad weather or sea conditions. If, on the advice of the national meteorological office, the coastguard authority deems a threat of pollution or a risk to human life exists due to impending severe weather, the coastguard authority will attempt to inform the master of every vessel about to enter or leave port as to the nature of the weather and the dangers it may cause. Without prejudice to measures taken to give assistance to vessels in distress, the coastguard may take such measures as it considers appropriate to avoid a threat of pollution or a risk to human life. The measures may include: (a) a recommendation or a prohibition on entry or departure from a port; (b) a recommendation limiting, or, if necessary, prohibiting the bunkering of ships in territorial waters. The master is to inform his owners of any measures or recommendations initiated by the coastguard. If, as a result of his professional judgement, the master decides not to act in accordance with measures taken by the coastguard, he shall inform the coastguard of his reasons for not doing so. 1.50 Measures relating to incidents or accidents at sea. The coastguard authority will take measures to ensure the safety of shipping and of persons and to protect the marine and coastal environment. Measures available to EC states include; (a) a restriction on the movement of a ship or an instruction to follow a specific course. (b) a notification to put an end to the threat to the environment or maritime safety; (c) send an evaluation team aboard a ship to assess the degree of risk and to help the master remedy the situation;

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

(d) instruct the master to put in at a place of refuge in the event of imminent peril, or, cause the ship to be piloted or towed. The owner of the ship and the owner of the dangerous or polluting goods onboard must cooperate with the coastguard authority when requested to do so. 1.51 Places of refuge. EC states are required to designate places of refuge where a vessel which has undergone an accident or is in distress can receive rapid and effective assistance to avoid environmental pollution.

Prohibited tankers
1

1.55 All single hull tankers carrying heavy fuel, tar, asphaltic bitumen or heavy crude oil, whatever their flag, are forbidden entry to Spanish ports, terminals or anchorage areas.

SIGNALS Storm signals General information

1

Regulation (EC) No 417/2002

1

1.52 This regulation establishes a timetable for the phasing out of all singlehull petroleum tankers of more than 5000 dwt in European waters. Ultimately only doublehull tankers or tankers of equivalent design will be permitted to visit European ports and offshore terminals. The timetable is based upon a vessels date of build, its design and the type of petroleum carried. The schedule for Category 1 and 2 tankers will complete in 2007 and for Category 3 tankers in 2015.

1.56 The International System of Visual Storm Warning Signals (ISVSWS), stipulated in International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974, is described in The Mariners Handbook. Variations or additions from ISVSWS by countries covered by this volume are described below.

Ghana
1

1.57 The following signals may be displayed at Takoradi (453N 145W) and Tema (537N 001E) from signal stations on prominent buildings: By Day 2 black balls (vertical) At Night Significance 2 red lights Expected line squall or (vertical) thunderstorm of slight to moderate intensity accompanied by NE to E winds.

Regulation (EC) 725/2004 Measures to enhance maritime security

1

1.53 In compliance with Regulation 725/2004/EC, subject vessels are required to provide security information, as required by SOLAS XI2 and the ISPS Code, to the appropriate national authority 24 hours prior to arrival.

DISTRESS AND RESCUE National regulations Spain (Islas Canarias) Temporary closing of ports
1 1

General information
1.58 Global Maritime Distress and Safety System is described, and general information concerning Distress and Rescue is given, in Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No. 19 , The Mariner s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

1.54 Access to Spanish ports may be prohibited, or subjected to certain regulations, on account of naval manoeuvres, exercises, or other causes, as follows: A warning signal will be shown from a conspicuous position; by day, three balls disposed vertically; at night, three red lights disposed vertically. The same signals will be shown by the watch vessels. Vessels wishing to enter or leave Spanish waters when the foregoing signals are displayed must; by day, display the pilot flag and await the arrival of a watch vessel; at night, burn one or more Bengal lights, also sound a siren or whistle, and await the arrival of a watch vessel. If a watch vessel hails, or fires a gun, a vessel must immediately stop or heave to. Vessels will, if required, submit to a visit from the watch vessel, which will give the following information: a) If a special examination service is established and in what place it is to be found. b) If the port is closed and if so for how long. c) If there are any special directions for the navigation of any part of the port. Necessary instructions will be given to, or the examination made of, vessels leaving the port by the Naval authorities, within the port. Masters of vessels not complying with these regulations do so at their risk and peril, and are liable for any damage they may cause.

Rescue services Arquiplago da Madeira

1

1.59 Arquiplago da Madeira falls within the Lisboa SAR Region where the Portuguese Navy has responsibility for conducting SAR operations. There is an MRSC at Funchal (32 39 N 16 54 W). Further information is given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

Islas Canarias
1

1.60 The MRCC Madrid has overall responsibility for coordinating SAR operations in the region around Islas Canarias; MRCCs are established at Las Palmas (2807N 15 26 W) and on Isla de Tenerife (3.113). Further information is given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

Arquiplago de Cabo Verde

1

1.61 Capitania dos Portos de Barlavento, situated at Praia (14 55 N 23 31 W) is the authority responsible for coordinating SAR operations in the region, assisted by an RCC situated at Ilha do Sal (4.7) and So Vicente Radio. Further information is given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

Morocco
1

1.62 The Ocean Fisheries Department is responsible for coordinating SAR operations and, within the area covered by this volume, has MRCCs at Agadir (3541N 519W) and Dakhla (2342N 1556W), and MRSCs at Larache (3512N 609W), Casablanca (3337N 736W), Safi (3218N 915W), Essaouira (5.224), Tan Tan (2830N 11 20 W) and Layoune (27 05 N 13 26 W). Further information is given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

in the region and has excellent telephone links with RCCs in developed countries. Further information is given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

Liberia
1

1.69 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

Cte dIvoire
1

1.70 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

Mauritania
1

Ghana
1

1.63 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

Sngal
1

1.64 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

1.71 The Ministry of Transport and Communications has overall responsibility of SAR in this region assisted by the Ghanian Air Force, Ports and Harbour Authority, Tema and Tema Radio. Further information is given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

The Gambia
1

Togo
1

1.65 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

1.72 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

GuineaBissau
1

Benin
1

1.66 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

Guinea
1

1.67 An MRCC exists at Conakry (931N 1343W) and an MRSC at Port Kamsar (1039N 1437W).

1.73 The Port Authority, Cotonou (6 21 N 2 26 E), is responsible for coordinating SAR operations. Further information is given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

Nigeria
1

Sierra Leone
1

1.68 Sierra Leone Ports Authority, Freetown (8 29 N 1314W) is responsible for coordinating SAR operations

1.74 The National Maritime Authority is responsible for coordinating SAR operations. MRCCs exist at Lagos (626N 324E), Warri (531N 543E), Port Harcourt (446N 700E) and Oron (449N 813E).

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

COUNTRIES AND PORTS ARQUIPLAGO DA MADEIRA Description

1 1

Flora
1.82 Owing to the mild climate of the group and its proximity to the European and African continents, the flora is very varied. When discovered, Ilha da Madeira was covered with timber, but the larger trees have all been cleared by fires, and in the lowlying ground cultivated plants have replaced the old vegetation. Today the banana, strawberry, mimosa, palm, guava and pear tree are all to be seen growing side by side. The cultivated area of Ilha da Madeira seldom extends more than 2 miles inland on the S side of the island, and much less on the N side. Little cultivation is attempted above an elevation of 750 m. Bananas, sugar cane, dates and figs are grown up to the 200 m level. Hence up to 550 m are vines, and above this level are fruit trees, vegetables, cereals, pasture and forest.

1.75 Arquiplago da Madeira (3245N 1700W), consisting of Ilha de Porto Santo, Ilha da Madeira and Ilhas Desertas, lie about 520 miles SW of Lisboa (Lisbon). Ilhas Selvagens (3005N 1600W) lie about 160 miles SSE of Ilha da Madeira. The total area of the islands is 813 sq km.

National limits
1

1.76 Territorial sea: 12 miles. Contiguous zone: 24 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

History
1

Fauna
1

1.77 The islands were discovered by the Portuguese in the fifteenth century, at which time they were uninhabited. Since then with the exception of a period of Spanish domination between 1581 and 1640, and also of temporary occupation of Ilha da Madeira by British troops in the early part of the nineteenth century, the group has been under Portuguese Sovereignty.

1.83 Of the fauna, all the animals have been introduced. Over 200 species of birds have been collected, of which about one fifth breed on the island. The lizard is the only reptile. The marine fauna is mainly European.

Industry and trade

1

Government
1

1.78 Arquiplago da Madeira is an autonomous region of Portugal. The Governor resides in Funchal.

1.84 The chief exports are its renowned wine, fruit, vegetables, embroidery and wickerwork. The principal imports are fuel oils, foodstuffs, cereals, staves for wine casks, motor vehicles, machinery, implements and textiles. Tourism is the most important industry.

Population
1

ISLAS CANARIAS General information

1

1.79 In 2001, Arquiplago da Madeira had a population of 245 011.

Language
1

1.80 Portuguese is the official language, but English is much spoken in Funchal.

1.85 Islas Canarias, contained between the parallels of 2730N and 2930N and the meridians of 1325W and 1810W, consist of seven major islands and several smaller ones. The total area of the islands is 7492 sq km.

National limits
1

Physical features
1

1.81 The islands are of volcanic origin. Ilha da Madeira is entirely composed of igneous rocks ejected during successive marine eruptions, but the lavas are of great antiquity. The basalt and trachytes, resting on a conglomeration of volcanic debris, have been eroded by rains to depths several hundred feet below the original surface. The whole of Ilha da Madeira is mountainous but there are few craters in it. The characteristic features of this island are its great elevation, the picturesque outline of its mountains, the depths and grandeur of the ravines, the numerous mountain streams, the abundance and purity of water, the fertility of the soil, the extreme mildness and uniformity of temperature, and the excellence of its climate. It is the equable climate which constitutes the chief recommendation of Ilha da Madeira as a winter resort for invalids. Spring is the least pleasant period on account of the prevalent NE winds.

1.86 Territorial sea: 12 miles. Contiguous zone: 24 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

History
1

1.87 The existence of Islas Canarias was well known in early times and they were inhabited by a fair race, known as the Guanchas, who were akin to the Berbers of Africa. The first permanent settlement was made in the early part of the fifteenth century by a French nobleman who was assisted by the King of Castille in the subjection of the inhabitants under the condition that the islands should belong to Spain. By the end of the fifteenth century, after numerous encounters with the inhabitants, Spanish rule was finally established.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

The Guanchas have now almost completely disappeared owing to mixture with the Spaniards, so that racial characteristics are chiefly Spanish.

banana, orange, cactus and dragon tree. There are a good many varieties of ferns and mosses.

Fauna
1

Government
1

1.88 The islands are divided into two Spanish provinces: Isla de Lanzarote (3.7), Isla de Fuerteventura (3.31) and Isla de Gran Canaria (3.50) forming one province with its capital Las Palmas de Gran Canaria. Isla de Tenerife (3.113), Isla de la Gomera (3.163), Isla de la Palma (3.174) and Isla de Hierro (3.193) forming the other province with Santa Cruz de Tenerife as its capital.

1.93 Amongst the fauna are large goats and a vigorous breed of camel. Over 200 species of birds have been collected, and about half of these breed in the islands. Of those which differ from European species are the blue chaffinch, trumpeter bullfinch, large pigeons, red partridge and the canary. There are numerous lizards, centipedes and scorpions. The marine fauna is more European than African, and there are even several American fish; the cod rivals that of Newfoundland in quality. The eel is the only fresh water fish.

Population
1

Trade and industry

1

1.89 In 2001 the population of each province was as follows: Las Palmas Santa Cruz de Tenerife 887 676. 806 801.

Language
1

1.90 Spanish is spoken throughout the islands.

Physical features
1

1.94 There is a large fishing fleet and an important fish preserving industry consisting of dried, tinned and salted fish. The deep water between the islands and the African continent is reputed to be one of the best fishing grounds in the world. The only mineral worked is pumice which is quarried about the base of Pico de Teide (3.115). The chief exports are bananas, tomatoes and potatoes. The principal imports are fuel oil and diesel oil, wines, textiles and building materials. There is a well developed tourist industry.

1.91 The surface of the islands is formed of lofty domeshaped heights, long slightly articulated ridges and deep volcanic cauldrons. Bleak, level, pumice covered tracts alternate with green hilly spaces and broad troughs covered with artificial terraces. The whole is surrounded by lava slopes and intersected by steep ravines which form the characteristic feature of the islands. There are no permanent streams and most of the islands lack water. The primitive or sedimentary formations occupy a very small space and, in the W islands of the group, the basalts, trachytes and obsidians are generally of great antiquity. The geological features of the islands prove that at one time they formed part of the African continent. Isla de Fuerteventura, Isla de la Gomera and Isla de la Palma consist of metamorphic schists, and Isla de Fuerteventura of lime stone also; the shape and position of the latter island clearly show that at one time it formed part of the Atlas Mountains. Since about the end of the thirteenth century, discharges of lava have been confined to Isla de Lanzarote, Isla de Palma and Isla de Tenerife. The summit of the latter, Pico de Teide (3.115) is an extinct volcano, but eruptions have taken place from the sides of the mountain, the last in 1909. Volcanic activity was detected on the ocean floor off Isla de Tenerife in 1933. The tropics and temperate zones are equally well represented in Islas Canarias and the climate in general is healthy, the heat being tempered by the elevation of the islands and the prevalence of NE winds.

REPUBLIC OF CAPE VERDE General information

1

1.95 Republic of Cape Verde lies about 385 miles W of the African continent between the parallels of 14 and 18N, and the meridians of 2240 and 2630W. Arquiplago de Cabo Verde consists of ten islands and five islets, which can be divided into two groups known locally as: Barlavento (Windward) group Island Sal (4.7) Bavista (4.19) So Nicolau (4.33) Santa Luzia (4.44) So Vicente (4.49) Santo Anto (4.79) Area 216 sq km 620 sq km 388 sq km 227 sq km 779 sq km 269 sq km 991 sq km 476 sq km 67 sq km

Sotavento (Leeward) group Maio (4.89) Santiago (4.94) Fogo (4.117) Brava (4.124)

National limits
1

Flora
1

1.92 The flora includes many trees of European origin, but owing to the variety of climate almost any tree or plant can be cultivated; such as the coffee, date palm, sugar cane,

1.96 Territorial sea: 12 miles. Contiguous zone: 24 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

10

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

History
1

Trade and industry

1

1.97 The islands were uninhabited when discovered in 1460 by Diogo Gomes, and the first settlers arrived in 1462. In the latter part of the fifteenth century and the commencement of the sixteenth century, they were colonised by the Portuguese by means of slaves obtained from the neighbouring coast of Africa. The archipelago was administered by Portugal from 1587 and gained independence in 1975. Repeated droughts during the second half of the twentieth century prompted heavy emigration as a result of which the expatriate population is greater than its domestic one.

1.104 Fishing is an important industry with canning facilities at Porto da Praia (4.103) and on Ilha do Sal (4.7). Tourism is also a developing industry in addition to manufacture of paint, beer, soft drinks, rum, flour, cigarettes, canned tuna and shoes. Salt is obtained on the islands of Sal, Boa Vista and Maio. Volcanic rock (Pozzolana) is mined for export. The chief exports are bananas, coffee, refined petroleum, footwear, fish and shellfish. The principal imports are foodstuffs and vehicles.

Government
1

1.98 The unicameral National Assembly consists of 72 members elected for a 5 year term by popular vote.

THE KINGDOM OF MOROCCO General information

1

Population
1

1.99 In 2000 the population, composed of Africans, Mixedrace and Europeans, totalled 434 625.

Language
1

1.100 Portuguese is the official language although most Cape Verdeans speak crioulo which is a Creole dialect.
2

Physical features
1

1.101 The islands of Arquiplago de Cabo Verde are all mountainous and volcanic in origin. They are generally arid except in the valleys where there is luxurious vegetation, especially in the wet season (August to October). Ilha de Fogo contains an active volcano. Earthquakes are rare except in Ilha Brava. The islands appear to belong to an older geological epoch than Arquiplago dos Aores or Islas Canarias. Ilha de Santo Anto and Ilha do Fogo consists of scori and lavas, but in the other islands, granites and syenites are found; fine metamorphic marbles and sedimentary rocks also occur. Ilha do Maio is remarkable for the relative extent of its nonigneous formations. On the whole the climate, which is hot and dry, is healthy except during the wet season.

1.105 The Kingdom of Morocco occupies the NW corner of Africa, and is bounded on the E by Algeria, on the N by the Mediterranean Sea, and on the W by the Atlantic Ocean. The former Spanish territory of Western Sahara, extending SW from 2740N to the border with the Islamic Republic of Mauritania at Cap Blanc (2046N 1703W), was virtually annexed by the Moroccan and Mauritanian Governments in 1976. However, in 1979 Mauritania renounced its claim and the whole is now claimed by Morocco, but disputed by the Algerian backed Polisario Front. A guerrilla war with the Polisario Front, contesting Moroccan sovereignty, ended in 1991 following a UN brokered ceasefire. The sovereignty of Western Sahara remains unresolved as attempts to hold a UNorganized referendum have been repeatedly postponed. The total area, including Western Sahara (252 120 sq km) and the former Spanish province of Ifni, is approximately 713 578 sq km.

National limits
1

1.106 Territorial sea: 12 miles. Contiguous zone: 24 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. Fishing rights in the above EEZ are reserved for Moroccan vessels manned by Moroccan inhabitants. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

Flora
1

History
1

1.102 The flora is tropical, and comprises about 70 species of wild flowers, mosses and ferns peculiar to the islands. trees do not appear to be indigenous. There are a few baobabs and other trees common to the adjacent part of Africa; also dracna, eucalyptus and tamarisks.

Fauna
1

1.103 The aboriginal fauna presents few distinct varieties. There are no wild animals or venomous reptiles, but there is a large lizard, elsewhere unknown, which lives on a vegetable diet. Among birds are the guinea hen, quail and a separate variety of shearwater. Fish, turtle and prawns of different species are very plentiful, but some of these may be poisonous. There are numerous domestic goats, oxen, pigs and asses on the islands.

1.107 The earliest peoples to explore Morocco were the Phoenicians and Carthaginians, who established trading stations on its coast. The Romans followed, but their sway never extended beyond the N part, and on the fall of the Roman Empire, the civilisation and language of Rome died out. Little more is known of Morocco prior to the great wave of Arab conquest in the seventh century. This swept over the country leaving the Arabs in possession of the towns and plains while the Berbers, the original inhabitants, survived in the mountain regions retaining their own language and customs, although they were converted to Islam. The Atlantic coast of Morocco was explored by the Portuguese in the fifteenth century, but they made no settlement. From the Arab conquest to the beginning of the twentieth century, Morocco was ruled by a series of Arab

11

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

dynasties, none of which lasted for long or had a very firm grip on the country. During the nineteenth century both France and Spain began to have territorial ambitions in Morocco which were for a long time thwarted by Britain, who did not want to see a strong power established on the S side of Strait of Gibraltar. With the Entente Cordiale in 1904, Britain withdrew her opposition and in 1912 France established a protectorate over the greater part of the country, while Spain established one over a much smaller area in the N. These protectorates continued, with many small wars and revolts, until 1956 when France and Spain made a joint declaration withdrawing their protectorates and the former Sultan assumed the title of King of Morocco. At the same time, the former international zone of Tangier became Moroccan territory.

and sandstone. The low coastal tract along the Atlantic shore consists wholly of sand and gravel. The soil washed down from the hills bears no trace of volcanic substance.

Flora
1

1.112 The flora is essentially European. The cedar and corkoak are probably the most abundant trees. There are also various kinds of fruit trees including the almond. Other trees include the arar, argon, tizra, various conifers and the ironwood tree, the leaves of which provide food for camels.

Fauna
1

Government
1

1.108 Morocco is governed under a constitution adopted by a referendum in 1972 and which was amended by referendum in 1980. The King is the supreme representative of the people and governs through a Regency Council composed of ministers. There is a single chamber legislature consisting of 306 members, 204 of whom are elected by direct suffrage and the remainder by electoral colleges representing local government, professional bodies, trade unions, chambers of commerce and agricultural interests.

1.113 The Barbary fallow deer, wild boar, Barbary ape, porcupine and wild cat are the most characteristic mammals. Birds and fishes are those of Europe, as are also most of the reptiles and amphibia.

Trade and industry

1

Population
1

1.109 In 2004, the population of Morocco was 29 891 708, and of Western Sahara 356 000.

Language
1

1.110 The official language is Arabic, although certain Berber tribes use their own dialect. For business purposes, French is spoken in the S and Spanish and French in the N. English is also spoken.

1.114 Agriculture is the most important industry of Morocco; cereal production being of greatest importance. Stock raising, which includes camels, horses, asses, cattle, sheep and goats, is also important. The fishing industry is well developed, with large fleets and preserving facilities along the coast. Other industries include textiles, food processing, leather and tourism. Morocco has mineral reserves, mainly phosphate rock which is exported in large quantities, together with ironore, coal, manganese, lead, barytine, silver and zinc. Other exports include preserved fish, citrus fruits, leather goods and textiles. The chief imports are petroleum products, vehicles and accessories, building material, textiles, agricultural and other machinery.

ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF MAURITANIA General information

1

Physical features
1

1.111 The greater part of W Morocco consists of a plateau rising gradually from the coast to the foot of the Atlas Mountains which rise to about 4267 m. Between Cap Spartel (3547N 556W) (5.19) and Rio Sebou (5.33), 95 miles S of the cape, the alluvial coastal plains are edged with sand dunes. A thickly wooded and, in places almost impassable region, much cut up by ravines, lies S of Rio Sebou. Inland the country rises to a series of high tablelands, culminating S of Fez (3408N 452W) in a vast plateau. The region between Rabat (3402N 650W) (5.57) and Cap Rhir (3037N 953W) (5.217) rises in tiers from the coast towards the Atlas Mountains. The land merges into steppe land to the S of Oued Tensift (3112N 948W) (5.214). The principal water courses of Morocco rise on the W side of the Atlas Mountains. The only navigable rivers, and those only for small vessels, are Oued Loukkos (5.25) and Rio Sebou. Very little is known of the geology of Morocco. It is stated that gneiss is the prevalent rock in the main chain of the Atlas Mountains, and that on it rest transition limestone

1.115 The Islamic Republic of Mauritania is bounded on the N by the Kingdom of Morocco and the Western Sahara, on the NE by Algeria, on the E and SE by Mali, and on the S by the Republic of Sngal. The total area of the country is 1 030 700 sq km.

National limits
1

1.116 Territorial sea: 12 miles. Contiguous zone: 24 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

History
1

1.117 Portendick, a former settlement on the coast, was ceded to the French in 1717. During the nineteenth century, the French explored the territory generally and made numerous treaties with the local chiefs. A French protectorate was proclaimed in 1903, and it became a colony in 1921. Mauritania became an autonomous republic in the French community in 1958, and attained full independence

12

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

in November 1960. There were military coups in 1978 and 1984. In 1976, when the Spanish withdrew from Western Sahara, Mauritania and Morocco divided up the territory between themselves. Mauritania, however, renounced all claims to the territory in 1979 after three years of guerrilla warfare with the separatist Polisario Front.
1

quail, partridge, flamingo, pelican, vulture and numerous sea birds. Fish abound off this coast especially in the N. They include tunny, soles and lobster.

Trade and industry

1.124 There is an arable belt N of Fleuve Sngal where crops are cultivated. About half the population depend on cattle rearing and agriculture for a livelihood. Mauritania has substantial deposits of ironore and gypsum, which are mined for export. Fish processing is a major industry; the coastal waters are amongst the richest fishing grounds in the world. Proven reserves of oil have been discovered (2001) offshore in deepwater tracts; production and exports are due to begin in 2006.

Government
1

1.118 The type of government is a republic, with an executive branch of a President (Chief of State) and a Legislative branch, which contains an elected lower house and an upper house the members of which are chosen indirectly by municipal councillors. The supreme court and lower courts are subject to control of the executive branch. Judicial decisions are rendered mainly on the basis of Islamic law for social/family matters and a western style legal code is applied in commercial and some criminal cases. In August 2005 the elected Government, which was blamed by the opposition of fraud and intimidation, was overthrown in a bloodless military coup. The leader of the coup announced that a military council would rule until elections could be held in 2 years time.

REPUBLIC OF SNGAL General information

1

Population
1

1.119 In 2004 the population was estimated to be 2 998 563.

1.125 The Republic of Sngal is bounded by Mauritania to the N and NE, the boundary being Fleuve Sngal (6.181), Mali to the E, Guinea and GuineaBissau to the S and the Atlantic to the W with The Gambia forming an enclave along that shore. The total area of the country is 196 722 sq km.

Language
1

National limits
1

1.120 Hassaniya Arabic is the official language, with French, Pular, Wolof and Soninke as secondary.

Physical features
1

1.121 The surface of Mauritania consists of a central masiff, surrounded by a series of plains and low plateaux more or less cloaked by parallel rows of sand dunes running NE and SW. The greater part is desert. The sand dunes which border the coast in some places penetrate inland for some distance. Adrar Tmar, the central massif, extends NE and SW from about 2140N to 1925N, and rises to an elevation of about 183 m. It is a group of detached sandstone plateaux bounded on the W and S by sheer cliffs falling steeply to the plain. Water can be found by digging to a depth of 3 m. The only river system is Fleuve Sngal, which forms the boundary between Mauritania and Sngal and is referred to in 1.125. The geology of Mauritania is not well known. The massif consists of archaen rocks, principally micaschists and quartzite, covered by a thick bed of horizontal sandstones. The coastal plains consist mostly of alluvial soil. Though dry, hot and windswept Mauritania is comparatively healthy. There are no mosquitos except in the vicinity of water.

1.126 Territorial sea: 12 miles. Contiguous zone: 24 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

History
1

1.127 Sngal was part of the Mali empire in the fourteenth to the fifteenth centuries and was first visited by the Portugeuse in 1445. Although the French established a fort at SaintLouis (6.175) in 1659, effective settlements were not established until the early part of the eighteenth century. Apart from a period of British occupation between 1758 and 1814, the colony was under French rule until independence. The Republic of Sngal became a member state of the French community in 1958, achieved independence as part of the Federation of Mali in June 1960 but seceded to form a Republic in September 1960. Between 1982 and 1989 Sngal joined with The Gambia to form the Confederation of Senegambia.

Government
1

Flora
1

1.122 The flora includes the palm, gum, acacia, incense tree, gonake and baobab.

Fauna
1

1.128 A new constitution was approved by referendum in 2001. The head of state is the president who is elected by popular vote for not more than two five year terms. For the unicameral 120 member National Assembly, 65 members are elected by majority vote and the remaining 55 members elected by a system of partylist proportional representation.

1.123 The fauna are hyenas, jackals and various species of antelope and gazelle. Among the birds are the guinea fowl,

Population
1

1.129 In 2004 the population was estimated to be 10 852 147.

13

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

The inhabitants are composed firstly of moors and Fulas, who are more or less nomadic and pastoral people, secondly of Negro races which occupy the coastal regions. Of the African races the principal are the Oulofs who live about the coast between SaintLouis and The Gambia.

Fishery zone: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

Language
1

History
1

1.130 French is the official language. The principal local language is Wolof. Fulani, Serer, Mandinka, Jola and Sarakole are also spoken.

Physical features
1

1.131 Most of the Republic of Sngal is flat, dry and featureless, and lies less than 100 m above sea level. The dry season is from December to May. There are several large rivers: Fleuve Sngal, 6.181. Rivire Saloum, 7.27. Rivire Casamance 7.122.

1.137 The Gambia was discovered in 1447 by the Portuguese, but they made no settlements. During the seventeenth century, various companies of merchants obtained trading charters and established a settlement on the river. In 1843 the country was created an independent British crown colony. Later further acquisitions of territory were secured, and a protectorate was constituted in 1902. Internal selfgovernment was granted in 1963 and The Gambia became an independent member of the Commonwealth in February 1965. Gambia became a Republic within the Commonwealth in April 1970.

Government Flora
1

1.132 The major part of the country is covered by savannah, dotted with bushes, acacia and baobab trees. The tropical forest has been considerably reduced in size over the years and is now confined to the Casamance region. In this region are found the Fromager, a large tree whose wood is used to build pirogues. Coconut palms and mango trees are also found here. Mangroves grow thickly on the banks of the Rivire Saloum and Rivire Casamance.

1.138 Outside Banjul the Republic of The Gambia is divided into four divisions; Western Division, Lower River Division, MacCarthy Island Division and Upper River Division. The Government, headed by a President, is mainly elected by universal adult suffrage.

Population
1

Fauna
1

1.133 Wildlife is mainly confined to parks and reserves designed for their protection. The country is on the migratory route for a wide variety of avian species. Game fishing is popular off the coast of Dakar; swordfish and marlin may be caught there during the wet season.

1.139 In 2003 the population was estimated to be 1 364 507 of which about one third lived in the capital, Banjul. The principal races who occupy the country are the Mandingo, Fula, Wolof, Jolla and Serahuli. The Mandingo constitute the largest group in every division, see below, and are concentrated largely in the Lower River Division. The Fula are mainly concentrated in the MacCarthy Island Division and Upper River Division. The Wolof live mainly on the uplands of the N bank of River Gambia.

Trade and industry

1

1.134 Around 60% of the work force are employed in the agricultural industry. The tourism industry is also growing in importance. The chief exports are fish, groundnuts (raw and processed) and phosphates. The principal imports are foodstuffs, machinery, fuel oils and transport equipment.

Language
1

1.140 The official language is English.

Physical features
1

REPUBLIC OF THE GAMBIA General information

1

1.135 The Republic of The Gambia lies in the valley of River Gambia, and is entirely surrounded by the Republic of Sngal. The country extends about 300 miles inland from the Atlantic Ocean, and varies between a width of 30 miles at the coast to 15 miles farther inland. The total area of the country is 10 689 sq km including 2077 sq km of inland water.

National limits
1

1.136 Territorial sea: 12 miles. Contiguous zone: 18 miles.

1.141 The Republic of The Gambia, lying in the valley of River Gambia, is divided into two regions, a plateau in the E and a plain in the W. The plateau attains an elevation of about 50 m and is covered with grass and isolated clumps of trees with stretches of thick forest in places. The plain, which extends W of 1545W is covered with thick high grass, dotted with clumps of trees. Both areas contain isolated hills and over both are scattered towns, villages and farms. It seems probable that the whole surface of the country originally consisted of a bed of laterite composed mainly of silex, iron and alumina, on which in many places a deep layer of alluvial soil is now superimposed. Considerable areas are covered by swamps and marshes, flooded during the wet season (June to October). The climate is pleasant, except in the wet season when it becomes uncomfortably warm. Conditions in the Republic of The Gambia are generally healthy.

14

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

Flora
1

1.142 The flora resembles that of West Africa generally; the mangrove is common. Other trees are mahogany, rosewood, oil palm and the rubber vine. There are many varieties of fern. Cassava and indigo plants are indigenous.

considerable political and military upheaval, including a civil war during 19981999.

Government
1

Fauna
1

1.143 Wild animals are numerous in the interior. The mammals include the giraffe, antelope lion, hippopotamus and baboon; the three latter are the most destructive to cattle and crops. Among the birds are the eagle, parrot, vulture, and bustard, also numerous species common to Europe. Reptiles include the crocodile, python, tortoise and turtle. The lower reaches of River Gambia abound in fish.

1.148 The Republic of GuineaBissau is administered by a President elected by popular vote for a term of 5 years and a unicameral National Assembly elected by popular vote to serve a maximum of 4 years.

Population
1

1.149 In 2005 the population was estimated to be 1 416 027.

Language
1

1.150 Portuguese is the official language. Crioulo and other African languages are also spoken.

Trade and industry

1

1.144 Around 78% of the workforce are engaged in the agricultural industry. Tourism is a well developed industry. Groundnuts are the chief export, followed by fish and seafood, fruit and vegetables. The main imports are machinery and transport equipment, rice and manufactured goods.

Physical features
1

REPUBLIC OF GUINEABISSAU General information

1

1.145 The Republic of GuineaBissau, formerly known as Portuguese Guinea, is bordered on the N by the Republic of Sngal and on the E and S by the Republic of Guinea. The territory includes Arquiplago dos Bijags (7.195). The total area of the country is 36 125 sq km.

National limits
1

1.151 The greater part of the country is lowland and only in the SE corner does the elevation exceed 180 m. In the W, the sands and clays, carried down by the rivers from the interior, have covered most of the older rocks and have also collected round various submarine reefs so forming Arquiplago dos Bijags. Further E, the land increases in height, the valleys are deeper and broader, and the country is better drained. In the alluvial districts the soil is often rich and, where well drained, is very fertile. The districts in which laterite is found, are covered by poorer soils. Swamps cover considerable areas near the coast and about the rivers. The principal rivers are the Rio Cacheu and Rio Geba, which are navigable by vessels of moderate draught for a considerable distance. The climate is unhealthy for Europeans and malaria is prevalent. The wet season lasts from June to November.

1.146 Territorial sea: 12 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

Flora
1

History
1

1.147 GuineaBissau was once the kingdom of Gab, a part of the ancient African empire of Mali, which became independent of the empire in 1546. The territory was discovered in 1446 by Nuno Tristo, one of the explorers sent out by Prince Henry the Navigator. Portuguese Guinea as it became, was administered as part of the Arquiplago de Cabo Verde until 1879 when it became a separate province. During the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, Cacheu (1217N 1610W) (7.159), which was probably founded 1470, was the chief slavetrading centre in the area. On the conclusion of this trade, at the beginning of the nineteenth century, Bissau, founded as a fort in 1765, became the chief commercial centre. Independence was declared in September 1973, by GuineaBissau after a guerrilla war led by the leftwing African Party for the Independence of Guinea and Cape Verde, and accepted by Portugal in September 1974. Between 1974 and 2000 the country has experienced

1.152 Savannahs of tall grasses cover extensive tracts with a few isolated palms, baobabs and other trees. In the forests, which lie behind the mangrovefringed banks of the estuaries, are a great variety of trees such as acacia, palm, date and rain trees; the latter socalled on account of the heavy dew which accumulates on their leaves at night and which is precipitated in the morning.

Fauna
1

1.153 The fauna includes numerous species of apes, hippopotamus, wild ox, leopard and crocodile. Birds are numerous, and the estuaries and creeks are well stocked with fish.

Trade and industry

1

1.154 GuineaBissau depends mainly on agriculture and fishing. Because of high costs the development of petroleum, phosphate and other mineral resources is not a nearterm prospect although offshore oil prospecting has begun. The chief exports are cashew nuts, fish and seafood, peanuts, palm kernel and timber. The principal imports are manufactured goods, food and fuels.

15

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

REPUBLIC OF GUINEA General information

1

1.155 The Republic of Guinea is bounded on the N by the Republic of GuineaBissau, on the NE by the Republics of Sngal and Mali, on the E by the Republic of Cte dIvoire and to the S by the Republics of Sierra Leone and Liberia. The total area of the country is 245 857 sq km.

National limits
1

1.156 Territorial sea: 12 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

a chain of mountains extends along the frontiers of the Republics of Sierra Leone and Liberia. The chief river of this territory is Rio Nunez (7.247). Other rivers are Rivire Compony (7.244), Rio Pongo (8.19) and Rivire Mellacore (8.72); none of these rivers is navigable for any distance from their mouths. The geological formation in the W part of the Republic of Guinea is mostly palaeozoic sandstone. In Fouta Djallon and other regions, ancient volcanic rocks are found. Most of the central and E parts consist of old crystalline schists and gneisses, but in the NE part are schists and quartzites. les de Loos (8.31) are formed entirely of eruptive rocks. The climate is humid and malarious, but inland towards the highlands the climate improves. The wet season is from May to October, and the dry season is from November to April.

Flora History
1

1.157 In the sixteenth century the NE part of Guinea was part of the Mali empire. The Portuguese developed ivory and slave trading in the midfifteenth century. In the mideighteenth century the French established a protectorate over the coastal areas. The territory was renamed French Guinea in 1890 and, after the British ceded les de Loos (930N 1347W) (8.31) to the French, in 1904 it became a part of French West Africa. Guinea became an independent republic in October 1958, leaving the French community although economic and cultural cooperation were established in 1963. Republic of Guinea has been badly affected by civil wars in the neighbouring countries of Liberia, Sierra Leone and Cte dIvoire. In addition to border incursions there has been a steady influx of refugees which has adversely affected the economy.

1.162 The flora comprises palms of various species, the kola tree, timber trees such as mahogany, bamboos, gums and rubber trees.

Fauna
1

1.163 Among the fauna are the monkey, antelope, leopard, lion, hippopotamus, bison and elephant. There are numerous species of birds. Snakes and crocodiles abound, the latter more especially in the river estuaries.

Trade and industry

1

Government
1

1.158 The Republic of Guinea is administered by a President and a unicameral National Assembly elected by popular vote.

1.164 The mining industry accounts for over 70% of exports. Guinea possesses almost half the worlds bauxite reserves and is the second largest bauxite producer. Fishing is a developing industry. The chief exports are bauxite, iron ore, aluminium and diamonds. The chief imports are manufactured goods, petroleum products, rice and other foodstuffs.

REPUBLIC OF SIERRA LEONE General information

1

Population
1

1.159 The most important races are Peuls, who predominate, Malinke, Soussou and Kissi. In 2005 the estimated population was 9 467 866.

Language
1

1.165 The Republic of Sierra Leone is bordered on the N and E by the Republic of Guinea and on the SE by the Republic of Liberia. The total area of the country is 71 740 sq km.

1.160 Besides French there are eight official languages taught in schools; Fulani, Malink, Susu, Kissi, Kpelle, Loma, Basari and Koniagi.

National limits
1

Physical features
1

1.161 The coastal region is a flat strip of lowlying country defined inland by sandstone hills which mark the edge of the plateau leading up to Fouta Djallon. Fouta Djallon is a vast oval plateau, over 1200 m high, which occupies the central part of the territory. The most important West African rivers have their sources in this plateau; among the rivers are River Gambia and River Niger. From the SE end of Fouta Djallon, a succession of great plains or low plateaux extend E to Cte dIvoire. Farther S

1.166 Territorial sea: 12 miles. Contiguous zone: 24 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. Sierra Leone requires prior permission or notification for the entry of foreign warships. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

History
1

1.167 The history of Sierra Leone dates from 1787 when Granville Sharp, acting on a scheme proposed by Dr. Henry Smeatham, purchased a strip of land on the peninsula of Sierra Leone from Chief Naimbana and settled freed slaves on it.

16

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

In 1791, a Royal Charter was granted to the Sierra Leone Company and more freed slaves from Jamaica and Nova Scotia were introduced. In 1800, the peninsula was granted to the Chartered Company by Letters Patent, and a Governor and Council were appointed. In 1807, when Britain outlawed slave trading, a naval station was established at Freetown, and slaves freed by operations of the ships stationed there, were brought to the settlement. Freetown became a colony in 1808, and the jurisdiction of the company was assumed by the Crown. The original territory was gradually increased through treaties made with neighbouring chiefs, and was declared a Protectorate in 1896. Sierra Leone became an independent and sovereign member of the Commonwealth in April 1961. It became a Republic in 1971.

The commencement of the plateau country is clearly defined by an eroded scarp. The highest ground in the Republic of Sierra Leone occurs in two E ranges, Tingi Hills and Loma Mountains, each with bare inselbergs exceeding 1830 m. Practically the whole country is suitable for agriculture and settlement. Up to heights of about 600 m the soil is dominantly lateritic and reasonably fertile. Above this altitude, the terrain tends to be heavily rockstrewn and rather barren. The principal rivers are Sierra Leone River (8.86) and Sherbro River (8.125); both are navigable for some distance. The climate of Sierra Leone is tropical. Malaria is common.

Flora
1

Government
1

1.168 The head of state is the president who, with the unicameral parliament, is elected by universal adult suffrage.

Population
1

1.169 In Freetown, the inhabitants are mostly Sierra Leoneans or Creoles; descendants of the original settlers and of the liberated slaves. They are of many African nationalities, mixed in some cases with European blood. Their language is Krio, a derivative of English though incomprehensible to the untutored. In the territory outside Sierra Leone peninsula, are a number of tribes speaking different languages. Of these the most numerous in the coastal district are the Mende and Sherbro to the SE of the peninsula, and the Temne in the NW. In 2005 the population was estimated to be 6 017 643.

1.172 The vegetation of Sierra Leone consists largely of farm brush containing many palm trees. This has been derived by felling and cultivation from the large tracts of tropical rain forest, which formerly covered the whole territory. High forest still remains on the hills of Sierra Leone peninsula, and in large areas near the border with the Republic of Liberia. Much of the coastline is covered with mangrove and extensive areas of swamp forest occur behind the coast in the S part of the territory. In the drier interior, near the border with Guinea, large tracts of savannah occur.

Fauna
1

1.173 Wild life is not much in evidence but the following species are to be found; monkeys, including chimpanzees, leopard, several species of small antelope, pigmy elephant and pigmy hippopotamus. Game birds include guinea fowl, partridge, snipe, spurwinged goose and duck. Fish stocks, once plentiful both in coastal waters and the lower reaches of the rivers, are threatened by over fishing.

Language
1

1.170 English is the official and commercial language. Mende, Temne and Krio are also spoken.

Trade and industry

1

Physical features
1

1.171 With the exception of the thickly forested Gabbro Hills of the Sierra Leone peninsula, the W half of the country is a vast gently undulating plain which may be divided into two parts; a coastal belt of marine and deltaic sediments averaging 25 miles in width, and a continental belt extending 60 miles farther inland. Within the coastal belt, the creeks and rivers are tidal, the tidal limit marking the junction with the inland plain. The coastal zone is generally swampy and grass covered with mangroves and other trees bordering the creeks and rivers. The inland belt has a gently undulating thickly bushcovered surface which rises gradually to between 120 m and 150 m in the W. It is broken by several isolated hills and ranges, relics from an earlier plateau. The E half of the Republic of Sierra Leone consists of an elevated plateau lying between 300 m and 600 m above sea level. Other plateaux and remnants of plateaux rise above this general level especially near the E frontier with Guinea.

1.174 The majority of the workforce is engaged in agriculture and cattle rearing. There are palm oil and rice mills and furniture is produced from sawn timber. The main industry is the mining of diamonds, rutile, gold and bauxite. Petroleum refining and small scale manufacturing are the other industries. The chief exports are bauxite, gold, diamonds, coffee and cocoa. The main imports are manufactured goods, foodstuffs, petroleum products and transport machinery.

REPUBLIC OF LIBERIA General information

1

1.175 The Republic of Liberia is bordered by the Republic of Sierra Leone to the W, the Republic of Guinea to the N and the Republic of Cte dIvoire to the E. The total area of the country is 111 370 sq km.

National limits
1

1.176 Territorial sea: 200 miles. Fishing zone: 200 miles.

17

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

Flora
1

History
1

1.177 Liberia was founded in 1817 as a result of the efforts of several American societies to send freed American slaves back to Africa. the settlements were made in 1822, and the Free and independent Republic of Liberia was constituted in 1847. The Republic of Liberia is the oldest independent republic in Africa, and used to have a constitution similar to that of the United States of America.

1.182 Among the flora are oil palm, rubber, coconut and kola nut trees, cotton and coffee. Many valuable timbers such as African mahogany and ebony are found in the forests.

Fauna
1

1.183 The fauna monkeys and The fishing rivers contain

includes the antelope, buffalo, leopard, elephant of a ferocious type. grounds off the coast are rich in fish and the many varieties of fresh water fish.

Trade and industry

1

Government
1

1.178 The administration is headed by a President who is elected by popular vote for a term of 6 years. The bicameral National Assembly consists of a Senate and a House of Representatives, also selected by popular vote.

1.184 The internal conflict has devastated the economy, however, the Republic of Liberia is rich in forestry, gold, diamonds and rubber. The number of merchant vessels registered under the Liberian flag are second only to Panama.

Population
1

REPUBLIC OF CTE DIVOIRE General information

1

1.179 The present day Liberians are the descendants of freed slaves of many African nationalities, some of whom had an admixture of European blood. They live mostly on the coast. The local inhabitants belong in the main to the Mandingos, Gissi, Gola, Kpelle, Greboes and Kru with several smaller tribes. In 2005 the estimated population was 3 482 211.

1.185 The Republic of Cte dIvoire is bordered to the W by the Republics of Liberia and Guinea, to the N by the Republics of Mali and Burkina Faso, and to the E by the Republic of Ghana. Yamoussouko, 250 km NW of Abidjan is the capital of the country, although Abidjan remains the commercial and administrative centre. The total area of the country is 322 460 sq km.

Language
1

1.180 The official language is English.

1

National limits
1.186 Territorial sea: 12 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

Physical features
1

1.181 The Republic of Liberia is a broken mountainous country, the surface of which falls in a SW direction from the W slopes of the divide of River Niger basin to a strip of comparatively level land bordering the Atlantic Ocean. It is traversed by numerous rivers, most of which flow in a general NE to SW direction. The coastal region is fairly well known for a depth of about 40 miles, but the rest of the country is mostly unexplored. From the coast, which is generally low, sandy and narrow, the ground rises slightly and then descends to form marshes and creeks alternating with extensive grassy plains. Throughout this stretch there are patches of comparatively high ground. The country is in general covered by an extremely dense forest, and the mountains are thickly wooded up to their summits, which are reported to attain an altitude of over 1500 m. The principal rivers, none of which are of much value navigationally, are Saint Paul River (8.170) and Cavalla River (9.64), which latter forms the boundary between the Republic of Liberia and the Republic of Cte dIvoire. The prevailing geological formation is said to be a ferruginous sandstone covering a reddish clay, but in several places, especially E of Monrovia (8.174), eruptive rocks have cropped out. The country has a warm and humid climate with a wet season from April to October and a dry season for the rest of the year. Malaria is prevalent.

History
1

1.187 Between 1787 and 1868 various treaties were concluded by the French with the chiefs on the coast of Cte dIvoire, but it was not until 1888 that the territory was explored. A protectorate was declared in 1891 and in 1904 the colony was incorporated in the GovernmentGeneral of French West Africa. The country was proclaimed a Republic within the French Community in December, 1958. Full Independence outside the community was proclaimed in August, 1960. Special agreements with France covering financial and social matters, technical assistance and defence, were made in April 1961.

Government
1

1.188 Under the constitution adopted in 2000, the Head of State is the President, elected by popular vote, who appoints the Prime Minister, the Head of Government. The unicameral National Assembly of 225 members, is also elected by popular vote for a term of 5 years.

Population
1

1.189 There are more than 60 different tribes. The most influential tribe is the Baouls in the centre of the country

18

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

around the city of Bouak, about 300 km NNW of the city of Abidjan. In 2005 the estimated population was 17 298 040.

National limits
1

Language
1

1.190 French is the official language; 60 native dialects, with Dioula the most widely spoken are, also used.

1.196 Territorial sea: 12 miles. Contiguous zone: 24 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

Physical features
1

History
1

1.191 The W part of the coastal region of the Republic of Cte dIvoire is high and rocky, and immediately behind it the country rises gradually to the interior. The E part of the coastal region is low and sandy, and behind the coast are a series of lagoons which extend some distance inland. The N shores of these lagoons are steep, and behind them the country rises to the interior. The rest of the country, with the exception of a mountain region in the centre of the W side, shows no very distinctive features, and the ground rises by a succession of slopes towards the Niger watershed. The most important characteristic, the primeval forest, which once covered about 40% of the surface of the country has been heavily logged. The principal rivers are Cavalla River (9.64), Rivire Sassandra (9.106), Bandama Fleuve (9.107) and Rivire Come (10.38), none of which is of much navigational value. The geology of the Republic of Cte dIvoire is not well known. Three formations have been observed, namely crystalline schists, metamorphosed sedimentary rocks and eocene, and recent formations are found in the E part of the coastal region. The climate of the country varies between that of the equatorial rain forests in the S to the drier savannah belt in the N. The main wet season in the coastal region occurs from May to July inclusive; there is less intense rainy period in October and November.

1.197 The name of Ghana stems from a powerful monarchy which ruled the region of the Middle Niger between the fourth and thirteenth centuries. The Gold Coast first became known through Portuguese navigators in the fifteenth century. English and Dutch traders and companies exploited the district in the seventeenth century, their main object being the slave traffic. The Dutch held settlements on the coast until 1871 when a convention was made transferring them to the English. In 1886 the Gold Coast, as the territory was then called, was constituted as a separate colony and protectorate. Ashanti was annexed by Great Britain in 1901, and in the same year the Northern territories were placed under British protection. The state of Ghana came into existence in March 1957 when the former colony of Gold Coast and the trusteeship territory of Togo (1.205) attained Dominion status. The country was declared a Republic within the Commonwealth in July 1960. Since 1966 Ghana has experienced long periods of military rule interspersed with civilian governments.

Government
1

1.198 Under the constitution of 1992, based on the US model, the President is elected by universal adult suffrage for a fouryear term, renewable once. The unicameral parliament has 230 members, who are elected for a term of four years.

Flora
1

1.192 The flora comprises the oil palm, rubber trees, timber trees, palms producing fibre or cane, and mangroves.

Population
1.199 About 44% of the population are Akan, the next most populous tribe being MoshiDagomba. In 2004 the population was estimated to be 20 757 032.

Fauna
1

1.193 The fauna is similar to that of the Republic of Guinea (1.163).

Language
1

Trade and industry

1

1.194 The majority of the countrys workforce is employed in agricultural and related industries; bananas and pineapples are exported. Cte dIvoire is the worlds largest producer and exporters of cocoa beans. Coffee and palm oil are also exported. Exploitation of offshore oil and gas reserves are also gradually increasing.

1.200 English is the official language. Numerous African languages and dialects are also spoken, principally Twi and Fanti of the Akan group.

Physical features
1

REPUBLIC OF GHANA General information

1

1.195 The Republic of Ghana is bordered on the W by the Republic of Cte dIvoire, on the N by the Republic of Burkina Faso and on the E by the Republic of Togo. The total area of the country is 238 533 sq km.

1.201 The coast generally consists of a low sandy beach varied by small bays and rocky headlands which occur chiefly between River Ankwao (10.41) and Apam Point (10.91). In the extreme W and E, sand spits enclose large lagoons bordered by mangrove forests. The Republic of Ghana is generally lowlying, but a hilly tract crosses the central parts from Kintampo, 240 miles N of Takoradi (10.46) to the vicinity of Accra (10.108) in the SE. The N regions, separated from Ashanti by the upper arm of River Volta (11.25), gradually rises towards the N and attaining an elevation of about 450 m in the NE part of the territory.

19

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

The whole country, especially Ashanti is well wooded. River Volta is dammed at Akosombo and forms the fourth largest manmade lake in the world, being 320 km in length and covering some 8482 sq km. The geological formation of the hilly tract consists of a comparatively narrow belt of altered sediments, such as schists of various kinds and quartzite. The lowlying ground E of it consists of a varied and ancient complex of highly altered and inclined crystalline rocks with later intrusions of volcanic rocks. The W part of Ashanti, and the W and N parts of the N regions are composed mainly of conglomerates, sandstone and volcanic matter; all the principal goldfields occur in this series. The N part of the central regions and the S part of the N region consist of a thick series of nearly flatbedded and much younger conglomerates, sandstones, shales and limestones. In the coastal area the soil is generally rich and deep. Although the climate is hot and moist, it is, however, cooler than most tropical countries situated in the same latitude. Hot nights and intense heat by day are the exception, and insects are comparatively unobtrusive.

History
1

1.207 There is little early history relating to Togo. It formed part of the coast discovered by the Portuguese in the fifteenth century, but they do not seem to have made a settlement on the actual Togo coast. About 1882, German merchants made treaties with the local inhabitants, and two years later a German Protectorate was declared. In 1914 German Togo was overrun by the Allies. It was partitioned into British and French Mandated Territories in 1919 under the League of Nations, becoming British and French Trust Territories under United Nations after the second world war. British Togoland was merged with what soon became independent Ghana after a referendum in 1956. In French Togo partial selfgovernment was granted in 1956 and in 1960 the country became independent.

Government
1

Flora
1

1.202 In the forests, as well as rubber trees, there are numerous species valuable for timber. The oil palm grows abundantly, also the kola tree.

Fauna
1

1.203 Among the fauna are elephant, gazelle, buffalo, wild boar and monkeys. Hippopotamus and crocodile are numerous in River Volta.

1.208 Under the constitution approved in 1992, the President and National Assembly are elected by popular vote for 5 year terms. In 2002 parliament approved an amendment to the constitution lifting the restriction on the number of times that the President may be reelected. The President appoints the Prime Minister, who, as the head of Government, appoints the cabinet in consultation with the President. The National Assembly has 81 members who are elected in two rounds under a first past the post system. The country is divided into five regions each under an inspector appointed by the President which are further subdivided into 31 prefectures and the capital Lom, each administered by a district chief and assisted by an elected district council. The judiciary is modelled on the French systems.

Trade and industry

1

Population
1

1.204 The majority of the workforce is employed in agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining industries. Offshore oil and gas reserves are being explored and exploited. Construction and tourism are also developing industries. Ghana is the second largest exporter of gold and cocoa beans in the world after South Africa and Cte dIvoire, respectively. Manganese, diamonds and bauxite are also exported. The chief imports include consumer goods, foodstuffs and petroleum products.

1.209 In 2005 the estimated population was 5 681 519.

Language
1

1.210 French is the official language. Ewe and Mina, the two major languages in the S and Kabye and Dagomba, the two major languages in the N, are also used.

Physical features
1

REPUBLIC OF TOGO General information

1

1.205 The Republic of Togo extends N from the Atlantic coast between the Republic of Ghana to the W and the Republic of Benin to the E. It is bordered on the N by the republic of Burkina Faso. The total area of the country is 56 785 sq km.

National limits
1

1.206 Territorial sea: 30 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

1.211 The Republic of Togo is traversed from SW to NE by a mountain range which attains an elevation of over 900 m. This range divides the country into two nearly equal triangles; the NW region consists of lowlands drained by rivers and bounded on the N by hills, and the SE region is made up of a lowlying coastal district backed by lagoons in the S and an interior plateau in the N. There are long stretches of forest and brushwood. The rivers, none of which have much navigational value, are divided by the abovementioned mountain range into two groups; River Volta (11.25) with its tributaries forms the W group, Rivire Haho which flows into Lac de Togo (11.63), Rivire Boko which flows into Lagune Wo, and Fleuve Mono (11.9) form the SE group. The lagoons form a waterway from Anecho to Grand Popo in the Republic of Benin. The main geological features of the Republic of Togo are metamorphic and igneous rocks of Archaean age, which form the SE plateau; a younger series of arenaceous (sandy), argillaceous (clayey) and volcanic rocks, which

20

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

form the main central range; and a still younger series of sandstones and shales with lenticular limestones, which form the NW lowlands. The mountain range series contains iron ore in places; the only known rich deposit occurring in the Bassari country which is situated in the N part of the range. Malaria is at its worst in the wet and season and transition periods (midMarch to midJuly). Yellow fever is endemic in certain parts of the country.

Flora
1

covering financial and cultural matters, technical assistance and defence. In October 1963, the army took over the government and in January, 1964 the Second Republic was proclaimed. After several coups and changes of political regime, the countrys name was changed on 30th November, 1975 from Dahomey to The Peoples Republic of Benin. A move to representative government began in 1989 and, after the 1991 free elections, democratic rule was ushered in, marking the first successful transfer of power from dictatorship to a democracy in Africa.

1.212 The flora consists of primeval forest with giant trees immediately behind the coast. Farther N are trees such as the oil palm, kola and baobab, and in the N part there are dwarf trees and shrubs.

Government
1

Fauna
1

1.213 Among the fauna there are numerous monkeys, found in the forest region, and in the N part lions, hyenas, wild boar, hares and large herds of buffalo.

1.218 The President, who is the Head of Government as well as the Head of State, is directly elected by popular vote for a term of 5 years. The President appoints the Cabinet of Ministers. The unicameral National Assembly, of 83 members, is elected by popular vote for a term of 4 years.

Population
1

Trade and industry

1

1.214 Agricultural, fisheries and forestry industries employ about 65% of the labour force. Togo is the fourth largest producer of phosphate in the world. The chief exports are phosphate, cotton, coffee and cocoa. The main imports are manufactured goods, foodstuffs and petroleum products.

1.219 In 2005 the total population was estimated to be 7 460 025.

Language
1

1.220 French is the official language; Fon and Yoruba are the most commonly used tribal languages in the S.

Physical features REPUBLIC OF BENIN General information

1 1

1.215 The Republic of Benin, formerly known as Dahomey, is bordered on the W by the republic of Togo, on the N by the Republics of Burkina Faso and Niger, and on the E by the Federal Republic of Nigeria. The country has a total area of 112 620 sq km.

National limits
1

1.216 Territorial sea: 200 miles. Fishing zone: 200 miles. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

History
1

1.217 Portuguese explorers in the seventeenth century established a trading post at Porto Novo. At that time the territory, now known as the Republic of Benin, was a collection of small states owing allegiance to the Kingdom of Abomey to the N. This kingdom had been pushing S against the Yorubas and other coastal tribes since the sixteenth century. France obtained a footing on the coast in 1851 and made treaties with the King of Porto Novo. France gradually extended her power until, in 1894, the whole Kingdom of Dahomey, as the territory was then called, was annexed. The Republic of Dahomey became an independent republic within the French Community in December, 1958, and full independence was proclaimed in August, 1960. Special agreements with France were signed in 1961,

1.221 The country falls into two well marked regions divided by a transverse watershed in 10N. The country has a flat sandy coast with lagoons and mangrove swamps immediately behind it. The country is flat N of the lagoons, and covered with tropical vegetation for a distance of about 50 miles inland. Beyond this the ground rises gradually to a plateau which attains an elevation of about 300 m in the vicinity of Carnotville, and nearly 500 m in 10N. The country N of the watershed consists mostly of a somewhat featureless plateau attaining an elevation of about 760 m, and sloping down on the N side towards River Niger. The plateau is a mass of granite and gneiss on which isolated isletlike rocks rise steeply. None of the rivers discharge into the sea; those to the N of the watershed being tributaries of River Niger. The principal rivers in the S of the country are: Fleuve Mono (11.9) Rivire de So Oum Fleuve. These rivers discharge into the coastal lagoons which afford a waterway for small vessels between Grand Popo (11.60) and Ouidah (11.66) in the W, and between Cotonou (11.75), Porto Novo and thence to Lagos (11.113) in the Federal Republic of Nigeria, in the E. Malaria is very prevalent on the banks of the rivers and lagoons. Abomey, about 65 miles NW of PortoNovo, stands on a plateau. This town is almost free from mosquitos and is the healthiest part of the S.

Flora
1

1.222 The flora of the Republic of Benin are not well known. Oil palms and coconut palms flourish.

21

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

Fauna
1

1.223 Among the fauna are numerous monkeys in the forest region. In the N part, lions, hyenas, boar and antelope are found.

Between 1966 and 1998 the country was mostly under military rule. A new constitution was adopted in 1999 and, a peaceful transition to civilian government was completed.

Government
1

Trade and industry

1

1.224 Agriculture occupies the majority of the work force and produces cotton, corn, cassava, yams, beans, palm oil and peanuts. Other industries include textiles, food processing, construction materials, cement. Small deposits of gold, iron and chrome have been found. Oil production, on a small scale, started in 1983. The principal exports are cotton, palm products, ground nuts, sheanuts and coffee. The principal imports are gypsum, petroleum products and foodstuffs.

1.228 The President, is the Head of Government as well as the Head of State and, is directly elected by popular vote for no more than two 4 year terms. The bicameral National Assembly, consisting of a 109 seat Senate and a 346 seat House of Representatives, is elected by popular vote to serve a 4 year term.

Population
1

1.229 Nigeria is Africas most populous country and, in 2005, it had an estimated population of 128 771 988.

Language FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF NIGERIA General information

1 1

1.230 English is the official language; Hausa, Yoruba, Igbo or Ibo and Fulani are the other major languages in use.

1.225 The Federal Republic of Nigeria is bordered on the W by the Republic of Benin, to the N by the Republic of Niger, to the NE by the Republic of Chad and to the E by the Republic of Cameroon (see Africa Pilot Volume II). The total area of the country is 923 768 sq km. Abuja, 300 miles N of Port Harcourt (12.126), replaced Lagos as the federal capital and seat of government in December 1991.

Physical features
1

National limits
1

1.226 Territorial sea: 12 miles. EEZ: 200 miles. Nigeria requires prior permission or notification for the entry of foreign warships. See Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners No 12 for the latest information and The Mariners Handbook.

History
1

1.227 The coast of Nigeria first became known to Europeans towards the end of the fifteenth century as a result of the visits of Portuguese explorers. The port and territories of Lagos were ceded to Britain by King Dosunmu in 1861, and were constituted a separate colony and Protectorate of Lagos in 1886. The Oil Rivers Protectorate, formed in June 1885 became the Niger Coast Protectorate in 1893. Meanwhile the Royal Niger Company had acquired interests in the Niger valley. These interests were surrendered to the Crown in 1899, and the territories were formed into two protectorates of Northern and Southern Nigeria. In 1906 Lagos and S Nigeria were united into the Colony and Protectorate of Southern Nigeria and in 1914 the latter was amalgamated with the Protectorate of Northern Nigeria to form the Colony and Protectorate of Nigeria. In October 1954, the Colony and Protectorate of Nigeria became a federation under a GovernorGeneral, and in 1960 became a sovereign independent state within the British Commonwealth. In October, 1963, the federation was declared a Republic. The Government then consisted of an elected House of Assembly and a nominated House of Chiefs.

1.231 Along the entire coastline of the Federal Republic of Nigeria is a belt, from 10 to 60 miles in width, of dense mangrove forest and swamp. This belt is intersected by the branches of the Niger delta and other rivers which are connected one with another by innumerable creeks. The whole constituting a continuous inland waterway from beyond the W boundary almost to the E boundary of the country. Behind the mangrove belt are tropical forests, once rich in palm oil trees and valuable mahoganies, which are now denuded in many areas due to over logging. Farther inland the forests become thinner and are succeeded by open ground covered with long grass and occasional clumps of trees. In the extreme N where there is very little rainfall and little vegetation, the desert is slowly encroaching. There are few mountains in the S part of the country except along the E boundary, but N and E of the junction of River Niger and Benue River there is a large plateau from 600 to 1800 m high. The country is well watered by rivers, especially in the S. River Niger, one of the main physical features of the country, enters the territory near Ilo (1130N 340E), on the W frontier, and flows in a general SE direction as far as Lokoja (749N 644E) which stands at the junction of River Niger and Benue River. Throughout its course, River Niger has received numerous tributaries and has flowed through alternate wide and narrow gorges. Benue River, the largest tributary has flowed nearly 500 miles before its confluence with the main river. From Lokoja, River Niger turns S and maintains this direction to Aboh, standing at the head of the delta. Here the river splits into a number of channels and empties into Gulf of Guinea through its numerous mouths. During the wet season River Niger is navigable by small power vessels as far as Jebba (911N 449E), and Benue River as far as Yola (914N 1232E). standing about 25 miles within the E frontier of the country. The other rivers which afford communication with the interior are River Ogun, River Oshun and River Ona and River Oni which connect with the lagoon NE of Lagos. Farther along the coast, S and E, are the following rivers, which afford communications with the interior:

22

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

10

11

12

Benin River (11.169) Escravos River (11.172) Forcados River (11.227) Nun River (12.24) Brass River (12.29) Sambreiro River (12.78) Bonny River (12.80) Opobo River (12.159) Qua Iboe River (12.161) Calabar River (12.162). The above mentioned rivers are connected with one another and with the numerous channels of River Niger delta by an immense number of creeks and lagoons which extend beyond the W boundary of the Federal Republic of Nigeria. It is possible to travel by launch through these creeks from the Republic of Benin to Eket on Qua Iboe River, and, during part of the wet season, beyond Eket to Calabar and Rio del Rey (4344N 837E) in the Republic of Cameroon. A great deal of trade is carried on by canoes through these creeks. The geological formations in the S Provinces of the Federal republic of Nigeria are alluvium, sand, mud and vegetable matter in the coastal belt. The basal rocks are gneisses, amphibolite, quartz and mica schists, and marble; these are probably of the preCambrian age. Sedimentary rocks are found in the vicinity of Oban Mountains and Udi Highlands which lie in the E part of the provinces. In the central part, on both sides of River Niger, are deposits of freshwater shales, mudstones and sandstones, supposed to be of Eocene age. In the N provinces, the foundation is formed of crystalline rocks, but the underlying granites, gneisses and schists are covered in many places by later sedimentary rocks. Upper cretaceous rocks are found in several places in Benue River valley, and eocene rocks are found in various parts of the provinces. In the NE part the formation is alluvium.

PRINCIPAL PORTS HARBOURS AND ANCHORAGES

1.235 Place and position
1

Remarks Tanker mooring Open anchorage Commercial port

Arquiplago da Madeira Baa do Porto Santo (3302N 1619E) (2.13) Canial (3244N 1643W) (2.33)

Funchal (3238N 1654W) Commercial port, passenger (2.39) terminal, tanker terminal, port of entry Islas Canarias
2

Puerto de La Luz (2808N 1525W) (3.81)

Major commercial port, passenger terminal, tanker terminal, naval base, port of entry Major commercial port, passenger terminal, tanker terminal, port of entry Commercial port, passenger terminal, tanker mooring, port of entry Commercial port, passenger terminal, port of entry Deepdraught tanker berths, port of entry Major commercial port, passenger terminal, naval base, port of entry Industrial port (minerals), port of entry Commercial port, minerals in bulk, port of entry Commercial and fishing port, naval base, port of entry Industrial port (minerals), fishing port, port of entry Industrial port (minerals), tanker berths, port of entry Commercial port, fishing port, port of entry Commercial port, port of entry Commercial port, port of entry Commercial port, tanker berths and moorings, passenger terminal, naval base, port of entry Commercial port, port of entry

Santa Cruz de Tenerife (2829N 1614W) (3.139)

Arquiplago de Cabo Verde

3

Porto Grande (1653N 2500W) (4.57) Porto da Praia (1454N 2331W) (4.103)

Kingdom of Morocco
4

Mohammedia (3343N 724W) (5.63) Casablanca (3337N 736W) (5.103) Jorf Lasfar (3308N 838W) (5.156) Safi (32185N 9150W) (5.183)

Flora
1

1.232 The flora includes the mangroves in the coastal belt and to the N the oil palm. Other trees in the S provinces include rubber, ebony and mahogany.

Anza and Agadir (3026N 938W) (5.233) Layoune (2705N 1326W) (5.309)

Islamic Republic of Mauritania

Fauna
1

1.233 The fauna includes buffalo, antelope, gazelle, leopard, hippopotamus, rhinoceros, lion, hyena and monkey. Among the birds are the curlew, pigeon, snipe, guineafowl, bustard, quail, duck, goose, grouse and teal.

Port Minralier de Cansado (2049N 1702W) (6.46) Nouadhibou (2054N 1703W) (6.64) Nouakchott (1802N 1602W) (6.105) Port de lAmiti (1800N 1602W) (6.123)

Trade and industry

1

Republic of Sngal
7

1.234 The production of oil and gas and its byproducts is the major industry. Other industries include coal, tin, columbite, palm oil, cotton, rubber, wood, hides and skins, textiles, cement and construction materials. The principal export is crude oil. The chief imports are machinery, transport equipment, foodstuffs, manufactured goods and chemicals.

Dakar (14405N 17255W) (6.188)

Republic of The Gambia Banjul (1327N 1634W) (7.64)

23

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

Place and position Bissau (1151N 1535W) (7.167) Port Kamsar (1039N 1437W) (7.245) Conakry (9310N 13433W) (8.39)

Remarks Commercial port, port of entry Industrial port (minerals), port of entry Commercial port, port of entry
13

Place and position Abo Terminal (542N 429E) (11.185) Ukpokiti Marine Terminal (543N 450E) (11.191) Erha Terminal (521N 420E) (11.197) Escravos Oil and Gas Terminal (530N 458E) (11.203) Forcados Oil Terminal (510N 511E) (12.38) Sea Eagle Terminal (448N 519E) (12.44) Bonga Terminal (433N 437E) (12.50)
14

Remarks Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal

Republic of GuineaBissau
8

Republic of Guinea

Republic of Sierra Leone

9

Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Major petroleum products terminals, port of entry Commercial port, tanker berths Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal

Freetown (829N 1314W) Commercial port, port of (8.84) entry Republic of Liberia Monrovia (621N 1048W) (8.174) SanPdro (444N 637W) (9.75) Commercial port, port of entry Commercial port, port of entry Offshore oil terminal

Republic of Cte dIvoire

Pennington Oil Terminal (415N 536E) (12.55) Brass Terminal (404N 617E) (12.61) Bonny (426N 709E) (12.103) Port Harcourt (446N 700E) (12.126) Okwori Terminal (351N 659E) (12.143)

10

Lion A Terminal (5019N 4482W) (9.112) Baobab Marine Terminal (458N 433W) (9.117) Espoir Terminal (5026N 4271W) (9.122) Port Bout Terminal (5140N 3581W) (9.127) Abidjan (0518N 400W) (9.132)

Offshore oil terminal Offshore oil terminal

15

Offshore oil terminal

Bonny Offshore Terminal (411N 714E) (12.192) Okono Terminal (359N 718E) (12.198)

Commercial port, tanker berths, naval base, port of entry Commercial port, tanker berth, naval base, port of entry Commercial port, tanker berth, naval base, port of entry Commercial port, tanker berth, naval base, port of entry
1 16

Ima Oil Terminal (413N 724E) (12.204) Yoho Terminal (402N 731E) (12.210) Odudu Terminal (401N 748E) (12.216) Qua Iboe Terminal (413N 804E) (12.222) Antan Terminal (413N 820E) (12.228)

Republic of Ghana
11

Takoradi (453N 145W) (10.46) Tema (537N 001E) (10.109)

Republic of Togo Lom (608N 117E) (11.31)

PORT SERVICES SUMMARY Docking facilities

1.236 Ports with docking facilities and, where available, the size of the largest vessel that can be accommodated, are given below. Further detail is given at the reference.

Republic of Benin
12

Cotonou (621N 226E) (11.75) Lagos (626N 324E) (11.113) Warri (531N 543E) (11.240) Port Harcourt (446N 700E) (12.126)

Commercial port, tanker berth, port of entry Commercial port, tanker berths, naval base, port of entry Commercial port, tanker berths, port of entry Commercial port, tanker berths, port of entry
3 2

Federal Republic of Nigeria

Islas Canarias
Puerto de La Luz (3.108). Synchrolift platform for vessels up to 36 000 dwt. Slipways for vessels up to 360 m LOA. Santa Cruz de Tenerife (3.162). Ship lift, capacity 2000 tonnes. Floating dock, capacity 6000 tonnes.

Arquiplago de Cabo Verde

Porto Grande (4.78). Ship lift for vessels up to 2800 tons, 110 m LOA, 18 m beam.

24

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

Kingdom of Morocco
Casablanca (5.131). Dry dock, length 157 m, width 26 m, for vessels up to 10 000 tons. Slipways for vessels up to 700 tons displacement. Agadir and Anza (5.252). Ship lift, capacity 1200 tons.

Islas Canarias Puerto de La Luz (3.109).

Deratting
1

Republic of Sngal
4

Dakar (6.210). Floating dock, capacity 60 000 tons. Dry dock for ships with max 195 m LOA, 23 m beam and 95 draught. Ship lift, capacity 1200 tons.

Republic of The Gambia

Banjul (7.90). Slipway for vessels of up to 500 tons.
2

Republic of Guinea
5

Conakry (8.61). Slipway for vessels of up to 800 tonnes.

Republic of Sierra Leone

Freetown (8.114). Slipway for vessels of up to 550 tonnes.
3

Republic of Cte dIvoire

Abidjan (9.164). Floating dock, capacity 2000 tonnes. Slipways for vessels up to 800 tonnes.

Republic of Ghana
6

Takoradi (10.71). Slipway for vessels up to 500 tons. Tema (10.131). Dry dock, length 274 m, capacity 100 000 dwt.

Federal Republic of Nigeria

Lagos (11.147). Dry dock, 200 m in length, 34 m wide, capable of accepting vessels of up to 25 000 dwt. Floating dock, capacity 4000 tons.

1.238 Deratting and deratting certificates: Puerto de La Luz (3.81) Santa Cruz de Tenerife (3.139) Kenitra (5.40) Mohmeddia (5.63) Casablanca (5.103) Al Jadida (5.148) Jorf Lasfar (5.156) Safi (5.183) AnzaAgadir (5.233) Dakar (6.188) Port Kamsar (7.245) Conakry (8.39) Abidjan (9.132) (small craft only). Takoradi (10.46) Tema (10.109) Cotonou (11.75) Lagos (11.113) Warri (11.240) Port Harcourt (12.126) Calabar (12.167). 1.239 Exemption certificates only: Porto Grande (4.57) Tan Tan (5.277) Layoune (5.309) Bissau (7.167) Monrovia (8.174) Lom (11.31).

Other facilities Compass adjustment

1

Measured distances
1

1.237 Authorised compass adjusters are available at the following locations in the area covered by this pilot:

1.240 No measured distances have been established in the area covered by this volume.

25

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

NATURAL CONDITIONS MARITIME TOPOGRAPHY

1

Volcanic activity
1.244 Pico de Teide (3.115) in Isla de Tenerife, erupted in 1909 and yielded a stream of black lava 3 miles long. In 1933, some volcanic activity occurred on the floor of the ocean off Isla de Tenerife.

Seabed
1

1.241 The continental shelf off the coast of NW Africa is narrow; being mostly less than 40 miles wide, with the shelf edge at depths between 100 and 150 m. It is largely sandcovered with small quantities of silt that increase towards the outer shelf. The continental slope has a gradient of about 2. The shelf narrows to only 5 miles at Cap Vert (1443N 1730W) (6.145). The topography of the slope E of Islas Canarias, is in the form of a continental borderland, although the relief is principally of a volcanic origin. Cape Verde Plateau (18N 20W) is similar but larger, extending about 500 miles W of the African coast. Canary Basin (30N 25W) and Cape Verde Abyssal Plain (23N 24W) lie W of these plateaux and are over 5000 m in depth. The continental shelf off the coast between Cabo Roxo (1220N 1643W) (7.144) and Cape Sierra Leone (830N 1318W) (8.86) has a maximum width of 150 miles and has been built forward by deltas. The W African coast between Cape Palmas (422N 744W) (9.33) and Niger Delta (416N 605E) (11.154) has a narrow mudcovered shelf, with a bulge W of the delta of River Volta (546N 040E) (11.25) about 55 miles wide. The E/W trend of this portion of the African coast is related to the Romanche Fracture Zone (0 1800W) that crosses the MidAtlantic Ridge.

Seismic activity
1

1.245 Although the area covered by this volume is not one of the earths major earthquake areas, the marine area off the coast of NW Africa has experienced earthquakes within the present century. Agadir (3026N 938W) (5.233) was destroyed by earthquake on 29th February/1st March 1960.

Local Magnetic Anomalies

1

1.246 Details of local magnetic anomalies are recorded in the appropriate chapter and are listed in the index under Magnetic anomalies, local. For further information see The Mariners Handbook.

CURRENTS AND TIDAL STREAMS

Currents General
1

Seamounts
Charts 4014, 4104, 4115, 4209 1.242 The following seamounts and banks with depths of less than 100 m lie within the limits of this volume: Ampre Seamount (3503N 1253W), with a least depth of 56 m, was discovered in 1935. Seine Seamount (3352N 1420W), with a least depth of 86 m. Dacia Seamount (3110N 1337W) with a least ascertained depth of 77 m and consists of coralline, sand and broken shells. The bank has a gradual slope W but when examined in 1894 there were no indications of shallow water. Senghor Seamount (1711N 2200W), with a depth of 93 m. Positions of other named seamounts and banks may be found in the index. 1.243 Conception Bank (2958N 1243W), has a depth of 138 m and is steeper on its SW than on its NE side. A depth of 327 m lies about 41 m NW from it. Samples of the sea bed obtained over this bank consisted of sand, hard rock, a type of sandstone and a redochre deposit, probably decomposed volcanic debris, fine fragile pinkish coral and a large and perfect specimen of Silicious sponge; also anemone, minute starfish and barnacles.

1.247 The principal ocean currents in the area covered by this volume consist of the Canary Current which sets SW, parallel with the NW coast of Africa, embracing the Arquiplago da Madeira, Islas Canarias and Arquiplago de Cabo Verde. The W setting North and South Equatorial Currents, and between which, just N of the equator, flows the Egoing Equatorial Countercurrent, which as it sets E across Gulf of Guinea, is called Guinea Current.

Currents diagrams
1

1.248 In the seasonal current diagrams (1.248.1 to 1.248.4), which cover the SE quadrant of the large N Atlantic clockwise gyre of surface water movement, arrows indicating the Predominant Direction, Average Rate and Constancy are shown, which are defined as follows: Predominant Direction. The mean direction within a continuous 90 sector containing the highest proportion of observations from all sectors. Average rate of the highest 50% of all observations in the predominant sector as indicated by the figures in the diagram. it is emphasised that rates above and below those shown may be experienced. Constancy, as indicated by the thickness of the arrows, is a measure of its persistence; e.g. low constancy implies marked variability in rate and, particularly, the direction of the current.

26

Home

Contents
40 35

Index
35
14

30
14

25
/
14

20W
/
14

15
/

10
12

5
/

10E 35

30

30

12

14

25
12

25
/

20 N

14

KEY
14

20 N

CHAPTER 1

27
15 10 5
12

12

Average rate in knots is indicated in figures. Arrows indicate the predominant direction. The constancy of a current is indicated by the thickness of the arrow thus: High constancy >75%
12

15

Moderate constancy 50%-75% Low constancy <50%

14

Probable direction when observation count is low

10
12

12

12

12

5
12

1 - 11/2
12

1 /

0 40 35

12

12

12

12

0 10E

30

25

20W

15

10

Surface currents, MARCH - MAY (1.248.1)

Home

Contents
40 35

Index
35
14

30
/
14

25
/
14

20W
/ /

15
14

10
12

5
/

10E 35

30

/2
12 12

30
/

25
14

25
/

12

20 N

12 14

KEY /
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures. Arrows indicate the predominant direction. The constancy of a current is indicated by the thickness of the arrow thus: High constancy >75% Moderate constancy 50%-75%

20 N

CHAPTER 1

28
14

15
14

15

Low constancy <50%

14

Probable direction when observation count is low

10

14 12 34

12

10

12 12

34

34

34

12

12

12 34

1 1 - 11/2

1 11/2 - 2

1
12

5
/

34

0 40 35 30

1 - 11/2

1 - 11/2

34

12

0 10E

25

20W

15

10

Surface currents, JUNE - AUGUST (1.248.2)

Home

Contents

Index

40 35

35
14

30
/

25
14

20W
/
12

15
/

10
14

5
14

10E 35

30

14 12

/2
12 12

30
/

25

14

25
12

12

20 N

12 12

KEY
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures. Arrows indicate the predominant direction. The constancy of a current is indicated by the thickness of the arrow thus: High constancy >75%

20 N

CHAPTER 1

29
15
12

14

15

Moderate constancy 50%-75% Low constancy <50% Probable direction when observation count is low

10
12

10
/
14

14

12

12

12 12

14

5
1 - 11/2 1 1
12

34

0 40 35 30

34

12

12

14

12

0 10E

25

20W

15

10

Surface currents, SEPTEMBER - NOVEMBER (1.248.3)

Home

Contents
40 35
14

Index
35
/

30
14

25
/

20W
14

15
/

10

10E 35

30
14

30
/

25

14

12

25

12

12

20 N

KEY
Average rate in knots is indicated in figures. Arrows indicate the predominant direction. The constancy of a current is indicated by the thickness of the arrow thus:

20 N

CHAPTER 1

30
15
12 12 14

High constancy >75%

15

Moderate constancy 50%-75%

Low constancy <50% Probable direction when observation count is low

10

12 14 14 12

10
/

5
34

34

5
12

12

1 - 11/2
34

34

0 40 35

34

34

34

12

12

0 10E

30

25

20W

15

10

Surface currents, DECEMBER - FEBRUARY (1.248.4)

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

Canary Current and North Equatorial Current

1

1.249 Canary Current is closely associated with the NE trade winds and sets in a mainly SW direction at kn or less with a moderate constancy. Canary Current continues SW as far as the Arquiplago de Cabo Verde after which it sets more W and merges with the North Equatorial Current. Near Cap Blanc (2046N 1703W) (6.29), a branch of Canary Current turns to the S and SE as it follows the African coast as far as Sierra Leone and Liberia at about kn. However, the constancy of this current is low and liable to seasonal variations as is explained in 1.253. North Equatorial Current appears W of 25W, and sets W at about kn towards the Caribbean. Between latitudes 8 and 25N it becomes more variable in direction and its rate barely attains kn.

South Equatorial Current

1

1.250 South Equatorial Current, as its name implies, exists mainly to the S of the Equator. Its N limit, however, does extend into the S part of the area covered by this volume, just N of the equator. In the area to the E of 15W, it moves to about 3N in summer but in winter (December to February) to only 1 or 2N. In the open ocean W of 15W, it extends to 4 or 5N and combines with the S edge of North Equatorial Current to the W of about 28W in winter, to the W of 40W in summer. It is a very constant current generally, flowing to the W or WNW at a rate of to 1 kn, occasionally increasing to 1 kn in summer. However to the E of the Greenwich Meridian it usually sets NW or N at or kn.

The current in winter, E of Cape Three Points (445N 205W) (10.23), decreases to kn and becomes less constant. It widens more as it sets towards Bight of Biafra and decreases to kn. 1.252 There have been reports of W sets in Gulf of Guinea although these are rare events. It had been found that a subsurface Wgoing compensatory current exists beneath Guinea Current, usually at depths of around 100 m. On infrequent occasions this current will surface, especially in winter and early spring when the normal Egoing Guinea Current is at its weakest. Also in winter, the occasional NE winds of the harmattan (1.280) may contribute to the reversal of the normal Egoing set. These temporary Wgoing currents, although of short duration can reach 2 kn or more. The boundaries between Equatorial Countercurrent and the adjacent North and South Equatorial Currents are not sharply defined, there being a narrow transition zone of about 1 or 2 degrees of latitude in which the W going sets along the N boundary of South Equatorial Current gradually recurve, through N, to join the Egoing countercurrent. The recurving, through S, of the S edge of North Equatorial Current is more gradual, occurring over about 3 degrees of latitude, before it joins the N side of Equatorial Countercurrent.

Upwelling
1

Equatorial Countercurrent and Guinea Current

1

1.251 Equatorial Countercurrent sets E between North Equatorial Current and South Equatorial Current. It is at its most extensive during summer and can then be detected as far W as 35 to 40W, but in the winter and spring is scarcely discernible W of 25W. Equatorial Countercurrent generally displays a moderate or high degree of constancy and flows at speeds of to kn, being stronger in summer than in winter. During the summer (June to August) the current bifurcates as it approaches the coasts, a small part turning NE into the coastal regions of Sierra Leone and Liberia. This branch again subdivides at the coast, a part turning SE to join the existing SE current, another part turning NW along the coast as far as 15 to 18N, causing a reversal of the normal SE flow. This NW current has a low degree of constancy and the average speed is in the order of kn. It gradually diminishes as the extent and strength of Equatorial Countercurrent decreases during the winter. The main stream of Equatorial Countercurrent, however, continues E to be joined by the SE coastal current of Liberia. It then enters Gulf of Guinea where it becomes known as Guinea Current. Here it is narrower, being confined between the coast to the N and South Equatorial Current to the S. Consequently its speed increases reaching 2 kn during the summer, rising occasionally to 3 kn. In winter, the constancy remains high but, as the N limit of South Equatorial Current retreats to the S, the current widens and therefore decreases to 1 or 1 kn. 31

1.253 The coastal waters of NW Africa, contained within the area of this volume, are liable to be affected by the phenomenon of upwelling. Upwelling occurs when a wind, blowing persistently off or along a shore, tends to carry the warmer coastal waters seawards. This water is mostly replaced by cooler water from underneath. As a result the sea level near the coast usually becomes lower, and this produces a small gradient current component along the coast. The areas most affected are those N of 15N as far as Cabo Bojador (2607N 1430W) (5.296). In this region the NE trades are the most persistent.The small gradient current, referred to above, has the effect of backing the set of the main SWgoing Canary Current so that it tends to flow along the coast instead of slightly off the coast. Upwelling has also been known to occur off the Guinea coast, but the effect on the Guinea Current, which itself flows parallel to the coast is minimal.

Tropical cyclone derived currents

1

1.254 Tropical storms occasionally form over the E North Atlantic Ocean to the W of the NW African coast, during summer and autumn e.g. N of 10N and W of 20W. Generally only slow moving tropical storms produce currents of around 2 kn, and which set in the direction to which the wind is blowing. However, if a tropical storm is located near a coast then higher rates are possible due to the piling up of water against the coastline (see The Mariners Handbook).

Tidal streams
1

1.255 The tidal streams throughout the area covered by this volume are semidiurnal, reversing their direction four times daily. The diurnal inequality is negligibly small so that the two streams running in the same direction during any particular

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

day are of the same maximum strength and of the same duration. Off the open coast, away from the entrance to rivers, the tidal streams tend to set N or W on the rising tide, and S or E on the falling tide, parallel to the coast. These tidal streams are only appreciable close inshore and even these are usually weak. More than a few miles from the coast, the water movement is controlled by the currents (1.247) and the tidal streams are negligible. 1.256 Near the entrance to any of the many rivers, a tidal stream setting towards the river mouth will be experienced while the tide is rising, and a tidal stream setting away from the river mouth while the tide is falling there. The effect is appreciable for 10 miles or more from the entrances of the larger rivers, amounting to as much as 1 kn in some cases at 10 miles distance, increasing to 3 or 4 kn at the river bar. In general, the outgoing stream on the falling tide is greater than the ingoing stream on the rising tide during the rainy season because of the great volume of fresh water being discharged; the duration of the outflow is also greater than that of the inflow. Details are given under the appropriate locality where observations of the tidal streams have been made.

this phenomemon can be extremely hazardous for vessels engaged in offshore operations. The phenomenon, is believed to affect installations more than 10 miles from the coast and can have extremely adverse effect on vessels engaged in tandem operations, vessels at anchor or moored to offshore buoys and offshore oil installations by causing failure of moorings, collisions or dragging of anchor. The soliton phenomenon appears as alternate bands of smooth and rippled water at about 200 or 300 m intervals stretching across the ocean surface and can be identified on Xband radar as parallel bands on the screen. The tendency is for solitons to form on the leading edge of the ingoing tide and generally travel from SW to NE, but they may be experienced from any direction. Occasionally solitons may be very localised.

SEA AND SWELL General

1

1.257 For definitions of sea and swell, and the terminology used in describing their characteristics, see The Mariners Handbook.

Radar Image Gulf of Guinea Solitons (1.260)

(Original dated 2006) (Photograph Captain A.Reid FPSO Falcon)

Sea conditions
1

Surf
1

1.258 Sea waves generated by the wind can, at times, be very variable in direction particularly in the N of the area which are affected by midlatitude depressions.

1.261 Along the Gulf of Guinea coast there is an almost permanent swell from between SE and SW. In the open sea the swell is generally low but on approaching the shore it increases in amplitude and produces heavy surf on exposed beaches and shoals.

Swell conditions
1

1.259 Diagrams 1.259.1 and 1.259.2 give swell roses for several areas in January and July. The roses show the percentage of observations recording swell waves for various directions and several ranges of wave heights. In the N and NW of the area in winter, the swell waves are predominantly from between W and NW but become mainly N to NE in the SW and central areas. In the SE of the area low S swells predominate. In summer, swell heights are significantly lower than in winter in the N of the area, but in the S of the area swell heights are generally marginally higher than in winter, and in the SW of the area they are predominantly from SE.

SEA WATER CHARACTERISTICS Salinity

1

1.262 For an explanation of salinity as applied to seawater, see The Mariners Handbook. The unit of measurement is the Practical Salinity unit(s). Bights of Benin and Biafra (300N, 700E) are areas of very low salinity, with values below 34, due to freshwater run off from the numerous rivers in the region. Salinity remains below 35 along the W African coast, but to the N of Cap Vert (1443N 1730W) (6.145), values are between 35 and 365.

Solitons
1

Density
which can give rise to of 3 to 4 kn in opposing of 300 to 400 m, are Mariners are advised that
1

1.260 Solitons (internal waves), extremely rapid current changes directions within the space experienced in Gulf of Guinea.

1.263 For an explanation of density as applied to seawater, see The Mariners Handbook. Sea density is lowest in Bight of Biafra (300N, 700E) where values below 1021 g/cm3 occur.

32

Home

Contents

Index

40 35

35

30

25

20W

15

10

10E 35

<1

<1

<1

<1

30

30

EXPLANATION. The frequency of swell from any direction is given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

25

<1

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the f r e q u e n c y o f swe l l o f d i f fe r e n t h e i g h t s ( i n metres) according to the legend:
0.5-2 2.5-3 3.5-6 6.5-8 >8

25

20 N

Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the circle gives the percentage of calms.

20 N

CHAPTER 1

33
15
0 <1 <1

15

10

10

<1

<1

<1

<1

0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 0

0 10E

Swell distribution JANUARY (1.259.1)

Home

Contents

Index

40 35

35

30

25

20W

15

10

10E 35

<1

<1 <1

<1

30

30

EXPLANATION. The frequency of swell from any direction is given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

25

<1

<1

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the f r e q u e n c y o f swe l l o f d i f fe r e n t h e i g h t s ( i n metres) according to the legend:
0.5-2 2.5-3 3.5-6 6.5-8 >8

25

20 N

Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the circle gives the percentage of calms.

20 N

CHAPTER 1

34
15
0 <1 <1

15

10

10

<1

<1

<1

<1

0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 0

0 10E

Swell distribution JULY (1.259.2)

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

Values remain below 1022 g/cm3 along the W African coast to Cape Palmas (422N 744W) (9.33). Sea density then increases towards the N, reaching 1025 g/cm3 at Cap Vert (1443N 1730W) (6.145) and 1027 g/cm3 at Cap Spartel (3547N 556W) (5.19).

Sea surface temperature

1

1.264 Diagrams 1.264.1 to 1.264.2 show the mean sea surface temperatures for January and July. The lowest temperatures occur off Cap Spartel (3547N 556W) (5.19) in February, and the highest near 5N during March and May. The sea surface isothermals reveal an extensive area of relatively cold water near the African coast between 10 and 30N throughout the year, due to the combined effect of the cold Canary Current and upwelling of cold subsurface water.

In the S of the area, the climate of Gulf of Guinea is characterised by persistent high temperatures and frequent spells of high humidity. The most significant feature in this S area being the long wet season (April to October) and the relatively short dry season (December to February), but with a short drier period during August. The wet season becomes progressively shorter, and with decreasing amounts of rainfall, towards 18N. In the N of the area the highest amounts of rainfall are recorded in winter and the lowest in summer. 1.268 The NE trades, which blow almost continuously N of 20N, push S from August onwards to reach latitudes of about 5N by December and January, before retreating N again in the following 6 months. The NE trades are relatively cool N of 20N, but S of 20N these winds bring hot, dry, dusty air from the interior of the African continent. These hot winds, called harmattan (1.280) are at their greatest extent in January from about 10 to 30N, and the thick dust haze is carried out to sea to reduce visibility. Gales are encountered N of 25N, but they only reach a frequency of about 10% in the N in January and adjacent months. The frequency is down to 1 or 2% by the middle of the year. The frequency also falls off rapidly in lower latitudes, and gales seldom occur over the S half of the area covered by this volume. Tropical storms have penetrated E over the area from the W Atlantic, but they are rare events.

Wind

Variability
1

1.265 Seasonal variations are relatively small over the area S and E of Dakar (1440N 1725W) (6.188). The greatest variation occurs in the coastal strip between Cape Palmas (422N 744W) (9.33), and the Niger Delta (416N 605E) (11.154) where sea surface temperatures fall by 2 to 3 degrees during July to September. Variations from the mean monthly sea surface temperature of about 3C are most likely to occur between 10 and 20N. Changes of up to 10C have been reported over a period of 4 hours which may cause condensation problems in ships. The difference between the mean sea surface temperature and the mean air temperature is normally less than 1C in all parts of the areas covered by this volume. The cold coastal waters between 10 and 30N are, however, regularly about 1C cooler than the overlying air. All the cooler waters mentioned in above are more liable to have patches of fog, especially close inshore. Checks on the water temperature will help in anticipating the fog hazard.

Visibility
1

1.269 Fog is rare over the sea though fog patches do occur nearer the coasts over the colder sea water regions (1.265). Dust, haze, however, is common, especially in the dry season when it can be very thick at times.

Pressure Distribution and variability

1.270 The average pressure distribution at MSC in January and July is shown in the accompanying diagrams 1.270.1 and 1.270.2 and illustrate the typical mean pressure fields. The pressure pattern is dominated by the Aores anticyclone in the N of the area and the low pressure zone or doldrums in the S. The equatorial trough or doldrums moves N and S with the sun through about 10 of latitude, and results in a minimum pressure of 1009/1010 hPa at around 5N in January and of 1013/1014 hPa at around 15N in July and August.

CLIMATE AND WEATHER

1.266 The following information on climate and weather should be read in conjunction with the information contained in The Mariners Handbook, which explains in more detail many aspects of meteorology and climatology of importance to the mariner. Weather reports and forecasts, that cover the area, are regularly broadcast in a number of different languages including English; for details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3.

General information

Variability
1

1.267 Within the area covered by this volume, there is a wide difference in climate, between the more temperate Atlantic weather experienced in the extreme N of the area to the typical tropical monsoon climate of Gulf of Guinea. The N part of the area experiences long settled anticyclonic spells of fair weather interrupted by bursts of less settled weather that are sometimes stormy as depressions and frontal troughs move E across the area, or just N of the area, particularly in winter. 35

General conditions

1.271 Pressure changes are greatest over the N part of the area when active depressions may move E across the area to displace the Aores anticyclone for a time. On some occasions changes of 50 hPa over a 5 day period have been reported over the NW of the area.

Diurnal variations
1

1.272 There is a regular diurnal variation in the extreme N of the area of 1 to 2 hPa but this is usually masked by the E-moving Atlantic depressions or frontal troughs. In the S of the area the diurnal variation is greater, 3 to 4 hPa, and

Home

Contents
40 35

Index
35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 10E 35

16

17
30

18

30

19
20
25 25

21

20 N

22

20 N

CHAPTER 1

36
15 10 5

23
15

24
10

25

26
27

27

28

28

>28
0 0 5 10E

0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5

Mean sea surface temperature (C) January (1.264.1)

Home

Contents
40 35

Index
35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 10E 35

20

30

21

20

30

25

25

22
20 N

24

20 N

CHAPTER 1

37
15 15 10

26

10

>26
26

0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5

0 10E

Mean sea surface temperature (C) July (1.264.2)

Home

Contents
40 35

Index
35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 10E 35

HIGH
30 30

102 2

25

25

1020
20 N

1018 1016

20 N

CHAPTER 1

38
15

1014

15

10

10

12 10
5 5

I.T.C
0 40 35 30 25 20W

.Z.
1010
0 0 5 10E

15

10

Mean barometric pressure (hPa) - JANUARY (1.270.1)

Home

Contents
40 35

Index
35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 10E 35

HIGH

4 102
30 30

10

22
10 20
25

25

18 10

20 N

20 N

CHAPTER 1

16 10
15

39
10

I.T.C

.Z.
15

10

1014
5

10

14
5

1014
0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 0 10E

Mean barometric pressure (hPa) - JULY (1.270.2)

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

noticeable with maxima occurring at 1000 and 2200 and minima at 0400 and 1600.

Winds Average distribution

1

Anticyclones
1

1.273 In the N of the area the dominating feature of the pressure pattern for most of the year is the Aores anticyclone. On average this anticyclone is centred near 32N 15W in January and near 35N 35W in July. In summer a high pressure ridge may extend E to Spain which will result in Emoving depressions being displaced further N.

1.278 Wind roses showing the frequency of wind distribution for the area in January and July are given in diagrams 1.278.1 and 1.278.2.

Open Ocean
1

Depressions
1

1.274 North Atlantic depressions usually move E to the N of 30N but occasionally a depression may take a more S track to affect Islas Canarias. The tracks of these more S depressions can be very erratic but they are generally much less intense than those of a more N latitude. Depressions forming in the vicinity of Islas Canarias usually drift NE towards Gibraltar or E towards the Sahara.

Tropical storms
1

1.275 On rare occasions, tropical storms, with winds of force 10 to 11, may track E towards or S of the Aores. Occasional tropical depressions may form during July to the W of 30W between 10 and 25N. During August and September tropical depressions may form further E in the vicinity of Arquiplago de Cabo Verde between 10 and 20N but they generally move W or NW as they intensify and by the end of October, any tropical depressions that do develop, usually form to the W of 40W (see diagram 1.275.1). For a full description of tropical storms, and the appropriate avoiding action, see The Mariners Handbook.

1.279 In the NW of the area the winds are very variable in direction and are strongest in winter. The NE Trade winds blow almost continuously in central areas. In conjunction with the ITCZ, the NE Trade winds start to push S in August to reach around 3N, to the W of around 15W, by December and January. In February the NE Trade winds start to retreat N to reach around 12N in July and August. The average strength of the winds in central areas is force 2 to 4. To the N of 20N the winds are relatively cool as they blow over colder seas but become hot and dry, and laden with dust, S of 20N, as the air originates from over the African interior. These hot dry NE winds are called harmattan with an average force of 3 to 4 in all seasons. Gales are rare. In the N of the area the hot dry NE winds are generally confined to coastal areas, but in S these hot dry winds may extend some 600 miles to seaward. To the S of around 3N in January, the predominant winds are SE in the SW of the area becoming S between around 5 and 20W and SW to E of around 5W. In July these winds extend N to around 12N. The average strength being around force 3.

Coastal areas
1

Fronts
1

1.276 Frontal systems, associated with North Atlantic Emoving depressions, only affect the N of the area (see The Mariners Handbook for a description of warm and cold fronts). Warm fronts tend to be diffuse with perhaps some light patchy rain or drizzle in winter. Cold fronts are usually much more active, particularly in winter, with moderate to heavy rain, sometimes squally, and often with a sharp wind veer from SW to NW as they track E across N areas. Fronts become increasingly diffuse as the latitude decreases; becoming very weak at 25N and dissipating S of 20N.

Intertropical Convergence Zone

1

1.277 The ITCZ or Intertropical Front (ITF) represents the boundary between the trade winds of the N and S hemispheres. The ITCZ is orientated approximately from WSW to ENE but is not a well defined boundary but rather one of varying width with light variable winds. The weather along the boundaries of the ITCZ is often marked by heavy cumulonimbus cloud and thunderstorms whilst in other parts there may be only isolated thundery cloud. In January the ITCZ usually lies through 3N 15W. In spring the ITCZ moves slowly and erratically N to near 18N 15W in August (see diagrams 1.270.1 and 1.270.2), although its N movement may be less in some years and with a consequent curtailment of the wet season.

1.280 Winds within 20 miles of the coast usually follow the general flow of the monsoon winds but are subject to local variations due to topography, orientation of the coast and land and sea breezes. See the Climate Tables (1.291) for the percentage frequency of winds from various directions and the mean wind at a number of coastal stations within the area, and also The Mariners Handbook for the effect the topography has on the strength and direction of the wind. As a result of topography and exposure to the prevailing winds, local winds can be significantly different to those experienced over the open oceans and even those close by but which may be in the lee of the Trade or monsoon winds. For example at Puerto de la Cruz (28 25 N 1633W), on the N coast of Isla de Tenerife, the winds are predominantly NE by day and SE by night, particularly in winter. The SE winds being due to cold air drainage overnight from the adjacent high ground. On occasions in late summer, hot dry dusty winds known as Simoon or Simoun blow from between S and SE to affect Morocco and Mauritania. Other hot dry dusty winds known as irifi also affect these two countries mainly in spring and autumn and blow from between E and S. These irifi winds may last for several days with temperatures of around 38C and humidity as low as 10%. The harmattan winds usually affect the coast of Mauritania between December and February, and Sngal between November and February. Over the coastal regions of Guinea Bissau and Guinea, harmattan winds are possible during the dry season between December and April, but further S in the coastal areas between Liberia and Nigeria they are usually only felt for a few weeks during January. However, the harmattan season is felt for progressively

40

Home

Contents

Index

40 35

35

30

25

20W

15

10

10E 35

30

30

25

25

20 N

20 N

CHAPTER 1

41
15 15 10 10 5 5 0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 0 10E

Typical depression/storm tracks 1994 - 2003 (1.275)

Home

Contents

Index

40 35

35

30

25

20W

15

10

10E 35

30
EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from any direction is given according to the scale: 0% 10 20 30 40 50% This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of winds of different Beaufort force according to the legend:

30

25

25

4
Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the circle gives the percentage of calms.

20 N

20 N

CHAPTER 1

42
15
1 <1 2

15

10

10

11

0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5

0 10E

Wind distribution JANUARY (1.278.1)

Home

Contents

Index

40 35

35

30

25

20W

15

10

10E 35

4 2

30
EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from any direction is given according to the scale: 0% 10 20 30 40 50% This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of winds of different Beaufort force according to the legend:

30

25

<1

<1

25

4
Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the circle gives the percentage of calms.

20 N

20 N

CHAPTER 1

43
15
<1 2 2

15

10

10

<1

0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5

0 10E

Wind distribution JULY (1.278.2)

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

longer periods the further N one travels up the Niger valley; by 10N the season extends from November to February.
1

Precipitation General
1.284 Most of the rainfall over the N part of the area occurs in the winter months whilst much heavier rainfall is recorded in the S during summer. Rainfall distribution over the islands shows marked variation with regard to topography, and with the larger rainfall amounts occurring on windward slopes. Monthly totals can differ considerably from year to year depending on the persistence and intensity of the Aores anticyclone. Over Arquiplago da Madeira the rainfall can be very variable with as much as 190 mm being recorded in one 24 hour period and with no rain recorded in some years in November, which is normally the wettest month. Over Arquiplago de Cabo Verde, droughts have lasted for 3 years on some occasions. The wettest region lies between 5 and 12N where there is often torrential rain during the 5 months between June and October. Rainfall amounts of between 250 and 300 mm have been recorded in a 24 hour period. Between 12 and 20N the duration of the monsoon rains is less and rainfall amounts are correspondingly lower. In some areas in the S the rains ease for about 6 weeks in July and August to give drier conditions and to divide the long wet season in two. Over the coastal districts affected by the dry harmattan winds, the E facing coastal region of Ghana, E of Takoradi (453N 145W), rainfall is moderate.

Land and sea breezes

1

1.281 Marked land and sea breezes affect almost all parts of the region, although the land breeze is generally weaker than the sea breeze, and may enhance or reduce the prevailing monsoon wind. The winds frequently start at right angles to the coast then parallel the coastline during the afternoon. At sea breezes, particularly in the SE of the area, may result in winds of force 1 to 2 overnight increasing to around force 4, occasionally 5, at times during the afternoon and early evening.
2

Strong winds
1

1.282 Diagrams 1.282.1 and 1.282.2 show the frequency of winds of force 7 and over in January and July. In the extreme NW of the area in winter the frequency of winds of force 7 or more is around 18% but rapidly decreases to around 3% around Cabo Verde and to % in the SE of the area. In the extreme NW of the area in summer strong winds are reported on less than 1% of occasions but on around 4% of occasions around Islas Canarias. Occasionally squall lines, normally orientated N to S and also known as West African Storms, move W at around 25 kn to the S of about 20N. The associated massive banks of cloud are usually accompanied by heavy rain and often thunder. Gusts of 50 kn have been reported on these squall lines; the wind usually moderates relatively quickly but the rain may persist for several hours. The barometer gives little if any warning of the approach of these squall lines, although a rise in pressure of several hPA quite often occurs with its onset. These squall lines are most frequent at the beginning and end of the wet season (May and November). On relatively rare occasions winds of force 10 to 11 have been reported whenever a tropical storm has moved E into the N of the area. tropical depressions forming further S (see 1.275) generally move W or NW out of the area before intensifying into tropical storms.

Thunderstorms, hail and waterspouts

1

1.285 Thunder is infrequent N of Dakar (1440N 1724W) and with thunder reported on between 5 and 10 days per year but with large variations from year to year. Between Sngal and Liberia thunderstorms are common throughout the wet season, and over much of the region between Dakar and Freetown (829N 1314W) around 10 to 15 thunderstorms are recorded each month during this period. The coast of Nigeria experiences thunderstorms throughout most of the year with around 80 to 100 reported each year. Violent squalls often accompany thunderstorms. hail is relatively rare and is usually restricted to N areas in winter and spring. Waterspouts are occasionally reported near the African coast and may originate from dust devils over land which then drift offshore

Cloud
1

Fog and visibility Open Ocean

1

1.283 Over the NW part of the area the average cloud amounts vary from over 5 oktas in winter and spring to between 3 and 4 oktas in August and September. There are large day to day variations particularly when settled anticyclone conditions are replaced by more disturbed weather associated with North Atlantic depressions and their frontal systems. Cloud amounts decrease towards the African coast as far as 20N. On the Moroccan coast cloud amounts average slightly above 3 oktas throughout the year and on the coast N of Mauritania the average is between 2 and 3 oktas. The average cloud amount increases to the S of Cap Vert (1443N 1730W) to reach a maximum of around 6 oktas off the coast of Liberia. To the S of 20N average cloud amounts are largely determined by the position of the ITCZ, and consequently considerable variations can occur if the migration, both N and S, of the ITCZ is erratic or less than the usual for the time of year.

1.286 The average frequency of occurrence of sea fog (see The Mariners Handbook for a full description of different types of fog) is less than 1%, in any month, over the entire area covered by this volume. However, poor visibility of less than 5 miles is slightly more common. See diagrams 1.286.1 and 1.286.2. In the NW of the area, poor visibility is recorded on around 5% of occasions in winter and 2% of occasions in summer. In the NE of the area the reverse is true with around 4% in winter and 8 to 9% in summer, but increases to around 20% of occasions in coastal areas near 21N in summer. At the same latitude but in the far W of the area the frequency of poor visibility is between 1 and 4% throughout the year. In the SW of the area, poor visibility is recorded on around 8 to 10% of occasions in winter and 4 to 6% of occasions in summer. Finally in the SE of the area, the

44

Home

Contents
40 35

Index
35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 10E 35

18

16

14 12 10 8

30

30

25

25

20 N

20 N

CHAPTER 1

45
15 15 10

10

0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5

0 10E

Percentage of winds Beaufort force 7 and over - JANUARY (1.282.1)

Home

Contents

Index

40 35

35

30

25

20W

15

10

10E 35

30

30

25

25

1
20 N

2
20 N
CHAPTER 1

46
15 15 10 10 5 5 0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 0 10E

Percentage of winds Beaufort force 7 and over - JULY (1.282.2)

Home

Contents
40 35

Index
35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 10E 35

>5%

5
30 30

<5%

25

25

20 N

20 N

CHAPTER 1

47
15

15

10
10 10

>10%
5 5

10
0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0

15
0 5 10E

Percentage frequency of visibility less than 5 miles - January (1.286.1)

Home

Contents
40 35

Index
35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 10E 35

30

30

<3%

25

25

20 N

10

>10%
20 N
CHAPTER 1

15

48
15 10 10 5 5

<5%

5
0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5 0 10E

Percentage frequency of visibility less than 5 miles - July (1.286.2)

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

percentage frequencies are around 10 to 15% in winter and 4 to 6% in summer.

Coastal areas
1

1.287 On the Moroccan coast fog is liable to occur over the relatively cold waters of Canary Current and occasionally spreads just inland to affect harbours overnight but usually clears up by midday. These fogs are more likely to occur in summer and autumn than at other times of the year. Along the rest of the coast the visibility is most likely to fall below 5 miles during the dry season with offshore winds, and during tropical rainstorms during the wet season.

usually occur in April and minimum temperatures in August. Also the diurnal range of temperatures tends to be greater during the January dry season, and with this variation increasing further inland away from the coast.

Humidity
1

Air temperature Open Ocean

1

1.288 Mean air temperatures over the open ocean in January vary from around 17C in the NW of the area to 14C in the NE. At around 20N the mean temperatures are around 22C in the W and 19C in the E. In the S of the area mean temperatures are around 26 to 27C in the SW of the area and about 28C in the extreme SE of the area. In July the mean temperatures, in the far N of the area, are around 23C in the NW falling to around 20C at 30N 17W then rising to 22C in the NE. At around 20N the mean temperatures are 25C in the W and 22C in the E. Finally, in the extreme SW the mean air temperatures are around 26 to 27C, and in the SE around 25 to 26C. The mean air temperature in the N of the area tends to be about 1C cooler than the mean sea surface temperature in winter but similar in summer. In the S of the area mean air temperatures and mean sea surface temperatures are usually within 1C of each other in winter but with the mean air temperature being around 1C lower than the mean sea surface temperature in summer.

1.290 Humidity is closely related to air temperature and generally decreases as the temperature increases. During early morning, when air temperature is normally at its lowest, humidity is generally at its highest, and falls to a minimum during the afternoon. Over the island groups, humidity averages around 60 to 80% for most of the time but occasionally falls to less than 30% in Arquiplago da Madeira with dry E winds from the African continent, but more frequently in Islas Canarias. The lowest mean monthly values, N of Dakar, occur in spring when the ITCZ is positioned far to the S. As the ITCZ moves N, in association with the advance of the moist SW winds, then humidities of 90% are possible. The decrease in humidity from early morning to early afternoon is noticeable as far S as Accra (532N 012W) but further S and W the decrease becoming less marked particularly in summer.

CLIMATE INFORMATION
1

Coastal areas
1

1.289 Along the Moroccan coast, maximum temperatures occur in August and minimum in January. The regular sea breezes keep the coastal temperatures close to the seasonal sea surface temperatures, and with the hottest part of the day frequently occurring just before the onset of the of the cooler sea breeze. The SW set of Canary Current near the coast acts as an additional cooling factor. This subtropical pattern extends S to around 18S (see Climate Tables (1.291) for average temperatures at a number of coastal stations within the area). In the S of the area, temperatures are high all year round, but due to the wet season maximum temperatures

1.291 The tables which follow, give data for several coastal stations (Diagram 1.291) that regularly undertake weather observations. Some of these stations have been resited and so the position given is the latest available. It is emphasised that these data are average conditions and refer to the specific location of the observing station and therefore may not be totally representative of the conditions over the open sea or in approaches to ports in their vicinity. The following comments briefly list some of the differences to be expected between conditions over the open sea and the nearest reporting station (see The Mariners Handbook for further details): Wind speeds tend to be higher at sea than on land, although funnelling in narrow inlets can result in an increase in wind strength. Precipitation along mountainous wind facing coasts can be considerably higher than at sea to windward. Similarly precipitation in the lee of high ground is generally less. Air temperature over the sea is less variable than over the land. Topography has a marked effect on local conditions.

49

Home

Contents
40 35

Index
35 30 20W 15 10
TANGER

25

5
1.296

10E 35

CASABLANCA FUNCHAL

1.297

1.292

30
SANTA CRUZ

30
1.293

25

25

NOUADHIBOU

20 N

1.298

20 N

CHAPTER 1

50
1.294
MINDELO ST LOUIS

15

1.295

PRAIA

1.299

DAKAR / YOFF

15

1.300

BANJUL / HALF DIE 1.301 ZIGUINCHOR 1.302

10

CONAKRY / GBESSIA

10
LOKOJA

1.303

LUNGI

1.304

COTONOU

1.309

1.310

5
TABOU

ABIDJAN

1.308

1.306

1.307

ACCRA

LAGOS / IKEJA CALABAR

1.311

1.305

0 40 35 30 25 20W 15 10 5 0 5

0 10E

Location of climate stations (1.291)

Home

Contents

Index

1.292 WMO No 08521 FUNCHAL / S.CATARINA (32 41 N, 16 46 W) Height above MSL 49 m Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1970 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1023 1022 1020 1019 1019 1021 1020 1019 1019 1019 1020 1021 1020 _ _

C 19 19 19 20 21 23 25 26 26 24 21 20 22 _ _

C 14 14 14 15 16 18 19 20 20 19 17 15 17 _ _

C 22 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 29 27 25 23 30* _ 37

C 10 11 11 12 13 15 16 16 17 15 13 11 9 _ 3

% 75 75 73 72 74 75 73 73 75 76 75 75 74 _ _

% 69 68 66 65 65 66 65 65 67 68 68 69 67 _ _

Oktas 5 5 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 5 4 _ _ 5 5 5 5 5 4 3 3 4 5 5 5 5 _ _

mm 104 88 65 38 18 11 3 4 38 74 100 99 _ 642 _ 9 10 8 4 2 1 0 2 4 7 8 9 _ 64 _ 44 9 4 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 5 2 _ _ 2 1 | 1 | | | | | 1 1 1 1 _ _ 3 2 2 2 1 1 | | 1 1 2 8 10 10 11 8 11 11 13 6 4 4 3 1 1 4 9 12 12 6 16 15 7 15 18 5 13 21 5 4 9 8 15 9 16 9 21 26 25 10 25 27 30 29 29 29 9 9 9 4 10 14 3 11 15 3 11 12 4 10 10 3 14 12 4 16 3 11 3 12 8 7 6 2 2 2 1 1 | | 1 | 1 2 2 1 _ _ 4 4 2 5 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 3 3 _ _ 6 4 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 4 5 3 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 9 9 10 9 8 8 10 9 8 8 9 9 9 _ _ 11 11 12 12 11 11 13 12 11 11 11 11 11 _ _ 1 1 1 1 | | 1 | | | | 1 _ 8 _ | 0 | | 0 0 | 0 0 | | | _ 1 _ 1 | |
CHAPTER 1

40 12 45 13 43 11 44 10 45 12 57 13 54 14 46 10 45 10 41 10 34 9

30 26 10 28 29 38 33 32 38 26 30 27 29 9 5 6 9 9

6 17 10 5 13 11 4 13 13 4 13 19 4 13 11 _ _ _ _ _ _

6 10 11 16 9 10 13 12

25 26 11 21 20 13 28 28 _ _ _ _ 9 _ _

3 12 13 11 12 1 _ _ 5 _ _ 8 12 15 _ _ _ _ _ _

45 11 _ _ _ _

20

20 20

30

20

20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder | | 0 | | | 1 1 1 _ 4 _

0600

1200 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

51

Home

Contents

Index

1.293 WMO No 60020 SANTA CRUZ DE TENERIFE (28 27 N, 16 15 W) Height above MSL 36 m Climatic Table compiled from 5 to 30 years observations, 1930 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1022 1022 1019 1018 1018 1019 1018 1017 1018 1018 1019 1021 1019 _ _

C 21 21 22 23 24 26 28 29 28 26 24 22 25 _ _

C 16 16 16 17 18 19 21 22 22 20 18 17 18 _ _

C 24 25 27 27 28 30 33 34 32 30 28 25 35* _ 40

C 13 13 13 14 15 17 19 20 19 18 16 14 12 _ 5

% 69 69 67 67 69 70 69 70 72 73 70 72 70 _ _

% 61 61 59 58 58 58 56 58 62 62 61 64 60 _ _

Oktas 4 3 3 3 4 3 1 2 2 3 3 4 3 _ _ 4 4 4 4 4 3 1 2 3 4 4 5 4 _ _

mm 38 35 25 15 3 1 0 1 9 18 39 53 _ 237 _ 5 4 3 2 1 1 0 0 1 3 6 6 _ 32 _ 17 12 20 17 13 16 6 9 8 9 9 7 4 2 1 | 2 3 3 5 4 8 4 _ _ 1 1 1 0 | 1 1 1 1 0 2 0 1 _ _ 1 2 2 1 2 5 2 2 1 0 1 0 2 _ _ 1 34 18 8 8 25 29 10 10 14 16 30 16 17 16 8 23 23 12 23 21 16 24 28 13 29 30 12 28 33 11 25 33 5 13 4 4 2 11 | 16 | 23 3 18 5 21 3 17 2 2 9 4 1 2 1 0 0 1 2 5 0 1 1 1 1 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 _ _ 5 6 6 7 6 7 6 6 6 6 5 5 6 _ _ | 0 | 0 0 0 0 | | 0 0 | _ 1 _ 0 0 |
CHAPTER 1

3 33 17 11 4 21 32 10 5 18 35 18 3 21 33 14 2 10 29 26 5 7 15 38

6 10 11 7 11 5 3 5 6 8 5 7 5 7 5 3 3 5 4 4 4 4 5 _ _

0 0 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ | _ 18 _ _

14 13 15 15 15 12 16 11 16 16 24 16 9 8

8 13 22 24 1 19 30 18 3 26 23 11 1 23 20 16 2 28 29 9

5 10 7

2 10 1 12 1 17 2 17 2 15 _ _ _ _

13 26 24 12 19 22 18

8 10 5 8 _ _

12 22 27 10 13 23 26 _ _ _ _ _ _ 7 _ _

16 11 _ _ _ _

3 21 25 17 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

20

20 20

30

56

56 20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0600

1200 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

52

Home

Contents

Index

1.294 WMO No 08583 MINDELO (16 53 N, 25 00 W) Height above MSL 63 m Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1930 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1016 1016 1015 1015 1015 1016 1015 1014 1014 1014 1015 1016 1015 _ _

C 24 24 24 25 25 26 27 29 29 28 27 25 26 _ _

C 20 19 20 20 21 22 23 25 25 24 23 22 22 _ _

C 26 26 27 27 27 28 30 30 31 31 28 28 31* _ 36

C 17 17 16 18 19 20 22 23 24 21 19 20 14 _ 3

% 72 77 74 75 76 78 79 82 82 79 77 75 77 _ _

% 65 67 65 66 68 71 71 74 73 72 67 66 69 _ _

Oktas 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 4 3 _ _ 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 _ _

mm 3 3 2 0 0 0 2 16 38 20 11 6 _ 101 _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 4 2 1 1 _ 11 _ 5 85 7 80 5 87 5 89 5 91 8 84 9 77 11 70 11 71 8 79 7 80 6 82 7 81 _ _ _ _ 3 4 4 3 4 6 3 4 5 5 4 4 4 _ _ 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 _ _ 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | _ _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 | _ _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 | _ _ 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 5 8 3 2 0 2 9 5 86 5 88 4 91 4 90 4 92 7 88 6 84 7 78 8 77 8 83 6 83 4 85 6 85 _ _ _ _ 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 4 5 3 4 5 4 _ _ 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 | _ _ 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 | _ _ 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 | _ _ 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 | _ _ 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0 1 1 _ _ 3 2 1 2 1 1 4 6 5 5 5 4 3 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 11 11 11 13 12 11 7 5 7 9 8 9 9 _ _ 13 15 13 15 16 15 10 9 11 12 11 11 12 _ _ | | 1 1 1 1 | | | | | | _ 5 _ 1 2 1
CHAPTER 1

0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 _ 8 _ 30 _ _

2 12 2 0 0 0 1 _ _ 8 7 7 6 6 _ _

20

20 20

30

20

20 20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0900

1500 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

53

Home

Contents

Index

1.295 WMO No 08589 PRAIA (14 54 N, 23 31 W) Height above MSL 35 m Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 30 years observations, 1931 to 1970
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 30 1014 1013 1013 1013 1013 1014 1013 1012 1012 1013 1012 1013 1013 _ _

C 25 25 26 26 27 28 28 29 30 29 28 26 27 _ _

C 20 19 20 20 21 22 23 24 24 24 23 21 22 _ _

C 29 29 31 31 31 32 30 31 32 32 31 29 33* _ 37

C 18 18 18 19 19 20 21 22 22 22 21 19 17 _ 16

% 60 56 53 58 59 62 68 70 72 68 63 63 63 _ _

% 58 54 52 56 58 60 67 70 71 67 62 61 61 _ _

Oktas 4 4 3 2 3 3 5 5 5 4 4 5 4 _ _ 4 4 3 3 3 3 5 6 5 5 5 5 4 _ _

mm 1 2 | | 0 | 8 45 105 58 30 10 _ 261 _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 5 6 4 1 1 _ 19 _ 27 63 32 62 35 58 30 63 34 59 25 59 5 3 1 1 1 4 1 0 1 0 0 1 7 1 1 2 2 1 3 8 1 0 1 2 2 3 5 8 5 2 0 0 2 _ _ 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 3 2 1 0 0 1 _ _ 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 | _ _ 2 0 2 1 2 5 5 9 9 5 3 1 4 _ _ 26 67 31 60 31 60 25 67 29 63 22 57 15 36 12 30 16 37 22 55 24 63 25 64 23 55 _ _ _ _ 3 4 1 1 1 4 9 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 2 4 3 2 6 2 1 2 3 3 6 9 9 7 4 1 0 4 _ _ 0 1 0 1 0 0 2 3 1 2 0 0 1 _ _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 | _ _ 0 0 1 0 2 4 7 8 9 5 1 0 3 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 15 16 16 14 14 13 10 9 9 11 12 14 13 _ _ 13 15 15 13 14 12 9 8 9 11 10 13 12 _ _ | 0 | 0 0 0 0 0 | | 0 0 _ | _ 0 0 0
CHAPTER 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ 0 _ 16 _ _

17 46 10 16 36 18 45 23 60 24 64 24 67 25 57 _ _ _ _ 7 7 5 6 6 6 _ _

8 13

9 10 7 1 2 1 2 _ _ 6 3 1 1 3 _ _

9 14 14 9 6 6 8 5 _ _ 8 12 2 2 2 3 _ _ 4 3 1 6 _ _

30

30 11

30

10

10 19 16

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0900

1500 0900 1500 Gale Fog

1600

1000

1000

1600

54

Home

Contents

Index

1.296 WMO No 60101 TANGER AIRPORT (35 44 N, 05 54 W) Height above MSL 21 m Climatic Table compiled from 20 years observations, 1983 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1022 1021 1019 1016 1016 1017 1016 1016 1017 1017 1019 1021 1018 _ _

C 17 17 19 20 23 26 29 29 27 24 20 18 22 _ _

C 9 9 11 11 14 17 19 20 18 16 12 10 14 _ _

C 20 22 25 26 30 33 36 36 33 29 25 21 37* _ 44

C 3 4 5 6 8 12 14 15 13 11 6 4 2 _ 0

% 86 86 85 85 86 84 82 84 84 85 85 86 85 _ _

% 70 70 66 66 64 61 58 60 59 64 67 70 64 _ _

Oktas 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 _ _ 5 5 4 5 4 3 2 2 3 4 5 5 4 _ _

mm 4 12 33 4 12 34 4 14 36 3 10 29 3 10 29 4 2 2 7 26 7 29 7 26 9 16 7 14 6 12 6 14 7 14 7 17 8 18 9 18 5 6 5 7 9 9 9 9 5 4 6 5 7 _ _ 6 6 7 9 9 6 4 4 3 4 5 5 6 _ _ 5 11 6 13 5 11 8 15 4 15 2 21 3 21 1 25 3 18 4 11 5 12 4 10 4 15 _ _ _ _ 4 4 9 20 8 24 7 20 17 10 8 5 4 1 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 4 4 2 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 9 10 10 9 8 7 9 7 8 9 9 10 9 _ _ 12 12 14 13 13 13 14 13 13 13 12 12 13 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 _ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 _ 12 _ 20 2 1 1
CHAPTER 1

4 17 15 13 11 3 14 14 20 9

4 13 23 4 10 16 4 11 15 3 9 16

1 10 21 24 11 1 1 1 1 2 7 23 27 12 4 22 33 12 4 21 27 11 4 23 30 14 6 22 23 12

4 13 19 3 12 13 3 13 19 6 11 21 4 8 22

1 10 33 10 16 4 10 38 3 13 34 3 11 35 _ _ 3 10 32 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 9 17 9 14 9 18 8 15 _ _ _ _

2 10 21 19 10 4 20 16 13 10 7 25 13 9 7

4 10 22 4 10 19 _ _ _ _ _ _

3 12 19 21 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

_ 16 _ _

20

20 20

20

20 20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder 2 1 1 | | 1 2 2 2 _ 16 _ 20

0600

1200 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

55

Home

Contents

Index

1.297 WMO No 60155 CASABLANCA (33 34 N, 07 40 W) Height above MSL 57 m Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1022 1021 1018 1015 1016 1017 1016 1016 1017 1017 1019 1021 1018 _ _

C 18 18 20 20 22 24 26 26 26 24 21 19 22 _ _

C 9 10 11 13 15 18 20 21 19 16 13 11 15 _ _

C 23 24 26 27 28 28 32 31 31 29 27 24 34* _ 39

C 5 6 7 9 11 15 18 17 16 13 8 6 4 _ 3

% 90 91 90 90 89 88 89 90 90 90 89 90 90 _ _

% 70 70 69 70 69 71 72 72 70 68 67 71 70 _ _

Oktas 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 5 5 4 5 5 _ _ 4 5 4 5 5 4 3 3 4 4 4 5 4 _ _

mm 63 58 52 39 20 5 1 0 5 32 72 79 _ 426 _ 8 6 7 5 4 1 0 0 1 5 7 9 _ 53 _ 2 2 4 6 9 16 2 4 6 6 7 8 3 4 6 5 7 7 8 5 51 18 5 45 15 5 39 12 5 36 15 4 31 14 2 18 13 3 11 2 11 9 8 4 6 5 6 8 7 7 6 7 4 5 6 6 _ _ 1 14 2 17 2 20 3 19 4 18 6 22 7 21 7 27 4 30 1 24 2 21 1 13 3 20 _ _ _ _ 14 14 11 21 13 11 33 13 10 33 17 41 10 39 11 44 13 43 13 40 14 34 12 6 5 7 5 5 5 6 6 20 13 9 6 7 4 1 1 1 | 0 | 1 1 4 7 2 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 5 4 _ _ 6 7 7 8 9 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 _ _ | | | | | | | | | | | 0 _ 2 _ 3 4 3
CHAPTER 1

3 13 13 11 12 2 1 0 | | 0 | 1 5 2 1 | | | 1 3 8 12 16 7 15 19 4 13 26 1 12 29 1 11 26 1 13 26 2 11 27 7 16 19

2 3 2 4 6 5 3 2 2 _ 39 _ 6 _ _

20 15

15 15 10 8 3 2 2 8 _ _ 7 4 2 1 7 _ _ 6 4 2 3 5 _ _

4 22 11 5 40 14 4 46 15 5 56 15 4 34 13 _ _ _ _ _ _

23 15 10 10 14 31 13 _ _ _ _ 9 8 _ _

3 10 14 10 11 7 20 18 10 2 _ _ 6 _ _ 6

7 12 19 _ _ _ _ _ _

20

20 20

30

20

20 20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0600

1200 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

56

Home

Contents

Index

1.298 WMO No 61415 NOUADHIBOU / MAURITANIA (20 56 N, 17 02 W) Height above MSL 3 m Climatic Table compiled from 7 to 21 years observations, 1960 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 0.1mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1018 1017 1015 1014 1014 1014 1013 1012 1013 1014 1015 1017 1015 _ _

C 25 26 27 27 27 29 28 29 31 30 28 26 28 _ _

C 15 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 19 18 15 17 _ _

C 30 32 34 35 34 37 35 36 38 37 34 31 39* _ 42

C 12 12 13 14 15 16 16 18 18 17 15 12 10 _ 6

% 70 75 81 87 87 87 90 88 84 83 78 73 82 _ _

% 50 50 50 52 52 54 65 64 57 54 51 52 54 _ _

Oktas 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 _ _ 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 _ _

mm 2 2 2 1 | | 1 4 8 7 6 2 _ 35 _ 1 1 | 1 | | | 1 2 2 1 1 _ 10 _ 44 35 13 60 25 69 15 84 10 92 91 75 71 78 5 5 5 4 8 7 3 0 0 | | 1 1 | 5 1 | | 0 0 | | 1 1 0 1 1 | _ _ 1 1 2 | | | 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 _ _ 1 1 1 | | | 1 1 2 | | 0 1 _ _ 1 1 2 | | | 2 2 6 4 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 3 3 1 2 2 3 2 _ _ 23 42 24 30 40 19 40 33 11 60 26 72 19 79 11 65 56 6 8 1 1 1 0 1 3 5 5 4 3 1 | | 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 6 1 1 1 | | 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 _ _ 1 | 2 1 0 | 2 4 7 9 6 6 1 1 1 | 0 | 1 1 | 1 1 1 1 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 14 15 14 15 16 16 14 13 13 13 12 13 14 _ _ 14 15 15 17 18 18 16 14 14 14 13 12 15 1 2 2 4 4 1 1 1 | 0 1 | _ 3 1 3
CHAPTER 1

2 1 1 2 1 1 3 3 2 _ 23 _ 10 _ _

1 11 3 15 1 1 1 1 1 _ _ 6 5 6 3 5 _ _

2 18 2 20 1 12 | 1 1 1 _ _ 7 4 2 8 _ _

2 10 3 3 3 7 3 _ _ 7 2 2 2 3 _ _

58 16 59 23

82 10 61 22

40 35 13 21 78 27 50 25 _ _ _ _ 8 _ _

43 34 14 71 15 _ _ _ _ 4 _ _

_ 17 _ _ 7

20

20 20

21

20

20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0600

1200 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

57

Home

Contents

Index

1.299 WMO No 61600 SAINT LOUIS (16 03 N, 16 27 W) Height above MSL 4 m Climatic Table compiled from 17 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1014 1013 1012 1011 1011 1012 1013 1012 1012 1012 1013 1014 1012 _ _

C 31 32 33 32 31 31 31 32 34 34 34 32 32 _ _

C 17 18 19 19 20 23 25 26 26 24 21 18 21 _ _

C 36 38 41 42 41 39 36 36 38 40 39 38 43* _ 46

C 13 15 15 16 17 20 22 22 22 20 17 14 12 _ 7

% 63 67 75 84 86 89 90 90 91 86 73 64 80 _ _

% 35 33 36 46 55 66 70 72 70 54 38 34 51 _ _

Oktas 3 3 2 3 3 4 6 6 5 3 3 3 4 _ _ 4 4 3 2 3 4 5 6 5 3 4 4 _ _ _

mm 2 2 | | 1 7 40 94 92 23 | 1 _ 262 _ | 1 0 0 | 2 5 9 9 3 | | _ 29 _ 29 47 18 43 38 11 59 27 76 12 68 27 19 13 19 6 3 1 2 3 4 1 | | 1 1 2 2 7 | 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 _ _ | | | | 1 1 2 3 4 1 | 0 1 _ _ 0 0 0 0 2 | | | 1 | 2 2 5 6 6 7 5 7 15 25 44 11 19 29 39 34 31 23 55 17 11 55 12 23 15 13 19 6 | 2 5 3 2 | 3 4 9 7 3 1 1 1 4 5 4 9 | | 1 | 0 1 3 | | | 1 1 1 1 | 1 2 3 2 | 1 | 1 1 3 5 6 5 2 1 2 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 6 7 8 9 8 7 7 5 5 5 5 6 6 _ _ 11 10 11 12 11 10 9 8 8 8 8 10 10 _ _ | | | | | | | | | | | | _ 2 _ | | | | | 0 0 | | | | | _ 2 _ 20 | 1 |
CHAPTER 1

3 11 9 18

6 10

5 21 30 12 7 21 32 19 6 18 22 33 5 12 18 35 2 0 0 2 _ _ 5 0 | 6 29 2 17 1 11

7 27 34 9 32 36

5 10 27 32 7 2 1 | 2 _ _ 9 21 23 3 | | 8 14 1 | 3 0

39 15 38 35

33 20 11 23 30 32

26 43 18 39 19 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _

11 28 44 15 27 17 18 _ _ _ _ _ _ 6 _ _

7 11 15 _ _ _ _ _ _

3 11 14 _ _ _ _ _ _

20

20 20

30/17

20

20 20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder | | 1 3 9 8 2 | | _ 25 _ 20

0600

1200 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

58

Home

Contents

Index

1.300 WMO No 61641 DAKAR / YOFF (14 44 N, 17 30 W) Height above MSL 24 m Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 0.1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1014 1013 1012 1012 1012 1013 1013 1012 1012 1012 1012 1013 1012 _ _

C 25 25 26 25 26 28 30 30 31 31 30 28 28 _ _

C 18 18 18 19 21 23 25 26 25 25 23 21

C 32 34 34 31 30 33 33 34 33 35 36 36 39*

C 16 15 16 16 18 21 22 22 22 22 20 18 14 _ 8

% 78 85 88 90 89 87 84 87 89 87 80 76 85 _ _

% 55 61 64 69 70 72 72 75 76 69 57 52 66 _ _

Oktas 3 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 3 3 _ _ 4 3 3 2 3 4 5 6 5 4 4 4 4 _ _

mm 2 1 | | 2 10 61 165 134 37 1 | _ 413 _ | | 0 | | 2 9 15 13 5 | | _ 44 _ 48 47 60 30 74 16 80 59 24 15 14 17 42 5 3 1 2 3 3 8 2 2 1 | | 1 2 3 5 2 2 4 2 _ _ | 0 0 | | 1 1 2 4 2 | 1 1 _ _ 0 0 1 | | 2 5 6 7 3 | | 2 _ _ 0 | 1 1 2 | | 1 2 6 6 1 1 2 2 9 41 49 55 35 66 27 76 12 63 30 22 19 7 2 4 5 6 4 2 1 | | 2 2 4 3 6 8 3 _ _ 1 1 1 | 1 1 0 | | 1 5 7 | | 0 1 1 0 | | 2 2 4 5 8 1 | 0 | | 1 1 3 4 2 | 0 1 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 9 9 9 9 8 6 6 5 5 6 8 9 7 _ _ 12 12 13 13 11 9 8 8 8 9 11 12 11 _ _ | | | | | | | | | | | | _ 2 _ | | | | | | | | | | | | _ 2 _ 20 | | 0
CHAPTER 1

1 10 5 21

4 23

7 21 29 14 6 27 27 16 9 19 23 21 7 14 18 25 3 | | 3 _ _ 7 15 18 1 | 3 1 8 2

9 17 36

2 11 11 22 28 4 10 13 16 26 6 2 2 2 2 _ _ 2 12 11 19 | | 3 3 _ _ 4 | 1 5 _ _ 5 17 | | 3 1

24 10 46 19 48 40 35 53 44 21 _ _ _ _

55 29 45 48 44 16 _ _ _ _

8 14 10 _ _ _ _ _ _

6 15 _ _ _ _

_ _

_ 40

20

20 20

30/1

20

20 20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder 0 0 1 3 8 8 2 | | _ 22 _ 20

0800

1400 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

59

Home

Contents

Index

1.301 WMO No 61711 BANJUL / HALFDIE (13 27 N, 16 27 W) Height above MSL 2 m Climatic Table compiled from 4 to 30 years observations, 1931 to 1970
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 30 1012 1013 1013 1013 1013 1013 1013 1012 1012 1012 1012 1013 1013 _ _

C 31 32 35 33 31 31 30 29 31 31 31 31 31 _ _

C 15 16 17 19 19 22 23 22 22 21 19 16 19 _ _

C 37 39 40 41 41 38 34 33 35 37 35 35 * _ 41

C 7 10 11 12 14 19 21 20 17 16 12 9 _ 7

% 67 66 76 82 88 91 94 95 95 95 90 77 85 _ _

% 27 26 29 41 49 61 72 78 73 65 47 36 50 _ _

Oktas 4 3 3 2 4 5 6 6 6 5 4 3 4 _ _ 3 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 4 3 3 4 _ _

mm 3 3 | | 10 58 282 500 310 109 18 3 _ 1295 _ 0 0 0 0 0 5 13 19 15 5 | | _ 50 _ 47 52 44 55 52 45 37 7 26 6 16 7 14 6 8 7 9 3 2 1 3 2 5 3 3 5 7 5 8 2 1 2 3 3 3 5 5 5 4 8 0 4

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 8 8 8 6 7 5 6 5 5 6 6 8 6 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 8 8 8 8 9 7 7 7 7 7 6 7 7 _ _ 0 0 0
CHAPTER 1

5 11 7

9 11 0 0 2 2 1 1 0 2 1 2 _ _

7 12 8 13 7 11 9 13 6 17 5 11

0 0 | | | 1 1 0 0 _ 2 _ 7 _ _ _ _

8 11 6 13

2 13 3 10 4 2 4 4 3 _ _ 7 8 4 6 7 _ _

34 11 13 43 37 9 15 4 18

5 10 16 1 2 3 _ _ 6 3 8 6

37 11 27 37 43 _ _ 8 30 8 17 _ _ _ _

6 11 _ _ _ _

5-9 6-7

10

4-5

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

{ 0800 1500 Gale Fog

0600

1500

0800

1500

60

Home

Contents

Index

1.302 WMO No 61695 ZIGUINCHOR (12 33 N, 16 16 W) Height above MSL 23 m Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 0.1mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1012 1011 1011 1010 1011 1013 1013 1013 1012 1012 1011 1012 1012 _ _

C 34 36 38 38 36 35 32 32 32 33 34 33 34 _ _

C 18 19 20 20 22 24 24 24 23 24 22 19 21 _ _

C 38 40 42 43 41 38 36 35 35 36 37 37 43* _ 46

C 14 15 17 18 19 21 21 21 21 21 18 15 13 _ 10

% 67 73 76 85 90 93 96 98 98 98 91 74 87 _ _

% 36 36 36 43 52 65 75 79 77 71 54 41 55 _ _

Oktas 3 2 2 2 4 5 5 6 6 4 3 3 4 _ _ 3 3 2 2 3 5 6 7 6 5 4 4 4 _ _

mm | | | | 4 100 296 409 319 105 5 1 _ 1239 _ | | 0 | 2 11 21 25 22 12 2 | _ 95 _ 39 22 32 10 32 18 7 6 3 5 4 6 22 3 1 0 1 3 2 2 3 6 1 1 0 | | 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 _ _ | | 1 1 1 2 3 | 1 2 3 5 4 6 1 1 2 2 5 30 24 60 25 51 30 39 33 22 17 10 8 11 8 4 5 3 8 8 8 5 1 2 2 2 6 5 5 | 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 3 | 2 2 2 4 4 7

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 _ _ 6 6 5 4 4 5 4 4 3 3 4 6 5 _ _ 0 | | 0 0 | | | | | | | _ 1 _ | | 0 | 0 0 | | | 0 | 1 _ 2 _ 20 0 0 0
CHAPTER 1

3 12 39 8 18 36

7 10

5 11 27 34 6 17 27 35 6 14 18 49 6 10 7 3 4 2 | 4 _ _ 5 4 6 2 | 7 62 2 61 2 72 5 68 6 60 3 39

6 17 11

5 10 21 23 14 6 15 26 18 16

5 13 13 22 12 20 4 16 15 15 6 13 10 12 4 2 1 2 _ _ 9 2 | 6 _ _ 9 25 7 28

3 13 5 2 | | 1 _ _ 6 5 1 | 4 _ _

9 10 14 7

8 13 12 28 3 1 5 0 8 20 2 6

23 33

33 23 17 _ _ 6 _ _

18 61 12 19 25 _ _ _ _ 5 _ _

7 11 49 _ _ _ _ _ _

7 10 10 16 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

20

20 20

30/22

20

20 20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder 0 1 9 14 16 17 15 1 0 _ 73 _ 20

0600

1200 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

61

Home

Contents

Index

1.303 WMO No 61832 CONAKRY / GBESSIA (09 34 N, 13 37 W) Height above MSL 26 m Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1011 1011 1010 1010 1011 1013 1013 1013 1012 1012 1011 1011 1011 _ _

C 31 32 32 32 32 30 29 28 29 30 31 31 31 _ _

C 23 23 24 25 25 24 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 _ _

C 35 34 35 34 34 32 31 29 31 32 32 33 37* _ 41

C 21 22 23 22 22 21 21 22 20 22 21 22 19 _ 10

% 83 87 84 84 86 92 94 95 94 92 90 88 89 _ _

% 60 60 60 59 68 77 84 86 82 77 72 64 70 _ _

Oktas 2 2 2 3 5 6 7 7 6 6 4 2 4 _ _ 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3 4 _ _

mm 1 1 3 23 136 396 1132 1102 617 295 72 6 _ 3784 _ 0 0 0 2 9 18 28 26 23 16 6 1 _ 129 _ 19 15 15 19 12 15 13 19 6 5 3 4 2 1 | 3 3 4 6 4 6 5 4 1 3 _ _ 1 1 1 2 1 2 5 0 1 1 1 3 7 40 7 50 11 10 11 10 12 7 6 4 5 5 13 11 9 _ _ 5 1 | 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 _ _ 4 19 36 1 10 39 1 2 2 9 3 11 2 1 | 1 2 1 3 5 3 4 4 2 2 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 3 2 2 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 _ _ 5 6 7 8 7 6 6 6 6 5 6 6 6 _ _ 0 0 | 0 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ | _ 1 | |
CHAPTER 1

6 11 21

5 12 50

4 27 16 14 26 3 17 12 24 31 5 13 14 22 29

3 12 13 40 3 5 6 15 36 7 8 24 9 23 9 29 3 34 5 32 5 33 6 38 8 36 _ _ _ _

0 | | | | | | | 1 _ 3 _ 20 _ _

15 14 10 11 22 17 7 16 15 9 11 14 9 16 17 10 23 20 17 19 16 22 18 12 15 15 12 _ _ _ _ _ _

5 13 33 12 15 13 3 11 35 16 13 13 4 9 28 23 16 10 9 8 9 8

9 10 6 7 1 4 3 6 _ _

7 11 5 2 2 | 2 _ _ 3 2 | | 3 _ _

4 11 37 19 5 12 42 14 2 5 32 15 9

9 17 5 11

6 16 36

3 10 30 14 13 17 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

20

20 20

30

20

20 20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0600

1200 1200 0600 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

62

Home

Contents

Index

1.304 WMO No 61856 LUNGI (08 37 N, 13 12 W) Height above MSL 27 m Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 30 years observations, 1931 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1010 1010 1010 1010 1011 1013 1013 1013 1012 1011 1011 1011 1011 _ _

C 31 31 31 31 31 30 29 28 30 31 31 31 30 _ _

C 23 24 24 24 22 22 22 21 23 23 23 23 23 _ _

C 32 34 32 32 32 30 30 29 30 32 32 32 33* _ 37

C 22 23 23 24 23 23 21 21 22 22 22 22 19 _ 17

% 82 80 80 80 82 87 89 89 90 87 84 82 84 _ _

% 70 70 71 72 74 77 81 81 80 76 76 72 75 _ _

Oktas 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 6 6 5 5 _ _ 3 3 3 4 5 6 7 7 6 6 5 4 5 _ _

mm 3 5 8 45 193 348 691 788 500 299 111 22 _ 3013 _ 1 1 2 5 13 20 25 25 23 19 10 4 _ 148 _ 6 18 26 4 11 13 4 8 9 8 2 2 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 _ _ 0 5 9 1 33 1 37 4 35 6 30 3 30 1 40 1 44 0 46 2 36 3 34 1 40 0 37 2 37 _ _ _ _ 1 0 1 0 0 2 1 0 1 4 0 0 1 _ _ 3 0 2 1 0 3 0 2 2 7 4 5 2 _ _ 3 1 1 2 3 5 5 3 4 6 4 2 3 _ _ 2 4 1 1 5 6 5 2 26 26 5 47 23 1 46 25 2 45 30 2 37 30 2 37 16 3 41 21 2 35 2 18 2 21 3 16 1 22 2 27 0 24 0 21 2 21 2 26 1 33 2 40 2 25 _ _ _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 4 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 4 4 3 3 4 _ _ 8 8 8 9 8 6 6 7 6 6 6 7 7 _ _ 0 0 0 | | | 0 0 0 | 0 0 _ | _ | 0 |
CHAPTER 1

1 11 20 3 15 21 2 14 25 1 16 18 1 6 8

4 10

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | _ 1 _ 12 _ _

5 12 13 8 19 13 5 2 7 10 5 4

3 17 12 7 22 13 6 14 10 1 2 0 5 3 4 7 3 6

1 10 42 21 3 10 39 18 1 1 0 3 _ _ 7 29 18 5 30 22 2 25 24 4 37 23 _ _ _ _ _ _

8 12 11 9 15 24 4 21 24 8 19 23 5 13 15 _ _ _ _ _ _

2 11 13 _ _ _ _ _ _

20

14 12

30

10

10 20 18

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0900

1500 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1500

0900

0900

1500

63

Home

Contents

Index

1.305 WMO No 65592 TABOU (4 25 N, 7 22 W) Height above MSL 21 m Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 22 years observations, 1931 to 1970
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 10 1010 1009 1009 1009 1010 1012 1013 1013 1012 1011 1010 1010 1011 _ _

C 29 30 30 30 29 28 27 26 27 28 29 29 29 _ _

C 23 23 23 24 24 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 _ _

C 31 31 32 32 31 30 29 28 28 29 30 31 33* _ 40

C 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 22 21 21 19 _ 17

% 96 95 96 96 95 91 89 92 95 95 95 95 94 _ _

% 79 78 78 78 82 84 80 82 88 84 81 79 81 _ _

Oktas 4 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 6 5 6 _ _ 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 6 5 5 6 _ _

mm 68 42 95 130 401 581 186 96 240 194 210 153 _ 2396 _ 7 5 9 12 21 21 13 16 21 18 16 12 _ 171 _ 6 6 5 4 7 4 2 1 1 2 3 4 4 _ _ 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 _ _ 4 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 4 2 3 3 2 _ _ 4 9 21 11 14 28

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 3 4 4 4 4 5 6 7 6 4 3 3 4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 5 7 7
CHAPTER 1

4 17 28 11 10 18 4 19 28 8 13 19

5 13 30 12 14 16 4 20 28 10 10 17 2 29 35 9 5 14 2 11 4 18 1 20 3 22 8 27 7 19 8 19 _ _ _ _

7 7 8 8 8 9 8 6 6 7 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

1 28 44 10 3 21 43 4 32 33 4 30 27 4 28 22 6 16 35 4 22 31 _ _ _ _ _ _ 7 4 8 3 7 8 _ _

21

22

22

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

{ 0800 1300 Gale Fog

0600

1200

0800

1300

64

Home

Contents

Index

1.306 WMO No 65578 ABIDJAN (05 15 N, 03 56 W) Height above MSL 8 m Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 30 years observations, 1960 to 2003
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 20 1010 1010 1009 1009 1011 1013 1014 1014 1013 1012 1011 1010 1011 _ _

C 31 32 32 32 32 30 28 28 28 30 32 31 31 _ _

C 24 25 26 26 25 24 23 22 23 24 25 25 24 _ _

C 33 34 34 34 33 32 30 29 30 32 33 33 35* _ 40

C 21 22 22 22 22 22 22 21 22 22 23 21 20 _ 17

% 95 94 92 92 92 93 94 96 97 94 91 92 94 _ _

% 72 74 75 75 77 82 82 83 82 78 73 72 77 _ _

Oktas 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 6 6 4 6 _ _ 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 4 5 _ _

mm 22 47 110 142 309 543 238 36 74 172 168 85 _ 1943 _ 2 3 5 7 13 18 15 6 8 13 13 4 _ 107 _ 8 6 6 8 5 4 4 5 2 1 2 2 2 1 | | | 1 2 2 1 _ _ | 1 1 1 2 4 13 17 5 21 20 7 21 16 9 18 15 8 16 11 9 42 6 37 8 35 9 32 7 30 7 28 3 30 3 38 4 35 6 29 5 35 6 42 6 35 _ _ _ _ 9 3 2 1 2 2 0 0 0 | 1 6 2 _ _ 5 3 1 1 1 1 | | | 1 1 5 1 _ _ 1 | | 1 1 1 | | | | | 1 1 _ _ 1 13 40 21 2 20 47 21 2 23 42 22 4 28 42 16 7 32 37 14 5 26 36 18 3 23 43 21 1 21 49 19 1 19 55 18 2 22 58 14 4 39 41 8 6 2 3 2 2 3 | 1 1 | 1 4 2 _ _ 5 3 5 6 5 8 9 8 6 3 5 8 6 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 _ _ 5 6 6 6 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 5 5 _ _ | 0 | | | | 0 0 | | | | _ 1 _ 2 1 | | | | | 1 1 | | 1 _ 7 _ 20 1 2 6
CHAPTER 1

14 10 10 1 1 | 2 7 12 7 _ _ 4 1 | 1 2 8 7 4 _ _

2 15 19 15 2 12 26 24 1 1 1 9 26 24 4 27 27 7 31 21 8

2 13 20 1 1 _ _

4 15 11 8 21 17 _ _ _ _ _ _

5 19 40 12 3 24 44 17 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

20

20 20

20

20

20 20 20

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder 7 8 5 1 | | 3 6 4 _ 44 _ 20

0600

1200 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

65

Home

Contents

Index

1.307 WMO No 65472 ACCRA (5 36 N, 0 10 W) Height above MSL 69 m Climatic Table compiled from 5 to 30 years observations, 1931 to 1960
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 10 1011 1010 1010 1010 1011 1013 1014 1014 1013 1012 1011 1011 1012 _ _

C 32 32 32 32 31 29 27 27 28 30 31 31 30 _ _

C 23 24 24 24 23 23 22 21 22 23 21 23 23 _ _

C 33 34 33 33 33 31 29 29 30 31 32 33 34* _ 36

C 20 21 21 22 21 21 20 20 21 21 21 21 19 _ _

% 84 82 80 79 81 87 86 85 81 81 80 81 82 _ _

% 65 66 67 69 72 78 76 74 73 73 70 65 71 _ _

Oktas 4 4 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 6 5 4 6 _ _ 3 3 5 5 6 6 6 5 5 5 4 4 5 _ _

mm 16 37 73 82 145 193 49 16 40 80 38 18 _ 787 _ 1 2 5 5 9 11 5 3 5 7 3 2 _ 58 _ 2 0 1 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 _ _ 1 0 2 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 _ _ 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 _ _ 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 61 12 22 2 58 15 25 1 56 17 23 3 51 20 21 3 46 17 29 5 47 18 28 7 25 2 21 2 17 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ _ 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ _ 2 1 1 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 _ _ 8 66 18 7 69 22 3 67 27 6 61 27 8 57 25 4 55 35 0 46 53 0 39 59 1 61 38 5 75 16 5 76 17 8 74 16 5 62 30 _ _ _ _ _ _ 3 1 1 5 1 1 1 2 0 1 1 1 1 _ _ 2 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 _ _ 1 0 1 0 3 2 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 4 3 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 5 4 4 4 _ _ 11 12 13 12 11 10 12 13 14 12 12 11 12 _ _ | 0 0 | | | 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ | _ 4 2 1
CHAPTER 1

| 0 1 | 1 1 | 1 3 _ 13 _ 12 _ _

3 18 46 3 31 43 1 16 64 0 0 0 1 _ _

2 66 17 14 1 64 19 15 1 56 26 16 7 55 14 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

30

12 14

30/20

5-6

5-6 5-6 23

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0700

1400 0700 1400 Gale Fog

1500

0900

0900

1500

66

Home

Contents

Index

1.308 WMO No 65344 COTONOU (6 21 N, 2 23 E) Height above MSL 9 m Climatic Table compiled from 5 to 22 years observations, 1931 to 1970
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 0.1mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 5 1010 1010 1010 1010 1011 1013 1014 1014 1013 1012 1011 1011 1012 _ _

C 31 32 32 32 31 29 28 28 29 30 31 31 30 _ _

C 24 25 26 25 24 23 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 _ _

C 32 33 33 34 33 32 30 29 30 31 32 32 34* _ 35

C 20 21 22 22 21 21 21 21 21 21 22 21 19 _ 17

% 93 91 89 90 93 93 91 91 92 94 95 95 92 _ _

% 72 71 71 73 76 81 81 79 79 77 74 71 75 _ _

Oktas 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 6 5 6 _ _ 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 6 6 6 5 4 6 _ _

mm 22 37 94 129 214 418 161 47 85 169 54 21 _ 1451 _ 2 2 7 9 16 21 12 8 11 13 7 2 _ 110 _ 22 17 6 10 18 5 1 0 0 10 12 22 10 _ _ 6 3 1 3 8 2 0 0 0 0 2 9 3 _ _ 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 _ _ 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 _ _ 0 15 21 14 22 3 34 17 12 14 6 41 12 14 20 2 17 15 17 22 2 10 12 27 22 3 27 27 24 10 2 56 38 2 56 30 3 41 38 1 4 2 8 6 3 0 3 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 2 1 _ _ 4 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 1 _ _ 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 1 _ _ 1 9 52 23 2 1 1 1 3 1 0 0 0 3 0 1 1 _ _ 3 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 4 0 0 2 _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 6 9 9 8 6 7 11 12 11 6 5 5 8 _ _ 10 12 11 11 10 14 16 15 14 10 9 8 12 _ _ _ _ 8 2 0
CHAPTER 1

2 22 55 17 5 16 65 5 21 57 9 9

0 1 0 | 1 | 1 1 4 _ 18 _ _ _

4 19 56 15 3 11 61 23 0 3 62 35

0 10 65 24 0 2 70 22

8 10

1 16 21 25 27 1 12 0 8 32 31

1 18 53 18 3 19 67 11 2 32 45 12 2 15 59 18 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

5 16 31 16

2 29 21 17 17 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

22

22

22

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0600

1200 0600 1200 Gale Fog

1200

0600

0600

1200

67

Home

Contents

Index

1.309 WMO No 65201 LAGOS / IKEJA (6 35 N, 3 20 E) Height above MSL 38 m Climatic Table compiled from 7 to 18 years observations, 1931 to 1970
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 10 1011 1010 1010 1010 1011 1014 1014 1014 1013 1012 1011 1011 1012 _ _

C 32 33 33 32 31 29 28 28 28 30 31 32 31 _ _

C 22 22 23 23 23 22 21 21 21 22 22 22 22 _ _

C 34 35 35 34 33 32 30 30 30 32 33 33 35* _ 36

C 18 19 20 20 21 20 19 18 20 20 20 19 17 _ 14

% 89 85 84 84 86 89 90 88 88 88 88 89 87 _ _

% 64 61 67 70 75 82 81 78 80 79 75 67 73 _ _

Oktas 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 _ _ 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 6 6 4 6 _ _

mm 27 42 105 125 220 346 188 68 185 198 75 31 _ 1610 _ 1 3 7 8 14 18 13 9 16 15 7 2 _ 113 _ 12 17 11 7 3 4 2 1 1 1 6 10 15 6 _ _ 7 4 3 4 2 0 0 0 2 5 6 4 _ _ 2 0 1 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 _ _ 1 0 0 2 2 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 _ _ 0 2 0 7 1 9 5 62 8 56 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 | _ _ 7 1 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 _ _ 4 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 _ _ 4 8 22 10 3 41 2 13 1 7

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 1 2 3 3 2 2 5 6 4 2 1 1 3 _ _ 3 7 9 7 5 7 11 12 9 5 6 4 7 _ _ 0 0 | 1 1 | 0 0 0 | 0 0 _ 3 _ 20 9 2
CHAPTER 1

6 20 39 17 3 25 48 15 3 24 38 14 5 27 34 4 0 1 0 9

4 14 6 16 4 2

8 10 52 7 4 56 8 57

1 16 1 23 2 20 1 2 5 4

1 1 2 3 5 3 6 8 19 _ 79 _ 18 _ _

9 10

5 17 13 56

9 44 18 5 45 44 1 44 48 4 33 47

0 17 34 12 36 1 19 41 1 1 0 0 2 _ _ 7 31

9 27 12 50 4 2 0 8 10 67 2 11 68 1 9 68 9 55 _ _ _ _

5 11 3 30 3 13 1 37 2 19 _ _ _ _

2 13 33 17 2 12 46 23 2 13 32 12 3 13 38 23 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

8 14 _ _ _ _

16

16/14 14/15

16/17

7-8

7-8 7-8 12

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0800

1400 0800 1600 Gale Fog

1500

0900

0700

1500

68

Home

Contents

Index

1.310 WMO No 65243 LOKOJA (7 48 N, 6 44 E) Height above MSL 44 m Climatic Table compiled from 9 to 18 years observations, 1941 to 1970
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

Calm

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 1010 1010 1009 1009 1011 1013 1013 1013 1012 1012 1011 1011 1011 _ _ 14-15

C 33 35 35 34 32 31 30 30 30 31 33 33 32 _ _

C 21 23 25 25 24 23 23 23 23 23 22 20 23 _ _

C 36 37 38 37 35 33 32 32 32 33 34 34 38* _ 39

C 16 18 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 19 16 15 _ 13

% 73 69 70 71 77 79 79 78 81 80 76 75 76 _ _

% 44 42 49 53 62 67 69 69 71 67 56 45 58 _ _

Oktas 3 4 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 5 3 5 _ _ 3 3 5 5 6 6 6 7 6 5 4 2 5 _ _

mm 4 9 55 80 164 171 175 151 211 130 14 2 _ 1166 _ | 1 3 6 10 10 12 10 14 10 1 | _ 77 _ 2 31 15 17 8 21 4 3 5 2 4 4 4 5 5 2 4 3 4 _ _ 1 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 _ _ 1 0 0 1 1 2 0 1 2 1 0 1 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Calm

NW

SW

NW

SW

NE

SE

NE

SE

Knots 4 5 6 5 5 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 _ _ _ _ 0 | | 1 1 | 0 | 1 1 | 0 _ 4 _ 1 1 1
CHAPTER 1

1 16 13 23 11 31 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 9 4 3 0 3 3 4 5 7 7 21 11 46 5 22 14 51 9 18 18 46 6 15 22 43 5 11 23 53 3 17 18 53 6 21 16 44 4 25 17 46 5 25 15 43 8 16

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ 3 _ 15 _ _

2 34 16 19 1 10 _ _ _ _

8 19 15 41 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

16

9-10 9-10

16/15

17-18

12-15 15

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

0800 0800 Gale Fog

1500

0800

0900

1500

69

Home

Contents

Index

1.311 WMO No 65264 CALABAR (4 58 N, 8 21 E) Height above MSL 63 m Climatic Table compiled from 4 to 16 years observations, 1931 to 1970
Temperatures Average pressure at MSL Average humidity Average cloud cover Mean wind speed Number of days with

Precipitation

Wind distribution Percentage of observations from

Mean highest in each month

Mean lowest in each month

Mean daily max.

Mean daily min.

Month

No. of days with 1 mm or more

Average fall

| Calm Calm NW SW NW SW NE SE NE SE W W N E S E N S

hPa January February March April May June July August September October November December Means Totals Extreme values No. of years observations 1011 1011 1010 1010 1011 1013 1014 1014 1013 1013 1011 1011 1012 _ _ 14-15

C 31 32 32 31 31 29 28 27 28 29 30 31 30 _ _

C 22 23 23 23 23 23 22 22 22 22 22 22 23 _ _

C 33 35 35 34 33 32 30 30 31 32 32 33 35* _ 37

C 19 20 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 20 18 _ 17

% 86 84 85 85 86 89 91 91 90 89 88 86 87 _ _

% 62 59 67 72 75 79 84 85 85 79 73 65 74 _ _

Oktas 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 8 7 7 7 5 7 _ _ 4 4 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 6 4 6 _ _

mm 39 67 168 249 271 414 379 344 434 349 184 55 _ 2953 _ 3 4 11 13 17 20 21 22 23 20 12 4 _ 170 _ 12 12 8 12 7 13 8 13 9 13 12 5 2 5 7 9 6 3 4 9 3 4 7 7 6 4 3 2 3 5 5 3 4 _ _ 4 14 13 12 16 13 4 19 19 13 8 20 19 9 21 16 8 21 16 8 8 9 9 11 7 12 5 12 7 13 7 12 8 15 7 13 9 13 9 13

Knots 8 12 12 11 11 10 11 10 9 10 9 9 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | | | | | | | 0 0 | 0 | _ 2 _ 11 7 5
CHAPTER 1

4 5 5 4 3 5 7 10 11 _ 77 _ _ _

7 21 20 11 5 20 24 14 7 20 27 17 6 19 23 17 7 19 20 11

11 12 13 13 8 10 _ _ _ _

7 16 14 12 10 13 5 11 13 14 16 13 7 18 19 12 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 9 13 _ _ _ _

16

14-16 9-10

15-16

10

4-6

Mean of highest each year Mean of lowest each year

Highest recorded temperature Lowest recorded temperature

| Rare { All observations

Thunder

{ Gale Fog

0700

1500

0900

1500

70

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 1

1.312

METEOROLOGICAL CONVERSION TABLE AND SCALES Fahrenheit to Celsius

Fahrenheit
0 F 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 +0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 733 678 622 567 511 456 400 344 289 233 178 178 122 67 11 +4 4 100 156 211 267 322 378 433 489 739 683 628 572 517 461 406 350 294 239 183 172 117 61 06 +5 0 106 161 217 272 328 383 439 494 744 689 633 578 522 467 411 356 300 244 189 167 111 56 0 +5 6 111 167 222 278 333 389 444 500 750 694 639 583 528 472 417 361 306 250 194 161 106 50 +0 6 61 117 172 228 283 339 394 450 506 1 2 3 4 Degrees Celsius 756 700 644 589 533 478 422 367 311 256 200 156 100 44 +1 1 67 122 178 233 289 344 400 456 511 761 706 650 594 539 483 428 372 317 261 206 150 94 39 +1 7 72 128 183 239 294 350 406 461 517 767 711 656 600 544 489 433 378 322 267 211 144 89 33 +2 2 78 133 189 244 300 356 411 467 522 772 717 661 606 550 494 439 383 328 272 217 139 83 28 +2 8 83 139 194 250 306 361 417 472 528 778 722 667 611 556 500 444 389 333 278 222 133 78 22 +3 3 89 144 200 256 311 367 422 478 533 783 728 672 617 561 506 450 394 339 283 228 128 72 17 +3 9 94 150 206 261 317 372 428 483 539 5 6 7 8 9

Celsius to Fahrenheit
Celsius
0 C 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 +0 10 20 30 40 50 940 760 580 400 220 40 +14 0 320 320 500 680 860 1040 1220 958 778 598 418 238 58 +12 2 302 338 518 698 878 1058 1238 976 796 616 436 256 76 +10 4 284 356 536 716 896 1076 1256 1 2 3 4 Degrees Fahrenheit 994 814 634 454 274 94 +8 6 266 374 554 734 914 1094 1274 1012 832 652 472 292 112 +6 8 248 392 572 752 932 1112 1292 1030 850 670 490 310 130 +5 0 230 410 590 770 950 1130 1310 1048 868 688 508 328 148 +3 2 212 428 608 788 968 1148 1328 1066 886 706 526 346 166 +1 4 194 446 626 806 986 1166 1346 1084 904 724 544 364 184 04 +17 6 464 644 824 1004 1184 1364 1102 922 742 562 382 202 22 +15 8 482 662 842 1022 1202 1382 5 6 7 8 9

HECTOPASCALS TO INCHES
HECTOPASCALS 950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050

28

29

INCHES (1) (for small values) millimetres 50 60 40 15 2 inches 25

30

31

MILLIMETRES TO INCHES
0 0 10 05 20 1 30

70 3

80

90 35

100 4

0 0 5 10

500 20 30

(2) (for large values) millimetres 1500 2000 1000 40 50 60 70 inches 80 90

2500 100 110

3000 120

71

Home

Contents

Index
Chapter 2 - Arquiplago da Madeira and Ilhas Selvagens
10 10

17

50

40

30

20 10

2
1 .1
Ilha do Porto Santo

2.13 Porto Santo

Sa nto
to

2.1

Po r

33

2 .2 9

1689

to d Por

t or oP

to an oS

&

Ba

50

2.3

do

1689

33

50

72
Ilha da Madeira
Canial 1685

40

2.2 8

2.39
Funchal 1685

40

7 2.2

16

55

50

1685

10

10

2.6

30
5

Ilhas Selvagens

2.73

Ilhas Desertas

30

2. 69

30
3133 5

30 16W
55 50

10

Longitude 17 West from Greenwich

40

30

20

0306

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 2 ARQUIPLAGO DA MADEIRA AND ISLAS SELVAGENS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1831, 3133
1

Route
2.6 The island may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given in the coastal directions at 2.11.

Scope of the chapter

1

2.1 The chapter is divided into the following sections: Ilha do Porto Santo (2.5). Ilha do Madeira (2.21). Funchal (2.39). Ilhas Desertas (2.69). Ilhas Selvagens (2.73).

Topography
1

Description
1

2.2 Arquiplago da Madeira, consisting of Ilha do Porto Santo, Ilha da Madeira, Ilha Deserta Grande and Ilha Bugio together with several smaller islands lie between 345 and 390 miles from the coast of Morocco. Islas Selvagens (3006N 1557W) (2.73) lie about 135 miles S of Ilha Bugio.

2.7 Ilha do Porto Santo contains many rocky mountains in its NE portion. All the N coast of the island is characterised by high rocky cliffs, generally inaccessible, with rocks above and below water lying along their bases. The central portion of Ilha do Porto Santo, though considerably less elevated than the extremities, is high near the cliffs of the NW coast, where in some places it has an elevation of 244 m, whence it slopes S terminating in a white sandy beach which forms the entire SE coast of the island. The SW extremity is rocky with hills over 275 m high. The salient points of Ilha do Porto Santo are distinguished by the islets lying off them. The island is remarkably destitute of trees.

Exercise areas
1

Hazards
1

2.3 Submarines exercise frequently, both surfaced and dived, in areas best seen on the chart. A good lookout is to be kept for them when passing through the waters described in this chapter. For further details see The Mariners Handbook and Annual Notices to Mariners.

2.8 Exercise areas. See 2.3. Fishing areas. There are local fishing grounds situated 1 and 2 miles N of Ilhu de Cima and mile SE of Ilhu de Fora.

Natural conditions
1

Natural conditions
1

2.4 Magnetic anomalies may occur near the coastline of the islands described in this chapter. Current. The islands lie in the flow of the SWgoing Canary Current (1.249). There is a marked increase in the rate of the SW current between Ilha do Porto Santo and Ilha da Madeira. The current splits at Ilha do Porto Santo and a secondary flow passes N of Ilha do Porto Santo and thence along the N shore of Ilha da Madeira. Thence it turns S and E around the W and S shores of Ilha da Madeira until meeting the main SW flow again off Ponta da Cruz (3238N 1657W). An eddy forms here and extends up to 4 miles offshore.

2.9 Local magnetic anomaly. See 2.4. Currents. See 2.4. Nature of the bottom in the vicinity of the island is mainly fine white sand, rock, coral shells and gravel.

Directions Principal marks

1

2.10 Landmarks: Pico do Facho (elevation 517 m) (3305N 1619W) surmounted by a dipole radio mast (23 m in height), red obstruction lights. Ana Ferreira (elevation 283 m) (3302N 1622W), with a summit shaped like a column. Major light: Ilhu de Cima Light (white square tower and dwelling, 15 m in height ) (33031N 16165W).

Circumnavigation ILHA DO PORTO SANTO

1

General information
Charts 1831, 1689

Description
1

2.5 Ilha do Porto Santo (3304N 1620W) which is oriented in a NE/SW direction, is the NE island of Arquiplago da Madeira and lies 21 miles from Ilha da Madeira.

2.11 From a position N of Focinho do Forte (33062N 16191W), the N point of Ilha do Porto Santo which is fronted by a crescent shaped rock and Baixa dos Barbeiros, a small islet lying 1 cable NNW of the point, the track leads initially E, passing (with positions relative to Focinho do Forte): N of Baixio do Nordeste (2 miles NNE), rocky with a depth of 19 3 m. The sea breaks over it occasionally. Thence the track leads SE, passing: NE of Ilhu de Fora (2 miles ENE), thickly wooded, with a 93 m high peak at its centre, the N of three

73

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 2

islets separated from each other and Ilha do Porto Santo by navigable channels. Thence the track leads S, passing: E of Baixa do Meio (1 miles ENE), the middle islet, 11 m high, which consists of a group of rocks with a few trees on them, thence: E of Ilhu das Cenouras (1 miles E), the inner islet, 108 m high, composed of rocky cliffs covered with trees. Thence the track continues S, passing (with positions relative to Ilhu de Cima Light (33031N 16165W)): E of Ponta do Nordeste (2 miles NNW), a bold promontory formed by three cliffs of which the highest with an elevation of 450 m, lies about 5 cables SW of the point, thence: E of Ponta dos Ferreiros (1 miles NNW), a bold steep point with Baixa do Cotrim, a rock less than 1 m in height, lying 1 cables SE from it. A dangerous underwater rock lies close ENE of Baixa do Cotrim. Thence: E of Ponta do Gal (7 cables WNW), the SE point of Ilha do Porto Santo. Enseada dos Frades is the bight between Ponta dos Ferreiros and Ilhu de Cima. Thence: E of Ilhu de Cima, from which a light (2.10) is exhibited. A shoal with a depth of 145 m over it lies 5 cables SSW and a wreck with a least depth of 13 m over it lies 1 mile SW from the light. The island is bare and steepto except at its NW end and is connected to Ponto do Gal by a rocky ledge through which there is a very narrow boat passage, about midway, with a depth of 45 m. Thence the track leads SW, passing: SE of Porto do Porto Santo S Mole Light (1 miles W), thence: (Directions for Porto do Porto Santo continue at 2.17) 2.12 SE of Ponta da Calheta (5 miles WSW), the S point of Ilha do Porto Santo, thence: SE of a rocky patch (5 miles WSW) with a depth of 74 m over it, thence: SE of Ponta do Ilhu (6 miles SW), the S point of Ilhu de Baixo which is separated from Ponta da Calheta by Boqueiro de Baixo, a channel 2 cables wide which is safe for boats in moderate weather. The island is bordered by high rocky cliffs, and is steepto except at Ponta da Pedra Preta, the N point. From E or W the island presents a somewhat tableshaped summit with a hummock, attaining an elevation of 179 m near its N end. Thence the track leads WNW and N, passing (with positions relative to Ilhu Ferro Light (33 02 1N 16241W)): W of Ilhu Ferro from where a light is exhibited. The island is separated from Ponta da Canaveira by a channel about 1 cables wide and has a coastline of rocky inaccessible cliffs. It is steepto on its W side with depths of 100 m only about 6 cables off. Thence the track leads NNE, passing: WNW of Ponta da Canaveira (4 cables ENE) which is a double point and much lower than the adjacent cliffs which are nearly 270 m high. The coast from Ponta da Canaveira to Focinho do Forte about 6 miles NE is faced by cliffs and fronted by rocky ledges extending up to 2 cables offshore. Thence:

WNW of Ponta do Varadouros (3 miles NNE), thence: WNW of Ilhu da Fonte da Areia (4 miles NNE) (elevation 78 m), a black coloured islet of basaltic structure which is separated from Ilha do Porto Santo by a deep clear channel. Thence the track leads NE, passing: NW of Ilha do Porto Santo N coast Light (4 miles NE), thence: SE of Baixo de Noroeste (8 miles N) with a depth of 8 m; it is steepto and breaks heavily in bad weather. Thence the track leads E to a position N of Focinho do Forte. Useful marks: Ilha do Porto Santo N coast Light (white tower, red bands, 4 m in height) (33056N 16202W) Cement silo (33034N 16184W) TV mast (red, lattice) (33040N 16189W) Fuel tanks (33036N 16191W) Nossa Senhora da Piedade Church (33 03 3N 16199W); a pier extends SSE from the shore 1 cables SE of the church. Airport tower (elevation 107 m) (33 03 4N 16205W) Mast (33036N 16212W) Radio tower (elevation 226 m) (33043N 16218W) red obstruction light. Wind turbine (33033N 16216W) Ilhu Ferro Light (white tower, red lantern with building, 14 m in height) (33021N 16241W).

Porto Santo
Chart 1689 with plan Porto do Porto Santo

General information
1

2.13 Position. Port of Porto Santo (3303N 1619E) is situated about 1 miles W of Ilhu de Cima Light (2.10). Function. It is a small harbour mainly used by the tourist trade. Approach and entry. Baa do Porto Santo is approached between Ilhu de Cima and Ilhu de Baixo (2.12), and the port is entered from W between the heads of two moles which are cable apart. Traffic. In 2004 there were 32 vessel movements totalling 124 436 dwt. Port Authority. Administracao dos Portos da Regiao Autonoma da Madeira, Porto de Abrigo do Porto Santo, 9400 Porto Santo, Madeira, Portugal.

Limiting conditions
1

2.14 Deepest and longest berth: South Mole, see 2.19. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 21 m; mean neap range about 09 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water is 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. Cruise vessel of 15 065 tons, length 156 m and draught 5.9 m. Local weather and sea state. Prevailing winds are from N. Winds from S quadrant can throw up a high sea into Baa do Porto Santo often making anchorage untenable. Wind and waves from SW are more frequent and of a longer duration than from SE. During summer the occurrence of sudden gusts of wind with variations in intensity and direction is frequent in the

74

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 2

harbour. E wind flows down the slopes which lie to the N and NE of the harbour impeding manouveres within the port; at nightfall the wind diminishes or ceases to blow.

Arrival information
1

2.15 Notice of ETA should be sent 24 hours prior to arrival to the agent and request for pilot up to 1600 on the day prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Outer anchorages. A large commercial anchorage lies centred about 1 mile SW from the head of South Mole, with depths from 141 to 56 m. There are anchorages for small craft close W and WSW of North Mole. Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in the following areas: Within the harbour entrance; the daily interisland ferry turns around prior to berthing; S of South Mole, due to the presence of the NATO sealine and mooring buoys; In the vicinity of an oil pipeline, extending 5 cables S from the coast 1 miles W of Ponta do Gal, with several oil tanks near its root; Around a submarine outfall extending SW from Vila Baleria (3303N 1620W); Around two submarine outfalls extending SW from Campo de Baixo (3303N 1621W) In the vicinity of a submarine cable, extending seaward from a position 1 miles NE of Ponta da Calheta (3301N 1623W). Submarine pipelines, outfalls and cables, the positions of which can best be seen on the chart are laid in Baa do Porto Santo. Pilotage is available from Funchal. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Tugs are available from Funchal.

Entry. From a position SE of Porto do Porto Santo S Mole Light, the track leads to the harbour, with the chart as the best guide, keeping clear of a wreck, lying 1 miles SE of the light, with a depth of 13 m over it and clear of the Oil Terminal moorings lying S of the South Mole. Useful marks: Cement silo (33034N 16184W) TV mast (red, lattice) (33040N 16189W) Fuel tanks (33036N 16191W) Nossa Senhora da Piedade Church (33 03 3N 16199W).

Oil terminal
1

2.18 An oil pipeline (Nato SeaLine) extends 2 cables SSE from the S side of the South Mole, its seaward extremity being indicated by a lighted buoy (uncharted); four mooring buoys (lit) are situated close N, NNE, NE and SW of this buoy.

Berths
1

2.19 There is a cement quay, with depths alongside of 65 m, and three mooring dolphins projecting from the inner side of the South Mole opposite the entrance. On the inner side of the S section of the South Mole there is a ferry terminal with depths alongside of 62 m. Tankers can also berth on the inner face of South Mole, which is 300 m in length; the oil pipeline headers are situated there.

Port services
1

Harbour
1

2.16 General layout. Commercial berths, including a ferry terminal, lie in the S part of the harbour; the N part is occupied by a marina and small craft moorings. An oil terminal lies S of the harbour.

2.20 Other facilities: hospital at Funchal; no oily waste reception facilities; garbage collection can be arranged. Supplies: Fuel is reported to be available together with limited supplies of fresh water and provisions. Communications: An airport, from where there are daily flights to and from Madeira is situated in the centre of the island NW of Vila Baleria. A passenger ferry operates daily to and from Ilha da Madeira.

ILHA DA MADEIRA General information

Charts 1831, 1685

Route
1

2.21 Ilha da Madeira (3245N 1700W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given in the coastal directions at 2.27.

Topography
1

Porto Santo Harbour from N (2.16)

(Original dated 2006) (Photograph Copyright Granted) 2

Directions for entering harbour

1

(continued from 2.11) 2.17 Landmark: Pico do Facho (3305N 1619W) (2.10). Major light: Ilhu de Cima Light (33031N 16165W) (2.10). 75

2.22 Ilha da Madeira, the most important island of the archipelago, is traversed by a range of mountains running from E to W. Ruivo de Santana (3245N 1656W), the summit of the island attains an elevation of 1862 m and slopes gradually to the sea in a N and NE direction, but on the SW side falls abruptly. A deep sheer remarkable valley runs S from about 2 miles SW of the summit. Ruivo do Paul is the summit, with an elevation of 1643 m, of a high plain in the W part of the island. It may be stated generally that the S coasts have a gradual slope from the mountains in the interior to the sea, the N coasts on the contrary are with few exceptions high and bold and descend precipitously. The country between Ponta da Cruz (3238N 1657W) (2.28) and Ponta do Pargo, 19 miles NW, is cultivated in

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 2

places but about 3 miles inland the mountains attain an elevation of over 1220 m. The coast between Ponta do Pargo (3249N 1716W) and Ponta do Tristo, 5 miles NE, is formed of a coarse, stony beach with high rocky cliffs rising abruptly from it. Above the cliffs the land has a very steep ascent to the ridge of mountains 2 miles E, some peaks of which are over 1220 m. The cliffs are broken by several mountain torrents, waterfalls and deep ravines. There are two extensive landslips, the greater part of which are terraced and laid out in vineyards. Between the vines a few huts can be seen.

Ponta do Pargo Light (white tower, red cupola with dwelling, 14 m in height) (32486N 17156W). Ponta de So Jorge Light (tower and dwelling, 14 m in height) (32499N 16541W).

Ilhu de So Loureno to Funchal

1

Hazards
1

2.23 Exercise areas. See 2.3. Fishing areas. Local fishing grounds off the S and E coasts are charted e.g Pesqueiro da Atalaia (3238N 1648W). Adverse natural conditions. Winds from the N make the N coast of Ilha da Madeira dangerous and there is usually a heavy sea. The anchorages are only frequented by fishing boats.

Traffic regulations
1

2.24 Prohibited area. Garajau Nature Reserve, a specially protected area, extends from the shore to the 50 m contour between Ponta da Oliveira (32382N 16496W) and Lazaretto, 3 miles W. Except for small craft making for the beaches, entry within this area is prohibited. Two mooring buoys (yellow) marked PNM (Madeira National Park) are positioned 2 cables WNW and 11 cables W of Ponta do Garaju (32379N 16507W). Restricted area. An area of coastal waters on the N coast between Ponta de So Jorge and Ponta de Clrigo has been designated a nature reserve. The restricted area is bounded by lines joining the following positions: 32500N 16540W (shore). 32509N 16537W. Thence along the 100 m contour to: 32490N 16501W. 32482N 16511W (shore). Entry into the nature reserve is affected by numerous restrictions and prohibitions. For the latest information mariners are advised to consult the local port authorities.

Natural conditions
1

2.25 Local magnetic anomaly. See 2.4. Currents. See 2.4. Nature of bottom. The nature of the bottom on the portion of the bank which extends from the E end of the island, also on the ridge between the E extremity and the N end of Ilhas Desertas (2.69), is mostly dark grey sand and coral, while near the coast it is rocky. On the portion of the bank extending from the W end of Ilha da Madeira, the bottom is mostly fine dark sand with occasional patches of rock.

Directions Major lights

2.26
1

So Loureno Light (white tower with red dome and white building, 10 m in height) (32 43 6N 16392W). 76

2.27 From a position E of So Loureno Light (32436N 16392W), the track leads SW, clear of a depth of 21 m (sounding doubtful) lying 3 miles ESE, passing (with positions relative to So Loureno Light): SE of Ilhu de So Loureno (Ilhu de Fora ), from where a light (2.26) is exhibited. The islet is the first part of the coast seen when approaching from E, and is bordered by rocky cliffs except at its SE side where it slopes to the sea and offers the easiest landing; on its NW side is a little cove. The islet is covered with a light soil and sand.and is steepto except on its SE side off which there are some dangerous rocky shoals, also steepto. Baixo da Badajeira, the outer danger lying nearly 4 cables SE of the summit of the islet, is a rock awash. A rock, shaped like a sugarloaf, marks the S extremity of Ilhu de So Loureno, and three or four rocks lie close to its SE coast nearly midway between its extreme points. Vessels should not round the islet too closely. Thence: SE of Ponta do Furado (1 miles WNW), a bold basaltic point with an archway, Passagem do Furado, worn through it, thence: SE of Ponta do Buraco (2 miles WNW). Enseada da Abra, a small bay, lies between Ponta do Furado and Ponta do Buraco. Anchoring in this bay is not recommended due to the presence of obstructions and tunny nets. Thence: SE of Ponta das Gaivotas (2 miles WNW), with a small harbour enclosed by two breakwaters open to the W situated 5 cables W. A prominent chapel, Nossa Senhora da Piedade, stands on a remarkable black hill close N of the harbour. Thence: SE of Canial (4 miles W) (2.33). Between Ponta das Gaivotas and Canial the coast is lower than to the E but it rises again and is steep between the town and the N entrance point of the bay where Machico stands. Thence: SE of Machico (5 miles W), a town standing at the head of a small bay and on both banks of Ribeira de Machico, which was the reported landing place of Robert Machin, the discoverer of Ilha da Madeira. At the N limit of the bay is a jetty with a lighted beacon (see below) standing at the head of the jetty extension. A ruined fort stands close NE of the root of the quay. Machico Sa Roque Light is exhibited 3 cables SW of the fort. The red sector (230265) of this light covers the rocks extending up to 2 cables SE from the fort, with a depth of 09 m over Baixa da Cruz, the outermost. Thence: SE of Ponta Queimada (5 miles WSW) a rocky cliff with flat rocks at its base and the S entrance point of the bay, thence: SE of Ponta de Sa Catarina (6 miles WSW) which can be identified by a steep rock 11 m in height lying close to it. Ilha da Madeira airport lies close inland NW of the point. The airport runway extension is built out over the sea on elevated columns to maintain the runway level, the sea area

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 2

beneath having been reclaimed and boarded by an armourstone structure. A quay, with a ruined fort close NE, lies 5 cables WSW and a submarine outfall, extending SE, lies 6 cables WSW of Ponta de Sa Catarina. On the N shore of a bay close SW of Ponta de Sa Catarina, is the town of Santa Cruz (2.32). Thence: SE of Ponta da Pol (8 miles WSW), the S entrance to the above bay, with a factory situated close N of the point. Enseada de Porto Novo, a small shingle bay lies immediately W of the point, and a white building with a prominent chimney stands on the coast. A jetty projects E from the W side of the bay. Thence: SE of Ponta de Atalaia (9 miles WSW) which has a remarkable small pointed peak on the cliff close to it and a submarine outfall leading SE lies close SW of the point, thence: SE of Ponta da Oliveira (10 miles WSW), a rocky steepto point. Thence the track leads WSW, passing (with positions relative to Ponta do Garajau (3238N 1651W)): SSE of Ponta do Garajau, a bold rocky headland faced by perpendicular reddishyellow cliffs. Above the cliffs is a narrow hilly ridge surmounted by a rocky knob and a conspicuous floodlit statue of Christ, about 175 m high, by which the point can be identified. A small shingle beach lies W of the point. Ponta do Garajau being much higher than Ponta da Oliveira, can be seen over it when viewed from NE. (Directions for Funchal continue at 2.62) Useful marks: Molhe S Light (white post, green bands, 6 m in height) (32442N 16426W). Molhe N Light (white post, red bands, 6 m in height) (32442N 16426W). Machico N Quay Light (white column, green bands, 2 m high) (32428N 16453W), located on jetty head extension. Machico Sa Roque Light (white column, red bands, 4 m high) (32426N 16456W).

Funchal to Ponta do Pargo

1

2.28 From a position S of Funchal (2.39), the track leads W, passing (with positions relative to Ponta do Sol (3240N 1706W)): S of Ponta da Cruz (8 miles ESE) composed of high perpendicular cliffs with a semidetached rock surmounted by a cross at its SW extremity. Pico da Cruz (charted as Ponta da Cruz) lies 6 cables NNE of Ponta da Cruz. Thence the track leads WNW, passing: SSW of Ponta do Sul (6 miles ESE) the W entrance point to Cmara de Lobos, a small bay forming an excellent harbour for fishing boats. A light stands cable N of Ponta do Sul and a submarine outfall extends SSW from close W of the light. Thence: SSW of Cabo Giro (4 miles ESE) which rises in a remarkable sheer cliff to an elevation of 575 m; on the high land above this cliff there is a grove of pines standing at an elevation of 634 m. Thence: SSW of Ribeira Brava (2 miles ESE) from where a light is exhibited. A town of the same name through which a river flows stands behind the

point and a sandy beach lies W of the point. Thence: SSW of Ponta do Sol, a rocky bluff; in the ravine close W of the point is the village of the same name. A large marina is lies about 4 cables ENE of the point. Thence the track leads NW, passing: SW of a remarkable blackpointed basaltic rock (1 miles NW), thence: SW of Madalena do Mar (2 miles NW), a village, thence, SW of Calheta (4 miles NW), which has a large yacht marina, with depths of up to 3 m alongside, and from which lights are exhibited, thence: SW of Ponta do Gal (5 miles WNW), formed of flat rocks of black basalt and close E of the point, on the rocks above the cliff, stands a large prominent building resembling a monastery, thence: SW of Jardim do Mar (6 miles WNW) which can be identified by a small village with a chapel standing on the summit of the point. Baixas da Ponta Pequena, with a depth of 38 m over it, lies 7 cables NW of the point and is marked by a lightbuoy (W cardinal). Thence the track leads NNW, passing: WSW of Paul do Mar (7 miles NW), a village standing on the E end of a landslip, from where a light (see below) is exhibited. Two rocks, each with a depth of 5 m over them, lie about 4 cables S of the light and Baixa dos Carrios a line of rocks extends 7 cables WNW of the light. WSW of Ponta da Faj da Ovelha (9 miles NW) with a rock, awash, lying 2 cables W of the point and a chapel standing above the cliffs at an elevation of 495 m, thence: WSW of Ponta do Pargo (11 miles NW), the W extremity of Ilha da Madeira. The point is composed of bold rocky cliffs 295 m high from where a light (2.26) is exhibited. Because of the elevation of the cliffs the light is obscured by clouds from time to time. Rocks and large stones lie scattered about the base of the cliffs and Baixa do Cabeo, with a depth of 167 m over it, lies about 6 cables S of the point. Useful marks: Cmara de Lobos Light (white structure, 2 m in height) (32386N 16583W). Ribeira Brava Light (red structure, elevation 33 m) (32399N 17036W). Lugar de Baixo Light (32405N 17054W) Paul do Mar Light (white post red bands, 13 m in height) (32450N 17132W).

Ponta do Pargo to Ponta de So Jorge

1

2.29 From a position WSW of Ponta do Pargo (3249N 1716W) the track leads N, passing (with positions relative to Porto do Moniz Light (32520N 17096W)): W of Baixa de So Pedro (6 miles WSW), a rocky ridge with a depth of 131 m over it. There is a heavy sea on this ridge with strong W winds. Thence the track leads ENE, passing: NNW of Ponta do Tristo (1 miles W), the N extremity of Ilha da Madeira, a bold bluff 326 m high and fronted on its N side by submerged rocks which extend about 1 cable offshore. A church

77

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 2

stands 7 cables SW of the point at an elevation of 520 m. Thence: NNW of Baixas do Moniz (1 mile NW), a group of three flat rocks which are steepto and are separated from the coast by a deep passage. The highest rock is 4 m, and they are covered by the red sector (116127) of Porto do Moniz Light (see below). Thence: NNW of Ilhu Mole, from where Porto do Moniz Light is exhibited; the islet is 62 m high and steepto except on its SW side, and of a yellowish colour with a black lava base. Thence the track leads E, passing: N of Ilhu Rama (1 mile SE), 41 m high and of a yellowish colour with a black lava base, the largest of a group of five rocks lying off the mouth of Ribeira da Janela, thence: N of Ponta do Serradinho (3 miles SE), a comparatively low cliff; the village of Seixal extends behind the point and Baixo do Seixal with a depth of 2 m over it lies 1 cables E of the point, thence: N of Banco do Cabeo do Boi (6 miles ESE) on which the sea breaks, one of a number of rocks which fringe the coast in this vicinity, thence: N of Ponta Delgada (9 miles ESE), a comparatively low projection composed of rocky cliffs from which submerged rocks and boulders extend for 1 cables; there is generally a swell in the vicinity of the point and, at times, tremendous rollers and heavy breakers. Thence: N of Baixa do Buraco (10 miles ESE), with a depth of less than 2 m over it, lies 2 cables offshore, thence: N of Ponta de So Jorge (13 miles E), a bold rocky bluff 214 m high, from where a light (2.26) is exhibited. The vertical cliffs which face it are of a reddish colour and afford landing at their bases, but there is no means of ascending them. Baixa de So Jorge, a small rock awash, lies 3 cables E of the point. Arco de So Jorge, 824 m high, is a remarkable sharp peak covered with vegetation and lies 2 miles WSW of Ponta de So Jorge and 8 cables inland. Useful marks: Porto do Moniz Light (tower, 3 m in height) (32520N 17096W).

high peak on the cliff at its extremity. Landing can be effected 3 cables SW of Ponta do Clrigo in Baia do Faial. Thence: NNE of Ilhu do Faial (7 cables SE), a black coneshaped islet 22 m high and steepto, lying 3 cables NE of a point at the E end of Baia do Faial. Ribeira do Faial enters the sea close S of the point. Thence: NNE of Ilhu de Porto da Cruz (2 miles SE), 45 m high, the highest of a group of rocks and islets lying off the NW entrance of Porto da Cruz, a small bay with rocky shores and a point off which shoal water extends about 2 cables. Baixa do Porto da Cruz, rocky, with a depth of 8 m over it lies 7 cables ENE and Baixo dos Porcos with a depth of 49 m over it lies 5 cables SE of Ilhu de Porto da Cruz. Thence: NNE of Espigo Amarelo (4 miles SE), where the cliffs, with rocky bases, steepto and crowned with dense forestry, attain their highest elevation on this stretch of the coast. Numerous rocks above and below water lie at the foot of the cliffs. From afar the silhouette of the lofty peak of Coroa, 737 m high and 6 cables inland, is very remarkable. Thence: NNE of Ilhu do Guincho (11 miles ESE), a high sugarloaf rock with an archway through it. The summit of the islet is inaccessible and white from guano. Thence: NNE of Ponta do Castelo (12 miles ESE), formed of reddish vertical cliffs 163 m high, thence: NNE of Ponta das Poas (10 miles ESE), the E extremity of Ilha da Madeira, situated on Ilhu dos Desembarcadouros. It is a narrow irregular rocky peninsula almost separated at HW from Ponta do Furado (2.27). Ponta das Poas is highest at the edge of the cliffs on its N side whence it slopes S. There is a boat passage, Boqueiro, between Ilhu dos Desembarcadouros and Ilhu de So Loureno, but a swell or strong breeze with an opposing tidal stream, frequently renders the passage unsafe; the tidal stream sometimes attains a rate of 2 kn. Thence: NNE of Ponta de Barlavento (11 miles ESE), the 101 m high N extremity of Ilhu de So Loureno (2.27), from where a light (2.26) is exhibited. Thence the track leads SSE to a position E of So Loureno Light.

Ponta de So Jorge to Ilhu de So Loureno

1

2.30 From a position N of Ponta de So Jorge (3250N 1654W) the track leads ESE, keeping clear of the charted nature reserve (2.24) passing (with positions relative to Ponta do Clerigo (3248N 1651W)): NNE of Ponta de Santana (2 miles NW) which is fringed with rocks. Ilhu da Rocha das Vinhas, 40 m high, lies 3 cables NW of the point. Thence: NNE of Ilhu da Viva (5 cables WNW), a sharp peak of singular form, 528 m high, rising at the edge of the cliff above a mass of black rocks. A rock lying 2 cables NW of Ilhu da Viva and the same distance offshore is awash and steepto. Pedrinha do Daniel, with a depth of 78 m over it, lies 5 cables N of Ilhu da Viva. Thence: NNE of Ponta do Clrigo, which is black, high and narrow with vertical sides. It is remarkable for a

Anchorages and harbours Ilhu de Porto da Cruz

1

2.31 Anchorage can be obtained 4 cables E of Ilhu de Porto da Cruz (3246N 1649W) (2.30) in a depth of 24 m with good holding ground of stiff black sand. This anchorage is recommended in strong SW gales. Chart 1685

Santa Cruz
1

2.32 Anchorage can be obtained about 2 or 4 cables SE of Santa Cruz (3241N 1647W) in depths of 285 or 56 m respectively, noting the submarine outfall pipe extending SE from the E extremity of Santa Cruz.

78

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 2

Canial
Chart 1685 plan Canial

Port services
1

General information
1

2.33 Position. Port of Canial (3244N 1643W) lies 4 miles W of the E extremity of Ilha da Madeira. Function. The port is being developed to replace Funchal as the main freight handling port for Ilha da Madeira. Traffic. In 2003 the port handled 353 861 tons of cargo. Port Authority. Administracao dos Portos da Regiao Autonoma da Madeira, Avenida Sa Carneiro 3/4/5, 9000 Funchal, Madeira. Email; portosdamadeira@apram.pt Web; www.apram.pt

2.38 Repairs: Large boatyard, drydock, slipway, a travel lift of 300 tons capacity and a syncrolift capable of handling vessels up to 100 m in length are available. Other facilities: medical facilities at Machico. Supplies: from Funchal. Communications: Connected by road to the airport and Funchal.

FUNCHAL General information

Chart 1685 with plan Funchal

Position
1

Limiting conditions
1

2.34 Density of water is 1025 g/cm3.

Harbour
1

2.35 General layout. The harbour is enclosed by a breakwater which extends from its NE extremity ashore, about 4 cables S, SW and WSW and from its SW extremity by a breakwater extending about 1 cable SW. Development plans include the comissioning of a 390 m long bulk freight terminal with a depth of 15 m, a container jetty 420 m in length with a depth of 8 m, RoRo ramp and a 42 750 m2 levelled area.

2.39 The port of Funchal lies between Ponta do Garajau (2.27) and Ponta da Cruz (32378N 16565W) (2.28) about 5 miles W. A tanker terminal is centred 5 cables NW of Ponta da Cruz and a cement terminal at Vitria (3238N 1658W) 7 cables farther NW.

Function
1

2.40 The city of Funchal, named after fennel which grows on the island, is the capital of Ilha da Madeira and the seat of Government. In 2001 it had a population of about 103 962. The port is the main passenger terminal for the islands thriving tourist trade.

Topography
1

Directions for entering harbour

1

2.36 Landmark: Cancela (elevation 159 m) (32446N 16434W) and the wind turbines standing E of the peak. Major light: So Loureno Light (32436N 16392W) (2.26) Approach. An ODAS Lightbuoy is charted in the port approaches, otherwise the chart is sufficient guide. Useful marks: Molhe S Light (32442N 16426W) (2.27) Molhe N Light (32442N 16426W) (2.27) Machico N Quay Light (32428N 16453W) (2.27) Machico Sa Roque Light (32426N 16456W) (2.27).

2.41 Between Ponta do Garajau and Forte de Santiago (32386N 16537W) the coast is formed of a series of rocky cliffs and small stony points. A shingle beach extends for about 6 cables W of Forte de Santiago and fronts the city of Funchal. Between Cais de Cidade, at the W end of the above beach, and Pontinha, an artificial embankment 6 cables WSW lies the inner port. The coast from Pontinha to Ponta da Cruz is formed of high cliffs.

Port limits
1

Berths
1

2.42 Funchal port limits extend 3 miles S of Ponta do Garajau and 3 miles S of the mouth of Ribeira dos Socorridos (32 385N 16579W) about 6 miles W, as shown on the chart.

2.37 There is accomodation for six oceangoing vessels to berth simultaneously and the capacity of the container park is four times greater than at Funchal.
Harbour

Traffic
1

2.43 In 2004 there were 581 vessel moevements totalling 4 813 864 dwt.

Madeira Panoramic view of Funchal from S (2.39)

(Original dated 2006) (Photograph MV Saga Ruby)

79

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 2

Port Authority
1

Pilotage
1

2.44 Administracao dos Portos da Regiao Autonoma da Madeira, Avenida Sa Carneiro 3/4/5, 9000 Funchal, Madeira. Email; portosdamadeira@apram.pt Web; www.apram.pt

2.53 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 200 gt and over. The pilot boards, 1 mile SE of the head of the breakwater. The pilot boat has a blue hull with the word Pilotos painted in blue on its white superstructure. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).

Limiting conditions Deepest and longest berth

1 1

Tugs
2.54 Two tugs, each of 1100 hp, are available and use their own lines if towing.

2.45 Berth No 2, see 2.66.

Traffic regulations
2.55 The area within a line drawn from the shore and joining the unlit buoys at the cement terminal (3238N 1658W) (2.66) is to be considered a Navigation Prohibited area. See 2.24 (Prohibited area).

Tidal levels
1

2.46 Mean spring range about 2 m; mean neap range about 09 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

Density of water
1

Quarantine
1

2.47 The density of the water is 1025 g/cm3.

2.56 See 2.52.

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

Harbour General layout

1

2.48 Cais de Pontinha: maximum permitted draught 11.0 m. Praia Formosa tanker berth: maximum 50 000 dwt; maximum LOA 2195 m; maximum draught 109 m.

Local weather and sea state

1

2.49 Predominant winds are mainly from N Quadrant. E winds can cause rough seas and SW gales can cause heavy surging in the harbour.

2.57 The harbour, which can accommodate commercial and passenger vessels, fishing and leisure craft with dedicated facilities is enclosed on the W and S by a breakwater 5 cables long and on which stands Forte de Nostra Santa da Conceio. Tanker and cement terminals lie NW of Ponta da Cruz.

Development
1

Arrival information Port radio

1

2.58 It was reported (2005) that Funchal was to be turned solely into a cruise and yachting hub with Canial (2.33) handling freight.

2.50 There is a port and coast radio station. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 1 (1) and 6 (2).

Hazards
1

Notice of ETA
1

2.51 Vessels should send ETA and request for pilots 24 hours prior to arrival through the agent. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).

2.59 Submarine operations. See 2.3. Fishing areas are indicated on the chart, e.g Pesqueiro do MorreFome (3237N 1654W).

Storm signals
1

Outer anchorages
1

2.60 Storm signals are displayed from a mast at the head of the breakwater.

2.52 Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the chart, as follows: By vessels less than 120 m in length E of the harbour entrance; By vessels carrying dangerous cargo at the Quarantine and dangerous cargo anchorage 8 cables E of Funchal breakwater head; By other vessels S of the breakwater; By fishing and small craft close offshore between Baixas de San Tiago and Cais de Cidade. Prohibited anchorage. There are four zones in which anchorage and fishing are prohibited within Funchal harbour limits: Harbour approach and entrance; Outfall E of the Quarantine anchorage; Submarine cable corridor running S from the bay E of Ponta Gorda (3238N 1656W); and In the vicinity of the tanker terminal.

Natural conditions
1

2.61 Local magnetic anomalies may be encountered off Porto do Funchal. Tidal streams at Funchal run ENE on the rising tide and WSW on the falling tide, turning at about 1 hour before the times of HW and LW at Casablanca (see Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2). The maximum rate is 1 to 1 kn at springs and kn at neaps. Currents. See 2.4. Local weather. During the summer months, NE winds blow freshly up to Ponta do Garajau (2.27) over Ponta das Poas (2.30) and continue on in that direction, leaving Funchal and a large space W of it, in calms, baffling or light airs. However, during the winter, very strong SW winds with thick weather occur at times. Seasonal river levels. The three streams, Ribeira de Joo Gomes, Ribeira de Santa Luzia and Ribeira de So

80

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 2

Joo, which flow through the city into the bay, are rushing torrents during the wet season and sometimes cause considerable damage. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.292.

the dolphins. Close inland, the silos of the Madeira National Cement Co. are conspicuous.

Tanker terminal
1

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 2.27)

Landmarks
2.62
1

Church (elevation 600 m) (32401N 16552W) Forte do Pico (3239N 1655W) surmounted by radio mast (elevation 136 m), red obstruction lights. Several hotels and other buildings W of the harbour are conspicuous.
1

2.67 Moorings for oil and gas tankers have been established offshore from Praia Formosa (3238N 1657W), a pebble beach with a rocky islet, Ilhu Praia Formosa, lying close off its W end. The storage depot stands near the middle of Praia Formosa and a submarine pipeline leads from it to a tanker discharge berth 2 cables SW of it. Tankers berth heading 260, with one anchor out forward and secured to a head buoy and three buoys astern. The outer two mooring buoys are light buoys.

2.63 Entry. From a position S of Ponta do Garajau (3238N 1651W) the track leads WNW to the pilot boarding position and thence to the required berth with the chart as the best guide. Useful marks: Forte de Santiago (32386N 16537W) Chimney (Fabrica de S.Filipe) (32386N 16541W) Cais da Pontinha Light (white column, red bands, 6 m in height) (32383N 16542W) Forte de Nostra Santa da Conceio (32382N 16547W) Chimney (32378N 16565W) Praia de Vitria Pier Head Light (white structure, 10 m in height) (32383N 16578W).

Port services
2.68 Repairs are available and there is a dry dock for vessels up to 90 m. Other facilities; hospital; deratting exemption certificates can be issued; no oily waste reception facilities; garbage disposal facilities are available. Supplies; fuel oil, diesel oil and gasoil; fresh water at pier and by road tanker; stores. Communication; international airport 20 km away; frequent visits by passenger vessels. Rescue. Funchal is a designated MRSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

ILHAS DESERTAS
Chart 1831

Basins and berths Mooring buoy berths

1 1

General information
2.69 Description. Ilhas Desertas are a group of three islands, the N of which Ilhu Cho (3235N 1633W) (2.70) lies 10 miles SSE of Ilhu de So Loureno (2.27), with Ilha Deserta Grande (2.71) the central island and Ilha Bugio (2.72) the S island. The islands are composed of basaltic and trachytic rock. Prohibited area. A specially protected nature reserve surrounding Ilhas Desertas extends from the shore to the 100 m depth contour. Navigation, fishing and all sporting activity within this area is prohibited. Access to the islands is also prohibited. Tidal streams near Ilhas Desertas attain a rate of 1 to 2 kn at springs, and to 1 kn at neaps. The stream sets NE on the rising tide and SW on the falling tide.

2.64 Two mooring buoys lie between and cable WSW and a third mooring buoy lies about 2 cables SW of the head of Molhe E.

Basins
2.65 A basin protected by a breakwater in a SW/NE alignment, lies in the N part of the harbour. There is a berth for interisland ferries close within the entrance which lies 1 cables E of the casino. Two cables WSW of the above entrance lies another small basin, enclosing a fishing harbour, formed by a jetty extending ENE from the head of the bay. This jetty forms berth No 4.

Alongside berths
1

Ilhu Chao
1

2.66 The breakwater, Cais da Pontinha, which has depths of 11 m alongside its outer part, and from 8 m to 3 m alongside its inner part, provides berthing space on its N side, consisting of berth No 1, which is a RoRo terminal, berth No 2 with a length of 425 m and depth alongside of 110 m and berth No 3 which is a container terminal. From the N side of the fishing harbour (2.65) berth No 5 extends 100 m ENE before turning NE for a further 250 m to form berth No 6 with depths of 65 to 69 m alongside. A facility for discharging cement has been constructed at Vitria (32 38 N 16 58 W) consisting of a pipeline, extending about 1 cable SSW and terminating at a dolphin from where a light (2.63) is exhibited. Another dolphin, also lit, lies close SE of the former. Two unlit buoys are moored close SE and one unlit buoy moored close NW of

2.70 Description. Ilhu Cho (3235N 1633W) is bare, tabletopped and surrounded by high rocky cliffs. The N extremity of Ilhu Cho, a bold bluff 90 m in height, is fringed by rocks extending N about 2 cables offshore with Baixa da Trombeta being farthest N; rocks, some awash, extend 2 cables W. Farilho, a remarkable basaltic column 49 m high, lies close off the N end of the island. The best landing on Ilhu Cho is in a cove situated on the W side of the island, but see 2.69. Rocks extend from the very narrow S extremity of Ilhu Cho, leaving only a boat passage, Boqueiro Norte, between them and the N extremity of Ilha Deserta Grande. Useful mark: Ilhu Cho Light (tower and building, 14 m in height) (32351N 16325W).

81

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 2

Ilha Deserta Grande

1

2.71 Description. Ilha Deserta Grande (3232N 1631W) is the largest and highest island of the group. From a hill 442 m high a double ridge of hills with an extensive valley between them, extends N to Ponta da Castanheira, the N extremity of the island. The highest point 478 m, stands near the centre of the island. A continuous rocky chain of heights extends S from the summit to Ponta do Tabaqueiro, the S extremity. The general character of the E coast is that of a rugged, broken, irregular line of cliffs, having, in many cases, slopes from them to stony points, which originate in occasional landslips from these cliffs. The W coast consists of high broken cliffs with, here and there, a large fragment fallen at their base. Ponta do Pedregal (3232N 1632W) is the rocky W point of the island. Anchorage can be obtained about 2 miles SSE of Ponta do Pedregal in a depth of 27 m. It should be noted that this anchorage lies close SW of rocky ledges which are awash. Landing. Ponta dos Pargos, on the W side of the island, lies about 5 cables N of Ponta do Pedregal and a cove lies close N of it; landing can be effected at this cove, but see 2.69.

Local magnetic anomalies may be encountered off Ilhas Selvagens.

Ilha Selvagem Grande Description

1

2.74 Ilha Selvagem Grande (3009N 1552W) is of volcanic origin and consists of lava, breccia and basalt, the latter tending to the columnar form in several places. The island is uninhabited except for two wardens and two lighthouse keepers. Shearwaters, which breed on the island, are protected. On approaching the coast, Ilha Selvagem Grande appears at a distance to be completely barren, but on nearer presentation it is seen to be slightly covered with vegetation in places with bushes growing in the deep gully on its E side.

Topography
1

Ilha Bugio
1

2.72 Description. Ilha Bugio (3225N 1629W), 383 m high and separated from Ponta do Tabaqueiro by a deep channel about 1 mile wide in which a shoal depth of 14 m was reported (1986) to lie in midchannel. The island has shores formed of rocky cliffs, surmounted by a very sharp serrated rocky ridge of hills which extend the whole length of the island from Ponta do Cgado, the N extremity, to Ponta da Agulha, the S extremity. Near the centre of Ilha Bugio is a gap which, seen from a distance gives it the appearance of two islands. Useful mark: Ponta da Agulha Light (tower, 8 m in height) (32240N 16276W).

ILHAS SELVAGENS
Chart 3133 plan Ilhas Selvagens

2.75 The island is bordered by steep or perpendicular cliffs 38 m to 122 m high, which are practically sheer to the waters edge except on the S coast where, although higher, they have in most parts a more gradual slope. The upper part of the island is undualting, rising to two principal peaks on the SW and E side 153 m and 136 m in height, respectively. the E peak is marked by three upright stones on its highest point, which resemble human figures when seen from a distance. A cliff summit on the S coast, 106 m in height, rises nearly perpendicularly from the coastline to a sharp rocky point some height above the adjacent cliff edge, and is very prominent whenever visible. The entire N coast of the island is dark in colour, sheer, rocky and inaccessible. The W coast of Ilha Selvagem Grande is mostly fringed by reefs. The S coast is indented by several bays and is mostly fringed by reefs which extend nearly 1 cable offshore in places. The E coast is indented by a bay, the shores of which are fringed with reefs and rocks. Palheiro do Mar, an 11 m high islet with a rock awash over which the sea breaks lying cable SW from it, lies 8 cables WNW of Ponta do Risco, the NW point of Selvagem Grande and Palheiro da Terra, a conical rocky islet, 22 m in height, with a large rock, almost part of the islet, off its W end, lies 4 cables NW from the same point.

General information
1

2.73 Description. Ilhas Selvagens (3005N 1556W), lying about 135 miles S of Ilha Bugio (2.72), are two small but distinct groups of islands and rocks separated by a deep channel 8 miles wide. The N group is composed of Ilha Selvagem Grande (2.74) and two offlying rocky islets, Palheiro de Terra and Palheiro do Mar. The S group consists of two islands, Ilha Selvagem Pequea (2.77) and Ilhu de Fora together with several rocky islets and reefs. Prohibited area. A specially protected nature reserve surrounding Ilhas Selvagens extends from the shore to the 200 m depth contour. Anchoring, fishing and trawling within this area is prohibited. Prohibited landing. The islands are privately owned and are a protected bird sanctuary. Permission to land, which must be obtained through the regional authority in Madeira, is rarely granted.

Anchorages
1

2.76 During NE winds fair anchorage can be obtained in two positions, moderately clear of swell, off the coast of Ilha Selvagem Grande. The E anchorage is in a depth of 22 m about 6 cables SW of Ponta de Leste (30 08 N 15 51 W), the SE extremity of the island. The W anchorage is in a depth of 25 m about 4 cables SW of Ponta de Atalaia, the SW extremity of the island; the point terminates in a prominent black rock which is connected to the point at LW. A reef, which dries 1 m lying close S of Ponta de Atalaia, usually breaks.. Baixa da Joanna, with a depth of 2 m and over which the sea breaks heavily, lies midway between the above anchorages. Small vessels can obtain anchorage in the middle of the entrance to a bay to the ESE of Ponta de Atalaia in a depth of about 13 m; local knowledge is required, see 2.73.

82

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 2

Useful mark: Selvagem Grande Light (white column, red bands, 10 m in height) (3009N 1552W).

Ilha Selvagem Pequea

1

2.77 Description. Ilha Selvagem Pequea (3002N 1602W), 10 miles SW of Ilha Selvagem Grande, is uninhabited. The island, which has a low rocky coast faced in many parts by steep beaches of pebbles or coarse gravel, is for the most part otherwise sandy, undulating and slightly covered in vegetation. A channel, about 3 cables wide, with depths in the fairway of 11 to 13 m separates Ilha Selvagem Pequea from Ilhu Fora and the islets and reefs N of it. Topography. The average elevation of the island is from 11 m to 14 m, but at its N end lies a hill 49 m high, abrupt and conical, on which a light stands. The hill is prominent and presents much the same regular appearance from all points of view, but on near approach it will be seen that its upper part is covered with grotesquelyshaped volcanic excrescences. On the low ground near the foot of the hill, there is a natural rock pillar, about 3 m in height, standing up from the sand and well defined from S. On the reefs which extend from the island are a number of rocky islets ranging from 15 m to 9 m high. Between the E extremity of the E reef and the island, there are three remarkable straight ridges of lava on the reef between 24 m and 3 m high, resembling crude breakwaters and forming, at LW, a series of bays and inlets sheltered from the prevailing NE weather. The N point of the island lies 1 cable NNW of the summit; a rock, awash, lies close off it and another rock, awash, lies 1 cable N of the point. The W extremity of the W reefs, lies 3 cables W of the summit and on the reefs between the point and Ilha Selvagem Pequea is an islet with a remarkable summit which is the highest of the rocky islets referred to above. Three rocky islets, 2, 4 and 5 m in height, lie about 4 cables between SSW and SSE of the W point of the island; a rock, awash lies close S of the middle islet.

Baixa Comprida lies on the outer end of a shoal tongue extending 9 cables S of the middle islet; a rock, awash, lies at its S end; the sea nearly always breaks on this shoal. Another shoal with depths of 5 m or less and a rock, awash, on its SE side lies midway between Baixa Comprida and Ilha Selvagem Pequea. Anchorage, fairly sheltered can be obtained S of Ilha Selvagem Pequea during NE trade winds weather, about 6 cables SSE of the summit in a depth of about 30 m, see 2.73. Landing is not good on Selvagem Pequea, the best time to land being at LW. During the NE wind period, it is possible to land at almost any point on the S coast of the island, but the best place is probably at the E end. Useful mark: Selvagem Pequea Light (red lantern on column, 1 m high) (3002N 1602W).

Ilhu de Fora
1

2.78 Description. Ilhu de Fora (3002N 1603W) lying about 1 mile W of Ilha Selvagem Pequea (2.77), has like the latter island, a sandy undulating surface with a rocky foreshore. Topography. The average elevation of Ilhu de Fora is from 8 to 11 m, however, at its NW extremity there is a small but quite distinct rocky summit 17 m high, and at its E extremity there is a similar but not so well marked summit of slightly less elevation; both summits rise direct from the coast line. The S extremity of the island is a low sloping point. A chain of rocks, reefs and shoals over which the sea breaks, extends 2 miles N from Ilhu de Fora. The chain is composed of three main groups. Ilhu Alto, 7 m high, is almost attached to Ilhu de Fora being 4 cables N of the NW extremity. Ilhu Comprido, 7 m high, and Ilhu Redondo, 2 m high, lie 4 and 7 cables, respectively, N of Ilhu Alto. Ilhus do Norte, consisting of three small islets, lie 5 cables NNE of Ilhu Redondo. Baixas de Oeste, Baixas do Norte and Baixa de Leste are rocks awash lying within 2 cables W, N and E, respectively, of Ilhus do Norte. Landing can be made on Ilhu de Fora on the E side of the S extremity, but it is not good, see 2.73.

83

Home

Contents

Index

Chapter 3 - Islas Canarias

18
30

17

30

16

30

15

30

14
3.8 3.10

30

3.

16
te ro za Lan 886

3.14

29
1869

29

3.1

81

1858

1870

886

Arrecife 3.19
3 .1

e cif e re ol Ar m e ar .d M Ps Los &

80 3.1
La Palma

3. 1

3.3

3.182 Santa Cruz de la Palma 1858

1858

, s Nao 88 s 6

3.35

22
1847

Cab al

ife
1856 1856

Fu er tev en tu

ra

30

3.1 San 39 ta C ruz d Pu er to e Tener

lo 18
47

3.39 Puerto del Rosario 1870

1870

3.

12

Tenerife

84
0306

30

3.16
4
Gomera

3 .5

7
3 .55

28
95 3.1
rro Hie

3 .1

64

.1 n S 73 e b as t ia 3.121 nd e la Gom era

P Las Palmas uerto de 3.81 la L

Gran Canaria
Pta.

Sa

uz
lineta 1856

28
3.3
6

de la Sa

1858

3.5

18

30

17

30

Longitude 16 West from Greenwich

15

30

14

30

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 3 ISLAS CANARIAS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3133 sides of Isla de la Palma (3.178), where normal variation increases by 2. Current. The general flow of current in the region of Islas Canarias is SWgoing as described for the Canary Current (1.249). Within the group the various islands may produce some local deflections of the current at the time. Local weather. A belt of calms usually extends 25 miles leeward of Isla de Gran Canaria, 15 miles leeward of Isla de Tenerife and 30 miles leeward of Isla de la Palma; the sea in these calm regions is frequently rough and irregular, and heavy squalls are experienced which give little warning.

Area covered
1

3.1 This chapter describes Islas Canarias, separated from the African continent by a clear channel between the SE extremity (2814N 1357W) of Isla de Fuerteventura (3.31) and Cap Tarfaya (Cabo Yubi) about 54 miles ESE. Isla de Alegranza (2924N 1330W), the NE island of the group, lies about 130 miles ESE of Ilhas Selvagens (2.73). The chapter is arranged as follows: Isla de Lanzarote and islands northward (3.7) Isla de Fuerteventura (3.31) Isla de Gran Canaria (3.50) Puerto de La Luz (3.81) Isla de Tenerife (3.113) Santa Cruz de Tenerife (3.139) Isla de la Gomera (3.163) Isla de la Palma (3.174) Isla de Hierro (3.193).

ISLA DE LANZAROTE AND ISLANDS NORTHWARD General information

Charts 1870. 886

Route
1

Topography
1

3.2 Islas Canarias are generally high and composed of volcanic mountains, so lofty that during a great portion of the year the summits of some are covered with snow. The coasts of the islands are for the most part cliffy, occasionally broken by bays and sandy beaches. These bays, in general, afford little shelter; the best are Puerto de La Luz (3.81) in Isla Gran Canaria, Santa Cruz de Tenerife (3.139) and Santa Cruz de La Palma (3.182).

3.7 Isla de Lanzarote (29 02 N 13 38 W) and islands northward may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given in the coastal directions at 3.14.

Isla de Alegranza
1

Depths
1

3.3 All the channels between Islas Canarias are clear and safe. For particulars of seamounts in the region see 1.242.

Traffic regulations
1

3.4 Restricted area. The islands of Alegranza (2924N 1331W), Montaa Clara, Graciosa and Roque del Este plus the N extremity of the island of Lanzarote, all lie within a marine reserve, the limits of which are best seen on the chart, in which all fishing and subaquatic activity of any description is subject to authorisation by the Ministry of Fisheries for the Autonomous Community of the Canary Islands. Singlehull tankers. See 1.55.

3.8 Description. Isla de Alegranza (2924N 1331W), the N island of the group, is dominated by an extinct volcano which rises to an elevation of 288 m in the SW part of the island. A light is exhibited from Punta Delgada, the E point of the island. In the SE part of the island are three distinct conical peaks. The W side of the island is composed of precipitous cliffs about 200 m high and steepto. The remainder of the coast is lower and fronted by submerged rocks. The island is uninhabited and lies within a marine reserve (3.4). Landing. The best landing place is on a small sandy beach, where a few rocks form a natural breakwater, near a large cavern on the S side of the island. Useful mark: Punta Delgada Light (grey tower and dwelling, 15 m in height) (2924N 1329W).

Isla de Montaa Clara

1

Exercise areas
1

3.5 Military exercises are conducted at various locations around Islas Canarias; they are promulgated by radio navigational warnings.

Natural conditions
1

3.6 Local magnetic anomalies have been observed in an area E of Estrecho de la Bocayana (3.17), where normal variation decreases by 2, and in areas off the E and SW 85

3.9 Description. Isla de Montaa Clara lies 4 miles S of Isla de Alegranza (2924N 1331W) (3.8) and the channel between is deep and clear of dangers except for El Roquete, a rock 40 m in height, lying 4 cables NE of the N extremity of Isla de Montaa Clara. Foul ground extends 5 cables WSW and depths of less than 20 m extend up to 3 cables W and NE, and 8 cables SE from the rock. There is a boat passage between the rock and the island. Montaa Clara rises to an elevation of 255 m in the middle of the island. The NW side of the island is fronted with bold cliffs, and the N side by rocky ledges. The S end of the island is low and shelving, with foul ground extending about 1 cable from its SE and S extremities.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Isla Graciosa
1

3.10 Description. Isla Graciosa (2915N 1330W) lies between Isla de Montaa Clara (3.9) and the N end of Isla de Lanzarote (3.12). It is of moderate elevation with several peaks; the highest is situated in the central part and attains an elevation of 265 m. The channel between Isla Graciosa and Isla de Montaa Clara has a least known depth of 12 m in midchannel, but it should be noted that this channel has been only partially surveyed. Punta Gorda, the N extremity of the island, lies about 1 mile E of the SE extremity of Isla de Montaa Clara. The N and W sides of the island are fringed with submerged rocks and are difficult of access. Punta Marrajos, the S extremity of Isla Graciosa, lies about 4 miles SSW of Punta de Pedro Barba, the E extremity of the island. The village of Pedro Barba standing at the head of a small bay is situated about 5 cables WSW of the point. Landing can be made at the village of La Sociedad, 2 miles SW of Punta de Pedro Barba, where there is a harbour for small craft enclosed by two breakwaters from where lights are exhibited. Useful marks: Embarcadero Head Light (metal Tshaped tower, 2 m in height) (29136N 13300W) Contradique Head Light (metal Tshaped tower, 2 m in height) (29136N 13301W).

range. The SW part of the island, N of this range, is covered with isolated peaks and craters of extinct volcanoes surrounded by beds of lava and scori The W side of the island is mostly high and cliffy; the coast on the E side is much lower.

Directions Major light

1

3.13 Punta Pechiguera Light (white round tower, 50 m in height) (2851N 1352W).

Punta Fariones to Puerto de Arrecife

1

Roque del Este

1

3.11 Description. Roque del Este (2916N 1320W), 59 m high and lying 7 miles E of Punta de Pedro Barba (3.10), is a barren rock. It is steepto except on its SE side from which submerged rocks extend a short distance. A rock, which dries, lies about 2 cables ENE of Roque del Este with depths of 25 m in between.

Isla de Lanzarote
1

3.12 Description. Isla de Lanzarote is the NE of the larger islands of the group and a popular tourist destination. The soil of volcanic earth is fertile and well cultivated. Water is produced by desalination plants, due to generally low rainfall. The NW and W coasts of Isla de Lanzarote down to Punta Pechiguera (3.15) offer no shelter and should be approached with great caution as they are unsurveyed and largely uninhabited except for a few small fishing villages. Topography. The island is traversed throughout its entire length by a chain of high mountains of which Monte Corona (2911N 1329W), an extinct volcano, is the highest peak in the N part. The W side of the range between Punta Fariones (2914N 1328W) (3.14) and Peas del Chache, the highest peak in the island with an elevation of 669 m, about 8 miles SSW of the point, is composed of perpendicular cliffs close to the coast. For a distance of 10 miles SW of Peas del Chache, a sandy desert extends from the W part of the N coast to the volcanic peaks which occupy the rest of the island. In the S part of Isla de Lanzarote there is a high range near the E coast which culminates in Montaa Blanca with an elevation of 596 m in the NW and Hacha Grande (2853N 1347W), 560 m high, in the SW part of the 86

3.14 From a position E of Punta Fariones (2914N 1328W), a low and rocky point with two remarkable rocks standing on a reef extending a short distance N from the point, the track leads SSW, passing (with positions relative to Arrieta Wharf Head Light (29078N 13275W)): ESE of Punta del Palo (5 miles NNE). The coast between Punta Fariones and Punta del Palo is fringed by foul ground, and a reef extends about 4 cables offshore from midway between the two points; a village, Orzola, stands on the coast at the NW end of the reef. Thence: ESE of Punta Usaje (2 miles NE), a low sandy projection which can be identified by the whiteness of its upper portion with several white buildings standing near the point. A sandstone cape, Punta de Mujeres (not named on chart), from where a light is exhibited, lies 1 mile SW of Punta Usaje. Thence: ESE of Arrieta, a fishing village with a wharf from the head of which a light is exhibited. A fish haven lies about 1 mile E of the village. Thence: ESE of Punta Pasito (2 miles SSE), a rugged point; Rada de Arrieta (3.28) lies between the sandstone cape and Punta Pasito. Cabo de la Paloma lies 5 cables S of the point. Thence: ESE of Punta de Tierra Negra (6 miles S). Cabo Ancones, the SE point of Isla de Lanzarote, lies about 4 cables SSW. Thence the track leads SW, passing: SE of Punta Tope (8 miles S), the S entrance to a small bay at the head of which stands Costa Teguise, a massive tourist development of low white buildings, thence: SE of Punta del Frailillo (10 miles SSW), behind which stands a refinery and oil storage tanks. A stranded wreck lies 1 cables WNW of the point. The coast between Punta Pasito and Punta del Frailillo is fairly uniform, and fringed in places by submerged rocks some of which dry. Thence: SE of Puerto de Arrecife Light (11 miles SSW) standing at the head of the mole. Islote Fermina lies 2 cables NW with Arrecife del Quebrado extending 2 cables W from its W extremity. The three harbours of Puerto de Los Mrmoles, Puerto de Naos and Puerto de Arrecife lie between Punta del Frailillo and Arrecife del Quebrado. Useful marks: Punta de Mujeres Light (white round tower, blue bands, 6 m in height) (29085N 13267W) Arrieta Wharf Head Light (white round tower, blue bands, 7 m in height) (29078N 13275W)

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Puerto de Los Mrmoles Punta Chica Pier Head Light (green round tower, 6 m in height) (28577N 13316W) Puerto de Arrecife Light (green round tower, 6 m in height) (28571N 13330W) exhibited from the head of Muelle de las Bolas.

Punta Pechiguera to Punta Fariones

1

Puerto de Arrecife to Punta Pechiguera

1

3.15 From a position SE of Puerto de Arrecife Light the track leads WSW, passing (with positions relative to Puerto del Carmen Light (28551N 13404W)): SSE of Punta Lima (3 miles ENE), fronted by a reef extending 3 cables E. An obstruction lies in a depth of 15 m 1 mile SW of Punta Lima. Thence: SSE of Punta Tiosa (3 cables ESE) which is rocky and fringed by reefs; Bajo del Burro, awash, lies about 7 cables E of the point. Thence: SSE of Puerto del Carmen from where a light is shown. This is the principal tourist area on the island and the coastline has been heavily developed. Thence: SSE of Puerto Calero (1 miles W), a yacht harbour enclosed by a breakwater from where a light is exhibited, thence: SSE of La Puntilla (3 miles WSW), the N entrance to Bahia de Avila, thence: SSE of Punta Gorda (4 miles WSW), the S entrance to Bahia de Avila in which a marine farm, its corners marked by lightbuoys (special), has been established. An obstruction lies in 15 m of water 1 miles SSW of the point. Thence: SSE of Punta Papagayo (7 miles SW), a comparatively low, dark red bluff with a reef, terminating in a rock awash, extending 1 cable S of it. Thence the track leads W, passing (with positions relative to Punta Pechiguera Light (2851N 1352W)): S of Punta y Torrente del Aguila (3 miles E), on which stands a castle reported (2003) to be difficult to identify on account of surrounding new buildings; a reef with a depth of 3 to 4 m over it fronts the point. A large marina protected by a breakwater, from where a light is exhibited, lies W of the castle. Thence: S of Punta Limones (1 miles E), with Puerto de Playa Blanca, from where a light is exhibited, lying 3 cables NE of the point. The village of Playa Blanca stands 3 cables farther NE. Thence: S of Punta Pechiguera from where a light (3.13) is exhibited. Montaa Roja, stands 1 miles NE of the point, and from a distance has the appearance of a wedgeshaped island. The coast between Punta Limones and Punta Pechiguera is fringed by a reef. Useful marks: Puerto del Carmen. Mole Head Light (green tower, elevation 4 m) (28551N 13404W) Puerto Calero. S Mole Head Light (grey octagonal tower, 4 m in height) (28548N 13424W) Marina Rubicn. Mole Head Light (green metal post, elevation 3 m) (28513N 13490W) Marina Rubicn. Mole Elbow Light (red post, elevation 1 m) (28514N 13490W) Playa Blanca. Mole. Head Light (red round tower) (28515N 13499W). 87

3.16 From a position S of Punta Pechiguera Light the track leads NW and N, passing (with positions relative to Punta Pechiguera Light (2851N 1352W)): W of Punta Gins (2 miles NNW). Thence the track leads NNE, passing: WNW of Punta del Marqus (5 miles NNE), a rocky spur extending 2 cables SW from the coast and the N entrance to a small bay, thence: WNW of Punta del Jurado (8 miles NNE), thence: WNW of Punta de la Ensenada (11 miles NNE). Thence the track leads NE, passing: NW of Punta Gaviota (14 miles NNE). The entrance to a small inlet lies 2 miles further NE and the coast between the inlet and Punta de la Ensenada is high and fringed with rocks. Thence the track leads ENE, passing: NNW of La Isleta (19 miles NE), an islet fronted by cliffs and connected to Isla da Lanzarote by two causeways, thence: NNW of Punta Penedo (22 miles NE). Rada de Penedo lies E of the point but is seldom used as it is exposed to NW winds. Its shores are formed of sandy beaches fringed by rocks over which the sea breaks. The coast from the head of Rada de Penedo to Punta Fariones consists of vertical cliffs which rise close inshore. Thence: NNW of La Punta (29 miles NE), with several saltpans lying E of the point. Thence, keeping in midchannel, the track leads NE to a position N of Punta Fariones (2914N 1328W) (3.14).

Side channels Estrecho de la Bocayna

1

3.17 Description. Estrecho de la Bocayna (28 48 N 1350W), the channel between Isla de Lanzarote and Isla de Fuerteventura, is generally deep but depths are irregular with the least known depth of 21 m about 2 miles SSW of Punta Papagayo (3.15) in the centre of the fairway; the bottom is composed of sand, shells and coral. Magnetic anomaly. A local magnetic anomaly (3.6) exists E of this channel. Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within a cable corridor crossing the channel, see chart.

Estrecho del Rio

1

3.18 Description. Estrecho del Rio (2913N 1330W), the passage between Isla Graciosa and Isla de Lanzarote, has a width of about 5 cables abreast La Punta (3.16) on the coast of Isla Lanzarote and the nearest point on Isla Graciosa. Depths. A bar, with depths of between 31 and 44 m on its sides, extends across the strait SW of the narrowest part; a depth of 61 m can be carried in midchannel. Tidal streams set with a rate of about 1 kn at springs as follows; Rising tideNEgoing, Falling tideSWgoing. Submarine cable. A submarine power cable extends NW from La Punta to a point on Isla Graciosa. Anchorage. Secure anchorage can be obtained in Estrecho del Rio with shelter from N and SE winds, but very heavy squalls come down the mountains of Isla de

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Lanzarote. The bottom generally consists of sand, with coral and large stones. Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of the submarine power cable.

Supplies. Fuel is available if arranged in advance. Fresh water is available; a desalination plant stands in the port area.

Puerto de Naos
1

Minor ports
Chart 886 plan Puertos de Arrecife, Naos and Los Marmoles

Puerto de Arrecife
1

3.19 Position and function. Puerto de Arrecife (2857N 1333W) is situated S of Ciudad de Arrecife and is mainly used by local small craft. Description. The port is formed of two shallow basins. The E basin is bounded on its E side by the reef extending S from Isla del Francs. It is bounded on its S side by Arrecife de Miendaembraso, the SE extremity of which is Punta de la Lagarta. The reef on which Islote de San Gabriel lies forms the W side. Charca de la Estila and Charco de San Gins are two boat harbours at the N end of the E basin. Bridges divide the boat harbours and join Isla del Francs and Arrecife. Charco de San Gins is quayed on its S and W sides. The W basin is bounded on its E side the reef on which lies Islote de San Gabriel. The W side of the basin is bounded by Arrecife del Quebrado. Approach and entry. The E basin is approached from E and entered through Boca de Juan Rejn. The W basin is approached and entered from SW between the reef on which lies Islote Fermina and the head of a mole extending WSW from Arrecife de Miendaembraso. Port Authority. See 3.21. Local knowledge is essential for entering the harbour area as it is surrounded by reefs and shoals. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 22 m; mean neap range about 11 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Current. An outgoing current sets on the head of the mole. Pilotage. See 3.23. Landmark: Hotel (2857N 1333W). Directions. When approaching the E basin, Punta de la Lagarta should be given a berth of at least 5 cables. Useful mark: Puerto de Arrecife Light (28571N 13330W) (3.14). Anchorage may be obtained about 1 cables W of the head of the mole, in depths of 35 m; this anchorage is sheltered from N and NW winds. Anchorage, sheltered from SW winds may be obtained 2 cables E of Boca de Juan Rejn, in depths of 40 m. Fishing vessels anchor S of Arrecife de Miendaembraso, as shown on the chart. Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited between the meridians of 13333W and 13345W and the parallel of 28555N and the shore due to the existence of submarine cables. Berths. Muelle de la Pescaderia, which fronts the city, dries. Vessels drawing 5 m and 70 m in length can berth alongside the N face of the mole extending WSW from the E entrance point of W basin. Larger vessels can berth here in fine weather with their sterns overhanging the head of the mole. Repairs There are slips that can accommodate vessels up to 1000 tons and a repair berth, 180 m in length, with depths of 5 m alongside. Other facilities. Medical facilities are available.

3.20 Position and function. The fishing harbour of Puerto de Naos lies within a breakwater extending 6 cables SW from Arrecife de la Raya (2858N 1332W), to Isla del Francs, which is joined to the mainland by reclaimed land. Approach and entry. The port is approached from S and entered through a buoyed channel dredged to 50 m. Local knowledge. Vessels without local knowledge are advised to take a pilot. Depths. Puerto de Naos is a small secure harbour with depths of 1.2 to 54 m. Pilotage. See 3.23, Pilotage. Landmark: Castillo de San Jose (2858N 1332W). Directions. The chart is sufficient guide. Useful mark: Mole Head Light (red round tower, 4 m in height) (2858N 1332W). Anchorage may be obtained about 1 cable SW of the slipway in depths of between 4 to 6 m, bottom white sand and mud. Berths. Muelle Pesquero, a fish quay 3 cable SW of Castillo de San Jos, is about 345 m long and has depths from 28 m to 36 m alongside. Due to congestion yachts are restricted to berthing on the inside of the SE breakwater. Landing can be made on a pier extending WNW from Islote de las Cruces. Repairs. Minor repairs are available. There are slipways on the W side of Islote de las Cruces, capacity 400 tons. Other facilities. See 3.27.

Puerto de Los Marmoles General information

1

3.21 Position. Puerto de Los Marmoles (2858N 1332W) lies on the SE coast of Isla Lanzarote. Function. It is the main commercial and passenger harbour for Isla Lanzarote. Imports include general cargo, oil, and salt. Exports are mainly fish products and fruit. Approach and entry. The harbour is approached and entered from S, between the head of the main breakwater and Arrecife de la Raya, 3 cables WNW. Traffic. In 2004 there were 515 vessel movements totalling 4 147 220 dwt. Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria de Las Palmas, Muelle de Los Marmoles s/n, 35500 Arrecife, Lanzarote, Spain. Email: arrecife@palmasport.es Website: www.palmasport.es

Limiting conditions
1

3.22 Deepest and longest berth. See 3.26. Tidal levels. See 3.19. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 270 m, draught 84 m, 76 152 grt.

Arrival information
1

3.23 Notice of ETA: 72 hours prior to arrival to agent, thence periodically. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo should notify

88

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

the Port Authoritysee Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Outer anchorages. See 3.19, Anchorage. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt and available 24 hours. Pilot boards vessels 2 cables WSW of the head of Muelle de Los Marmoles. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Tugs are available.

Useful marks: Playa Blanca. Mole. Head Light (28 51 5N 13499W) (3.15) Marina Rubicn. Mole. Head Light (green metal post, elevation 3 m) (28513N 13490W).

ISLA DE FUERTEVENTURA General information

Chart 1870

Local weather
1

3.24 Wind. The prevailing wind direction is from NW. During winter months (November to March) the strongest winds blow from NW to NE through N. Wind blowing from SE is most unfavourable but seldom occurs.

Route
1

Directions for entering harbour

1

3.31 Isla de Fuerteventura (2830N 1400W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given in the coastal directions at 3.35.

3.25 The chart is sufficient guide. Useful mark: Pier Head Light (green round tower, 6 m in height) (28578N 13316W).

Topography
1

Berths
1

3.26 Muelle de Los Marmoles, 915 m in length, for0ms the E breakwater and its W face is used by passenger vessels. A berth, capable of accomodating ferries with a maximum LOA of 175 m, joins the roots of Muelle de Los Marmoles and Ferry and Container Terminal. Vessels with draughts from 50 to 120 can be accomodated at these berths. Two RoRo ramps are situated between the two moles and a third ramp is situated on the E face of Ferry and Container Terminal.

Port services
1

3.27 Repairs: Minor repairs are available; workshop and slipways with maximum capacity of 400 tons. Other facilities: hospital; no dirty ballast reception facilities; garbage collection can be arranged. Supplies: Fuel and diesel connections on Muelle de Los Marmoles; fresh water can be arranged; provisions available. Communications: Airport 5 km W of Ciudad de Arrecife.

Anchorages and harbours Rada de Arrieta

1

3.28 Anchorage of a temporary nature can be obtained in Rada de Arrieta (2907N 1327W) about 7 cables offshore SE of Arrieta (3.14) in depths of 20 m to 30 m; this anchorage is dangerous with winds from SE and E.

3.32 Isla de Fuerteventura, the second largest island in the archipelago, has several remarkable mountain ranges. The N part of the island consists of a group of extinct volcanic mountains among which Muda, elevation 688 m, lying 11 miles SSW of Punta Gorda (2845N 1353W) is the highest. Pico de la Atalaya, elevation 723 m, lies 11 miles SSW of Muda. Numerous villages are scattered about the hills in this part of the island. Near the centre of the N part of the island, the mountain range divides, following the coast on either side, and again unites SW in a high ridge which falls abruptly to Matas Blancas (2811N 1413W), which is a low sandy neck covered with white hummocks. Isla de Fuerteventura, SW of Matas Blancas, rises to the lofty Peninsula de Jandia which is the highest point of the island; the range is precipitous on its NW side but has a gradual slope on its other sides. The principal peaks of this range are called Orejas de Asno, from their most prominent feature, and Pico de la Zarza, the highest point on the island which rises to an elevation of 806 m. Owing to the high land NE and SW of Matas Blancas, Isla de Fuerteventura has the appearance, when seen from a distance in many directions, of two islands. Isla de Fuerteventura is partially cultivated but is mostly barren, and suffers from a scarcity of water. The coast, though generally high and abrupt, is indented by numerous sandy beaches and shallow coves or bays, called ports by the locals, but, which offer no shelter. Isla de Lobos (2845N 1349W), with an elevation of 107 m at its W point is covered with numerous conical hills. Its coasts are mostly rocky escarpments and fronted by submerged rocks, but there is a sandy beach on the SE side.

Current
1

Punta Gorda
1

3.29 Anchorage can be obtained midway between Punta Gorda (2853N 1345W) and Punta Papagayo about 5 cables offshore in depths of 33 m to 40 m, good holding ground, noting an obstruction centred on position 28513N 13457W.

3.33 Near the S end of Isla de Fuerteventura there is an eddy current setting N. See 3.6.

Directions Major lights

1

Playa Blanca
1

3.30 Good Anchorage can be obtained off Playa Blanca (2852N 1350W) (3.15) in depths of 15 m to 17 m, sand, with good shelter from N winds.

3.34 Punta Gavioto Light (white round tower, 43 m in height) (28302N 13506W). Punta Lantailla Light (square stone tower and dwelling, 12 m in height) (28137N 13568W). Punta de Morro Jable Light (white truncated conical tower, 59 m in height) (28027N 14200W).

89

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Punta Jandia Light (grey truncated conical tower and dwelling, 19 m in height) (28038N 14303W).

Isla de Lobos to Punta Lantailla

1

3.35 From a position E of Punta Martio Light (28458N 13488W) the track leads S, passing (with positions relative to Punta Gavioto Light (28302N 13506W)): E of Isla de Lobos (14 miles N) (3.32) which is separated from the NE side of Isla de Fuerteventura by El Rio, a narrow channel with a least charted depth of 78 m in the fairway, but with shoaler depths on either side, thence: E of Puerto Ventura (6 miles N) with Montaa de Escanfraga standing about 3 miles W, thence: E of Cabo del Agua (3 miles NNE), the N entrance point to Puerto de las Lajas, a small shallow cove fringed with rocks; the S entrance point lies 1 miles SSW. Thence: E of Punta Gavioto, from where a light (3.34) is exhibited. A shoal with a depth of 47 m over it lies 7 cables NNE of the light. Thence: E of Puerto del Rosario (1 mile SW) (3.39), the main port on Islas de Fuerteventura. The coast between Isla de Lobos and Puerto del Rosario is without remarkable features and fringed with rocks. Thence: E of Punta Gonzalo (3 miles S), the N entrance point to Baha del Matorral which is foul. Between Puerto del Rosario and Baha del Matorral the coast is free from offlying dangers. Thence: E of Punta del Bajo (6 miles S) with Puerto del Castillo situated 5 cables WSW; the entrance to the harbour is foul and local knowledge is essential. Thence: E of Punta del Muellito (8 miles S), the E entrance to a small inlet, thence: E of Punta Merino (11 miles SSW), the S entrance point to a cove with Pozo Negro standing at its head, thence: E of Punta Toneles (13 miles SSW) which has a reef extending a short distance from it, thence: E of Punta Lantailla (17 miles SSW) from where a light (3.34) is exhibited. This light is obscured when bearing less than 228. Useful marks: Punta Martio Light (yellow round tower, white lantern, 6 m in height) (28458N 13488W). Puerto del Castillo, Mole Head Light (white tower, green band, 5 m in height) (28234N 13513W).

SSE of Matas Blancas (10 miles NE) (3.32), thence: SSE of Punta de Morro Jable from where a light (3.34) is exhibited. Thence the track leads W, passing: S of Morro Jable (1 mile W), where there is a boat harbour frequented by interisland ferries. A large tourist development stretches W from Punta de Morro Jable to meet the village of Morro Jable which has substantial facilities. Thence: S of Punta Jandia (9 miles W), the SW point of Isla de Fuerteventura, from where a light (3.34) is exhibited. The point is low and shelving with foul ground extending 7 cables SW from it. Arrecife del Griego, at the outer end of the foul ground, is steepto and breaks; the current forms whirlpools in its vicinity. Punta Jandia should be given a berth of at least 2 miles. The coast between Punta de Morro Jable and Punta Jandia is without remarkable features and consists of low cliffs with small beaches between them. Thence the track leads NW, N and NNE around Punta Jandia, noting El Banquete with a depth of 31 m lying close S of a bank, with a least depth of 20 m, extending 5 miles SSW from the point and passing (with positions relative to Punta Jandia Light (28038N 14303W)): WNW of Punta Pesebre (2 miles NNE) from where a light is exhibited. Bajo Pesebre, with a depth of 46 m over it, lies 4 cables N of the point. The coast between Punta Pesebre and Punta Jandia is fronted by rocks, above and below water. Useful marks: Puerto de Morro Jable Breakwater Head Light (green truncated metal tower, 5 m in height) (28028N 14217W). Punta Pesebre Light (white and grey truncated pyramid tower, 5 m in height) (28 06 5N 14293W).

Punta Pesebre to Isla de Lobos

1

Punta Lantailla to Punta Pesebre

1

3.36 From a position E of Punta Lantailla (2814N 1357W) the track leads WSW, passing (with positions relative to Punta de Morro Jable Light (28027N 14200W)): SSE of Las Playitas (21 miles ENE), a small inlet, thence: SSE of Puerto de Gran Tarajal (19 miles ENE) (3.38), thence: SSE of Ginijinamar (16 miles NE), a fishing village standing at the head of a small inlet, thence: SSE of Punta de la Tiosa (14 miles NE) lying at the E end of a beach with the town of Tarajalejo standing close inland, thence: SSE of Lajita (12 miles NE), a town with several windmills standing nearby, thence:

3.37 From a position WNW of Punta Pesebre (2807N 1429W) the track leads NE, passing (with positions relative to Punta de Tostn Light (28428N 14007W)): SE of Bajo de Amanay (47 miles SW), an extensive bank with a least known depth of 26 m, thence: NW of El Islote (39 miles SSW), a prominent detached rock lying close off the beach, thence: NW of Punta Guadalupe (31 miles SSW), the N point of the sandy isthmus, thence: NW of Punta Amanay (27 miles SSW). A rocky bight with a small hill in its N part lies between Punta Amanay and Punta Guadalupe. Thence: NW of Punta de la Herradura (18 miles SSW); one of a number of ravines which intersect this stretch of the coast lies close S of the point. The coast S of Punta de la Herradura has only been partially surveyed. Thence: NW of Punta del Salvaje (10 miles SSW) with Punta de la Cruz lying 5 cables SSW, thence: NW of Punta de Paso Chico (6 miles S) with Bajo Mateos lying close offshore, thence: NW of Punta de Tostn, the NW point of the island, from where a light is exhibited. The point is very low and fringed by islets and rocks which extend 7 cables N from the point and over which the sea breaks heavily with SW winds. Due to depths of less than 40 m extending NW from Punta de

90

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Tostn and the steepness of the seas over this bank, deepdraught vessels should give the point a berth of at least 3 miles. Thence the track leads ENE and E, passing: N of Punta Gorda (7 miles ENE), the N extremity of the island. The point is low with foul ground extending about 3 cables N from it. The coast from Punta Gorda to Punta de Tostn, 7 miles WSW, is low, fringed with rocks above and below water, and generally inaccessible. Off Punta Gorda and between it and Isla de Lobos (3.32), there is a confused sea when the swell comes from W. Corralejo, a village with a small harbour from where a light is exhibited, stands 1 miles SE of Punta Gorda. Thence: N of Punta Martio (10 miles ENE), the N extremity of Islas de Lobos, which is fronted by a reef extending 3 cables NNE from the point. A light (3.35) is exhibited from a tower attached to a dwelling, standing on the summit of a hill close to Punta Martio. Thence the track leads SE to a position E of Punta Martio Light (28458N 13488W). Useful marks: Punta Pesebre Light (28065N 14293W) (3.36) Punta Tostn Light (white tower, red bands, 30 m in height) (28428N 14007W). Puerto de Corralejo, Mole Head Light (green round tower, 5 m in height) (28443N 13516W).

Function. It is the best port in Isla de Fuerteventura, and handles mainly containers and passenger vessels. Fruit and tomatoes are exported. Topography. The port is well sheltered from winds from SW, through W, to N. Its shores are rocky except for a small sandy bay close E of the town and a sandy beach about 1 mile S of it. Approach and entry. The port is approached and entered from S. Traffic. In 2004 there were 362 vessel movements totalling 2 801 541 dwt. Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria de Las Palmas Puerto del Rosario, Avenida Maritima 2, 35600 Puerto del Rosario, Fuerteventura, Canary Islands. Email: ptorosario@palmasport.es

Limiting conditions
1

3.40 Deepest and longest berth. See 3.44. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 20 m; mean neap range about 07 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 245 m, draught 81 m, size 70 285 grt.

Arrival information
1

Puerto de Gran Tarajal General information

1

3.38 Position and function. Puerto de Gran Tarajal (2812N 1401W) is situated on the SE coast of Isla Fuerteventura. Apart from tomatoes, there is little trade at the port, but interisland ferries call. Approach and entry. The pier may be approached directly from the sea, the harbour is entered from S between the heads of two breakwaters. Useful marks: Mole Head Light (red tower, 7 m in height) (28123N 14012W). Anchorage off the town, although sheltered from winds between NE and NW, is not recommended with winds between E, through S, to W. Berths. A pier 235 m in length extends S from the town. There are two ferry berths on the E and W sides of the pier with depths of 10 m alongside. A short breakwater extends W from the root of the pier. Approximately 460 m farther W, a breakwater extends 143 m SSE from the shore, then about 280 m ENE. Small craft berth within this breakwater and there is a RoRo ramp. Repairs. Travellift of 15 tons capacity is available. Other facilities: Fuel oil; water, provisions.

3.41 Notice of ETA. Send ETA to agents 72, 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival. The pilot should be contacted 2 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained for small vessels about 2 cables E of the pier in depths of between 14 and 18 m with good holding ground of sand and shells. Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in the area S of the harbour, as shown on the chart. Submarine cables are laid E and SE from Punta de Cayado de los Pozos (2829N 1352W) as shown on the chart. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500 grt and available 24 hours. Pilot boards vessel off the harbour entrance. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Tugs are available by prior arrangement.

Harbour
1

3.42 General layout. The harbour is sheltered on its E side by a pier projecting about 620 m S from the town, and on its S side by another pier projecting about 175 m E. Development. Works were in progress (2004) to extend the E pier by about 100 m. Reclamation works were in progress (2005) S of the existing pier projecting E to extend the berthing area for cruise ships. Local weather. Prevailing wind is Nly with SW and SE winds between November and March. SE winds are least favourable but seldom occur.

Directions for entering harbour Puerto del Rosario

1

Chart 1870 plans approaches to and Puerto del Rosario

General information
1

3.39 Position. Puerto del Rosario (2830N 1351W) is situated about midway along the E coast.

(continued from 3.35) 3.43 Major light: Punta Gavioto Light (28302N 13506W) (3.34). Entry. The chart is sufficient guide. Useful mark: Church (28298N 13515W). Storage tanks (28297N 13513W).

91

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Berths
1

ISLA DE GRAN CANARIA

3.44 The main pier, on the E side of the harbour, offers about 575 m for berthing, of which the N part has depths of from 50 m to 90 m alongside and the S part has depths of 9 m to 11 m alongside. There are two RoRo berths on this pier. The pier on the W side of the harbour has a marina and berths for fishing vessels on its N face.
1

General information
Charts 1869, 1856

Route
3.50 Isla de Gran Canaria (2758N 1536W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given in the coastal directions at 3.55.

Port services
1

3.45 Repairs: limited repairs only; slipways for fishing vessels under 15 tons. Other facilities: local hospital; no dirty ballast reception facilities; garbage collection available. Supplies: Fuel oil is not available; fresh water available; provisions available. Communications: Airport 10 km S of the city.

Description
1

Anchorages and harbours

3.51 Isla de Gran Canaria, lying about 45 miles W of Isla de Fuerteventura (3.32) is the most important, together with Isla de Tenerife (3.114), of Islas Canarias, not only in respect to resources, fisheries and products but also on account of the shelter afforded by Baha de las Palmas (3.81) and Puerto de la Luz. Isla de Gran Canaria is more fertile and better watered than any other of the group, and most of the land capable of irrigation is under cultivation. Walnut, chestnut, oak, and fir trees grow in abundance and the apple, almond and fig trees thrive. Bananas, cochineal, oranges, potatoes and tomatoes are grown extensively.

Chart 886

Topography
1

Isla de Lobos
1

3.46 There is good anchorage about 7 cables S of Isla de Lobos (2845N 1349W) (3.32), in a depth of 11 m, sand, as shown on the chart.

Chart 1870

Punta Jandia
1

3.47 Anchorage can be obtained in a bay close E of Punta Jandia (2804N 1430W) (3.36), but this anchorage is open SE.

Puerto del Tostn

1

3.48 Anchorage can be obtained 1 mile S of Puerto del Tostn (2841N 1401W).

Other anchorages
1

3.49 Anchorage may also be obtained off the following places: Pozo Negro (2819N 1354W); Jacomar (2817N 1354W); Las Playitas (2813N 1359W), noting a fish haven close E; Tarajalejo (2812N 1407W), and; Matas Blancas (2812N 1410W). 92

3.52 Isla de Gran Canaria is very mountainous. Pico de las Nieves (2758N 1534W), lying in the centre of the island, is the highest with an elevation of 1949 m; Roque Nublo, 1699 m high, lying 2 miles W of it, appears from NE as an isolated pillar of rock. The island seen from seaward, appears high in the centre with a broken and serrated slope on either side to the sea, showing here and there secondary peaks and remarkable craters. Numerous streams, which rise in the ravines of the higher peaks, traverse the plateau and flow into the sea. The coast is generally high and bluff, and is free of offlying dangers except off a few points on the E side. The coast between Las Palmas (2807N 1526W) and Punta de Gando, 10 miles SSE, is indented with sandy beaches and fringed with rocks in places. The coast between Punta de Maspalomas (2744N 1534W) and Morro de Colchas, 1 miles W, is low. The coast between Morro de Colchas (27 44 N 1536W) and Punta Taozo, 4 miles WNW, is low with small beaches; inland the land is cultivated. From Punta del Castillete (2749N 1546W) to Cabo Colorado, 10 miles NNW, the coast is steep and free from dangers with sand and pebble beaches at the mouths of ravines. The coast between Cabo Colorado (2758N 1550W) and Punta de la Aldea, 2 miles NNE, is sheer with a few sand and pebble beaches. The coast between Punta de Aldea (2801N 1549W) and Punta de las Nieves, 8 miles NE is generally steep and high. From Punta de las Nieves (2806N 1543W) to Roque Partido (3.57), 2 miles NNE, the coast is sheer and intersected by ravines. The coast of Rada de Baaderos (2809N 1535W) (3.57) is low, intersected by ravines and cultivated land.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Prohibited anchorage
1

3.53 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in Bahia del Confital (2809N 1527W), due to submarine cables, as shown on the chart. Anchoring and trawling are prohibited in an area, shown on the charts, which extends 8 miles S and SE from Punta Arinaga due to submarine cables.

Directions Major lights

1

3.54 La Isleta Light (white round tower, yellow band and dwelling, 10 m in height) (2810N 1525W). Maspalomas Light (grey truncated conical tower, 56 m in height) (2744N 1536W). Punta del Castillete Light (4sided tower and building, 20 m in height) (2749N 1546W). Punta Sardina Light (white round tower, red bands, 23 m in height) (2810N 1542W).

La Isleta to Punta de Gando

1

3.55 From a position E of La Isleta Light (3.54), the track leads S, passing (with positions relative to Punta Melenara Light (27594N 15220W)): E of El Roque del Palo (10 miles N), from where a light is exhibited, which is steepto and prominent, thence: E of Puerto de la Luz (8 miles NNW) (3.81) outer breakwater from where lights (see below) are exhibited, thence: E of Bajo de la Laja (5 miles NNW), a rocky ledge, thence: E of Punta Marfea (4 miles NW), a sheer steepto point, thence: E of Punta Ginamar (2 miles NNW), which is fringed by a rocky ledge which extends about 3 cables ENE and which terminates in Bajos de Telde, over which the sea always breaks. Thence: E of Punta de la Mareta (1 mile NNW), low and free from dangers with a lightbuoy (special) moored 5 cables SE from it, thence: E of Punta Melenara, from where a light (see below) is exhibited. Roque Melenara lies about 4 cables E of the point and reefs extend about 2 cables N and NW with a conspicuous wreck lying on the reef 1 cables WNW of the rock. Puerto Deportivo de Taliarte, a fishing harbour, is protected by a breakwater extending S from Punta Melenara. Thence: E of Punta de la Salineta (1 mile SSW), surmounted by three oil tanks. The port of La Salineta (3.66) lies close SW of the point. Thence: E of Punta de Silva (1 miles SSW), a dark coloured cliff which is the most prominent feature on this stretch of the coast. A sheersided cove lies to the N and a sandy inlet lies to the S of Punta de Silva, thence: E of Punta Ojos de Garza (2 miles SSW), which is sheer, with Punta el Ambar lying 7 cables SE. A conspicuous wreck lies close W of Punta el Ambar. Thence: E of Roque de Gando (3 miles S), dark in colour, steepto and moderately prominent. Baja de Gando lies 5 cables ESE of Roque de Gando and is

composed of two pinnacle rocks; the shoaler with 02 m over it. It is dangerous as the sea does not always break on it and 2 hours after HW the reef has the appearance of a tiderip. Baja de Gando is steepto but should be given a wide berth. E of Punta de Gando (3 miles S), the S extremity of Pennsula de Gando. The peninsula is sheer with an elevation of 103 m about midway along its S side; its summit being marked by a light. Both Roque de Gando and Baja de Gando are covered by the red sector of Punta Arinaga Light (172212) (3.56) and Pennsula de Gando Light (224260). The peninsula forms part of the military zone where air excercises are conducted. Useful marks: Roque del Palo Light (black post, yellow band, on concrete base, 6 m in height) (28 09 8N 15239W). Dique Reina Sofia, Outer Elbow Light (black post, yellow band, 1 m in height) (28 07 8N 15242W). Dique Reina Sofia, Head Light (white metal framework tower, 8 m in height) (28 07 5N 15242W). Cathedral (28059N 15248W) (3.106). Tower (28046N 15250W). Chimney (red and white bands, about 50 m in height) (28025N 15246W). Punta Melenara Light (white round tower, 17 m in height) (27594N 15220W). Pennsula de Gando Light (27559N 15219W).

Punta de Gando to Cabo Descojonado

1

3.56 From a position E of Punta de Gando (27 56 N 1522W) the track leads SSW, passing (with positions relative to Punta Arinaga Light (27517N 15230W)): ESE of Punta de la Sal (7 cables NNE), thence: ESE of Punta Arinaga, from where a light (see below) is exhibited, backed by Montaa de Arinaga. Roque de Arinaga lies at the outer end of a reef extending SE from the point and the channel between the rock and the coast is only suitable for small boats. Thence the track leads SW, passing: SE of Punta Tenef (5 miles SW), fringed by a rocky shoal with a depth of 68 m over it, lying at the mouth of Barranco de Tirajana (not charted). A breakwater from where a light (see below) is exhibited, is situated S of the point. Thence the track leads WSW, passing (with positions relative to Maspalomas Light (2744N 1536W)): SSE of Punta de Maspalomas (1 miles E), the S point of Isla de Gran Canaria, covered with heaps of whitish sand; silting is liable in its vicinity, thence: SSE of Punta Morro de Colchas, from where Maspalomas light (see below) is exhibited; an artificial reef (charted as an obstruction) lies 3 miles WSW and a dangerous wreck lies 3 miles W from the light, respectively. There are many resorts in the vicinity. Thence the track leads W, passing: S of Punta Taozo (4 miles WNW), a prominent point identified by a cement works standing on its summit. The town of Arguineguin stands close NNE. An industrial port (3.74) extends SE from

93

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Punta Taozo and a boat harbour lies NW of the point. (Directions for Arguineguin continue at 3.78) Thence the track leads NW, passing (with positions relative to Punta del Castillete Light (2749N 1546W)): SW of Punta de la Hondura (3 miles SE), a high point which can be identified by the building on its summit, thence: SW of Punta del Tauro (2 miles SE), a prominent white cliff, thence: SW of Punta del Castillete from where a light (3.54) is exhibited. Mogn, one of the best known marinas in the Canaries, lies close E of the point. Thence the track leads NNW, passing: WSW of Cabo Descojonado (6 miles NNW), the W extremity of Isla de Gran Canaria, formed of high pyramidshaped cliffs backed by rugged mountainous land, of which Mogarenes, standing 2 miles inland, is the highest peak with an elevation of 891 m. Useful marks: Punta Arinaga Light (white round tower, red bands, 13 m in height) (27517N 15230W). Chimney (124 m in height; red and white obstruction lights) (2748N 1526W). Barranco Tirajana Breakwater Head Light (S cardinal beacon, 4 m in height) (2748N, 1526W). Puerto Cementero Dique. Head Light (white column, red bands, 5 m in height) (27448N 15403W).

Cabo Descojonado to La Isleta

1

3.57 From a position WSW of Cabo Descojonado (2755N 1550W) the track leads N, passing (with positions relative to Punta Sardina Light (2810N 1542W)): W of Punta del Penn Bermeijo (13 miles SSW), which can be identified by a prominent rock on its summit, thence: W of Cabo Colorado (13 miles SSW), high and sheer, can be easily identified by a high mountain with a prominent wide and flat summit standing 7 cables SE, and a reddish rock projecting from the coast 7 cables NE of the cape, thence: W of Punta de la Aldea (11 miles SSW), steepto and distinctive, with Puerto San Nicols lying in the bay S of the headland. Thence the track leads NNE, passing: WNW of Punta de las Arenas (7 miles SSW), a low sandy headland fringed by rocks with Punta de Gondoron, which can be identified by a rock near its summit, lying 7 cables NW, thence: WNW of Puerto de las Nieves (3 miles S), from where a light (see below) is exhibited, standing close E of a point with the village of Agaete standing 7 cables farther E. Roque de las Nieves, a prominent high rock surmounted by a cross, stands close to the shore, 2 cables E of the point, at the NE corner of the port. Thence: WNW of Roque Partido (1 miles S), a tall detached rock, lying close to the coast, thence: WNW of Punta Sardina, from where a light (3.54) is exhibited, and clear of an ODAS Lightbuoy (special) moored 5 miles WNW. Punta Sardina is the NW extremity of Isla de Gran Canaria; a rock, with a depth of 18 m over it, lies 1 cable NW of the point.

Thence the track leads ENE and E, passing: N of Rade de Galdar (2 miles E), with Punta de Galdar (unnamed on chart) forming the W entrance. A shoal, is situated about 600 m W of Punta Galder and another shoal, with a depth of 12 m over it, lies about 200 m S. Puerto de la Caleta, where there is a small pier, is situated at the W end of this roadstead. Thence: N of Punta Guanarteme (3 miles E), the W entrance to Rada de Baaderos, is bold and cliffy. Pico de Galdar, elevation 433 m, stands 1 miles S of the point and its conical summit is an excellent landmark when approaching the coast. Thence: N of Punta del Camello (9 miles E), the E entrance point to Rada de Baaderos; anchorage is not recomended in these roads as the bottom is rocky and the roadstead is open to the prevailing winds. A rocky ledge, with a least depth of 17 m over it, extends 3 cables NE from Punta del Camello. Thence: N of Punta del Confital (14 miles E), the W extremity of La Isleta (3.83), which is steep, rugged and dominated by a hill the S side of which is sheer. Bahia del Confital, where anchoring and fishing are prohibited (see 3.53), is entered between Punta del Camello and Punta del Confital but is exposed to N swell and has a reef at its head; this bay is only suitable for shelter for small craft with local knowledge. The N coast of La Isleta should not be approached within a distance of 2 miles. Thence: N of Punta de la Vieja (15 miles E), the N point of Isla Gran Canaria, which is formed by a small hill of peculiar form and is prominent. Bajo El Becerro, with a least depth of 15 m and over which the sea breaks in a fresh breeze, and Bajo La Vaca, with a least depth of 22 m, lie 2 cables NNW and N, respectively of Punta de la Vieja. A narrow channel suitable for small vessels lies between the shoals and the point. Las Bajas, 6 cables E of Punta de la Vieja, extend about 4 cables N from the NE point of La Isleta; they do not dry, but they can be easily distinguished by the breakers on them. Thence the track leads SE to a position E of La Isleta Light (2810N 1525W). Useful mark: Puerto de las Nieves Agaete. Dique Head Light (red support, 10 m in height) (28059N 15427W).

Anchorages and harbours

Chart 1869

Punta Tenef
1

3.58 Shoal. A steepto shoal, with a depth of 76 m over it, lies about 5 cables S of Punta Tenef (2748N 1526W) (3.56); S and SW of this shoal are patches of 18 m and 13 m respectively. Anchorage can be obtained in the open roadstead 1 mile E of Punta Tenef, sheltered from N winds. This anchorage is frequented by fishing vessels from the African coast. Useful marks: Chimney (2748N 1526W) (3.56). Barranco Tirajana Breakwater Head Light (2748N, 1526W) (3.56). Landing can be effected at a small breakwater in Puerto de Tenef, situated S of Punta Tenef.

94

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Morro de Colchas
1

Puerto de las Nieves

1

3.59 Depths. A spit with depths of less than 20 m over it, extends 4 miles SW from Morro de Colchas (2744N 1536W) (3.56). Anchorage can be obtained in Baha de Melonera (not named on chart), about 1 mile WNW of Morro de Colchas, in a depth of 12 m. Caution. During August frequent squalls from all directions have been experienced at Baha de Melonera, which lies between Morro Pasitos Blancos (not named on chart) and Morro de Colchas, 1 miles ESE. Squalls blowing off the land have the greatest strength and were accompanied by a sudden rise in temperature of more than 14C. Useful marks: Puerto de Pasitos Blancos. Jetty. Head (red metal post, 3 m in height) (27447N 15373W). Puerto de Pasitos Blancos. Jetty. Spur (red metal post, 3 m in height) (27447N 15372W). Puerto de Pasitos Blancos. Repair Yard. Breakwater. Head (green metal post, 3 m in height) (27448N 15373W).

3.64 Description. Puerto de las Nieves (3.57) lies close E of Punta de las Nieves (2806N 1543W). A pier used by coasters is situated on the S side of the point. Anchorage can be obtained about 2 cables SSW of the pier in a depth of 14 m. Useful mark: Puerto de las Nieves Agaete. Dique Head Light (28059N 15427W) (3.57).

Puerto de Sardina
1

3.65 Description. Rada de Sardina lies close S of Punta Sardina (2810N 1542W) (3.57) and Puerto de Sardina, where there are two small piers, is situated at its head. Anchorage. Good anchorage, sheltered from N and E winds, can be obtained about 2 cables WNW of Puerto de Sardina in a depth of 12 m, sand.

La Salineta
Chart 1856 plan Punta de La Salineta

General information
1

Punta Taozo
1

3.60 Anchorage. Good anchorage can be obtained in Baha de Santa Agueda 3 cables E of Punta Taozo (2745N 1540W) (3.56) in a depth of 10 m, sand. Baha de Santa Agueda, lying between Punta Taozo and Morro Pasitos Blancos, 2 miles E, appears to be free from squalls experienced in Baha de Melonera (3.59), above. Useful mark: Puerto Cementero Dique. Head Light (27448N 15403W) (3.56).

Puerto Rico
1

3.61 Description. Puerto Rico (2747N 1543W) with twin yacht harbours lies at the mouth of Barranco de Puerto Rico, 5 cables ESE of Punta de la Hondura. Punta del Parchel (Punta del Puerto) (2745N 1541W) (not named on chart), a low promontory, lies 2 miles SE of Puerto Rico, and a village stands on the promontory. Anchorage. Good anchorage can be obtained, sheltered from N winds, 3 cables NW of Punta del Parchel in a depth of 14 m.

3.66 Position. La Salineta (2759N 1522W) lies about 9 miles S of Las Palmas (3.81), on the E coast of Isla de Gran Canaria. Function. The port is used for handling liquids in bulk, with principal imports being fuel oil and pyrites and exporting ammonium sulphate and burnt pyrites. Port limits. The N and S port limits are the parallels of latitude passing through Roque Melenara (3.55) and Roque de Gando. Traffic. In 2004 there were 212 vessel movements totalling 1 464 178 dwt. Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria de Las Palmas, Calle Tomas Quevedo Ramirez s/n, 35008 Las Palmas, Canary Islands. Email: info@palmasport.es Web: www.palmasport.es

Limiting conditions
1

3.67 Tidal levels. See 3.90. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 1494 m; draught 90 m; 11 159 grt.

Arrival information
1

Punta del Castillete

1

3.62 Anchorage. Good well sheltered anchorage can be obtained 3 cables SE of Punta del Castillete (2749N 1546W) (3.56) in a depth of 12 m sand.

Rada de la Aldea
1

3.63 Description. Rada de la Aldea lies between Punta de la Aldea (2801N 1549W) (3.57) and Morro de la Marciega (not named on chart), 8 cables S. Punta del Bufadero lies 3 cables SE of Punta de la Aldea. Anchorage can be obtained in Rada de la Aldea about 2 cables W of Punta del Bufadero in a depth of 15 m in good holding ground and protected from N winds. Roque Colorado, reddish coloured, projects seaward from the coast 1 mile SSW of Morro de la Marciega.

3.68 Notice of ETA. Send ETA 72, 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Outer anchorage. Anchorage can be obtained 2 cables SSE of Punta de la Salineta in depths of 20 m to 25 m, good holding ground, sand. Anchorage can also be obtained at the intersection of the white sectors of direction lights about 1 cable SW of the head of the mole; the N/S direction light being situated 1 cables NNW, and the E/W direction light being situated 3 cables WSW of the head of the mole. Submarine pipelines. Two submerged pipelines, the outer ends of which are indicated by a red spar buoy, extend about 2 cables SSE from the shore 1 cables W of the root of the mole. See 3.72. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 grt and above and available 24 hours, from Las Palmas. Pilot boards vessel off Las Palmas. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).

95

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Tugs can be ordered from Las Palmas if required.

Harbour
1

Port Authority. Port Authority of Arguineguin, Cementos Especiales de la Islas SA, 35120 Santa Agueda, Arguineguin, Canary Islands.

3.69 General layout. The harbour consists of a mole extending about 180 m SSE from the shore 1 cables SW of Punta de la Salineta and three mooring buoys about 3 cables farther SW. Local weather. See 3.104.

Limiting conditions
1

Directions for entering harbour (continued from 3.55)

1

3.75 Deepest and longest berth. Berth No 1 (3.79). Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: maximum LOA 180 m; maximum draught 83 m. Local weather. During winter months the SW wind blows at speeds of 8 kn or more often making manoeuvering difficult.

3.70 Landmark: Three oil storage tanks (27587N 15225W). Major light: Punta Melenara Light (white round tower, 17 m in height) (27594N 15220W). Entry: The chart is sufficient guide. Useful mark: Salineta Mole Head Light (column on corner of grey building, 13 m in height) (27584N 15225W).

Arrival information
1

3.76 Notice of ETA. Send ETA to agent 6 hours prior to arrival. Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile SE of the head of the wharf, sand and pebble bottom. Pilotage is compulsory and provided by a private pilot, who boards about 7 cables off the wharf. Tug, from which the pilot boards, is available.

Harbour Berth
1

3.71 Vessels berth at the inner face of the mole, alongside which there are depths ranging from 75 m near the root to 15 m at the head. Loading of ammonium sulphate is by means of a conveyor belt. A mooring buoy is situated close SSW of the root of the mole.

Mooring buoys
1

3.72 Three mooring buoys are situated about 2 cables SSE of Punta de la Hullera (2758N 1523W). There are depths from 16 m to 18 m at these berths.

3.77 General layout. The harbour lies in the W part of Baha de Santa Agueda. Marine farm. A marine farm has been established in Bahia de Santa Agueda, in depths of 8 m, about 700 m NE of the light on the head of the cement wharf. Local weather. The predominant wind between April and October is the Trade Wind. During this period the local wind commences about midday, blowing from E, then veering to SW and blowing at a speed of about 3 kn during the afternoon before calming in the the evenings. Current. The current, during the commencement of both HW and LW, sets SE.

Directions for entering harbour Port services

1

3.73 Repairs: Comprehensive repair facilities at Las Palmas. See 3.108. Other facilities: See 3.109. Supplies: Fuel oil, diesel oil and fresh water are available by barge; provisions are available. Communications: Gando International airport 10 km.

Arguineguin
Chart 1869

(continued from 3.56) 3.78 Landmark: Cement works (27449N 15404W) Major light: Maspalomas Light (2744N 1536W) (3.54) Entry. The port is entered directly from the sea keeping clear of the obstruction and dangerous wreck, charted 3 miles SW and W, respectively, from Maspalomas Light. Useful mark: Puerto Cementero Dique. Head Light (27447N 15403W) (3.56).

Berths General information

1 1

3.74 Position. The industrial port of Arguineguin (2745N 1540W), locally known as Puerto Cementero lies on the SW coast of Isla Gran Canaria. Function. It is a private facility for the handling of cement products, with a production capability of 1 500 000 tons of mortar annually. Port limits are 1 mile from the breakwater. Traffic. In 2004 there were 96 vessel movements totalling 948 695 dwt.

3.79 The facility has two numbered berths. Berth No 1 is the S berth and consists of a wharf 408 m in length, extending ESE from Punta Taozo, with depths alongside of between 50 m and 105 m. Berth No 2, the N berth, is the Bulk Terminal with a berthing face of about 25 m and a depth alongside of 7 m. Vessels using this berth secure to bollards at one end and to a mooring buoy at the other.

Port services
1

3.80 Repairs: Available at Las Palmas (3.108).

96

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Other facilities: hospital at Las Palmas; no ballast/oily waste reception facilities; no garbage facilities. Supplies: fresh water available at both berths. Communications: Gando International airport 40 km.

main exports include agricultural produce, fish, and cement. The main imports include oil, textiles, foodstuffs, general cargo, fertilisers, grain and edible oils. The port is visited by numerous passenger ships and yachts. The port also handles a large number of containers.

PUERTO DE LA LUZ (LAS PALMAS)

1

Topography
3.83 La Isleta, the peninsula forming the NE extremity of Isla de Gran Canaria, is connected to the island by Istmo de Guanarteme. The peninsula appears as a detached conical islet when seen from E or W, and is of volcanic formation. Its coasts are very steep and sheer, except on the S side where the town of Puerto de La Luz stands.

General information
Chart 1856 plan and approaches to Puerto de La Luz (Las Palmas)

Position
1

3.81 Puerto de La Luz is situated at the head of Baha de Las Palmas, between Punta El Nido (2810N 1524W) and the point on which Las Palmas stands, 4 miles S.

Port limits
1

Function
1

3.84 The port limits are between the parallels of 2806N and 2810N and between the meridians of 1523W and 1526W.

3.82 Puerto de La Luz, usually known as Las Palmas, is a major commercial port and a Spanish Naval base. Las Palmas, the capital of Isla de Gran Canaria and of the E group of islands, had a population of 370 649 in 2001. The

Approach and entry

1

3.85 Puerto de La Luz is approached from E through SE to S and entered through a fairway.

Las Palmas from NNE (3.81)

(Original dated 2003) (Photograph Port of Las Palmas)

97

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Traffic
1

3.86 In 2004 there were 4904 vessel movements totalling 77 373 104 dwt.

Port Authority
1

3.87 Autoridad Portuaria de Las Palmas, Calle Tomas Quevedo Ramirez s/n, 35008 Las Palmas, Canary Islands. Email: info@palmasport.es Web: www.palmasport.es

Limiting conditions Controlling depth

1

3.88 There are depths in excess of 20 m in much of Puerto Exterior.

Anchorage, for vessels of medium and large tonnage and vessels carrying dangerous cargoes, and Rada Sur Reserved Anchorage for small vessels. Vessels should anchor in accordance with the pilots instructions; the anchorage zones are under radar surveillance by Port Control. When anchoring off Las Palmas it should be borne in mind that depths decrease rapidly at relatively short distances towards the island. The bottom is uneven and rocky and ships should not steam to the anchoring position with too much cable walked out. In view of the depths it is necessary to lower the anchor to the bottom when all way is off the ship. Several ships have lost their anchors when anchoring off Puerto de La Luz. Emergency anchorage is permitted in the S part of Puerto Exterior, under exceptional circumstances, with the pilot on board. Prohibited anchorage. See 3.100.

Deepest and longest berth

1

3.89 Deepest berth; Muelle Len y Castillo Naciente. Longest Berth; Muelle Len y Castillo (3.107).

Submarine cables and pipeline

1

Tidal levels
1

3.90 Mean spring range about 2.1 m; mean neap range about 0.9 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

3.98 Submarine cables are laid S of Rada Sur Reserved Anchorage, and can be best seen on the chart. An outfall pipeline extends ESE from close E of the Cathedral (2806N 1525W). Two lightbuoys (special) are moored close N of the pipeline, about and 1 miles ESE of the cathedral, respectively.

Density of water
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

3.91 Density: 1025 g/cm3.

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

3.92 Largest vessel berthed (1994) 555 000 dwt. There are no length or beam restrictions, however, the maximum draught for vessels bunkering or working cargo at Dique Reina Sofia is 22 m.

3.99 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 grt and over and available 24 hours. The pilot boards outside the breakwater. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Tugs, including those equipped for firefighting, are available.

Traffic regulations
1

Arrival information Port operations

1

3.93 Ships are normally berthed with head to wind and, as this prevails from NE, most berth starboard side to the breakwater.

Vessel Traffic Service

1

3.100 Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited in an area, best seen on the chart, between the N part of Rada Norte Reserved Anchorage and Dique Reina Sofia due to the presence of unmarked wrecks and hulks. A prohibited area extends NE from below the Cathedral, as shown on the chart, consisting of an outer area in which fishing is prohibited and an inner area in which anchoring and fishing are prohibited.

3.94 A vessel traffic service is in operation; vessels are to contact Las Palmas Port Control on VHF at least 2 hours before arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).

Regulations concerning entry

1

Port radio
1

3.95 There are coast and port radio stations. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 1 (1) and 6 (2).

Notice of ETA
1

3.96 ETA should be sent to the agent 72, 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).

Outer anchorages
1

3.97 There are two designated anchorages, the limits of which are best seen on the chart. Rada Norte Reserved

3.101 Compulsory rules for the organization and control of all maritime traffic operating at Puerto de La Luz and de Las Palmas, with or without the use of Pilotage Services. (1) All vessels heading for Puerto de La Luz and de Las Palmas should make contact with Las Palmas Port Control or Centro de Control, on VHF Ch 16, at least one hour before reaching the entrance channel and reply to the request for information as follows: (a) Vessel information. (b) Cargo details. (c) Approximate ETA off the light at the head of Dique Reina Sofia. (d) Whether transporting dangerous cargo. (e) All further information that may be requested by either the Harbour Authority or by Las Palmas Harbour Master. (2) A vessel when three miles from the head of Dique Reina Sofia will again make contact with Las Palmas Port

98

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Control or Centro de Control on VHF Ch 12, in order to receive entry instructions. (3) The Captain or Master of any vessel or craft, wishing to move from an authorized berth, whether to another berth or assigned anchorage, or to put to sea, will request prior authorization from Las Palmas Port Control or Centro de Control on VHF Ch 12, at least 30 minutes before commencing the manoeuvre, confirming the exit manoeuvre 10 minutes before commencement of the same. (4) All vessels, whether or not they are exempt from using the Pilotage Service, whenever they are within harbour waters, will maintain permanent listening watch on VHF Ch 12 or 14, in order to receive instructions and coordinate the movement of vessels in transit, and to inform Las Palmas Port Control or Centro de Control of the conclusion of the manoeuvre or when they leave the harbour service zone. (5) Vessels navigating in inner harbour waters will not exceed a speed of seven kts, save for those with dynamic support or of a high speed, which because of their technical conditions merit special treatment. (6) The C.C.S will be responsible for progressively imparting orders to vesels, leading to the arrangement and control of maritime traffic within the service zone of Puerto de La Luz and de Las Palmas.

Rear light (white post on building, 21 m in height) 72 m from front. The alignment (001) of the above lights leads into the inner harbour. Note. It was reported (1985) that the above light structures were difficult to identify by day at a distance greater than 2 cables. Useful marks: Roque del Palo Light (28098N 15239W) (3.55) Dique Reina Sofia, Outer Elbow Light (28078N 15242W) (3.55). Dique Reina Sofia, Head Light (28 07 5N 15242W) (3.55). Cathedral (28059N 15248W), black, prominent against white houses in background. Tower (28046N 15250W).

Berths Alongside berths

1

Harbour General layout

1

3.102 An artificial harbour, Puerto de La Luz is divided into two areas; Puerto Interior, an inner harbour, and Puerto Exterior or outer harbour which lies between Muelle Len y Castillo and Dique Reina Sofia.

Development
1

3.103 Extension of Dique Reina Sofia SSW and expansion of container terminal at Muelle Len y Castillo. Long term expansion calls for the creation of a new basin N of the Dique Reina Sofia for which a new breakwater would be built.

Natural conditions
1

3.104 Local weather. Prevailing winds are from NW to NE through N. From November to March, SE and SW winds may be experienced bringing with them squalls with short intervals of calm.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 3.55)

Major light
1

3.105 La Isleta Light (28104N 15250W) (3.54).

Entry
1

3.106 Puerto Exterior. Leading lights: Front light (1 m post on building, elevation 14 m) (28093N 15246W). Rear light (post, 10 m in height, on embankment, elevation 30 m) 609 m from front. The alignment (000) of the above lights leads into the outer harbour. Puerto Interior. Leading lights: Front light (white post on building, 19 m in height) (28088N 15251W). 99

3.107 Puerto Exterior. The W face of Dique Reina Sofia consists of five berths, ranging from 120 m to 760 m in length, used by vessels with draughts up to 22 m for bunkering, bulk cargo, repairs and layup. Between the root of Dique Reina Sofia and the container terminal at Muelle de Gran Canaria, 5 cables SW, lies the ship repair yard with extensive facilities (3.108). Muelle de Gran Canaria, 518 m in length with depths alongside of 11 m, at which container and RoRo vessels are handled. Muelle Virgen del Pino, 505 m in length with a depth alongside of 115 m, is also used for handling container and RoRo vessels. Muelle Elder, used for the handling of liquids and solids in bulk, is 435 m in length and accommodates vessels with a maximum draught of 119 m. Muelle Len y Castillo Naciente has a berthing face of 642 m and can accommodate vessels with a maximum draught of 160 m. Puerto Interior. Muelle Len y Castillo, 1829 m in length with depths of 10 m to 16 m alongside, consists of five berths capable of accomodating vessels carrying RoRo, container and grain cargoes. Muelle Primo de Rivera, 248 m long with a depth alongside of 9 m and handling general cargo and grain, lies between the roots of Muelle Len y Castillo and Muelle Grande, 1 cables W. Muelle Grande consist of three berths of from 100 m to 615 m in length with depths of 8 m to 12 m alongside; vessels carrying fish, general and grain cargoes are accomodated there. Pantalan de Cory, a wooden pier, cables W of Muelle Grande, consists of E and W berths 335 m in length with depths alongside of between 3 m and 8 m, for vessels undergoing repairs and layup, and a berth, 50 m long with a depth of 8 m alongside, at its S extremity for the discharge of fish. Muelle Pesquero and Muelle del Refugio are used by fishing vessels. Muelle Sanapu consists of three berths used by RoRo and commercial vessels and pilot boats. Muelle Wilson is mainly used by tugs and barges. Muelle de Santa Catalina is the main cruise terminal; passengers and crew from vessels at anchor are landed here. Muelle del Arsenal lies S of Muelle de Santa Catalina; there are depths of about 7 m alongside its E face which extends about 500 m in a N/S direction. The Naval base is situated on the W side of Muelle del Arsenal. Caution. Several rocky pinnacles with depths of between 49 m to 39 m over them lie W of a lightbuoy (port hand) moored about 1 cable SE from the SE corner of Muelle del Arsenal.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Port services Repairs

1

3.108 All types of repairs can be carried out alongside and afloat. There is a repair wharf 560 m in length with depths of 8 m to 12 m alongside. There is a synchrolift platform, lifting power 9 500 tons, for vessels up to 217 m in length, 30 m beam and 36 000 dwt. Three slipways for vessels up to 360 m in length.

Other facilities
1

3.109 Hospitals and clinics; deratting can be carried out, and deratting exemption certificates issued; underwater hull cleaning, surveys, painting and repairs; compass adjusting, gyro and radar repairs; sludge and oily waste reception facilities; garbage disposal facilities. Helicopter and launch service available for crew change and store replenishment.

Supplies
1

3.110 Fuel oil, diesel oil, fresh water, stores and provisions are available alongside and at anchor.

Communications
1

3.111 Gando international airport 25 km S of Las Palmas.

Rescue
1

3.112 Las Palmas is a designated MRCC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

ISLA DE TENERIFE General information

Charts 1869, 1858
6

Route
1

3.113 Isla de Tenerife (2817N 1634W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given in the coastal directions at 3.119. Caution: Off Punta Teno (2821N 1655W) (3.121), the W extremity of the island, the trade wind will usually be encountered but, though violent and squally in the vicinity of this point, it becomes moderate when N of it. During the winter months, vessels approaching from SW are recommended to keep to the E side of the island.

Description
1

3.114 Isla de Tenerife, lying 30 miles NW of Isla de Gran Canaria (3.51), is the largest and most remarkable of Islas Canarias. It is traversed centrally nearly the whole of its length by a very high range of mountains, the sides of which slope steeply towards the sea. Forests and brushwood cover parts of the higher ground, and some of the valleys and slopes abound in vegetation. The island, with a population of 806 801 in 2001, is considered exceptionally healthy.

is the most remarkable feature of Islas Canarias. The cone is very small in proportion to the side of the mountain, being only 163 m in height, and the crater at its top is about 37 m deep. Twothirds of the mountain is covered with vegetation. Usually when making Isla de Tenerife from N between the months of April to October, the land can seldom be distinguished beyond a distance of 20 miles. The months of January and February, when the sky is slightly clouded and just before or after rains, are the most favourable months in which Pico de Teide can be seen from extraordinary distances. The coasts are steepto and, excepting a few reefs extending from some of the points, all the dangers are visible and close offshore. The coast, particularly on the W and SW sides, is formed of high cliffs, broken occasionally by the beds of mountainous torrents. Along the E coast there are some small beaches. The coast between Roque Bermejo and Punta de Anaga (2833N 1607W), 1 miles SSE is steep, inaccessible and fringed with rocks. Between Punta del Roquette (2831N 1608W) and Santa Cruz de Tenerife (3.139) 4 miles SW, the coast is steep with small pebble beaches on which landings can be made as they are sheltered from the prevailing winds. The coast between Puerto Caballo (2827N 1616W) (3.160) and Punta Rasca, 35 miles SW, is bold, rocky and clear of offlying dangers. Punta del Camello (2805N 1629W) lies 11 miles ENE of Punta Rasca, and the coast between this point and Punta Montaa Roja, 4 miles farther SW, is low and steep with small pebble beaches. The coast between Punta Montaa Roja (2801N 1633W) and Punta Montaa Amarilla, 5 miles WSW and thence to Punta Rasca 3 miles farther WSW, is low with the land behind rising in a gentle slope but broken in places by small conical hills. The coast between Punta Rasca (2800N 1642W) and Punta Teno, 24 miles NNW, is formed of rugged basalt, in some places worn into columns. It is mostly clear of dangers, the rocks extending only a short distance offshore. Between Punta Rasca and Puerto de Los Gigantes, 16 miles NNW, the land behind the coast rises uniformly to over 1000 m. From N of Puerto de Los Gigantes (2814N 1615W), the coast up to Punta Teno, 6 miles NW, is formed by a remarkable cliff which is intersected by a few ravines. This stretch of coast is barren and inaccessible except for occasional beaches situated at the base of the ravines. The coast ENE of Punta Teno (2821N 1655W) is generally low and foul. From Puerto de la Cruz (2825N 1633W) to Punta del Viento, 9 miles NE, the coast consists of a series of rocky bays formed by low to moderately high cliffs. The shore to NE of Punta del Viento (2831N 1625W) is intersected by ravines, fronted with rocks and difficult to approach. The coast from Punta Tamadiste (28 35 1616W) to the NE end of Islas de Tenerife is formed of low crumbling cliffs, fronted by rocks, and intersected by small beaches at intervals.

Prohibited anchorage
1

Topography
1

3.115 Pico de Teide (2816N 1638W), the highest peak (3717 m) in Spain, lies at the centre of Isla de Tenerife and

3.116 Anchoring and trawling are prohibited, due to submarine cables, in an area extending ESE from the vicnity of Candelaria (2821N 1622W).

100

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Marine farm
1

3.117 A marine farm is centred 1 mile WSW of Punta del Roquete (28312N 16085W) (3.120), its boundaries defined by lines connecting four lightbuoys (special) as shown on the chart. Mariners are requested to give the farm a wide berth.

Current
1

3.118 The current sets W, sometimes strongly, to the S of Isla de Tenerife. On the E coast, it usually sets S, but its direction and strength are influenced by the wind. The average rate is about kn.

Directions Principal marks

1 6

3.119 Landmark: Pico de Teide (2816N 1638W) (3.115). Major lights: Punta de Roque Bermejo Anaga Light (round concrete tower, white top on white building, 12 m in height) (2835N 1608W). Punta de Abona Light (white round tower, red bands, 39 m in height) (2809N 1626W). Punta Rasca Light (white round tower, red bands, 32 m in height) (2800N 1642W). Punta Teno Light (white round tower, red bands, 20 m in height) (2820N 1655W). Punta de Buenavista Light (square white tower, 40 m in height) (2823N 1650W). Puerto de la Cruz Light (square tower, 27 m in height) (2825N 1633W). Punta del Hidalgo Light (masonry tower, 50 m in height) (2835N 1620W).

Roque Bermejo to Punta Honduras

1

3.120 From a position E of Punta de Roque Bermejo Anaga Light (3.119) the track leads SW, passing (with positions relative to Punta Roque Manzano (2826N 1617W)): SE of Roque Bermejo (11 miles NE), a reddish rock 15 m in height, lying close off the point of the same name. Abovewater rocks extend 2 cables NE from Roque Bermejo. Thence: SE of Punta de Anaga (11 miles NE), with La Mancha Blanca, a prominent white chalk patch, lying close N. Bajo de La Mancha Blanca, a rocky patch with a least depth of 41 m, lies 5 cables NE of Punta de Anaga and breaks heavily in bad weather; the point should not be rounded within a distance of 2 miles. Thence: SE of Punta de Antequera (10 miles NE), a steep projection with rocks lying off its N side, which from N appears like an island, thence: SE of Punta del Roquete (9 miles NE), with a Naval signal station standing on the hill 1 cables NW of the point, thence: SE of Punta de los Organos (7 miles NE), with Playa de las Teresitas, a beach of black sand enclosed by a breakwater, extending SW from the point and

ending at the town of San Andrs, 7 cables farther SW, thence: (Directions for Santa Cruz de Tenerife continue at 3.158) SE of Punta Roque Manzano surmounted by a group of houses with an archway in the middle which is prominent. Santa Cruz de Tenerife (3.139), fronted by a large port lies N of the point. Thence: SE of Punta Pachona (1 miles SW) with Punta de las Coloradas, which has a conspicuous building (see below) standing on the point, lying about 2 cables SW, thence: SE of Punta de Guadamojete (2 miles SW), which is low and can be identified by small banana plantations surrounded by white walls. Puerto Deportivo Radazul, a yacht harbour, is situated close W of Punta de Guadamojete. Thence: SE of Punta del Socorro (8 miles SSW), a low lying, steepsided prominent headland close N of which stands the town of El Socorro. Thence: SE of Puerto de Gimar (9 miles SSW), a small craft harbour. A rock awash lies about cable ESE of the head of the small jetty. The harbour can be identified by Montaa de Gimar, a conspicuous extinct volcano, conical in shape with an elevation of 275 m, lying 1 mile N of the point. Thence the track continues SW, passing (with positions relative to Punta Montaa Roja (2801N 1633W)): SE of Punta Honduras (12 miles NNE), with Roques de Fasnia lying 1 miles NNE. Useful marks: Santa Cruz de Tenerife. Dique del Este Elbow Light (S Cardinal beacon, 3 m in height) (28289N 16134W). Darsena E. Dique E Head Light (green round tower, truncated conical base and top, 6 m in height) (28289N 16136W). Darsena de Anaga. Dique del Sur Head Light (red cone on red round tower, 5 m in height) (28287N 16141W). Darsena de los Llanos. Elbow Light (E Cardinal beacon, 2 m in height) (28279N 16144W). Dique de los Llanos. Head Light (Green truncated triangle on round tower, 6 m in height) (28273N 16147W). Contradique de los Llanos. Head Light (red post) (28272N 16148W). Puerto Caballo Muelle de la CEPSA Head W corner Light (green metal column, 6 m in height) (28268N 16158W). Building (79 m in height) (28249N 16179W).

Punta Honduras to Punta Teno

1

3.121 From a position SE of Punta Honduras (28 12N 1625W) the track leads SW, passing (with positions relative to Punta Montaa Roja (2801N 1633W)): SE of Punta de Abona (9 miles NE), from where a light (3.119) is exhibited. It is the most important feature on this stretch of the coast, and the S entrance point to a small bay at the head of which lies El Poris de Abona, a small village. Thence: SE of Punta del Camello (4 miles NE). A steam generation plant stands on reclaimed land 4 cables N of Punta del Camello and a lightbuoy (special), is moored about 4 cables E. This lightbuoy marks

101

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

10

the anchorage (3.127) for vessels offloading oil products for the power station. Thence: SE of Punta Montaa Roja, which has an elevation of 170 m, is reddish in colour and is surmounted by a white pillar. From a distance the point appears as a detached conical rock. Medano, a village, lies about 1 mile N of the point at the N end of a circular bay. Reina Sofia Airport lies 2 miles NW and an ODAS Lightbuoy (special) is moored 2 miles SW of the point. Thence the track leads WSW, passing: SSE of Punta Montaa Amarilla (4 miles WSW), with a prominent hotel standing 5 cables WNW, and Montaa La Centinela, surmounted by a cross, lying 4 miles N of the point. Playa de la Tejitas lies between Punta Montaa Roja and Punta Montaa Amarilla. Thence: SSE of Punta Rasca (8 miles W) from where a light (3.119) is exhibited and the S point of Isla de Tenerife. The point is low and backed by Montaa Gorda da Rasca, elevation 150 m, lying about 5 cables N of the point. Thence the track leads WNW and NNW, passing (with positions relative to Punta de San Juan (28 11 N 1649W)): WSW of Punta del Guincho (8 miles SSE), a low point. Los Cristianos, a tourist resort fronted by a passenger port from where ferries operate, lies 1 miles ESE of the point. A light is exhibited from the head of the breakwater fronting Los Cristianos. Puerto Colon, a busy marina situated at the N extreme of the extensive Las Americas tourist development, lies 1 miles N of Punta del Guincho. Thence: WSW of Baja de Adeje (5 miles SE), a group of rocks, some above water, lying on a spit extending 3 cables seaward from a point on the coast, thence: WSW of Punta de San Juan, with the village of the same name standing close E of the point. A sandy beach extends SE from the village and a fishing harbour protected by a high breakwater lies 1 cables SE from the beach. Thence: WSW of Alcala (1 miles NNW), a village, with a spit extending 5 cables seaward lying close SW, thence: WSW of Puerto de Los Gigantes (4 miles NNW), a yacht marina, from where a light is exhibited, fronting a rapidly expanding tourist town. Spectacular sheer cliffs line the coast N of the marina. The town of Tamaimo stands 1 miles NE of the light. Thence: WSW of Punta Teno (11 miles NNW), the W extremity of the island, from where a light (3.119) is exhibited. There is usually a heavy sea in the vicinity of this point. See caution at 3.113. Thence the track leads N to a position NW of Punta Teno. Useful marks: Bell Tower (2806N 1628W). Hotel (2803N 1632W). Airport control tower (28028N 16344W). Los Cristianos Mole Head Light (red tower, 6 m in height) (28027N 16431W). Puerto Colon Dique de Defensa Head Light (green post, 4 m in height) (28 04 6N 16 44 3W), reported (2004) to be difficult to pick out from shore lights.

11

Marina de Los Gigantes Light (W cardinal topmark on yellow tripod, black band) (28 14 8N 16503W). Radio mast (28167N 16481W).

Punta Teno to Roque Bermejo

1

3.122 From a position NW of Punta Teno (2820N 1655W) the track leads ENE, passing (with positions relative to Puerto de la Cruz Light (2825N 1633W)): NNW of Punta de Buenavista (15 miles W), from where a light is exhibited, fairly low and fronted by rocks and a reef. Montaa de Taco, elevation 320 m, stands 1 miles S of the light. Thence: NNW of El Roque (11 miles WSW), a large round steepto rock lying 2 cables N of the town of Garachico. The passage S of El Roque must not be attempted without local knowledge. Thence: NNW of Punta de la Fajn (6 miles W), thence: NNW of Puerto de la Cruz, from where a light (3.119) is exhibited. Baja de los Realejos, 2 miles W of the light, are two pinnacle rocks with a depth of 37 m over them. Baja Limn, the outermost of several rocks in this vicinity, lie 1 miles E of the light and 2 cables offshore. thence: NNW of Punta del Puerto (6 miles ENE), thence: NNW of Punta del Viento (9 miles NE), high and steep. Baja del Sur, with a depth of 49 m, lies 2 cables SW of the point. Thence: NNW of Punta Hidalgo (15 miles NE), which is low, tree covered and fronted by foul ground. Depths of less than 10 m lie up to 5 cables seaward from it and the point should be given a berth of at least 1 mile. Thence the track leads E, passing (with positions relative to Punta Hidalgo Light (28345N 16197W)): N of Punta Fajana (2 miles E), steepsided and prominent with a sharp pointed rock at its extremity, thence: N of Punta Tamadiste (3 miles E), a high, steep, triangular pillar of rock and the most prominent feature on this stretch of the coast, which is formed of high dark red cliffs, thence: N of Punta Poyata (4 miles E), high, steepsided and fringed with rocks. Baja de las Nieves, with a least depth of 63 m over it lies 7 cables NNE of Punta Poyata. Thence: N of Punta de los Roquetes (8 miles E), reddishblack in colour, with Roque Rapadura, a 10 m high prominent, black, pyramidal rock, lying 8 cables SW of the point and 1 cable offshore. Several abovewater rocks lie 1 mile W of Roque Rapadura; the outermost rock, La Ballena, is whaleshaped and lies 4 cables offshore. Baja de Santa Catalina, with a depth of 74 m over it, lies 8 cables W of La Ballena. Thence: N of Roque de Dentro (9 miles E), yellow and conical and joined to the mainland by a reef, it is the N extremity of Isla de Tenerife, thence: N of Roque de Fuera (9 miles E), 64 m high, dark with two conical summits, it is the N rock of Roques de Anaga, a group of black rocks lying 5 cables N of Roque de Dentro. A channel, 5 cables wide, with depths of between 19 and 23 m, lies between Roque de Fuera and Roque de

102

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Dentro. Baja de la Palometa, a rock just above water, lies 2 cables W of Roque de Fuera. Thence the track leads SE to a position E of Punta de Roque Bermejo Anaga Light (3.119). Useful marks: Church bell tower (28234N 16403W). Mast (28234N 16337W).
1

beach; vessels bringing aviation fuel to the airport are moored to these buoys. An oil pipeline extends from the anchorage NNW to the shore.

Los Cristianos
3.129 Description. Ensenada de Los Cristianos lies between a point 5 cables ESE of Punta del Guincho (28 03 N 1644W) and Charco del Lino (not named on chart) a narrow rocky cove 1 mile farther SE. Anchorage can be obtained in Ensenada de los Cristianos about 5 cables W of Charco del Lino in depths of 20 m, good holding ground of sand. Useful mark: Los Cristianos Mole Head Light (28 02 7N 16431W) (3.121).

Anchorages and harbours General information

1

3.123 Local knowledge is required to anchor along the stretch of coast ENE of Punta Teno (2821N 1655W), which is generally not recommended, as it is open to the N. Chart 1858 plan Approaches to Santa Cruz de Tenerife

Punta de Antequera
1

Los Gigantes
1

3.124 Anchorage. Good anchorage, sheltered from the prevailing winds, can be obtained 3 cables SW of Punta de Antequera (2832N 1607W) (3.120) in a depth of 16 m, sand. This anchorage is much frequented by small fishing vessels and there is a sandy beach at its head where landing is easy.

3.130 Anchorage can be obtained N of Puerto de Los Gigantes, a boat harbour, as marked on the chart, in depths of 25 m. This is one of the best anchorages off Isla de Tenerife, and affords shelter from winds from NNW through N and E to SSE.

Ensenada de Guadamojete
1

Punta Teno
1

3.125 Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels, sheltered from NW and NE winds, in Ensenada de Guadamojete which lies WSW of Punta de Guadamojete (2824N 1619W) (3.120). Useful marks: Radazul Breakwater Head Light (green post 6 m in height) (28240N 16193W). Radazul Contradique Head Light (red post, 2 m in height) (28240N 16193W). Chart 1869

3.131 Anchorage can be obtained about 5 cables SE of Punta Teno (2821N 1655W) (3.121) but, although the bottom is sand, it is not recommended owing to the violent squalls which blow down the ravines in this vicinity.

Punta de Buen Jess

1

Baha de Abona
1

3.126 Description. Baha de Abona is entered between Punta de Abona (2809N 1625W) (3.121), and a point 1 mile farther N. Anchorage, sheltered from NW and SW winds can be obtained in Baha de Abona about midway between the entrance points in a depth of 15 m, coarse sand and coral.

3.132 Description. Punta de Buen Jess (not named on chart) lies 1 miles SW of Punta de Buenavista (28 23N 1650W) (3.122), and a small cove with the village of Buen Jess standing at its head, lies SW of the point. Anchorage can be obtained off the village of Buen Jess in depths of 16 m to 33 m, rock; the anchorage is partially sheltered from winds between N and E.

Rada de Garachico
1

Punta del Camello

1

3.127 Anchorage, marked by a lightbuoy (special), for vessels discharging oil to the power station, lies off Punta del Camello (2805N 1629W) (3.121). An oil pipeline runs from the offloading position to the generation plant and within the anchorage there are three unlit mooring buoys.
1

3.133 Anchorage can be obtained in Rada de Garachico E or W of El Roque (2823N 1646W) (3.122) in depths of 22 m to 33 m rock. Anchorage can also be obtained 3 cables N of a point lying 2 miles W of El Roque in depths of 22 m. These anchorages are exposed to winds from W, through N to E and may be bad even in the fine weather season. Landing can be effected in fine weather at a pier built on a reef which extends from Garachico.

Ancn de San Marcos

3.134 Description. Punta Riquer (not named on chart) lies 2 miles WSW of Punta de la Fajn (2824N 1640W) (3.122). Ancn de San Marcos is a small bay lying between Punta Riquer and another point 8 cables WSW. Anchorage for small vessels can be obtained in Ancn de San Marcos in depths of 7 m to 20 m, rock. It is sheltered from all winds except those from W and N; local knowledge is required as the holding ground is poor. On the E side of Ancn de San Marcos there is a small pier, 58 m in length with a depth of 4 m at its head.

Punta Montaa Roja

1

3.128 Anchorage for discharging tankers has been established 1 mile W of Punta Montaa Roja. Posts, 6 m in height, painted red and white in bands and with triangular topmarks, form a leading line to the anchorage. The anchorage is marked by three large yellow mooring buoys, of which one is lit, lying off the E end of the

103

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Punta Jurado
1

Approach and entry

1

3.135 Anchorage can be obtained 11 cables NE of Punta Jurado (not named on chart), situated 1 miles E of Punta de la Fajn (2824N 1640W) (3.122), in depths of about 40 m.

3.142 The port may be approached from ENE through E to S and each basin is entered between the heads of its breakwaters.

Traffic
1

Punta El Guindaste
1

3.136 Anchorage. Punta El Guindaste (not named on chart), a low point, lies 4 miles E of Punta de la Fajn (2824N 1640W) (3.122) and anchorage can be obtained off it as follows: 6 cables NE in a depth of 33 m; 7 cables WNW in a depth of 40 m. When approaching these anchorages care must be taken to avoid Baja de los Realejos (3.122).

3.143 In 2004 there were 2622 vessel movements totalling 52 096 988 dwt.

Port Authority
1

3.144 Autoridad Portuaria de Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Avenida Francisco LaRoche 49, 38001 Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Tenerife, Canary Islands. Email: atraques@puertosdetenerife.org Website: www.puertosdetenerife.org

Puerto de la Cruz
1

3.137 Anchorage can be obtained in a depth of about 35 m about 4 cables N of the mole at Puerto de la Cruz (2825N 1633W) (3.122), but this anchorage is very close to the coastal bank and is dangerous in winter with NE and NW winds. Although there is sufficient depth alongside the wharf for moderate draught vessels, only lighters use it due to the heavy swell which sets in. Owing to the swell, the poor anchorage and the good road access to Ciudad de Santa Cruz de Tenerife from other towns in the vicinity, Puerto de la Cruz has fallen into disuse. Chart 1858 plan Approaches to Santa Cruz de Tenerife

Limiting conditions Deepest and longest berth

1

3.145 Deepest berth: Puerto Caballo buoy mooring (3.160). Longest berth: Dique del Este (3.159).

Tidal levels
1

3.146 Mean spring range about 20 m; mean neap range about 09 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

Density of water
1

3.147 Density: 1025 g/cm3.

Ensenadas de la Haya and de la Tejina

1

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

3.138 Description. Punta Gotera lies 1 miles SW of Punta Hidalgo (2835N 1620W) (3.122) and between them lies Ensenada de la Hoya (not named on chart). Ensenada de Tejina (not named on chart) lies between Punta Gotera and Punta Chavique, 1 miles farther WSW. Anchorage is not recommended in either of these bays owing to the rocky nature of the bottom and the heavy swell that sets into them.

3.148 Vessels up to 240 000 dwt have been moored at the CEPSA floating pipeline terminal. Alongside, Dique del Este, maximum LOA 300 m.

Local weather and sea state

1

SANTA CRUZ DE TENERIFE General information

Charts 1847, 1858 approaches to Santa Cruz de Tenerife.

3.149 On rare occasions SE gales blow in December and January. They seldom last more than 24 hours, but they cause a heavy sea to set in. Under such conditions the best shelter is to be found in the belt of calms on the NW side of Isla de Gran Canaria until the weather improves (3.6).

Arrival information Port radio

1

Position
1

3.139 Santa Cruz de Tenerife (2829N 1614W) lies on the NE coast of the island of Tenerife.

3.150 There are coast and port radio stations. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 1 (1) and 6 (2).

Notice of ETA
1

Function
1

3.140 It is the capital of the W group of Islas Canarias and in 2001 had a population of 217 415. Principal imports include building materials, cement, clinker, crude oil, petroleum products and foodstuffs. Principal exports include asphalt, refined oils and agricultural products.

3.151 ETA should be sent 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival to the agent. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2).

Outer anchorages
1

Topography
1

3.141 Ciudad de Santa Cruz de Tenerife (2828N 1616W) stands on level ground backed by steepsloping mountains. The city contains many modern tall buildings.

3.152 Anchorage may be obtained S and SE of the head of Dique del Sur in depths of about 70 m. The anchorages are open to winds between ENE and SSW, and a swell generally sets in owing to the prevalence of E winds. Vessels awaiting a berth are usually anchored between 5 cables and 1 mile E and ENE of Dique del Este, 3 to 6 cables offshore, in depths between 55 m and 75 m. The holding ground is reported to be good.

104

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area, the limits of which are best seen on the chart, due to the presence of submarine cables which are landed in the vicinity of Castillo de San Juan (28273N 16151W).

Development
1

Submarine cables
1

3.153 See 3.152.

3.156 Reclamation works were in progress (2001) E of Darsena Pesquera. The basin between Darsena del Este and Darsena Pesquera was being reclaimed (2001). Works were in progress (2005) S of the Container Terminal in Darsena del Este.

Natural conditions
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

3.154 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 grt and over and available 24 hours. The pilot boards 1 to 2 miles from the head of Dique del Sur. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Tugs are available.

3.157 Tidal streams set with rates of to 1 kn at springs as follows: Rising tideNEgoing Falling tideSWgoing. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.293.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 3.120)

Harbour General layout

1

Entry
1

3.155 Puerto de Santa Cruz de Tenerife consists of the oil terminal at Puerto Caballo and, further NE, four basins; from NE to SW they are Darsena Pesquera, Darsena Este, Darsena de Anaga and Darsena de Los Llanos.

3.158 Darsena de Los Llanos leading lights: Front light (white framework tower, red bands, 5 m in height) (28275N 16149W) Rear light (white framework tower, red bands, 11 m in height) 75 m from front.

Santa Cruz de Tenerife Entrance to Darsena Este. (3.155.1)

(Original dated 2003) (Photograph MV Doulos)

Santa Cruz de Tenerife Entrance to Darsena de Anaga (3.155.2)

(Original dated 2003) (Photograph MV Doulos)

105

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

The alignment (354) of these lights leads N, between the mole heads, into the entrance of Darsena de Los Llanos. Puerto Caballo leading lights: Front light (yellow triangle on yellow post, black diagonal stripes, 5 m in height) (28 27 0N 16160W) Rear light (red and white triangle on white post, red diagonal stripes, 3 m in height) (56 m from front) The alignment (000) of the above lights leads to the vicinity of No 5 mooring buoy berth. Useful marks: Santa Cruz de Tenerife. Dique del Este Elbow Light (28289N 16134W) (3.120). Darsena E. Dique E Head Light (28 28 9N 16136W) (3.120). Darsena de Anaga. Dique del Sur Head Light (28287N 16141W) (3.120). Darsena de los Llanos. Elbow Light (28279N 16144W) (3.120). Dique de los Llanos. Head Light (28 27 3N 16147W) (3.120). Contradique de los Llanos. Head Light (28272N 16148W) (3.120). Castillo de San Juan (28273N 16150W). Puerto Caballo Muelle de la CEPSA Head W corner Light (28268N 16158W) (3.120).

initially 1 cables SSE thence 6 cables SSW. The head of the basin is occupied by a marina. There are berths on the inner side of the mole with depths alongside of 8 m to 12 m. The berths on the W side of the basin have depths of 8 m alongside. A small river flows into the basin on its W side and serves to divide the basin into N and S sections. There are two RoRo berths in the N section on the W side and one RoRo berth and one container berth in the S section. The entrance of the basin is 200 m wide and faces SE.

Alongside berths
1

3.160 Puerto Caballo (2827N 1616W), also known as Puerto Hondura, is the oil terminal on the SW side of Santa Cruz de Tenerife, where there is a large refinery and storage facility. The alongside facility consists of the following: A Tjetty, the root of which lies 6 cables WSW of Castillo de San Juan, with a depth of 16 m alongside; A mole about 7 cables in length, extending S from the shore 1 cable WSW of the root of the Tjetty.

Mooring and anchorage

1

Basins and berths

Basins
1

3.159 Darsena Pesquero, the NE basin has wharfage totalling 1783 m and depths of 60 m, and is used by fishing vessels. Darsena del Este, sheltered on its seaward side by Dique del Este, 960 m in length with depths alongside up to 195 m, accommodates container vessels, tankers and bulk carriers. A shipyard with a shiplift installation and slips is situated close W of the container terminal. Barranco de Bufadero flows into the sea between the container terminal and the shipyard; there are numerous houses on the slopes of this ravine. Muelle de El Bufadero, SW of the shipyard, has a RoRo ramp at its NE extremity. An oil berth formed by a Tjetty, with an 80 m long Thead aligned WSW/ENE lies close W of the W entrance to Darsena del Este. Two mooring buoys, exhibiting lights, are positioned, one at each end of the Thead. Darsena de Anaga is the principal basin for passenger vessels and vessels bunkering. It is protected by Dique del Sur, a mole which extends 7 cables NE from its root. There are depths of 12 m alongside the inner face of the mole, N of a slight elbow about 4 cables from the mole head. South of this the depth reduces to 8 m. A short mole extends cable SE from the W shore of Darsena de Anaga and Muelle de Ribera, with depths of 7 m to 10 m alongside, extends along the W shore from its root where there is a RoRo berth. There are two more RoRo berths along the W shore near the midway point and five further RoRo berths at the S end of the basin. Here a central pier used by ferries, extends about 1 cable NNE ending in a short Thead. Darsena de Los Llanos, situated S of Darsena de Anaga, is protected by a mole, Dique de Los Llanos, extending

3.161 A CBM, where tankers with a maximum of 240 000 dwt and 45 m draught can be accommodated for loading or discharging via floating pipelines is established at Puerto Caballo. An ODAS buoy is moored about 1 cable SSW of No 6 mooring buoy. Leading lights are established for the waiting anchorage off the oil jetty: N set (alignment 327). Front light (red and white cross topmark on dolphin No 5, white post, red diagonal stripes, 6 m in height) (28 27 0N 16157W). Rear light (red and white cross topmark, on white post, red diagonal stripes, 7 m in height) (109 m from front). W set (alignment 270) Front light (yellow post, black diagonal stripes, 2 m in height) (28269N 16159W). Rear light (diamond on white post, red diagonal stripes, 10 m in height) (335 m from front). Anchorage can be obtained at the intersection of the above lines in a depth of about 37 m.

Port services
1

3.162 Repairs. A wide range of repairs are available including a ship lift of 2000 tonnes capacity and a floating dock with a 6000 tonnes capacity. Other facilities. Hospitals and clinics; deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates issued; oily waste reception facilities; garbage disposal facilities. Supplies. Fuel and diesel oil; fresh water, stores and provisions can be supplied alongside or afloat. Communications. Reina Sofia airport 56 km. Rescue. Tenerife is a designated MRCC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

106

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

ISLA DE LA GOMERA General information

Chart 1869
1

Anchorages and harbours Playa de Santiago

3.166 Description. Playa de Santiago is a town with a fishing industry standing 1 miles W of Punta Gaviota (2802N 1710W). Puerto de Santiago, a harbour with a 215 m long breakwater oriented NE/SW and used mainly by fishing boats, fronts the W part of the town. Anchorage can be obtained, sheltered from winds between W, through N, to NE off the beach which fronts the town. Useful mark: Breakwater Head light (red pillar on red column, 5 m in height) (28014N 17117W).

Route
1

3.163 Isla de la Gomera (2807N 1714W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers described below.

Description
1

3.164 Isla de la Gomera, lying 15 miles W of Isla de Tenerife (3.114), is bordered by rugged perpendicular cliffs with a few sandy beaches and detached rocks. Near the coast the mountains are about 600 m high. The central part of the island is an elevated plateau, above which the summit of the island, Alto Garajonay (20065N 17147W) attains an elevation of 1486 m. The island is fertile owing to the numerous watercourses which descend from the mountains, some of which are cultivated to a considerable height. The coast between Puerto de San Sebastian de la Gomera (3.173) and Playa de Santiago (2802N 1712W), 5 miles SE, is steepto and clear of offlying dangers. The most prominent points on this stretch of the coast are (with positions relative to Punta de San Cristobal Light (28056N 17059W)): Punta de Juan Daza, 1 miles SE; Punta de El Cabrito, 3 miles SE; Punta Gaviota, a low promontory, 5 miles SE. Punta Becerro (2801N 1715W), the S extremity of Isla de la Gomera, lies 2 miles W of Playa de Santiago and at the foot of a mountain. Alajero, a village 2 miles N of the point, stands on the N slopes of this mountain. Punta Falcones (2802N 1716W) lies 1 miles WNW of Punta Becerro. Punta Iguala (28035N 17191W) is prominent and a rock lies close off it. Cala da Negra, a creek, lies between Punta Falcones and Punta Iguala. Punta Calera (2806N 1721W), the W extremity of the island, lies 2 miles NNW of Punta Iguala. Puerto Vueltas, an old fishing harbour where works are in progress to enlarge the harbour, lies between the two points. Valle Gran Rey, a spectacular attraction and a popular tourist resort lies close E of Punta Calera. The coast from Punta Calera to Punta Peligro (2812N 1719W), 6 miles NNE, and thence 3 miles ENE to Punta del Organo is sheer and inaccessible. Numerous rocks lie close offshore and in the vicinity of Punta Peligro, the NW point of the island. Several dangers lie up to 3 cables seaward in this vicinity. Several bays lie between Punta del Organo (2813N 1715W), the N point of the island, and Punta Majona, 8 miles ESE, offering shelter from SE winds. Punta Llana (2807N 1706W), 1 miles SSE of Punta Majona, is low, sandy and fronted by reefs. Punta de San Cristobal (2806N 1706W), the E extremity of Isla de la Gomera, from where a light (3.173) is exhibited, is steepsided.

Punta Becerro
1

3.167 Anchorage can be obtained in a bay, 6 cables ENE of Punta Becerro (2801N 1715W) (3.164), in a depth of 16 m, sand, sheltered from winds between NW and NE.

Baha de Argayal
1

3.168 Description. Baha de Argayal (not named on chart) lies between Punta Iguala (28035N 17191W) (3.164) and a point 1 miles farther NW. Anchorage can be obtained in Baha de Argayal in depths of 5 m to 11 m, sand.

Fondeadero del Valle Gran Rey

1

3.169 Description. Fondeadero del Valle Gran Rey (not named on chart) lies between Punta Calera (2806N 1721W) (3.164) and a point 1 miles SSE. Anchorage. Good anchorage can be obtained in Fondeadero del Valle Gran Rey about 6 cables SE of Punta Calera; this anchorage is sheltered from winds between N and SE, and used by the islands coasters.

Punta Calera
1

3.170 Anchorage can be obtained off a beach, 5 cables N of Punta Calera (2806N 1721W) (3.164), in depths of 9 m to 18 m. This anchorage is protected from winds from N, through E, to S.

Punta del Organo

1

3.171 Anchorage. Good anchorage, sheltered from all winds except N, can be obtained in a bay lying 1 mile SE from Punta del Organo (2813N 1715W) (3.164), in depths of 16 m to 20 m, sand. This is the most important and W of bays on the N coast of Isla de la Gomera, and the town of Vallehermoso lies at the head of a valley extending 1 miles SSW from the head of the bay.

Playa de Hermigua
1

Marine farm
1

3.165 A marine farm, buoyed as an isolated danger, lies about 1 miles SSE of Punta Becerro (3.164) in position 2800N 1714W. 107

3.172 Description. The town of Hermigua stands at the head of a bay lying to the W of Punta Gabina (2811N 1710W); there is a disused jetty on the beach fronting the town. Anchorage can be obtained off Playa de Hermigua (not named on chart) in depths of 20 m, sand, sheltered from winds from E, through S, to W.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Chart 1858 plan Puerto de San Sebastian de la Gomera

San Sebastian de la Gomera

1

3.173 Position and function. Puerto de San Sebastian de la Gomera (2805N 1706W) lies between La Gila, a narrow rocky promontory 5 cables SW of Punta de San Cristobal, and Los Garaones, a rocky point 5 cables farther SW. It is the main harbour, and the town of the same name standing at the head of the bay is the capital of Isla de la Gomera. Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria da Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Oficina de la Junta San Sebastian de la Gomera, San Sebastian, Gomera, Canary Islands. Email; gomera@puertosdetenerife.org Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 20 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Notice of ETA should be sent 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival to the agent. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 500 grt and over and is available 24 hours. Pilot boards vessel 12 miles E of the Breakwater head E corner light. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Major light: Punta de San Cristobal Light (white round tower, red band, 15 m in height) (28056N 17059W). Approach and entry. The approach is without hindrance, although a considerable tiderip can build up around Punta de San Cristobal, about 1 mile NE. The port is entered between the head of a breakwater and a lightbuoy (port hand) moored close E of Los Garaones. Useful marks: Breakwater Head E Corner Light (green tower, 7 m in height) (28049N 17064W). Monument (28049N 17070W) (chart 1869). Anchorage may be obtained within the harbour but clear of a ferry which swings on entering and makes a sternboard to its berth. Depths in the entrance are 13 m to 27 m, sand and coral; depths decrease gradually towards the beach. Berths. A breakwater extends about 3 cables SSW from the shore 1 cable W of La Gila and is quayed on its W side with accomodation for three RoRo vessels ranging from 160 m to 200 m in length. There are depths of about 24 m at the head of the breakwater decreasing to about 9 m near the root. Repairs. Minor repairs only. Other facilities. Local hospital. Supplies. Fresh water and provisions are available.

Two mountain ranges rise in the N part of of the island; one of these extends SSW to the coast, the other traverses the island from N to S, forming a narrow ridge terminating at the S extremity in a number of conical mountains which are extinct volcanoes of the eruption of 1677. The main crest in the N culminates in three lofty peaks of which Roque de los Muchachos (2845N 1753W) is the highest. The mountains are usually snow capped and their sides well wooded. The coasts of the island are generally safe to approach within a moderate distance as the few rocks offlying the points are mostly near the coast. The N and NW coasts are formed of high cliffs, the E and SW coasts consist of bluffs with some beaches between them. Isla de la Palma is picturesque and covered with luxuriant vegetation. It is known as The Garden of the Canaries. The coast between Punta Cumplida (2850N 1747W) and Punta Gorda, 2 miles SE, thence to Punta Sancha, 4 miles farther SE, is steep and fringed with rocks. Between Punta Llana, lying 3 cables S of Punta Sancha (2844N 1743W), and Santa Cruz de la Palma, 4 miles SSW, is less steep and free from dangers. The coast between Punta de San Carlos (2840N 1746W) and Punta de Fuencaliente (3.180), 13 miles SSW, is steep with small beaches of shingle at the mouth of several ravines. The coast between Punta Fuencalientes (28 27 N 1751W) and Punta Gorda, 22 miles NNW, is fringed with rocks, and is high and steep except for an area extending from Barranco de las Angustias, 8 miles SSE of Punta Gorda, to Punta de Lava, 3 miles farther SSE; this 3 mile stretch is low and fronted by a sandy beach. The coast between Punta Gorda (2847N 1800W) and El Roque, 6 miles NE and thence to Punta Cumplida, 7 miles farther E, is steep, fringed with rocks and intersected by ravines.

Marine reserve
1

3.176 A marine reserve is designated between the shore from 1 mile NW of Punta Fuencaliente to 1 miles SE of Punta Lava out to the 1000 m contour on the SW coast of Isla de La Palma.

Marine farm
1

ISLA DE LA PALMA General information

Charts 1869, 1858
1

3.177 A marine farm, in the form of floating cages, is positioned at 28389N 17569W and is marked with a lightbuoy (special).

Magnetic anomaly
3.178 A local magnetic anomaly, increasing the variation by 2, exists in areas off the E and SW coasts of Isla de la Palma (3.6).

Route
1

3.174 Isla de la Palma (2842N 1751W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given in the coastal directions at 3.180.

Directions Major lights

3.179 Punta Cumplida Light (conical concrete tower, white top, 34 m in height) (28502N 17466W). Punta Lava Light (white 8sided tower, 48 m in height) (28355N 17555W).

Topography
1

3.175 Isla de la Palma, the NW of Islas Canarias and 46 miles WNW of Isla de Tenerife (3.114), is much higher than the other islands, with the exception of Pico de Teide (3.115).

108

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Punta de Arenas Blancas Light (white round tower, 38 m in height) (28341N 17456W).

Punta Cumplida to Punta Fuencaliente

1

3.180 From a position E of Punta Cumplida Light (3.179), the track leads SSE, passing (with positions relative to Punta Sancha (2844N 1743W)): ENE of Punta Sancha, which is steep and fringed with rocks. Thence, the track leads S, passing: E of Punta Llana (3 cables S), which forms the E extremity of the island, thence: E of Santa Cruz de la Palma (4 miles SSW) (3.182), the principal harbour of the island, thence: E Punta Las Salinas (6 miles SSW), marked by a lightbuoy (special) moored 3 cables SSE from the point, thence: E of Punta Ganado (7 miles S), which is formed of lava from an old volcanic eruption. The civil airport stands close inland of the point. Thence: E of Punta de Arenas Blancas (10 miles S), from where a light (3.179) is exhibited. Montaa Goteras (elevation 142 m) rises about 1 mile N of Punta de Arenas Blancas. Thence the track leads SSW, passing (with positions relative to Punta Martin (2831N 1748W)): ESE of Roca del Pescador (3 miles NNE), a small abovewater rock lying close inshore and joined to the coast by reefs. Montaa del Azufre (elevation 279 m) lies 2 cables W of Roca del Pescador and there is a distinctive lava stream situated close S of it. Thence: ESE of Punta Fuencaliente (4 miles SSW), the S extremity of the island, from where a light is exhibited (see below). Monte Viento, a prominent hill, stands 1 miles NNE of the point and can be identified by a pillar on its summit. Volcn San Antonio, standing 1 miles NNW of Punta Fuencaliente, is a large truncated cone of volcanic ash with a natural pillar at its summit and is the most prominent feature in the S part of the island. It is visible from E through S, to W. Thence the track leads W to a position SW of Punta Fuencaliente. Useful marks: Espigon NorteSur Head Light (28 40 2N 17457W) (3.186). Radio mast (28373N 17451W). Punta Fuencaliente Light (white round tower, red bands, 24 m in height) (28272N 17506W).

Punta Fuencaliente to Punta Cumplida

1

3.181 From a position SW of Punta Fuencaliente (2827N 1751W) the track leads NNW, passing (with positions relative to Punta Lava Light (28 35 5N 17 55 5W) (3.179)): WSW of Punta Banca (4 miles SSE), with Roques Las Galeras, an abovewater reef, extending 2 cables W from the shore 5 cables SSE of the point, thence: WSW of Punta de Lava, a prominent headland formed of lava from an eruption in 1949, from where a light (3.179) is exhibited. A rocky promontory lies 6 cables SE of Punta de Lava and

Rocas de Becerro lie close off it. Puerto Naos, a fishing village now mainly catering to the tourist trade, lies about 8 cables ESE of the point. Roques los Hermanos, with a rock awash at its outer end, extends 2 cables W from the beach 1 mile N of Punta Lava. Thence: WSW of Barranco de las Angustias (3 miles NNW), a deep ravine and, on its S side, the town of Tazacorte standing on a rocky plateau close to a sandy beach. A harbour, protected by two breakwaters from where lights are exhibited, stands close W of Tazacorte and Montaa Argual (elevation 325 m), the larger of two conical hills, rises immediately above the town. Rocas Gabaseras, three abovewater rocks, lie on a reef which extends 3 cables offshore, 4 cables S of Tazacorte. An artificial reef has been created close N of Rocas Gabaseras. Thence: WSW of Punta de las Llanadas (10 miles NNW), which is fronted by foul ground extending up to 3 cables offshore. La Baja, a rock which dries, lies on a spit which with depths of less than 7 m over it, extends 2 cables W from the shore 3 cables SSE of the point. Thence: WSW of Punta Gorda (12 miles SSE), the W extremity of the island, consisting of sheer cliffs 320 m in height; the coast between Punta Gorda and Punta de las Llanadas is fronted by foul ground extending 2 cables offshore. Thence the track leads NE, passing (with positions relative to Punta del Mudo (2851N 1755W)): NW of Roque del Molino (6 miles SW), a prominent rock, thence: NW of Roca de Santo Domingo (3 miles WSW), 35 m high, lying off a point of the same name. The town of Santo Domingo de Garafia stands about 1 mile E of the point. Thence: NW of Punta del Mudo, the W point of the promontory forming the NW extremity of the island. El Roque, lying close offshore, is the NW point of the promontory. Thence the track leads E, passing: N of Punta de Juan Adalid (1 mile E), and Roca Magdalena, a small islet lying 5 cables SE of the point, thence: N of Punta Gaviota (6 miles E), a small promontory with Roques Topaciegos, a group of abovewater rocks lying 7 cables WSW and 1 cable offshore. Thence: N of Punta Cumplida (7 miles E), the NE extremity of the island, which is dominated by five high hills which are prominent when seen from N. Thence the track leads SE to a position E of Punta Cumplida (2850N 1747W). Useful mark: Tazacorte Breakwater Head Light (red post, 1 m in height) (28383N 17565W).

Santa Cruz de la Palma

Chart 1858 plans of Approaches to Santa Cruz de La Palma and Santa Cruz de La Palma

General information
1

3.182 Position. Santa Cruz de la Palma (2840N 1746W) lies between Punta Santa Catalina and Punta de San Carlos (29396N 17456W), a low rocky point 1 miles S.

109

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

Function. Santa Cruz de la Palma is the capital of Isla de La Palma and its major port with facilities for containers, general cargo, fruit and bulk liquids. Topography. The hills behind the city rise steeply in rugged peaks some distance from the coast. Traffic. In 2004 there were 56 vessel movements totalling 584 341 dwt. Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria de Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Avenida del Puerto, Santa Cruz de la Palma, La Palma, Canary Islands. Email; lapalma@puertosdetenerife.org

Local weather. Prevailing winds are from NNE. Local magnetic anomaly. See 3.178.

Directions for entering harbour

1

Limiting conditions
1

3.183 Deepest and longest berth. Deepest berth; tanker berth; longest berth; A4 (3.187). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 18 m; mean neap range about 08 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Local weather. A heavy long swell, locally known as Corredera, occurs with winds from NW, and vessels berthed alongside should double their moorings. Although the harbour appears to be protected from this direction, this swell is caused by the sea breaking on the NW coast cliff face of the island, and forming two groups of waves; one running anticlockwise and the other clockwise round the island and meeting off the entrance of the harbour. El Caldereto, a local wind of hurricane force consisting of violent squalls from the W with long spells of calm in between, occurs once or twice a year, usually near the equinoxes, but does not last more than 24 hours. El Caldereto generally occurs after the wind has veered from SW, but remains in the W; an indication that it is about to set in is a dense mass of broken cloud extending from Risco de la Concepcin (3.186) toward Punta Santa Catalina. It is inadvisable to enter or leave the harbour during this weather.

3.186 Landmark. Risco de la Concepcin (elevation 354 m) (28402N 17464W). Approach and entry. Apart from the natural conditions described in 3.183, there are no other hazards or dangers in the approaches to the port which is entered between the head of Espigon NorteSur and a row of four lightbuoys (port hand) which are moored along the 10 m contour, close E of a submerged breakwater. Useful mark: Espigon NorteSur Head Light (green tower, 7 m in height) (28402N 17457W).

Berths
1

3.187 Tankers discharge petroleum products at a berth 225 m in length and a depth alongside of 12 m at the head of Espigon NorteSur which also accommodates passenger vessels and RoRo ferries. Muelle Polivalente, on the W side of the harbour, with a length of 280 m and depth alongside of 8 m, is a container terminal. A fishing harbour contained within a breakwater lies S of Muelle Polivalente.

Port services
1

3.188 Repairs. Basic repairs available. Other facilities: hospital; no oily waste reception; garbage collection can be arranged. Supplies. Fuel and diesel oil can be supplied by road tanker; fresh water and fresh provisions are available. Communications. Airport, 6 km.

Anchorages
Chart 1869

Arrival information
1

Barranco de las Angustias

1

3.184 Notice of ETA should be sent 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival through the agent. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained about 4 cables NNW of Punta de San Carlos, 2 cables offshore, in depths of about 30 m; care being taken to avoid the disused cable described below. Submarine cable. A disused submarine cable leads in an ENE direction off the S end of the submerged breakwater. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 50 grt and over and available 24 hours. Pilot boards vessel about 1 mile E of Espigon NorteSur Light. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (2). Tugs are not available.

3.189 Anchorage can be obtained about 5 cables off the mouth of Barranco de las Angustias (2839N 1757W) (3.181), where there is a small pier, in a depth of 30 m, good holding ground, noting a marine farm (3.177) positioned close NW. This is the best anchorage off the N and W coasts of Isla de la Palma, but it is exposed to W winds and dangerous with winds from NW. Useful mark: Playa Pier Head Light (yellow post, black band) (28390N 17569W).

Punta de las Llanadas

1

Harbour
1

3.190 Anchorage can be obtained about 5 cables S of Punta de las Llanadas (2845N 1800W) (3.181) in depths of about 36 m, noting La Baja (3.181), a rock which dries, lying SSE of the point.

3.185 General layout. The harbour is formed by a mole, Espigon NorteSur to the E, extending 5 cables SW of Punta Santa Catalina and a mole, fish harbour and a submerged breakwater which encloses a swimming area to the W. Development. Between the root of Espigon NorteSur and Muelle de Ribera, the harbour has been dredged to 6 m and works are in progress (2001) to construct a marina sheltered by a mole across the head of the harbour.

Roca de Santo Domingo

1

3.191 Anchorage can be obtained about 2 cables SW of Roca de Santo Domingo (2850N 1758W) (3.181) in a depth of about 15 m; local knowledge is required.

Punta de Juan Adalid

1

3.192 Anchorage can be obtained 1 mile and 2 miles ESE of Punta de Juan Adalid (2851N 1754W) (3.181).

110

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 3

ISLA DE HIERRO General information

Chart 1869

Roque de Salmor, a prominent islet, lies 3 cables W Punta de Salmor, with a smaller islet 4 cables farther Rocks above and below water lie between Roque Salmor and the point and shoals with a least depth 28 m lie in the vicinity of the outer islet.

of W. de of

Route
1

Marine reserve
1

3.193 Isla de Hierro (2744N 1800W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers described below.

Description
1

3.194 Isla de Hierro, the SW of Islas Canarias lies 33 miles SW of Isla de la Gomera (3.163). The upper part of Isla de Hierro is an elevated plateau with Malpaso (2744N 1802W), the highest point. The plateau slopes steeply to the sea on all sides except to the NE; on the S side the elevation varies between 1200 m and 1400 m. Valverde (2749N 1755W), the capital of the island, stands on a plain in the N part of the island surrounded by high mountains.

3.196 An area of coastal waters, on the SW coast of Hierro has been designated a marine reserve. The restricted area is bounded by lines joining the following positions: 28342N 17538W (shore). 28342N 17573W. thence along the 1000 m contour to: 28282N 17535W. 28282N 17519W (shore). Within the area indicated, fishing or subaquatic activity of any description is subject to authorisation by the Ministry of Fishing.

Major light
1

3.197 Punta de la Orchilla Light (grey octagonal masonry tower, 25 m in height) (2742N 1809W).

Topography
1

Puerto de La Estaca
1

3.195 The coast between Punta Norte (2751N 1755W), the N extremity of the island, and Punta Caleta, 3 miles SE, is steep and free from offlying dangers. Roque Gaviota lies 1 miles NNW of Punta Caleta, which is sheer. The coast between Punta Caleta (2748N, 1753W) and Puerto de la Estaca (3.198), 1 miles SW, is steepto. Roca Anegada, with a least depth of 14 m over it, lies 9 cables SSW of Punta Caleta and 1 cable offshore; the coast W of Roca Anegada is rocky and indented with coves. The coast between Punta Tijimiraque (2746N 1755W) and Punta de Bonanza, 2 miles SSW, and thence to Punta Restinga, 6 miles farther SW, is high, steepto and inaccessible. Between Punta de Bonanza (2744N 1756W) and Punta de Miguel, 2 miles SW, is a wide bay where the coast is composed of boulders and black sand. Punta Restinga (2738N 1759W), the S exteremity of the island, is steepto and inaccessible. A small fishing harbour protected by a 210 m long breakwater lies close W and a depth of 54 m lies 1 cables SW from the point. The coast between Punta Restinga and Punta de la Orchilla, the SW extremity of the island 10 miles WNW, is sheer and steepto. Between Punta de la Orchilla (2743N 1810W), SE of which a light (3.197) is exhibited, and Punta Arenas Blancas, 4 miles NNE, the coast is high. Roque del Guincho lies close offshore from Punta de la Orchilla. Punta de la Dehesa (2745N 1809W) is a wide marshy promontory, with Roques de la Hoya extending about 3 cables N and an abovewater rock lying 3 cables SW of the point. El Golfo, a bight, lies between Punta Arenas Blancas (2746N 1807W) and Punta de Salmor, 7 miles ENE; numerous rocks, above and below water, lie at the foot of the high cliffs forming the coast. The coast between Punta de Salmor (2749N 1759W) and Punta Norte, 4 miles ENE, is high and inaccessible with rocks above and below water lying close to the shore.

3.198 Position and function. Puerto de La Estaca (2747N 1754W) is situated at the N end of a sandy bight lying between Cueva de Diablo and Punta Tijimiraque (3.195), 1 miles SSW. Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria de Santa Cruz de Tenerife, Puerto de La Estaca, La Estaca, Hierro Island, Canary Islands. Email: hierro@puertosdetenerife.org Local knowledge is required to enter the narrow bay in which the port lies. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 20 m; mean neap range about 07 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Anchorage may be obtained at the head of the bight close offshore in a depth of 9 m, but it should be noted that depths increase very rapidly seaward. Directions. Leading lights: Front light (red triangle on white post, red bands, 3 m in height) (27472N 17541W). Rear light (red triangle on white post, red band, 4 m in height) 21 m from front. The alignment (009) leads into the harbour. Useful marks: Puerto de la Estaca. Breakwater Head Light (green truncated pyramidal tower on round base, 7 m in height) (27468N 17541W). Berth. There is a pier 160 m in length with depths of 10 m at its head decreasing to 4 m near its root. Maximum permissible draught is 65 m. Repairs. There is a mobile 6 ton crane. Supplies. Small quantities of provisions are available. Water is scarce and only available to visiting yachts. Communication. Airport, 8 km.

Anchorage Punta Salmor

1

3.199 Anchorage can be obtained SW of Punta Salmor (2749N 1759W) (3.195).

111

Home

Contents

Index
Chapter 4 - Arquiplago de Cabo Verde
25
369 Pta. do Sol

30

24

30

23

4 .8

4.

17
rr Ta

Ilha de Santo Anto Porto Novo

17
4. 5 2
Mindelo

4.84
af al

367 4.57
do
Mo

nte

367

Ilha de So Vicente Trig o 36 4 . 5 3 9 369

e ad Ilh

4 ta Lu n 4.4 Sa

zia

4 .1

4.43

c an Br

4.40 P o

Lu de dra e P 367 369 P. de

30
4 .3 7

P. r to da Ve Pre lho gui a 369

2 Raso 4.4 o&

4.3 8
Ilha de So Nicolau

367

4.13 Palmeira

Ilha do Sal

4.

P. d

12
367 369

30
Ma ria

4.26 Sal Rei

16

Ilha da Bavista

a eS

nt a

4.25

2 4.

30
4.97
369 B. do
Tarra fal

4
30

S
g tia an

15

P. Ing le

369 San Filipe & Encarn acao Anc h. 369 P. da Fa j Ilha Brava

4.129

367

z3

4 .9

112
0306

16

4.120

Ilh a

de

d P.

T S.

o iag

369

Ilha do Maio

69

15

Ilha do Fogo

367

Praia 4.103

4.124

25

30

Longitude 24 West from Greenwich

23

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 4 ARQUIPLAGO DE CABO VERDE

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 366, 4104

Scope of the chapter

1

4.1 The chapter is divided into the following sections: Arquiplago de Cabo VerdeNorthern Group (4.6). Arquiplago de Cabo VerdeSouthern Group (4.88).

Description
1

4.2 Arquiplago de Cabo Verde, separated from Cap Vert (1443N 1730W) (6.145) by a clear passage about 325 miles wide, consists of ten principal islands and four smaller ones, divided into two groups. The channels between the islands are generally navigable. The sea. both in the passages between the islands and the mainland of Africa, also NE of the group, is frequently much discoloured due probably to the meeting of the currents.

1984 Datum. Many new charts allow direct plotting and are marked accordingly. Other charts require known corrections to be applied before plotting, such corrections being listed on the chart. However, there remain many charts for this area on which the differences cannot, on occasion, be determined. Mariners are warned that these differences may be significant to navigation and are therefore advised to use alternative sources of positioning information, particularly when closing the shore or navigating in the vicinity of dangers.

Natural conditions
1

Caution
1

4.3 Chart 366 should be used with great caution, especially in the vicinity of Ilha do Bavista (1606N 2250W), off which many uncharted dangers may exist.

Navigation
1

4.4 Satellite navigation. Positions obtained from satellite navigation systems such as the Global Positioning System (GPS) are normally referred to the World Geodetic System

4.5 Magnetic anomalies are reported to exist in the vicinty of the archipelago, especially in the following areas: Off the W side of Ilha do Sal (4.7); Off the E side of Ilha do Bavista (4.19); Near Ilha do Fogo (4.117) and Ilha Brava (4.124). Current. The archipelago lies in the region where the direction for the Canary current (1.249) becomes more W as it passes into the Wgoing North Equatorial current (1.249). The rate of most of the currents in the open ocean in the vicinity of the archipelago does not exceed 1 kn. The E islands, Ilha do Sal, Ilha Boavista and Ilha do Maio, more especially feel the force of the SW set, and several wrecks have been caused by disregarding it. The currents between the islands of the whole group are frequently strong, irregular and influenced by the wind. Visibility. The haze over the whole archipelago is often so thick that the surf is sighted before the land. See details of the harmattan (1.280).

ARQUIPLAGO DE CABO VERDE NORTHERN GROUP GENERAL INFORMATION ILHA DO SAL General information
Chart 366

Area covered
1

Chart 367 plan of Ilha do Sal

4.6 This section describes the N group of islands and principal port comprising of: Ilha do Sal (1645N 2257W), (4.7) Ilha da Bavista, (4.19) Ilha de So Nicolau, (4.33) Ilhu Raso, (4.42) Ilhu Branco, (4.43) Ilha da Santa Luzia, (4.44) Ilha de So Vicente, (4.49) Porto Grande (4.57), and Ilha de Santo Anto (1703N 2513W) (4.79).

Route
1

4.7 Ilha do Sal (1645N 2257W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given in the coastal directions at 4.10.

Topography
1

4.8 Ilha do Sal, the NE island of the archipelago, has in its N part a number of isolated peaks, the highest of which is Monte Grande (4.10).

113

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

The S part of the island is low and terminates in a dangerous, steepto sandy spit which extends a considerable distance offshore. The coast from Ponta Norte (1651N 2256W) to Ponta do Cagarral, 5 miles SSE, is steep and fronted by rocks which extend as much as 5 cables offshore. The coast between Ponta de Parapeita (16 45 N 2254W) and Ponta do Morrinho Vermelho, 5 miles SSE, is, with the exception of Baa da Parda, fringed with rocks; Rifes da Parda (not named on chart), with depths of less than 18 m over them, extend about 2 cables E from the coast 5 cables S of Ponta de Parapeita. Baa da Parda, 5 cables SW of Rifes da Parda, is backed by low land and has a beach of black sand about 1 cable in length. The coast between Ponta do Morrinho Vermelho and Ponta do Leme Velho, 4 miles SSW, forms two bights separated by Ponta da Fragata (1639N 2254W) (not named on chart); the N bight is rocky, the S bight is partly sandy and backed by sand dunes; both bights are fringed with rocks. The coast between Ponta do Leme Velho (1635N 2254W) and Ponta do Sin, 2 miles WSW, consists of Baa de Santa Maria with Porto de Santa Maria (4.18) standing at its head, with white sandy beaches extending on either side. The coast from Ponta do Sin to Ponta do Rife (1639N 2257W) 4 miles NNW, is fronted by a sandy beach for the first 2 miles and thence by rocks for 1 miles NNW. The coast from Ponta Pesqueirona to Ponta da Pambai (16446N 22593W), 3 miles N, is steep and the points between are fringed with rocks. Porto da Palmeira (4.13) lies between Ponta da Pambai and Ponta do Jozinho, 1 mile NNW. The coast between Ponta do Jozinho (16 45 4N 22597W) and Ponta Preta (4 miles N) consists of several low points fringed with rocks. Between Ponta Preta and Ponta Norte, 4 miles ENE, the coast is fringed with rocks.

E of Porto Pedra de Lume (1 mile SW) (4.17), thence: E of Baixa Alta (3 miles S) with a depth of 82 m over it. Another rock with a depth of 16 m over it lies 5 cables W of it. A group of small islets lie close inshore, 1 mile SW of Baixa Alta. Rocks with depths of less than 18 m over them extend up to 3 cables E of the islets. Thence: E of Ponta Morrinho Vermelho (6 miles S), a low point, backed by a white topped conical hill. A rocky patch with a depth of 74 m over it lies 1 miles S of the point. Thence: E of a wreck (8 miles S), with a depth of 25 m over it, thence: E of Ponta do Leme Velho (10 miles S) a low sandy promontory extending SE and fringed with rocks. A depth of 195 m lies 1 miles ENE and a rock with a depth of 131 m over it lies 1 miles SSE of the point. Thence the track alters SW and W, passing (with positions relative to Ponta do Sin Light (16353N 22556W)): S of Porto de Santa Maria (1 mile E) (4.18), thence: S of Ponta do Sin, a low promontory composed of sand dunes. Useful marks: Monte da Rocha Salina (16 470N 22551W), elevation 299 m. Pedra de Lume Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (16452N 22538W). White Pyramid (16421N 22545W). Ponta do Sin Light (grey square tower, 9 m in height) (16353N 22556W).

West coast
1

Natural conditions
1

4.9 Current. The current in the neighbourhood of Ilha do Sal usually sets SW at a rate of about kn, but it is frequently stronger, irregular and influenced by the wind. See 4.5. Visibility. See 4.5. Local magnetic anomaly is reported off the W side of Ilha do Sal.

Directions Landmark
1

4.10 Monte Grande (1649N 2255W), elevation 407 m.

East coast
1

4.11 From a position E of Ponta Norte (1651N 2256W) the track leads S, passing (with positions relative to Ponta do Cagarral (1646N 2253W)): E of Ponta de Casaca (3 miles N), a low point fringed with rocks, with an islet lying close inshore 3 cables WNW of the point, thence: E of Ponta do Cagarral, from which a ledge of rocks, with a depth of 27 m over its outer end, extends 4 cables NE. Monte Cagarral, a conical hill, 173 m high, rises 3 cables WNW of the point. Thence:

4.12 From a position S of Ponta do Sin the track leads NW, passing (with positions relative to Rabo Junco Light (16418N 22595W)): SW of Ponta do Rife (4 miles NNW), a low point with rocks extending 2 cables W and a similar distance offshore for 1 miles SSE. Baa da Mordeira (4.16), with a prohibited anchorage area, lies N of the point. Thence: SW of Ponta Pesqueirona, from where Rabo Junco Light is exhibited. Monte Rabo de Junco, with an elevation of 165 m, lies 3 cables E of Ponta Pesqueirona. Monte Rabo de Junco has two summits separated by a saddle, the S summit being higher. Ilhu do Rabo de Junco, joined to the mainland by a reef, lies 5 cables NW of Ponta Pesqueirona. Thence the track leads N, passing: W of Palmeira (3 miles N), standing at the N end of Baa da Palmeira (4.13), with its tanker facilities, thence: W of Ponta da Bicuda (4 miles N), a low point fringed with rocks, thence: W of an unnamed point (6 miles N), 8 cables ESE of which Morro Leste, a conical hill, rises to 263 m, thence: W of Ponta Preta (8 miles N), the highest point on the NW coast of Ilha do Sal. Thence the track alters NE and ENE, passing: NNW of Ponta Norte (10 miles NNE), low, rocky, fringed by submerged rocks and the N extremity

114

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

of Ilha do Sal. A light is exhibited 4 cables SE of the point. Thence the track leads SE to a position E of Ponta Norte. Useful marks: Rabo Junco Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (16418N 22595W). Ponta Norte (metal tower, 5 m in height) (16510N 22552W).
1

The intersection of both above alignments indicates the anchorage at the entrance to the bay. Useful marks: Airport control tower (16447N 22570W). Church (16453N 22592W). Pier Head Light (lantern on metal mast, 5 m in height) (16452N 22593W).

Berths and port services

4.15 Mooring berth. Tanker Berth is situated at the seaward end of the the oil pipeline and consists of four mooring buoys, the NW and SW of which are also lightbuoys. Tankers secure to these buoys with three lines from each bow and each quarter and the port anchor may also be required. This berth can accommodate vessels up to 183 m in length and 125 m draught from April to November, and up to 175 m length and 115 m draught, from December to March. The berth is affected by periods of heavy swell during winter months. Alongside berth. There is a pier 112 m in length, having depths alongside of from 40 m at its seaward end to 10 m at its inner end. Only one side is available for berthing. A rocky ledge with depths of less than 5 m extends up to cable SW and 1 cables SE of the pier. Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels under the lee of the pier extending from Ponta Joaquim Machado. Landing is possible at the pier. Repairs are not available. Other facilities. Hospital at airport. Supplies are available in very small quantities.

Porto da Palmeira
Chart 367 plan Porto da Palmeira

General information
1

4.13 Position and function. Porto da Palmeira lies in Baa da Palmeira (1645N 2259W). The village of Palmeira stands at the N end of the bay. The port, consisting of a tanker mooring and a pier used by cargo vessels, ferries and fishing vessels, mainly imports aviation fuel. Approach and entry. The port is approached direct from sea and entered between Ponta do Joozinho (16454N 22597W) and Ponta da Pambai (Ponta da Fontona), 9 cables SE. Traffic. In 2004 there were 7 vessel movements totalling 6470 dwt at Porto da Palmeira. Port Authority. Email: portopalmeira@enapor.cv Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 08 m; mean neap range about 04 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Pilotage is available, however, the pilot has to travel from So Vicente 12 hours away by boat. Pilot and Mooring Master board tankers 1 mile W of mooring buoys. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Anchorages and harbours Baa da Mordeira

1

Directions
1

(continued from 4.12) 4.14 Landmark: Oil depot (1645N 2259W). Entry. Leading lights: Front light (elevation 8 m) (16451N 22590W) Rear light (Casa Valente, elevation 13 m) (435 m from front). The alignment (064) of the above lights leads to the Tanker Berth. Alignment marks: Front light (red mast, 7 m in height) (16452N 22590W) Rear light (red mast, 11 m in height) (95 m from front). The above alignment (044) marks the line of the oil pipeline, the seaward end of which is also marked by a white conical buoy (nonIALA). Both above sets of lights are exhibited on request. Leading marks: Front mark (conical stone beacon) (16 44 6N 22591W) Rear mark (conical stone beacon) (500 m from front). The above alignment bears 111. Front mark (conical stone beacon) (16 45 3N 22591W) Rear mark (conical stone beacon) (320 m from front). The above alignment bears 045.

4.16 Baa da Mordeira lies between Ponta do Rife (1639N 2257W) (4.12) and Ponta Pesqueirona, 3 miles NW. Apart from Monte Rabo de Junco (4.12), the shores of the bay are low, alternating with ledges of rock and sand beaches. Anchorage can be obtained in the bay, outside the prohibited area. Care should be taken to ascertain the nature of the bottom before anchoring as there are many foul spots in the bay. This is the best anchorage off Ilha do Sal and affords good shelter except during the wet season when S winds blow in, accompanied by rollers, making it unsafe. Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in an area, best seen on the chart, extending SE from a red brick building ashore, where submarine cables are landed. Chart 369 plan Porto de Pedra de Lume

Porto de Pedra de Lume

1

4.17 Description. Ponta de Guin, the N entrance point to Porto de Pedra de Lume, lies 7 cables SSW of Ponta do Cagarral. The S entrance point to Porto de Pedra de Lume, Ponta de Parapeita, a low rocky point, lies 1 mile SW of Ponta de Guin. Porto de Pedra de Lume (16 45N 2254W) is situated about 5 cables W of Ponta de Guin, a low rocky point. Coasters in the anchorage load salt, the only product of Ilha do Sal, from salt works farther inland.

115

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

A small harbour, with depths of 06 m to 12 m (2 to 4 ft), is formed by a breakwater extending SW from the shore 4 cables WNW of Ponta de Guin. Depths. A shoal over which the sea breaks and with a depth of 6 m (20 ft) over it lies 3 cables SSW of Ponta de Guin. A shoal with a depth of 2 m (7 ft) lies 4 cables WSW of the point, and a rocky spit, with depths of less than 4 m (13 ft) over it, extends 2 cables S from the shore 5 cables W of the point. Landmark: Church (16459N 22537W). Entry. Leading lights: Front light (truncated pyramid, 3 m in height) (16455N 22543W). Rear light (framework tower on house, 7 m in height) (215 m from front). The alignment (306 ) of the above lights, when exhibited, leads to the anchorage. Useful marks: Cross (16457N 22539W) Anchorage may be obtained 3 cables S of the head of the breakwater in 11 m (6 fm) sand, shell and stones; and at 4 cables S of the head of the breakwater in 12 m, fine sand. Landing can be made close W of the harbour. Repairs. Minor repairs can be effected. A patent slip can accommodate vessels of up to 8 tons. Other facilities. Small hospital at airport, about 7 km away. Supplies . Very small quantities of provisions are available.

ILHA DA BAVISTA General information

Chart 366

Route
1

4.19 Ilha da Bavista (1606N 2249W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the Caution at 4.3 and the dangers given below.

Topography
1

Chart 367 plan Porto de Santa Maria

Porto de Santa Maria

1

4.18 Description. Baa de Santa Maria is entered between Ponta do Sin and Ponta do Leme Velho 2 miles ENE. Ponta de Vera Cruz (16357N 22546W), a rocky point, lies 1 mile NE of Ponta do Sin, and between these points lies Praia da Bancona, a beach of white sand; another beach of white sand also extends E from Ponta de Vera Cruz. Porto de Santa Maria, stands at the head of the bay close NW of Ponta de Vera Cruz and is used by coasters loading salt; it is the principal town of Ilha do Sal. Entry. A steepto rocky spit, on which lies a stranded wreck, extends 2 cables E of Ponta do Sin which together with Ponta do Leme Velho (4.11) should be given a wide berth, otherwise the chart is sufficient guide. Useful marks: Ponta do Sin Light (16353N 22556W) (4.11). Ponta de Vera Cruz Light (white framework tower, 4 m in height) (16357N 22546W). Church (16358N 22547W). Windmotor (16 35 9N 22 54 8W), position approximate. Anchorage may be obtained about 3 cables S of Ponta de Vera Cruz in a depth of 13 m, fine sand and shells. Landing can be effected at a wooden pier 2 cables W of Ponta de Vera Cruz. Repairs A slipway suitable for lighters and vessels up to 8 tons drawing about 1 m lies close E of Ponta de Vera Cruz. A small dock is situated close to the slipway. Supplies of provisions are very limited. Fuel can only be obtained in drums.

4.20 Ilha da Bavista, 21 miles S of Ilha do Sal (4.8), is traversed generally through the centre fron N to S by a mountain range. Monte Caador, 355 m high and Pico Forcado, 369 m high, rise in the E part of the middle of the island; Pico Estncia (1603N 2247W), 390 m, the highest peak in Ilha da Bavista, lies in the SE part of the island. Monte Santo Antnio, 378 m, and Rocha Estncia, 354 m, rise isolated and prominent in the SW part of the island. Ilha da Bavista is of volcanic origin and extinct craters are situated near Monte Caador and Pico Forcado. The coasts of the island are low and consist mainly of long sandy beaches separated by rocky points with detached dangers lying off them. Near the E extremity of the island are extensive salt pans and the principle industry of Ilha da Bavista is the manufacture of salt. The coast between Ponta do Roque (16 05 1N 22405W) and Ponta do Ervato (not named on chart) 3 miles SSW, is rocky with sandy stretches. Foul ground extends about 1 mile SE from Ponta do Ervato. The coast between Ponta do Ervato (1603N 2242W) and Ponta Tarfe, 7 miles SW, consists of a sandy beach interrupted by Ponta Mendronha, 4 miles SW of Ponta do Ervato, which has a reef extending a short distance from it. The coast between Ponta do Sol (1614N 2255W) and a point 1 miles S is high and steep, thence for the next 1 miles to Ponta de Joo Gomes (1611N 2256W) it is low and fronted by foul ground. The coast from Ponta Varandinha (1603N 2258W) to a point 7 cables NW of Ponta Lacaco, 6 miles SE, consists of a sandy beach. Another sandy beach stretches for 4 miles E from Ponta Lacaco.

Natural conditions
1

4.21 Local magnetic anomaly. A local magnetic anomaly is reported to exist off the E coast of Ilha da Bavista, off Ponta Tarfe (4.25). Current. The channel between Ilha do Sal and Ilha da Bavista is free from danger but the current sets strongly SSW through it and on to Ilha da Bavista. It is better, therefore, when passing through to favour the Ilha do Sal side.

Directions Major light

1

4.22 Morro Negro Light (white square tower on dwelling, 12 m in height) (16062N 22411W).

Other aid to navigation

1

4.23 Racon: Ponta Varandinha Light (16026N 22583W).

116

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

Circumnavigation
1

4.24 From a position N of Ponta Antnia (1614N 2248W), the track leads ESE, passing (with positions relative to Morro Negro Light (4.22)): NNE of Ponta Antnia (10 miles NW), a low, dark and rocky point which is surrounded by foul ground extending up to 5 cables offshore. A rock awash lies 4 cables NE, and there is a shoal with a depth of 54 m over it 3 miles ESE of the point. Thence: NNE of Ponta Rodrigo (6 miles NNW), a low rocky salient fringed with rocks; foul ground extends 7 cables E of the point. A small bay obstructed with rocks lies close W of Ponta Rodrigo and a reef over which the sea breaks lies 1 mile E. Three islets lie from 6 cables to 2 miles SE of the point. Thence the track leads SE, passing: NE of Cabea da Rifona (6 miles NNE), the steepto E extremity of an extensive reef which lies between 1 miles and 3 miles E of Ponta Rodrigo. The sea breaks 1 miles S of Cabea da Rifona on another reef. There are channels between the islets mentioned above and the reefs but local knowledge is necessary to use them. Many vessels have been set on to Cabea da Rifona by the SW current (4.5) and wrecked. In clear weather the dangers show themselves, but in poor visibility it is not advisable to approach the island as the currents about it are sometimes irregular. Thence: NE of Ponta do Rife Baluarte (2 miles N), low, fringed with rocks extending 1 mile offshore and very dangerous to approach. Ilhu do Baluarte, a low rocky islet, lies 9 cables NE of the point. A rock awash lies about 1 mile SE of Ponta do Rife Baluarte. Reefs extend up to 1 miles offshore between Ponta do Rife Baluarte and a point situated 1 mile SSE from it. Thence the track leads S, passing: E of Morro Negro, a prominent conical hill, elevation 154 m, from the summit of which a light (4.22) is exhibited, thence: E of Ponta do Roque (1 mile SSE) a high, steep and dark point with a small islet lying close N and a wreck with 42 m over it lying 8 cables SSE of it. Thence the track alters SSW, passing: ESE of Ponta do Ervato (4 miles SSW) (4.20). Baixo Queen, an extensive reef, over which the sea breaks lies 5 cables offshore, 1 miles SW of Ponta do Ervato. 4.25 Thence the track leads SW, passing: SE of Ponta Tarfe (10 miles SW), the S extremity of the island. It is very low, rocky and dark in colour. A ledge of rocks extends 7 cables S from the point and a small islet capped with guano lies 3 cables ENE in Enseada do Curral Velho. Thence the track alters W, passing (with positions relative to Ponta Varandinha Light (16026N 22583W)): S of Ponta Lacaco (6 miles SE) which is fringed with rocks, thence: Thence the track leads WNW, passing: Clear of Baixo de Joo Valente (17 miles SW), awash, consisting of coral and shell and, which breaks heavily in moderate seas but not when the sea is calm, thence:

SSW of Ponta Varandinha, the W extremity of Ilha da Bavista, from where a light (4.23) is exhibited. The point is low and rocky; a reef, awash, extends 4 cables W from Ponta Varandinha. Thence the track leads NNW and NNE, passing: WNW of Baixo Vauban (2 miles NNW), with rocks awash. A dangerous wreck lies on the reef. Thence: WNW of Ponta do Morro d Areia (2 miles NNE), a low and rocky point dominated by Morro d Areia (elevation 167 m) (not named on chart). A shoal with a depth of 196 m lies 3 miles WNW of Ponta do Morro d Areia. Thence: WNW of Baixa do Brtola (4 miles N), with a depth of 63 m over it. Thence the track continues NNE, passing (with positions relative to Ponta de Sol Light (16138N 22553W)): WNW of Ilhu de Sal Rei (3 miles SSW), a grass covered island, from where a light is exhibited, lying on the outer edge of foul ground extending 1 mile SW from Ponta de Joo Gomes (4.26), thence: WNW of a depth of 194 m (2 miles SW), thence: WNW of Ponta de Sol, from where a light is exhibited. The point is low and fringed by rocky and foul ground extending 6 cables N from it. Thence the track leads E, passing: N of Baixo da Boa Esperana (3 miles E) with a depth of 69 m over it. Another reef with a depth of 56 m over it, lies 2 miles further E. These are the outermost reefs in Baa da Salina, entered between Ponta de Sol and Ponta Antnia, 7 miles E. The bay has a sandy shore but is obstructed with reefs. Thence the track leads to a position N of Ponta Antnia (7 miles E), with a dangerous wreck lying 7 cables WNW. Useful marks: Ponta Varandinha Light (lantern on red structure, 7 m in height) (16026N 22582W). Calheta do Velho Light (lantern on metal mast, 8 m in height) (16104N 22564W). Ponta do Sol Light (metal tower, 7 m in height) (16138N 22553W).

Porto de Sal Rei

Chart 369 plan Porto de Sal Rei

General information
1

4.26 Position and function. Baa de Sal Rei lies between Ponta do Morro dAreia (1606N 2300W) (4.25) and Ponta de Joo Gomes, 5 miles NNE; both these points are low, sandy and fringed with rocks. Porto de Sal Rei lies in the N part of the bay, the shores of which are fronted by a sandy beach. Vila de Sal Rei stands close SE of Ponta Joo Gomes. The town of Rabil stands 1 mile E of a conspicuous tall chimney (see Useful marks). Approach and entry. Through a channel (charted as a boat passage) between Ponta Manuel da Rosa, the NE extremity of Ilhu de Sal Rei, and Ponta de Joo Gomes leads to the breakwater. Traffic. In 2004 there were 57 ship movements totalling 43 283 dwt. Local knowledge is essential for hauling around the SW side of Ilhu de Sal Rei, passing N of Baixona (English Reef). See below.

117

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

4.27 Shoal depths. Baixona (English Reef), with a least depth of 23 m (8 ft) over it, lies 8 cables SW of Ponta do Forte (Ponta do Ilhu), the SE extremity of Ilhu de Sal Rei. This reef only breaks when there is a swell and then heavily. There are depths of 11 m (6 fm) between the reef and Ponta do Forte. Inner Reef is the name applied to a reef extending about 4 cables offshore about 7 cables S of Vila de Sal Rei. This reef is reported to break only in bad weather. Baixo da Chave, on which there is a large drying rock as well as submerged rocks, extends 4 cables W from the shore 8 cables S of Ribeira de Rabil Light. Baixo do Bartola (4.25), lies about 4 miles SW of Calheta do Velho Light. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 10 m; mean neap range about 08 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Useful marks: Calheta do Velho Light (16104N 22564W) (4.25). Customs Pier Light (red framework tower, 6 m in height) (16106N 22555W). Ribeira de Rabil Light (lantern on metal mast, 5 m in height) (16084N 22541W). Chimney (16079N 22547W). 4.28 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered in the summer from the prevailing NE winds, about 1 miles SE of Calheta de Velho Light in a depth of 14 m to 15 m (7 to 8 fm). The holding ground is not good, being generally rock covered by a thin layer of sand or shells. Anchorage may also be obtained about 11 cables SE of the light in a depth of 14 m, crushed shells. Berth. A mole protected by a rubble breakwater, projects WSW from close S of Ponta de Joo Gomes and offers wharfage totalling 100 m in length with a 155 m wide RoRo ramp in depths of 5 m alongside. Repairs are not available. Other facilities: Small hospital. Supplies are available in limited quantities. Communication: Airstrip 5 km SE of town with domestic flights; interisland ferries.

Baa do Curralinho
1

4.32 Anchorage can be obtained in Baa do Curralinho (1559N 2254W), about 1 miles NW of Ponta Lacaco (4.25), about 3 cables offshore in depths of 12 m to 13 m, fine sand. Care should be taken to avoid a reef over which the sea often breaks extending 3 cables W from the coast about 11 cables NW of Ponta Lacaco.

ILHA DE SO NICOLAU General information

Chart 366

Route
1

4.33 Ilha de So Nicolau (1637N 2417W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given below.

Topography
1

Anchorages and harbours Baa de Porto Ferreira

1

4.29 Baa de Porto Ferreira lies between Ponta do Roque (16051N 22405W) and a point 2 miles N from it. Anchorage for small vessels can be obtained about 2 miles N of Ponta do Roque in a depth of about 8 m, fine sand and chalk; local knowledge is required.

4.34 Ilha de So Nicolau lies 60 miles W of Ilha do Sal (4.8) and is very mountainous; Monte Gordo (1637N 2421W), rising to an elevation of 1304 m in the W part of the island, is the highest point. The long peninsula which forms the E part of the island is composed of a range of mountains about 600 to 700 m high, prominent among them being Monte Bissau, an isolated conical mountain with an elevation of 614 m, rising near the centre of the island, the summit of which is frequently in cloud. The E end of the the peninsula terminates in a low plateau. Ilha de So Nicolau is more cultivated than any other of the group; sugar cane, vegetables and fruit being the chief products. The coast between Ponta do Fidalgo (1629N 2420W) and Ponta Cacimba (1633N 2422W), 4 miles NNW, is unsurveyed. The coast from Ponta do Portinho (1635N 2423W) to Ponta do Barril, 2 miles NW, is free from dangers except very close inshore. Between Ponta Brouco (1638N 2426W) and a point 1 miles NNE, the coast consists of a low cliff with several caves in it. The coast between Ponta Juncalinho (1637N 2408W) and Ponta Leste, 7 miles ESE, is composed chiefly of cliffs with rocks and sand at their bases.

Depths
1

4.35 Caution. From Ponta Leste (1634N 2401W), the E extremity of Ilha de So Nicolau, to Ponta Bodegal (chart 369), 15 miles W, the coast is unsurveyed.

Off Baixo Queen

1

Directions Major light

1

4.30 Anchorage can be found N of Baixo Queen (1601N 2242W) (4.24) in depths greater than 10 m.

4.36 Barril Light (white square tower and dwelling, 9 m in height) (16363N 24256W).

Off Ponta Tarfe

1

South coast
1

4.31 Anchorage can be found about 1 mile NE of Ponta Tarfe (1558N 2248W) (4.25) in depths greater than 10 m.

4.37 From a position E of Ponta Leste Light (1634N 2401W), the track leads SSW, passing (with positions relative to Porto Velho Light (1634N 2417W)):

118

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

ESE of Ponta Leste, the E extremity of Ilha de So Nicolau, which terminates in a cliff with detached rocks fronting its N side, thence: ESE of Ponta Talhada (14 miles E). The coast between Ponta Leste and Ponta Talhada is high and rocky. Thence the track leads WSW, passing: SSE of Ponta Delgado (10 miles E) which is rocky and can be distinguished by chalky patches on the land adjacent to it, thence: SSE of Ponta da Vermelharia (5 miles SSW), the S extremity of a peninsula and of Ilha de So Nicolau, which is cliffy. Foul ground extends a short distance S and depths of less than 100 m extend about 5 miles SW from Ponta da Vermelharia. Thence the track leads W, passing (with positions relative to Barril Light (16363N 24256W)): S of Ponta do Fidalgo (9 miles SE), a rugged and salient point, higher than Ponta da Vermelharia. Thence the track leads NW, passing: SW of Ponta da Papagaio (6 miles SE), thence: SW of Tarrafal (4 miles SE) (4.41), which is the main port for Ilha de So Nicolau, thence: SW of Ponta do Barril, from where a light (4.36) is exhibited. Depths of 150 m and 139 m were reported (1970 and 1986) 4 miles and 6 miles, respectively, W of Ponta do Barril.

Ponta Vermelharia Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (1629N 2419W), position approximate. Tarrafal Mole Head Light (metal mast with lantern, elevation 8 m) (1634N 2422W). Ponta Espechim Light (metal mast with lantern, 5 m in height) (16 41 7N 24 21 W), position approximate.

Anchorages and harbours Baa do Carrial

1

4.39 Baa do Carrial (1633N 2406W) is small but suitable as an anchorage for small craft. The bottom is sandy and the anchorage is sheltered from winds between E and W through N. The village of Carrial, which has stone houses, stands at the head of the bay and is visible from the offing. Chart 369 plan of Porto da Preguia

Porto da Preguia and Porto Velho

1

North coast
1

4.38 Thence the track leads N and NE, passing: NW of Ponta do Galeo (2 miles N), with vertical cliffs formed by landslides. Thence the track leads ENE, passing (with positions relative to Ponta Espechim (1641N 2421W)): NNW of Ponta do Rabil (2 miles WSW), a low dark and rocky point, thence: NNW of Ponta Espechim, the N extremity of Ilha de So Nicolau, which is a rounded, cliffy promontory surmounted by a mountain with a elevation of 676 m. Baixa do Espechim, with a depth of less than 2 m, lies 2 cables N of the point. Thence the track leads ESE, passing: NNE of Ponta de Curral Velho (5 miles SE). Ribeira Brava flows through a ravine from the town of that name and enters the sea 1 mile SW of Ponta de Curral Velho. Thence: NNE of Baixo da Queimada (7 miles ESE), a rocky ledge with depths of less than 2 m over it, extending 4 cables N of the coast, thence: NNE of Ponta Larga (9 miles ESE), the W entrance point to Baa do Salto. A mountain, elevation 619 m, standing 1 miles SW of Ponta Larga has two prominent rocky pinnacles. Thence: NNE of Ponta Juncalinho (12 miles ESE), the E entrance point to Baa do Salto. The shores of the bay are fringed with rocks and a village close to Ponta Juncalinho is difficult to distinguish. Thence the track leads ESE and S to a position E of Ponta Leste Light. Useful marks: Ponta Leste Light (white column, red lantern, 3 m in height) (1634N 2401W). Ponta Delgado Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (1633N 2407W), position approximate.

4.40 Description. Baa de So Jorge, which consists of most of the SE coast, is entered between a point 6 cables ENE of Ponta Vermelharia (16 29 N 24 19 W) and Ponta Delgado, 12 miles ENE. Porto da Preguia lies between Black Point and Ponta Bodegal, 7 cables NE. This was once the principal port of Ilha de So Nicolau, due to the road which connects the port with Vila da Ribeira Brava and passes the airfield. A small jetty about 37 m (120 ft) in length extends from the shore on the E side of of a stony beach. At the head of the jetty stands a small derrick. Useful marks: Porto Velho Light (white cabin, 6 m in height) (1634N 2417W). Ruined fort 2 cables WSW of above light. Anchorage in Porto Velho can be obtained about 400 m offshore SSE of Porto Velho Light in a depth of 27 m (15 fm). Smaller vessels can anchor closer inshore in a depth of 16 m (9 fm). Vessels should avoid anchoring W of these positions as the bottom is rocky.

Porto da Tarrafal
1

4.41 Description. Porto da Tarrafal (1634N 2422W) is the main port of Ilha de So Nicolau. The more exposed Porto da Preguia (4.40) has reverted to being a small fishing village. The substantial breakwater, constructed in a NNW direction and parallel to the shore, offers 137 m of wharfage alongside its inner face, and includes a RoRo ramp. Berth No 1 has a length of 83 m and a depth alongside of 50 m. Berth No 2 has a length of 54 m and a depth alongside of 30 m. Ferries, small cargo boats and fishing vessels use the breakwater and quay berths. Repairs, stores and fuel are available. The interisland ferry calls about once a fortnight. Interisland flights from airfield on road to Vila da Ribeira Brava. Useful mark: Tarrafal Mole Head Light (1634N 2422W) (4.38). Anchorage can be obtained 3 cables NW of Ponta do Tarrafal, the point on which the town stands, in a depth of 20 m. Small vessels can anchor NE off the head of the breakwater, outside of the moorings for the local boats. There is good holding ground in 5 m to 10 m over black sand. Baixa de Telha, a rock which dries, lies 1 cable S of Ponta do Tarrafal.

119

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

Caution. Although the breakwater provides shelter from NW through E to SW, strong NE squalls may funnel down the ravines into the harbour.

ILHU RASO
Chart 369 plan of Santa Luzia, Branco and Razo
4

General information
1

4.42 Ilhu Raso (Ilhu Razo) (16 37 N 24 35 W) lies 8 miles W of Ilha de So Nicolau (4.34) and is uninhabited; the coasts are cliffy and almost inaccessible. Monte da Ribeira de Ladro, the highest point, rises to an elevation of 164 m (538 ft) near the NE coast. Ponta Salina, the N extremity, is low and fringed with rocks, and Ponta da Testa Lisa lies 1 miles SW of it. Ponta Esmargalsinho, the steepto SE extremity of Ilhu Raso, lies 1 miles SSE of Ponta Salina.

ILHU BRANCO
6

Chart 369 plan of Santa Luzia, Branco and Razo

General information
1

4.43 Ilhu Branco (1639N 2441W) lies 3 miles NW of Ilhu Raso (4.42). The depths are irregular between these islands and currents are strong at times and raise a confused sea when running against a fresh wind. The island is uninhabited. Tope da Berta, the highest point on the island attains an elevation of 327 m (1073 ft) about the centre of the island. The coasts of Ilhu Branco are inaccessible except in very fine weather when landing is possible W of Ponta Delgada. Ponta Delgada, the low SE extremity of the island, lies 1 mile SE of Tope da Berta, and a reef extends E from it. Ponta dos Papagaios de Riba, the NW extremity of the island, terminates in a cliff 1 mile NW of Tope da Berta.

Ponta Salina do Creoulo, 6 cables NNW of Ponta Me Grande (1645N 2441W), can be identified by white patches on its face; there are similar patches on the coast to the W of the point. A bay, known to be shallow and rocky, is entered between Ponta do Lizardo (16454N 24423W) and Ponta do Rocha Negra, 2 miles WNW; Ch do Castelo, a sandy beach fringed with rocks, lies at the head of the bay. The coast is steepto between Ponta da Salina and Ponta dos Piquinhos (1648N 2447W), the N extremity of the island. The coast between Ponta dos Piquinhos and Ponta Branca, 1 miles SSW and the W extremity of the island, is fronted by a bank with depths of less than 9 m (5 fm) over it extending up to 3 cables offshore. The coast is sheer and steepto between Ponta Branca and Ponta do gua Ruim (1646N 2447W). The coast between Ponta do gua Ruim and Ponta da Laje, 3 miles SE, forms a shallow bight; for about 1 miles ESE the coast is fringed with rocks, and thence for about 1 miles it is fronted by Praia do Palmo a Tosto, a sandy beach. A ruined village stands about 6 cables N of Ponta da Laje (1644N 2445W), and landing can be effected about 2 cables S of the village. Ilhu Zinho, a small pinnacled islet about 15 m (49 ft) high lies 1 miles NW of Ponta da Laje and about 4 cables offshore. A coastal bank, with depths of less than 55 m (3 fm) over it, extends up to 5 cables offshore between Ponta da Laje and Ponta dos Tarafes. Baixona, a group of rocks with depths of less than 2 m (7 ft) over them, lies 1 miles ESE of Ponta da Laje. The coast between Ponta da Laje and Ponta dos Tarafes (1644N 2442W), is low except at the W end where Monte Espia rises to an elevation of 294 m (964 ft) about 4 cables N of Ponta da Laje. Between Ponta dos Tarafes and Ponta Me Grande, 7 cables NE, the coast is faced with cliffs. Baixinha, a group of rocks with depths of less than 2 m (7 ft) over them, lie 8 cables E of Ponta dos Tarafes.

Depths
1

ILHA DE SANTA LUZIA General information

Chart 369 plan of Santa Luzia, Branco and Razo

Topography
1

4.44 Ilha de Santa Luzia is high in its NW and central parts. Monte Topona (1646N 2445W), the highest point, rises to an elevation of 395 m (1296 ft) in the central part of the island, and Monte gua Doce rises to an elevation of 316 m (1033 ft) from a level plain in the NW part. There are no permanent inhabitants of Ilha de Santa Luzia. Monte Creoulo (not named on chart) (16 45 2N 24417W) 85 m (279 ft) high and with the appearance of another island when seen from a distance from N or S, rises near the E extremity of Ilha de Santa Luzia. The land between Monte Topona and Monte Creoulo is low and, when passing N of the island, Ilhu Branco can be seen over the top of it.

4.45 Caution. The S and E coasts of Ilha de Santa Luzia should not be approached within 1 mile as the depths are irregular and less water than charted has been reported between Ilhu Branco and Ilha de Santa Luzia. The coast between Ponta Me Grande (16 45 N 2441W), the low and rocky E extremity of Ilha de Santa Luzia, and Ponta da Salina, 4 miles NW, is unsurveyed. Rocks, with depths of less than 2 m over them, extend 3 cables offshore between Ponta Me Grande and Ponta do Lizardo, 1 miles NW.

Tidal stream
1

4.46 The tidal stream sets W on the ingoing tide and E on the outgoing tide at a rate of 2 kn at springs.

Anchorage
1

4.47 Anchorage can be obtained about 4 cables SE of Ilhu Zinho (1645N 2446W) (4.44) in a depth of about 15 m (8 fm), sand and pebbles.

120

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

Landing
1

4.48 Landing can be effected on Praia Francisco, 1 miles W of Ponta dos Tarafes (1644N 2442W).

ILHA DE SO VICENTE General information

Charts 366, 367 plan of Approaches to Porto Grande
5

Route
1

4.49 Ilha de So Vicente (1651N 2459W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given in the coastal directions at 4.51.

Topography
1

4.50 Ilha de So Vicente is composed of mountains of volcanic origin, divided into two ranges by a valley extending from the SW part of Porto Grande (4.57) to within 2 miles of the E part of the island. Apart from a little green tamarisk scrub, the island is barren. The climate is reported to be healthy, but water is scarce and there is little cultivation. The coast is generally high and abrupt without offlying dangers.

Directions Major lights

1

4.51 Ponta Machado. Dona Amlia Light (white square tower and dwelling, 14 m in height) (16495N 25055W). Fontes Pereira de Melo Light (white octagonal tower and dwelling, 16 m in height) (17070N 24585W).

Circumnavigation
1

4.52 From a position N of Ponta do Recanto de Pranha (1655N 2455W), the track leads W, passing (with positions relative to Ilhu dos Pssaros Light (16546N 25010W)): N of Ponta do Doca (4 miles E), the W point of a broad, low promontory fringed with rocks and steepto; Ponta do Recanto de Pranha is the N point of the promontory. Thence: N of Ponta Joo de vora (3 miles ENE), a high steepto point. Baa de Salamanza lies between Ponta do Doca and Ponta Joo de vora. At the head of the bay is a steepto sandy beach behind which stands the village and church of Salamanza. Thence the track leads WSW, into Canal de So Vicente (4.55), passing: NNW of Ponta da Coluna (1 miles E), high and steep and with a rock resembling a column at its extremity, thence: NNW of Ponta Joo Ribeiro (7 cables ESE) a cliffy point. Baa do Ninho do Guincho, the shores of

which are cliffy, high and rugged, lies between Ponta da Coluna and Ponta Joo Ribeiro. Thence: NNW of Ilhu dos Pssaros, from where a light (see below) is exhibited. The islet, which is rocky and steepto and appears conical when seen from N or S, can be passed on either side. Thence: NNW of Ponta do Morro Branco (1 miles SSW), a cliffy point and the W entrance point to the port of Porto Grande (4.57). Thence: Clear of a depth of 33 m (2 miles WSW), reported, thence: NNW of Ponta Joo Albacora (2 miles SW) (not named on chart). The coast between Ponta do Morro Branco and Ponta Joo Albacora thence 4 miles farther SW is indented with small bays, fringed with rocks and steep. Thence the track leads SW, passing (with positions relative to Dona Amlia Light (16495N 25055W) (4.51)): NW of Ponta do Leo (2 miles NNE) (not named on chart), a salient dark point and the SW entrance point to Baa de Fateixa. Monte Fateixa (elevation 571 m) lies 7 cables SE of the point. Thence the track leads SSW, passing: WNW of Ponta Machado, the SW point of Ilha de So Vicente, from where Dona Amlia Light is exhibited. Useful mark: Ilhu dos Pssaros. Dom Luis Light (white hexagonal truncated pyramid, red lantern, 5 m in height) (16546N 25010W). 4.53 Thence the track leads S and SE, passing: SW of Ponta dos Flamengos (2 miles ESE), dominated by Monte Flamengos with an elevation of 302 m, thence: SW of Ponta Lombinho (6 miles ESE), the sheer, steepto W end of the promontory. Monte Caralena rises to an elevation of 497 m 4 cables N of the point. The coast between Ponta Lombinho and Ponta dos Flamencos, 4 miles WNW, is steep and fringed with rocks in places. Thence the track leads E and ENE, passing: SSE of Ponta de Saragaa (12 miles E), the SE extremity of Ilha de So Vicente. For a distance of 3 miles WSW of Ponta de Saragaa, the coast is steep and free from dangers, for the next 1 miles it is high and fringed with rocks. Thence for the remaining 2 miles to the promontory it is fronted by a sandy beach. Thence the track leads NE and N, into Canal de Santa Luzia (4.54), passing (with positions relative to Ponta do Calhau (1652N 2452W)): E of Baixa de Viana (1 miles S), a spit of foul ground steepto on all sides extending 5 cables E from a point of the same name, thence: E of Ponta do Calhau, the E point of Ilha de So Vicente, which is sheer, steepto and dominated by Monte Calhau, a dark hill with two summits and a saddle between, rising to an elevation of 140 m about 4 cables SW of the point. Ponta do Calhau is the N entrance point to a bay extending S to Baixa de Viana. At the head of the bay is a sandy beach and a village stands close inland. Thence the track leads NW, passing: NE of Baa de Gatas Light (3 miles NW), standing at the N entrance to Baa de Gatas, a small inlet

121

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

with a depth of 27 m in the entrance. A large bay, with Monte Verde rising to an elevation of 750 m to the SW, lies between Baa de Gatas and Ponta do Calhau. At the SE end of the bay is a steepto sandy beach and at the NW end is a sandy beach with depths of less than 5 m extending up to 5 cables offshore. Thence the track leads to a position NE and N of Ponta do Recanto de Pranha, with Morro Salamanza rising 1 miles SSW to an elevation of 84 m.

PORTO GRANDE General information

Chart 367 plans of Approaches to Porto Grande and Porto Grande

Position
1

4.57 Porto Grande (1653N 2500W) is situated in the NW part of Ilha de So Vicente (4.50). The bay is frequented by sharks.

Side channels
1

Function
4.58 Porto Grande is the largest port in the archipelago and an important bunkering station. The town of Mindelo standing on the E shore of the harbour, is the capital of Ilha de So Vicente and in 1999 had a population of 47 109. The chief imports are fuel and diesel oil, building materials, general cargo. The chief exports are fish, bananas, cloth.

Canal de Santa Luzia

1

4.54 General information. Canal de Santa Luzia (1649N 2450W) separates Ilha de Santa Luzia (4.44) from Ilha de So Vicente, and is 4 miles wide. There are general depths of 20 m to 30 m on the bank joining the two islands which is very steepto on its NE and SW sides. When blowing freshly and with the tidal stream setting to windward, there is an appearance of shoal water in this channel. Tidal streams in Canal de Santa Luzia are strong. The SWgoing stream begins about 2 hours after HW, and the NEgoing stream begins about 3 hours before HW. The greatest rate observed was 3 kn SWgoing at about 4 hours after HW in Canal de Santa Luzia.

Topography
1

4.59 The land behind the NE and E parts of the bay is composed of a series of barren brown ridges dominated by Monte Vigia (elevation 302 m) about 1 miles E of Ponta Joo Ribeiro. The S shore of the bay is low and fringed with rocks.

Canal de So Vicente
1

Approach and entry

1

4.55 General information. Canal de So Vicente (1657N 2504W), which separates Ilha de So Vicente from Ilha de Santo Anto (4.80), is 6 miles wide, deep and clear of dangers. Tidal streams in Canal de So Vicente are strong. The SWgoing stream begins about 2 hours after HW, and the NEgoing stream begins about 3 hours after HW. The greatest rate observed was 2 kn SWgoing at about 6 hours after HW in Canal de So Vicente.

4.60 Porto Grande may be approached from N or S from Canal de So Vicente (4.55) and is entered between Ponta Joo Ribeiro (1654N 2500W) and Ponta do Morro Branco, 2 miles SW.

Traffic
1

4.61 In 2004, there were 662 vessel movements totalling 3 094 857 dwt.

Port Authority Anchorage

1

Baa de San Pedro

1

4.56 Description. Baa de San Pedro lies between Ponta do Guincho (not named on chart), 7 cables NW of Ponta dos Flamengos (16482N 25035W) and Ponta Machado (4.52), 1 miles farther NW. There is a sandy beach at the head of the bay, with the village and church of San Pedro standing at its W end. The control tower and other buildings of San Pedro airfield are situated about 1 miles ENE of Ponta Machado and are visible from the offing. Anchorage can be obtained in the centre of San Pedro bay in a depth of 10 m to 15 m, holding ground is good and the anchorage offers shelter from NW through NE to SE. NE winds may funnel down the wide valley and the swells may work in from the E. A dangerous wreck lies 7 cables SE of Dona Amlia Light.

4.62 Empresa (ENAPOR), Islands. Email: Website:

Nacional de Administracao dos Portos S.A PO Box 82, Mindelo, Sao Vicente, Cape Verde portogrande@enapor.cv www.enapor.cv

Limiting conditions Deepest and longest berth

1

4.63 Deepest berths; Nos 3 and 4. Longest berths; Nos 1 and 2 (4.77).

Tidal levels
1

4.64 Mean spring range about 09 m; mean neap range about 04 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

122

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

Density of water
1

4.65 The density of the water is 1025 g/cm3.

Maximum size of vessels handled

1

4.66 Alongside; 24 803 grt, draught 89 m. At Tanker Berth; LOA 235 m, draught 107 m, 53 000 dwt. At anchor; 130 539 grt, draught 22 m.
3

Arrival information Port radio

1

4.67 There are port and coast radio stations. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 1 (1) and 6 (3).

SSW from a position cable E of the root of Ponta do Cais, and a light is exhibited at its head. A quay, backed by the shore, lies 1 cables E of Cais do Melo, extending 1 cables S from the main mole. The S extremity of this quay extends E for cable at which point an additional jetty, Cais de Cabotagem, extends cable S from where a light is exhibited. A ruined pier extends W from the shore 2 cables E of the head of Cais de Cabotagem. There is a small craft anchorage centred on position 16532N 24599W. A fishing port has been built near the SE part of the bay. It consists of an Lshaped wharf fronted by a detached mole from which a light is exhibited at each end; entry to this port is from WSW only.

Notice of ETA
1

Natural conditions
1

4.68 ETA should be sent at least 48 hours prior to arrival to the agent. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Outer anchorages
1

4.69 Anchorage may be obtained, in the bay 5 cables and 13 cables ENE of Ponta do Morro Branco in depths of 22 m and 19 m. The holding ground is good in both positions but with NE winds violent squalls are of frequent occurrence and vessels should be prepared with second anchor in case of parting their cable or dragging. A wreck, depth 18 m, lies in 16529N 25015W. Anchorage may also be obtained in a position 34 cables S of Cabnave light (16540N 25002W).

4.74 Tidal streams. See 4.55. Local weather. NE tradewinds and harmattan (1.280) from E blow between October and June. The wet season is from August to October. The harbour is sheltered from all winds except those from NW which rarely blow. Boat sailing can be dangerous during squalls which blow off the high land. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.294.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 4.52)

Landmarks
1

Submarine cables and pipelines

1

4.75 Fortim dElRei (16533N 24599W), a prison. Silos (16524N 25000W). Oil Tanks (16524N 25006W).

4.70 Numerous disused submarine cables lie in an area best seen on the chart; mariners should exercise caution when anchoring in the vicinity. A submarine pipeline leads NW for 5 cables from 16524N 25007W to Tanker Berth (4.77). Another submarine pipeline leads, cable ENE from the above, to a position 2 cables NNW where the end is marked by three can buoys as shown on the chart.

Entry
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

4.71 Pilotage is compulsory for entering the harbour, anchoring and all berthing movements and available 24 hours. The pilot boards about 8 cables SW of Ilhu dos Pssaros Light (4.52). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are available and compulsory at Tanker Berth.
3

Quarantine
1

4.72 A quarantine anchorage is established about one mile ESE of Ponta do Morro Branco in a depth of 18 m; the same anchorage is used by tankers.

4.76 Leading lights: Gal Front Light (16524N 25007W) Gal Rear Light, 990 m from front. The alignment (146) of the above lights (displayed on request) leads to Tanker Berth. Leading lights: Front Light (building) (16533N 24598W) Rear Light (building) 530 m from front. The intersection of both above alignments (146 and 075) indicates the anchoring position at Tanker Berth (4.77). It was reported (2005) that both above sets of lights were not observed. Caution. A wreck dangerous to navigation lies 2 cables WSW from Cabnave Light (see below). Otherwise the chart is sufficient guide. Useful marks: Cabnave Light (metal mast, 4 m in height) (16540N 25002W). Ponta do Cais. Head Light (white column and gallery, 8 m in height) (16532N 25004W). Cais do Melo. Head Light (white column and gallery, 8 m in height) (16532N 25002W).

Harbour General layout

1

Berths
1

4.73 The harbour consists of a mole, 180 m wide, extending W from the shore to a position 3 cables W of the prison building (4.75). From its W extremity, a jetty, Ponta do Cais, extends 1 cables SW and a light is exhibited at its head. A second jetty, Cais do Melo, extends 1 cables

4.77 Mooring buoys. Tanker Berth is a CBM where tankers, discharging into the oil tanks ashore, are moored to one buoy forward and three buoys astern; the port anchor is also used before mooring operations commence. Alongside berths. Berth No 1, on the seaward side of Ponta do Cais, is exposed to sea and swell and vessels are

123

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

berthed there if weather permits. The remaining berths are as shown on the chart. Berth Nos 1 and 2 are 315 m in length and Berth Nos 3 and 4 have alongside depths of 120 m. Containers are parked N of Berth Nos 5 & 6. Passenger vessels and ferries are usually berthed at Cais de Cabotagem Berths A, B and C.

Directions Major lights

1

Port services
1

4.81 Fontes Pereira de Melo Light (17070N 24585W) (4.51). Ponta Machado. Dona Amlia Light (16 49 5N 25055W) (4.51).

4.78 Repairs can be carried out. A floating crane of 60 tons capacity is available. Cabnave Shipyard, situated in the NE part of the harbour, has facilities for vessels up to 6000 dwt. It is equipped with a ship lift which can accommodate vessels of up to 2800 tons, 110 m in length and 18 m beam. A pier, 110 m long with a depth alongside of 6 m, is available for vessels to undertake repairs afloat. Onave Shipyard, situated about 3 cables S of Cais de Cabotagem, has repair facilities for boats. Other facilities. Hospital in city; deratting exemption certificates can be issued; no oily waste reception facilities. Supplies. Fuel oil, diesel oil and gas oil; fresh water available alongside berths and by barge at anchorage; limited provisions are available. Communications. San Pedro airport 10 km. Harbour regulations. Two members of the marine police will attend each vessel throughout her stay in port. Rescue. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

Northeast coast
1

ILHA DE SANTO ANTO General information

Charts 366, 367 plan of approaches to Porto Grande
4

Route
1

4.79 Ilha de Santo Anto (1704N 2511W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given below.

Topography
1

4.80 Ilha de Santo Anto, the NW island in the archipelago, is very high and visible from a great distance in clear weather, but the summit is generally in cloud. from a distance, Ilha de Santo Anto has the appearance of a collection of high mountains; the central part of the island is traversed by a range which extends from the E extremity towards the W extremity but turns abruptly S before reaching the latter. At the W end of this range, Tope de Coroa (1702N 2518W), the highest point on the island, rises to an elevation of 1979 m. The island is principally inhabited in the NE part where the coast is intersected by two extensive sandy ravines, and where there are a few villages. The climate is healthy and the soil is the most productive of any in the archipelago. The coasts of Ilha de Santo Anto are clear of dangers and bold, although rocks lie close to them, except in the vicinity of Ponta do Sol (4.82), the N point, and Ponta do Salina (4.83) on the SW coast. The SE coast of Ilha de Santo Anto is steepto, difficult to approach and clear of dangers. The land rises much more gradually to the main mountain range than on the NW side.

4.82 From a position E of Ponta do Calhau (17 05N 2458W) the track leads N, passing (with positions relative to Fontes Pereira de Melo Light, above): E of Ponta do Calhau (1 miles SSE), a low salient point fringed with rocks and the E extremity of Ilha de Santo Anto, thence: E of Ponta da Tumba, 2 cables W from where Fontes Pereira de Melo Light is exhibited. The coast between Ponta do Calhau and Ponta da Tumba is high and steepto. Thence: E of Ilhu Lombo de Boi (2 cables NNE), a rocky and steepsided islet with rocks awash extending 2 cables farther N. Thence the track leads NW, passing: NE of Ponta da Ribeira das Pombas (2 miles WNW), which terminates in two prominent rocks with Baixo das Pombas, a steepto reef, extending 3 cables NE. Thence: NE of Ponta da Saudade (4 miles NW) which is not very prominent, but a reef extends 2 cables NE from it, thence: NE of Ponta do Guerreiro (4 miles NW). A small bay bordered by high cliffs lies between Ponta da Saudade and Ponta do Guerreiro. Thence the track leads WNW, passing (with positions relative to Ponta do Sol Light (17121N 25057W)): NNE of Ponta da Sinagoga (3 miles ESE), on which stand some ruined buildings. A reef with a depth of less than 2 m over it and on which the sea usually breaks, extends 3 cables N of the point. The coast between Ponta da Saudade and Ponta da Sinagoga should be given a berth of at least 5 cables. Thence: N of Ponta do Sol, a low sandy promontory extending some distance N from the heights to the S, and the N extremity of Ilha de Santo Anto. A light is exhibited (see below) from the E end of the promontory and two spits (4.85) extend 4 cables N and 6 cables NW of Ponta do Sol. The coast between Ponta da Sinagoga and Ponta do Sol is high and rocky except at the village of Ribera Grande (1711N 2504W). Useful marks: Ponta do Sol Light (metal mast, 10 m in height) (17121N 25057W).

Northwest, west and southeast coasts

1

4.83 Thence the track leads WSW, passing: NNW of Ponta Ribeira Alta (6 miles WSW). The coast from 1 mile SW of Ponta do Sol to Ponta Ribeira Alta is steep and clear of offlying dangers. The land rises fairly steeply to the mountains forming the main chain. thence: SE of Banco do Noroeste (22 miles W) with a least depth, confirmed in 1992, of 301 m. Another bank

124

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

with a least depth (reported 1965) of 31 m lies 7 miles WSW of Banco do Noroeste. Thence: NNW of Ponta Mangrade (17 miles WSW), the rocky W extremity of the island, from where a light is exhibited. The coast from Ponta Ribeira Alta to Ponta Mangrade, 11 miles SW, continues high. Behind the coast there are numerous small scattered villages on the slopes of the main mountain range. Thence the track leads S and SSE, passing (with positions relative to Ponta Mangrade Light (17032N 25219W)): WSW of Ponta da Salina (7 miles SSE), which has a spit with depths of less than 20 m extending 5 cables W from it, thence: WSW of Ponta da Pea (9 miles SSE), the S extremity of the island, which is low and steepto. Care is necessary when rounding this point as the current somtimes sets towards it. The coast between Ponta da Salina and Ponta da Pea is low. Thence the track leads E, passing (with positions relative to Porto Novo Mole Light (17008N 25040W)): S of Ponta da Pedra Rachada (10 miles SW). The coast between Ponta da Pea and Ponta da Pedra Rachada, 5 miles E, forms a shallow bight at the head of which lies a bay with high cliffs. Thence the track leads ENE, passing: SSE of Ponta do Campanarinho (8 miles SW), which is low rocky and comparatively salient. A small cove with a stony beach lies between this point and a similar point 4 cables NE of it. Thence the track leads NE, passing: SE of Ponta das Casas (5 miles SW), a low point which is fronted by a pebbly beach at the mouth of a ravine. The coast is low from Ponta das Casas to Ponta da Pedra Rachada. Thence: SE of Porto Novo (4.84) from where a light (see below) is exhibited. The coast between Porto Novo and Ponta das Casas, 5 miles SW, is fronted for the first 3 miles by a pebbly beach, thence it is steepto to Ponta das Casas. Thence: SE of Ponta da Espingarda (1 mile ENE), thence: SE of Ponta do Tubaro (4 miles ENE). The coast between Ponta da Espingarda and Ponta do Tubaro is high, steepto and free from dangers. Thence the track leads NNE to a position E of Ponta do Calhau. Useful marks: Ponta Mangrade Light (white column, red lantern, 3 m in height) (17032N 25219W). Tarrafal de Monte Trigo Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (16572N 25190W). Porto Novo Mole Head Light (metal mast, 6 m in height) (17008N 25040W).

town and a bridge, with four arches, spans the river close to its mouth. Morro de Brejo (17018N 25055W) rises to an elevation of 254 m about 1 mile NW of Porto Novo; the hill has a double summit of a reddish brown colour and there are white patches on its S slopes. Traffic. In 2004 there were 15 vessel movements totalling 15 499 dwt. Anchorage may be obtained about 2 cables SSW of the berth in a depth of 13 m, sand, chalk and broken shells. Useful marks: Porto Novo Mole Head Light (17008N 25040W) (4.83). Berth. From position 17011N 25035W a stone block breakwater extends approximately 140 m SSW and from that point approximately 175 m SW. To the W of the breakwater there is a wide cargo apron approximately 30 m wide. The ferry from Porto Grande (4.57) berths to seaward of the elbow and uses the elbow as a RoRo berth. Repairs are not available. Other facilities. Fresh water available. Supplies available subject to prior notice.

Anchorages and harbours

Charts 369 plan of Ponta do Sol, 367 plan Approaches to Porto Grande

Porto da Ponta da Sol

1

4.85 Description. Porto da Ponta do Sol lies between the W end of Ponta do Sol (1712N 2506W) (4.82) and Ponta das Fontainhas, 1 mile SW. Ponta de So Vicentinho lies 3 cables E of Ponta das Fontainhas and both these points are dominated by high land. Vila Maria Pia stands the NW part of the promontory, and is a principal town of Ilha de Santo Anto. However, there are no facilities for repair and no alongside berth. Baixo Amarelo and Baixo do Cavalo, two spits, with depths of less than 20 m over them extend 4 cables N and 6 cables NW of Ponta do Sol. The sea breaks over the outer ends of both spits. A narrow bay is formed by a small breakwater extending SW from a position close SW of Ponta do Sol. There is a depth of 4 m (13 ft) in the entrance, but the quay. on the E side of the breakwater, dries alongside where the bottom is rock. Anchorage sheltered from E and S winds, can be obtained 4 cables SW of Ponta do Sol in a depth of 25 m, fine sand and broken shells. Useful marks (with positions relative to Ponta do Sol Light (17121N 25057W)): Custom House 1 cables W; Hospital 2 cables SW; Prison 2 cables SW. Charts 369 plan of Tarrafal do Monte Trigo, 366

Porto Novo
Chart 367 plan Approaches to Porto Grande

Baa do Tarrafal
1

General information
1

4.84 Description. Porto Novo (1701N 2504W) is situated about 1 mile WSW of Ponta da Espingarda (4.83). A river flows through the middle of town, entering the sea 3 cables W of the root of the breakwater. A pebble beach fronts the

4.86 Description. Baa do Tarrafal (1657N 2519W), is entered 3 miles NNW of Ponta da Pea (4.83) and can be recognised by the mouth of Ribeira do Tarrafal which flows into its head. Porto do Tarrafal do Monte Trigo stands at its mouth; the buildings and green vegetation are visible from the offing. The S part of the bay is fronted by a black sandy

125

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

beach and the N part of a pebbly beach. A waterworks stands on the S side of the mouth of the river and a tunny factory stands about 1 cable S. A pier in not very good condition extends from the shore abreast the tunny factory. Anchorage can be obtained about 1 cables SW of the pier in a depth of 37 m (20 fm) fine sand. This is the best anchorage off the island for small craft; winds from the W seldom blow, but in December and January there is generally a swell which causes surf on the beach. Care is necessary when anchoring as the shore is very steepto, and depths of 200 m (100 fm) are found less than 5 cables offshore.

Chart 366

Baa do Monte Trigo

1

4.87 Description. Baa do Monte Trigo (1700N 2520W) is entered 3 miles SSE of Ponta Mangrade Light (4.83). The shore of the bay is steepto and faced with cliffs. Ribeira de Monte Trigo flows into the sea at the N end of the bay. Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels off the mouth of the river in a depth of 30 m, sand; but, as in Baa do Tarrafal, care must be taken as the shore is very steepto. Useful mark: Ponta Mangrade Light (17032N 25219W) (4.83).

ARQUIPLAGO DE CABO VERDE SOUTHERN GROUP GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 366 by a point, 1 miles ESE of Ponta Cais; the W bay is foul and Baa do Galeo, the E bay, is fronted by foul ground. Between Ponta Pedrenau and Ponta dos Flamengos (1510N 2306W), 9 miles S, the coast is indented and foul ground extends up to 5 cables offshore. The coast between Ponta dos Flamengos and Ponta da Poa Grande, 5 miles SW, is low and terminates in a sandy beach; foul ground extends up to 5 cables offshore along this stretch of the coast also. The coast between Ponta da Poa Grande and Ponta Preta (chart 369 plan Porto Inglez), 3 miles WNW, is low and fronted by a sandy beach. The S extremity of Ilha do Maio lies 9 cables WSW of Ponta da Poa Grande and the coast in this vicinity is fringed with rocks with foul ground extending 5 cables offshore; a river flows into the sea 6 cables WNW of the S extremity. The coast between Ponta da Areia (Ponta das Salinas), about 1 miles NW of Ponta Preta, and the S entrance point to Baa da Calheta (1514N 2314W) (not named on chart) about 2 miles S, is formed of a sandy beach. The coast from a point 7 cables N of Ponta do Pau Seco (1516N 2314W) to Ponta Cais, 5 miles NE, is formed of two low sandy bays separated by a point. The SW bay has foul ground off its NE point and foul ground also extends from near the middle of the head of the bay. The NE bay is foul.

Area covered
1

4.88 This section describes the S group of islands and principal port comprising of: Ilha do Maio (1515N 2310W), (4.89) Ilha de Santiago (4.94) Porto da Praia (4.103) Ilha do Fogo (4.117) Ilha Brava (1450N 2443W), (4.124) Ilhus Secos (do Rombo) (4.129).

ILHA DO MAIO General information

Chart 366

Route
1

4.89 Ilha do Maio (1513N 2311W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given below.

Topography
1

4.90 The N part of Ilha do Maio, lying 43 miles SSW of Ilha da Boavista (4.20), is low and the NW part is mainly occupied by salt pans which are surrounded by sand dunes. Monte Santo Antonio rises abruptly to an elevation of 252 m, 4 miles SE of Ponta Cais (1520N 2311W), the N extremity of the island. In the central part of the island is a wide valley separating Monte Santo Antonio from several peaks to the S amongst which is Monte Penoso, 436 m high, and the highest point in Ilha do Maio, 7 miles SE of Ponta Cais. The land slopes gradually from these central peaks to the S of the island. The coasts of Ilha do Maio are, in general, low; the E coast being more indented than the W and S coasts. The island, when seen from the SE at a distance of about 15 miles appears as a group of islets. The soil is for the most part dry and sterile. Salt, which is exported out of the archipelago, is the only produce of importance; the works and anchorage being in the SW part of the island (4.93). There are also limeworks and a fish canning industry. The coast between Ponta Cais and Ponta Pedrenau (1519N 2308W), 4 miles ESE, forms two bays separated

Directions Other aid to navigation

1

4.91 Racon: Ponta Cais Light (15200N 23112W).

Circumnavigation
1

4.92 From a position N of Ponta Cais, the track leads ESE, passing (with positions relative to Ponta Cais Light (15200N 23112W)): NNE of Ponta Cais, a rocky promontory surrounded by foul ground extending 3 cables offshore, which should be approached with great caution and not within 4 miles from NE. A light (see below) is exhibited from Ponta Cais. Thence: Baixo do Galeo (2 miles NE) with a depth of less than 2 m and over which the sea breaks, extending 2 miles N from the shore, and a sandy bank with a least ascertained depth of 69 m exists 6 miles N of Baixo do Galeo, thence:

126

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

NNE of Ponta Pedrenau (3 miles ESE). Thence the track leads generally S, passing (with positions relative to Ponta dos Flamengos (15 10 N 2306W)): E of Ponta da Pontona (6 miles N), thence: E of Ponta dos Flamengos, from where a light (see below) (not charted) is exhibited. Thence the track leads generally SW, passing: SE of Ponta da Poa Grande (5 miles SW), a rocky point with a reef, with depths of less than 2 m over it, extending 5 cables S. A dangerous wreck lies about 1 mile SSW and a fish haven marked by a lightbuoy (nonIALA) lies 11 miles S from the point. Thence the track leads W and WNW, passing (with positions relative to Porto do Maio Light (15081N 23133W)): SSW of Maio (4.93) from where a light (see below) is exhibited. Thence the track leads NW, passing: SW of Ponta da Areia (Ponta da Salinas) (1 miles WNW), a low steepto sandy point with foul ground extending 5 cables S and W from it. Thence the track leads N, passing: W of Calheta (5 miles N), a village with prominent white houses and from where a light (see below) (not charted) is exhibited. Calheta lies 1 mile NE of the S entrance point to a bay of the same name with foul ground extending about 8 cables seaward. A reef, with depths of less than 2 m over it, extends 5 cables SW from the S entrance point to the bay. W of Ponta do Pau Seco (7 miles N), a low point and the N entrance point to the bay. Foul ground extends 3 cables seaward from a point about 6 cables N of Ponta do Pau Seco. Thence the track leads NE, passing (with positions relative to Ponta Cais Light (15200N 23112W)): SE of a rocky bank (15 miles WNW), with a depth of 35 m over it, thence: Clear of Baixo Rosa (2 miles NW), position doubtful, with a depth of 165 m over it. Thence the track leads to a position N of Ponta Cais. Useful marks: Ponta Cais Light (lantern on red hexagonal structure, 7 m in height) (15200N 23112W). Ponta dos Flamengos Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (15107N 23053W). Porto do Maio Light (wooden platform on tower of fort, 7 m in height) (15081N 23133W). Calheta Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (15135N 23130W).

The coast between Ponta da Areia and Vila do Maio (Vila do Porto Inglez), 1 mile SE, is fronted by a sandy beach which is steepto except for a rocky spit with depths of less than 10 m (33 ft) over it, which extends 2 cables SW from a position about 8 cables SE of Ponta Areia. The coast S of the town as far as Ponta Preta is formed of cliffs fringed with rocks. A rocky spit with depths of less than 10 m (33 ft) over it, extends 5 cables S from Ponta Preta. Anchorages. Anchorage can be obtained 1 cables SW of the wooden pier in a depth of 12 m (39 ftm). Anchorage can also be obtained 3 cables SW of Forte de So Jos in a depth of 24 m (13 fm). The bottom in all cases consists of chalk and fine sand. When approaching the anchorage caution is necessary as the 20 m (11 fm) line lies about 2 cables offshore. Useful marks: Porto do Maio Light (15081N 23133W) (4.92). The following marks with positions relative to Porto do Maio Light (above): Monte de Lume (5 cables NNE), elevation 45 m (148 ft (charted as 88 ft). Church with two towers (1 cable NE). Berths. A jetty, 145 m wide, extends SW from a position about 5 cables NW of the fort, offering a total of 262 m berthing space with depths alongside ranging from 48 m to 78 m and is used by the the cargo vessel from Ilha de Santiago (4.95). Repairs are not available. Other facilities. There is a small clinic. Supplies are available in limited quantities subject to prior notice. Communication. A small airstrip suitable for light aircraft by day, lies about 3 km from the town.

ILHA DE SANTIAGO General information

Charts 366, 367 plan Approaches to Porto da Praia

Route
1

4.94 Ilha de Santiago (1505N 2338W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given below.

Topography
1

Porto do Maio
Chart 369 plan of Porto Inglez

General information
1

4.93 Description. Porto do Maio (Porto Inglez) is entered between Ponta da Areia (Ponta das Salinas on chart 369) (4.92) and Ponta Preta (15077N 23128W), 1 miles SE, and is only sheltered from the NE. With W winds which occur in the wet season it is dangerous, and vessels in the anchorages, should be in readiness to get under way.

4.95 Ilha de Santiago, about 15 miles W of Ilha do Maio (4.90), is the largest and most populous of the Arquiplago de Cabo Verde; it is also the most frequented, being the seat of Government. The island is also the most important of the archipelago for commerce and agriculture. The island is very mountainous, rising in its central part to Pico da Antnia (1503N 2338W) which is a conical mountain with an elevation of 1392 m and the summit of the range traversing Ilha de Santiago from NNW to SSE. There are numerous valleys which are partially cultivated. The coasts of the island are rocky with detached offlying rocks, especially on the E and SE coasts. Between Ponta Moreia (15 20N 2345W), the N extremity of Ilha de Santiago, and a high steep point 1 miles ESE, are two small bays separated by a point which has a rock, with a depth of less than 2 m, lying 5 cables N off it. The E of the two bays has a sandy beach on which small craft can be beached.

127

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

Ponta da Costa, 3 miles SE of Ponta Moreia, is the NW entrance point of Baa da Angra, a wide bay with a high coastline. Between Ponta da Costa and Ponta de Pedra Badejo (1508N 2332W), 14 miles SE, the coast is indented by numerous valleys extending NE and terminating in beaches of black sand or gravel between cliffs; some of the many bays and coves off this stretch of coastline are fringed by foul ground. The coast between Ponta Coroa (1508N 2331W) and Ponta do Lobo, 9 miles SE, is low and indented. Foul ground extends about 5 cables E from a position about 5 miles NNW of Ponta do Lobo. Porto de So Francisco is a bight entered between Ponta do Lobo and another point 1 miles SW. The coast from Porto de So Francisco to Ponta das Bicudas (1454N 2329W), 4 miles SSW, is steep. Monte do Facho, elevation 140 m lies about midway along this stretch of coast and is prominent. The coast from Ponta Temerosa, 1 miles WSW of Ponta das Bicudas, to Ponta Grande de Cidade, 6 miles W, is fringed with rocks. The coast from Ponta Grande de Cidade to Ponta de Geneanes (1459N 2344W), 7 miles NW, is lower than that farther N and is fringed with rocks extending about 3 cables offshore. A steepto bay, apparently clear of dangers, lies between Ponta de Geneanes and Ponta Covinha, 2 miles NNW. The coast from Ponta Covinha (1502N 2345W) to Porto da Ribeira da Barca, the N of two small bays, 6 miles N, is fringed in places with rocks. The coast from Ponta gua Doce, 2 miles N of Porto da Ribeira da Barca, to Ponta do Atum (1517N 2346W), 6 miles N, is high at first and then becomes low. The coast between Ponta Preta, 1 miles NW of Ponta do Atum, and Ponta Moreia, 3 miles NNE, is indented by three bays, all of which are foul.

Directions
9

Major light
1

4.96 Dona Maria Pia Light (white 8sided tower and dwelling, 21 m in height) (14539N 23311W).

Circumnavigation
1

4.97 From a position E of Ponta do Lobo Light (1459N 2326W), the track leads SSW, passing (with positions relative to Ponta das Bicudas (1454N 2329W)): ESE of Ponta do Lobo (6 miles NNE), the SE extremity of Ilha de Santiago. A light (4.98) is exhibited about 6 cables S of the point. Ponta do Lobo is a low projection and seen from S or N it appears as a long low point; a reef, over which the sea usually breaks, prolongs the point. A shellfish bed lies close S of the point. Thence: ESE of Ponta das Bicudas, a low rocky point. A patch with a depth of 96 m lies 5 cables WSW of Ponta das Bicudas. Thence the track leads W, passing: S of Cais Novo (1 mile W) from the head of which a light (4.98) is exhibited, thence: (Directions for Porto da Praia continue at 4.113)

S of Ponta Temerosa (1 miles WSW), high, cliffy, fringed with rocks and from where a light (4.96) is exhibited. Foul ground with depths of less than 5 m extends for 1 cables S of the W spur of Ponta Temerosa. Thence: S of Ponta Grande da Cidade (8 miles W), a low salient point. Thence the track leads WNW, passing (with positions relative to Ponta Geneanes (1459N 2344W)): SSW of Mosquito Light (3 miles SW) (4.98). Thence the track leads NW, passing: SW of Ponta Geneanes, thence: SW of Ponta Covinha (2 miles NNW), thence: SW of Ponta Janela (5 miles NNW), dark, steep and the W extremity of the island, which can be recognised from N or S by a pillarshaped rock lying close off it. Thence the track leads N, passing (with positions relative to Ponta gua Doce (1511N 2347W)): W of Porto da Ribeira da Barca (2 miles S) (4.102), thence: W of Ponta gua Doce, a prominent and salient point; an abovewater rock lies about 3 cables W of the point. Thence: W of Tarrafal (6 miles N) (4.99), thence: W of Ponta Preta (7 miles N) with a shellfish bed situated close S. A rocky shoal, with a least depth of 5 m over it, lies about 1 cables W of Ponta Preta. Thence the track leads NE, passing: NW of Ponta Moreia (10 miles N), the N extremity of Ilha de Santiago, which is high, sheer and rocky with foul ground surrounding it. A rock with a depth of less than 2 m over it lies about 8 cables E of Ponta Moreia. Thence the track leads ESE, passing (with positions relative to Ponta Coroa (1508N 2331W)): Ponta da Costa (15 miles NW), a high rocky point. Thence the track leads SE, passing: NE of Ponta da Ribeira Brava (9 miles NW), thence: NE of Ponta Coroa, the E entrance point to Porto de Pedra Badejo (4.100). Ponta Coroa is a low point with shallow depths, over which the sea breaks, extending 8 cables NE of it. A rock with a depth of 18 m over it, lies about 5 cables offshore 1 miles SE of Ponta da Coroa. A similar rock lies about 3 cables offshore 2 miles farther SE. Thence: Thence the track leads to a position E of Ponta do Lobo Light. 4.98 Useful marks: Ponta Moreia Light (white 4sided hut and lantern, 4 m in height) (1520N 2345W). Calheta de So Miguel Light (metal tower, 4 m in height) (15113N 23354W). Pedra Badejo Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (15084N 23316W). Porto Rino Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (15039N 23284W). Praia Baixo Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (15039N 23284W). Ponta do Lobo Light (square tower and dwelling, 8 m in height) (1459N 2326W). Cais Novo Light (lantern on round concrete structure, 5 m in height) (14543N 23306W). Radio Mast (14545N 23347W).

128

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

Mosquito Light (grey tower, 7 m in height) (14569N 23418W). Ribeira da Barca Light (grey tower, 3 m in height) (15084N 23460W). Cho Bom Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (15153N 23446W). Ponta Preta Light (4sided tower and dwelling, 6 m in height) (15177N 23467W).

Chart 367 plan Approaches to Porto da Praia

Cidade Velha
1

Anchorages and harbours

Chart 369 plan Baa do Tarrafal

4.101 Description. Cidade Velha stands at the mouth of a ravine 1 mile E of Ponta Grande da Cidade (1455N 2338W) (4.97); a floating shellfish farm is situated 2 miles farther E. Anchorage can be obtained off Cidade Velha in depths of about 22 m; local knowledge is required. Useful mark: Radio Mast (14545N 23347W). Chart 366

Porto da Ribeira da Barca

1

Baa do Tarrafal
1

4.99 Description. Baa do Tarrafal lies between Ponta Preta (1518N 2347W) (4.95) and Ponta do Atum, a rocky point 1 miles SE from which a reef extends 1 cable W. A rocky islet connected to the shore by a sandy isthmus, lies 4 cables ENE of Ponta do Atum. A rock, with a depth of 88 m (29 ft) over it, lies 3 cables WNW of the rocky islet, and three rocks with a least depth of 27 m (9 ft) over them, lie up to 1 cable W of the islet. Ribeira do Fonto flows into the sea over a sandy beach which lies between the rocky islet described above and a small mole extending NE from the shore 1 cables SW from it. A light once exhibited from a truncated tower at the head of the mole is now destroyed and the tower derelict. The mouth of the river can be recognised by the trees and palms growing on both of its banks. The town of Tarrafal, in which there is a prominent blue and white church, stands on top of the cliffs on the S side of the river. It is a popular weekend venue for the residents of the island. Anchorage, with good shelter especially during the wet season (July to September) but open to W winds, can be obtained 1 cables NW of the head of the mole in a depth of 16 m (9 fm), chalk. Useful mark: Ponta Preta Light (15177N 23467W) (4.98). Landing can be effected on the SE side of the mole or the beach. Supplies are available in limited quantities. Chart 369 plan Porto de San Tiago

4.102 Description. The N entrance point of Porto da Ribeira da Barca, the N of two small bays, lies 2 miles S of Ponta da gua Doce (1511N 2347W) (4.97). The village of Ribeira da Barca stands at the head of the bay and a white church stands at its N end. A small concrete pier, suitable for small craft, is situated E of the N entrance point. A directional light (080121) covers the approach to the bay and leads N of two abovewater rocks. Useful mark: Ribeira da Barca Light (15084N 23460W) (4.98).

PORTO DA PRAIA General information

Chart 367 plans of Approaches to Porto da Praia and Porto da Praia

Position
1

4.103 Porto da Praia (1454N 2331W) lies on the S coast of Ilha de Santiago.

Function
1

4.104 Cidade da Praia is the seat of Government for the Arquiplago de Cabo Verde and the capital of Ilha de Santiago. The majority of the population of the archipelago reside in Ilha de Santiago and in 1999 there were an estimated 76 000 persons living in Cidade da Praia. The principal imports are general cargo and building materials and the principal export is bananas.

Porto de Pedra Badejo

1

Topography
1

4.100 Description. Porto de Pedra Badejo (Porto de Santiago) (1508N 2332W), a small but comparatively important cove, is entered between Ponta da Laje and Ponta Coroa (4.97), 1 miles ESE. Ponta de Pedra Badejo, 1 cables SSW of Ponta da Laje, is rocky and salient. A masonry landing place is situated on its W side. Rocks above and below water extend up to 5 cables N off a point situated about 1 miles NW from Ponta de Pedra Badejo. Vila de Pedra Badejo, or Vila de Santiago (Santa Jago), with a church standing in its centre, stands to the W and SW of Ponta de Pedra Badejo, and is separated from the village of Salina, to the S by a river. Both these villages stand on slightly elevated land. The coast between the village of Salina and Ponta Coroa is low and fronted by a sandy beach. Anchorage can be obtained about 1 cables SE of Ponta de Pedra Badejo in a depth of 13 m (7 fm), sand.

4.105 The E shore of the bay is high, cliffy and much indented. The old city stands at the head of the bay on a plateau about 30 m high with steep sides; deep ravines lie E and W of this plateau. The W shore of the bay is sandy from the plateau to abreast Ilhu de Santa Maria, whence cliffs extend to Ponta Temerosa. Ilhu de Santa Maria is flat topped, 14 m high, and connected to the W shore by a reef.

Approach and entry

1

4.106 The port may be approached with the centre of the old city bearing about NNW and entered between Ponta das Bicudas and Ponta Temerosa (1454N 2331W), 1 miles WSW.

Traffic
1

4.107 In 2004, there were 601 vessel movements totalling 1 604 561 dwt.

129

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

Port Authority
1

Directions
(continued from 4.97)

4.108 Enapor do Porto de Praia, CP 87, Praia, Ilha de Santiago, Cape Verde Islands. Email: enapor@cvtelecom.cv

Major light
1

4.113 Dona Maria Pia Light (14539N 23311W) (4.96).

Entry Limiting conditions

1

4.109 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 11 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water is 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. Gas carriers: Maximum LOA 200 m; minimum LOA 75 m; maximum draught 60 m. Local weather and sea state. The anchorage is safe in the dry season, from December to June inclusive, for vessels of any size, but during the wet season the wind occasionally sets in strongly from S with a heavy swell and short sea. Strong gusts come over the land into Porto da Praia during the dry season when the breeze is fresh. With strong NE winds, little protection is afforded by the NE shore and there is considerable swell.

4.114 The chart is sufficient guide. Useful marks: Cais Novo Light (14543N 23306W) (4.98). Radio mast (14545N 23315W). Radio Mast (14549N 23312W). Church (14550N 23310W). Radio mast (14551N 23310W).

Berths
1

4.115 Cais Novo, the SSW extending berth, with a length of 2170 m, has depths of 90 m alongside. The quay extending NW from the root of Cais Novo is 440 m long with depths alongside ranging from 75 m to 50 m.

Port services
1

Arrival information
1

4.110 Notice of ETA. ETA should be sent to agent and pilots must be contacted 2 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Outer anchorage. Small vessels can anchor about 4 cables SE of the Nmost of the two wooden jetties situated in the W side of the bay. See 4.109, Local weather and sea state. Vessels are recommended not to anchor without the pilots advice. Submarine cable. A submarine cable, best seen on the chart, leads generally SE from a position 2 cables NNW from Dona Maria Pia Light (4.96). Pilotage is compulsory for vessels inwardbound, berthing and shifting and optional for departure. The pilot boards 3 cables E of Dona Maria Pia Light. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are available.

4.116 Repairs. Minor repairs can be effected. Other facilities. Hospital and clinics in city; no oily waste reception facilities; garbage dsiposal can be arranged. Supplies. Gas oil; fresh water, provisions are available. Communications. Airport 3 km.

ILHA DO FOGO General information

Chart 366

Route
1

4.117 Ilha do Fogo (1457N 2424W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given below.

Topography
1

Harbour
2

General layout
1

4.111 The commercial port consists of an Lshaped wharf, 9 cables W of Ponta Bicudas, offering a total of 690 m wharfage, with the outer side of Cais Novo forming a breakwater. A fishing harbour lies 2 cables NNW of the head of Cais Novo. Two wooden jetties, close to and parallel to each other, extend cable SE from the shore on the W side of the bay, about 2 cables NNW from Ilhu de Santa Maria. Between the island and the jetties a dangerous wreck (not charted) lies in approximate position 14546N 23311W.

Climate information
1

4.112 See 1.291 and 1.295.

4.118 Ilha do Fogo, lying 30 miles W of Ilha de Santiago (4.95), is the loftiest island in Arquiplago de Cabo Verde. The principal peak (1457N 2421W), lying on the E side of a large crater in the middle of the island, is a symmetrical volcanic cone 2829 m high, but is generally obscured by cloud. The most recent eruption in the island was in 1995. Numerous small villages stand on the slopes of the central mountain. Cidade de So Filipe (4.123) is the capital of Ilha do Fogo, and agriculture is the chief economic factor in the island. The coast of Ilha do Fogo is mostly high and rugged, and is clear of offlying dangers. The coast between Porto do Mosterios (15 02 N 2420W) and Ponta Fundo, 4 miles SSE, and thence to Ponta Sogui (1452N 2417W), 6 miles farther S, is fringed with foul ground. The point 1 mile N of Ponta Sogui and the land in its vicinity was much affected by lava flows during former eruptions. Inland of this coast the land rises steeply to the central mountain. The coast between Ponta Sogui and Ponta do Alcatraz (1450N 2419W), 3 miles SW, is fringed with foul ground in places. Between Ponta do Alcatraz and Ponta do Pescadeiro, 3 miles SW, the coast consists mostly of cliffs and the land rises more gradually to the central mountain.

130

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

The coast between Ponta do Pescadeiro (14 49 N 2423W) and Ponta Cagarra, 8 miles WNW, is formed of high cliffs and few distinctive features. The coast between Porto de So Filipe (4.123) and Ponta de Vale de Cavaleiros, 1 miles N, is sheer and fronted by a sandy beach. There is usually a heavy surf on the beach and landing should only be attempted in local boats. From a position 1 miles ENE of Ponta da Outra Banda (1501N 2427W) to Ponta do Fio do Monte Vermelho, the coast is formed of high cliffs, the base being fringed with rocks. The coast is high in the vicinity of Ponta do Fio do Monte Vermelho (1503N 2423W), and then becomes low and fringed with rocks as far as the NW entrance to Porto do Mosterios (4.122).

Natural conditions
1

4.119 Local magnetic anomalies exist in the vicinity of Ilha do Fogo. See 4.5. Currents off the N and NE extremities of Ilha do Fogo are strong and are influenced by the wind. See 4.5.

Thence the track leads E, passing: N of Porto do Mosteiros (4.122), from where a light (see below) is exhibited. Thence the track leads SE, passing: NE of Ponta Fundo (4 miles SSE), a low point covered by lava. Thence the track leads S, passing (with positions relative to Ponta do Alcatraz Light (14502N 24193W)): E of Ponta Sougui (2 miles NE), a low rocky point fringed with foul ground. Thence the track leads SW, passing: SE of Ponta do Alcatraz, from where a light (see below) is exhibited. Thence the track leads WSW to a position S of Ponta Pescadeiro. Useful marks: Porto do Mosterios Light (white truncated pyramid on wall. 3 m in height) (15022N 24200W). Cidade de So Filipe Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (14535N 24305W). Ponta do Alcatraz Light (white column and white lantern, 3 m in height) (14502N 24193W).

Porto de Vale de Cavaleiros General information

1

Directions Circumnavigation
1

4.120 From a position S of Ponta do Pescadeiro (1449N 2423W), the S extremity of Ilha do Fogo, the track leads W, passing (with positions relative to Cidade de So Filipe Light (14536N 24305W)): S of a rock (7 miles SE) with a depth of about 1 m over it, lying 3 cables offshore 1 miles W of Ponta do Pescadeiro. Thence the track leads NW, passing: SW of Ilhu de Pena (3 miles SE), a small rocky islet lying close offshore, thence: SW of Ponta da Cagarra (9 cables SE), a high rocky point. Thence the track leads N, passing: W of So Filipe (4.123), from where a light is exhibited, thence: W of Ponta de Vale de Cavaleiros (1 miles N), a steep rocky point, dominated by Monte Almada whose regular conical shape rises to an elevation of 327 m. A shoal with depths of less than 2 m over it, lies about 5 cables offshore about 1 miles N of Ponta de Vale de Cavaleiros. Thence the track leads NNE, passing: WNW of Ponta da Gara (5 miles N), a steep cliffy point, fringed with rocks above and below water. Thence the track leads NE, passing (with positions relative to Porto dos Mosterios Light (15 02 2N 24200W)): NW of Ponta da Outra Banda (7 miles WSW) lying at the SW end of a beach of black sand, thence: NW of Ponta do Fio do Monte Vermelho (2 miles WNW), the N extremity of Ilha do Fogo, a high cliff terminating in a platform of low rocks, thence: NW of Baixo das Sete Cabeas (3 miles WNW), a group of abovewater rocks which are steepto at their N end.

4.121 Position and function. Porto de Vale de Cavaleiros is the only port in Ilha do Fogo and is situated close E of Ponta de Vale de Cavaleiros (1455N 2431W) (4.120) and 1 miles N of So Filipe (4.123), to which it is connected by road. It is used by coasters and interisland ferries. Approach and entry. The port may be approached from the open sea and entered from SW, noting a stranded wreck lying on a reef about 5 cables S of the port entrance and 1 cable offshore. The breakwater, which was rebuilt and extended in 2000, after repeated storm damage, is not lit. Traffic. In 2004 there were 104 vessel movements totalling 66 042 dwt. Port Authority. There is an ENAPOR Office in port. Website: www.enapor.cv Depths. This stretch of the coast is very steepto and depths shelve rapidly; the 200 m contour is only about 4 cables from the coast in places. Anchorage may be obtained about 2 cables S of Ponta de Vale de Cavaleiros in a depth of 18 m, fine sand and mud. Useful mark: Cidade de So Filipe Light (14535N 24305W) (4.120). Harbour. The harbour consists of a mole extending S and SSE from Ponta de Vale de Cavaleiros and protected by a rubble breakwater. An inner breakwater projects WSW from the shore in the N part of the harbour protecting a small fishing harbour. There is a total of 105 m wharfage and a 125 m wide RoRo ramp, with depths alongside of 50 m. Other facilities. See 4.123. Supplies. See 4.123. Communication: Airport, 25 km from So Filipe; interisland ferries.

Anchorages Porto do Mosteiros

1

4.122 Description. Porto do Mosteiros (1502N 2420W) is entered between two low rocky points 1 mile apart. The

131

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

town stands on a low rocky promontory at the head of the bay. A beach of black sand stretches W of the town and a similar beach, but with outcrops of rock, extends E of the town. A power station stands on a hill at the SE end of the town, and several buildings in town are prominent. Anchorage, can be obtained about 2 cables N of the light in a depth of 33 m, fine sand, and is used by coasters loading agricultural produce. The anchorage is open to the prevailing winds. Useful marks: Porto do Mosterios Light (15022N 24200W) (4.120). Landing can be effected in calm weather at a quay situated in a small inlet between rocky outcrops close NE of the light; the inlet is only suitable for boats. Chart 369 plan of San Filipe and Encarnao Anchorages

Porto de So Filipe
1

4.123 Description. Porto de So Filipe (14537N 24305W) is open W, but affords some shelter during the wet season (July to November). Cidade de So Filipe, Fogos largest town, stands on top of a cliff bounded on its N and S sides by ravines through which rivers flow. Porto de Nossa Senhora da Encarnao lies about 1 mile SE of Porto de So Filipe. Anchorages. Anchorage can be obtained 3 cables NW of an old fortress from where a light is exhibited, presently in use as a police station, standing at the edge of the cliff at the S end of San Filipe. Anchorage can be obtained, 2 cables SW of the ruined Nossa Senhora da Encarnao church standing on top of the cliffs, in a depth of 16 m (9 fm), fine sand. Caution. It should be noted that from November to May the prevailing weather moves the sand S from the anchorage off Cidade de So Filipe to the anchorage of Porto de Nossa Senhora da Encarnao. The reverse occurs from May to November. Thus the latter anchorage is preferable from November to May, and that off Cidade de So Filipe from May to November. Useful mark: Cidade de So Filipe Light (14536N 24305W) (4.120). Landing can be effected on the beach abreast both the anchorages, where roads lead up the cliffs to Cidade de So Filipe. There is usually a heavy surf on the beaches and landing should only be attempted in local boats. Supplies are available in limited quantities. Other facilities. Small hospital in N part of town. Communication: Airport, 25 km; interisland ferries from Porto de Vale de Cavaleiros (4.121).

elevation of 976 m and rises in the middle of the island; the peaks are usually obscured by clouds. The coasts of Ilha Brava are steep and safe to approach and, although rocky and precipitous, landing can be effected in several places described below. The N extremity of Ilha Brava consists of a cliff which continues high to Ponta da Jalunga (1453N 2441W) (charted as Ponta da Jallinga), a low point from where a light is exhibited, and throughout this part, is steepto and safe to approach. From the S entrance point to Porto da Furna (4.127), the coast trends steep for a distance of 1 miles SSE and continues thus for a further 2 miles S to a point with a reef, over which the sea usually breaks, lying close off it. Porto da Aguada, about 2 miles S of Ponta da Jalunga, lies in a small bay at the head of which a river flows into the sea. Ponta Nh Martinho (1448N 2442W) is the S extremity of Ilha Brava , and a rock, with a depth of less than 2 m over it, lies about 5 cables ENE of the point from where a light is exhibited. The coast, for a distance of 1 miles NE of Ponta Nh Martinho, is high and rugged with several ravines, cut by torrents, crossing it. The coast, for a distance of 3 miles WNW of Ponta Nh Martinho, is steep and apparently free from dangers. The coast from Ponta Pranha (1450N 2445W), the W extremity of Ilha Brava, for a distance of 2 miles N, starts high but becomes lower and fringed with foul ground. The NW coast of Ilha Brava is high with several islets lying close offshore. A rock with a depth of less than 2 m over it, lies 5 cables W of the N extremity.

Magnetic anomaly
1

4.126 A local magnetic anomaly exists in the vicinity of Ilha Brava.

Anchorages and harbour Porto da Furna

1

ILHA BRAVA General information

Chart 366

Route
1

4.124 Ilha Brava (1451N 2443W) may be passed at a prudent distance having regard to the dangers given below.

Topography
1

4.125 Ilha Brava, lying 10 miles WSW of Ilha do Fogo (4.118), has several lofty peaks. The highest peak has an

4.127 Position and function. Porto da Furna (14 53 N 2441W) is the main harbour of Ilha Brava and lies 5 cables SW of Ponta da Jalunga, and is connected by road to the village of Furna and thence to Nova Sintra, the capital of Ilha Brava and Ilhus Secos, a few kilometres away. The harbour is used regularly by interisland ferries. Approach and entry. The bay can be approached from NE through E to SE and entered between two unlit headlands about 1 cables apart. Traffic. In 2004 there were 16 vessel movements totalling 9976 dwt. Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels in the bay with one anchor to seaward and the stern secured to the shore; local knowledge is required. The swell does not enter this bay. Pilotage. Local pilots with a knowledge of the coasts are available. Useful mark: Ponta da Jalunga Light (white column, white lantern, 8 m in height) (1453N 2441W). Harbour. The harbour lies in the N part of the bay and consists of a 30 m long wharf and a small RoRo ramp with alongside depths of 50 m. Repairs. There is a slipway for boats. Other facilities. Medical centre in Nova Sintra. Supplies. Available in limited quantities at Nova Sintra.

132

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 4

Chart 369 plan Porto da Faj

Porto da Faj de gua

1

4.128 Description. Porto da Faj de gua is entered between Ponta Garbeiro (1452N 2445W) and Ponta do Padre, a low rocky point 8 cables SW. Ilhu Baixo Agudo, a pinnacled islet and Ilhu Detraz de Rocha lie close off Ponta Garbeiro. Baixa do Padre 19 m (62 ft) high, lies close WSW of Ponta do Padre. The village of Faj de gua stands at the mouth of a river of the same name, at the NE corner of the bay. The village is fronted by a sandy beach but the bay generally is fringed with rocks. Anchorage can be obtained by small craft in the NE corner of the bay in depths of 15 m to 16 m (8 to 9 fm), sand. This anchorage is only about cable wide and is frequented during the wet season (June to October). Landing can be effected in fron of the village.

ILHUS SECOS (DO ROMBO)

Chart 366

General information
1

4.129 Ilhus Secos or Ilhus do Rombo, lying about 3 miles N of Ilha Brava (4.125), are a group of six islets. There are clear channels between Ilhus Secos and Ilha Brava and also between them and Ilha do Fogo (4.118), 7 miles E. The islets are volcanic in origin and are uninhabited; they are visited by fishermen.

Ilhu de Cima (1458N 2439W), from the summit of which a light is exhibited, is a rocky islet which rises sharply to an elevation of 77 m at its S end. Rocks above and below water extend up to 5 cables on all sides except at its S extremity. The islet is about 1 miles long in a NE/SW direction. Ilhu do Rei (not named on chart), about 30 m high and covered in guano, lies about 2 cables WNW of Ilhu de Cima. Ilhu do Sapado (not named on chart), 36 m high, lies about 2 cables WSW of Ilhu do Rei, and about midway between Ilhu de Cima and Ilhu de Lus Carneiro to which it is joined by a reef which dries. Ilhu de Lus Carneiro, 32 m high, lies about 1 mile W of the S extremity of Ilhu de Cima. Ilhu do Barrette (not named on chart), which appears as a conical detached rock, is the smallest islet in the group and lies close NW of the W extremity of Ilhu de Lus Carneiro. Ilhu Grande, 96 m high, lies about 2 miles W of Ilhu Cima and 6 cables W of Ilhu do Barrette. Ilhu Grande is the largest in area of the group and extends about 1 miles in a NE/SW direction. The channel between Ilhu Grande and Ilhu do Barrette has depths of 38 m in the middle. It is the only channel between the islets in Ilhus Secos which can be used with safety. Useful mark: Ilhu de Cima Light (white 4sided hut with white lantern, 4 m in height) (1458N 2439W).

133

Home

Contents

Index

Chapter 5 - Cap Spartel to Punta Durnford

36 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
C. Spartel

6
142

36

91

5.25

1912 Rio
856

5.1 0

35

Larache 1912

35

34

3133

33
5.

C. Beddo uza

76

5.57 Rabat 5.63 C. 680 de 862 Mohammedia 861 Ma 9 3 za Casablanca 861 ga 5.1 n 5.148 5.103 Al Jadida 862 Jorf Lasfar 862 5.156
3 5.9

7 5.4

Sb o

5.40 Kenitra

34

33

32
5 .2 08
863
im Ras S

862

Safi 862 5.183

3132

32

5.224 Essaouira 863

31

31
Ca
r p Rhi

MOROCCO

863

Anza-Agadir 863 5.233

1870

8 26 5.
C. N un

5.2

55

30

30

29
3134

Sidi Ifni 5.261

29

84 5.2

Tan Tan 5.277

28

C. Tarfaya

ALGERIA

28

29

863 5.309

27

Layoune 863

3133

27

5.

26

C. Bojador

H
b

A
y

o or

cc

o)

26

N
E
T

5.3 27

(a

dm

25

in

is

te

re

25

M A U R I TA N I A

24
Ad Dakhla 1690 Pta. D 6.19 urnf ord 1690

MALI

24

23 16 15 14 13 Longitude 11 West from Greenwich 8 7 6

0306

23

134

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 5 CAP SPARTEL TO PUNTA DURNFORD

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 4104

Scope of the chapter

1

continues thus as far as the vicinity of Cap Rhir (3038N 953W) which lies at the W end of Atlas Mountains.

5.1 This chapter covers the Atlantic coast of Morocco from Cap Spartel (3547N 556W) to Punta Durnford (2339N 1601W). See 1.105 for details of disputed sovereignty. For details of the area between Ceuta and Cap Spartel on the N coast of Morocco see West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot. 5.2 The ports and harbours of Larache (5.25), Mehdia (5.33), Kenitra (5.40), Rabat (5.57), Mohmeddia (5.63), Casablanca (5.103), Al Jadida (5.148), Jorf Lasfar (5.156), Safi (5.183), Essaouira (5.224), AnzaAgadir (5.233), Sidi Ifni (5.261), Tan Tan (5.277), Tarfaya (5.308), and Layoune (5.309) are described in this chapter. This chapter is divided into the following sections: Cap Spartel to Casablanca (5.8). Casablanca to Agadir (5.136). Agadir to Cap Tarfaya (Cabo Yubi) (5.253). Cap Tarfaya (Cabo Yubi) to Punta Durnford (5.294).

Fishing
1

5.4 Fishing vessels may be encountered along the entire stretch of coastline described in this chapter.

Natural conditions
1

5.5 Weather. The coast of Morocco offers little shelter being totally exposed to the sea with onshore winds. Between Cap Spartel and Cap Bedouzza allowance should be made for a heavy W swell which usually sets directly onto the coast. Flow. See 1.247.

Piracy
1

Topography
1

5.6 Reports have been received of armed attacks on fishing vessels off this coast and also of a grounded bulk carrier being fired upon from the shore. Mariners should exercise due caution in this area.

5.3 The Atlantic coast of Morocco from Cap Spartel to Cap Nun (Cap Dra) about 500 miles SW, is low and dangerous; it is bordered by low sandhills and the land is mostly barren. The highest part is in the vicinity of Cap Bedouzza, 260 miles SW of Cap Spartel. The uniform sandy beach S of Essaouira (3130N 946W) is backed by dunes and

Stowaways
1

5.7 It is reported that stowaways are a serious problem, mariners are reminded that a thorough search of the vessel is required, prior to departure, especially if the vessel is departing from Morocco.

CAP SPARTEL TO CASABLANCA GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 3132

CAP SPARTEL TO RIO SEBOU General information

Charts 142, 92, 3132, 856

Area covered
1

5.8 This section describes coastal route, anchorages, ports and harbours from Cap Spartel to Casablanca about 155 miles SSW. It is arranged as follows: Cap Spartel to Rio Sebou (5.10). Rio Sebou to Mohammedia (5.47). Mohammedia (5.63). Mohammedia to Casablanca (5.93). Casablanca (5.103).

Route
1

5.10 From a position W of Cap Spartel (3547N 556W) the route leads SSW for about 95 miles to a position W of Rio Sebou.

Topography
1

Topography
1

5.9 For a general topography of the area see 5.3.

5.11 The coast from Cap Spartel to Asilah (5.23), 20 miles S, is formed of a sandy beach broken by occasional rocky projections, and backed by a line of low hills. The coast between Asilah and Larache (5.25), 20 miles SSW, has much the same appearance as that to the N. About 3 miles

135

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

S of Asilah the coastal hills attain an elevation of over 200 m and extend nearly to Larache. Between Larache and MoulayBousselham (5.20), 20 miles SSW, the coast is about 90 m high. The N half consists of reddish cliffs, and the S half consists of sandhills, partially covered with scrub, gradually decreasing in height, but becoming higher again in the vicinity of MoulayBousselham. The coast from MoulayBousselham to the mouth of the Rio Sebou (5.33), 40 miles SSW is sandy, broken in places by rocks, and backed by sand dunes.

Current
1

5.16 It is necessary to guard against the races which are sometimes produced by the strong current in the vicinity of Cap Spartel.

Directions
(continued from West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot)

Principal marks
1

Depths
1

5.12 The depths off this stretch of coast decrease gradually towards the land, the bottom being sand, gravel, broken shells and occasionally rock. There are, however, some shoals, with depths of 8 m to 9 m over them, which lie nearly 1 mile offshore with greater depths inside them.

Hazards
1

5.13 Fishing vessels. It has been reported (2000) that large concentrations of fishing vessels may be encountered in an area to the SW of the TSS at Banco del Hoyo (see West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot). The area is bounded by latitudes 3530N and 3600N, and by longitudes 610W and 650W. The vessels use drift nets up to 1 mile in length, and may exhibit strobe lights to indicate their positions. Fishing nets. Between Cap Spartel and Rio Sebou tunny fishing nets may be found extending from 1 to 2 miles from the coast. The nets are marked by white or yellow flags carrying the letter M or A at the seaward extremity and centre. At night they are marked by two green lights, disposed vertically, at the middle of the net, and a red light above a green light at the seaward end of the net. These nets should be given a berth of 3 miles.

5.17 Landmarks: Jebel Qebir (35472N 5545W), elevation 327 m and adjacent tower position approximate. Jbilla (35445N 5556W), elevation 135 m, an isolated cone shaped hill. Dehar el Haine (35 40 7N 5 52 7W), a hill, elevation 271 m. Jbel Houch Bak Kreaa (Monte Raven) (35342N 5466W), elevation 671 m. 5.18 Major lights: Cap Spartel Light (yellow square stone tower, 24 m in height) (35476N 5553W). Tanger Bourkhalf Aero Light (control tower, 12 m in height) (35435N 5547W). Port Larache (El Aaraich) Light (N breakwater head) (35122N 6093W). Pointe Nador Light (white 8 sided tower, 44 m in height) (35117N 6101W). Auamara Aero Light (tower, 16 m in height) (35026N 6031W). Mehdia Entrance Rear Leading Light (red octagonal tower, white lantern) (34157N 6397W). Kenitra Aero Light (yellow tower, bulbous top) (34177N 6362W).

Cap Spartel to Larache

1

Traffic regulations
1

5.14 Traffic separation scheme exists in the W approaches to Strait of Gibraltar about 14 miles NW of Cap Spartel. This traffic scheme is IMO adopted and Rule 10 of International Regulations for preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. Prohibited area MaghrebEurope Oil pipeline. A safety and protection zone has been established 1 mile either side of the pipeline for a distance of three miles. The safety zone in which fishing, navigation and anchoring are prohibited is contained within the following positions: 35444N 5567W. 35455N 5582W. 35476N 5588W. 35478N 5578W. 35460N 5571W. 35455N 5563W.

Rescue
5.15 Larache (3512N 609W), is a designated RCC. Kenitra (3416N 635W), is a designated MRSC. 136

5.19 From a position W of Cap Spartel (3547N 556W) the route leads SSW for about 95 miles to a position W of Rio Sebou. Cap Spartel should not be approached within 1 mile. Rocks, above and below water, extend up to 3 cables offshore between Cap Spartel and a position mile SSW. The route passes (with positions relative to Pointe Nador (35117N 6101W)): WNW of a wreck (35 miles NNE), Tanger Boukhalf (Tangier Boukhaf) Aero Light (5.18), which is occasionally exhibited for the use of aircraft, stands 2 miles SE. Thence: Over the Bajeta del Cantillo (31 miles N), consisting of stones and gravel with a least depth 40 m thence: WNW of the mouth of the Ro Mharhar (24 miles NNE), noting a group of radio masts which stand about 4 miles E of the river mouth, thence: WNW of Asilah (18 miles NNE) (5.23) thence: WNW of Ras el Nuida (13 miles NNE), thence: WNW of Bajos de Ras el Nuida (12 miles N), two shoals with least depths of 15 m and 19 m over them, thence: WNW of Bajo el Cenizo (8 miles N), a rocky bank with a least depth of 26 m over it, and on which the sea breaks in heavy weather, thence: WNW of the mouth of Oued Loukkos (1 mile ENE), thence:

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

WNW of Larache (El Aaraich) (1 mile ENE), noting the lightbuoy (special), moored 9 cables NNW of Pointe Nador.

Larache to Rio Sebou

1

5.20 The track then continues SSW, passing: WNW of Pointe Nador, on which there is a signal station and lighthouse (5.18), thence: W of the Auamara Aero light (10 miles SE) (5.18), thence: WNW of MoulayBousselham (Moulay Bou Selham), (20 miles SSW), which can be identified by a number of white washed tombs that stand on the N side of the outlet from Ez Zerga, which is a lagoon that lies behind sand dunes between 60 m and 90 m high. Thence: WNW of Roca Negra (Black Rock) (34 miles SSW), a prominent black rock 59 m high, noting the Banco Arlett (Arlett Bank or Rocky Bank), with a depth of 14 m, which lies 1 mile W. A light stands near the rock. Thence: WNW of two conspicuous wrecks (57 miles and 59 miles SSW respectively), thence: WNW of Punta Pacheco (60 miles SSW), which is the N entrance point of the Rio Sebou. The track then leads to the pilot embarkation point (34157N 6414W), at the river mouth. (Directions continue at 5.53)

Closer inshore there is an anchorage about 4 cables NW of the old town in a depth of 11 m. This holding ground is poor, especially with W winds and swell, as the bottom is rock. No other anchorage sites along this part of the coast can be recommended due to poor holding ground. Useful mark: Palacio del Raisuni (3528N 602W) a massive building with numerous windows, which are notable for reflecting a great deal of light during clear weather, standing midway along the seaward side of the old town. Chart 3132

MoulayBousselham
1

5.24 MoulayBousselham (3453N 617W), about 58 miles SSW of Cap Spartel, affords fair anchorage, in good weather, about mile offshore abreast of the outlet (5.20) in depths of about 16 m.

Larache (El Aaraich)

Charts 3132 and 1912 plan of Larache

General information
1

Anchorages and harbours

2

Chart 142

Anse Spartel
1

5.21 Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels about 3 cables offshore in Anse Spartel (35466N 9560W), a shallow sandy bay 1 mile SW of Cap Spartel light structure, in depths of 10 m to 11 m. Heavy squalls blow off the land and a continual swell renders landing difficult.

Playa de Sidi Kacem

1

5.22 Anchorage can also be obtained off Playa de Sidi Kacem (35435N 9570W), about 4 miles S of Cap Spartel, 5 cables offshore. The soundings are fairly regular and the bottom, although composed of rock and sand, is good holding ground. Charts 91, Spanish 4461 (see 1.19)

5.25 Position. Larache (El Aaraich) (3512N 609W) is located on the S entrance to Oued Loukkos and lies 1 mile ENE of Pointe Nador. Function. It is a minor port, with a population of 247 000 in 2001, suitable only for small vessels . Topography. The coast between Punta Negra and the mouth of the Oued Loukkos. 1 miles SSW, consists of a sandy beach backed by dunes. A tree plantation stands on the N side of the entrance. Espignon Rompeolas (Dique Norte) extends W from the N side of the of the mouth of the river. The town extends WSW nearly as far as Pointe Nador where it forms a notable complex from which the mosque and tall building of a flour mill stand out. The coast fronting the town is steep and fringed with reefs. Approach and entry. The port is approached N of Pointe Nador. It is entered close S of Espignon Rompeolas, over the bar, on the alignment of leading lights, which are moved to meet the changes at the bar. Port Authority. Direction du Port de Larache (El Aaraich) Morocco.

Limiting Conditions Asilah

1 1

5.23 Description. Asilah (3528N 602W), 17 miles NNE of Pointe Nador, consists of an old town, with a modern town, fronted by a sandy beach, NE of it. The port, which was recently rebuilt, serves fishing vessels and leisure craft. The depth in the entrance to the harbour is 3 m. The old town is surrounded by a wall surmounted by 4 towers, the N of which is 27 m high. A river flows into the sea 4 cables NNE of the modern town. Local knowledge or the Spanish chart 4461 is required. Shoal. El Hanman (El Anman), consisting of several rocks with a depth of less than 51 m over them, lie 5 cables offshore 1 mile N of the modern town. Anchorage may be obtained with the centre of the old town bearing 165 at a distance of 2 miles off in depths of 22 m, the bottom being mainly coral and gravel.

5.26 Controlling depths over the bar at the entrance to the river are charted at a maximum of 25 m, reducing to 19 m and 12 m further N and S respectively. The accumulation of sand over the bar can further reduce the depth. Deepest and longest berth. Cargo can be worked alongside a quay of 380 m length for vessels with a maximum draft of 3 m. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 23 m; and mean neap range about 0 9 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Abnormal water levels. The bar at the mouth of the Oued Loukkos, situated between Espignon Rompeolas and Punta de la Ciudadela, 1 cables S, is subject to great changes. It has a constant swell on it except during the summer and is unsafe from October to May inclusive. It should only be crossed by small vessels. Density of dock water: 1025 g/cm3.

137

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Maximum size of vessel handled: Maximum draught is 35 m and maximum LOA is 45 m. Local weather and sea state. The winds are mostly either between SW and NW in winter or between N and NE during summer. The heaviest seas are raised by winds between SW and W. If anchored well offshore, vessels can ride out a moderate gale from seaward.

A red light at night (indicated by letter R in table below): Day Black ball Night R Meaning Caution is necessary on entering. Undecked vessels may not leave Port is closed to all vesels except motor fishing craft R R Port and bar open to all vessels Port is closed to traffic

Two black balls

Arrival information
1

5.27 Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 135 m, over a sandy bottom, with Pointe Nador Lighthouse bearing 196 and the western extremity of Espignon Rompeolas bearing 093. This is the best anchorage and is about mile offshore. Small vessels can anchor closer inshore in good holding ground, if the weather is fine. But if the sea gets rough all vessels should anchor W of the meridian of Pointe Nador and N of the mouth of the Oued Loukkos, so as to keep clear of the breakers seaward of the bar. Anchorage can also be obtained about 9 cables offshore in depths of 19 m and 22 m, WNW of the Espignon Rompeolas with the Pointe Nador light bearing 180 and 160, respectively. There are several patches with depths of 165 m over them surrounded by depths of 255 m on the line of Espignon Rompeolas. These break in heavy weather and should be avoided. Pilotage is compulsory, and is available during daylight only. Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board about 2 miles seaward of the entrance. Tugs. Three 50 hp tugs available and are compulsory. Local knowledge is necessary. Traffic regulations. Entry and departure at night are prohibited without the permission of the Marine Commandant.

Blue flag with letters PC No signals

5.29 Natural Conditions. Oued Loukkos follows a serpentine course and is subject to rather intense currents, which are responsible for clearing away accumulated sand from the dock and channel. The river is navigable by small coasters up to the main bridge, and by smaller craft up to La Isleta (4 miles SE of Larache). During the rainy season the river is prone to flooding and mariners must proceed cautiously when operating shallow draft vessels and anchoring up the river. Caution also needs to be exercised throughout the river passage as uprooted tree trunks and debris of all description may be encountered.

Directions for entering harbour

1

Harbour
1

5.30 Landmarks: Jebel Sarsar (34525N 5500W), elevation 609 m, 25 miles SE is conical shaped with a gradual slope on its S side. Pointe Nador Lighthouse (35 11 7N 6 10 1W) (5.18). Entry. The chart is sufficient guide.

5.28 General layout. The port itself is formed by the mouth of Oued Loukkos. At the root of Espignon Rompeolas, there is a small jetty extending S into the harbour thence SW; a training wall, Dique de Escollera No 3, is situated E of this jetty. On the S side of the harbour an area of reclaimed land, extending E from Punta de la Ciudadela, forms Dique de Escollera No 2, which is a training wall. A continuation of the training wall resumes 1 cable ENE with Dique de Encauzamento which continues on the S side of the river to a point, 4 cables NE, where it connects with the S shore. Lights are exhibited from the E end of Dique de Escollera No 2 and the SW end of Dique de Encauzamiento, forming the entrance to the harbour in which Muelle Pesquero and Muelle Commercial are situated, S and E of Dique de Escollera No 2. Development. It was reported (1999) that work on the extension of the breakwater was in progress close W of the head of Espignon Rompeolas. Traffic signals. There is a signal station on Punta Nador, and another at the lifesaving station on Punta de la Ciudadela, both of which communicate with vessels by the International Code of Signals. The following signals are shown: A black ball or blue flag with letters PC by day.

Berths
1

5.31 Depths mentioned below are reported depths. The port authorities should be contacted for the latest information. Anchorage berths. Vessels up to 35 m draught can anchor 900 m inside the bar and work cargo into 25 to 50 ton lighters. Alongside berths. Small vessels with maximum draft of 30 m can work cargo alongside Muelle Commercial, which extends N to form Muelle Pesquero, used by fishing boats. Inner anchorage can be obtained by smal craft inside the harbour. Local knowledge is necessary.

Port services
1

5.32 Repairs. There is a slipway for vessels, with a capacity of 100 tons. Supplies. Fresh water connections are laid on to Muelle Commercial. Fresh provisions are plentiful. Bunkering service is not available. Communications. The nearest airpot is Tanger Boukhalf.

138

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Mehdia
Chart 1912 plans entrance to and Rio Sebou.

Local knowledge is required to cross the bar at the entrance to the river.

General information
1

Harbour
1

5.33 Position. Mehdia (34160N 6393W), lies 61 miles SSW of Pointe Nador. Function. It is a minor harbour used by naval vessels, fishing vessels, and tugs. Topography. Rio Sebou follows a serpentine course and is the largest river along this stretch of the coast. Mehdia stands on the lower slope of a hill, 139 m high, on the S side of the entrance to the Rio Sebou. It is easily identifiable by its old fortifications. Approach and entry. Rio Sebou (Oued Sbou) can be approached from the SW through N to NE, and entered across a bar, between the heads of two breakwaters. Punta Pacheco is the N entrance point of the mouth of the river. The river is navigable for a distance of 9 miles to Kenitra (5.51).

5.36 General layout. A quay for fishing vessels and tugs lies NE of the old fort and 5 cables NE on the same side of the river, is a naval quay. Traffic signals, indicating the status of the bar, are displayed from the signal station at the lighthouse on a hill, located 5 cables SW of Mehdia. They are: * International code flag S Red flag over green flag Conditions on the bar are practicable Bar is impassable

* This signal is also displayed by the pilot motorboat. Tidal streams. Off the entrance to the river the streams are N going on a rising tide and S going on a falling tide. Within the river off Mehdia under normal conditions, except during winter rains the streams set: LW + 0200 HW HW + 0115 LW Ingoing stream begins Slack for 1 hour Outgoing stream begins

Limiting conditions
1

5.34 Controlling depth. Charted depths of less than 1 m are to be found over the bar at the entrance to Rio Sebou. Deepest and longest berth is the naval quay located 4 cables NNE of Mehdia, on the SE bank. It is 400 m long with depths of 85 m alongside. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 27 m and mean neap range about 12 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Abnormal water levels. During the winter rains Rio Sebou rises to abnormal levels when its muddy reddish coloured water overflows its high banks and the surrounding country. During the remainder of the year it is subjected to regular tidal influence for a distance of about 50 miles above the mouth. Rollers, which prevail in the winter months, create a heavy surf along the river banks, and may raise the level as much as 1 m above spring tide level. Under such conditions the ingoing stream predominates and the duration of the outgoing stream varies with the violence of the rollers, being shorter when the rollers are violent. Maximum size of vessel handled. Due to the variable depths in the channel across the bar, vessels with a maximum draft of 55 m at HWS and 41 m at HWN are permitted. Maximum permissible length is 115 m during daylight hours; at night this is reduced to 75 m for tankers and to 95 m for other vessels.

Slack for 1 hours A rise of 2 m in the upper reaches of the river causes an outgoing stream with a rate of 3 to 4 kn at Mehdia. This stream overcomes the ingoing stream at neaps, while at springs it causes a more or less prolonged period of slack water on the bar and within the river entrance off Mehdia. Local weather. Prevailing winds are W in winter and E in summer.

Directions for entering harbour

1

5.37 Landmarks: Harbour masters office (34159N 6398W) a large white building, standing 2 cables N of the signal station. Water tower (34 15 4N 6 40 7W) standing at MehdiaPlage. Major light. Mehdia Entrance Rear Leading Light (34157N 6397W) (5.17). Entry. The chart is sufficient guide.

Berths
1

Arrival information
1

5.35 Outer anchorage. The recommended anchorage is centred on position 34156N 06417W. Pilotage is compulsory. On arrival in the road vessels must display the usual signal for a pilot and indicate their draught by The International Code of Signals. Rio Sebou can be entered from 3 hours before to 2 hours after HW during the day and from 2 hours before to 1 hour after HW at night, provided the swell is less than 2 m high. The pilot, who comes out in a motor boat fitted with radio, boards at the river entrance and is reported to be on station 2 hours before HW. If bad weather prevents the pilot from disembarking on departure, he must be disembarked off Mohammedia, Casablanca or Tangiers. Tugs are available and must be employed if the pilot considers it necessary.

5.38 Within the river, off Mehdia, only temporary anchorage can be obtained owing to the strong tidal streams and bad holding ground. The quay to the NW of the town, is used mainly by fishing vessels.

Port services
1

5.39 Other facilities: See Kenitra, 5.40. Communications: Nearest international airport located at Rabat Sal about 40 km away.

Kenitra General information

1

5.40 Position. Kenitra (3416N 635W) (Port Lyautay) lies 59 miles SSW of Pointe Nador. It is situated 17 km up the Rio Sebou, on its S shore. Function. It is the capital of El Gharb district which is one of the richest agricultural districts in Morocco. In 2001 the population was 562 000. Principal imports are cattle,

139

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

provisions and building materials; the principal export is woodpulp. Topography. Between Mehdia and Kenitra there are three sharp bends, known as Torno de las Trois Palmiers, Torno de Ouled Bergel and Torno de LAbattoir. The land is high on the NW side of the river between Punta Pacheco and Torno de las Trois Palmiers, about 3 miles NE, and between Mehdia and Punta au Raisin 1 miles NE. Traffic. In 2004 there were 120 vessels movements totalling 402 562 dwt. Port Authority. Kenitra Port Authority, Travaux Publics, Subdivision Maritime, Kasbah Kenitra, Morocco.

Port services
1

5.46 Repairs: minor repairs; slipway capacity 400 tons; Other facilities: Deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificate can be issued. Supplies: Bunkers can be supplied by road tanker. Fresh water is laid onto the quays. Fresh provisions are plentiful. Communication. It is connected with Casablanca, Tangier and Fes by ferry. There is an airport on the W side of the river, 1 miles NNW of Kenitra. Nearest international airport, RabatSal airport, 40 km away.

Limiting conditions
1

RIO SEBOU TO MOHAMMEDIA General Information

Charts 856. 1912, 860, 861.

5.41 Controlling depth See 5.34. Deepest and longest berth. See 5.45. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 23 m, and mean neap range about 13 m. Abnormal water levels. See 5.34. Density of water. 1000 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. See 5.34.

Route
1

5.47 From a position W of the mouth of Rio Sebou (3416N 641W) the route leads SW for about 47 miles to a position N of Mohammedia.

Topography Arrival information

1

5.42 Port radio. There is a coast and port radio station at Kenitra. See the relevant edition of Admiralty List of Radio Signals. Outer Anchorages. See 5.35. Pilotage. Compulsory. See 5.35. Tugs. Three tugs available. Local knowledge. See 5.35.

Harbour
1

5.43 General layout. Kenitra harbour, is ranged EW along the S bank of the river, opposite to Torno de LAbattoir and Torno de Fouarat. Seaplane area. The EW and NS reaches of the river, which lie to the N and E of the Kenitra airfield, respectively, can be used by seaplanes. Local weather. See 5.36.

5.48 From the mouth of Rio Sebou to Sal (5.57), a town on the N side of Port de Rabat (5.57), and 15 miles SSW, the coast is bordered by conical hills for the N half of its length and by cliffs for the S half. The coast between Port de Rabat and Cap de Mohammedia (Cap de Fdala) (5.81), 34 miles SW, is sandy and interspersed with rocky patches. About 8 miles SW of Rabat two ranges of barren hills run parallel to the coast. The coastal range is about 61 m high and lies about 1 mile inland. The inner range has an elevation of from 61 m to 122 m and lies between 5 and 6 miles inland. These ranges continue SW for about 80 miles nearly to Azemmour (5.146).

Depths
1

5.49 The depths along this stretch of the coast up to SkhiratPlage (3352N 704W), shelve rather steeply, and are free from dangers outside the 10 m line which lies between to 1 mile offshore. From SkhiratPlage to Mohammedia, the shelving is more gradual.

Directions for entering harbour

1

5.44 Major light: Kenitra Airfield Aero Light (34176 N 6362W). Entry. The chart is sufficient guide. Attention is drawn to the following dangers: Unlit mooring buoys are situated along the sides of the river channel, between Torno de Ouled Bergel and Torno de LAbattoir, as shown on the chart. Useful mark: Chimney (34 16 3N 6 35 4W) at Torno de LAbattoir.

Hazards
1

5.50 Fishing nets. Tunny nets, extending up to 7 miles offshore, may be encountered in the vicinty of Cap de Mohammedia (Cap de Fdala). Mariners are warned to keep a good lookout for these nets which are marked as follows: Day White flag with letter M or A R = red light Night R G G G G = green light Marks Seaward end of net Middle of net

Berths
1

5.45 There are 10 berths at a concrete quay, 861 m long with a depth alongside of 35 m at LW, 55 m at HW. Minerals are loaded via four conveyor belts, whilst grain is loaded from a silo. The coaling quay, is situated 5 cables ENE of the end of the main quay. A small Tshaped wharf for tankers is situated 3 cables NE of the coaling quay.

Traffic regulations.
1

5.51 Prohibited areas. RabatMohammedia. (1) An area in which navigation and anchoring is prohibited lies between Rabat and

140

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Mohammedia. The area extends up to 21 miles to seaward and is some 24 miles in length. The prohibited area is bounded by the following positions: 34022N 6505W 34152N 7095W 34010N 7330W 33473N 7152W (2) Navigation, anchoring or fishing are periodically prohibited in an area bounded by the following positions: 33451N 7186W 33582N 7190W 34042N 7076W 33553N 6586W The majority of the prohibited area (2) is contained within area (1). Skhirat. Entry to the port of Skhirat (3352N 703W) is permanently prohibited (See note on chart 856). MansouriaPointe de Dar Bouazza. Anchoring and navigation are prohibited within 3 miles of the coast between Mansouria (33455N 7180W), 5 miles NE of Cap de Mohammedia (Cap de Fdala), and Pointe de Dar Bouazza (33322N 7494W), 24 miles SW.

Rescue
1

5.52 Mohammedia is a designated MRSC.

The track then leads to the Mohammedia pilot embarkation position (33462N 7230W for vessels bound for the Oil Terminal), or to the pilot embarkation position (33435N 7222W for other vessels), keeping E of the prohibited and restricted areas (5.79). 5.56 Useful marks: Pillar, elevation 65 m, (3413N 641W). Radio mast, elevation 335 m, obstruction lights, (3409N 649W, position approximate). Pillar, elevation 67 m, (3410N 643W). Pillar, elevation 57 m, (3408N 645W). RabatSal Aero Light (control tower) (34027N 6455W). Two Radio Masts (3400N 652W), elevation 135 m. House (3355N 659W) near SidielAbed. Minaret at Sidi Slimane (3347N 707W). Farmhouse (3348N 712W). Farmhouse (3347N 714W), elevation 28 m. House (3346N 716W). House (3345N 718W). Minaret (3345N 718W) at Mansouria. House (3345N 719W) standing on the shore. House (3344N 719W). (Directions for Mohammedia continue at 5.84 and the the coastal passage at 5.98)

Directions
(continued from 5.21)

Rabat General information

1

Principal marks
1

5.53 Landmarks: Radio mast (34092N 6391W), elevation 335 m, red obstruction lights. Cap de Mohammedia (Cap de Fdala) (33435N 7240W), white oil tanks. Major light: Rabat, Fort de la Calette Light (yellow tower, black lantern, 24 m in height) (34021N 6508W).

Passage
1

5.54 From a position W of the mouth of Rio Sebou (3416N 641W), the route leads SW for about 47 miles to a position N of Mohammedia, passing (with positions relative to lot de Skhirat (33527N 7037W)): NW of the mouth of Oued Bou Regreg (15 miles NE), with the towns of Sal and Rabat situated NE and S of the entrance respectively, thence: NW of Tmara (8 miles ENE), noting the minaret (elevation 96 m) standing in the town. A water tower stands about 5 cables WNW of the minaret. Thence: NW of lot de Skhirat, noting the white steelworks at Skhirat (1 miles SE), and a tomb (about 1 miles E) thence: 5.55 NW of lot Sidi Haj Bou Derbala (5: miles SW), a low dark promontory topped by a prominent house, thence: NW of Banc de Bouznica (8 miles W), noting the obstruction at its NE extremity which is marked by a buoy (port hand), and Crte de Mansouria (122 miles WSW), both of which are rocky banks lying 2 to 5 miles offshore with depths of 22 m over them, thence:

5.57 Position. Port de Rabat (3402N 650W) is situated close inside the entrance to Oued Bou Regreg. Function. The port is only used by fishermen and recreational craft and has little commercial value. Rabat is the seat of Government and the residence of the King of Morocco. The town of Sal is situated on the opposite side of the river from Rabat. In 2001 the combined population of the towns was about 1 477 000. Topography. The town of Sal stands on the NE side of the entrance and is surrounded by a wall, flanked by towers at regular intervals. The town of Rabat standing on the S side of the river, has fortifications along both its river and sea faces. Both towns are remarkable for their white walls and minarets. About 9 miles above Rabat the Oued el Akrench joins the Oued Bou Regreg. However, about 6 miles above the river mouth, there is a gorge blocked by islands and drying shoals. A powerboat can ascend the river as far as the gorge at any state of the tide, but to reach Oued el Akrench, it is necessary to leave Rabat 2 hours before HW. Approach and entry. Oued Bou Regreg can be approached from the SW through N to NE and entered between two breakwaters, the heads of which are about 1 cables apart.

Limiting conditions
1

5.58 River bar. A bar, over which the depths vary frequently, extends NNW from Dique basse. The freshets of the river may render the passage across the bar very difficult, even if there is no swell. During winter months the bar is frequently impassable, during summer months this is exceptional.

141

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Controlling depth, over the bar varies frequently. Deepest and longest berth. Quai de Sal, 82 m in length, with a depth of 4 m alongside is situated on the N bank of the river. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 24 m, mean neap range about 12 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Abnormal water levels. With continuous SW gales and a heavy swell on the coast, the level of water in the river may be considerably higher than the highest spring level, and the surf hinders the passage of boats. The flood stream is then of longer duration, and the shore N of the entrance is swept by the sea. Maximum size of vessel handled. The harbour is accesible to vessels of 60 m in length, drawing from 2 m to 37 m, between 2 hours before and 1 hour after HW.

Major light: Fort de la Calette Light (34021N 6508W) (5.62).

Berths
1

5.61 Alongside depths are reported depths. The port authorities should be contacted for the latest information. There are four quays, three are situated on the S side of the river. Quai de la Douane, 35 m in length and for the use of fishing vessels, is 4 cables SSE of the head of Dique Basse. Quai de Sidi Maklouf lies close E of the S end of the pontoon bridge; it is 30 m long and available for lighters. Quai de la Tour Hassan, lies E of Quai de Sidi Maklouf and 1 cables N of Tour Hassan; it is 220 m long but dries along its entire length. Quai de Sal, situated on the N bank of the river 6 cables above the pontoon bridge, is 82 m long and has an alongside depth of 4 m.

Arrival information
1

Port services
1

5.59 Outer anchorages. Vessels may anchor during summer, NW of the heads of the breakwaters in depths of 9 m to 29 m. In winter, when there is much swell, anchorage must be obtained in depths of more than 29 m as the sea sometimes breaks in depths of 14 m to 20 m. The anchorage is exposed to W winds and swell, but there is a sandy bottom with good holding ground. In bad weather, however, a vessel must put to sea. Pilotage. It is reported that local persons are available to aid vessels wishing to enter. Tugs. A tug is available.

5.62 Repairs. Minor repairs can be carried out. There is a slipway. Hospitals. There are two hospitals in Sal and two hospitals in Rabat. Supplies. Fresh provisions are plentiful. Fresh water is laid on to Quai de la Douane. Communications. RabatSal airport is situated about 5 km ENE of Sal, and Rabat airfield is situated at the S end of that town.

MOHAMMEDIA General information

Charts 861 plan of Mohammedia, 860

Harbour
1

5.60 General layout. The harbour is protected by two breakwaters, the Jete Nord and the Jete Sud. Two training walls, Dique haute and Dique basse, are situated on the E and W side respectively, of Oued Bou Regreg, 2 cables within the entrance. There is a battery at the S end of the W wall, 3 cables ENE of the head of Jete Nord. A signal station stands on the W side of the river entrance, 4 cables SE of of the head of the Jete Sud. Vessels in the roads can communicate with the signal station by day only. A pontoon bridge spans the harbour 2 cables E of Quai de la Douane, and in it there is a gate about 18 m wide. Two road bridges and a railway bridge also span the river SE of Quai de Sal. Traffic signals. A red flag displayed at the masthead at the signal station indicates that entrance is prohibited; at halfmast it indicates that the bar is dangerous for boats and lighters. Tidal streams. Under normal conditions in the river off Rabat, the stream turns about hour after HW and LW. The ingoing stream has a maximum rate of about 2 kn and the outgoing stream between 3 and 4 kn. For details of freshets over the bar see 5.66. Landmarks: Tour Hassan, elevation 74 m, which stands at the NE end of Rabat. Two radio masts, elevation 135 m, stand about 2 miles SW of Tour Hassan. Conspicuous hospital, standing about 2 miles SSW of Tour Hasan.

Position
1

5.63 Port of Mohammedia (3343N 724W).

Function
1

5.64 The port is mainly used by tankers, both large and small, fishing vessels and some general cargo vessels. The population in 2001 was about 210 000.

Topography
1

5.65 Cap de Mohammedia (Cap de Fdala), behind which the port is situated, is formed of a chain of rocks connected to the mainland by masonry embankments. From a distance the cape has the appearance of an island.

Approach and entry

1

5.66 The port can be approached from the SW through N to NE and is entered between the head of Digue Principale and Sidi Mohammed ach Chergui 2 miles ESE.

Traffic
1

5.67 In 2004 there were 598 vessel movements totalling 12 307 908 dwt.

Port authority
1

5.68 Mohammedia Port Authority, ODEP/DEPM, Capitanerie Port Mohammedia, Morocco.

142

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Limiting conditions Controlling depth

1

Traffic regulations
1

5.69 Although the harbour entrance channel is reported to be dredged to 58 m (1969), a sandbank with a charted depth of 34 m over it lies in the channel, close SW of the head of Jete Nord.

5.79 Prohibited areas. An entry prohibited area, with a radius of 750 m, has been established centred on a wave recorder lightbuoy (special), about 1 mile NNE of the head of Digue Principale (5.81), and an anchoring and fishing prohibited area, the limits of which can best be seen on chart 861, lie in the approaches to this port.

Deepest and longest berth

1

5.70 New tanker terminal, berth B, see 5.88.

Quarantine
1

Abnormal water levels

1

5.71 Although depths of up to 9 m are available at spring tides, these conditions tend to coincide with a heavy swell at the harbour entrance. Vessels have been known to touch bottom with an underkeel clearance of 12 m during a heavy swell; the bottom in the entrance channel being hard rock.

5.80 Pratique should be applied for immediately after berthing. In the event of any suspected diseases on board, it is necessary to advise the Harbour Masters office and agent by radio, fax or telex 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival.

Harbour General layout

1

Density of water
1

5.72 Density of dock water is 1025 g/cm3.

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

5.73 New tanker terminal; 150 000 dwt, maximum draught 18 m, maximum LOA 290 m. Harbour basin; the maximum size of vessel allowed is 130 m in length and 67 m draught (1989).

Arrival information Port operations

1

5.81 The port of Mohammedia, with the town to the S of it, is situated at the W end of Baie de Mohammedia, which lies between Cap de Mohammedia and the mouth of the Oued Nfifkh (33433N 7206W), 2 miles ENE. It consists of a protected harbour and a spur jetty for large tankers. The harbour is enclosed by two breakwaters, Jete Nord and Jete Sud, with an entrance between their heads about 1 cable wide. A breakwater, Digue Principale, extends 1 miles NE from Cap de Mohammedia. Much of the area to the N and E of the Cap de Mohammedia has been reclaimed. A spur 2 cables long, extends ENE from the inner side of the breakwater close to its root. A buoy (special) has been positioned about 1 cables ESE of the spur head.

5.74 Generally berthing of deepdraught vessels during daylight hours only.

1

Development
5.82 Extensive improvements to tanker facilities are planned, involving berth and breakwater extensions.

Notice of ETA
1

5.75 Advance notice of 24 hours must be given to vessels agents.

Currents
1

Outer anchorages
1

5.83 Currents, which set SW at about 2 kn, have been reported in the vicinity of the bay.

5.76 See Prohibited areas 5.51 and 5.79.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 5.56)

Submarine cables and pipelines

1

5.77 From the vicinity of Jete Nord, four disused submarine pipelines and an underwater cable extend NE, into an anchorage and fishing prohibited area, as indicated on the chart.

Principal marks
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

5.78 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels entering, leaving or shifting berth. The pilot boards E of the harbour entrance. For tankers using the new oil terminal the pilot boards in the vicinity of the approach buoy. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Pilots are available for vessels arriving during the night and wishing to enter the basin when conditions are possible. Vessels transit the port during the hours of darkness. If the pilot is unable to board due to stress of weather, vessels should wait in the offing until conditions improve. Tugs are available.

5.84 Landmarks. The following objects, bearing and distance from Cap de Mohammedia, are conspicuous: Two control towers on the head of the tanker terminal jetty, 7 cables NE; Minaret de Quasbah 1 miles SSE, but this is difficult to identify from the W; A mosque, 2 miles S; A water tower, 2 miles E; Marabout de Ben Chergui, 3 miles ENE. Major lights: 1st Leading Light 130, Rear (white rectangular hut on house, 8 m in height) (33436N 7204W). Harbour Entrance, Leading Light 265, Front (white column, black stripes, 10 m in height) (33428N 7240W). Harbour Entrance, Leading Light 265, Rear (white column, black stripes, 13 m in height) (33428N 7240W).

143

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Entry
1

5.85 From the outer pilot embarkation point (33462N 7230W), the track leads SE then generally SW either towards the oil terminal, or towards the harbour basin. Leading lights: Front light (black and white chequered pedestal, 3 m in height) (33438N 7207W). Rear light (white rectangular hut on house, 8 m in height) (225 m from front). The alignment (130) of these lights leads through the approach channel. It was reported (1988) that the marks were not conspicuous by day. The track passes (positions given from front light): SW of a buoy (safe water) (3 miles NW), thence: SW of a wreck (2 miles NW) with a depth of 17 m, thence: Clear of a buoy (special) (2 miles NW), thence: NE of a buoy (special) (2 miles NW) marking the centre of an area where entry is prohibited, thence: SW of a wreck (1 miles NW) with a depth of 16 m. The route to the harbour basin continues SE with a direction light (white hut red stripes, 7 m in height) (33416N 7233W) bearing 205, passing: ESE of three buoys (special) (1 miles NW, 1 miles WNW and 1 miles W) to the inner pilot boarding position. 5.86 Leading marks: Front mark. Light (red and white striped turret, 6 m in height) (33428N 7235W). Rear mark. Tower of the Custom House (4 cables from front). The alignment (247) of these marks lead to the entrance to the harbour basin. Leading Lights: Front light (white column black stripes, 10 m in height) (33428N 7240W). Rear light (white column black stripes, 13 m in height) (110 m from front). The alignment (265) of these lights leads into the harbour basin, passing (positions given from front light): S of the head of Jete Nord (4 cables ENE) from which a light (green and white striped turret, 5 m in height) is exhibited, thence: N of the head of Jete Sud (3 cables E) from which a light (red and white striped turret, 6 m in height) is exhibited. Useful marks: Water tower (33415N 7233W) Minaret (33421N 7221W).

Vessels normally berth port side to on Nos 1 and 6 quays. The two jetties for fishing vessels are reported to have depths of between 2 m and 3 m alongside.

Alongside berths
1

5.88 The oil terminal (5.81) has two alongside berths equipped to handle crude oil, naptha and LPG. Berth A; W side of jetty; length 260 m, with dolphins, depth 175 m (1987). Berth B; E side of jetty; length 290 m, with dolphins, depth 185 m (1987).

Port services Repairs

1

5.89 Minor repairs can be carried out by local shipyard, there is a slipway with a capacity of 250 tons. Several mobile cranes and one floating crane of 30 tons are available.

Other facilities
1

5.90 Hospital and medical clinic available; ballast/slop reception facility available; waste oil disposal available; garbage disposal available; lighters available; deratting and deratting exemption certificates renewal.

Supplies
1

5.91 Fuel oil can be supplied by road tanker from Casablanca. Fresh provisions are available. Fresh water is metered and available to vessels in the harbour and at the tanker terminal.

Communications
1

5.92 Nearest International airport is Mohammed V, Casablanca, 40 km away.

MOHAMMEDIA TO CASABLANCA General information

Charts 860 and 861, plan of Rade de Casablanca

Route
1

5.93 From a position in the vicinity of the Mohammedia approach buoy (3461N 7232W) the route leads WSW for about 10 miles to a position N of the Casablanca approach channel.

Topography Basins and berths

1

Basin
1

5.87 The harbour basin comprises of three quays situated at its N and W sides, and two jetties, extending NE, for fishing vessels at its S side. Quay No 6; N side of the harbour; length 60 m; depth 6 m (1984). Quay No 1; N side of the harbour; length 70 m; depth 7 m (1988). Quay No 2; W side of the harbour; length 170 m; depth 63 m (1984).

5.94 The coast between Cap de Mohammedia and Table dOukacha (5.105), about 10 miles SW, is low with a sandy beach and some rocky ledges backed by sand dunes.

Depths
1

5.95 With the exception of a dangerous wreck (33406N 7323W) the coast is free of dangers outside the 10 m line which lies about mile offshore.

Rescue
1

5.96 Casablanca is a designated MRCC.

144

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Currents
1

5.97 The coastal current sets generally SW at rates of about 05 kn. Mariners should note there is a marked SE set to the current outside Casablanca.

Directions
(continued from 5.56)

Principal marks
1

5.98 Landmarks: Two flares (33416N 725W), 88 m in height. Two chimneys (33411N 7262W) with red and white bands. Marabout Sidi Moumen (33350N 7312W), a tomb standing at an elevation of 115 m. Table d Oukacha (33372N 7338W) Two chimneys (33364N 7342W), 80 m in height, standing behind the power station. Mosque Hassan II (33364N 7380W), minaret, 200 m in height, red obstruction light. Major lights: Oukacha Light (white square tower, red lantern, 20 m in height) (33371N 7339W). Les Roches Noires Light (white round tower, with red lantern, 19 m in height) (33365N 7349W). Pointe del Hank Light (white round masonry tower, 49 m in height) (33367N 7394W).

Other navigational aid

1

5.99 Racon: CA1 Lightbuoy (3401N 7347W). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Approach from northeast

1

5.100 From the Mohammedia oil terminal pilot embarkation position (33462N 7230W), the track leads SW for 10 miles passing: NNW of Cap de Mohammedia (Cap de Fdala) (33435N 7240W). Leading lights: Front light (red tower, white bands, 27 m in height) (33 36 5N 7 36 3W) standing on Quai des Phosphates. Rear light (grey grain silo, 46 m in height) (770 m from front) standing on Mle du Commerce. Both lights have daymarks, red rectangle with white stripe, which were reported (1989) to be difficult to distinguish from a distance. The alignment (228) of these lights leads to the pilot embarkation point, passing (with positions relative to Table dOukacha (33 37 2N 7338W): SE of a dangerous wreck (3 miles NNE), position approximate.

W of a dangerous wreck (3 miles NNE), position approximate, thence: E of CA1 Lightbuoy (safe water) (3 miles NNW), thence: E of a dangerous wreck (2 miles NNW), thence: E of a wave recorder lightbuoy (special) (2 miles NNW), thence: To the pilot embarkation position (1 miles NW). 5.102 Useful marks: White beacon (33390N 7294W) standing close to the shore. Water tower (33372N 7280W), standing in the barracks. White house (33372N 7288W), W of the above water tower. Black and white house (33384N 7305W) standing close to the shore. Chimney (33380N 7309W) standing close to the shore. Water tower (33 37 2N 7 33 1W), E of Table dOukacha. Three radio masts (33 36 6N 7 33 9W), approximately 37 m in height, red and white bands. Church spire (33360N 7350W) at Les Roches Noires. The grain silos on Mle du Commerce (5.130). Two pylons (33365N 7392W), close ESE of Pointe dEl Hank. Nouvelle Jete Transversale Light (33 36 8N 7354W). pi Nord Light (33371N 7356W). pi Sud Light (33368N 7363W). Jete Transversale Head, NE corner Light (33367N 7363W). (Directions for Casablanca continue at 5.127 and for the coastal passage at 5.144)

CASABLANCA General information

Chart 861, plan of Rade de Casablanca

Position
1

5.103 The port of Casablanca (3337N 736W).

Function
1

5.104 Casablanca, with a population of 3 380 000 (2001), is a Government Administrative headquarters and the most important port in Morocco.

Topography
1

5.105 The port is situated between Table dOukacha (33372N 7338W) and Pointe dEl Hank, 4 miles W.

Approach from N
1

5.101 From the Mohammedia oil terminal pilot embarkation position (33462N 7230W), the track leads WSW for 10 miles, then S for 4 miles through an approach channel, which is 1 mile wide and situated between the two outer anchorages, passing (with positions relative to Table dOukacha (33372N 7338W): E of a wreck (3 miles N) with a charted depth of 30 m, thence:

Approach and entry

1

5.106 The Port is approached either from the NE or through a charted approach channel and entered between the heads of two breakwaters.

Traffic
1

5.107 In 2004 there were 2917 vessel movements totalling 30 191 905 dwt.

145

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Port Authority
1

5.108 ODEP, 4 Rue Moussa Ibnou Noussair, Casablanca, Morocco.

Limiting conditions Controlling depth

1 3

5.109 Depths at the harbour entrance are between 10 and 12 m.

Deepest and longest berth

1

5.110 See 5.130.

in the bad weather season, October to April. With a heavy W or NW swell the anchorage becomes dangerous. The holding ground in most places outside the harbour is poor, the bottom nearly everywhere being sand and rock. Anchorage with good holding ground of sand and mud may be obtained about 1 mile N of the head of Jete Moulay Youssef (5.123) in a depth of 24 m. Masters wishing to anchor in either the W or E anchorages, must have prior permission, except for force majeure, requested from the harbour master via VTS, either directly by VHF or other means, or via the pilotage service. All vessels in the anchorage must maintain a listening watch on the VHF working and safety channels.

Tidal levels
1

Submarine cables and outfall

1

5.111 Mean spring range about 27 m; mean neap range about 13 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

Density of water
1

5.112 The density of the water is 1025 g/cm3.

5.119 Submarine cables, which are shown the chart, extend N and NW from Pointe dEl Hank. A submarine outfall, which is not charted, extends from a point about 03 miles SE of Pointe dEl Hank and extends from the coast for 2 miles in an 020 direction.

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

Pilotage and tugs

1

5.113 Vessels with draughts up to 120 m are handled.

Local weather and sea state

1

5.114 Fog. It is reported (1998) that frequent dense fog with very low visibilty prevails during winter months. Swell. Occasional Atlantic swell from N or NE is experienced from midOctober to March, but rarely of a magnitude to result in suspension of work in the harbour. However vessels berthing in Casablanca harbour should use extra hawsers as a heavy swell sets into the harbour even in fine weather. Vessels securing stern to should allow a good scope of cable. In the event of bad weather vessels should be ready to leave at short notice. See also 5.125.

Arrival information Port operations

1

5.120 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 100 gt and is available day and night (under special arrangement between 2400 and 0600 hrs). Pilotage is optional for naval vessels, but is recommended if they are unfamiliar with the port. The compulsory pilotage area is bounded on the E by the meridian of Table de Oukacha, on the N by the parallel of 33377N and on the W by the meridian of the root of Jete Moulay Youssef. Pilots will not normally board outside of this area. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). A red flag displayed at the signal station (5.124), indicates that the pilot cannot board the vessel on account of the state of the sea, but that vessels may enter the port at their own risk and the pilot will await them in the lee of Jete Moulay Youssef. At night, should the weather prevent the pilot coming out, no attempt should be made to enter the harbour as it is dangerous. Tugs are available.

5.115 For radio watch in outer anchorage see 5.118.

Traffic regulations
1

Port radio
1

5.116 There are port and coast radio stations. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 1 (1) and 6 (3).

Notice of ETA
1

5.117 ETA should be sent 24 hours in advance or immediately on leaving the previous port, and confirmed 12 hours and 4 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Outer anchorages
1

5.118 Anchorage may be obtained, in designated anchorages, the limits of which are best seen on the chart. The anchorage is partially protected by the promontory of Pointe dEl Hank from winds between S and W, but a swell from the W finds its way into the bay. The swell from the W may set in with very little warning especially

5.121 A Vessel Traffic Service scheme is in operation for the control of shipping. All vessels arriving in Casablanca roads must make VHF contact with the VTS, giving their position, heading and speed. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Prohibited area. The Moroccan Government periodically prohibits all maritime activity, transit and anchoring in an area N and W of Casablanca. The area extends about 3 miles N from the root of Jete Moulay Youssef (5.130) to position 33401N 7370W, thence 7 miles WSW to position 33365N 7450W, thence 3 miles S to the shore in position 33335N 7450W. Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in an area from N of CA1 Lightbuoy to the harbour entrance. This being the approach channel, as shown on the chart. Underwater foundations, with 6 m of water over them, extend NE for 420 m from the head of Jete Moulay Youssef, towards Lightbuoy CA5 (starboard hand, radar reflector, whistle). It is prohibited for vessels to pass between buoy CA5 and the visible head of the Jetty.

146

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Quarantine
1

5.122 Quarantine is strictly enforced and communication with the shore is not permitted until pratique has been obtained. There is a quarantine hospital.

Front leading light standing on Quai des Phosphates (33365N 7363W) (5.111). Rear leading light standing on Mle du Commerce (33364N 7367W) (5.111). Pointe del Hank Light (33367N 7394W) (5.98).

Harbour General layout

1 1

Entry
5.128 From the pilot embarkation point the route leads SSW and then SW to the harbour entrance, passing (with positions relative to Table dOukacha (33 37 2N 7338W)): SE of CA3 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (1 miles NW), thence: NW of Table d Oukacha, from which a light (5.98) is exhibited, thence: SE of CA5 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (1 miles WNW), thence: SE of the head of Jete Moulay Youssef (1 miles WNW), and the obstructions NE (5.121), thence: Between pi Nord (1 miles W), from which a light (white hut green bands, 3 m in height) is exhibited and Nouvelle Jete Transversale (1 miles WSW) from which a light (red column on hut, 4 m in height) is also exhibited. Useful marks: Water tower (33372N 7331W) (5.102), E of Table dOukacha. Three radio masts (33366N 7339W) (5.102). pi Sud, S spur light (green column, white band, 4 m in height) (33368N 7363W). Jete Transversale, Head, NE corner light (red column on hut, 4 m in height) (33367N 7363W). The church spire (5.102) at Les Roches Noires. Two pylons (5.102), close ESE of Pointe dEl Hank.

5.123 The port which is sheltered by two breakwaters, the Jete Moulay Youssef to the NW, and the Nouvelle Jete Transversale to the NE. The entrance to the harbour lies between pi Nord, a spur extending SE from the Jete Moulay Youssef, and the Nouvelle Jete Transversale. The harbour offers about 7 km of quays and covers an area of about 600 hectares.

Traffic signals
1

5.124 A signal station stands at the head of pi Sud on the S side of Jete Moulay Youssef, 8 cables NE of its root. Vessels can communicate by the International Code of signals by day or at night. International traffic signals are shown.
4

Swell signals
1

5.125 The signals (Diagram 5.125) are shown to warn vessels in the harbour when a dangerous swell is expected:

Basin and berths Basin

1

5.129 West Basin for the use of recreational craft is situated 1 cable NW of Mle Tarik.

Alongside berths
Swell signals (5.125)
1

Natural conditions
1

5.126 Local weather. Winds SW and NW during winter; E and NE during summer; Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.297.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 5.102)
2

Principal marks
1

5.127 Landmarks: Oukacha Light (33371N 7339W) (5.98). Two chimneys (33364N 7342W) (5.98). The grain silos on Mle du Commerce (33364N 7367W) (5.130). Mosque Hassan II (33364N 7380W) (5.98). Major lights: Oukacha Light (33371N 7339W) (5.98). Les Roches Noires Light (33 36 5N 7 34 9W) (5.98).

5.130 Numerous berths with cargo handling equipment of all description are available in the harbour. Jete Moulay Youssef has six berths A to F and P3. Berth P3 or Quai Ptrolier is 120 m long and has an alongside depth of 8 m. Berth F is about 305 m long and can accept vessels with a draught of 11 m. It is for military use and the discharge of dangerous dry cargoes. A yacht basin, naval dockyard and a fishing harbour are situated at the head of the harbour. Mle Tarik, the most W of the jetties on the S side of the harbour, includes Berths T1, T2 and 10 to 13. Berths 10 to 13 are container berths. Berths A1 to A3 lie between Mle Tarik and Mle du Commerce to the E; all three are RoRo berths. Mle du Commerce, on which stand the grain silos, comprises Berths 20 to 24 on the W side, T3 and T4 on the NW side, and Berths 30 to 36 on the E side. Berths 3536 are container berths. Berths R2 and R3 lie between Mle du Commerce and Mle des Argumes to the E. Mle des Argumes comprises berths 40 to 44 on the W side, T5 and T6 on the N side, and Berths 50 to 55 on the E side. Berths R4 and R5 lie between Mle des Argumes and Jete Transversale.

147

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Mosque Hassan II

Casablanca Harbour pi Sud (5.128)

(Original dated 1997) (Photograph Crown Copyright)

Jete Transversale comprises Berths 60 to 66 on the W side and T7 on the N side. Phosphates in bulk are loaded at the NW part of this jetty. East Container Terminal, which lies 5 cables E of Jete Transversale has a quay about 600 m long on its W side with a reported depth alongside of 12 m. At the S end of the quay there is a RoRo berth.

facilities available; garbage disposal facilities are available; fumigation companies operate in the port.

Supplies
1

Port services Repairs

1

5.133 Fuel oil is available from the wharves or can be supplied by barge; fresh water is laid on to the wharves and also available from water barges; fresh provisions are available.

5.131 A floating crane of 50 tons and a mobile crane of 100 tons are available. There is a naval repair yard and a 350 m long fitting out berth. A dry dock with a length of 157 m and width of 26 m is capable of accepting vessels up to 10 000 tons with draughts up to 60 m. Four chain haulage slipways and a capstan winch for vessels up to 700 tons displacement are also available.

Communications
1

5.134 International airport at Nouasser, Casablanca Mohammed V, which has international connections, 35 km SSE.

Rescue
1

Other facilities
1

5.132 Three hospitals; deratting can be carried out, deratting and deratting exemption certificates issued; no ballast/slop

5.135 A rescue station is maintained on Jete Moulay Youssef. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

CASABLANCA TO AGADIR GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 860, 3133. Jorf Lasfar to Safi (5.176). Safi (5.183). Safi to Agadir (5.208). Anza and Agadir (5.233).

Area covered
1

5.136 This section describes coastal route, anchorages, ports and harbours from Casablanca to Agadir about 210 miles SSW. It is arranged as follows: Casablanca to Jorf Lasfar (5.139). Al Jadida (5.148). Jorf Lasfar (5.156).

Topography
1

5.137 For a general topography of the area see 5.3.

Current
1

5.138 See 1.247.

148

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

CASABLANCA TO JORF LASFAR General information

Charts 860, 862 plan of Approaches to Al Jadida and Jorf Lasfar, 3133.

Directions
(continued from 5.102)

Principal marks
1

Route
1

5.139 From a position N of Casablanca (3337N 736W) the route leads 67 miles SW to Jorf Lasfar.

Topography
1

5.140 The coast between Pointe dEl Hank and Pointe dAzemmour, 36 miles WSW, is sandy and interspersed with rocky patches, with breakers extending up to mile offshore. A line of hills 100 to 200 m high stand parallel to this section of the coast. From Pointe dAzemmour to Cap de Mazagan, 12 miles SW, the coast is lined with sand dunes, backed by low hills. The Oued Oum ar Rbi, the longest river in Morocco, flows into the sea 3 miles SW of Pointe dAzemmour. The coast between Cap de Mazagan and Cap Blanc du Nord, 8 miles SW, is backed by a range of barren hills, about 60 m high, which slope gradually to the beach. The hills terminate close N of Cap Blanc du Nord in a low, brown, horizontally streaked rocky cliff. The coast is fronted, between Cap de Mazagan and the N entrance point of Crique de Sidi Bou Zid, 3 miles SW, by a bank which extends mile offshore with depths of less than 10 m over it. The N entrance point of Crique de Sidi Bou Zid is formed of sand dunes about 18 m in height. The coastal bank between the creek and Cap Blanc du Nord extends up to 1 mile offshore with depths of less than 5 m over it; a rock with a charted depth of 06 m, lies on the outer edge of this bank, 1 miles NNE of Cap Blanc du Nord. This stretch of coast should not be approached within a distance of 2 miles, as it is fronted by rocks and the soundings are very irregular. Cap Blanc du Nord probably derives its name from a white cliff, 72 m high, lying immediately S of the headland which is comparatively low; it is named thus to distinguish it from a cape of a similar name lying farther S (6.29). Cap Blanc du Nord is also known as Jorf El Lasfar. Heavy breakers extend up to 7 cables off Cap Blanc du Nord in strong W winds. Between Cap Blanc du Nord and Jorf Lasfar, 2 miles SSE, the coastline consists of cliffs. An area of drying rocks, upon which lies a conspicuous wreck, is situated 1 miles SE of the cape.

5.144 Landmarks: House (Tower) (33339N 7428W). Water tower (33181N 8200W). Minaret at Moulay Abdallah (33120N 8355W) Major lights: Pointe dEl Hank Light (5.98). Anfa (Cazes) Aero Light (metal framework tower, 30 m in height) (33 33 8N 7 40 0W), red obstruction lights. Azemmour Light (white tower 14 m in height) (33206N 8183W). Sidi Bou Wafi Light (white tower, black top, 51 m in height) (33152N 8311W). Cap Blanc du Nord light (white square tower, black top, yellow wall, 17 m in height) (33098N 8376W).

Passage
1

Fog
1

5.141 This stretch of the coast is subject to frequent fog between MayJuly and OctoberNovember. The fog is generally present in the early morning and dissipates during the forenoon.

Traffic regulations
1

5.142 Prohibited area. The Moroccan Government periodically prohibits all maritime activity, transit and anchoring in an area N and W of Pointe dEl Hank. For details see 5.121.

Rescue
1

5.143 Al Jadida (3315N 831W) is a designated MRSC. 149

5.145 From the vicinity of the CA3 Lightbuoy (33379N 7346) (starboard hand, pillar), the track leads WNW, keeping clear of the dangerous wreck in the W anchorage, until N of Pointe dEl Hank, which should not be approached closer than 2 miles. The track then leads WSW, passing (with positions relative to Cap de Mazagan (3316N 831W)): NNW of Cockscomb Rock, (47 miles ENE), surmounted by a small tomb and lying close offshore from Oulad aj Jmal (3335N 742W), thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck, existence doubtful, (43 miles NE), thence: NNW of Hautfond de Dar Bouazza, (41 miles ENE), a shoal with a least depth of 67 m over it, and the mouth of the Oued Merzeg, which flows into the sea 1 miles S of the shoal, thence: NNW of the Pointe de Dar Bouazza, (38 miles ENE), a prominent headland, noting the Crique des Oulad Jerar which lies to the E of it. thence: NNW of three stranded wrecks (35 miles, 31 miles and 27 miles ENE, respectively). These wrecks lie up to miles offshore. In this area there are numerous shoals with less than 5 m water over them and vessels transiting this stretch of the coast should keep at least 1 miles offshore. Thence: 5.146 NNW of Pointe de Azemmour, (12 miles ENE), which is identified by a wooded sandhill at its extremity that appears dark and detached above the neighbouring dunes. It is shaped like a small truncated pyramid. pi de Azemmour, a spit, extends about 2 miles NW of the point. Outside the spit the depths are irregular. In bad weather the sea breaks in a depth of 13 m off the point which should be given a berth of at least 5 miles in passing. Thence: NNW of the mouth of the Oued Oum ar Rbi, (9 miles ENE), and the town of Azemmour standing 2 miles S of it, thence: (Directions continue for Al Jadida at 5.152) NNW of Al Jadida, (6 cables SE), a minor port, noting the stranded wreck which lies mile ENE of the cape, thence:

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

NNW of Cap de Mazagan, which is low and rocky, and from which a light (white tower black bands, 10 m in height) is exhibited. A reef and foul ground extending 2 miles ENE from the cape. pi de Mazagan, with a least depth of 6 m over it, lies at the outer part of this foul ground. Depths of less than 5 m extend 1 mile N and NNE of the cape. Cap de Mazagan should be given a berth of at least 5 miles especially in bad weather. 5.147 The track then leads SW, passing: NW of Crique de Sidi Bou Zid (3 miles SW), noting the conspicuous tomb which stands on its shore, thence: NW of the village of Moulay Abdullah surrounded by the ruined walls of Tit, (5 miles SW), which consists mainly of the remains of a number of square towers. Within the village there is a conspicuous minaret, with an elevation of 39 m, and a white tomb standing on each side. Thence: NW of Cap Blanc du Nord (8 miles SW), which can be passed at a distance of 1 miles. The track then leads SSE to a position 3 miles SW of Cap Blanc du Nord. Useful marks: Marabout, elevation 41 m (33189N 8193W). Water Tower (33180N 8200W). Minaret (33172N 8209W). (Directions for Jorf Lasfar continue at 5.172 and for the coastal passage at 5.180)

Local weather and sea state. It is recommended, especially in winter, that vessels be ready to weigh anchor immediately as the scend, caused by the heavy swell, between pi de Mazagan and the coast renders deepdraught vessels liable to touch the ground.

Arrival information
1

5.150 Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained about mile NE of the head of Jete Nord, with Sidi Moussa tomb bearing about 190, in depths of 11 m to 13 m, over indifferent holding ground of rock covered with sand. A heavy swell is raised by W winds at the anchorage, but some protection is afforded by pi de Mazagan. In 1964, HM Surveying Ship Vidal anchored in a depth of 10 m, 5 cables NE of the head of Jete Nord, where the swell was very much reduced, with holding ground of sand over rock. Pilotage is compulsory and should be arranged through the agent giving 24 hours notice. The pilot comes from Safi and boards about 2 miles from the harbour entrance in good weather. In bad weather, which occurs on about 50 days in a year, entry into the harbour may not be possible. Tugs are available, and join the vessel 2 miles from the harbour entrance.

Harbour
1

Al Jadida
Chart 862 plan of Approaches to Al Jadida and Jorf Lasfar, and plan of Al Jadida

5.151 General layout. The harbour is sheltered to the N and E by breakwaters which are 610 m and 600 m in length, respectively. It is accessed through an entrance channel 50 m wide at its narrowest point, and consists of an outer harbour and a rectangular basin at its S end. In 1984 the entrance channel and the outer harbour were dredged to a depth of 3 m and there was a depth of 15 m in the basin.

General information
1

Directions for approaching harbour

1

5.148 Position. Port of Al Jadida 33154N 8301W. Function. Minor port, trading in sulphur, citrus fruit and general cargo, with a population of 294 000 in 2001. Topography. The port is composed of an artificial harbour formed by two breakwaters, Jete Nord and Jete Sud, and is situated about 6 cables SE of Cap de Mazagan. The old (Cit Portugaise) or E part of the town of Al Jadida is built in the form of a square surrounded by walls 11 m in height, the angles of which are semicircular shaped. To the W of the old town is the new town which has several large houses. Approach and entry. The port is approached between pi de Mazagan and the coast, and entered through a dredged channel 9 cables SE of Cap de Mazagan. Port Authority. Capitanerie des Port de Jorf Lasfar et Al Jadida, B.P 407, Al Jadida, Morocco.

Limiting conditions
1

5.149 Controlling depth. A depth of 2 m is charted just SE of the head of Jete Nord, and another charted depth of 24 m lies 06 cables further SE. Deepest and longest berth. Quay at Jete Sud, about 6 m depth and about 75 m long. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 29 m; mean neap range about 14 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water is 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. Up to 87 m LOA and 2700 dwt.

(continued from 5.146) 5.152 Landmarks: Sidi Moussa (33144N 8292W), a rectangular white tomb surmounted by a cupola. Beacon, painted black and white in bands, standing 1 mile SSW of Sidi Moussa. Minaret (33155N 8305W), with flagstaff, standing on the white tower of a mosque. Tower (33153N 8302W), at the post office. Major light: Sidi Bou Wafi Light (33152N 8311W) (5.144). 5.153 Approach and entry. From a position about 6 miles NNE of Cap de Mazagan the track leads SSE in the white sector of Sidi Mesbah Lighthouse (white square tower, green top, 18 m in height) to meet the leading line into the bay. Vessels approaching from W should not alter course toward the leading line until the conspicous house (below) and Sidi Mesbah Lighthouse bear more than 151. Leading marks: Front. Sidi Moussa ((33144N 8292W) (5.152). Rear. Beacon 1 mile from front mark) (5.152). The alignment of these marks (210) leads into the bay, passing: SE of pi de Mazagan (5.159). Thence course may be altered towards an anchorage or the harbour entrance as required. Useful marks: Sidi Mesbah Lighthouse (white square tower, green top, 18 m in height) (33147N 8263W).

150

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

House (33151N 8265W), NW of Sidi Mesbah Light. House (33148N 8285W), standing on the shore. Windmotor (33142N 8284W). Water tower (33143N 8288W). Water tower (33150N 8305W). Jete Nord Head Light (square concrete tower, green band, 5 m in height) (33156N 8298W). Jete Sud Head Light (white column, red top, 5 m in height) (33156N 8298W). Sidi Daoui Lighthouse (white tower, black bands, 10 m in height) (33160N 8307W), at Cap de Mazagan.

Traffic
1

5.160 In 2004 there were 646 vessel movements totalling 13 007 172 dwt.

Port Authority
1

5.161 Capitanerie des Port de Jorf Lasfar et Al Jadida, B.P. 407, Al Jadida, Morocco.

Limiting conditions
1

Berths
1

5.154 Alongside depths are reported depths. The port authorities should be contacted for the latest information. There is one quay of about 75 m length, with a depth alongside of about 6 m, called the barge quay, capable of accommodating vessels of up to 87 m in length and 2700 dwt. Draught restrictions (depending on tide) of 427 m to 518 m apply.
1

5.162 Controlling depth. A charted depth of 135 m lies 4 cables SW of the light structure at the head of Digue Principale. Deepest and longest berth. Phosphates berth, with a length of 300 m and an alongside depth of 156 m. Density of the water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: up to 120 000 dwt.

Arrival information Notice of ETA

5.163 Vessels should send ETA at least 72 hours before arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Port services
1

5.155 Repairs. Minor repairs can be carried out on board. A small dry dock is used by fishing vessels and Port Authority vessels. Other facilities. Hospitals and medical clinics are available. Deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates issued. Supplies. Fresh water is available at Jete Sud. Fresh provisions are available. Small quantities of fuel oil can be obtained with prior notice, but bunkering is usually carried out in Casablanca. Communications. Nearest International airport is situated at Casablanca, about 80 km away. A private airfield is situated about 3 km SSW of Cap de Mazagan.

Outer anchorage
1

5.164 Vessels may anchor in a position 1 miles W of the light on Digue Principale head, as indicated on the chart, in depths of about 34 m.

Pilotage
1

JORF LASFAR General information

Chart 862, plan of Jorf Lasfar
1

5.165 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 100 grt and over, and available day or night. Pilots are provided from Casablanca, on a daily shift basis, and board about 5 cables W of Digue Principale head. Vessels must provide a good lee for the pilot boat which may be hampered by heavy swell; in bad weather the pilot boards inside the breakwater. The pilot boat has a black hull and white superstructure. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Tugs
5.166 Tugs of up to 3000 hp are available, and join vessels just inside the breakwater.

Position
1

5.156 The port of Jorf Lasfar (3308N 838W) is situated 2 miles S of Cap Blanc du Nord.

Customs and Excise

1

5.167 Available 24 hours.

Function
1

5.157 The port has been developed for the export of phosphates and other minerals. Liquid chemicals, gasses and general cargoes are also handled.

Harbour General layout

1

Topography
1

5.158 The port serves an industrial complex and is backed by low cliffs and sand dunes.

Approach and entry

1

5.159 The harbour is approached from N, through W, to SW directly from the sea. The final approach into the breakwater is through a dredged channel 240 m wide, 25 miles SSW from Cap Blanc du Nord.

5.168 Digue Principale extends NW from the shore 1 miles SSE of Cap Blanc du Nord, then turns SW and SSW for a total length of 3100 m. ContreDigue, a mole, extends 1250 m NW from the shore 1 mile SSW of the root of Digue Principale. A modern port is encompassed within the above. Berths capable of accommodating vessels of diverse description are situated within, and are approached through dredged channels.

Development
1

5.169 Further development plans include creating repair and construction facilities for fishing vessels and other vessels

151

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

up to a size of 8000 tons and length 65 m. A container terminal, near the root of Digue Principale, is also proposed.

JORF LASFAR TO SAFI General information

Chart 3133, 862 plan of Approaches to Safi

Hazards
1

5.170 Manoeuvring to pass through the harbour entrance is reported to be difficult at times as 90 to 120 turns are required from the approaches to the port. Heavy swells, prevalent during winter months, outside the harbour, may cause a surge at alongside berths.

Route
1

5.176 From a position W of Jorf Lasfar (3308N 838W) the route leads SW and S for about 63 miles to Safi.

Topography
1

Local weather
1

5.171 Winds NW to SW in winter and E in summer.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 5.147)

Principal marks
1

5.172 Landmarks: Chimney (grey, red and white bands on top section, red obstruction lights) (33 06 3N 8 38 3W, position approximate). Tower, 64 m in height (33076N 8369W). Major lights: Cap Blanc du Nord Light (white square tower, black top, yellow wall, 17 m in height) (33098N 8376W).

5.177 Between Cap Blanc du Nord and Cap Beddouza, 50 miles SW, the coast is mostly rocky and backed by sand dunes about 15 m high. Behind these dunes are cliffs lying parallel to the coast at a distance inland of about 1 mile at the N end and mile abreast the ruins of Oualidia, 32 miles SW of Cap Blanc du Nord. From Cap Beddouza to Cap Safi, 10 miles S, the coast is formed of white cliffs with a narrow beach of sand at their base. Above the cliffs are hills of varying elevation which rise gradually to Cap Safi. Pointe de la Tour, 2 miles SSE of Cap Safi, consists of high cliffs. Cliffs continue from Pointe de la Tour, along the N shore of Rade de Safi as far as the town of Safi.

Hazards
1

Entry
1

5.173 From a position 3 miles SW of Cap Blanc du Nord the route leads E to the harbour entrance. Useful marks: Direction Light (column) (33089N 8370W) Digue Principale Head Light (round concrete tower, 10 m in height) (33076N 8388W). Digue Principale Epi Head Light(round concrete tower, 10 m in height) (33078N 8386W). ContreDigue Head Light (tower) (33 07 7N 8383W).

5.178 Fishing. From early May to end of December, Sardine fishing vessels operate between 20 miles N of Cap Beddouza and Essaouira (5.224), 66 miles S of the cape, in depths not exceeding 110 m. A good lookout is to be kept for them. Fog, is reported to occur frequently along this stretch of the coast, especially in summer.

Rescue
1

5.179 Safi is a designated MRSC.

Directions
(continued from 5.147)

Berths Alongside berths

1

Principal marks
1

5.174 There are fourteen numbered, and well fendered berths in the port. Vessels generally berth headout. The phosphate berth is located on the NE face of the ContreDigue, with an alongside depth of 156 m. A RoRo berth is situated in the NE part of the harbour.

Port services
1

5.175 Repairs. Very limited, mainly for fishing vessels. Other facilities. Hospitals and private clinics situated at Al Jadida, 20 km away; oily waste and garbage collection facilities available on request. Deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates issued. Supplies. Fuel oil and gas oil available subject to sufficient notice being given and if berth accessible by road tanker; fresh water is laid on to the quays; stores are available. Communications. Nearest international airport is at Casablanca, about 95 km N.

5.180 Landmarks: Tomb and minaret (3231N 916W) at Sidi Bouchta. Marabout (elevation 83 m) (32288N 9133W). White house (32262N 9145W), which stands close to the coast. Large white tomb surmounted by cupola (32226N 9172W) at Sidi ben Krakra, and the conspicuous transformer 4 cables SSW. Tomb (elevation 115 m) (32212N 9170W). Radio masts (32205N 9167W), red and white bands, obstruction lights. BordjNador Tower (32 20 4N 9 16 8W) a conspicuous disused lighthouse with an elevation of 152 m, which is particularly useful when other landmarks are shrouded in fog. Major lights: Cap Beddouza Light (turret on fort 19 m in height, flanked by four towers, two with green and yellow bands) (32326N 9170W). Pointe de la Tour Light (yellow square tower 12 m in height) (32200N 9168W).

152

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Passage
1

Traffic
1

5.181 From a position W of Digue Principale Head Light (33076N 8388W) the track leads SW passing (with positions relative to Cap Beddouza (3233N 917W)): NW of a dark cliff (45 miles NE),which projects from the coast and gives the appearance of an island from some directions, thence: NW of Sidi bel Khir (30 miles NE), a tomb which stands on a small point, thence: NW of the ruins of Oualidia (17 miles NE), in which stands a minaret, and two passages which lead to a lagoon. The N passage is obstructed by a sandbank and the S passage is mostly blocked by rocks, almost awash, leaving only a narrow channel with a depth of 15 m. Thence: NW of the conspicuous tomb of Sidi bou Seksou (7 miles NE), which stands on the top of some slightly undulating ground, 123 m high, thence: NW of Cap Beddouza, which rises precipitously to an elevation of 60 m; with a singular gap on the ridge of the cape being visible from N and SW. 5.182 The track then leads S, passing at least 3 miles off Cap Beddouza, noting the rocky spit with a least charted depth of 34 m and on which the sea breaks and which extends 1 mile W of the cape. The track then passes: W of Cap Safi (10 miles S), which is recognised by the irregular rocks at its base, thence: W of Pointe de la Tour (12 miles S), which consists of high cliffs and from which a light is exhibited. Thence the track leads ESE to the pilot embarkation position (13 miles S). (Directions for Safi continue at 5.202 and for the coastal passage at 5.213)

5.187 In 2004 there were 514 vessel movements totalling 5 802 430 dwt.

Port Authority
1

5.188 Office du Direction dExploitation du Port, Safi, Morocco.

Limiting conditions Controlling depth

1

5.189 There is a least charted depth of 80 m at the entrance to the harbour.

Deepest and longest berth

1

5.190 Quai du Rive, which lies in between Quai Nord and Quai des Phosphates, has depths alongside of 10 m. Quai du Commerce has a total length of 448 m.

Tidal levels
1

5.191 Mean spring range about 26 m; mean neap range about 13 m. See information in the relevant edition of Admiralty Tide Tables.

Density of water
1

5.192 Density: 1025 g/cm3.

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

5.193 Maximum permissible LOA is 190 m, maximum permissible draught is 1065 m, berthing at high water.

SAFI General information

Chart 862 plan of Approaches to Safi
1

Local weather and sea state

5.194 In strong W winds, the swell causes a scend in the harbour, and extra hawsers should be laid out. It is, however, exceptional for a vessel to have to put to sea.

Position
1

5.183 Port of Safi 32185N 9150W.

Arrival information Port radio

1

Function
1

5.184 It is an important port, originally constructed for the export of phosphates, but now also handling other bulk cargoes, minerals, liquid chemicals and fish. In 2001 the population was 445 000. It is the seat of the Provincial Governor and the nearest port to the town of Marrakesh which stands 95 miles ESE.

5.195 There is a port and coast radio station. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Notice of ETA
1

5.196 Vessels should send their ETA 7 days prior to arrival and confirm 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Topography
1

5.185 The port of Safi lies at the head of Rade de Safi, a large bight situated between Pointe de la Tour and Pointe Rouazzi, 5 miles SSE. The town can be easily identified from a distance by its white walls and buildings. Cliffs appear on either side of the town, those to the N, being higher.

Outer anchorages
1

Approach and entry

1

5.186 The harbour can be approached from the NW through W to SSW. The final approach to the harbour, is from the W.

5.197 Anchorage may be obtained, as indicated on the chart, about 8 cables SW of the head of the Grande Jete, in a depth of about 24 m, the bottom being mud and sand. With a strong W wind this anchorage is untenable. Although entirely open to W winds, rade de Safi affords good anchorages during the summer months when the sea in it is usually fairly smooth. In 1987, it was reported that in adverse weather, the port authorities had no objection to vessels anchoring up to 5 miles or more from the port. Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited within the white sector of the direction light (5.204).

153

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Pilotage
1

5.198 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant and fishing vessels over 100 tons and optional for naval vessels. The pilot boards 5 cables off the breakwater and is available during daylight hours only; when departing a pilot is available at any time. In bad weather the pilot boards inside the breakwater. The pilot can be contacted by VHF. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Tugs
1

5.199 Tugs are available, ranging from about 1500 hp to about 1800 hp. The tugs join a vessel just inside the breakwater and use ships lines. Two tugs are used on large vessels.

Customs and Excise

1

5.200 Available 24 hours.

2

Harbour
1

5.201 General layout. The harbour, consisting of three basins protected to the S and W by, Grande Jete, a breakwater 1800 m in length. Development. Extension of open space of nearly 12 hectares planned by the port authority.

Leading lights: Front light (red and white mast, 9 m in height) (32185N 9150W). Rear light (red and white tower, 11 m in height) (150 m from front). The alignment (150) leads into the harbour, noting the shoal patch, with a depth of 14 m over it, which lies 1 cable ESE of the head of Grand Jete. A beacon, situated on the breakwater, 1 cable SE of the head, stands close SW of the shoal patch. 5.204 Useful marks: Direction Light (white tower, black bands, 8 m in height) (32190N 9151W). Grande Jete Head Light (white framework tower, green top, 12 m in height) (32190N 9155W). Grande Jete Elbow Light (white and green pedestal, 5 m in height) (32188N 9153W). Grande Jete Spur Light (32187N 9152W). Mle Des Phosphates, Head Light (white concrete hut, red lantern, 5 m in height) (32 18 7N 9151W). Mle Des phosphates, Root Light (yellow square tower, 27 m in height) (32187N 9148W). Jete Transversale Nord Light (grey hut, red top, 4 m in height) (32189N 9152W). Signal Station (32185N 9150W).

Basins
1

5.205 The harbour is divided into three basins; Bassin No 3 lies between Jete Transversale Nord and Mle des Phosphates, which extends W from the shore. Bassin No 2 lies between Mle des Phosphates and Mle Oblique which extends NW from the vicinity of the grain silos. Bassin No 1, the fishing harbour, lies S of Mle Oblique.

Alongside berths
Safi (5.201)
(Original dated prior to 2005) (Photograph Director of Ports and Fisheries, Rabat) 1

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 5.182)

Principal marks
1

5.202 Landmarks: Sidi Bou Zid (white tomb elevation 98 m) (32195N 9154W). Minaret (elevation 51 m) (32191N 9149W). House (elevation 51 m) (32188N 9147W). Grain Silo (elevation 65 m) (32185N 9149W). Water Tower (elevation 85 m) (32182N 9140W). Major lights: Pointe de la Tour Light (32 20 0N 9 16 8W) (5.180).

5.206 Quai Nord, handling phosphoric acid, is situated along the S face of Jete Transversale Nord. Quai du Rive, handling sulphur ore, is situated between the roots of Quai Nord and Mle des Phosphates. Quai des Phosphates, as the name implies, is for loading of bulk phosphates, and situated along the S face of Mle des Phosphates. The berth is equipped with two chute loaders. Quai du Commerce, situated between the roots of Mle des Phosphates and Mle Oblique is used for ore and general cargoes. The Silos Quay, situated on the N face of Mle Oblique, is used for handling cereals. Quai Tableaux, used by coastal vessels, is situated at the head of Mle Oblique.

Port services
1

Entry
1

5.203 From a position 7 cables S of Pointe de la Tour Light (5.180) the route leads for a distance of 1 miles ESE in the white sector of a direction light (5.204) to the harbour entrance where the route alters SSE.

5.207 Repairs. Minor repairs effected; shipyard, equipped with various forklifts and hauling gear, for construction and maintenance of fishing vessels. Other facilities. Hospitals and private clinic in town; deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates issued; garbage collection facilities available; fumigation services available; 9 ton lighters available; a railway system is in operation within the port area.

154

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Supplies. Limited supply of diesel and gas oil available; fresh water laid on to quays; provisions are available. Communications. Nearest international airport situated at Marrakesh, 150 km away. A local airfield is situated at the S end of the town. Harbour regulations. Pollution of any kind is forbidden.

SAFI TO AGADIR General information

Charts 3133, 863

5.211 S of Cap Rhir, the coast curves SE and is formed of rocky cliffs backed by mountains. Djebel Tazenakht, with an elevation of 1349 m, rises about 15 miles E of Cap Rhir, and forms the W end of Atlas Mountains. Djebel Oulma rises to an elevation of 1184 m, 7 miles SSE of Djebel Tazenakht. Pointe de Bou Irden is situated 9 miles SE of Cap Rhir, and 4 miles futher SE is Pointe Tamrhart, with the discharge of Oued Tamrhart to its S. The river flows through a fertile valley and is the commencement of the Sous territory, a mountainous and thickly populated district. The coast from Oued Tamrhart to Agadir, 6 miles S, is fringed by a rocky beach.

Hazards
1

Route
1

5.208 From a position W of Safi (32185N 9150W) the route leads SW for about 43 miles to Cap Hadid, SSW for about 21 miles to Ras Sim, S for about 45 miles and SE for about 19 miles to Rade dAgadir

5.212 Fishing. From May to November tunny nets, extending nearly 1 miles offshore, are laid out between Cap Rhir and Agadir. The nets are marked as in Diagram 5.212. The coast in the vicinity of these nets should be given a berth of at least 3 miles.
Day Night Meaning

Topography
1

5.209 The coast from Safi to Oued Tensift, 17 miles SW, is faced with cliffs, the most prominent of which are at Djorf el Yhoudi, 7 miles SSW of Safi, and at Djorf el Ghaba, 7 miles further SSW. Between the latter cliffs and the mouth of the Oued Tensift, the coast becomes a sandy beach, fringed with rocks, behind which are dunes. From Oued Tensift to Cap Hadid, 26 miles SW, the coast is formed of sandy beaches with rocks above and below water; it is backed by sand dunes. Jebel Hadid, or Iron Mountains, extending about 20 miles inland between Oued Tensift and Cap Hadid, attain an elevation of 658 m, 7 miles ENE of Cap Hadid. Sidi Yakoub stands on this summit. From Cap Hadid to Essaouira, 12 miles SSW, the coast is composed of a sandy beach fringed with rocks for the N 5 miles, thence to within 2 miles of Essaouira it is a sandy beach. Thence as far as Essaouira it is once again fringed with low rocks. This stretch of coast is backed by sandhills surmounted by dark bushes. 5.210 From Rade dEssaouira to Ras Sim (Cap Sim), 7 miles SW, the coast is formed of sandhills about 20 m high and sloping gradually to the beach. A row of bushes, resembling rocks on the sand, extends nearly to the cape from a position about 1 mile N of it. The coast S of Ras Sim continues sandy for about 4 miles to Oued Tidisi which flows into the sea through a prominent opening in the cliffs. Between the mouth of Oued Tidisi and Cap Tafelney, 14 miles S, the coast consists of cliffs which are the seaward spurs of the Atlas range. This coast is rugged with deep valleys and high plateaux, rising to elevations of 1200 m to 1500 m, behind which are the snow capped peaks of Atlas Mountains (1.111). A range of mountains, between 700 m and 914 m high, lies about 7 or 8 miles inland and the SW end of this range terminates in Cap Tafelney. The coast between Cap Tafelney and Pointe Imesouane. 16 miles S, and thence to Cap Rhir, 13 miles farther S, is mostly steep, the mountains inland rising to an elevation of about 914 m. Several villages, tombs and clumps of trees can be seen along this coast.

Seaward end of net

Middle of net Marks on Fishing nets (5.212)

Fog. This stretch of the coast, which has only been partially surveyed, may be obscured by dawn mist, haze or fog. Refraction and mirage. Great care should be taken in fixing position owing to errors due to refraction and mirage.

Directions
(continued from 5.182)

Major lights
1

5.213 Ras Sim Light (turret on fort flanked by white towers, three black bands, 20 m in height)) (31239N 9499W). Cap Rhir Light (white tower, 41 m in height) (30381N 9531W).

Passage
1

5.214 From a position 5 cables W of Grande Jete Head Light (32190N 9155W), the track leads SW passing (with positions relative to Ras Sim (3124N 954W)): NW of Pointe Rouazzi (60 miles NE), on which a pillar surmounted by an iron mast stands. A prominent factory with numerous chimneys and obstruction lights stands near the coast 2 miles SSE, and there are towers and three chimneys marked by obstruction lights 1 mile farther SSE. Thence: NW of Soueira Kdima (47 miles NE), a locality, in which the ruins of a Portuguese fort and three white modern houses, stand, noting the reef which lies parallel to this part of the coast, 3 cables offshore, extending 8 cables SSW from the fort, thence:

155

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

NW of the mouth of Oued Tensift (46 miles NE), a river of considerable size, but it has a bar at its mouth which dries in the summer, thence: NW of a dangerous obstruction (39 miles NNE), noting the ODAS conical buoy, moored 2 miles SSW of it, thence: ESE of a bank (37 miles NW), with a least depth of 11 m over it, thence: NW of Cap Hadid (20 miles NNE), which is low and fronted by a reef which only covers at spring tides. The reef which has a rock that dries 1 m at its outer end, extends about mile W of the point which should be given a berth of at least 3 miles. 5.215 The track then leads SSW, passing: WNW of Essaouira (8 miles NNE), a minor port, noting the les Purpuraires which lie about 1 mile SW of the town. Thence: WNW of a dangerous wreck (5 miles N), marked by a lightbuoy (pillar; isolated danger), which uncovers at low tide. Thence: WNW of Banc de Mogador (2 miles NNW to 5 miles NNE), which lies parallel to the coast and is composed of coral with a least charted depth of 2 m. Thence: WNW of Ras Sim, noting the stranded wreck which lies about 7 cables NNW of the cape. Ras Sim is a plateau 99 m high, with sandy slopes. The cape is fringed by a reef over which the sea breaks and should not be approached within a distance of 3 miles. Banc de Sim extends about 1 miles W of the cape and is of coral with a least depth of 67 m over it. 5.216 The track then leads S, passing: W of Cap Tafelney (17 miles S), which appears as a detached spur when seen from N, and is dominated by a sugarloaf summit, 212 m high, rising miles E of it. A rock, with depths of 1 m over it, lies about 5 cables SSE, and depths of less than 9 m extend about 3 cables W of Cap Tafelney. In general, the coast should not be approached within a depth of 30 m in the vicinity of Cap Tafelney. Thence: Clear of Banc France (23 miles SSW), with a depth of 30 m over it, thence: W of Pointe Imessouane (32 miles S), which is low and should be given a good berth when approaching from N as shoal water extends 2 cables SSW from it, thence: Clear of Banc dImessouane (34 miles SSW), with a least depth of 46 m over it, thence: W of the mouth of Oued Tamri (40 miles S), noting the tomb which stands on the N side of the mouth of the river, thence: 5.217 W of Cap Rhir (45 miles S), noting the bank of the same name which lies 9 miles WSW of the cape with a depth of 49 m over it. Cap Rhir, which from a distance appears as an abrupt promontory, and slopes gradually from the summit which is about 365 m high. A stranded wreck lies close SW of the cape. Shifts of wind have frequently been reported by vessels rounding the cape. The track then leads SE, passing: SW of Pointe de Bou Irden (50 miles S), noting the prominent monument which stands on the point, thence:

SW of Pointe Tamrhart (53 miles S), noting the mouth of Oued Tamrhart which flows into the sea close S of it. Thence the track leads to the pilot embarkation position, 59 miles S. 5.218 Useful marks: Marabout of Sidi Boudeniane (32103N 9161W), with a conspicuous house 3 cables NE and a conspicuous red house 1 miles SSW, from it. Monument (31583N 9231W). Beacon (31574N 9242W), elevation 93 m. Monument (31547N 9264W). Sidi Yssahak (31544N 9244W), a prominent white tomb. Sidi Abd el Betach (31514N 9316W), a tomb, standing on the coast. Sidi Mamatouaf (31 50 3N 9 32 1W), a tomb, elvation 102 m, and Rocher Gharb which dries 2 m and lies 7 cables NW. Beacon (31499N 9302W). Sidi Salah (31492N 9328W), a tomb, elevation 89 m. Maftah (31480N 9350W), a tomb standing on the coast. Sidi Moulay bou Zergtoun (31390N 9408W), a prominent white tomb standing on a small rocky slope. Tower (31147N 9484W) standing on the coast, with another prominent tower standing on Jebel Amsittene, 9 miles SE of it. The seaward facing slopes of the hills above the port areas of Anza and Agadir bear conspicuously laid out markings in Arabic script. (Directions for Agadir continue at 5.248 and for the coastal passage at 5.258)

Anchorages and harbours Soueira Kedima

1

5.219 Description. The coast abreast of Soueira Kedima (3203N 921W) 16 miles SSW of Safi, is fringed by a reef which lies parallel to the coast, 3 cables offshore. A small pier projects NW from the coast abreast the S end of this reef and forms a small fishing harbour. Landing can be effected in fine weather on the sandy beach N of the pier.

Ras Sim Anchorage

1

5.220 Anchorage. Ras Sim anchorage (31226N 9499W), formed by a bight S of the cape, affords good shelter from winds between NW and N. Anchorage can be obtained about mile SE of Ras Sim in a depth of 9 m, good holding ground or in a depth of 15 m, 3 cables farther S. Directions. To make the anchorage, a vessel, coming from the N and having passed at least 3 miles W of Ras Sim, should approach the coast on a course of 090 passing 3 miles S of Ras Sim Lighthouse. The vessel should not alter course N for the anchorage until the lighthouse is abaft the beam. Coming from S, a vessel should not skirt the coast as foul ground extends about mile offshore.

Cap Tafelney Anchorage

1

5.221 Anchorage can be obtained in the bight S of Cap Tafelney (3106N 951W) with shelter from NNW winds, but not free from swell. To make the anchorage, a vessel

156

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

should give the cape a berth of about 1 mile, and anchor about 1 mile SE of the cape in a depth of 11 m. Caution. The wind springs up about noon in summer, and heavy squalls are liable to come down from the hills in the vicinity of Cap Tafelney.

Baie Imessouane Anchorage

1

5.222 Description. Baie Imessouane lies SE of Pointe Imessouane (3050N 949W) and provides shelter from N and NW winds; the latter raises a surf at the head of the bay. A small fishing harbour has been constructed at Imessouane. The fishermen usually operate in boats 56 m in length and use long lines. Anchorage, excellent in summer, can be obtained in the middle of the N part of the bay over a bottom of fine sand.

December when storms from the SSW occur, lasting till about midMarch. The swell, generally moderate and about 152 m high, is from the NW, for about 300 days of the year and from the SW for for the remaining period. The strong swell, about 35 m high, is from the SW and occurs from January to March. from April to August, the strong N winds only create a choppy sea and the swell remains weak until the end of December.

Arrival information
1

Cap Rhir Anchorage

1

5.223 Anchorage can be obtained about 4 miles ESE of Cap Rhir (3038N 953W) about 2 cables offshore in front of a prominent crevice in the cliff between two grey patches. The sea here is smooth with strong NW winds, but squalls come down from the cliff. Anchorage can also be obtained off a sandy beach 3 miles farther SE; this anchorage is reported to offer better shelter. It is probably the best anchorage off this stretch of the coast, and the only one affording any shelter in very bad weather.

Essaouira
Chart 863 plan Approaches to Essaouira and Essaouira.

General information
1

5.224 Position. The town of Essaouira (3131N 946W). Function. The port of Essaouira, formerly known as Mogador, is an open roadstead anchorage at which cargo is worked using lighters. The principal exports are agricultural products and fish. Bentonite, a rock clay, is imported, and wheat and barley during periods of drought. In 2001 the town had a population of 82 000. Topography. The town stands on a low rocky peninsula fronted by rocky islets. The modern part of the town stands outside the walls of the old part which contains several minarets and a clock tower. le dEssaouira, situated about 1 mile SW of the town of Essaouira is 28 m high at its N end and is fronted except on its E side, by islets and reefs which extend as much as 3 cables on its W side. A disused lazaretto, with a minaret over it, stands at the S end of the island. le Farawn, 25 m high, lies close N of le dEssaouira. Approach and entry. The main entrance to the roadstead is the Passe Nord which lies between the rocks extending SW from the town of Essaouira and le Farawn.

5.226 Port radio. There is a port radio station at Essaouira. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Outer anchorage. Anchorage can be obtained by large vessels outside Rade dEssaouira about 1 mile W of the town in depths of 22 m to 27 m. Before anchoring the nature of the bottom should be ascertained; it is usually sand N of the entrance to the roadstead, and rock S of it. The swell is often uncomfortable here and a vessel should always be ready to weigh. Inner anchorage. Anchorage can be obtained in Rade dEssaouira about 4 cables E of le Farawn in depths of about 75 m over fairly good holding ground of sand and mud. There is a rocky patch, with a depth of 48 m over it, lying about 1 cables E of this berth. Small vessels with a draught of less than 4 m will find good shelter within 1 cable of the E side of le dEssaouira. Caution. The anchorage in the roadstead is very dangerous with a very heavy swell, when rollers come in through Passe Nord whatever the direction of the wind. This is especially the case from December to March with SW winds. With the first sign of more than an ordinary swell, especially with a falling barometer, vessels should proceed to sea, as the breakers which form in the entrance render exit difficult. In winter, a vessel remaining in the roadstead at night should be ready to leave immediately. During strong N winds from April to August, vessels are advised to moor to avoid yawing. Boat traffic with the shore is frequently interrupted by the rollers. Pilotage There are no official pilots, but a Government official will conduct a vessel through the entrance to the anchorage without accepting any responsibility. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs. There is one motor launch and two smaller motor boats which act as tugs for the wooden lighters. Quarantine. Vessels having cases of contagious disease on board are prohibited from entering, and should proceed to Casablanca as the town of Essaouira has no disinfecting facilities.

Harbour
1

Limiting conditions
1

5.225 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 27 m; mean neap range about 12 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. The largest vessel which had entered the roadstead had a draught of 8 m. Local weather and sea state. Strong N winds are experienced for about 20 days per year, between April and August. A period of relative calm then follows till

5.227 General layout. The roadstead, Rade dEssaouira, which extends S from the town is sheltered on its SW side by le dEssaouira. A boat harbour, formed by two breakwaters, is situated at the N end of Rade dEssaouira. A small boat harbour, where landing can be effected on a sandy beach, is situated at the NE end of le dEssaouira. Development. It is reported that works are in progress to enable phosphates to be loaded. Traffic signals. A signal station, using the International Code of Signals, is situated in a tower at the N end of the boat harbour.

157

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Storm signal. The following storm signal is displayed: Two cones, points together, over a ball Dangerous to enter or leave through Passe Nord
1

Berths
5.231 Berthing is available for lighters, into which cargo is worked, and boats in the boat harbour, which is dredged to a depth of 3 m.

Port services Directions for entering harbour

1

5.228 Landmarks: Radio mast (31300N 9447W). The square Bordj, known as the Emperors palace, flanked by four towers and having a central tower (31292N 9463W). Tall minaret (31290N 9460W) in the village of Diabat. Major light: Ras Sim Light (turret on fort flanked by white towers, three black bands, 20 m in height)) (31239N 9499W).

5.232 Repairs: Small repairs can be carried out. There is a slip capable of handling small vessels. Other facilities: Lighters are available to work cargo. Supplies: Fuel oil is not available. Provisions can be obtained. Fresh water can be supplied from a 5 ton barge, and is laid on to the quays in the boat harbour. Rescue. Essaouira is a designated RCC.

ANZA AND AGADIR General information

Chart 863, plans of Approaches to and plan of Anza and Agadir.

Position Approach
1

5.229 It is recommended, when making the port of Essaouira, to approach the coast on the parallel of Jebel Hadid (5.209) and to keep it in sight as the sandhills in the vicinity of Essaouira do not show up well when there is any wind. Soundings should be continuous. In fine weather, the first objects seen will be the craggy summits of Atlas Mountains (5.3), capped with snow and contrasting with the dark mountains near the coast, while to the N, Jebel Hadid appears like a dark island. On nearer approach, a narrow range of sandhills, vegetation on their summits, will be seen. At 9 or 10 miles distance the minarets and white buildings in Essaouira and the low island of le dEssaouira will commence to show up clearly. The S entrance, known as Passe Sud, leads over the shoal ridge which connects le dEssaouira to the mainland and is only suitable for boats. In bad weather, the sea breaks over Passe Sud.

5.233 Anza and Agadir; 3026N 938W.

Function
1

5.234 An important port and tourist centre, it is also the residence of the Governor of the Province. It had an estimated population of 923 000 in 1997. Principal imports are sugar, cement, cereals and building materials. The principal exports are ores, marine and agricultural products.

Topography
1

Entry
1

5.230 Passe Nord lies in the white sector of Sidi Mogdoul Light between the bearings of 124 and 136, and should be approached with the NE extremity of le Farawn in line with the Bordj bearing about 147. When on the leading line bearing 128, course should be altered onto it. The line is difficult to hold with winds from N or S. Leading marks: Front, Sidi Mogdoul Light (white square tower, 15 m in height) (31297N 9460W). Rear, White Obelisk surmounting a white circular tower (12 m in height) (31288N 9447W), which stands on the crest of a dune. The obelisk is difficult to distinguish in the early morning sun in winter, but easily identifiable during sunset. Useful marks: Jetty, Head Light (black and white column on pedestal, 9 m in height) (31305N 9466W). Jetty, Spur Light (white concrete hut, 2 m in height) (31306N 9466W). E Mole, Head Light (white concrete hut, 2 m in height) (31306N 9465W).

5.235 The town and port of Agadir lie at the N end of the roadstead. Port dAnza has been constructed NW of Port dAgadir, with the industrial quarter of Anza situated further NW. The old town of Agadir including the Kasbah, were destroyed by an earthquake in 1960. The Kasbah was restored and is permanently sealed as a memorial to the 25 000 victims. The old town was replaced by a modern resort. The new town of Agadir lies to the E of the port and includes a number of large tourist hotels. The industrial quarter is situated further SE of the new town. A sandy beach, backed by sand dunes extends S from the town for 3 miles to the mouth of the Oued Sous. A breakwater constructed for beach regeneration, about 200 m in length, and running parallel to the beach, lies 13 miles ESE of the Grande Jette light.

Approach and entry

1

5.236 The port can be approached from S through W to NW. The final approach is from the S.

Traffic
1

5.237 In 2004 there were 826 vessel movements totalling 5 665 701 dwt.

Port Authority
1

5.238 ODEP, Travaux Publics, RAPC, Agadir, Morocco.

Limiting conditions
1

5.239 Deepest berth: Grain Berth (5.250).

158

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 27 m; mean neap range about 12 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessl handled: 250 m LOA. Local weather and sea state. MidNovember to midMarch is generally the bad weather season. Prevailing wind is from NW. In summer, sea breezes rapidly raise a temporary swell in the bay. In winter, the large Atlantic depressions raise a heavy swell compelling vessels to put to sea, and cause dangerous rollers inshore.
1

the meridian of 940W, and to the N and S by the parallels of 3025N and 3020N. A lightbuoy (special) is moored at 30225N 9400W, on the W edge of the prohibited area.

Harbour General layout

5.246 Port dAnza, which comprises two basins, the Port de Commerce and the Nouveau Port de Pche, is sheltered by a breakwater which extends SW from the coast for 5 cables then SE for 9 cables. The entrance, which lies between the head of the breakwater and the head of a short breakwater extending SW from the shore, faces SE. Port dAgadir, to the E of Port dAnza, is protected from the W by the Grande Jete and from the SE by Jete SudEst. It comprises Grand Bassin and a fishing basin, and is used only by naval and fishing vessels.

Arrival information Port radio

1

5.240 There are coast and port radio stations at Agadir. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Notice of ETA
1

5.241 Vessels should notify the Port Authority or their agents of their time of arrival in advance. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Development
1

5.247 Land reclamation works were in progress (1999), within Port dAnza, to extend the container and grain jetties. Dredging work was in progress (1999) within the Nouveau Port de Pche.

Outer anchorage
1

5.242 The anchorage area is situated 1 mile WNW of the light on the W breakwater and N of the parallel 3025N, as shown on the chart. This is the S anchorage on the Atlantic coast of Morocco which affords shelter from NE and E winds.
1

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 5.218)

Principal marks
5.248 Landmarks: with positions relative to the lookout tower (30262N 9386W): Chimney (13 miles NW). Water tower (7 cables NW). Group of seven silos (2 cables NNW). Large white grain silo (6 cables SW). Pointe Aghazdis old Lighthouse (2 cables SW). Numerous red and white radio masts, with red obstruction lights (4 cables ENE). Ruins of the Kasbah (1 mile ESE) with its square walls, standing on a conical hill, with three gigantic Arabic inscriptions on its S side. Major light: Inezgane Aero Light (17 m in height) (30228N 9334W).

Submarine pipeline
1

5.243 A suction pipeline 3 cables N of Oued Lahwar, extends 450 m W from the shore in position 30242N 9362W, ending in intakes as shown on the chart.

Pilotage and tugs

1

5.244 Pilotage is compulsory and generally available day and night except for large vessels, or during bad weather, when port movements may be restricted to daylight hours. The pilot may be summoned by three long blasts on the ships whistle or by the usual flag signal. The pilot boards approximately 7 cables S of the head of the Grande Jete. Vessels should pass S of the outer lightbuoy (port hand, pillar) (30245N 9379W), which is moored about 1 cable NE of the pilot embarkation position. Vessels arriving later than 2100 are usually berthed the following morning, except vessels with perishable cargoes or for other special reasons. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are available.

Entry
1

Traffic regulations
1

5.245 Prohibited area. Anchoring and fishing is prohibited in an area bounded on the E by the coast and on the W by

5.249 The chart is sufficient guide. Useful marks: Port dAgadir, Grande Jete, Head Light (white tower red band, 7 m in height) (30251N 9380W). Port dAgadir, Jete SudEst, Head Light (white post on green and white hut, 5 m in height) (30252N 9378W). Port dAnza, W Breakwater Head Light (white tower, red band, 9 m in height) (30252N 9386W). Port dAnza, E breakwater Head Light (white tower, green band, 9 m in height) (30255N 9385W). Group of seven silos (30264N 9387W).

159

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Agadir from N (5.246.1)

(Original dated 2001)

(Photograph B. Horton)

160

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Anza from ENE (5.246.2)

(Original dated 2001)

(Photograph B. Horton)

Basins and berths Port dAnza

1

Port services
1

5.250 Port de Commerce has a grain berth on SW side, a container and RoRo terminal on NW side and a petroleum wharf in the SE corner. The grain berth has an alongside depth of 150 m. Nouveau Port de Pche is situated close E of Port de Commerce, and has reported depths alongside of between 3 m and 5 m.

Port dAgadir
1

5.251 There are nine numbered berths in Port dAgadir, the deepest being Berths 8 and 9, with a dredged depth of 90 m. The old fishing port is in the NW corner of Grand Bassin and there is a marina at the E end of the basin.

5.252 Repairs. Minor repairs can be undertaken. A diver is available. There is a shiplift of 1200 tons capacity, and a slipway, suitable for vessels up to 80 tons. A hauling hold 60 x 65 m is available to receive fishing vessels up to 200 tons. Other facilities. Two hospitals in Agadir; deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates issued. Supplies. Fuel oil and gas oil are available; fresh water is available and is laid onto the quays; fresh provisions and fish are abundant. Communications. Airport; AgadirInezgane, 7 km away with connections to Casablanca and Marrakesh. Rescue. Agadir is a designated MRSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

161

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

AGADIR TO CAP TARFAYA (CABO YUBI) GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 863, 3133, 1870
1

Visibility
5.257 Due to mist and haze at all times of the year and frequent fog, vessels are recommended to sound when approaching the coast.

Area covered
1

5.253 This section describes coastal route, anchorages, ports and harbours from Agadir to Cap Tarfaya (Cabo Yubi) about 228 miles SW. It is arranged as follows: Agadir to Sidi Ifni (5.255). Sidi Ifni to TanTan (5.268). TanTan to Cap Tarfaya (Cabo Yubi) (5.284).

Directions
(continued from 5.218)

Major lights
1

Topography
1

5.254 For a general topography of the area see 5.3.

5.258 Sidi Ifni Light (yellow square tower on dwelling, 13 m in height) (29228N 10108W). Cap dAglou Light (metal pylon, 20 m in height) (29400N 9580W).

Passage
1

AGADIR TO SIDI IFNI General information

Chart 3133

Route
1

5.255 From SW of the Anza and Agadir outer approach buoy the route leads SSW for about 70 miles to the anchorage off Sidi Ifni.

Topography
1

5.256 About 9 miles S of Agadir the appearance of the coast changes to red sandstone cliffs alternating with sandhills, and the AntiAtlas mountains, covered with snow in the winter, are in the background. From S of the mouth of Oued Massa (3005N 940W) to Sidi Bou Lfdai, 6 miles SSW, high sand dunes replace the red sandstone cliffs for about 6 miles. At Sidi Bou Lfdai the coast changes back to red sandstone cliffs, higher and steeper than those to the N, which continue to the point where the Oued Assa and the Oued Adoudou enter the sea, 11 miles S. S of the mouth of these rivers, the coast changes markedly. Close within the sandy beach are green hills faced by sandstone cliffs about 30 m high. At a considerable distance inland there is a range of mountains about 600 m high, and the country appears wooded, cultivated and well inhabited. There are numerous houses, built of red brick or clay, some of which are large and surrounded by farm buildings. A deep valley extends to the beach about 6 miles S of Oued Adoudou. The sandy beach near the mouth of Oued Sidi Bou Nouar, a further mile to the S, is replaced by greyish blue rocks with small promontories forming coves sheltered from the NW. The coast in the vicinity of Cap dAglou (2943N 957W) changes again to barren hills that form successive ridges, gradually increasing their elevation until they join the high mountains of the interior which are nearly 1220 m high. The coast farther SW is formed of dark red cliffs indented by small coves in which boats may be seen hauled up. From the number of villages to be seen, the coast is probably populous.

5.259 From a position SW of the outer lightbuoy (port hand, pillar) (30245N 9379W), the track leads SSW, passing (with positions relative to Cap dAglou (2943N 957W)): WNW of the mouth of Oued Lahwar (47 miles NNE), noting the dangerous wreck situated about 1 miles SE of it, thence: WNW of the mouth of Oued Sous (43 miles NNE), which is obstructed by a sandbank that partially dries, and accessible only to vessels not exceeding a draught of 15 m, thence: WNW of a wreck which dries (36 miles NNE), thence: WNW of Tifnit, a small village (33 miles NNE), thence: WNW of the mouth of Oued Massa (28 miles NNE), a small river whose entrance is obstructed by a sandbank which dries. A large village stands some distance SE, and Sidi Ouassa, a prominent tomb, stands 1 mile SW of the mouth of the river. A black wall stands 5 miles S of the river mouth and about 2 miles inland. Thence: WNW of Banc de Sidi Ouassa (25 miles NNE), with a least depth of 61 m over it, and lying parallel with and 1 mile from the coast, thence: WNW of Sidi Bou Lfdai (22 miles NE), a tomb surrounded by walls, thence: WNW of the common mouth of Oued Assa and Oued Adoudou (12 miles NE), which can be recognised by two small reddishcoloured forts; the N fort, nearest the mouth is Sidi Moussa. A small building stands on the top of a hill S of the forts. Thence: WNW of Oued Sidi Bou Nouar (5 miles NE), and Oued Sidi Bou el Fedail (4 miles NE), both river mouths being inconspicuous. A mosque, Sidi Bou Nouar, stands near the mouth of the former river. 5.260 The route then continues SSW, passing: WNW of Cap dAglou, which is low, dark, and not very prominent, from where a light (5.258) is exhibited, thence: WNW of Oued Mirhleft (7 miles SW), easily identified by a tomb with a cupola standing near a sandy beach, thence: WNW of Oued Salogmad, or Ro Asif Salguemat (9 miles SW), noting the prominent conical rock which stands in the entrance to the river, and a tomb which stands on its left bank near the beach.

162

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

On the same bank, within the river mouth, there is a white house with a jagged roof, behind which stands the village of Mighlet on the crest of a hill. Thence: WNW of a group of rocky islets 10 m high (12 miles SSW), which lie mile offshore with another group of four rocky islets lying 1 miles further SS, thence: WNW of Punta Sidi BuerReya (16 miles SSW), a prominent salient. Flat rocks, which dry at low water and extend about 3 cables W from the point, form two small bays known as Mers Leguesira, with depths of between 2 m to 4 m and provide slight shelter for local boats, but a heavy sea usually breaks into them. Thence the track leads to the anchorage (25 miles SW), in approximate position 2922N 1013W. Useful marks: Sidi Bou Lfdai (2958N 942W), a tomb. Sidi Moussa (2948N 950W), a reddish coloured fort. Punta Sidi BuerReya (2927N 1007W). Light at Overhead Transporter Head (cylidrical tower, 10 m in height) (29219N 10121W). Light at Jetty Head (29215N 10121W). (Directions continue at 5.271)

which was originally capable of carrying passengers and cargo. This transporter was reported (1995) to be in ruins. Breakwaters have been constructed close S of the ruined transporter. The main breakwater extends 4 cables WNW, then 2 cables SW from the root (292155N 101144W). From the main breakwater, 3 cables from its root, a mole extends 2 cables SSW. A berth 200 m in length, with a depth alongside of 28 m, has been constructed on the E side of the mole. Shoal depths. Bajo Vigia, a spit with depths of less than 8 m over sand and stones, extends about 11 cables WNW from the mouth of Oued Ifni. A detached patch, with a depth of 82 m over it, lies 1 mile W of the river mouth. The sea breaks over these shoals even in calm weather. Currents. The current in the approaches flows S at rates of about kn. It passes outside of the inshore roadstead and occasionally reaches rates of kn.

Sidi Ifni General information

1

5.261 Position. The town of Sidi Ifni (2923N 1011W). Function. A small port, mainly used by fishing vessels. Topography. The town stands on top of cliffs which are 90 m high, on the S side of Oued Ifni, which flows into the sea 4 mile SW of Punta Sidi BuerReya. The coast S of the mouth of Oued Ifni is fronted by white cliffs which are remarkable for their peculiar curve and irregular strata.

Sidi Ifni (5.264)

(Original dated prior to 2005) (Photograph Director of Ports and Fisheries, Rabat)

Limiting conditions
1

5.262 Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 26 m; mean neap range about 12 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Local weather and sea state. Predominant winds are from the NW and SW quadrants, and are mainly responsible for the strong swells.

Arrival information
1

5.263 Outer anchorages. Anchorage can be obtained by large vessels about 2 miles WSW of Sidi Ifni Light in depths of 25 m to 35 m, hard clay. This anchorage is open to winds from S, through N to NE, and vessels should be ready to weigh at immediate notice. Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels in good weather about 5 cables NW of Sidi Ifni Light, in a depth of 10 m, stones. Pilotage The pilot comes from Agadir and embarks in the vicinity of the lightbuoy (red and white; pillar) which is moored 5 cables SW of the head of the main jetty.

Harbour
1

5.265 Landmarks: From a distance the best landmarks (with positions relative to Sidi Ifni Light (5.258)) are: BuIgris (2 miles NE), a coloured and conical hill, 333 m high. BuLaalam (1 miles SE), 299 m high. The valley between BuLaalam and BuIgris is steep. Pan de Azcar (1 miles S), a conical mountain. Four radio masts (2 miles ENE), marked by red obstruction lights. Closer inshore the following are good landmarks: Sidi Ifni tomb standing close N of the mouth of Oued Ifni. Large barracks standing on top of the cliffs N of Sidi Ifni tomb. Church and the old lighthouse (1 cable NE), painted red and white in bands. Hospital ( cable S) with a water tower nearby standing at the S end of town. Four radio masts at the airfield (5 cables SSE). Major light: Sidi Ifni Light (See 5.258).

5.264 General layout. A loading and discharging platform (2922N 1012W) 50 m in length and standing on piles, was connected to the shore by an overhead transporter

Berths
1

5.266 One berth; length 200m, depth alongside 28 m.

163

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Port services
5.267 Communications: There is regular sea service with Las Palmas (3.81). There is a regular air service from the airfield with Islas Canarias.

ground, is evidently caused by the fine light sand of a reddish tint which is blown off the desert.

Directions
(continued from 5.260)

Principal marks SIDI IFNI TO TAN TAN General information

Chart 3133
1

Route
1

5.268 From the Sidi Ifni anchorage (2922N 1013W) the route leads SW for about 81 miles to a position 1 miles WNW of the head of the breakwater in Tan Tan.

5.271 Landmarks: Cabo Uarsig (2916N 1017W). Cap Nun (2844N 1105W). Major lights: Cap Nun Light (white metal pylon, black bands, 30 m in height) (28408N 11075W). Cap Nachtigal Light (tower, 7 m in height) (28298N 11200W).

Passage
1

Topography
1

5.269 The coast between Sid Ifni and Oued Noun, 19 miles SW is intersected by numerous ravines. There is high land on either side of Oued Noun, and Pico de Fuego, an isolated peak 905 m high, rises about 12 mile NE. A small conical hill is situated on the right bank of the river close to the beach. The mouth of Oued Noun can be identified by the difference in the geological formation of the coast on either side of the river. On the NE side, all the rocky promontories are of a red brick tint with horizontal stratification and, being hollowed out at their bases by the surf, overhang the water. On the SW side there is a stretch of precipitous cliff of a grey slate colour, 3 or 4 miles long, with an absolutely smooth surface and vertical stratification. Between Oued Noun and Oued Bou Issaline, 16 miles SW, the coast is cliffy and intersected by ravines. A mountain range gradually decreases in elevation towards the coast where it terminates in a conical peak 4 miles S of Oued Noun. About 9 miles S of Oued Noun the mountains recede inland, and between them is Jebel Rastarf, a level plateau 40 m high covered with stunted vegetation. The cliff descends gradually to the mouth of Oued Bou Issaline. Between Oued Bou Issaline (2856N 1036W) and Oued Aoreora, 15 miles SW, lies the Playa Blanca, a sandy beach. This beach can be identified by an isolated sugar loaf hillock, which rises a little N of it, and is the last to be seen on this part of the coast, and also by a tabletopped range of mountains running parallel to the beach inland. The coast from the mouth of Oued Aoreora to Cap Nun (Cap Dra), 14 miles SW, is formed of high sandstone cliffs with sandhills in the interior; some rare cacti form the only vegetation. From Oued Dra to Tan Tan, 16 miles SW, the coast is formed of earth escarpments above which are chalky cliffs, which, in the vicinity of Cap Nachtigal are about 46 m high.

Discoloured water
1

5.270 For some distance both N and S of Cap Nun, as well as to seaward, the water has a brownish red tinge with a thick muddy appearance, so that the track of a vessel is visible for some time. This discoloration of the water, which was at one time erroneously believed to indicate the existence of shoal

5.272 From the anchorage off Sidi Ifni (2922N 1013W), the track leads SW, passing (with positions relative to Cap Nun (2844N 1105W): NW of a wreck which dries (56 miles NE), thence: NW of Cabo Uarsig (52 miles NE), which is abrupt, noting the tomb of Sidi Uarsig situated close N of the coastal escarpment, thence: NW of Oued Noun (Ro Asaca) (43 miles NE), which enters the sea in a small bay between two steep rocky points, the N entrance point of the bay having on it a white mark which from a distance resemble a vessels sails, and noting the prominent square building, with a tower and a flagstaff, which stands on the S side of the mouth of the river, thence: NW of a white monument (32 miles ENE), which stands on high ground about 1 miles inland, thence: NW of the mouth of Oued Bou Issaline (28 miles ENE), close S of which Playa Blanca, a sandy beach commences. 5.273 The track continues SW, passing: NW of Oued Aoreora (12 miles ENE), a small stream which enters the sea at the SW extremity of Playa Blanca, noting the shoal with a depth of 76 m over it, which lies 2 miles N of its mouth, thence: NW of Cap Nun (Cap Dra), a grey tinted sandstone cliff, about 52 m high, but as the cliffs for some distance on either side of it are of similar elevation, it is difficult to distinguish the exact position until very near it. Seen from the N, Cap Nun appears as an abrupt slope, and from the S as three fairly distinct points. At night the cape should not be closed within a depth of 30 m. Thence: NW of Oued Dra, also known as Ro Nun (4 miles SSW), which rises in Atlas Mountains, E of Marrakesh, and has a course of about 550 miles, thence: NW of Cap Nachtigal (20 miles SW), from which a light (5.271) is exhibited. The track then leads to a position 1 miles WNW of the head of the breakwater, situated at Tan Tan. Useful marks: White house and store standing close N of the Cap Nachtigal Lighthouse. (Directions continue at 5.289)

164

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Anchorages and harbours Oued Noun

1 1

Arrival information
5.279 Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained about 1 miles WNW of the head of the breakwater, in a depth of 15 m, good holding ground, sand. Pilotage is available. The Pilot, who can be contacted on VHF, boards vessels 1 mile WNW of the head of the breakwater. Tugs. There is one tug of 900 hp.

5.274 General information. The depths in Oued Noun (29 08 N 10 25 W), also known as Ro Asaca, are considerable, although it affords no shelter for large vessels with winds from seaward. Landing can be effected in the fine season.

Oued Dra Anchorage

1

Harbour
1

5.275 General information. The holding ground off Oued Dra (2841N 1108W) is good but this coast is dangerous especially from November to March; also the current sets on to it. The sea breaks over the rocky bottom outside the entrance to the river in depths of 7 m to 9 m. The entrance to the river, when well open to view, can be identified by two isolated conical peaks standing close together on the S bank; these peaks in line bear 162. On the N peak which is about 91 m high, are the ruins of an old Spanish fort. The N bank of Oued Dra is steep, the S bank is composed of white sandhills with a gradual slope to the beach. The mouth of the river is about 55 m wide, but it is completely closed by a bar. Inside the bar there is a large basin with depths of 1 m to 12 m, but above this the depths decrease again.

5.280 General layout. A breakwater approximately 1700 m long extends W and then SW from the coast. A mole, Contredigue, extends SE and then SSE for 230 m from a position about 150 m from the head of the breakwater. A mole, Jete Transversale, extends 548 m NW from a position on the coast opposite Contredigue. The entrance of the harbour faces SW, between the heads of Contredigue and Jete Transversale, and is about 100 m wide. Currents near the port flow S.

Uina or Meano
1

5.276 General information. This boat harbour is situated about 2 miles NNE of Cap Nachtigal (2830N 1120W). It is formed by a reef which partially dries, is about 1 mile long and 1 cable wide. It can be entered either through a channel in the reef or betwen the S extremity of the reef and the mainland.

TanTan (5.280)
(Original dated prior to 2005) (Photograph Director of Ports and Fisheries, Rabat)

Tan Tan General information

1

5.277 Position and function. Tan Tan (2830N 1120W) is a fishing port handling fishing vessels up to 200 tons, and coastal vessels of up to 8000 tons. It was reported (2001) that the port had considerable fish processing capabilities. In 2001 the population was 62 000. Approach and entry. The port can be approached from SW through W to NW, the final approach being from SW, and is entered between the heads of the Contredigue and the Jete Transversale. Traffic. In 2004 there were 4 vessel movements totalling 18 488 dwt. Port Authority. ODEP, Tan Tan Port, Morocco.

Directions for entry

1

5.281 It is recommended that vessels enter the harbour during daylight hours. Dangers. A reef over which the sea breaks lies N of the breakwater. A shoal, with a depth of 64 m over it lies mile W of the breakwater; it is marked by a lightbuoy (port hand).

Berths
1

Limiting conditions
1

5.278 Deepest and longest berth. Deepest berth; bulk and general cargo berth with a depth of 80 m alongside. Longest berth; fish and repair quay with a length of 420 m. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 30 m; mean neap range about 12 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Local weather and sea state. Within the harbour, winds from W to N raise a heavy swell.

5.282 Berthing facilities for tankers, refrigerated, bulk and general cargo ships exist in the harbour, in addition to berths for fishing vessels and trawlers. There are reported (2001) to be facilities for berthing 70 deepsea fishing vessels at once.

Port services
1

5.283 Repairs: There are workshops available. Dry dock, capacity 1000 tons, is situated in the harbour. Other facilities: Deratting exemption certificates can be issued. Supplies: Fuel available for fishing vessels only; fresh water is available.

165

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Communications: Tan Tan is located 25 km from the town of the same name and is connected to Layoune and Agadir by road. Rescue. Tan Tan is a designated MRSC.
1

Directions
(continued from 5.273)

Principal marks
5.289 Landmarks: Casa Mar (27 57 N 12 56 W), a partly ruined building, standing on the SW end of the detached reef, 8 cables SW of Cap Tarfaya. Radio Mast, with red obstruction lights, standing 5 cables ENE of Casa Mar. Major light: Tarfaya Light (masonry tower, 13 m high) (27553N 12563W).

TAN TAN TO CAP TARFAYA (CABO YUBI) General information

Charts 1870, 3133

Route
1

5.284 From a position WNW of Tan Tan (2830N 1120W), the route leads WSW for about 92 miles to a position NW of Cap Tarfaya (Cabo Yubi).

Passage
1

Topography
1

5.285 The coast between Tan Tan and Oued Chebeika, 17 miles SW, consists of a sandy beach, with the coastal features in the vicinity of Oued Chebeika being almost identical to those near Cap Nun (5.273), so that their respective latitudes are the best guide in approaching them. Additionally, the mouth of Oued Chebeika can be recognised by Jebel Tesegdelt, or Casulla del Ro Chibika, a sandy plateau with an elevation of 200 m situated 6 miles S of the river. S of Oued Chebeika up to Cap Tarfaya the coast has much the same aspect as that to the NE. Cliffs, about 40 m high extend as far as Punta del Morro. A sandy beach, surmounted by sandhills extends for 10 miles from Punta del Morro to Puerto Cansado; the NE of these hills is the highest and Mdano Colorado, the S sandhill, is distinctive on account of the red sand of which it is composed. The coast W of Puerto Cansado consists of large sandy tracts terminating at Punta Ajfenir, 10 miles W. From Punta Ajfenir to Cap Tarfaya, 26 miles WSW, the coast consists of dark cliffs about 30 m high, There is no beach at the foot of the cliffs, the sea breaking against and gradually eroding them. Where the cliffs terminate, the country becomes broken up into sandhills, partially covered with bushes. Inland the country consists of a flat desert with occassional undulations covered with scrub. Cap Tarfaya (Cabo Yubi) is low, sandy and fringed with rocks. The cape terminates in a hillock, about 12 m high covered with bushes. Some brown stone buildings of the old town stand to the W of the cape. Breakers extend up to 3 cables from the cape.

Depths
1

5.286 Caution. Numerous wrecks are scattered along the coast, in the region of Cap Tarfaya, within the 30 m contour.

5.290 From a position 1 miles WNW of the Tan Tan breakwater head (2757N 1256W), the track leads WSW passing (with positions relative to Punta del Morro (2807N 1202W)): NNW of Oued SahebelHarcha, also known as Ro Saibajarsa (40 miles ENE), noting the sandy beach of Playa de Tan Tan which extends NW of it up to the fishing port, thence: NNW of Ro Chibika, also known as Oued Chebeika (29 miles ENE), which has a mouth, known as Boca Grande, 1 mile wide, thence: NNW of Ro Boca de Enmedio, or Oued OumelFatima (15 miles ENE), which is about cable wide at its mouth but which dries and is partly covered with bushes, thence: NNW of Ro Boquita del Morro or Oued Ouader (10 miles ENE), which has banks covered with red sand. 5.291 The track continues WSW, passing: NNW of Punta del Morro, thence: NNW of a stranded wreck, charted near the 30 m contour (4 mile W), thence: NNW of Puerto Cansado (10 miles WSW), a small inlet, thence: NNW of Punta Ajfenir, about (20 miles WSW), thence: NNW of another group of stranded wrecks, position approximate, charted near the coast (38 miles WSW). The coast can be approached to a distance of 9 or 10 miles and then skirted until either the hillock on Cap Tarfaya or Casa Mar, which can be distinguished at these distances, has been picked up. Cap Tarfaya only shows up well from NE or SW. The track then leads to a position NW of Cap Tarfaya. Useful marks: Conspicuous mosque (2756N 1250W) standing on the cliffs 4 miles E of Cap Tarfaya. (Directions continue at 5.301)

Marine exploitation
1

5.287 Oil rigs have been reported both N and S of Cap Tarfaya.
1

Anchorages and harbours Oued Chebeika

5.292 Description. Oued Chebeika (2818N 1133W) flows into the sea 15 miles SW of Cap Nachtigal. The banks of the river are about 50 m high and about 1 mile apart, and the water is brackish for 17 miles above the mouth. Anchorage can be obtained off the mouth of this river and also about 3 miles off this coast where there is a

Discoloured water
1

5.288 Discoloured water. The nature of the bottom, in the vicinity of Cap Tarfaya is dark sand, which gives a dark greenish colour to the water.

166

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

regular depth of 37 m, with good holding ground, but only in the fine season.
2

Puerto Cansado
1

5.293 General information. Puerto Cansado (28 04 N 1214W) is a small inlet entered between a sandy beach on the E and a narrow sandy islet on the W. It is hampered

by sandbanks which terminate towards the S end where a small stream flows out through marshy land. There is a bar which is subject to change both in position and depth at the entrance and and the channel is narrow and shallow. At the head of the inlet there is an opening nearly 2 cables wide leading to a small shallow basin which has an old tower and a ruined wall on its shores. The S side of the basin is bordered by cliffs.

CAP TARFAYA TO PUNTA DURNFORD GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 3134 the sand dunes about mile inland of the beach. Landing cannot be effected on Las Matas de Al as it is fronted by a rocky bank on which there are heavy breakers at all times. Wells, known as Pozos de Hassi Haimmermach, are situated about midway along this stretch of coast. Cabo Bojador, when seen from the N, shows as a mass of red sand with a gentle slope to the sea. Its W extremity, which is very low, forms a small bay with the adjacent cliffs; the E part of these cliffs, about 21 m high is prominent. On this coast shoals of sardines are often seen, which have the appearance of reefs on which the sea is breaking.

Area covered
1

5.294 This section describes coastal route, anchorages, ports and harbours from Cap Tarfaya (2757N 1256W) to Punta Durnford about 312 miles SW. It is arranged as follows: Cap Tarfaya to Cabo Bojador (5.296). Layoune (5.309). Cabo Bojador to Punta Durnford (5.327).

Topography
1

5.295 The coast is barren and without vegetation apart from some sparse driedup bushes. It presents no undulations other than flattened dunes, the summits of which can scarcely be seen at a distance of 3 miles. This vast plateau, the surface of which is levelled by the winds, terminates seaward in cliffs in some places, at others in gradual slopes. The cliffs are composed of horizontal layers of various lightish colours, the lower layers being of a reddish tint. The encroachments of the sea cause enormous blocks of soil to fall to the foot of the cliffs. These blocks appear like immense rocks and the sea breaks against them with great violence, but after a time they are dissolved by the water. There is not a trace of granite on the whole of this coast.

Depths
1

5.298 Caution. Numerous wrecks are scattered along this coast, within the 30 m contour.

Hazards
1

5.299 Marine exploitation. Oil rigs have been reported both N and S of Cap Tarfaya. Fishing areas. Concentrations of fishing vessels may be encountered along this coast. Position fixing. Fog, dense mist or haze may obscure the coast, and great care should be observed in fixing the position of the vessel, especially in the morning, owing to the errors due to refraction and mirage.

Local weather
1

5.300 See 5.299.

CAP TARFAYA TO CABO BOJADOR Directions General information

Chart 1870, 3134 (continued from 5.291)

Major lights
5.301
1

Route
1

5.296 From a position WNW of Cap Tarfaya (27 57 N 1256W) the route leads for about 139 miles to a position WNW of Cabo Bojador (2607N 1430W).

Topography
1

5.297 From Cap Tarfaya, for a distance of about 75 miles SSW, the coast consists, apart from a few patches of cliff, of a sandy beach with small bights off the points of which are detached rocks. Thence the coast, to within 3 miles of Cabo Falso Bojador, is cliffy and intersected by the mouths of streams which are dry except in the rainy season. From Cap Tarfaya to the Ro Saguia el Hamra, 50 miles SSW, the beach and adjacent zones are dotted with trees. The coast from Cabo Falso Bojador (2616N 1424W) to Cabo Bojador, 9 miles SSW, consists of Las Matas de Al, a sandy beach fringed with rocks. Clumps of scrub top

Tarfaya Light (27553N 12563W) (5.289). Layoune, Muelle de Fosbucraa Head, Centre Light (displayed from top of phosphate silo) (27039N 13277W). Cabo Bojador Light (tower, black stripe, 45 m in height) (26074N 14294W).

Passage
1

5.302 Caution. The coast between Cap Tarfaya and Cabo Bojador, about 139 miles SW, should be approached with caution owing to its uniformity and lack of landmarks. From a position WNW of Cap Tarfaya (27 57 N 1256W), the track leads SW passing (with positions relative to the head of the Phosbucraa Jetty at Layoune (2704N 1328W)): WNW of a detached reef (59 miles NNE), which dries 12 m and extends from a position about 3 cables W to 9 cables SW of Cap Tarfaya, and

167

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

lies parallel to the coast and 2 cables offshore. Casa Mar, a partly ruined former fish factory stands on the SW part of this reef. Thence: WNW of Tarfaya (5.308), also known as Villa Bens, a harbour used mainly by fishing vessels (59 miles NNE), thence: WNW of a lightbuoy (safe water) (58 miles NNE), thence: WNW of Punta de Majorero (57 miles NNE), noting the radar conspicuous stranded wreck lying miles SSW of it, thence: WNW of Restinga del Caracol (54 miles NNE), which is fronted by a bank with depths of less than 9 m over it, extending up to mile offshore, thence: WNW of Puerto Cansado del Sur (50 miles NNE), a small sandy bight, noting the spit with depths of less than 9 m over it, which extends 3 miles NNW of it, and the Playa de las Negritas, backed by cliffs, extending S up to Punta Stafford. 5.303 The track continues SW, passing: WNW of Punta Stafford (41 miles NNE), a low sandy point fringed by a reef, noting the two stranded wrecks lying 2 miles NE and 5 miles ENE, and a ruined stone building standing 4 miles NE. Punta Stafford is difficult to distinguish, but the breakers on the reef fronting it are usually distinctive. Thence: WNW of Las Mattilas, a sandy beach (31 miles NNE), fringed with rocks and backed by sand dunes, noting the dangerous wreck, position approximate (31 miles NNE), thence: WNW of Bajo de Tutarrn (22 miles NNE), a rocky shoal with a least depth of 65 m over its S end, on which the sea breaks in heavy weather, noting the charted dangerous wreck lying about 2 miles SW of it, thence: WNW of Mdano de Tutarrn (22 miles NNE), an isolated sand dune, covered with scrub, close south of which is Pozo de Tafraut, a well, of brackish water, with some scrub patches situated to its S. About 5 miles SSW of Mdano de Tutarrn the sandy coast changes to a small low cliff named Las Cuevecillas. Thence: WNW of Punta del Espinilo (6 miles NNE), with no distinctive features, noting the stranded wreck which lies 3 miles NNE of it. Ro Saguia el Hamra, enters the sea 3 miles NNE of Punta del Espinillo and can be recognised by the vegetation close to the beach and a sand dune, crowned with scrub, behind it. Thence: WNW of Layoune (5.309). 5.304 The route then continues SW, passing: WNW of Punta Blanca (6 miles SSW), and the beach Mdano de Santiago situated 3 miles further SSW, thence: WNW of Boca de Santiago or La Escotadura (11 miles SSW), which is a distinctive break in the cliffs, thence: WNW of Mata del Desgarrn (19 miles SSW), which from a distance appears as a black patch. The coast between Mdano de Santiago and Mata del Desgarrn is cliffy and fronted by a beach fringed with rocks. The coast continues steep up to Oasis

Lemsid and a ridge of hills, Las Canequillas, lies parallel to the coast, close inland. Thence: WNW of Boca de Barlovento (28 miles SSW), a deep break in the cliffs, and Boca de Sotavento, another larger break siuated 3 miles farther SW. Thence: WNW of Boca de Jaro (46 miles SW), a break in the cliffs with a black sand and pebble beach which from a distance, appears as a light patch against the line of cliffs. Playa del Cabio begins about 5 miles SW of Boca de Jaro where the cliffs recede inland and decrease in height. The beach is formed of white sand with the 10 m contour about 1 mile offshore, and the long breakers make it dangerous to attempt to land. 5.305 The track continues SW, passing: WNW of El Cabio (54 miles SW), which is very low and fringed with reefs, with the 10 m contour lying just over 1 mile N of it. The sea always breaks on the reefs. The coast S of El Cabio is also low and fringed with reefs for the first five miles. A light (white round tower, black bands, 32 m in height) is exhibited from the point. La Palangana, a small plateau, is situated about 9 miles ESE of El Cabio and Dientes del Cabio, low terraced plateaux, are situated about 6 miles SSE of it. A shoal with a depth of 95 m over it lies 9 miles WSW of El Cabio. Thence: WNW of Los Pajaritos (60 miles SW), which is the name given to the NE part of a sandy cliff with a flat top, about 6 miles long, the SW part of the cliff, which is darker in colour being known as Acantilado Tierra Negra. From here the coast is fronted by Playa de Tigris, which is low and fringed with rocks. Thence: WNW of Cabo Falso Bojador (70 miles SW), which is formed of high sand dunes with small dark patches of scrub, and fringed by a reef. A prominent stranded wreck (1964) lies on the cape, with another stranded wreck lying 2 miles farther SW. A spit with a least depth of 46 m over it extends 3 miles NNE of from Cabo Falso Bojador. Two rocky shoals, with depths of 94 m and 79 m over them, lie about 2 miles WNW and 2 miles W, respectively, of Cabo Falso Bojador. Thence the track leads to a position WNW of Cabo Bojador (2607N 1430W). Useful marks: Oasis Lemsid or Los Arbolitos (2633N 1350W), situated on the slopes above the cliffs and appears as a black patch from the NW. El Cabio Light (white round tower, black bands, 32 m in height) (26255N 14109W) (Directions continue at 5.334)

Harbour and landings Playa de Mdano

1

5.306 Landing can be effected at Playa de Mdano, fronting Mdano de Santiago (2654N 1330W), as this beach is afforded some protection by Arrecife del Mdano which lies close N of it.

168

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Boca de Sotavento
1

LAYOUNE General information

Chart 863 plan of Approaches to, and plan of Layoune

5.307 Landing can be made in fine weather on a sandy beach in Boca de Sotavento (26370N 13434W).

Tarfaya
1

Position and function

1

5.308 Position and function. Tarfaya (2756N 1256W), is the provincial capital. A small fishing harbour, protected from the NW by a breakwater 1150 m long, and from the SW by another breakwater projecting 270 m NW from Casa Sultana (6 cables S of Casa Mar). There is a quay 240 m long on the SE side of this breakwater. It was reported (1990) that the harbour was heavily silted and closed for commercial operations.

5.309 Layoune (2705N 1326W) is the capital of the region and in 2001 had 176 000 inhabitants. The main function of this port is the export of bulk phosphates. The port is also reported (2001) to have considerable fish processing capabilities, with two freezing plants each handling 200 tonnes a day, a canning factory handling 60 tonnes a day, five fishmeal plants handling a total of 2 000 tonnes a day and three iceplants each producing 50 tonnes a day.

Topography
1

5.310 The coast in the vicinity of the port is fringed with reefs and depths of less than 55 m extend between 5 and 7 cables from the shore.

Approach and entry

1

5.311 The fishing port and Muelle de Fosbucraa can be approached from N through W to S, the final approach to both being from S.

Port Authority
1

Tarfaya (5.308)
(Original dated prior to 2005) (Photograph Director of Ports and Fisheries, Rabat) 2

5.312 Phosbucraa S/A, Av. Hassan II, Layoune 70.001, P.O.B 76 & 101, Morocco. Email: m.rhzouni@ocpgroup.ma Website: www.ocpgroup.ma

Limiting conditions
1

Approach and entry. The harbour is approached from the W and entered between the heads of the two breakwaters. A lightbuoy (safe water; spherical) is moored 1 miles W of the harbour entrance. Landmarks: Casa del Sultn, standing close to the shore with four radio masts around it, 3 cables SW of Cap Tarfaya. Fort with round tower, standing 4 cables inland, 3 cables S of Casa del Sultn. Water tower, standing 4 cables E of the fort. Mosque with white square tower, standing at the S end of town. Casa Sultana, an isolated house, standing about 3 cables S of the town. Anchorage may be obtained about 5 cables WNW of Casa Mar in a depth of 13 m, or farther out in the same direction in a depth of 31 m, coarse yellow sand. Vessels should sight their anchors if remaining more than 2 or 3 days. Landing There is a landing place on the E side of Casa Mar, and at a small pier at the NE end of the detached reef, but both these should be approached with caution. With high tides and W winds, breakers surround the reef making landing impossible. When approaching the S entrance to the channel between the detached reef and the mainland, care should be taken to avoid the S extremity of the reef which extends 1 cable SW of Casa Mar. Other facilities Air and sea connections to Islas Canarias and ports in Morocco.

5.313 Deepest and longest berth. Phosphate loading berth (5.325). Density of the water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: 230 m LOA; 17 m draught; 70 000 dwt. A maximum height above sea level of 230 m at ship side is permitted for the safe clearance of the ship loaders.

Arrival information Port operations

1

5.314 Due to exposed position of the phosphate jetty berthing operations are suspended if wind force is more than 3 on the Beaufort Scale and/or the swell exceeds 05 m. Mist, prevalent in the mornings, may also cause delays in berthing.

Notice of ETA
1

5.315 ETA should be sent 72, 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival, to Phosboucraa Layoune. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Outer anchorages
1

5.316 Anchorage can be obtained W of the fishing port, in depths of 105 m. Vessels should not anchor N of the parallel of the head of the jetty as the bottom is rocky. Anchorage can also be obtained W of the phosphate berth in depths of about 22 m. It should be noted that there are areas of flat rock in the anchorage.

169

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Prohibited anchorage area exists in the approach to the fishing port, the limits of which can best be seen on the chart.

Muelle de Fosbucraa Head, Centre Light (displayed from top of phosphate silo) (27 04 0N 13278W).

Submarine pipelines
1

5.317 An oil pipeline extends WNW from the shore in the vicinity of the oil tanks (2705N 1325W). Two pairs of beacons, painted red and white, are situated close to where the oil pipeline is landed.

Entry
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

5.318 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels proceeding to Muelle de Fosbucraa. The pilot, who can be contacted by VHF, boards about 7 cables from the Phosphate Loading Berth. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are available.

5.323 The chart is sufficient guide. Useful marks: Old Lighthouse (27060N 13251W). White Beacon, 1 cable SW of above. Main Breakwater Light (two cones points down on yellow beacon, yellow top, elevation 6 m) (27053N 13262W). Jetty Spur Light (red mast, elevation 4 m) (27053N 13262W). Outer Breakwater Spur (green mast, elevation 4 m) (27054N 13260W), position approximate. General Cargo Berth, root, light (27 03 7N 13269W).

Harbour General layout

1

Directions for phosphate berth

1

5.319 Fishing port. The fishing port (2706N 1326W) is enclosed by a breakwater extending 8 cables W, thence about 4 cables S from a position 1 cables SW from the root of the old lighthouse. It is entered from S between the heads of two spurs from where lights are exhibited. See 5.320. Muelle de Fosbucraa. A long (1 miles) Theaded pier extends WNW from the shore, 1 miles SSW of the prominent oil tanks. At the Thead, dolphins front and protect the concrete piers and the arched carriages about which the phosphate loading chutes slew. These dolphins, which are independent of the piers and form the phosphate berths, are ranged in a NS direction.

Development
3

5.320 Works were in progress (2005) to further develop the fishing port.

5.324 Phosphate loading berth No 2. The berth is approached, parallel to and about 100130 m off, from the S at speeds of 4 to 5 kn and deliberately overshot. The port anchor is let go and the vessel stopped and allowed to fall back with the current. A heavy buoyant sealine, attached to a mooring buoy positioned opposite the S end of the berth, is hauled in by the vessel at her stern. The pilot vessel which doubles as a mooring boat, takes long (300 m) head and stern lines from the vessel, to dolphins positioned to the N and S of the berth. The vessel is then eased alongside, starboard side to, keeping 3 to 4 m off the breasting dolphins which serve as fenders, by paying out on the anchor cable and sealine, and heaving on the head and stern lines. The vessel is required to maintain position 3 to 4 m off the fenders, which are reported to be bare steel, by controlling her anchor cable and the sealine, in addition to tending her mooring lines, to avoid contact damage, should a swell cause her to surge.

Current
1

5.321 The current sets S at rates of about kn.

Berths Alongside berths

5.325 The fishing port is reported (2001) to have berthing facilities for 100 fishing vessels with berthing dredged to 6 m. In 1996 the N arm of the Thead at Muelle de Fosbucraa, Berth No 1, was reported to be damaged and not in use. Berth No 2, on W side of the S arm of the Thead, is a bulk phosphate terminal, for vessels of 40 000 to 60 000 dwt; depths alongside of 17 m. Two telescopic loading chutes are available, each with a nominal rate of 1400 tons per hour. Berth No 3, E of Berth No 2, is a bulk phosphate terminal for vessels up to 20 000 dwt. The berth was reported (1996) as not in service. A general cargo berth, projects S from Muelle de Fosbucraa, 8 cables from the root; depths alongside the berth were reported to be 65 m. Vessels of up to 8 000 dwt can use the berth. Containers are also handled at the berth. Two mooring buoys are situated about 1 cable W of the berth.

Directions for entering harbour

1

Principal marks
1

5.322 Landmarks: Mdano de Layoune (27067N 13248W), which appears over the horizon as a white hill, 3 miles S of Punta Espinillo. The harbour office (27058N 13251W) and a large building, which stand about 1 mile SSW of Mdano de Layoune, and close NE of the root of the pier. Group of grey oil tanks (2705N 1325W) standing about 9 cables S of the harbour office. Muelle de Fosbucraa head (27040N 13278W), which is radar conspicuous as well as being visually prominent. Major lights: Main Jetty Light (two cones points together on yellow multisided tower, black band, elevation 6 m) (27057N 13262W).

170

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Port services
1

5.326 Other facilities. Deratting exemption certificates issued; no waste reception facilities; no garbage disposal facilities. Supplies. Fuel oil and fresh water are not available at Muelle de Fosbucraa. Provisions can be supplied by boat. Communications. Layoune airport, 20 km NE. Rescue. Layoune is a designated MRSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

CABO BOJADOR TO PUNTA DURNFORD General information

Chart 3134

Route
1

5.327 From a position NW of Cabo Bojador (26 07 N 1430W) the route leads SW for about 175 miles to a position NW of Punta Durnford.

Topography
1

5.328 Between Cabo Bojador and Punta del Corral, 34 miles SSW, there are no places of importance. The coast between Cabo Bojador and El Rincn del Parchel, 4 miles S, is bordered by cliffs 20 m high, pierced with caves for the first mile, but smoother and precipitous elsewhere. Mancha Blanca a white triangular patch, lies 1 mile S of El Rincn del Parchel, and Pozo Hasi Ausiualet, a well of brackish water, is situated close S of Mancha Blanca. Between Mancha Blanca and El Banquero, a low sandy point 17 miles SSW, the coast is formed of sand dunes fringed with rocks. Los Pilones are three patches in the coastal sand dunes situated 1 mile E, and 1 and 2 miles S of El Banquero; the north and south patches are named Piln del Norte and Piln del Sur, respectively. Mesa de la Gaviota, or Bombarda, are precipitous cliffs 30 m high, extending S from Piln del Sur. Pozo Aufist, a well containing fresh water, is situated about 3 miles S of Los Pilones. The coast between Pozo Aufist and a small point about 2 miles SSW, consists of cliffs between 45 m and 60 m high. Playa de Aftaisat is situated between the above small point and a sandy point about 1 miles farther SSW. Punta del Corral lies about 1 miles S of Playa Aftaisat. Between Punta del Corral and Punta del Estante, 25 miles SSW, the coast is faced with cliffs between 30 m and 60 m high on top of which are stone pillars, 45 m in height, spaced about 2 miles apart; these pillars were erected during a hydrographic survey. Punta Cordero, a rocky point lies 17 miles SSW of Punta del Corral. A small beach lies N of the point on which there is a large black rock, and on top of the cliff behind the beach is another black rock shaped like a tower. From Morro del Ancla, which lies 8 miles S of Punta Estante, to Punta del Plpito, 21 miles S, the coast consists of a continuous cliff, interrupted only at La Teja, a depression 2 miles SSE of Morro del Ancla, and at Valle Buen Jardn, 9 miles farther S, which is bordered by vegetation. From Punta del Plpito the cliffs continue 2 miles S to Bahia de Garnet or Angra de los Ruivos. Punta Leven lies about 20 miles SW of Punta del Plpito, and for 34 miles

SW to Punta Elbow, the coast consists of an unbroken line of moderately high cliffs known as Las Almenas. In 1971, it was reported that the coastline from Punta Leven to a position about 5 miles NE of Punta Elbow was conspicuous on radar. 5.329 Baha de Caballo or Angra de Caballo lies close S of Punta Elbow (2505N 1535W), and is a bay fronted by a sandy beach backed by cliffs. Drinking water can be obtained here. Baha de Caballo is bounded on the N by a lofty cape terminating in an overhanging peak. The coast S of the bay changes in aspect and all uniformity ceases. The cliffs give way to Las Yuncas, a sloping sandy plain covered with sandhills, usually conical in shape, some of which are isolated, others in ranges with spurs towards the sea. A hill of regular shape, consisting of rock and sand, lies about 6 miles S of Baha de Caballo. El Istmo, 9 miles SW of Punta Elbow, is a narrow sandy isthmus joining Peninsula de Ro de Oro, with the mainland. The isthmus is about 2 cables wide and is sometimes covered by the sea. Peninsula de Ro de Oro extends from El Istmo to Punta Durnford, 26 miles SSW, and forms the W side of the Baha de Villa Cisneros. The peninsula is about 9 m high and Baha de Villa Cisneros can be seen over it when viewed from aloft.

Depths
1

5.330 In 1984 a depth of 130 m was reported 70 miles off the coast 81 miles WSW of Cabo Bojador in general depths of 914 m to 1097 m. Lesser depths have been reported about 10 miles to seaward of this area since 1969. Caution. The charting of this coast is reported to be inaccurate, therefore vessels should not approach it too closely, and at night it should be given a wide berth as there are few lights. When proceeding along this coast frequent soundings should be taken.

Hazards
1

5.331 Fishing areas. Concentrations of fishing vessels may be encountered along this coast. Position fixing. Fog, dense mist or haze may obscure the coast, and great care should be observed in fixing the position of the vessel, especially in the morning, owing to the errors due to refraction and mirage.

Rescue
1

5.332 Bojador is a designated RCC.

Tidal streams
1

5.333 Tidal streams are perceptible at a distance of 3 or 4 miles from Cabo Bojador, setting NE around HW and SW around LW.

Directions
(continued from 5.305)

Principal marks
1

5.334 Landmarks: Four white blockhouses (2346N 1555W) standing at equal intervals across the peninsula, 12 miles SW of Roca Cabrn.

171

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Disused lighthouse (23436N,15573W) standing on the summit of a small hill. Major lights: Cabo Bojador Light (tower, black stripe, 45 m in height) (26074N 14294W). Arciprs Grande Light (white round tower, black bands, 50 m in height) (23435N 15573W).

Passage
1

5.335 From a position NW of Cabo Bojador (26 07 N 1430W), the track leads SW for 170 miles to Punta Durnford, passing (with positions relative to Cabo Pea Grande (2505N 1451W)): NW of Restinga del Navio (64 miles NNE), a reef situated on the S extremity of the cape, which uncovers in places and over which the sea breaks even in calm weather. A dangerous wreck lies at the end of the reef 8 miles SW of Cabo Bojador. Thence: NW of Roca Malvina (44 miles NNE), with a least depth of 31 m over it, noting the stranded wreck which lies about 1 miles SE, thence: NW of Restinga de la Vaca (34 miles NNE), a sandy shoal with depths of less than 9 m over it and on which the sea breaks, and which extends about 1 mile NW from Playa de Aftaisat. From April to June, an abundance of lobsters are to be found here. Thence: NW of Punta del Corral (31 miles NNW) from which a light (5.336) is exhibited, noting the dangerous wreck and the stranded wreck which lie 3 miles and 4 miles N, respectively, thence: NW of Punta del Aguada (23 miles NNE), thence: NW of Punta del Monito (20 miles NNE), with Punta Roqueta situated about 1 miles SSW, thence: NW of Punta Cordero (15 miles N), a rocky point on which the sea breaks heavily and which is prominent from the S. A wreck with a safe clearance of 20 m over it lies 10 miles W of Punta Cordero. Thence: NW of Punta del Estante (7 mile) N, thence: NW of Cabo Pea Grande, a high cliff rising in three terraces to an elevation of 147 m. The cape is higher than any of the hills in the vicinity and is prominent from N and S. A light (5.336) is exhibited from the cape. 5.336 The track continues SW, passing: NW of Morro del Ancla (5 cables SSE), a salient spur, noting the stranded wreck which lies 2 miles SSE, thence: NW of Punta del Plpito (21 miles S), and Baha de Garnet or Angra de los Ruivos about 2 miles farther S, where a sandy beach at the mouth of a river is divided into two by a small hill fronted by a reef, thence: NW of Punta Siete Cabos (28 miles SSW), noting the dangerous wrecks which lie 11 miles W and 13 miles WSW, respectively, from it, thence: NW of Punta Leven (39 miles SSW), which consists of a sandy beach known as Las Canuelas. At the SW end of this beach are two flattopped dunes known as El Camelitto. Piedra Cagada, a black rock, lies N of Punta Leven and a dangerous wreck lies 13 miles WSW from it. Thence:

NW of Punta Elbow (72 miles SW), which is ill defined and difficult to identify. Two dangerous wrecks lie 11 and 17 miles NW from Punta Elbow. Thence: NW of Roca Cabrn, (87 miles SW), which is an enormous mass of sand and rock lying on the sandy coast and resembles an island when seen from a distance. Thence: NW of Arciprs Grande (102 miles SW) from which a light (5.334) is exhibited. Thence the track leads to a position NW of Punta Durnford (107 miles SW) which is low and cliffy, noting the stranded wreck which lies about 2 cables WNW of the point. Useful marks: Cabo BojadorW extremity Light (stone pyramid, 6 m in height) (26075N 14300W) Punta del Corral Light (white round tower, black bands, 11 m in height) (25355N 14414W) Pea Grande Light (white round tower, black bands, 11 m in height) (25050N 14502W) (Directions continue at 6.12)

Anchorages and harbours Cabo Bojador

1

5.337 Anchorage can be obtained about 1 mile SSW of Cabo Bojador (2607N 1430W) in a depth of 11 m, mud and sand. Small vessels can obtain anchorage about 8 cables SSW of the cape in a depth of 8 m, but it should be noted that this position is only about 4 cables from the breakers off the cape. Landing. When the NW swell meets the land breeze, heavy breakers are produced which make the approach to the coast difficult and dangerous. The best landing place is on a beach about 2 cables S of Cabo Bojador (2607N 1430W).

Ensenada de los Corales

1

5.338 Anchorage can be obtained about 1 miles NNW off Punta del Corral Light (25355N 14414W), in Ensenada de los Corales, in a depth of 11 m.

Punta Roqueta
1

5.339 Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels about 7 cables SSW of Punta Roqueta (25225N 14478W) in a depth of 9 m.

Punta Cordero
1

5.340 Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels about 7 cables SSW of Punta Cordero (25203N 14490W) in a depth of about 9 m.

Valle Buen Jardn

1

5.341 Anchorage can be obtained off Valle Buen Jardin (2554N 1450W); this anchorage is frequented by fishing vessels from Islas Canarias.

Baha de Garnet
1

5.342 Anchorage. Good anchorage can be obtained in the whole of Baha de Garnet (2442N 1452W) particularly in depths between 8 m and 20 m, sand, between 2 and 6 cables off the N part of the beach.

172

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 5

Baha de Caballo
1

5.343 Anchorage can be obtained in Baha de Caballo (2405N 1535W), which lies close S of Punta Elbow, in a depth of 65 m gravel, but the sea is always breaking on this coast. On the parallel of 24N, the nature of the bottom is mostly sand and shells, but nearer the coast the fewer the shells, and the sand in places becomes muddy.

173

Home

Contents

Index
Chapter 6 - Punta Durnford to Dakar
19 24
6.19 Ad Dakhla
1690 1690

18

17

16

15 24

Pta. Durnford

HA

SA

C. Barbas

22
6.2 7

ST ER nis N te re d

by

RA or oc

23

co

23

6 .1

22

WE

21

1661

(ad

mi

6.64 Port Mineralier de Cansado 1699 anc 6.46 C. Bl 1699

21

1699 Nouadhibou

1690

20
6.86

Banc dArguin

20

Ras Timirist

19
3135 1688

M A U R I TA N I A

19

18

1662 3134
1688 Port de IAm .123

05 6.1 uakchott 1688 3134 18 No

iti

17

17

16

6.14 2

1663

6.175 Saint-Louis
1690

16
1662

15
C. Vert

15
6.188 Dakar 1001
1000

SNGAL

3135

1663

14 19 18
0306

14

Longitude 17 West from Greenwich

15

174

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 6 PUNTA DURNFORD TO DAKAR

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3134, 3135, 4104.

Scope of the chapter

1

6.1 This chapter covers the Atlantic coast of Morocco from Punta Durnford (2339N 1601W) to Port de Dakar (14405N 17255W) in Sngal, and includes the coast of the Islamic Republic of Mauritania. See 1.105 for details of disputed sovereignty. The ports and harbours of Ad Dakhla (6.19), Port Minralier de Cansado (6.46), Nouadhibou (6.64), Nouakchott (6.105), Port de lAmit (6.123), SaintLouis (6.175) and Dakar (6.188) are described in this chapter. This chapter is divided into the following sections: Punta Durnford to Nouadhibou (6.8). Nouadhibou to Port de lAmiti (6.84). Port de lAmiti to Dakar (6.140).

water. There is not a trace of granite on the whole of this coast as far as Cap Vert (6.145), about 95 miles SW of the mouth of Fleuve Sngal.

Depths
1

6.3 The charting of this coast is reported to be inaccurate, therefore vessels should not approach it too closely, and at night it should be given a wide berth as there are few lights. When proceeding along this coast frequent soundings should be taken.

Fishing
1

6.4 Fishing vessels may be encountered along the entire stretch of coastline described in this chapter.

Topography
1

Flow
1

6.2 The coast of Sahara which extends from Cabo Bojador (2608N 1431W) to the mouth of Fleuve Sngal, about 620 miles SSW, is barren and without vegetation apart from some sparse driedup bushes. It presents no undulations other than flattened dunes, the summits of which can scarcely be seen at a diastance of 3 miles. This vast plateau, the surface of which is levelled by the winds, terminates seaward in cliffs in some places, at others in gradual slopes. The cliffs are composed of horizontal layers of various lightish colours, the lower layers being of a reddish tint. The encroachments of the sea cause enormous blocks of soil to fall to the foot of the cliffs. These blocks appear like immense rocks and the sea breaks against them with great violence, but after a time they are dissolved by the

6.5 See 1.247.

Piracy
1

6.6 Mariners are warned that acts of piracy have taken place in these waters. Generally, these acts have taken place at anchorages or in the approaches to the port. Mariners are advised to keep a constant watch and not to permit any unauthorised craft to come alongside.

Stowaways
1

6.7 It is reported that stowaways are a serious problem. Mariners are reminded that a thorough search of the vessel is required, prior to departure, especially if the vessel is departing the coast.

PUNTA DURNFORD TO NOUADHIBOU GENERAL INFORMATION PUNTA DURNFORD TO CABO BARBAS General information
Chart 3134 Chart 3134

Area covered
1

Route
1

6.8 This section describes the coastal route, anchorages, ports and harbours from Punta Durnford (23 39 N 16 01 W), to Nouadhibou (20 54 N 17 03 W), about 228 miles SSW. It is arranged as follows: Punta Durnford to Cabo Barbas (6.10). Cabo Barbas to Nouadhibou (6.27). Port Minralier de Cansado (6.46) Nouadhibou (6.64).

6.10 From a position NW of Punta Durnford (2339N 1601W), the route leads SW for about 84 miles to a position NW of Cabo Barbas. Mariners are cautioned not to approach the coast from Punta del Pescador (2330N 1559W) to Cabo Barbas (2217N 1741W), 83 miles SSW, at close range as the landmarks are difficult to distinguish.

Topography
1

Topography
1

6.9 For a general topography of the area see 6.2.

6.11 The coast on the E side of Baha de Villa Cisneros (2347N 1550W) is formed of low cliffs decreasing in height to 33 m at Punta del Pescador. From Punta del Pescador to Morro del Ancla Chica, 12 miles SSW, the coast is bordered by flat topped cliffs.

175

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

From Morro del Ancla Chica to Puntillas de las Raimas, 15 miles SSW, the coast is bordered by a sandy beach backed by white sand dunes with sparse vegetation on their summits. Behind this coast are white sandy downs with flat summits. Between Puntillas de las Raimas and Puntilla Negra, 12 miles SSW, lies Baha de Angra de Cintra which can be identified by Los Meanos, two hills with flat tops situated 6 miles ESE of the former point. The S hill has a gorge through it. The bay can also be identified by Las Talaitas (6.13), but the entrance is difficult to distinguish as the entrance points do not stand out well against the land behind them. Baha de Angra de Cintra is uninhabited and the shores consist of low, sparsly vegetated sand dunes with rising ground behind. Fishing vesels from Islas Canarias visit the bay in large numbers. Water may be found by digging in the sand at the foot of Los Meanos. The coast between Puntilla Negra and Cabo Barbas, also known as Punta Gorda, 43 miles SSW, is bordered by sandy beaches backed by sand dunes, the land behind it rising gradually to an extensive sandy plain.

Name Bajo Ahogado

Position 3 miles

Remarks Rock with a depth of 55 m over it Shoal with depth of 55 m over it

Bajo Golfo

del

Medio 6 miles

NW of Puntilla Negra (11 miles SSW), which is dominated by Las Talaitas, three prominent hills close S of the point. A reef extends 1 mile N from Puntilla Negra. Thence:
1

Directions
(continued from 5.336)
1

6.12 From a position NW of Punta Durnford (2339N 1601W) from which a light (6.15) is exhibited, the track leads SW passing (with positions relative to Puntillas de las Raimas Light (23049N 16125W)): NW of Punta Galera (34 miles NNE), from which a light (6.15) is exhibited, noting the wreck marked by eddies with a least depth of 49 m over it, lying 7 cables S and also noting Punta de la Sarga which is low lying and sandy and which extends 1 mile ESE of Punta Galera, thence: NW of a dangerous wreck (37 miles N) charted near the edge of the 30 m contour, thence: NW of Punta del Pescador (28 miles NNE), noting the rocky Punta del Aguaje which fronts it to the NW and Punta de Puerto Rico which is situated 4 cables S. Playa de las Garitas is situated 5 miles S of Punta del Pescador. Bajos de Puerto Rico, a spit with depths of less than 2 m over it, on which the sea breaks, extends 5 miles N from Playa de las Garitas and almost joins El Bajo Grande. El Bajon, a sandy bank with a least depth of 105 m over it, extends about 8 miles S from a position about 10 miles WSW of Punta del Pescador; the S part of the bank with a depth of 13 m over it is known as El Banquete. Thence: 6.13 NW of Morro del Ancla Chica (16 miles NNE), which appears as a distinctive sheared off point from the N, noting the buoy marking a nondangerous wreck moored 13 miles WSW and a stranded wreck lying 3 miles S, thence: NW of Puntillas de las Raimas, which is a long, low, narrow tongue of sand, fringed with abovewater rocks and rocky shoals, which usually break, lying within 2 miles SSW of the point. The following shoals also lie SSW of Puntillas de las Raimas: Name Bajo el Tortugo Position 2 miles Remarks Does not always break

6.14 NW of Morro Gorrei (14 miles SSW), a remarkable red rocky cliff 25 m high, noting Bajo de Barlovento, reefs which dry, extending 8 cables W from it, thence: NW of Morro Falcon (35 miles SSW), 30 m in height, flattopped and resembles a fort, thence: NW of Baha de San Cipriano (2218N 1635W), which is entered between Moro Falcon and Cabo Barbas and has depths of 16 m to 33 m in it, sand and mud. At the head of the bay there is a sandy beach backed by three small sand dunes with steep rugged sides. It is not recommended as an anchorage on account of its exposure to the prevailing N winds and the heavy swell caused by them. Vessels should not enter the bay except in cases of absolute necessity. Thence the track leads to a position NW of Cabo Barbas (2217N 1741W) (54 miles SSW), a high and cliffy cape from which a light (6.15) is exhibited. A depth of 85 m lies 2 miles NE off it. 6.15 Useful marks: Punta Galera Light (white square tower, 6 m in height) (23380N 16001W) Puntillas de las Raimas Light (6sided stone tower, 10 m in height) (23049N 16125W) Cabo Barbas Light (white round tower, black bands, 40 m in height) (22175N 16407W) (Directions continue at 6.36)

Anchorages and harbours

Chart 1690

Ensenada de Puerto Rico

1

6.16 Anchorage and landing. Ensenada de Puerto Rico situated S of Punta del Pescador (2330N 1559W) and of which Punta Puerto Rico forms the N entrance point, is used as an anchorage by fishing vessels and landing can be effected on its fairly steep shelving beach.

Baha de Angra de Cintra

1

6.17 General information. Baha de Angra de Cintra (2300N 1614W), is sheltered from N winds, but offers little protection against the long W swell. In the W approach to the bay, the nature of the bottom is grey sand in the offing and shells near the coast. Dunas de Cintra, about 152 m high, extend about 17 miles SSW from a position 14 miles S of Puntilla Negra, and are a useful landmark for vessels approaching Baha de Angra de Cintra from S. Leading lights. The alignment (090) of the entrance leading lights leads into the bay between Bajo El Tortugo and Bajo Ahogado (6.13):

176

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Front Light (square masonry tower, 6 m in height) (23023N 16065W). Rear Light 650 m from the front (square masonry tower, 6 m in height) (23023N 16061W). Anchorage can be obtained in the N part of Baha de Angra de Cintra, SE of Puntilla de las Raimas, in depths of about 8 m, sheltered from W and NW winds; local knowledge is required. Anchorage can also be obtained ESE of El Tortugo (6.13) in depths of 9 m; local knowledge is also required.

Baha Gorrei
1

6.18 General information Baha Gorrei (2250N 1620W), of which Morro Gorrei is the N entrance point, is a bay about 3 miles wide. Reefs extend about 1 miles NNW from the S entrance point leaving an entrance to the bay about 1 mile wide between the S edge of Bajo Barlovento and Bajo de Sotavento, the N part of the S reef. Directions. Vessels approaching from N should keep at least 2 miles offshore until Morro Gorrei can be identified, then steer E between the reefs to the anchorage. Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels in the middle of the bay in depths of 6 m to 8 m, mud, sand and weed; local knowledge is required.

known as Bajo Grande and extends S to a position about 1 miles W of Punta del Pescador. Within the bar (6.21) the channel, Canal Principal, rapidly increases in width and depth, and is 1 mile wide between Punta de la Sarga and the S end of Bajo de El Carnero, 1 miles ESE. Canal Principal then extends NE between Bajo de la Galeota Altravesada, 2 miles NE of Punta de la Sarga, and Bajo de Galeota Grande, 1 miles SE of the wharf extending SE from the old port. Within the bay are sandbanks which dry in places. There are unmarked tortuous channels between these banks which should not be attempted without local knowledge.

Limiting conditions
1

Ad Dakhla
Chart 1690 Approach to and plan of Ad Dakhla

6.21 Bar. The bar, composed of sand, extends S from Punta de la Sarga (23377N 15590W). The channel across the bar, which lies about mile SE of the point, is narrow and subject to frequent change owing to the strong tidal streams. Controlling depth. The entrance channel into Baha de Villa Cisneros is marked by lightbuoys. Because of dredging these lightbuoys are moved accordingly, and the depths in the channel may not be as charted. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 19 m; mean neap range about 09 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 10001012 g/cm3.

General information
1

Arrival information
1

6.19 Position. Ad Dakhla (2342N 1556W), formerly Villa Cisneros, is situated on the W shore of Baha de Villa Cisneros. Function. It is a port mainly developed for the deepsea fishing fleet and is the nearest to Moroccos richest fishing grounds, especially for cephalopods. It consists of an old port used by naval craft, coastal tankers and small fishing vessels and a new port used mainly by oceangoing fishing vessels. Its facilities are focussed around maintenance and services for the fishing fleet. Topography. The town of Ad Dakhla and the airfield installations stand on the highest part of the peninsula, 2 miles SE of Arciprs Grande and can be seen from a considerable distance. Isla Herne a flat topped rocky island about 20 m high with a pillar on it, can be seen at the head of the bay, about 3 miles SSE of Roca Cabrn. Approach and entry. When approaching, the general uniformity of the coast makes it exceedingly difficult to ascertain the vessels position. The land is also frequently obscured by mist. It is generally clearer in the afternoon than in the morning. Vessels approaching from the N should identify Roca Cabrn, then follow the coast in a depth of about 20 m. Approaching from S, it is very difficult to make a good landfall as there are no good landmarks and it is dangerous to close the coast. Vessels should stay in depths of 25 m to 30 m until Punta Durnford has been identified. In clear weather Punta de El Argub (2338N 1553W) stands out darkly from the neighbouring cliffs. 6.20 Baha de Villa Cisneros is entered between Punta de la Sarga and Punta del Pescador. The entrance is nearly blocked by an extensive sandbank, the N part of which is known as Bajo del Tablero and which lies S of the entrance channel. The S part of the extensive sandbank is

6.22 Notice of ETA. ETA should be sent 48 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Outer anchorages. Anchorage outside the bar can be obtained about mile SW of Punta Galera in a depth of about 13 m; local knowledge is required. Anchorage within the bay can be obtained by small vessels E of the town of Ad Dakhla in a depth of 13 m; the holding ground is good and there is shelter from SW winds, but the tidal streams are strong and local knowledge is required. Anchorage can also be obtained by small vessels in several places at the N end of Baha de Villa Cisneros, and off El Argub (2337N 1553W) and El Puertito, 3 miles SSW; local knowledge is required for these anchorages. Spoil ground. A spoil ground, the limits of which can best be seen on the chart, is situated close NE of Bajo de Galeota Atravesada and marked by small red buoys. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 gt and available during daylight hours only. Vessels requiring a pilot should signal their time of arrival by RT between the hours of 08001300 and 15002000 GMT. Pilot boards the vessel at the anchorage SW of Punta Galera. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs. There is one tug and one launch available to assist. Local knowledge is required for anchoring within and outside of Baha de Villa Cisneros, and for navigation along unmarked channels between banks within the bay. Prohibited area. Anchoring is prohibited in an area, the limits of which can best be seen on the chart, extending from No 1 Lightbuoy to the coast between Punta Galera and Punta de la Sarga.

Harbour
1

6.23 General layout. The harbour consists of an old port and a new port.

177

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Development. Further development is reported (2001) which will provide for an additional 270 hectare area. Tidal streams. Off the entrance to Baha de Villa Cisneros the tidal streams attain a rate of 2 kn and set as follows; On the rising tide On the falling tide
2

Egoing Wgoing

Supplies: Small quantities of provisions can be obtained. Fish is abundant in Baha de Villa Cisneros. Fresh water is available on the main wharf. Communications: There is an airport at Ad Dakhla; distance 1 km, from the old port. Rescue. Dakhla is a designated MRSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information.

At the commencement of the Egoing stream, there are sometimes strong eddies on the bar and inside the bar the tidal stream has a rate of 2 kn. On the bar and over the shoal ground the tidal ground the tidal streams attain a great rate, causing the sea to break.

CABO BARBAS TO NOUADHIBOU General information

Chart 1690, 1699, 3134

Route
1

Directions for entering harbour

1

6.27 From a position NW of Cabo Barbas (2218N 1741W) the route leads S for about 120 miles to a position SSE of Cap Blanc.

6.24 From the pilot boarding position (2338N 1601W) the route leads SE over the bar then NE into Canal Principal. Useful marks: Radio Mast (23424N 15561W), red obstruction light. TV mast (height 69 m) (23420N 15559W), red obstruction light. White Church (23420N 15558W). Ad Dakhla, Muelle Transversal Light (grey truncated conical tower, 5 m in height) (23 41 8N 15553W). New Port Interior Basin Light (red beacon) (23396N 15569W). New Port Breakwater Head Light (E Cardinal beacon) (23395N 15567W). New Port Pier Head Light (green cone on green beacon) (23394N 15569W). Punta Galera Light (2338N 1600W) (6.15).

Topography
1

Berths
1

6.25 The new port consists of a wharf extending 1 mile SE from a position 4 cables SW of Punta de la Enconada (2340N 1557W). Several berths and a basin is formed around the head of the wharf as shown on the chart. There are facilities for handling containers. The old port consists of a concrete jetty, which dries alongside, extending SW from the middle of the town of Ad Dakhla. From close N of the concrete jetty, the wharf extends 4 cables SE. The head of this wharf extends SW with a depth of 5 m on its SE face. Two short spurs extend SW from the wharf, close to the head, forming small basins where small vessels can berth alongside. A total of 600 m of quayage is available with depths alongside of from 6 m to 8 m to accommodate the deepsea fishing fleet.

Port services
1

6.26 Repairs: A 1200 tonne slipway and a covered repair hall are available. Small repairs can be effected. There are two 10ton and one 70ton mobile cranes and one 70ton floating derrick. Other facilities: There is a hospital in Ad Dakhla.

6.28 The coast from Cabo Barbas (2218N 1741W) to Punta Galha, 9 miles SW, is formed of cliffs about 24 m high; there is a depth of 22 m about 1 mile offshore, and at 2 miles there is a depth of 30 m sand, mud and shells. Between Punta Galha and Cap Blanc, the coast is moderately high with a few slight indentations. The nature of the bottom is mostly grey sand and shells; towards the parallel of Cap Blanc the sand becomes darker in colour. For a distance of 26 miles from Punta Galha to Cabo Corveiro, the coast is one continuous stretch of white sand, rising in some places to peaked hills, in others sloping gently to the sea with a few cliffs here and there. The whole stretch is without vegetation other than occasional shrubs which show up darkly against the sand. Though Cabo Corveiro is not well defined it is the most important point for 10 miles along this coast. 6.29 S of Cabo Corveiro (2148N 1659W), the coast consists of white and red sandy slopes of various shapes, terminating either in sandy beaches, on which the sea breaks, or in steep cliffs 20 m to 40 m high. The cliffs are, in many places, worn at their bases by the sea forming caves and islets lying a short distance from the coast. Presqule du Cap Blanc, extending about 25 miles S from latitude 2112N, terminates in a plateau between Pointe de lOpera and Cap Blanc. Baie de lOuest (20 48 N 17 05 W) is the slight indentation in the coast between Pointe de la Gera and Cap Blanc. The shores of this bay, composed of a series of small sandy and rocky bights in which landing is difficult, are low as far as Pointe de lOpera, thence to Cap Blanc it is cliffy. Cap Blanc is composed of friable rock which is gradually being eroded by the sea, consequently its shape is subject to alteration. 6.30 The coast from Pointe Rey (2055N 1701W) to Pointe de lEtoile, 6 miles N is cliffy interspersed by sand and marshy ground. Pointe Flore, close N of Pointe Rey, is surmounted by a double hill. Pointe des Maures, 3 miles N of Pointe Rey, is a rocky promontory. Baie de lEtoile, (2102N 1701W) situated close N of Pointe de lEtoile, is a shallow basin suitable only for boats. From Baie de lEtoile to Baie de lArchimde, which lies at the head of Baie du Lvrier, the coast is bordered by

178

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

sand behind which are abovewater rocks. These rocks are backed by a drying basin which is filled at high water springs. 6.31 The E coast of Baie du Lvrier is low and composed of sandy beaches and mud flats. Behind the E coast of the bay, and separated from it by a shallow sandy basin which fills at springs, are sandhills composed of such fine sand that their shape and position are changed by the wind. The coast from Pointe du Dsert (2104N 1653W), the E entrance point of Baie de lArchimde, lying 8 miles ENE of Pointe de lEtoile, leads SSE for about 9 miles to Pointe des Autruches, with Pointe des Marais and Pointe des Hynes between them. Pointe des Hynes, coverd with grass, is the only distinguishable feature in this area which is otherwise devoid of vegetation. 6.32 The coast from Pointe des Autruches (2056N 1648W) continues SSE for 6 miles to Pointe Minou, and thence to Pointe des Coquilles 4 miles farther SSE. The coast between the latter two points is fronted by patches of drying rocks. Pointe des Coquilles is only 2 m high, and formed of a conglomerate of oyster shells. Baie des Plicans is entered betwen Pointe Jerome, 3 miles SE of Pointe Minou, and Cap SainteAnne. le des Plicans (2043N 1641W) lies near the middle of the bay. Cap SainteAnne (2041N 1641W), also known as Khechem Bella, is a rocky plateau 8 m high and is the only distinguishable feature in the area. Two beacons stand N of the cape, and a remarkable plateau lies about 1 miles E of the cape.

stream is opposed to the wind, vessels swing across the stream and may drag their anchor. In the N approach to Baie du Lvrier, between Cap Dubouchage and Cap Blanc, the tidal streams set as follows: Rising tide Falling tide SEgoing NWgoing 1 kn kn

The NWgoing stream is only perceptible from 1 to 3 hours after HW at Nouadhibou. Tidal streams in Baie du Lvrier set as follows: In the S part: Rising tide Egoing from a position 2 miles E of Cap Blanc, gradually becoming SE then SSE as Cap SainteAnne is approached. NWgoing off Cap SainteAnne, gradually becoming W then S near Cap Blanc.

Falling tide

Both tidal streams in the S part of Baie du Lvrier have a maximum rate of 1 kn. On the E side of Presqule du Cap Blanc, from the cape to Pointe de Cansado, the tidal streams set as follows: Rising tide Falling tide Ngoing Sgoing 2 kn near Cap Blanc 2 kn near Cap Blanc

Depths
1

6.33 Caution. The coastal waters from Cabo Barbas (6.14) to Cap Blanc (6.29) reach 30 m in depth within about 3 miles of the coast, reaching 100 m in depth at a distance of about 22 miles. However numerous shallow patches with less than 20 m have been found between these contours. Others, only slightly deeper, have been reported between the 100 m and 1000 m contours. Most of the depths are not charted as many have been disproved by investigation. In each case a deep scattering layer was observed. Mariners are therefore warned to proceed with caution regarding the depth when navigating in these waters.

The duration of slack water is about 10 minutes. In the central part of Baie du Lvrier, the tidal streams are rotary, turning clockwise. In the N part of Baie du Lvrier the tidal stream sets N on the rising tide and S on the falling tide, the rate decreasing gradually towards the head of the bay. The streams are more perceptible on the W than on the E side of the bay.

Directions
(continued from 6.15)

Major light
1

6.36 Cap Blanc Light (black 8sided tower, white bands, 20 m in height) (20463N 17030W).

Hazards
1

6.34 Fishing vessels. Concentrations of fishing craft have been reported about 20 miles off this coast between the parallels of 2230N and 2045N. Position fixing. Baie du Lvrier has a deep approach with numerous marks for fixing the position of a vessel, but when the NE Trade Wind is strong the air is laden with sand which almost entirely prevents the points from being seen.

Natural conditions
1

6.35 Local magnetic anomaly is reported to exist in the vicinity of Cap Blanc. Tidal streams. The sea in Baie du Lvrier is often uncomfortable even in a light breeze, and when the tidal

Cap Blanc Lt Ho from E (6.36)

(Original dated 1998) (Photograph Crown Copyright)

179

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Other navigational aid

1

6.37 Racon: O Lightbuoy (safe water) (20402N 17047W).

WNW of El Castillete Alto (27 miles S), a fairly prominent yellow hill, thence:
1

Passage
1

6.38 From a position NW of Cabo Barbas (6.27), the track leads generally SSW passing (with positions relative to Cabo Corveiro (2148N 1659W)): NW of Punta Galha (26 miles NNE), a sandy point terminating in a bare plateau 20 m high, but difficult to distinguish. A reef, on which Islote Piedra Galha and Islote Virginia, see below, lie, extends about 6 miles SSW from Punta Galha. Punta Breca lies 2 miles SSW of Punta Galha and a shallow cove bordered by Playa de Punta Breca is situated between these points. Thence: NW of Islote Piedra Galha (25 miles NNE), also known as Roca del Norte or Piedra de Agal, a steep islet with a flat summit about 20 m high. Seen from N, Punta Galha is liable to be mistaken for it, and at a distance of about 9 miles, the islet looks like a vessel under sail. This islet should be given a berth of at least 3 miles. Thence: NW of Islote Virginia (22 miles NNE), also known as Roca del Sur, which is about 6 m high, flat and difficult to distinguish against the land. It lies about 1 miles offshore. This islet should also be given a berth of at least 3 miles. Thence: 6.39 NW of Baha de Santa Anna (6 miles NNE), a slight indentation in the coast and which has a white sandy shore about 7 miles long. It is bounded on the N by a dark point surmounted by a low cliff. A shoal, which breaks heavily, lies in the centre of the bay about 1 mile offshore. Thence: WNW of Cabo Corveiro, which is the S entrance point for Baha de Santa Anna. It is a rocky cliff terminating in a low dark point on which the sea breaks. At the foot of the cape are some large rocks broken off the cliff. At some distance off the cape, the bottom is mud. Thence: WNW of Ensenada de Vialobos la Vieja (Puerto Nuevo) (2 miles S), a bay, also known as Boca del Bialogo to the fishermen from Islas Canarias who use it. Thence: WNW of Restinga de Puerto Nuevo (5 miles S), which forms the S entrance point of the bay and appears as a dark cliff when seen from N, thence: WNW of Punta del Roquito (12 miles S), a small rock which lies at the foot of a cliff, thence:

6.40 W of Cap Dubouchage (Cabo Dubouchage) (about 57 miles S), a low point with patches of vegetation on it, noting the stranded wreck which lies 5 cables NNE of it. The bight immediately N of Cap Dubouchage has a sandy beach and its N entrance point overhangs the sea. Thence: W of Pointe de la Gera (58 miles S), a small rocky promontory with some buildings on it, noting Faux Cap Blanc which lies midway between Pointe de la Gera and Cap Dubouchage. A dangerous wreck lies 2 cables ESE of the Pointe da la Gera Light (6.42). Thence: W of Pointe del Aguila (59 miles S), noting the rock pillar standing just N of it and Pointe des Langoustes situated 7 cables SSE, thence: W of Pointe de lOpera (62 miles S), noting the dangerous wreck lying 1 mile W and a charted depth of 97 m lying about 6 cables WSW, thence: W of Cap Blanc (63 miles S), which shows as a white plateau the end of which falls vertically, when seen from the SW or E. A ruined beacon stands on the S extremity of Cap Blanc and a similar beacon stands about 3 cables NW of it. A dangerous wreck lies about 8 cables W of Cap Blanc, and Banc du Milan with a least charted depth of 88 m extends from 1 miles to 2 miles WSW of the cape. 6.41 The route then leads SE, to join the charted track, passing (with positions relative to Cap Blanc (2046N 1703W)): SW of two dangerous wrecks, position approximate (4 and 4 miles WSW respectively), thence: SW of Bancs de LEstafette (about 4 miles SW), with a least charted depth of 10 m, thence: NE of Bancs de la Sentinelle (6 miles SW) with a least charted depth of 12 m, thence: SW of Petit Banc (4 miles SSW) with a least charted depth of 12 m, thence: NE of a dangerous wreck, position approximate (about 7 miles SSW), thence: SW of an obstruction (6 miles SSW) with a least charted depth of 13 m. The route then leads to a position SE of the O Lightbuoy (safe water) (6.37). 6.42 Useful marks: Cabo Barbas Light (white round tower, black bands, 40 m in height) (22175N 16407W).
Port Mineralier de Cansado

Cap Blanc from S (6.40)

(Original dated 1998) (Photograph Crown Copyright)

180

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Las Canteras, a group of seven dark rocks, which show up clearly above the sand and divide the beach of Baha de Santa Ana (6.39) into two portions. Military Post of Nouadhibou (elevation 19 m) (20556N 17027W), a square building, which can be seen over the peninsula. Two Radio Masts (elevation 80 m) (20 55 7N 17024W). Pointe de la Gera Light (white square turret, 6 m in height) (20496N 17058W). Two Radio Masts, standing 1 mile NE of Pointe de la Gera Light. (Directions for Port Minralier de Cansado continue at 6.59, and for the coastal passage at 6.96)

Topography
1

6.48 The coast on the W side of Baie du Lvrier from Cap Blanc to Point Central, 3 miles NNE, consists of white cliffs 10 to 20 m high. The coast from Point Central to Point de Cansado, 2 miles NNE, continues as white cliffs of similar height as those to the S of Point Central. The town of Cansado stands close SW of Pointe de Cansado.

Approach and entry

1

Channel East of Islote Virginia

1

6.43 A passage with a depth of 64 m lies between the S end of the reef extending SSW from Islote Virginia (2209N 1650W), and the mainland.

Anchorages and harbours

Spanish chart 53B (see 1.19)

Islote Piedra Galha

1

6.44 Anchorage can be obtained about 2 miles NE of Islote Piedra Galha (2212N 1650W), in a depth of about 21 m, mud bottom. Vessels drawing less than 6 m can anchor about 1 mile ENE of the same islet over a shingle bottom.

La Gera Grande
1

6.45 Anchorage, can be obtained, as indicated on the chart 6 cables SSW of Pointe de la Gera (2250N 1706W), in a depth of about 12 m with moderate holding ground. This anchorage is much frequented by fishing vessels from Islas Canarias. Landing can be effected in fine weather at a small quay on the E side of Pointe de la Gera. From Gera, where there is a dispensary, there is regular sea communication to Ad Dakhla and Islas Canarias. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 12 m; mean neap range about 04 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

6.49 Vessels approaching from the N should follow the route described at 6.38. Vessels approaching from S should pass W of Banc dArguin (6.90) until about 10 miles SSW of Cap Blanc when the charted track should be followed towards No 2 lightbuoy. In thick weather the approach from S and SW should be to make the land between Cap Dubouchage and Cap Blanc where the coast is steep, as otherwise there is the danger of running onto Banc de la Bayadre (6.60). Having made the coast in these circumstances, they should then proceed as directed above. 6.50 When approaching Baie du Lvrier at night, care should be taken to avoid the fishing boats at anchor and which are frequently unlighted. Baie du Lvrier is entered between Cap Blanc and Cap SainteAnne, 21 miles ESE. It is one of the largest bays on the W coast of Africa. The bay is encumbered by numerous banks and shoals and should be entered with great caution by vessels with a draught of over 6 m, unless proceeding to the anchorage in Baie de Cansado (6.72). Baie du Lvrier is well stocked with fish. The abundance of sardines being so great that shoals of these fish have sometimes been mistaken for dangers.

Traffic
1

6.51 In 2004 there were 90 vessel movements totalling 9 179 540 dwt.

Limiting conditions
1

6.52 Controlling depth. A depth of 10 9 m is charted 4 cables E of the S end of the Ore Berth. Deepest and longest berth. Ore Berth (6.62). Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. Ore Berth; 150 000 dwt, LOA 310 m, 156 m draught.

PORT MINRALIER DE CANSADO Arrival information General information

Chart 1699 plan of Port Minralier de Cansado.

Notice of ETA
1

Position
1

6.46 Port Minralier de Cansado is situated at Point Central (2049N 1702W).

1

6.53 ETA should be sent 72 and 24 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Outer anchorages
6.54 Anchorage can be obtained, for vessels waiting to enter Baie du Lvrier in position 20443N 17010W, 1 miles NE of No 2 Lightbuoy, in 20 m, good holding ground. Anchorage can be obtained anywhere (see 6.57) in the channel between the E side of the peninsula and Banc du Lvrier; the nature of the bottom is mud in the deepest part of the channel but the sea is heavy when the wind and tidal stream are opposed.

Function
1

6.47 It is mainly a terminal for the export of iron ore, which is mined around Zourate in the N of the country to which it is linked by a railway. An oil berth is situated at Pointe des Mouettes, 9 cables N of Point Central. The town of Cansado is situated about 2 miles N of Point Central.

181

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Pilotage
1

6.55 Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight hours only. The pilot can be contacted by VHF and boards in the vicinity of No 2 Lightbuoy. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Tugs
1

6.56 Tugs are available, two tugs required for vessels bound for the Oil Berth. Three mooring boats with mooring staff are also available.

Traffic regulations
1

6.57 Restricted area. Entry and anchoring are restricted within an area of about 1 mile radius from Point Central. Only vessels waiting to berth at the Ore Berth may use this area. Deepdraught vessels, drawing 9 m or more, have right of way between No 2 Lightbuoy and Point Central about 6 miles N. Deepdraught vessels should display a black cylinder by day or three red lights disposed vertically at night (Rule 28 of International Regulations for the Prevention of Collisions at Sea).

Harbour
1

6.58 General layout. The harbour comprises of an Lshaped jetty at Point Central with four mooring buoys laid around the jetty head, and a Theaded jetty at Pointe des Mouettes. Aiods to navigation. It is reported that the buoys and lights in the approaches to Noaudhibou may be missing or unlit.

SE of Banc de la Bayadre, a narrow ridge with a least charted depth of 72 m, which extends from 1 miles to 3 miles S of Cap Blanc, with another bank, Banc du Cap, lying between it and Cap Blanc. SE of No 2 Lightbuoy (port hand, pillar) (3 miles SSE). The route then leads NNW along the charted track, passing: W of Banc du Goland (about 5 miles SE), with a least depth of 51 m, thence: WSW of No 1 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (2 miles SE), thence: ENE of No 4 Lightbuoy (port hand) (1 miles SSE), thence: WSW of No 3 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (7 cables ESE), noting the Banc du Lvrier, with a least charted depth of 32 m, extending NW for 6 miles from it. Thence: ENE of No 6 Lightbuoy (port hand) (4 cables ESE). Thence the route leads NE along the charted track, through Passe du Lvrier which separates the Banc du Lvrier from Presqule du Cap Blanc, passing: SE of M2 Lightbuoy (port hand) (1 miles NNE), thence: SE of M1 Lightbuoy (south cardinal) (about 1 miles NNE). The route then leads generally N to the Ore Berth at Point Central or to the Oil jetty at Pointe des Mouettes.

Useful marks
1

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 6.42)

Landmarks
1

6.59 Flare (obstruction lights, 65 m in height) (20500N 17030W). Water tower (red and white lights) (20 50 7N 17023W).

6.61 Ore Berth S Head Light (20487N 17023W). Ore Berth N Elbow Light (20490N 17023W). Oil Pier S Head Light (20497N 17020W). Water Tower, 3 cables SW of Pointe des Mouettes. Oil Pier N Head Light (20498N 17019W). Light on Dolphin N of Oil Jetty (20 49 9N 17020W). Pointe des Mouettes, Tower (20499N 17023W). Pointe de Cansado Light (red lantern on block house) (20513N 17019W). (Directions continue at 6.79)

Entry
1

Berths Alongside berths

1

6.60 From a position SE of the O Lightbuoy (6.37), the route leads NE along the charted track chart, passing (with positions relative to Cap Blanc (2046N 1703W)): NW of a dangerous wreck (6 miles S), thence: W of Banc Vilmorin (7 miles SE), with a least depth of 38 m, thence:

6.62 The jetty at Point Central extends 2 cables ESE from the shore. The head of the jetty is 20 m in width and 2 cables in length and rests on eight large dolphins. The N part of this jetty is used for loading bulk ore and the S part, which is a light platform resting on three dolphins, as

Port Mineralier de Cansado Jetty at Point Central (6.62.1)

(Original dated 1998) (Photograph Crown Copyright)

182

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Oil Jetty at Pointe des Mouettes (6.62.2)

(Photograph Crown Copyright) (Original dated 1998)

a tanker berth, which can accommodate tankers up to 140 m in length. Alongside depths 16 m. The jetty at Pointe des Mouettes extends 3 cables SE from the shore. This jetty is used by tankers up to 50 000 dwt with draughts up to 115 m.

Rey (2055N 1701W), a low sandy point 3 miles NNE. The bay is the principal anchorage in Baie du Lvrier. There are several unmarked wrecks in the N part of the bay. Mariners should exercise every caution when entering the bay.

Port services
1

Traffic
1

6.63 Repair facilities are available. Other facilities. Hospital; dirty ballast reception facilities; garbage disposal facilities. Supplies. Fresh water and fuel oil are available in limited quantities. Communications. Airport at Nouadhibou with international connections.

6.68 In 2004 there were 453 vessel movements totalling 5 753 532 dwt.

Port Authority
1

6.69 Port Autonome de Nouadhibou, PO Box 236, Nouadhibou, Mauritania.

NOUADHIBOU
1

Limiting conditions
6.70 Controlling depth. It was reported (1998) that the approach channel and the berth were dredged to 75 m. Deepest berth: Quai de Commerce (6.82). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 17 m; mean neap range about 07 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 160 m, draught 7.2 m. Local weather and sea state. Prevailing winds are NW through N to NE and often laden with sand. Vessels are advised not to remain alongside when the wind is from NE as a choppy sea is raised. From November to January there is a noticeable swell which can hamper commercial operations. This swell is usually from SE and increases in height during midmorning, abating at noon.

General information
Charts 1699 Nouadhibou, 1690 plan Approaches to Nouadhibou.

Position
1

6.64 Nouadhibou (2054N 1703W), formerly Port Etienne, stands between Pointe Chacal and the military post 2 miles NNE.

Function
1

6.65 The port handles general cargo, containers and roro traffic in addition to fishing traffic. In 1992 the population was 83 246.

Arrival information Notice of ETA

1

Topography
1

6.66 The coast is sandy around the Baie de Cansado, except for the mile NW of Pointe de Cansado which continues the cliffs mentioned in 6.48.

6.71 ETA should be sent 72 and 24 hours prior to arrival to the agent. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Outer anchorages Approach and entry

1 1

6.67 For approaches to Baie du Lvrier see 6.49. Baie de Cansado is entered between Pointe de Cansado and Pointe

6.72 Anchorage for coasters can be obtained in the S dredged area, 3 cables SSE of Quai de Commerce, with excellent holding ground of soft mud. It is recommended to veer at least 3 shackles as the wind is usually very strong.

183

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Pilotage
1

6.73 Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight hours only. The pilot boards in the vicinity of No 2 Lightbuoy (20435N 17018W). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for details. A report (1998) states that due to the missing No 3 buoy the pilot is insisting on passing very close to No 6 buoy on entry and departure. The recommended route as shown on chart 1699 is not followed. M1 and M5 buoys are left close to port, on entry, until regaining the route on the 000 leg.

Three pylons, 7 cables NE of old lighthouse (red obstruction light on N pylon). La Table (20553N 17019W), flat topped hill, elevation 15 m. Military Post (20556N 17026W), square white painted building, 19 m elevation.

Entry
1

Tugs
1

6.74 Tugs, three mooring boats and mooring crew are available.
2

Traffic regulations
1

6.75 Prohibited area. A prohibited anchorage area, which can best be seen on the chart, exists in the approach channel.

Harbour General layout

1

6.76 The harbour comprises of an Lshaped pier which extends SE and S from the shore cable N of Pointe Chacal. There is a dolphin at each end of the pier. Three small spurs extend S from the pier between the root and its head and three mooring buoys lie about 4 cables S of the pier. Areas off the head of the pier have been dredged as indicated on the chart. A quay extends S from the root of the pier to Pointe Chacal. Another quay extends N from the root of the Lshaped pier.

Aids to navigation
1

6.77 It is reported (2002) that the buoys and lights in the approaches to Noaudhibou may be missing or unlit.

Natural conditions
1

6.78 Tidal streams in Baie de Cansado are imperceptible except in Baie de Repos (20547N 17026W) where they sometimes attain a rate of 4 or 5 kn. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.298.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 6.61)

Landmarks
1

6.79 Two towers (20525N 17036W), offwhite in colour. Old Lighthouse (20548N 17031W).

6.80 From a position SE of Point Central Ore Berth, the route leads NE, along the charted track, passing (with positions relative to Cap Blanc (2046N 1703W)): SE of M5 Lightbuoy (special) (about 3 miles NNE), thence: SE of Pointe des Mouettes (3 miles NNE), noting the Theaded jetty extending SE from it. Thence: SE of two unlit buoys (port hand) (3 miles and about 4 miles NNE respectively), the former marking a 10 m patch. The route then leads N along the charted track, passing: E of three 10 m patches (4 miles, 4 miles and 4 miles NNE), Thence: E of Pointe de Cansado (5 miles NNE) noting the bank with a least charted depth of 85 m, which lies between it and the charted track. Thence: E of Banc de la Gazelle (6 miles NNE) which extends nearly 2 miles N of Pointe de Cansado into the Baie de Cansado, with depths of less than 5 m. It was reported in 1988 that numerous wrecks lie on the S part of this bank 5 cables N of Pointe de Canasdo. Thence: NE of No 10 Lightbuoy (port hand) (7 miles NNE). 6.81 The route then leads WNW in the buoyed channel, keeping the vessel in the white sector of Pointe Chacal Light, passing (with reference to Pointe Chacal (20538N 17033W)): NNE of Pointe de Cansado (3 miles SSE), thence: SSW of Pointe Rey (about 2 miles ENE), noting the Banc du Poste extending mile S from it. Thence: SSW of No 5 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (1 miles ESE), noting the stranded wreck, an obstruction with a depth of 59 m and a dangerous wreck lying cable, 1 cables and 3 cables NNW respectively from it, thence: SSW of a dangerous wreck, existence doubtful, (1 miles E), thence: SSW of No 7 Buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles ESE), noting the wreck, which covers and uncovers, lying 3 cables NNW from it, thence: NNE of a dangerous wreck (9 cables ESE), which lies within the white sector of Pointe Chacal Light, and which was reported (1998) to be removed, thence: SSW of a 46 m patch (7 cables E), noting the wreck with a depth of 6 m, which lies cables WSW, thence: NNE of No 12 Lightbuoy (port hand) (6 cables ESE), thence: SSW of a wreck (5 cables ENE), with a depth of 3 m, thence: SSW of Pointe aux Crabes (8 cables NNE), which is the S entrance point to the Baie du Repos. It is a shallow bay with a smooth surface, but the tides

184

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Nouadibou Quai de Commerce (6.82.1)

(Original dated 1998)

(Photograph Crown Copyright)

run strongly here and it is gradually silting up. Thence: S of No 9 Buoy (starboard hand) (3 cables E). Thence the track leads to the pier ( cable E), noting the obstruction charted close NE of the N dolphin and the dangerous wreck lying 1 cables SSW of the S dolphin. Useful marks: Pointe Chacal Light (white 8sided tower, black stripes, 12 m in height) (20539N 17035W). Jetty Elbow Light (20539N 17032W). Aero Light (white block house, 5 m in height) (20556N 17024W).

small spurs, between the root of the pier and the head, can accommodate vessels up to 20 m length and 46 m draught. Quai de Peche, which extends N from the root of the pier, offers accommodation for fishing vessels. The N section of this quay has depths of between 49 m and 56 m. RoRo operations have taken place at this berth. A pier with a depth of 3 m alongside and at which landing can be effected, is situated 5 cables N of Pointe Chacal and in front of the Societ Industrielle de la Grand Pche building.

Berths
1

Port services
6.83 Repair facilities are available. Two floating docks, capacity 1000 tonnes and 400 tonnes, are available. Other facilities. Medical facilities are available in the town. Dirty ballast reception facility, garbage disposal facilities and fumigation are available. Lighters, with up to 200 tonnes capacity, are available. There are facilities for container and RoRo traffic. Supplies. Fuel oil available in limited quantities at the berths. Fresh water is available. Communications. Airport, 3 km NE of Pointe Chacal, with flights to Dakar, Paris and Las Palmas. Rescue. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for information on rescue.

Alongside berths
1

6.82 The head of the Lshaped pier has two berths. Quai de Commerce, the E berth, with a depth of 80 m alongside, can accommodate vessels with a maximum draught of 7 0 m and maximum length of 160 m. Quai Marine Nationale, the W berth, can accommodate vessels of maximum draught 45 m and maximum length 80 m. These berths are mainly used by general cargo vessels, vessels loading frozen fish and container vessels. Quai de Chalandage, which extends S from the root of the pier to Pointe Chacal, is used by lighters. The three

185

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

a a b

a b c

b c

c (Photograph Crown Copyright)

Nouadibou Quai de Pche (6.82.2)

(Original dated 1998)

186

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

NOUADHIBOU TO PORT DE LAMITI GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 3134, 3135. S part, lies to the E of the extensive sandbanks which extend 14 miles NW. Several islets with patches of grass on them lie on these sandbanks of which Ile en Nyer, Ile Kji and Ile Chedded lie close N, W and SW, respectively, of Ile et Tidra. The coast between Rs Iouk and Presqule de Tla, 30 miles SSW is flat. Presqule de Serenni lies parallel with and is joined to the coast by a sandy isthmus about midway along this stretch of the coast. Presquile de Tla is about 15 m high and oriented from NE to SW, and large sandbanks which dry at half tide extend seaward from it. The dunes of Mguerint and the fishing village of Techet are found on the W slopes of this peninsula, the fishing village of Rgueba stands at its SW end and Rs Timirist is situated 5 miles SW from it. Baie de SaintJean or DakhletAchel, lying between Presqule de Tla and Rs Timirist, have not yet been surveyed, but the bay is reported to afford shelter to small craft from all winds. The coast between Rs Timirist (1923N 1632W) and Tiouilit, 37 miles SSE, is backed by ranges of sandhills perpendicular to the shore. These hills gradually increase in elevation to Tiouilit where they are about 30 m high. This stretch of the coast, which is used by Moorish fishermen from October to March, is indented by numerous unprotected bights separated, in places, by rocky points. 6.89 Seen from NW or W the coast has the appearance of one continuous dune, and the landmarks are not so distinct when seen from SW. From the latter direction the coast appears as a succession of dunes and cliffs of a white or reddish colour, separated by pools. Between Tiouilit and Mottes dAngel, 12 miles SSE, the dunes are lower and there are no landmarks. Mottes dAngel is a group of dunes among which Dune de Lemsid, a white rounded dune 20 m high, is conspicuous. From Mottes dAngel to Tarfayat el Mansour, 33 miles S, the coast is formed of low grey sand dunes, with some scrub on them. This uniformity is interrupted at Ferrat, about 10 miles SSE of Mottes dAngel, by a low yellow sand dune.

Area covered
1

6.84 This section describes the coastal route, anchorages, ports and harbours from Nouadhibou (2054N 1703W) to Port de lAmiti about 173 miles SSE. It is arranged as follows: Coastal passage (6.86). Nouakchott (6.105). Port de lAmiti (6.123).

Topography
1

6.85 For a general topography of the section see 6.2.

COASTAL PASSAGE General information

Chart 1661

Route
1

6.86 From a position E of No 2 Lightbuoy (20435N 17018W) the route leads SW for about 36 miles, then SSE for 30 miles and SE for 130 miles to a position W of Port de lAmiti.

Topography
1

6.87 The coast between Cap SainteAnne (2041N 1641W) and Cap dArguin, also known as Rs Agdir, 11 miles SE, is formed of sand dunes 5 m to 12 m high. Cap d Arguin is very low but can be identified by a stone tower and a prominent beacon surmounted by a black drum; a sandbank which nearly dries extends SE from the cape. From Cap dArguin (2034N 1632W) to Rs Tafart, 30 miles SSE the coast is uninhabited. The coast from Cap dArguin for a distance of 20 miles SSE, is very low. Inland a rocky tableland and isolated hillocks, up to 56 m in height, can be seen. Rs Alzz (2025N 1621W), 13 miles SE of Cap dArguin, is formed of small yellow sandhills. Baie de Tanodrt, a bay much frequented by fishing vessels from Islas Canarias is entered between a point, 22 miles SE of Cap dArguin, and Rs Tagrt (2010N 16 13 W), a farther 7 miles SE. Tanodrt (20 12 N 1612W), is located at the head of the bay, and is notable for its hangar and for the availablilty of slightly brackish but plentiful spring water. Rs Tafart (2008N 1616W) lies 3 miles SW of Rs Tagrt, and a bay, fronted by numerous sandbanks, lies between it and Rs Iouk (1953N 1619W), a sandy point about 20 m high,situated on the W part of Presqule dIouik. To the E of the peninsula is Baie dAoutil, a drying sandbank. Rs Tagrt is rocky and high and descends to the sea in two distinctive steps. Rs Tafart is also high and Piton de Ourjema lies 5 miles ESE from it. 6.88 Ile Ichekcher, which is low, and Iles Kiouene which are rocky and higher, lie on the NW side of extensive sandbanks between 4 and 7 miles SSW of Rs Tafart. Ile Arel, an islet with patches of grass on it, lies at the NW end of a large drying sandbank W of Rs Iouk. Ile et Tidra, a large island, green in the middle with a dune on its

Banc dArguin
1

6.90 Banc dArguin (2000N 1645W), lying S of Banc Vilmorin (6.60) may be considerd as a continuation of the shoal ground which fronts the E shore of Baie du Lvrier. Banc dArguin extends to Rs Timirist (19 23 N 1632W) (6.88) 79 miles S of Cap SainteAnne. This area is unsurveyed and the W limit of the bank is uncertain. Banc dArguin should not be approached within a depth of 30 m. The utmost vigilance should be observed when passing or approaching Banc dArguin, and sounding should be continuous. The water in the locality is often discoloured, showing brown, green and sometimes reddish. A survey attempted in December, 1921, for the purpose of fixing the the W edge of Banc dArguin, showed the great difficulty of navigating the locality. The soundings are very uneven and the edge of the bank very indented. The tidal streams attain a rate of 1 kn and, in addition, eddies render the steering of a vessel very diffficult.

187

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

6.91 The bottom of the bank is hard with a covering of sand and broken shells. No part of the bank has been seen dry but there is evidently not much water over it as breakers have been observed on various parts of the bank. Breakers are more frequent on the bank S of the parallel of 20N, the depths are more uneven and there is nothing to indicate the approach of shoal water; depths decreasing abruptly from 40 to 7 m. The nature of the bottom seaward of Banc dArguin is mostly sand, especially in depths of about 55 m; within a depth of 40 m, broken shells are mixed with the sand, the proportion of shell increasing as the bank is approached. 6.92 Current and tidal streams. Immediately seaward of Banc dArguin, the currents follow the direction of the edge of the bank at a rate of 1 kn. Tidal streams are only perceptible very close to Banc dArguin, and are only regular in the N part in the neighbourhood of Cap Blanc (6.29). Off the S part of the bank there are eddies, variable in direction, which extend about 40 miles S of Rs Timirist (6.88).

Directions
(continued from 6.42)

Major lights
1

6.96 Cap Blanc Light (Black 20 m in height) (20463N Port de lAmiti Light red top) (17597N

8sided tower, white bands, 17030W). (white column, black bands, 16016W).

Passage
1

Depths
1

6.93 The depths for 7 miles offshore, between Cap SainteAnne (2041N 1641W) also known as Khechem Bella, and Cap dArguin, also known as Rs Agdir, 11 miles SE, are very irregular, varying between 2 and 55 m. The greatest caution should be exercised when navigating these waters and sounding should be continuous, because this locality has been imperfectly surveyed. The coast between Rs Timirist (1923N 1632W) and Tiouilit, 37 miles SE, has only partly been surveyed. Depths of less than 9 m exist up to 8 miles off Rs Timirist reducing to 6 miles off Tiouilit. Breakers extend more than a mile offshore between 6 and 11 miles S of Rs Timirist, and farther out there are depths of not more than 6 or 8 m; the depths are irregular and there are some coral heads. 6.94 Off Dunes de Mahrrt (1907N 1616W) there are depths of less than 10 m extending up to 7 miles offshore, and the holding ground is bad. Vessels are recommended to sound frquently along the whole of this part of the coast which should not be approached within a depth of 10 m unless absolutely necessary. The coastal waters from Ferrat (1829N 1604W) to a point 7 miles S, for a distance of 3 miles offshore, have not been surveyed, and caution should be observed. The edge of the continental shelf lies about 15 miles off Rs Timirist, increasing to 30 miles off Nouakchott. The gradual diminution in the depth as the coast is approached allows for safe navigation, but sounding should be continuous.

Pilotage
1

6.95 There are fishermen at Nouadhibou (6.64) who can pilot small craft from Baie du Lvrier across Banc dArguin to Baie de SaintJean (6.88).

6.97 From a position E of No 2 Lightbuoy (20435N 17018W), the track leads SW passing (with positions relative to Cap Blanc (2046N 1703W)): NW of Banc Vilmorin (7 miles SE), with a least depth of 38 m, thence: NW of a dangerous wreck (6 miles S), thence: SE of O Lightbuoy (6 miles SSW), thence: SE of a dangerous wreck (7 miles SSW), position approximate, thence: NW of two dangerous wrecks (13 miles and 15 miles S), position approximate, thence: NW of two dangerous wrecks (17 miles SSW and 21 miles S), thence: NW of a dangerous wreck (23 miles S), thence: NW of two dangerous wrecks (27 miles SSW and 29 miles S), position approximate, thence: NW of a dangerous wreck (37 miles SW). The track then leads SSE, passing (with positions relative to Rs Timirist (1923N 1632W)): WSW of Basse Garrigues (64 miles NW), with a least depth of 138 m, noting the dangerous wreck, position approximate, lying about 2 miles SE from it. Several shoals lie off the W edge of Banc dArguin, the outermost being a depth of 144 m lying 11 miles SW of Basse Garrigues. 6.98 The track then leads SE, passing: SW of a dangerous wreck (44 miles NW), thence: SW of Rs Timirist, which lies at the S extremity of Banc dArguin and is marshy on its N and W sides. The central ridge of the peninsula is composed of a succession of small dunes lying in an E/W direction and terminating seaward at the white dune of Timirist which is about 7 m high. The peninsula is difficult to identify from S when only the dune shows above the horizon like a white islet. Noumghr (El Memrhar), one of the few permanent villages on the coast, is situated about 2 miles SE of Rs Timirist. The track then leads SSE, passing: WSW of the three dunes of Mahrrt (21 miles SE), 25 m to 39 m high, which are reddish in colour and easily identifiable from S but do not stand out from NW, thence: WSW of El Mhaijrt (27 miles SE), a 15 m high dune with a small, low, black rock on its slope, and which stands out clearly against the white sand, thence: WSW of Piton de Ched Halll (33 miles SE), a conspicuous reddish coneshaped dune, 35 m high; from W it shows detached above the neighbouring dunes. Thence: WSW of Tiouilit (37 miles SE), where the coastal road from Nouakchott ends, thence:

188

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

WSW of Baie de Achma (42 miles SSE) which is fronted by a bank extending up to 4 miles offshore with depths of less than 48 m, thence:
1

Anchorage
1

6.99 WSW of the white dune of Lemsid (50 miles SSE), off which the sea breaks even in calm weather, thence: WSW of the conspicuous stranded wreck of the Montesquieu (60 miles SSE), which lies on the beach 1 mile NW of Ferrat. Further S is a yellow dune 7 m high, behind which water can be obtained from springs. Also near Ferrat is a fishing village which is occupied from October to June. Thence: WSW of Jreida (Coppolani) (69 miles SSE), a military post where there is a large hangar containing a repair shop for vehicles using the coastal road, thence: WSW of a dangerous wreck (75 miles SSE), lying about 6 miles offshore in a depth of 11 m, thence: WSW of Tarfayat el Mansour (81 miles SSE), thence: W of the Port of Nouakchott (85 miles SSE), noting the buoys and the dangerous wrecks and obstructions, in the approaches, which are best seen on the chart. The track then leads to the pilot embarkation position (88 miles SSE) off Port de lAmiti. Useful mark: White House (19215N 16310W), about 1 cables SE of Rs Timirist. (Directions continue for Nouakchott at 6.118 and for the coastal passage at 6.157)

6.102 Anchorage can be obtained about 4 cables off the NE side of le dArguin in a depth of 7 m. It is approached by two passages, one W and the other E of Banc Central. The W passage is long, shallow and impracticable with any breeze, the E passage, between Banc Central and Banc du Sudest is very narrow but deeper. Anchorage can also be obtained S of Baie Consuelo, off the SE point of le dArguin, in a depth of 9 m.

Anchorage and landing

Chart 1688

Baie de Tnt
1

6.103 Anchorage for small vessels can be obtained about 1 miles offshore in Baie de Tnt (1834N 1606W), as marked on the chart, in a depth of about 5 m. The bay is open but is usually calm as it is protected by shoals. The bay is used by fishermen between October and June. Caution. Vessels bound for Baie de Tnt which are uncertain of their positions, should not proceed inshore to depths of less than 10 m. The coast is very low in this vicinity and often not visible until shoal water is reached.

Tarfayat el Mansour
1

6.104 Landing can be effected at Tarfayat el Mansour (1806N 1602W) in fine weather.

NOUAKCHOTT General information

Chart 1688 Approaches to, and plan of Nouakchott.

Position Baie dArguin or Dakhlet Agdir

1

6.105 Port de Nouakchott (1802N 1602W).

Description
1

6.100 Baie dArguin (2034N 1628W), also known as Dakhlet Agdir, of which Cap dArguin, also known as Rs Agdir, forms the W entrance point, is bordered by small, white, bare sandhills. Banc Central, which obstructs the entrance to the bay, renders access to the anchorage, very difficult even for small vessels. Vessels should not attempt to enter the bay without previous examination of the channel, as the charts are insufficient guides; the best time for entering is about 2 hours before HW. le dArguin or Agdir, the largest and SE of three islands occupying the centre of the bay, is a bare plateau composed of several stratified layers of sandstone, with a general slope from N to S; the N part is steep and about 8 m high, the S part is very low and sandy. At the NE end of le dArguin, which is uninhabited, are the remains of an old fort and the ruins of a fish curing establishment. le Marguerite and le de lArdent lie NW of le dArguin, and are bare and very low.

Function
1

6.106 The city of Nouakchott (1805N 1558W) is the capital of the Islamic Republic of Mauritania and the seat of Government. The population of Nouakchott district is about 324,037.

Topography
1

6.107 The city of Nouakchott is situated about 2 miles from the coast. In clear weather the buildings of the city and an old fort can be seen from seaward.

Approach and entry

1

6.108 The port may be approached from N or S through W.

Traffic
1

6.109 In 2004 there were 346 vessel movements totalling 3 919 040 dwt.

Port Authority
1

Tidal streams
1

6.101 Tidal streams are very strong at the entrance to Baie d Arguin, attaining a rate of 3 kn at springs; the flood stream sets strongly towards Banc du Sudest, and the ebb stream towards Banc Central.

6.110 Nouakchott Port Authority, PO Box 5103, Nouakchott, Mauritania.

Limiting conditions
1

6.111 Controlling depth. Depths in the approaches to the wharf are charted as more than 8 m.

189

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Tidal level. Mean spring range about 14 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3.

Arrival information Outer anchorages

1

Useful marks: Radio mast, 146 m in height (18083N 16004W), red obstruction lights. Radio mast, 60 m in height (18069N 15599W), red obstruction lights. Water tower (elevation 35 m) (18059N 15581W). Cement Wharf Head Light (white tower, black top, 10 m in height) (18022N 16018W).

6.112 Anchorage can be obtained about 1 mile W of the head of the pier in depths of about 8 m and 10 m. The holding ground is good generally but there are patches of hard sand. A heavy swell may be experienced in the anchorage from January to March. A vessels engines should be kept ready for use as bad weather can occur without warning.

Berths Sealine berth

1

Submarine pipeline
1

6.120 Mooring buoys form a seaberth for tankers at the W end of the submarine pipeline, 3 cables NW of the head of the pier, in depths of about 9 m. The positions of the three mooring buoys charted at the W end of the pipeline is doubtful.

6.113 A submarine pipeline, which can best be seen on the chart, lies about 2 cables N of the pier, and joins the offshore tanker berth (6.120) to the shore.

Alongside berths
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

6.114 Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight hours only. The pilot can be contacted by VHF. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for details. Tugs are available.

Harbour General layout

1

6.115 A pier extends 1 cables WNW thence cable NW from the shore, 5 miles SW of the city. Foul ground. A foul area 300 m in diameter, which can best be seen on the chart, lies close W of the head of the pier.

6.121 The first berth is formed of the original barge berth and is composed of a platform 86 m long, with a maximum permissible draught of 5 m alongside. The second berth, formed by an extension of the original berth, length 55 m and maximum permissible draught of 85 m, is situated on the NE face of the of the pier. It is used for the discharge of gas and cement cargoes. The SW face of the outer part of the pier is reported to be not in use; an obstruction is charted off it. It was reported (1986) that there were two mooring buoys close off the NE side of the pier, one on the SW side and two smaller mooring buoys for barges closer inshore.

Port services
1

Aids to navigation
1

6.116 The aids to navigation in this area are reported to be unreliable. They may be missing, unlit or out of position. Vessels should navigate with particular caution.

Natural conditions
1

6.117 Swell. Persistent ground swell from the NW with a range of 08 m to 2 m, may make cargo handling difficult, particularly in NE winds. Current. The current sets S with a rate of knot, occasionally reaching 3 kn, and reverses in direction for only a few days a year. Winds. Prevailing winds are NNWly. During the rainy season, from July to September, winds are from NWSW.

6.122 Repairs. No facilities. Other facilities. There is a hospital in town. Lighters up to 30 ton capacity are available. Supplies. Limited quantities of diesel oil and fresh water available by road tanker; both commodities difficult to obtain. Fish is plentiful. Communications. An airport with international connections is situated close E of Nouakchott. Rescue. Nouakchott is a designated RSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

PORT DE LAMITI General information

Chart 1688 plan Port de lAmiti

Position
1

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 6.99)

6.123 Port de lAmiti (18 00N 16 02 W), or Port of Friendship, is situated 2 miles S of Nouakchott pier.

Function
1

Major light
1

6.118 Port de lAmiti Light (white column, black bands, red top) (17597N 16016W).

6.124 The port, commissioned in 1986, can provide accommodation for vessels up to 15 000 tons.

Approach and entry

1

Entry
1

6.119 The chart is sufficient guide.

6.125 The port can be approached from N or S through W and entered through an approach channel on an alignment of leading marks.

190

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Caution. It was reported (1999) that shoaling had occurred within the port and in the approach channel and that the dredged areas at the port were no longer maintained.

Hazards
1

Traffic
1

6.126 See 6.109.

Port authority
1

6.127 Port de lAmiti is a subport of Nouakchott. See 6.105.

6.134 Swell. Persistent ground swell from NW, with a range of 0 8 m to 2 m, may make cargo handling difficult, particularly in NE winds, and may be experienced at the anchorage from January to March. Visibility is reported (2003) to be reduced to 300 m when wind blows sand off the desert. Strong wind. It is reported (2003) that strong wind, from any direction causes surging of vessels at their berths.

Currents
1

Limiting conditions
1

6.128 Deepest and longest berth. Berth No 3 (6.138). Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Local weather. Heavy rainfall can be expected between July and September.

6.135 See 6.117.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 6.99)

Major light
1

Arrival information Outer anchorages

1

6.136 Port de lAmiti Light (17597N 16016W) (6.118).

6.129 Anchorage can be obtained in depths of 12 m to 15 m to the N of the channel, in an area 2 miles W of Port de l Amiti light, centred on 1800N 1604W and 3000 m in diameter.

Entry
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

6.130 Pilotage. Movement of shipping and contact with Pilots in Port de lAmit, is through Port Control Nouakchott (VHF). Pilotage is compulsory and available only during the daytime. The pilot usually boards from a tug, mile W of the breakwater or with prior arrangement by a lightbuoy (starboard hand), in position 17590N 16038W, reported (2003) missing. It is reported that if the wind speed is greater than force four pilotage is suspended. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for details. Tugs are available.

6.137 From the pilot embarkation position (1759N 1604W) the track leads ENE (with positions relative to the Port de lAmiti Breakwater Head light (17593N 16024W)): Clear of the Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (1 miles W), which marks the entrance to the approach channel. Leading marks. The alignment (085) of the following lights, leads ENE to the port: Front Light (blue and grey diamond on mast, 14 m in height) (17592N 16016W). Rear Light (blue and grey diamond on mast, 21 m in height) 320 m from front light. Useful marks: Breakwater Head Light (white pylon, 10 m in height) (17593N 16024W). Water Tower (17595N 16015W). Port Control Tower (red and white bands, 10 m in height) (17594N 16023W).

Harbour General layout

1

Berths Alongside berths

1

6.131 The harbour is constructed of a causeway extending 3 cables W from the shore to a mole running WSW for 3 cables. A breakwater extends SSW from the pier for a distance of about 1 cable.

Development
1

6.132 In 1993 works were in progress to construct a breakwater 400 m in length and orientated WNWESE, 900 m S of the pier.
1

6.138 Three berths are situated on the S side of the mole. Berth Nos 1 and 2 have a depth of 98 m and Berth No 3 has a depth of 103 m and a length of 190 m. A military berth is situated on the S side of the causeway, approximately 100 m in length and 10 m wide.

Port services
6.139 Facility. There is a hospital in Nouakchott. Supplies, limited, of diesel oil and fresh water are available by road tanker; both commodities are difficult to obtain. Fish is plentiful. Communications. Airport, with international connections, situated near Nouakchott.

Aids to navigation
1

6.133 The aids to navigation in this area are reported to be unreliable. They may be missing, unlit or out of position. Vessels should navigate with particular caution.

191

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

PORT DE LAMITI TO DAKAR GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 3135
2

Area covered
1

6.140 This section describes the coastal route, anchorages, ports and harbours from Port de lAmiti (18 00 N 1602W) to Dakar about 215 miles SSW. It is arranged as follows: Nouakchott to Dakar (6.142). Saint Louis (6.175). Dakar (6.188).

Topography
1

6.141 For a general topography of the area see 6.2.

NOUAKCHOTT TO DAKAR General information

Charts 1662, 1663

Route
1

6.142 From a position W of Port de lAmiti (1800N 1602W) the route leads generally SSW for 230 miles to a position W of Dakar.

Topography
1

6.143 The coast from Nouakchott (1802N 1602W) to Marais de Toumbos, about 80 miles SSW is formed of low sand dunes. Tamsak (1726N 1603W) is situated 36 miles S of Nouakchott, and the coast to the S as far as Marais de Toumbos is swampy. From Marais de Toumbos to Marigot des Maringouins (1636N 1627W), 17 miles SSW, the coast is similar to that N of it with low sand dunes. Marigot des Maringouins is an old outlet of Fleuve Sngal; it empties into the sea in the rainy season and is the begining of the delta of that river. Sand dunes, about 20 to 30 m high and covered with dark vegetation, begin about 10 miles S of Marigot des Maringouins. The village of Ndiago (1610N 1630W), with a group of coconut palms, stands 25 miles S of Marigot des Maringouins, and is easy to recognise. The village stands to the N of low marshy islands which together with a narrow long tongue of sand known as Langue de Barbarie, separate Fleuve Sngal from the sea. SaintLouis lies about 9 miles S of Ndiago. 6.144 The first objects seen S of the mouth of Fleuve Sngal (1548N 1632W) are a few villages, thence the coast is formed of low sand dunes thinly covered with bushes. The coast between Lompoul (1525N 1640W) and Mboro (La Lagune de Bono), which is surrounded by trees 21 miles SW, is bordered by small black hillocks covered

with bushes. The village of Kayar (Cayar) stands 19 miles SW of Mboro. The coast SW of Kayar consists of bare yellow sand dunes behind which some trees can be seen, and between Kayar and the village of Cambrne (1446N 1726W) the coast is formed of low sand dunes behind which are shallow lagoons. Butte de Cambrne, 1 mile ESE of the village, is the E end of a plateau, 20 m to 40 m high, which extends W towards Pointe des Almadies. le dYof (1446N 1729W), lies 2 miles W of Cambrne. The coast between le dYof and Pointe des Almadies is low, but S of it sandy hills rise gradually to the foot of Les Mamelles, two conical hills 105 m and 99 m high which rise above Cap Vert, but are also visible from N. Les Mamelles are quite distinct and during the rainy season are covered with stunted vegetation which forms a contrast to the barren coast between them and SaintLouis (6.175). Hence the origin of the name given to Presqule du Cap Vert. 6.145 Cap Vert is the name generally applied to the end of Presqule du Cap Vert which forms the W side of Baie de Gore, and terminates in Pointe des Almadies on the N, Cap Manuel (6.163) on the S, with Cap Vert itself between them. Presqule du Cap Vert is composed of moderately high land rising gradually to Les Mamelles above Cap Vert itself. Cap Vert (1443N 1730W), an old volcano which has been joined to the coast, 2 miles SE of Pointe des Almadies, terminates in a low point on which there are some detached hillocks, which might be mistaken for islets at a distance. The coast from Cap Vert to Cap Manuel (1439N 1726W), 6 miles SE, is formed of reddish cliffs with small sandy beaches in places. From Cap Manuel to Pointe Bernard, 5 cables N, which is at a lower elevation than the cape, the coast is formed of dark basalt cliffs. Anse Bernard lies between the point of the same name and Pointe de Dakar (1440N 1725W), 1 miles NE of Cap Manuel. Its shores consists of red or yellow cliffs, and this coast is dominated by the city of Dakar. 6.146 Baie de Gore, lying between Cap Manuel and Pointe Rouge (14380N 17105W) (7.11), 15 miles E is exposed to S winds but is one of the safest bays on the W coast of Africa. le de Gore (1440N 1724W) lies 2 miles NE of Cap Manuel. The island is volcanic in origin and is composed of black basalt, sand and red or yellow rocks. Point de BelAir (1442N 1725W) lies about 2 miles N of Pointe de Dakar and the port and city of Dakar extend to this point. A spit with depths of less than 5 m extends about mile SE and Banc de BelAir with a depth of 3 m lies about 1 mile E from the point. Anse de Hann, which opens N of Pointe de BelAir is bordered by a white sand beach backed by the fishing village of HannPcheurs which extends about 1 miles NE. The village of Hann stands near the SW end of the beach, surrounded by palm trees, baobabs and shrubs. The village of TiaroyeMer is situated on the beach about 3 miles ENE of Hann. Mbaw refinery, fronted by dunes, is situated 2 miles E of TiaroyeMer. The coastal villages of Mbaw Gou Ndaw

192

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

and Mbaw lie 1 mile ESE and 1 miles ESE respectively from the refinery, separated by Marigot de Mbaw. Banc de la Rsolue with a least depth of 29 m, lies about 1 miles S of Mbaw Gou Ndaw and is composed of sand and broken shells. See 6.153. 6.147 The coast betwen Mbaw Gou Ndaw and Cap des Biches (14432N 17184W), 1 miles ESE, is formed of low sand dunes topped with bushes behind which are trees. Cap des Biches is an ill defined point formed by a hill 13 m high with a steep slope to the sea and marked on the beach by a black patch. A spit with depths of less than 1 m extends about 2 cables S of Cap des Biches. Banc des Biches, a rocky shoal with a depth of 11 m lies 4 cables SSE of Cap des Biches. Rochers SaiSai, which dry, lie on a spit which extends about 5 cables from the shore 1 mile ESE of Cap des Biches. The coast between Cap des Biches and Pointe de Rufisque (14426N 17169W) is formed of dunes about 5 m high, topped with bushes and backed by trees. Pointe de Rufisque lies 1 miles ESE of Cap des Biches and a spit with a depth of 12 m over its outer end extends 2 cables SSW from the point.

Explosives dumping ground

1

6.152 An explosives dumping ground, the limits of which can best be seen on the chart, is situated in a position centred on 1430N 1737W. Trawling in the vicinity is dangerous.

Dangerous area
1

6.153 A dangerous area, which contains wrecks, extends from about 5 cables S of Banc de la Rsolue (1442N 1721W) NE to the coast. This area is marked as follows (with positions relative to Mbaw lightbuoy (14 42 7N 17219W)): Rsolue W Buoy (W cardinal) moored about 1 mile E. Rsolue E Buoy (E cardinal) moored about 2 miles E. Rsolue Lightbuoy (S cardinal) moored about 1 miles ESE.

Natural conditions Depths

1 1

6.148 The edge of the continental shelf lies about 30 miles off Nouakchott, reducing to about 25 miles off the mouth of Fleuve Sngal, 120 miles SSW. It reduces to less than 10 miles off Pointe des Almadies, 98 miles SW of Fleuve Sngal. Several submarine valleys indent this stretch of the coast, the most notable being Canyon de Kayar (Fosse de Cayar), a narrow deep submarine canyon, which extends WNW from the coast abreast Kayar (Cayar) (1455N 1707W), and is useful in determining latitude up to about 15 miles offshore. 6.149 The sea breaks heavily on all the coast from Fleuve Sngal except off Kayar where there is an opening about 1 cable wide, and inside there is a deep channel running parallel to the coast; the bottom is mainly mud. Three yellow conical buoys have been laid along the coast off Kayar as follows, bearings and distances from Kayar; J1 4 miles WSW J2 2 miles W J3 1 miles NW

Traffic regulations
1

6.154 Tidal streams superpose the general movement of the current but they are not of sufficient strength to alter appreciably its direction. The exception to this being between le des Madeleines (1439N 1728W) and the mainland where the outgoing stream has been observed to be setting W at a rate of kn, 3 hours after HW Dakar. With the above exception, the current off the W coast of Presqule du Cap Vert usually attains its maximum rate at the same time as the ingoing stream; the maximum observed rate being 1 kn SE about 1 mile WSW of Cap Manuel. Off the S and E coasts of the peninsula, between le de Gore, 2 miles NE of Cap Manuel, and the mainland, the current attains its maximum rate at the same time as the outgoing stream. In Anse Bernard, where it sets SW, the maximum rate is kn. For the frquency of E sets on the shipping tracks in the vicinity of Cap Vert, see 6.155. 6.155 Currents. The following table gives the percentage frequency of onshore sets, between the parallels of 14N and 18N, and the meridian of 18W and the African coast, from all observations of current made on the shipping tracks through the above regions from 1910 to 1938; sets between 030 and 150, inclusive, being considered to be onshore sets. Month January February March April May % of onshore sets 14 5 8 7 11 26 28 28 25 24 Total No of Observations 72 62 72 61 102 84 90 54 95 86

6.150 Prohibited anchorage and fishing. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area, the limits of which can best be seen on the chart, extending W and S from Cap Manuel (14 39 N 17 26 W), due to the presence of submarine cables.

Submarine cables and pipelines

1

6.151 Numerous submarine cables, which are best seen on the chart, extend W and S from the S end of the Cap Vert peninsula. Submarine pipelines for oil and ammonia exist in the Baie de Gore. For details see 6.209.

June July August September October

193

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Month November

% of onshore sets 15

Total No of Observations 71

December 12 68 Percentage frequency of onshore sets in the region of Cap Vert 6.156 Onshore sets are thus more frequent from June to October inclusive. The average strength of the E component of these sets is greatest from April to October, with a maximum of 10 miles per day in August. Taking both strength and frequency into account, August is therefore on the average the most unfavourable month as regards onshore sets, while June and July are almost as unfavourable. For additional details of currents, see 1.247. The current off Presqule du Cap Vert has a general Sgoing set, but is deflected close inshore by the coast. The current sets as follows: North of le de NGor Abreast Cap Vert Anse Bernard, close E of Cap Manuel SW SSE SSW

WNW of two stranded wrecks (31 miles and 27 miles N, respectively), thence: WNW of the village of Ndiago (8 miles N) which stands with a group of coconut palms, and is easy to recognise, thence:
1

Directions
(continued from 6.99)

Major lights
1

6.157 Port de lAmiti Light (17597N 16016W) (6.118). Cap Vert Light (white tower and dwelling, 21 m in height) (14435N 17301W). Care must be taken not to confuse this light with Cap Manuel Light. Cap Manuel Light (white square tower on dwelling, red top, 17 m in height) (14390N 17260W).

Passage
1

6.158 From a position W of Port de lAmiti (1800N 1602W), the track leads SSW passing (with positions relative to Guet NDar Light (16016N 16307W)): WNW of three very black sand dunes (118 miles NNE), covered with vegetation. Thence: WNW of Puits de Ouichichi (74 miles NNE), water wells, thence: WNW of a stranded wreck (66 miles NNE), position approximate, thence: WNW of a dangerous wreck (46 miles N), position approximate, lying in a depth of 21 m. Thence:

6.159 WNW of Guet NDar Light (6.165), and the town of SaintLouis, thence: WNW of a dangerous wreck (31 miles SSW), lying in a depth of about 34 m, thence: WNW of a stranded wreck (35 miles SSW), thence: WNW of Dune de Lompoul (38 miles SSW), a yellow sandhill 35 m high, visible 15 miles except in strong trade winds, thence: WNW of a black hillock (61 miles SSW), with a reddish stripe, situated slightly inland. A white buoy, marking a limit between fishing zones is moored 4 miles WNW of the black hillock. Thence: 6.160 The track continues SSW, passing (with positions relative to Cap Manuel Light (14390N 17260W)): WNW of Les Petites Mamelles (27 miles NE), two prominent yellow conical hills 45 m high, thence: WNW of Kayar (Cayar) (24 miles NE), a village, abreast of which there are depths of 18 m about 1 mile offshore. The coast between Kayar and Pointe des Almadies, 25 miles WSW, is dangerous for low powered vessels owing to the strong onshore currents; there is often a heavy surf. Thence: WNW of a stranded wreck (9 miles NNE), thence: WNW of le de Yof (7 miles NNW), which lies on the seaward extremity of a reef extending 3 cables NE from the coast and over which the sea always breaks. The village of Yof stands on the shore of the mainland mile SE of the islet. Thence: WNW of le de Ngor, (8 miles NW), which is 15 m high and joined to the mainland on its SE side by a ledge of rocks forming a basin which is open to the W. Thence: 6.161 WNW of Pointe des Almadies (1445N 1732W) (8 miles NW), 15 m high, noting the old disused lighthouse which stands on the point. It is the W extremity of Africa and of basaltic formation. Thence: WNW of Chause des Almadies (8 miles NW) which extends about 1 mile W of Point Des Almadies and some of the rocks are from 2 m to 3 m high. There are several wrecks showing above water on this reef, the positions of which can best be seen on the chart. Vessels can pass the reef at a distance of 8 cables, making allowance for a probable inset of the current. The sea is always

Chause des Almadies Lighthouse, wreck and reef from SW (6.161)

(Original dated 2005) (Photograph Capt. P. Mosselberger)

194

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

rough in this locality and it breaks heavily on the reef.

1

6.162 The track then leads SSE, passing (with positions relative to Cap Manuel Light (1439N 1726W)): WSW of Cap Vert (6 miles NW), noting Les Mamelles (6.144) from which a light (6.157) is exhibited, thence: WSW of Pointe de Fann (2 miles NW), noting the depth of 8 m, position approximate, 1 mile SW, thence: WSW of le des Madeleines (2 miles W), noting le Lougne lying 2 cables SE from it. Both lie at the outer end of a shoal extending from the shore between Pointe de Fann and Anse des Madeleines; the islands are surrounded by rocks above and below water. Both islands are formed of basaltic rock hollowed out by the sea and are of a darkish colour without vegetation apart from a few bushes in the clefts of the rocks. The other islets are inaccessible rocks over which the sea breaks. le des Madeleine and the spit are covered by a red sector of Cap Manuel auxiliary light bearing between 083 and 128; these lights are obscured by the islands between 096and 102. 6.163 The track then leads ESE, passing: NNE of a depth of 27 m (3 miles SW), existence doubtful, thence: NNE of Banc du Sminole (3 miles SW) with a least charted depth of 21 m, thence: SSW of Cap Manuel, a dark basalt cliff 39 m high which is steep to on its S side, noting the Banc Manuel with a least depth of 7 m extending miles WSW from the cape. Cap Manuel should be passed at a distance of at least mile. The track then leads ENE, passing: SSE of Banc Lequr (3 cables ENE), with a least charted depth of 62 m, thence: SSE of a buoy (port hand) (7 cables ENE), thence: SSE of another buoy (port hand) (1 miles ENE), thence: SSE of the S end of le de Gore (2 miles ENE), which is about 38 m high, nearly vertical and surmounted by a castle. Between the S end of le de Gore and the outer end of the breakwater extending 3 cables SE from Pointe de Dakar (14402N 17253W) lie underwater obstructions and passage is prohibited. 6.164 The track then leads N, passing (with positions relative to the le de Gore Light (14398N 17239W)): W of a wreck (2 miles ESE), with a depth of 18 m over it, thence: E of a depth of 137 m (4 cables NNE), thence: E of the Tacoma Lightbuoy (port hand) (5 cables N), noting the wreck of the same name which lies between it and the island. Another dangerous wreck lies about 2 cables WSW from the lightbuoy. Thence: SW of No 1 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (1 miles NE) which marks the S approach to the Mbao sealine tanker berth. The track then leads NW, passing: S of a dangerous wreck (2 miles NNE), which is marked by a buoy (isolated danger) close ESE, thence:

NE of No 12 Lightbuoy (isolated danger) (8 cables NNE) which marks a shoal with a depth of 86 m close S from it. Thence the track leads to the pilot embarkation position at 14409N 17235W. 6.165 Useful marks: Guet NDar Light (white metal framework tower, red top, 14 m in height) (16016N 16307W). Gandiole Light (white 8 sided tower, black bands, 26 m in height) (15538N 16306W). Reservoir, 37 m in height (14460N 17245W), close E of Butte de Cambrne. Radio mast (14465N 17247W), red obstruction lights. Tall building (14448N 17294W), near airport terminal. Hotel, white building (17451N 17305W), visible from N and SW, red obstruction lights. Old Lighthouse (14448N 17317W). Chausse des Almadies Light (white tower, black bands, 15 m in height) (14446N 17325W). 6.166 Mast (14425N 17292W), red obstruction light. Cemetry (14405N 17275W), E of Pointe de Fann. Television tower (14406N 17268W), position approximate, red obstruction lights. Radio mast (14401N 17265W). Radio mast (14400N 17264W). Cathedral (14399N 17263W). Radio mast (14393N 17261W). Law Courts building (14391N 17260W). Government building (14398N 17261W). The Palace (14399N 17260W). White monument (14399N 17239W), on le de Gore with a signal mast and pillar (35 m in height) close SE. 6.167 Low, round fort (147402N 17240W), standing on N tip of le de Gore. Round building (14401N 17256W), standing close to the shore. Building (14402N 17256W), standing cable NNW of above. Tower (37 m in height) (14403N 17253W), standing slightly N of Pointe de Dakar. Control tower (24 m in height) (14 40 5N 17253W), standing near the root of Jete Sud. La Grande Mosque, with a conspicuous minaret (82 m in height) (14 40 7N 17 26 5W) red obstruction lights. Jete Sud Head Light (white 8sided tower, red top 9 m in height) (14406N 17252W). 6.168 Jete Nord Head Light (white 8sided tower, black top, 9 m in height) (14407N 17252W). Chimney (60 m in height) (14414N 17262W), red obstruction lights. Three radio masts (14434N 17267W). TV mast (14437N 17266W). Water tower (14445N 17245W). Water tower (14444N 17237W), red obstruction lights. Minaret (14445N 17228W), at the TiaroyeMer mosque. Flare (14445N 17208W) position approximate, at the Mbaw refinery.

195

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

White building (14433N 17179W), at the power station. Radio masts (200 m in height) (14 45 3N 17166W), red obstruction lights. Rufisque Light (black pylon, 12 m in height) (14426N 17169W). (Directions for Dakar continue at 6.204 and for the coastal passage at 7.16)

Cap Vert
1

6.173 Good anchorage can be obtained about 1 miles WNW of Cap Vert Lighthouse (14435N 17301W) in a depth of 22 m grey sand. To the S of the parallel of Cap Vert Light, it is better to anchor farther out as, with a heavy W swell, rollers form at a considerable distance from the coast.

Channel northeast of le des Madeleines

1

le de Gore
1

6.169 The channel between le des Madeleines and the mainland probably has less water than charted. With a W or NW swell, there is a heavy sea in this passage. Landing can be effected on le des Madeleines either in a narrow cove on the N side, or in a creek on the S side; the best landing is in the latter creek on the starboard hand entering where the swell is not very heavy.

6.174 le de Gore (1440N 1724W) is surrounded by large blocks of stone and landing is not possible on its W side. The swell breaks heavily all around the island. There is a boat harbour on the NE side of the island which has three piers, only one of which can be used; there is a depth of 3 m at its head.

SaintLouis
Chart 1690 plan SaintLouis

Anchorages and harbour

Charts 1000, 1662, 1663

General information
1

Anchorages between Nouakchott and Fleuve Sngal

1

6.170 Anchorage can be obtained off the coast between Nouakchott (1802N 1602W) and the mouth of Fleuve Sngal, 135 miles S, in depths of 15 m to 20 m; the bottom is sand except near the river mouth where it is green mud. Heavy breakers occur S of Nouakchott, and it is dangerous to attempt to land except in local surf boats.

Kayar
1

6.171 Anchorage off Kayar (14 55 N 17 07 W) is bad especially with W winds. The bank of soundings is very narrow; the anchorage is about 1 cables outside the breakers in depths of 29 m to 35 m, fine sand. At least 4 shackles of cable should be veered in order to get a holding against the prevailing wind and heavy swell.

le de Ngor
1

6.172 Anchorage can be obtained about 4 cables NW of the W end of le de Ngor (1445N 1731W) in a depth of 22 m, gravel. The anchorage, situated W of the island, is reported to be good when a fresh NE trade wind is blowing. A ledge of rocks which joins the SE side of le de Ngor to the mainland forms a basin which is open W. Owing to the lay of rocks on the W side of this basin, landing can be effected, except with a heavy W swell, on a sandy beach on the S side of the basin in front of the village of Ngor.

6.175 Position. SaintLouis (1602N 1630W) stands on an island lying in the W part of Fleuve Sngal. Function. SaintLouis is the commercial centre for the upper reaches of Fleuve Sngal (6.181), but owing to the difficulty of crossing the bar (6.176), vessels unable to enter use Dakar (6.188) about 100 miles SW. The city had an estimated (1994) population of 132 000. Topography. SaintLouis is connected to the suburb of Sohr, which stands on the E side of Fleuve Sngal, by Faidherbe bridge which opens. The suburbs of NDar Tout and Guet NDar are situated on Langue de Barbarie, and are joined to SaintLouis by two fixed bridges. Government house stands in the centre of SaintLouis. Langue de Barbarie gradually decreases in elevation towards Langue de Barbarie Sud, its S extremity, at the entrance to Fleuve Sngal. The marshy islands, in the vicinity of the entrance, have a fairly thick covering of bushes, and casuarinas cover the N part of Langue de Barbarie. The river can be seen from aloft over Langue de Barbarie. Approach and entry. The river may be approached from N or S through W and is entered over a bar (6.176). The route then leads N for about 13 miles between Langue de Barbarie and the mainland. There are dangerous wrecks which lie in the channel in the following positions: 15503N 16312W 15504N 16312W 16001N 16303W Approaching from N, the mouth of Fleuve Sngal is not easily identified. The heavy surf which prevails on the

le de Gore from N (6.174)

(Original dated 2002) (Photograph HMS Endurance)

196

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

whole coast, and breaks along Langue de Barbarie, prevents the surf on the bar from being distinguished, and vessels keeping at too great a distance from the coast might pass without seeing it. It is essential after passing Rs Timirist (6.88) (1923N 1632W), to approach the land in order to identify SaintLouis. Approaching from S, Fleuve Sngal is more easily identified than from N. When near the river mouth the marks described in 6.178 will be seen. Vessels wishing to cross the bar should, on approaching, display their number, and the pilot flag, then anchor and await the pilot.

Limiting conditions
1

6.176 The bar. The passage over the bar is practicable, except for about 80 days in the year; the best time being during the rainy season between April and December. During the dry season, the entrance to Fleuve Sngal is closed by the sand thrown up, but with the rainy season the bar is washed away and a new passage formed, which has an annual slow movement to the S. The banks of sand forming the bar are very variable both in size and position; they leave a channel between them which is frequently changing in position and depth. In 1982 the entrance to the river was reported to cross the charted position of Langue de Barbarie Sud. No vessel should attempt to cross the bar without a pilot. Faidherbe Bridge (16 01 5N 16 30 2W) has an opening 30 m in width in its W portion to allow the passage of vessels ascending the river (6.181). In the closed position it has a vertical clearance of 24 m. Faidherbe Bridge signals. Vessels requiring the bridge to be opened, should apply to the Captain of the Port before 1600 on the previous day. The hours of opening are from 0640 to 1300. Prior to the bridge being opened, a flag is displayed from a mast near the opening. When the bridge is fully opened, the flag is lowered to halfmast. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 11 m; mean neap range about 05 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Maximum size of vessel handled: length 40 m; draught 2.5 m.

particularly between November and April when a vessel may have to wait several days before the bar is passable. Inner anchorages. Anchorage can be obtained within the river off SaintLouis just below Faidherbe Bridge; it is always advisable to moor at this anchorage. Should a vessel be under way in the river when a thundery squall (referred to locally as a tornado) is expected, she should if possible proceed to an anchorage berth, or anchor immediately until the storm abates; care should be taken to have ample swinging room to the W. It is always prudent, during the rainy season, to select an anchorage with a view to the possibility of squalls which sometimes occur without warning. Submarine cable. A submarine power cable, marked by a beacon on its landing at Langue de Barbarie, crosses the channel in an ENE direction, 1 miles S of Guet NDar Light. Submarine pipeline. A submarine pipeline crosses the channel in an ENE direction from Pointe Sud, mile SE from Guet NDar Light. Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight only. Requests for a pilot should be made to the port office 48 hours in advance. The pilot station is situated close S of Gandiole Lighthouse (15538N 16306W) where there is also a signal station. The pilotage service comprises a pilot boat, a dugout canoe and a life boat. The bar is sounded from the dugout which will display the following signals: Blue flag Blue flag alternately upright and inclined Bar possible to cross Bar not practicable

The pilot boat and signal station (15536N 16306W) will display the following signals: Blue flag above a red and white flag Blue flag Bar possible to cross Bar not practicable

When permission to enter has been obtained, the pilot will board the vessel. Tug is available. Traffic regulations. This river is closed to foreign vessels.

Harbour
1

Arrival information
1

6.177 Port radio. The port office wil keep radiotelephone watch if given 24 hours notice via Dakar radio. Notice of ETA. Send ETA 48 hours prior to arrival. Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained W of Guet Ndar Light (16016N 16307W), in depths of 13 m to 15 m, mud. Although this anchorage is not dangerous, a vessel rolls heavily at it and tide races, which frequently occur in winter, make riding uneasy. The ground SW of the light is rocky and should be avoided. Anchorage can also be obtained between 1 and 4 miles off the mouth of Fleuve Sngal in depths of 10 m to 16 m, good holding ground of green sand and shells. A heavy swell occurs here at all seasons of the year, but

6.178 General layout. The harbour consists of a quay on the E side of SaintLouis and a jetty for fishing vessels. Traffic signals. See Pilotage (6.275). Tidal streams in the vicinity of the entrance to Fleuve Sngal are very irregular both in direction and rate. Current. It should be noted that the current sets on to the quay at SaintLouis. The season of the highest water is in midOctober when the current attains a rate of 4 kn. Climate table. See 1.291 and 1.299. Useful marks, with positions relative to Guet NDar Light (16016N 16307W): Tower (3 cables N). Two water towers (1 cables and 3 cables NE). Cathedral (3 cables E). Tower (4 cables SE). Stranded wreck (2 miles S). Beacon with topmark (7 miles S).

197

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Gandiole Light (7 miles S) (6.165). Signal station (Bar) (8 miles S).

Bakel, 403 miles above SaintLouis Sald, 260 miles above SaintLouis Podor, 147 miles above SaintLouis Richard Toll, 80 miles above SaintLouis

1st September 20th September 10th October 22nd October

Berths
1

6.179 The E side of SaintLouis is quayed and has a least depth of 24 m alongside. Vessels which, owing to their draught, are unable to go alongside, anchor fore and aft and are connected to the quay by gangways. A Tshaped jetty is situated 21 miles S of Faidherbe bridge, near the old hydrobase. It is 140 m long with a depth of 2 m alongside and used by fishing boats.

Port services
1

6.180 Repairs: A small slip which can take a vessel up to 50 m in length is available. Other facilities: There is a hospital in SaintLouis. Supplies: Fresh provisions can be obtained. Fresh water is laid onto the quays. During the rainy season, from the begining of August to the end of December, river water can be used for boilers and washing. There are small stocks of diesel fuel and petrol. Communications: There is regular communication by river vessels to Podor (all seasons) and Matam (flood season); ferry to Dakar; airfield near SaintLouis.

Fleuve Sngal above SaintLouis

1

6.181 Water level. Periodic flooding, caused by heavy rain in the rainy season, plays a most important part in the navigability of Fleuve Sngal. Owing to the flooding, apart from exceptional years, the river is navigable, during a portion of the year, as far as Kayes, 472 miles above SaintLouis. In addition to this, flooding allows for cultivation of an extensive area which would otherwise remain sterile. The first rains, which fall early in May, are absorbed by the parched soil and no appreciable flooding occurs before the beginning of June. The river then rises rapidly, filling the numerous creeks or marigots which penetrate the country in various directions. 6.182 After a period during which the water level falls, due to the filling of creeks, the real rise takes place, and all the land bordering the river is flooded over a vast extent. When the flood has reached its maximum, the river banks are submerged and the country has the appearance of an immense lake with only the tops of the trees and some of the more elevated ground showing above the water. The rise varies in extent from year to year. Some years flooding is very considerable, other years the river is not navigable beyond Mafou, standing about 182 miles above SaintLouis, for vessels of 3 m draught. 6.183 The floods spread very slowly; the maximum rise at SaintLouis does not usually occur before the end of October or scarcely a month before the end of the rainy season. From the mean of several years observations, the approximate dates of maximum rise at the undermentioned places are as follows:

SaintLouis 1st November 6.184 When the rains cease, the water level falls very rapidly in the upper Fleuve Sngal, but not so rapidly in the lower Fleuve Sngal, owing to the numerous creeks which empty into it. In the same way, Lac Cayar and Lac de Guiers (1610N 1550W), lying on either side of the river about 80 miles above SaintLouis, affect the level at SaintLouis. Besides this, the surface of the flooded plains have a slight slope towards the sea, and the water, which cannot at once empty into the river by the neighbouring creeks, flows in a straight line W and empties into Fleuve Sngal by the numerous creeks which lie in its course lower down. 6.185 Navigation. A pilot is necessary for vessels proceeding above SaintLouis because navigation is always difficult on account of the numerous narrows and barrages. In an average year, seagoing vessels, of 46 m draught and about 2000 tons, can ascend about 350 miles to Kayes (1428N 1122W) from 20th August to 20th September. From the 1st August to 15th October, Kayes can be reached by river steamers of 3 m draught, and from 14th July to 10th November by launches of 18 m draught. Podor can be reached at all seasons by vessels of 3 m draught. 6.186 During the period of low river, December to June, it is only possible for barges to proceed above Mafou. During the high river season, the outgoing current is reported to attain a rate of about 2 kn at Podor and 4 kn at Kayes. During the low river season, tidal influence is reported to extend to Diould Dabe. The dangers between Kadi, 292 miles above SaintLouis, and Kayes are marked by masonry beacons; those on the starboard hand ascending being surmounted by red cones and displaying green lights, and those on the port hand surmounted by black cylinders and displaying red lights. Sailing Directions for the river above SaintLouis can be consulted at the Captain of the Ports office in SaintLouis and at the Bureau des Affaires Maritimes in Dakar.

Landing
1

6.187 Between Port de lAmiti and Dakar landing should be effected in local surf boats as there are heavy breakers in depths of 5.5 m.

DAKAR General information

Charts 1001 Rade and Port of Dakar, and 1000 Approaches to Dakar.

Position
1

6.188 Port de Dakar, 14405N 17255W.

198

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

a a b

b c

c (Photograph HMS Endurance)

Port Dakar (6.188)

(Original dated 2002)

199

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Function
1

6.189 It is the capital of the Republic of Sngal and the residence of the President. In 1998 the population was about 1 641 358. The principal exports are ground nuts, edible oil, oil cake, gum, gold, sisal, shea butter, kapok, hides, phosphates, flour and cement. The principal imports are cotton and metal goods, oil fuel and petrol, wine, coal, sugar and corn.

during the rainy season when thundery squalls, which blow from E, quickly raise a choppy sea. A dangerous wreck, the position of which is doubtful, is charted 2 cables N of the NE corner of Jete Nord. Vessels waiting to bunker should anchor about mile E of the head of Jete Sud (6.207) on the line joining that jetty and the N end of le de Gore.

Submarine cables and pipelines

1

Topography
1

6.190 The harbour is situated on the SE portion of the Cap Vert peninsula between Pointe de Dakar and Pointe de BelAir. Baie de Gore lies between Cap Manuel (1439N 1726W) and Pointe Rouge, 15 miles E.

6.197 Submarine cables and pipelines, which are best seen on the chart, exist in the Baie de Gore (6.190).

Pilotage and tugs

1

Approach and entry

1

6.191 The port is approached by passing S and E of le de Gore and N of the No 12 Lightbuoy, and entered through a dredged channel between the heads of two breakwaters.

6.198 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 1500 m3 and over, and available day and night. The pilot boards about 9 cables NNE of le de Gore. Vessels requiring pilotage for Ziguinchor (7.132) and Rivire Casamance may embark the pilot either at Dakar or at the river entrance (12328N 16 49 9W). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are available.

Traffic
1

Traffic regulations
1

6.192 In 2004 there were 1426 vessel movements totalling 27 730 774 dwt.

Port Authority
1

6.193 Port Autonome de Dakar, 21 Boulevard de la Libration, PO Box 3195, Dakar, Sngal.
2

Limiting conditions
1

6.194 Controlling depth. The dredged depths in the approach channel is reported (2003) to be less than 11 m. Deepest berth: Wharf Ptrolier (6.208). Longest berth: Quai Maurice Pillot (6.208). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 12 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 330 m; 105 m draught. Local weather. Fog may occur a few days per month, especially in January and February. It generally forms before sunrise and clears during the forenoon.

6.199 Prohibited areas. Passage is prohibited between the S end of le de Gore and Pointe de Dakar due to the presence of underwater obstructions. An entry prohibited area, about cable wide, is charted on the seaward side of Jete Nord (6.207) extending N for about 4 cables, thence NW for about 4 cables to the shore. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in areas, the limits of which are best seen on the chart. Anchoring is prohibited in the area, indicated on the chart, bounded by Cap Manuel, le de Gore and the entrance to Port de Dakar. Submarine cables run both S and NW from this area. Routeing. Vessels entering the port must pass N, and those leaving must pass S, of No 12 Lightbuoy (14406N 17235W).

Quarantine
1

6.200 Quarantine regulations are strictly enforced and no communication with the shore is permitted until pratique has been granted.

Customs
1

Arrival information Notice of ETA

1

6.195 ETA should be sent 24 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3).

6.201 Vessels must obtain an outward manifest from the Customs authorities prior to departure from Dakar. Noncompliance may result in heavy fines.

Harbour General layout

1

Outer anchorages
1

6.196 Rade de Dakar is bounded on the S by a line joining Pointe de Dakar (6.145) and le de Gore (6.174), on the W by the breakwaters forming Port de Dakar (6.202) and the coast N as far as Pointe de Bel Air (6.206), and on the N by the shoal ground extending from that point and by Banc de Bel Air. The anchorage in Rade de Dakar has depths decreasing gradually from 18 m in its outer part. The bottom consists principally of sand but in the S part, of sand mixed with shells and gravel. The anchorage is well sheltered, except

6.202 Dakar is a large harbour, with ample room for ship manoeuvres, and is enclosed to the E by the breakwaters, Jete Nord and Jete Sud. It is divided into two zones, North and South, separated by a fishing port. There are over 40 berths with depths up to 12 m. Depths alongside in the various berths can best be seen on the chart, noting that actual depths may be greater than those shown on the chart. Repair works to moles are marked by a red flag by day and a red light at night.

200

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Natural conditions
1

6.203 Tidal streams. Within the breakwaters there is an anticlockwise water flow which is practically constant. When approaching the quay extending from the N side of the entrance to the dry dock, there is a tendency to set to port, but as soon as the bows are within the head of the quay, the vessel swings to starboard.

Squalls from the S sometimes render Rade de Dakar impracticable for boats. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.300.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 6.168)

Principal marks
1

6.204 Landmark: La Grande Mosque (14407N 17265W) (6.167) Major light: Cap Manuel Light (white square tower on dwelling, red top, 17 m in height) (14390N 17260W).

Entry
1

Jete Sud Light (6.203.1)

(Original dated 2002) (Photograph HMS Endurance) 1

Jete Nord Light (6.203.2)

(Original dated 2002) (Photograph HMS Endurance)

Caution. New construction work within the harbour may have altered this flow, but no later details are available. Local weather. Prevailing winds are Nly. In the dry season, from November to May, the Harmattan, a dry, hot wind, is prevalent. In the rainy season from June to November, swells from the S occur off the entrance and are felt in some parts of the harbour.

6.205 From the pilot embarkation position (14 40 9N 17235W) the track leads WSW passing (with positions relative to the N point of le de Gore (14 403N 17240W)): NNW of No 12 Lightbuoy (isolated danger) (5 cables NE) with a depth of 86 m close S, thence: SSE of Banc de BelAir (2 miles N) with a least depth of 30 m, which is composed of rocky pinnacles covered with weed. The passage betweeen this bank and the point should only be used by small vessels. Thence: NNW of the Tacoma Lightbuoy (port hand) (2 cables NE) with the wreck of the Tacoma lying 1 cable SW, thence: 6.206 NNW of le de Gore and a dangerous wreck which lies cable N, thence: SSE of the S part of Pointe de BelAir (2 miles NNW), with the remains of a destroyed pylon about 2 cables S. Pointe de BelAir is rocky and 21 m high and a spit with a least depth of 34 m extends about 5 cables E from the point. A mole extends N from the N part of the point and a buoy (special) lies about 3 cables NNE. The track then leads W passing: S of a dangerous wreck (1 miles NW), position doubtful, thence: N of the Jete Sud head light (6.167) (1 miles WNW), thence: S of the Jete Nord head light (6.168) (1 miles WNW). The track then leads into the harbour. 6.207 Useful marks: le de Gore Light (white square turret, red top, 4 m in height) (14398N 17239W). White monument (14399N 17239W), on le de Gore with a signal mast and pillar (35 m in height) close SE. Low, round fort (17402N 17240W), standing on N tip of le de Gore. Tower (37 m in height) (14403N 17253W), standing slightly N of Pointe de Dakar. Control tower (24 m in height) (14 40 5N 17253W), standing near the root of Jete Sud. Jete Sud Head Light (14406N 17252W) (6.167). Jete Nord Head Light (14 40 7N 17 25 2W) (6.168).

201

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 6

Basins and berths Alongside berths

1

6.208 Bassin Est, Bassin Mdian and Bassin Ouest, with Mles 3, 2, and 1, are situated on the S side of the harbour. There are 17 berths on Mles 1, 2 and 3 with depths of 85 to 10 m alongside. Three berths are assigned for RoRo vessels, twelve for multipurpose vessels, including passenger vessels, and two berths for tugs and small craft. The area is primarily allocated to general cargo, transit cargo and passenger traffic. The SW part of Bassin Ouest is the old fishing harbour. A floating dock is moored on the W side of the jetty extending NNE from Bassin Ouest. A naval dockyard and a dry dock are situated between Bassin Ouest and Bassin des Torpilleurs which is the naval port. Grand wharf extends NE from close N of the dry dock. Quai des Rparations, a repair berth aligned NW/SE, lies N of Bassin des Torpilleurs, and Petit wharf, a short jetty, projects cable NE from its S end. A stranded wreck lies alongside the quay, in position 14409N 17260W. A ship lift is situated between the quay and the root of Mle 10. Mle 10, Mle de Pche, extends E into the centre of the harbour from close N of the naval port. Bassin de la Pche lies between its W face and Quai de la Pche. The fishing port comprises of berths 101 to 109 for a variety of fishing vessels. On the N side of the harbour are Darse NordOuest and Bassin des Arachides, with Mles 4, 5 and 6. Mle 4 comprises of berths 41 to 45, which are used for general cargo, containers and cereals. Quai Maurice Pillot, on the E side of Mle 4, has a length of 460 m. Mle 5, which divides the Bassin des Arachides, comprises of berths 51 and 52 at which phosphates are loaded. Mle 6, which lies between Bassin des Arachides and Bassin des Charbons, is the container terminal with berths 61 to 64. Berths 718 and 728 lie between Mles 6 and 8. On the NE side of the harbour are Mle 8, Bassin Ptrolier and Wharf Ptrolier. Mle 8 comprises of berths 81 to 85 and is used for general cargo. Berth 819, lies between Mle 8 and Wharf Ptrolier, to the N of Bassin Ptrolier. Wharf Ptrolier comprises of berths 92N and 92S on its W side and berths 91N and 91S on its E side. Depths alongside are reported (1996) to be 120 m. Berth 910 lies between the roots of Wharf Ptrolier and Jete Nord. Two petroleum berths, designated 01 and 02, are situated on the W side of Jete Nord.

accommodate tankers up to 260 m in length, 39 m breadth and 13 m draught. A submerged pipeline, which extends 2 miles SW thence mile S connects vessels berthing here to the Mbaw refinery The pipeline is marked by the Mbaw Lightbuoy (port hand), which is moored 1 miles NNE of the outer end of this pipeline. Tankers connecting to the seaward end of the pipeline moor heading 170 using two anchors and the stern secured to mooring buoys, the positions of which are marked by lightbuoys. Tankers may not berth here at night but may unberth at any time. Anchorage is prohibited within mile centred on the outer end of the pipeline. Another submerged pipeline extends mile SW about mile E of the first one. It terminates at the Ammonia sealine berth (14435N 17211W). Four mooring buoys are situated N and S of the berth. A third sealine berth lies about 11 cables NE of the Mbao sealine berth, for import and export of acid cargoes.

Port services Repairs

1

6.210 Repairs of all kinds can be effected. Among other equipment there are: a 235 m long floating dock with a 60 000 ton capacity; a dry dock capable of accomodating ships of length 195 m, 23 m width, and 9.5 m draught; a 63 m long and 15 m wide ship lift of 1200 tons capacity; three slipways.

Other facilities
1

6.211 Various clinics and hospitals are situated in the city; deratting can be carried out, deratting and deratting exemption certificates issued; oily waste reception facilities; garbage disposal facilities.

Supplies
1

6.212 Fuel oil can be supplied alongside specific berths or from a barge. Fresh water is laid on to quays or can be supplied by water boats. Stores are available and provisions are plentiful.

Communications
1

6.213 DakarYof international airport is located 15 km away.

Harbour regulations
1

6.214 Deballasting within the port is only permitted with the consent of the Harbour Master.

Rescue Offshore berths

1

6.209 The Mbao sealine berth (14415N 17222W) can

6.215 Dakar is a designated RCC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

202

Home

Contents

Index
NOTES

203

Home

Contents

Index

Chapter 7 - Dakar to Rio Nunez

15 18 17
1663

16

15

14

15

C. Vert 1000

6.188 Dakar
1001

SNGAL
0 7.1
607 607

7.55 Kaolack
1664
9 nc 60 I. A ur ta ys h n t r Ku Ca ac GAMBIA M
09 h. 6

14
1663
loum R. Sa 7

14

.60
608

609

C. St. Mary

TH

Banjul 7.64

608

7.1 1 0

13

13
SNGAL

3532
a nc e R. Casam

7.132 Ziguinchor 3532

C. Roxo

Cacheu 7.159 G U I N E A - B I S S AU
7 .1

611

12
1664

1724

12

1726

39
P. de Cai

7.167 Bissau
b R. Ge
1724 a

7.217 Bolama
1727

19 7.

11

Bijagos Is.

11
GUINE
7.227
1727 612

7.245 Port Kamsar

1562 C. Verga

1560

10
0306

611

10 Longitude 17 West from Greenwich 16 15 14

18

204

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 7 DAKAR TO RIO NUNEZ

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 4104

Scope of the chapter

1

7.1 This chapter covers the coast of Africa from Dakar (14405N 17255W) to Rio Nunez (1040N 1438W) in Republic of Guinea and includes the coasts of Republic of The Gambia and Republic of GuineaBissau. The ports and harbours of Kaolack (7.55), Banjul (7.64), Ziguinchor(7.132), Cacheu (7.159), Bissau (7.167), Bolama (7.217) and Port Kamsar (7.245) are described in this chapter. This chapter is divided into the following sections: Dakar to River Gambia (7.9). River Gambia to Rio Nunez (7.109).

A vessel proceeding to or from Rivire Saloum (7.27) or River Gambia (7.91), should pass not less than 8 miles W of Pointe des Oiseaux (1342N 1638W).

Fishing
1

7.4 Fishing vessels may be encountered along the entire stretch of coastline described in this chapter.

Flow
1

7.5 See 1.247.

Piracy
1

Topography
1

7.2 The coast described in this chapter is generally low and wooded, fronted by sandy beaches, mangroves or shoals. Several important rivers, which are described in this chapter, intersect the coast.
1

7.6 Acts of piracy continue to occur in these waters. The authorities have received numerous reports of vessels having been attacked by gangs of thieves, generally at outer anchorages, but sometimes at sea or whilst alongside. Mariners are advised to keep a constant watch and not to permit any unauthorised craft to come alongside.

Aids to navigation
7.7 The aids to navigation described in this chapter are unreliable. The lights may be extinguished and the buoys and beacons may be missing, unlit, or out of position.

Depths
1

7.3 The coast between Cap Vert (6.145) and Cabo Roxo (12 20 N 16 43 W) should not be approached in deepdraught vessels to less than 30 m, especially in hazy weather, as shoals with depths of less than 5 m extend up to 6 miles offshore.

Stowaways
1

7.8 It is reported that stowaways are a serious problem. A thorough search of the vessel is required, prior to departure, especially if the vessel is departing the coast.

DAKAR TO RIVER GAMBIA GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 3135

Topography
1

Area covered
1

7.9 This section describes the coastal routes, anchorages, harbours, ports and rivers from Dakar (6.188) to Banjul (7.64) and is arranged as follows: Dakar to Rivire Saloum (7.10). Rivire Saloum (7.27). Rivire Saloum to River Gambia (7.60). Banjul (7.64). River Gambia (7.91).

DAKAR TO RIVIRE SALOUM General information

Chart 1663.

Route
1

7.10 From a position E of Dakar (6.188) the route leads generally SSE for about 61 miles to a position W of the mouth of Rivire Saloum (1350N 1650W).

7.11 The coast between Rufisque (1443N 1716W) and Pointe Rouge, 7 miles SE, is low and formed of a narrow sand and shingle beach behind which are shallow lagoons. The villages of BargnyGouddou and BargnyGuedj, in which there is a mosque, stand on the NW part of this stretch of the coast, and the fishing villages of Bargny Minam, Dogante, Siendou and Yen Tod (1439N 1711W) stand on the SE part. All the above villages are visible from seaward, and there is a prominent ruined building at the NW end of Siendou. The land in the vicinity of Pointe Rouge (14380N 17105W) is fairly high and terminates in cliffs intersected by ravines which are mostly wooded. Pointe Rouge is dominated by the village of Yen in which there is a mosque surrounded by trees. From Pointe Rouge to Cap de Naze, 7 miles SSE, is formed of sandy beaches alternating with low cliffs behind which are clumps of trees and bushes. 7.12 The village of Nditach (1438N 1710W) stands 4 cables SE of Pointe Rouge, with Cap Rouge, a remarkable red cliff, close SSE of the village.

205

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

The village of Niangol stands at the S end of this cliff and a conspicuous tree (1960) stands on the slopes of a hill which attains an elevation of 58 m, 3 cables NE of Niangol. The village of ToubabGuillao stands 2 miles SSE of Pointe Rouge and a prominent hill, 69 m high and covered with baobab trees, lies 1 miles E of the village. The village of Ndayane, which is the best landmark on this stretch of the coast, stands 3 miles SSE of ToubabGuillao. The coast between Cap de Naze (7.18) and Pointe Gombaru (7.18), 2 miles SSE is formed of a beach backed by bushes and isolated baobab trees. Rocks fringe the coast for about 3 cables SSE to Rivire Somone (7.18). Between the mouth of Rivire Somone and the village of Mbour (7.18), 8 miles SE the coast is low and covered with vegetation and large trees. This coast is fringed with rocks alternating with sandy beaches. 7.13 Along this coast several villages can be seen amongst the trees, and are situated (with positions relative to the mouth of Rivire Somone (14295N 17054W)): Somone Ngaparou Sali (Portudal) mile SE 2 miles SE 5 miles SE

Point de Sangomar is low, narrow, sandy and sparsely covered with vegetation and has extended further S, than previously charted, by Banc du Nord on which the sea breaks.

Depths
1

7.15 The coast S of Pointe Gombaru (1430N 1705W), 10 miles SE of Pointe Rouge, is fronted by extensive shoals which should not be approached within a depth of 16 m as they have not been properly surveyed.

Directions
(continued from 6.168)

Major light
1

7.16 Cap Manuel Light (14390N 17260W) (6.204).

Passage
1

The coast from Mbour to Pointe Sarne, 7 miles SSE, and thence to Pointe Gaskel (7.19), 7 miles further SSE, is flat and monotonous with few landmarks. From Mbour to Rivire Balling, 1 miles SE, the coast is fringed with rocks and the entrance to the river itself is obstructed by a drying reef. The village of Nianine (1421N 1656W), standing 2 miles SSE of the mouth of Rivire Balling, can be recognised by an ancient residence near its S end. The village of Sarne stands mile E of Pointe Sarne (7.19). The village of Mbodine stands about 3 miles SE of Sarne. A lagoon runs parallel with and close inland of the coast between Sarne and a position about 4 miles SE where the entrance to the lagoon is blocked by a drying sandbank. 7.14 Ngazobil, standing 1 mile N of Pointe Gaskel, is a religious and agricultural establishment which can be recognised at a considerable distance by a large white building with a red roof. The coast between Ngazobil and Pointe Gaskel is fringed with rocks. The village of Joal (7.20) stands 2 miles SE of Pointe Gaskel and on a peninsula which extends SE parallel with the coast. Several marigots, or branch channels, enter the sea through a delta, 2 miles wide, which lies close SE of Joal. The coast SSE of le de Tine Dine (7.20) is flat and regular for a distance of about 13 miles. The villages of Ngalou Sam Sam, Ngalou Sessne and PalmarinFakao stand 6, 6 and 8 miles respectively SSE of le de Tine Dine. Some prominent reddish coloured sand dunes lie about 2 miles S of PalmarinFakao. The coast between these sand dunes and Pointe de Sangomar, 10 miles S, was a low narrow peninsula, but has been breached by Rivire Saloum at a point 5 miles S of PalmarinFakao. The breach is about 2 miles wide, and to the S of the breach the old peninsula continues as a lightly wooded, narrow tongue of sand, about 5 miles long, which ends at Pointe de Sangomar.

7.17 From a position N of Jete Sud Light (6.167), the track leads E passing (with positions relative to the N point of le de Gore (14403N 17240W)): N of le de Gore and the dangerous wreck which lies cable N, thence: N of the Tacoma Lightbuoy (2 cables NE) with the wreck of the Tacoma lying 1 cable SW, thence: S of the No 12 Lightbuoy (isolated danger) (5 cables NE), thence: W of Banc de Rufisque (5 miles E), a flat rocky patch with a least depth of 8 m over it, thence: W of Banc de Bargny (8 miles E) with a least depth of 73 m over it, which extends 1 miles SW from the shore abreast BargnyGouddou (7.11). The track then leads SSE passing (with positions relative to Joal Lighthouse (1409N 1650W)): ENE of le de Gore (45 miles NW), thence: WSW of a wreck (42 miles NW), with a depth of 18 m over it, thence: WSW of a dangerous wreck (40 miles NW), and clear of the charted obstructions in its vicinity, thence: WSW of Pointe Rouge (34 miles NW), an ill defined point of a reddish colour, thence: WSW of Popenguine (29 miles NW) (7.24), a village standing on the slopes of a hill above the cliffs, thence: 7.18 WSW of Cap de Naze (28 miles NW), a light coloured cliff, 71 m high, on top of which are some ruins. The cape, is the highest point on the coast for 135 miles S as far as Cabo Roxo (7.144). Thence: WSW of Pointe Gombaru (25 miles NW), a low point from which drying rocks extend about 1 cables offshore. A rocky shoal, with a depth of 44 m, lies 4 cables NW of the point. The mouth of Rivire Somone (25 miles NW), which is almost blocked by a sandbank, lies close SE of the point. Marigot de Somone lies close within the mouth of the river. Thence: WSW of Mbour (7.26) (17 miles NNW) an important village. Banc Lbouda, a rocky spit on which there are drying rocks, extends 8 cables SW from the N part of Mbour. Wassaname, another rocky spit with a depth of 1 m over its outer end, extends about 6 cables WSW of the S part of Mbour. Thence: WSW of a wreck (17 miles NW) with a depth of 35 m over it, thence:

206

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

7.19 WSW of Pointe Sarne (9 miles NW), which is low and difficult to identify. Banc de Mbour, with depths of less than 5 m, extends about 5 miles offshore from Nianine (7.13), increasing to about 6 miles off from Pointe Sarne and Pointe Gaskel; depths of between 2 m to 3 m lie within the outer edge of this bank. A Lightbuoy (west cardinal) is moored 7 miles W of Pointe Sarne. Thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (12 miles W), thence: WSW of Pointe Gaskel (Pointe Senti) (2 miles NW) noting Banc de Guque with a least depth of 28 m, lying 2 miles WSW. 7.20 The track then leads SE passing: SW of Joal Light (7.21), and the village of Joal to its NW, both of which stand on a peninsula. Fadioute village and church stand on an island mile E of Joal Light, and the mangrove covered le de Tine Dine lies in the middle of the delta. Drying sandbanks extend mile off the delta. Thence: SW of three very shoal patches; Banc de Milieu, 06 m (2 miles W); Banc de Joal, 16 m (2 miles WSW); Banc de Faguque, 12 m (3 miles SW). These patches lie on the extensive coastal bank, with depths of less than 4 m, extending about 4 miles offshore between Pointe Gaskil and the delta SE of Joal. Thence: SW of the villages of Ngalou SamSam (7 miles SSE), Ngalou Sessne (7 miles SSE) and PalmarinFakao (9 miles SSE) which show up well, especially in the evening, thence: SW of two stranded wrecks (13 miles SSW and 16 miles S). The track then leads to the Saloum Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (1350N 1650W) (19 miles S). 7.21 Useful marks: Jete Sud Head Light (white 8sided tower, red top 9 m in height) (14406N 17253W). Jete Nord Head Light (white 8sided tower, black top, 9 m in height) (14407N 17253W). La Grande Mosque (14407N 17265W) (6.167). White monument on le de Gore (14 39 9N 17239W) (6.166). Rufisque Light (14426N 17169W) (6.168). Grey belfry and red tiled mission roof at Popenguine (1434N 1707W). Joal Light (white pylon, red bands, 14 m in height) (14093N 16500W). Mission at Fadioute (1409N 1649W). Mission at Palmarin (1401N 1646W). Minarets at Dionouar (13535N 16431W). Beacon surmounting ruined customs house (1351N 1646W). Beacon at Pointe de Sangomar (1350N 1645W). (Directions continue at 7.63)

Anchorages, harbour and landing

Chart 1000

Rufisque
1

7.23 Anchorage. Good anchorage can be obtained in Rade de Rufisque, S of Pointe de Rufisque (14426N 17169W) (6.147), in depths of 6 m to 13 m, but this anchorage is dangerous from July to November because of the sea that rises with the winds that blow from SSE to SW. General information. The town of Rufisque, which once was an important commercial centre of the surrounding district, mainly for the export of ground nuts, has lost its importance as these goods are now sent by road to Dakar. Five ruined piers project from the beach in front of the town. Fresh provisions can be obtained. An airfield is situated NE of Rufisque.

Popenguine
1

7.24 Landing may be effected near some rocks on the beach fronting Popenguine (1434N 1707W). Caution. The sea breaks heavily all along the coast between Pointe Rouge (7.11) and Cap de Naze (7.18).

Sali
1

7.25 Anchorage can be obtained about 3 miles SW of Sali (1427N 1701W) in a depth of 10 m; smaller vessels can anchor closer inshore in a depth of 8 m. Landing can be effected close W of Sali (1427N 1701W) in a creek about mile wide, formed by a break in the reef which fronts the beach. This creek, which is used as an anchorage by small craft, has a depth of 5 m in its entrance, decreasing gradually to the shore over a bottom of sand and mud. Landing is always difficult and sometimes impossible during the wet season (July to November).

Mbour
1

7.26 Landing. A landing stage projects from the middle of the shore fronting Mbour (1425N 1658W). Ground nuts are loaded into lighters at this landing stage and are then taken out to vessels in the anchorage.

RIVIRE SALOUM General information

Chart 607

Description
1

Channel east of Banc de Mbour

1

7.22 The channel between Banc de Mbour (14 17 N 1700W) and the coast is sometimes used by coasters, but it is inadvisable for those without local knowledge, to approach the bank within a depth of 16 m, or within 2 miles of its outer edge.

7.27 Rivire Saloum is entered between Pointe de Sangomar (13 49 N 16 45 W) and Pointe Jackonsa (13 46 5N 16415W), 5 miles SE. The entrance to Rivire Saloum is obstructed by shifting sandbanks, and should not be attempted without a pilot. Within the bar, the river deepens and vessels not more than 105 m in length and subject to the depth on the bar, can reach Kaolack (7.55), a town situated about 66 miles from the coast. However, reports (2006) state that the S entrance is very narrow and shallow and the river is entered through a breach, close S of Djifre, 2 miles wide and fronted by a bar lying mile offshore.

207

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Rivire Saloum is connected by creeks with Rivire Diomboss (7.39), Rivire Bandiala (7.42) and River Gambia (7.91), farther S.

Topography
1

7.28 Saloum Lightbuoy (1350N 1650W) (safe water; pillar) is moored as a landfall buoy 4 miles W of Pointe de Sangomar. No 1 Buoy (starboard hand) and No 2 Buoy (port hand), moored 4 miles SE of Saloum Lightbuoy, mark the entrance to the channel. le de Sable lies on the S side of the channel, 2 miles S of Pointe de Sangomar, and three training walls lie on the edge of the bank E and NE of le de Sable. A stranded wreck lies 1 miles NW of le de Sable. A shoal, with a least depth of 23 m over it, extends about 1 miles diagonally across the channel between positions 6 cables NW and 1 miles SW of Pointe de Boubo (13514N 16444W), leaving narrow channels between it and the river banks on either side. The buoyed channel lies between the E side of this shoal and Pointe de Boubo. The ruined customs house surmounted by a Beacon (7.21), standing amongst some trees, N of Pointe de Sangomar can be seen from the river. The channel N of Pointe de Boubo lies very close to the W bank, the E bank having mudbanks extending from it to midriver in places. The W bank of Rivire Saloum for about 4 miles above Point de Sangomar, is lightly wooded and the E bank is covered with mangroves. 7.29 The village of Niodior stands on the E bank of the river, 7 cables E of Pointe de Boubo, and the village of Dionouar stands 2 miles NNE of the same point. le de Naniara is situated between Pointe de Boubo and Niodior. lot de Bitch lies in the E part of the river, 2 miles SE of Djifre, and Marigot de Gokhor, the entrance to which is obstructed by a bar, extends E from close S of the islet. Marigot de Gokhor divides into two branches about 2 miles within its entrance; Marigot de Falia, the N branch, forming the E shore of le de Guisanor, reconnects with Rivire Saloum 5 miles NNE, and Marigot de Diandoufou, the S branch, leads into Rivire Diomboss (7.39), 6 miles SE. From the reddish sand dunes (7.14), 2 miles N of Djifre (1356N 1646W), the W bank of Rivire Saloum is fronted by a mud flat for about 3 miles to Pointe Fafanda, the SW entrance point of Marigot de Ndangane. The channel lies towards the E bank, the NW shore of le de Guisanor which is bordered with mangroves. A bank, with a least depth of 35 m over it, lies in mid river abreast the entrance to Marigot de Ndangane. The buoyed channel leads SE of this bank. 7.30 les du Diable (1359N 1639W) are three mangrove covered islands lying about 4 miles ESE of the entrance to Marigot de Ndangane. A spit with depths of less than 5 m over it extends about 1 mile NW from the W island. The channel in the reach of the river between Marigot de Ndangane and Marigot de Guirnda, situated on the S bank 6 miles ESE, lies near the N bank and leads between the two W islands of les du Diable. The passage S of les du Diable is obstructed by fish traps and suitable only for small craft.

Marigot de Sangako (1400N 1635W), which has a narrow entrance, leads off the SE bank of Rivire Saloum 2 miles ENE of les du Diable. This creek is of importance as it forms a waterway for craft of not more than 50 m in length and drawing not more than 27 m, to Rivire Diomboss (7.39) and River Gambia (7.92) without the necessity of crossing the bar of Rivire Saloum. Navigation through the creek is difficult and a pilot/local knowledge is essential. The channel in Rivire Saloum NE of the entrance to Marigot de Sangako, leads between le Ndar, to the NW and Banc Fambine to the SE. On the NW bank of Rivire Saloum, at a distance of 1 and 2 miles, respectively from le Ndar, are the entrances to Marigot de Fayako and Marigot de Faoye with mud banks which dry. The entrance to Marigot de Guifoda lies on the NW bank of Rivire Saloum 5 miles NE of Marigot de Faoye. The channel between these two entrances leads near the NW bank, NW of Banc de Tiar, which dries in patches and extends from the SE bank to within 2 cables of the NW bank. 7.31 The fairway off the entrance to Marigot de Guifoda lies in midriver until it reaches Foundiougne (7.44) where it tends towards the S bank. A patch with a depth of 14 m over it, lies near the middle of the river 1 miles NE of the entrance to Marigot de Guifoda. On the N bank, opposite Foundiougne, Rivire Saloum receives Rivire de Silif which is much frequented by local vessels. A depth of 5 m can be carried for a distance of 12 miles to the village of Silif. Rivire Saloum bends sharply N 1 miles above Foundiougne, and 1 mile farther N it divides into two branches. Marigot de Fatick, the N branch which becomes Rivire Sine farther N, leads to Fatick (1420N 1624W), about 20 miles up river. This branch is navigable for vessels with a maximum draught of 3 m and a maximum length of 90 m as far as Nonane, 12 miles up river, but navigation is difficult owing to sharp bends. Vessels secure to the heads of small piers where there are depths of 3 m to 5 m. Fatick, which can be reached by boats, is an important centre of the groundnut trade. The E branch, which is Rivire Saloum, is sinuous and bordered by mangroves. The curves in some places are very sharp; Vlor Bend, or Coude de Vlor, about 20 miles above the abovementioned division, being a curve of about 130. The more difficult parts of the channel are marked by buoys or beacons.

Depth over bar

1

7.32 The channel across the bar is situated between the S end of Banc du Nord and the NW end of a bank which dries in places extending 3 miles WNW from Pointe Jackonsa. In the 10 years to 2002 the depth over the bar varied between 25 m and 4 m.

Pilotage
1

7.33 Pilotage is compulsory in Rivire Saloum for all vessels over 150 tons. Pilots are embarked or disembarked at Saloum Lightbuoy (1350N 1650W) or at the entrance to the buoyed channel (7.28) across the bar. Pilotage over the bar (7.32) and to Kaolack is only carried out by day. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

208

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Buoyage
1

1070

7.34 The bar is subject to frequent change and the buoyage is altered accordingly. The channel over the bar, and as far up the river as Foundiougne conforms to IALA Maritime Buoyage System (Region A) and is marked as follows: N and W sides S and E sides Even numbered and lettered buoys (red spar; red rectangular topmarks) Odd numbered and lettered buoys (green conical; green triangular topmarks)

1060

1050

g/cm3
1040

1030
S EA

PR IL

1s tJ UL Y

CT OB ER

Traffic regulations
1

1020
UA RY 1s tA 1s tJ AN 1s tJ AN UA RY

7.35 Readiness to anchor. Vessels navigating Rivire Saloum must be ready to anchor fore and aft. Speed limits in Rivire Saloum are: 8 kn 6 kn When passing the wharves at Foundiougne (7.44). From Vlor Bend (7.31) to Kaolack (7.55), which includes passing Lyndiane (7.49).

Variations in density in Rivire Saloum (7.37)

Directions
1

Overtaking is forbidden on bends, and between Ben Rne, 3 miles below Kaolack, and that town. Traffic instructions, to avoid risk of collision, particularly on Vlor Bend and between Lyndiane and Kaolack, are transmitted by RT from Kaolack. Communications. Vessels entering the Saloum access channel must constantly monitor frequency 2182 kHz. Night navigation. It is prohibited to cross the bar at night.

Submarine cable
1

7.38 The recommended period for crossing the bar is 2 hours before to 1 hour after HW, but those vessels with a draught not exceeding 3 m may cross 3 hours before HW. Care should be exercised in allowing for the combined effect of wind and tidal stream. If the sea breaks heavily on the bar as a result of strong E winds at spring tides, the height of the waves may amount to 1 m. Useful marks: Church at Foundiougne (14075N 16280W). Oil tanks at Lyndiane (1410N 1610W). Chimney at Kaolack (1408N 1605W). Clock tower at Kaolack (1408N 1604W).

7.36 See 7.45.

Rivire Diomboss Description

7.39 Rivire Diomboss is entered between Pointe Jackonsa (7.27) and Pointe de Oiseaux (13425N 16383W), 5 miles SE. The entrance to Rivire Diomboss is divided into two channels by le de Poutake (1348N 1638W), a mangrove covered island 3 miles ENE of Pointe Jackonsa. Rivire Diomboss is, like Rivire Saloum, merely an arm of the sea, and they are connected to each other by numerous creeks of which Marigot de Sangako (7.30), is the only navigable one. Marigot de Sangako becomes Marigot de Labor, as it joins the N bank of Rivire Diomboss about 3 miles above le de Poutake. Marigot NGuilor Guionie, the continuation of Rivire Diomboss, also connects with Rivire Saloum between Foundiougne and Kaolack, but it is impossible to cross the banks at the junction of the two rivers.

Natural conditions
1

7.37 Tidal streams set as follows: Off Pointe Sangomar: Until HW + 1 hours Until LW + 2 hours Ingoing up to 1 kn. Outgoing up to 1 kn.

Slack water lasts about 50 minutes. In the entrance channel: Until HW + 1 hours Ingoing, maximum rate 2 kn. Direction SE.

At Foundiougne and Kaolack the streams have a rate of less than 1 kn. Off Djifre: Until LW + 1 hour Outgoing up to 2 kn

Slack water lasts about 30 minutes. The tide turns 1 hours after LW. Local weather. The wind greatly influences the depth on the bar; a W wind usually increasing the depth. It is very difficult to cross the bar during a thundery squall or rain storm. Salinity. The salinity of the water in Rivire Saloum is greater than that found at sea. The salinity increases with the distance travelled up river, reaching a maximum at Kaolack. See Diagram 7.37.

Topography
1

7.40 The land in the vicinity of the mouth of Rivire Diomboss is low and fronted by extensive shoal areas rendering access difficult. These extensive shoals dry over large areas and the sea breaks heavily on them in any breeze. They extend about 4 miles W of Pointe Jackonsa and nearly 7 miles W and WSW of Pointe des Oiseaux. In several places they have depths of less than 15 m on their outer edges.

209

1s tO

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Banc de lle des Oiseaux, which dries, lies 5 miles WSW of Pointe des Oiseaux (13425N 16383W). le de Diamanio and le des Oiseaux (1339N 1640W) lie on the abovementioned shoals S and SSW, respectively, of Pointe des Oiseaux. These extensive shoals and banks are especially dangerous to approach during the harmattan season (August to December) (1.280), because when estimating distances from the coast, the haze makes the land appear farther off than it really is. Soundings are no guide, as in many places the edge of the bank rises abruptly from a flat of about 8 m to less than 1 m; as at the SW edge of Banc de lle des Oiseaux.

Arrival information
1

7.46 Anchorage off Foundiogne is indicated on the chart, E of the mouth of Rivire de Silif, in depths of 4 m to 7 m, good holding ground. Vessels should avoid anchoring on the route of the ferry and between the beacons marking the position of the submarine cable. Submarine cable. A submarine cable crosses the river in the vicinity of the ferry (7.44) route. Its landing place on each side is marked by beacons (special). Pilotage See 7.33.

Berths
1

Tidal streams
1

7.41 Due allowance should be made for the tidal streams which are strong in this vicinity. Tidal streams off the mouth of Rivire Diomboss are as follows: At LW At tide At HW At tide At LW WSW NE ENE kn 2 kn 1 kn
1

7.47 Vessels can berth alongside a new jetty 60 m in length and 12 m wide situated to the W of the port. Vessels may also berth, NE of the above jetty, at the head of a Tshaped pier, 50 m in length, with its root situated near a shrimp farm.

Port services
7.48 Other facilities. There is a hospital at Kaolack. Supplies. Fresh fish and meat are available. Petrol can be pumped on board. Ice can be supplied from a depot with a capacity of 50 m3 subject to 24 hours notice. Communications. The town is connected by road to Kaolack (7.55).

No information, but probably SW at about 2 kn WSW kn

Lyndiane Rivire Bandiala Description

1

General information
1

7.42 The mouth of Rivire Bandiala (1339N 1635W) lies 5 miles SSE of Pointe des Oiseaux, and the channel across the bar at its mouth is subject to frequent change and is unmarked. Rivire Bandiala joins Rivire Diomboss 3 miles E of the the S end of Marigot de Labor, and affords a waterway for vessels between Rivire Saloum and River Gambia via Marigot de Sangako (7.39); local knowledge is required.

7.49 Position. Lyndiane (1410N 1610W), is situated 3 miles above Vlor Bend (7.31) and 8 miles below Kaolack (7.55), on Rivire Saloum. Function. The port has an oil refinery and also handles groundnuts. Traffic. In 2004 there was a single vessel movement totalling 1559 dwt.

Limiting conditions
1

Topography
1

7.43 The land on both sides of the river is cultivated and there are several villages. Missira (1341N 1630W) stands on the SE bank about 5 miles and Toubakouta (13 47 N 16 29 W) stands on the NE bank about 10 miles from the mouth of Rivire Bandiala. The mouth of Karenti Bolon, 3 miles SE of of the mouth of Rivire Bandiala, is obstructed by sandbanks.

7.50 Deepest and longest berth. Berth No 3 (7.53). Density of water. See Salinity (7.37). Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels of 81 m in length and 2900 dwt have been handled here.

Arrival information
1

Foundiougne General information

1

7.44 Position. Foundiougne (1408N 1628W) stands on the S bank of Rivire Saloum. Function. A minor port where groundnuts are loaded. Topography. Foundiougne stands on the S bank of Rivire Saloum. Five piers, which are partly ruined, front the town. A ferry crosses the river to the N bank where a road leads to the town of Fatick (7.31), 13 miles NNE.

Limiting conditions
7.45 Density of water. See Salinity (7.37).
3

7.51 Notice of ETA. Send ETA 96, 48 and 12 hours prior to arrival. Outer anchorages. Anchorage may only be obtained with the assistance of a pilot. Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight hours only. Pilot boards vessel at Dakar. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are available from Dakar. Traffic regulations: Night time entry is forbidden. To berth, vessels must manoeuvre with care at slow speed and pass as far as possible from the prohibited Berth Nos 7 and 4. Vessels must keep clear of a red buoy marked with the number 98 positioned 10 m SE of Berth No 7. Regulations concerning entry: Vessels are required to turn at the pit downstream, and berth with the bow facing down river.

210

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Berthing of vessels is only authorised at the berths indicated by white numbers on a black background. Red boards indicate the wharves where berthing is prohibited. Quarantine regulations are strictly enforced and no communication with the shore is permitted until the vessel has been granted pratique.

Arrival information
7.57 Notice of ETA. Send ETA 96, 48 and 12 hours prior to arrival. Anchorage is indicated on the chart in depths of about 4 m between the quay at Kaolack and the salt jetty at Diorhane. Pilotage. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are not available.

Harbour
1

7.52 General layout. The port consists of three timber constructed wharves, six warehouses for storage of groundnuts, capacity 22 800 tons, and three storage tanks.

Berths
1

Berths
1

7.58 A quay about 630 m in length, with a depth alongside of 4 m fronts the town. A pier on the S bank, at Diorhane (1407N 1604W), farther up river, is used for loading salt.

7.53 Berth No 1 is used for tankers and berth Nos 2 and 3 are used for general cargoes. Berth No 3, length 26 m; depth alongside 5 m. Berth Nos 4 to 7 are not used.

Port services
1

Port services
1

7.54 Repairs. not available. Other facilities. hospital in Kaolack, 15 km away; fumigation is available. Supplies. Fresh water is available; bunkering is not available. Communications. Nearest airport at Kaolack, about 25 km away.
1

7.59 Repairs. Small repairs can be effected. Other facilities. There is a hospital in Kaolack. Supplies. Fuel oil and petrol are available in limited quantities. Fresh water and provisions are available. Communications. There is an airport at Kaolack, distance 5 km.

RIVIRE SALOUM TO RIVER GAMBIA General information

Charts 607,608, 1664

Route
7.60 From Saloum Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (1350N 1650W) the route leads SSW for about 17 miles to River Gambia Fairway No 1 Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (13329N 16546W).

Kaolack General information

1

Topography
1

7.55 Position. Kaolack (14 08 N 16 04 W), is situated 222 miles up Rivire Saloum from the Sangomar Bar. Function. It is the most important port on the Rivire Saloum and the capital of the province of SineSaloum. The principal exports are groundnuts and salt. Topography. Kaolack stands on the N bank of the Rivire Saloum. The S bank opposite the town is fronted by an extensive mudflat backed by salt pans Approach and entry. Rivire Saloum is only 90 m wide abreast of Kaolack and vessels are recommended to turn above the town and secure alongside head down river with an anchor laid out in midriver. In winter vessels should also let go a stern anchor. Traffic. In 2004 there were 4 vessel movements totalling 10 021 dwt.

7.61 The coastline from Pointe de Sangomar to Banjul is low, fronted by extensive shoals, banks and flats, and is intersected by creeks and rivers.

Depths
1

Limiting conditions
1

7.62 A vessel proceeding to or from Rivire Saloum (7.27) or River Gambia, should pass not less than 8 miles W of Pointe des Oiseaux (7.40). In the W portion of the estuary of River Gambia, the depths, though shallow, are comparatively even, but the E portion is obstructed by banks and shoals which are described in Directions (7.85). The shoals vary in position and their depth is often different from that charted. Soundings should be frequently verified and the depth should not be decreased to less than 15 m until near Fairway No 1 Lightbuoy.

7.56 Bridge. A bridge, Pont Noirot, crosses the river about 1 mile above Kaolack, above which the river is only navigable by small boats. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 07 m; mean neap range about 03 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water. See Salinity (7.37). Maximum size of vessel handled. Maximum length 105 m; Maximum draught subject to the depth over the bar.

Directions
(continued from 7.21)
1

7.63 From Saloum Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (1350N 1650W), the track leads SSW passing (with positions relative to Buniada Point (1335N 1633W)): WNW of Pointe de Sangomar (about 17 miles NW) (7.14), thence: WNW of Pointe Jackonsa (15 miles NW) with Banc de lOuest lying 2 miles WSW from it, thence:

211

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

WNW of Pointe des Oiseaux (9 miles NW) (7.40) with the outer edge of Banc de lle des Oiseaux, which dries, extending 5 miles WSW, and le des Oiseaux lying 4 miles SSW, thence: WNW of Buniada Point, which is low and fronted by extensive flats, thence: WNW of Horseshoe Bank (10 miles W), which has depths of less than 6 m, thence: WNW of No 3 Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (11 miles W). The track then leads to the Fairway No 1 Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (21 miles W). (Directions for Banjul continue at 7.83 and for the coastal passage at 7.117)

Traffic
1

7.69 In 2004 there were 122 vessel movements totalling 1 439 221 dwt.

Port Authority
1

7.70 The Gambia Ports Authority, PO Box 617, Liberation Avenue, Banjul, Gambia.

Limiting conditions
1

BANJUL General information

Chart 608
2

Position
1

7.64 The city of Banjul (1327N 1634W).

7.71 Depths. In the W portion of the estuary the depths, though shallow, are comparatively even, but the E portion is encumbered by banks and shoals. For further information see 7.86. Deepest and longest berth. New Banjul Jetty (7.89). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 14 m; mean neap range about 07 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1024 g/cm3. Maximum size of veseel handled. Vessels with a maximum length of 300 m are permitted into the port; unlimited at anchorage.

Function
1

7.65 Banjul is the capital of the Republic of The Gambia.

Arrival information Notice of ETA

1

Topography
1

7.66 The estuary of River Gambia lies E of the meridian of Bijol Islands (1323N 1650W) (7.117) and S of the parallel of les des Oiseaux (1339N 1640W). The E shore of the estuary, S of Buniada Point (1335N 1633W) (7.63) is a low and featureless expanse of mangroves with occasional tall trees in the background. Bald Cape (1323N 1648W), situated at the W extremity of the S shore of the estuary, is bare and marked by red patches; although low, it is the highest land in the vicinity. The coast from Bald Cape to Cape Saint Mary, 10 miles NE, becomes gradually lower and reddish cliffs can be seen against a general green outline. Behind the coast are several villages. Cape Saint Mary (7.86) is only just above sea level, but the land about mile SW of it is about 18 m high and composed of red cliffs surmounted by coconut trees. Behind and above the cliffs are a number of buildings which, in the afternoon light, are prominent. See Useful marks 7.88. Oyster Creek, which enters the sea about mile W of Toll point, is crossed by Denton Bridge a short distance within the entrance. Oyster Creek connects with River Gambia S of Banjul thus forming Saint Mary Island. The city of Banjul stands on the E end of Saint Mary Island, opposite Barra Point (1329N 1633W), and is only a few feet above HW.

7.72 ETA should be sent 48 and 12 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Outer anchorages
1

7.73 Anchorage can be obtained, anywhere in the estuary where depths permit. Anchorage can be obtained off Banjul, 2 to 5 cables off Government Wharf (7.89), in depths between 22 m and 27 m, sand and mud. A great many anchors have been lost in the harbour thus making parts of the anchorage foul, particularly near the shore. Cutter Roads (13 32 5N 16 33 1W) afford good anchorage out of the main strength of the tidal streams in depths between 5 m and 8 m. This anchorage is used by sailing craft when awaiting a favourable wind or tide and can be entered direct from Main Channel or from the S by a narrow inshore channel, close N of Barra Point, with a depth of 54 m in it.

Submarine cable
1

7.74 A submarine cable, which can be best seen on the chart, crosses the harbour entrance between Banjul Point and 5 cables SE of Barra Point.

Pilotage and tugs

1

Port limits
1

7.67 The port limits are defined by No 5 Lightbuoy (13315N 16352W).

Approach and entry

1

7.68 Banjul is approached and entered from N through Main Channel.

7.75 Pilotage is compulsory, from No 5 Lightbuoy and available during daylight only. Pilot normally boards from the harbour tug near No 5 Lightbuoy, but will board inwards of the No 1 Fairway Lightbuoy on request. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). A report (2004) states that the pilot no longer boards near No 5 Lightbuoy, but instead boards inbound vessels after they have anchored about 7 cables off New Banjul Jetty. Tugs are available.

212

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Local knowledge
1

Natural conditions
1

7.76 Local knowledge is required for navigation above Banjul.

Traffic regulations
1

7.77 Anchorage is prohibited in areas, best seen on the chart, off Government Wharf, New Banjul Jetty and Banjul Wharf. Sound signals. No sound signals shall be made on any vessel within the limits of the port of Banjul except in pursuance of any regulations. Towing. Power vessels when towing craft (other than their own boats) in River Gambia, whether alongside or astern, shall carry, in addition to the usual navigation lights, a bright white light below the masthead light, such additional light to be not less than 18 m below the masthead light in a vertical direction.

Quarantine
1

7.78 Health. No vessel arriving from an infected place shall enter the port of Banjul between the hours of 1800 and 0600, except with the special permission of the Health Officer.

Customs
1

7.79 Arrival and departure. Vessels arriving or departing should wait or anchor in that part of the port area up to 500 m off Government Wharf for examination or clearance by customs officers. Vessels proceeding direct to the wharf, and those leaving that have been cleared at the wharf, need not wait or anchor.

Harbour General layout

1

7.82 Tidal streams. See tables of tidal streams on chart 608 and 7.108. The tidal streams are affected by the meteorological conditions in the estuary and also by the rainfall in the upper river (7.105). The tidal stream outside the river entrance sets on to Saint Mary Shoal (1330N 1636W) and Middle Ground between 3 and 6 hours after HW Freetown. On both ingoing and outgoing streams, there are strong sets across African Knoll and Middle Ground. The outgoing stream stirs up large patches of discoloured water throughout the channel. Current. In the outer approaches to River Gambia, the influence of the North Equatorial current is experienced (1.249). Vessels approaching the estuary from N should shape course for Fairway No 1 Lightbuoy (7.85), allowing for the current according to the season of the year (1.248). In the river and its entrance, the current is dependent on the level of the river as affected by the the rainfall in the upper part of the river. The strongest current occurs in September, and decreases in rate as the level of the river falls to its average level in December and January. At those positions in the river and its entrance where observations were taken from July to September, the current has been included in the tables of tidal streams on chart 608; in December and January the current component was found to be negligble. When the river level is high, the combination of the current and outgoing tidal stream causes considerable swirls off Banjul, and vessels ride uneasily at anchor. It is advisable, on account of the strength of the tidal streams, to enter and leave River Gambia at slack water. Local weather. There are two different seasons; the dry season which lasts from November to May, during which precipitation is very light and the humidity is moderate; the wet season from July to October, when the SW monsoon is likely to set in with considerable rain and increased humidity. Predominant winds are Wly. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.301.

7.80 The harbour consists of several jetties and piers, some of which are ruined, situated between Banjul Point and Half Die at the S end of the town.
1

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 7.63)

Major light
7.83 Cape Saint Mary (Fajara) Light (metal framework tower on water tower, elevation 43 m) (13284N 16418W).

Hazards
1

7.81 Fishing areas. Large concentrations of fishing canoes, fishing stakes and poles may be encountered in the channel. Difficult tidal streams. When in the vicinity of African Knoll (1334N 1637W), great care must be taken to allow for the tidal streams which set strongly across the knoll and Middle Ground, and also sweep strongly past Banjul. Aids to navigation. It was reported (1995) that navigation aids are unreliable in this area, they may be missing, unlit or out of position. The report stated that No 1 Fairway Buoy was out of position by approximately 29 miles ENE from the charted position and that all fairway buoys were unlit.

Other aids to navigation

1

7.84 Racons: Barra Point Light (13292N 16330W). Cape Saint Mary (Fajara) Light (7.83). Banjul Point Light (7.88). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Entry
1

7.85 From Fairway No 1 Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (13329N 16546W) the track leads ESE, passing (with

213

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

positions relative to Cape Saint Mary (13 29 3N 16401W): NNE of a dangerous wreck (13 miles WNW), and clear of another wreck lying in a depth of more than 9 m, 3 cables N of the former, thence: NNE of a dangerous wreck (11 miles W), position approximate, thence: Clear of No 2 Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (13318N 16492W) (9 miles WNW). The track then alters ENE, passing: NNW of Kolli Point (4 miles SW), and a reef, which dries 12 m, lying 4 cables NW from it, thence: NNW of Kotu Point (3 miles WSW), fronted by a rocky bank which extends 6 cables NW with depths of less than 2 m over it, thence: NNW of Cape Saint Mary (2 miles WSW) from which a light (7.84) is exhibited and a racon transmits, thence: Clear of No 3 Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (6 miles NW). 7.86 The track then alters E. Leading beacons: Front beacon (orange) (13341N 16330W). Rear beacon (orange) (8 cables from front beacon). The alignment (092) of these beacons leads through the approach channel, passing: S of Horeshoe Bank (7 miles NNW), with depths of less than 6 m, which is an extension of the coastal bank and here extends some 4 miles SW of les des Oiseaux (7.40). Strong eddies form over this bank. Thence: N of Cape Saint Mary, with a spit extending about 7 cables NW from it. A rock with a depth of 18 m over it, lies close within the extremity of this spit. Thence: N of Stopintime Bank (4 miles NNE) with depths less than 5 m, thence: N of African Knoll (5 miles NNE) with depths less than 10 m, marked on its NE side by No 4 Lightbuoy (starboard hand). The track then alters SSE into the Main Channel, passing: ENE of Middle Ground (5 miles NE), a bank with depths of less than 5 m, thence: ENE of Schooner Gap (3 miles NE), a narrow channel with depths just over 5 m, lying between Stopintime Bank and the NW extremity of Saint Mary Shoal. WSW of Cutter Roads (7 miles ENE), which lie in the bay between Buniada Point (7.63) and Barra Point (7.87). ENE of No 5 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (5 miles ENE), thence: ENE of Canoe Grounds (2 miles ENE) which is an extensive flat, with depths of less than 5 m, extending from Cape Saint Mary to Saint Mary Shoal, thence: 7.87 ENE of Saint Mary Shoal (4 miles E), which lies on the E part of the large area of shoal ground fronting the S shore of the estuary between Cape Saint Mary and Banjul. The shoal extends 5 miles NW from Banjul Point with depths of less than 5 m and, in places, dries. Thence: ENE of Toll Point (1328N 1637W) (3 miles ESE), which is low and sandy, thence:

WSW of Barra Point (7 miles E), which can be identified by the ruined fort which stands on it. A light (7.88) is exhibited and a racon (7.84) transmits from a metal framework tower standing on the W side of the fort. A jetty for the use of ferries extends SW from the coast about 2 cables SE of Barra Point. The track then alters S, passing: W of Kang Point (3 miles ESE), thence: E of Banjul Point (6 miles ESE), a sandy point which forms the SW entrance point of River Gambia. A light (7.88) is exhibited and a racon transmits from a metal framework tower about 1 cable S of the point. The track then leads SSW to New Banjul Jetty (7.89), noting the obstruction with a depth of 134 m over it lying 4 cables ESE from it, or to Banjul Wharf (7.89). 7.88 Useful marks: Water tower (43 m in height) (13284N 16418W). Old White Fort (13290N 16405W). Chimney (24 m in height) (13281N 16375W). Tanks (13279N 16363W). Radio mast (25 m in height) (13278N 16358W), red obstruction light. Ten radio masts (13275N 16348W), two of which are prominent and marked by red obstruction lights. Hospital (13274N 16347W), with a red roof and a flagstaff. State House (13273N 16346W), painted grey and with a flagstaff. White Building (13273N 16344N), standing at Banjul Point. Banjul Point Light (metal framework tower, 27 m elevation) (13272N 16344W). Radio Tower (46 m in height) (13272N 16344W), red obstruction lights. Lattice floodlight tower (28 m in height) (13267N 16344W), at New Banjul Jetty. Lattice floodlight tower (13266N 16345W), at Banjul Wharf. Barra Point Light (metal framework tower, elevation 18 m) (13292N 16330W). Flagstaff (13291N 16328W) at Barra.

Berths Alongside berths

1

7.89 New Banjul Jetty (13267N 16344W) has a Thead 300 m long; the outer berth can accommodate vessels with draughts (reported 2004) between 12 m and 14 m. The jetty, situated 2 cables NE of Dockyard Point (13265N 16345W), is aligned NE/SW, with mooring dolphins off each end. It has a RoRo ramp at its N extremity, and is also used by container vessels and tankers loading groundnut oil. The inner berth, at this jetty, is designed for lighter vessels, and has a depth (reported 2004) of 70 m. Banjul Wharf lies 1 cable SW of the New Banjul Jetty. It is Lshaped, 120 m in length, the outer berth with depths alongside (reported 2004) of 95 m to 120 m and the inner berth with a depth alongside of 80 m. Mooring dolphins stand off each end of the wharf. It has accomodation for RoRo vessels as well as tankers and other vessels;

214

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

New Banjul Jetty (7.89)

(Original dated 2003) (Photograph MV Doulos) 2

A passenger and vehicle ferry plies between the ferry pier situated 1 cable NW of the New Banjul Jetty and Barra Point, where a terminal extends 264 m SW, SE of the ruined fort. Several mooring buoys, the positions of which can best be seen on the chart, lie SW of Dockyard Point. The New Public Pier, situated 2 cables W of Dockyard Point, is mainly used by fishing vessels. Government Wharf, which lies between New Banjul Jetty and Banjul Point, is silted up and no longer in use.

on MacCarthys Island (7.99), 156 miles up river from the entrance. Owing to changes in depths, also to obstructions in River Gambia after the wet season, no directions are given. River Gambia, above Banjul was reported (1999) unmarked by buoys or other navigational aids. Vessels anchoring in River Gambia should select as wide a place as possible, and a light anchor is recommended owing to the softness of the mud bottom.

Port services
1

Description
1

7.90 Repairs can be undertaken. A slipway, capable of accomodating vessels up to 500 tons, is available at the Marine dockyard. Other facilities: hospital in Banjul. Garbage disposal and fumigation are available on request. Ballast/slop reception are available on request. Supplies. Fuel oil and diesel oil are available. Fresh water is available at either jetty. Provisions are available. Communications. Yundum international airport is situated about 22 km SW from Banjul. Rescue. Banjul is a designated MRSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

RIVER GAMBIA General information

Charts 608, 609.
4

General remarks
1

7.91 River Gambia, known by the Fulas as Dimma, rises in Fouta Jalon highlands (1115N 1220W) in the Republic of Guinea. The river flows NW then W for about 700 miles to its entrance at Banjul (1327N 1634W). At Albadarr, standing about 17 miles above Banjul, the river is about 3 miles wide and its width gradually diminishes until it is less than mile wide at Georgetown 215

7.92 Banjul to Lamin Point. Close S of Saint Mary Island (7.66), is the entrance to Daranka Bolon; Lmin Bolon is the S continuation of this creek. Mandna Point (13216N 16344W), lying 5 miles S of Dockyard Point (7.89), forms the N entrance point of Mandna Bolon. Jaleh Cassa Bolon, whose entrance lies 8 miles SE of Mandna Point, has depths of less than 5 m at its entrance but over 5 m close within the entrance. Within a mile of the entrance, Jaleh Cassa Bolon branches into the Faraba Bolon, leading W with depths under 5 m in it, and the Bulok Bolon, leading E with depths over 5 m. Brefet Bolon (1316N 1623W) and Pima Bolon are two creeks with depths of less than 2 m at their common mouth, lying 3 miles E of Jaleh Cassa Bolon. Seven Foot Bank, 2 miles S of Barra Point (7.87), has depths of less than 5 m and extends 4 miles S. The bank was reported (1999) to be unmarked. The Backway, a channel from 2 to 4 cables wide and with a least depth of 49 m in it, lies between Seven Foot Bank and Bugnadu Flats, the coastal bank E of it. Dog Island Point (1322N 1631W), 8 miles SSE of Barra Point, is low and sandy with dense trees close to the HW line and rising ground behind it. Dog Island, lying close W of the point, has trees on its W end and bushes on its E end. An area of foul ground extends 1 mile S from Dog Island and was reported (1999) unmarked.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

7.93 Lamin Point to Bintang Creek. Lmin Point (1320N 1625W), 6 miles ESE of Dog Island Point, is low and dark with a large clearing mile NW of it. Rocks which dry between 06 and 03 m extend up to 1 mile WNW of the point. Landing can be effected NW of Lamin Point, clear of these rocks. Another rock, which dries 09 m, is situated 8 cables E of Lamin Point. Albadarr (Albreda), a village 1 miles ENE of Lamin Point, can be recognised by a conspicuous white house standing at the E end of the village. There is also a pier. James Island (1319N 1622W) lies on a shoal 3 miles ESE of Lamin Point. The ruins of an old fort, surrounded by trees up to 15 m high stand on the island. Sika Point lies 4 miles E of Albadarr and the village of Sika stands 1 miles NW of the point. The entrance to Sami Creek lies on the N bank of the river, 1 mile NE of Sika Point, and Jurunka Point (1322N 1616W) lies 2 miles farther NE. Bintang Point (1319N 1613W) lies on the S bank of the river, 8 miles E of James Island. Bintang Creek is entered between Bintang Point and Thistle Point, 4 cables NE. The creek is navigable as far as Kalagi, where a low bridge has been built. Kalagi is situated a couple of miles before Sandeng (1316N 1548W). The entrance channel to Bintang Creek lies between two banks, which nearly dry, extending mile from both entrance points. The periodic rains cause the channel to shift and no vessel should attempt to enter without local knowledge. At LW and with the sun in a favourable position, the banks on either side of the entrance show up distinctly. The N bank should not be approached until well in the creek whence keeping in midchannel, the deepest water will generally be found. Above Kansala (1315N 1606W), Bintang Creek is narrow and tortuous, in certain places as far as Sandeng (1316N 1548W). Between Kansala and Bundali (13 15N 1554W), 18 miles above Kansala, there is no sign of habitation. Bintang Creek at Bundali is about 64 m wide. Tidal streams at Kansala turn about 1 hour after HW and LW, and have a maximum rate of about 2 kn. Anchorage can be obtained between Albadarr and James Island in depths of 58 m to 73 m, but care should be taken to avoid the 43 m shoal extending SW from Albadarr. Anchorage can be obtained off the N bank at Kansala, keeping clear of the shoal ground which extends from the village. There is a landing pier at Kansala. 7.94 Bintang Creek to Devils Point. On the N bank of River Gambia, the mouth of Jurunka Creek (1325N 1613W), 4 miles NE of Jurunka Point (7.93), is fronted by a bank which extends over mile from it. Near the N side of the entrance there is a depth of 46 m, and the creek is navigable for vessels drawing up to 3 m for a considerable distance. Suara Point (13 28 N 16 09 W), 8 miles NE of Jurunka Point, is the W entrance point of an estuary formed by the mouths of Tambana Creek, running NW, and Suara Creek running NE. Suara Creek gives access to Kerewan village, 2 miles NE of the entrance, which is the headquarters of the Divisional Commissioner of the Lower River Division. The creek extends about 16 miles to Kutang with a general

breadth of cable for a distance of 10 miles to NJien Creek on the left bank. Above this there are shoal patches with depths of 18 m over them and the creek gradually narrows to a width of about 18 m. On the S bank of River Gambia, between Bintang Creek and Muta Point (1326N 1609W), 8 miles NE, are the entrances to Jannakunda Creek and Butain Creek, both are very small. Muta Point, on which the village of Kemoto stands, is bordered by foul ground on its W side and a sandy spit extends from its E side. There is a wooden pier at Muta Point, 12 m in length, with a depth of 4 m alongside. Continuing on the S bank of River Gambia, the village of Tankular (1325N 1602W), which is the oldest settlement on the river, stands 6 miles W of Muta Point. The village stands at an elevation of 30 m in a large clearing close to the waters edge and the land in its vicinity has a parklike appearance when approached from the W. Shoal ground extends mile NW from the village. Jali Point (1326N 1556W), 6 miles E of Tankular, is the W entrance point of Jarin Creek, and 2 miles farther E is a point with a firm beach on its W side and a reef, which dries 12 m close NE of it. Tubabkollon Point (1327N 1551W) lies 4 miles ENE of Jali Point and a beach is situated 1 miles SW of it; on another beach miles E of the point, is a single house which is all that remains of the village of Tubabkollon. 7.95 On the N bank a low island (1327N 1605W), 2 miles long and covered with mangroves, lies close W of Kerewan Creek whose mouth lies 5 miles E of Suara Point. Selekini Point (1327N 1602W), a bluff 37 m high covered with trees and bushes, lies 7 miles E of Suara Point. The entrance to Selekini Creek lies 2 miles E of Selekini Point. there is a least depth of 18 m over the bar at the entrance, but within the creek depths increase to over 5 m and it is navigable for vessels of light draught as far as the landing place at the town of Selekini, 2 miles up the creek. Depths of 5 5 m were reported (1962) to lie in midchannel opposite the mouth of Selekini Creek. Mandori Creek is entered 5 miles E of Selekini Creek. Tendeba (1326N 1548W), a village on the S bank of River Gambia, stands on a point 3 miles E of Tubabkollom. There is a concrete jetty and tourist camp at Tendeba. A groundnut factory stands on a bluff about 15 m high, 5 cables E of Tendeba village. Krule Point (1329N 1540W) lies 8 miles ENE of Tendeba village and Jaswang Landing, where there is a short pier and a track leading inland, is situated 9 cables SE of Krule Point. Katchang Point (1328N 1544W) lies on the N bank 9 miles E of Mandori creek. Katchiang Creek is entered 1 miles W of the point and the creek is difficult to distinguish until abreast of it. There is a clearing about 2 miles NE of Katchang Point and Jurong Creek (1330N 1541W) is entered 1 miles farther NE. The mouth of Jurong Creek is 1 cables wide, but it soon becomes narrow and tortuous. It is navigable at HW by boats for about 3 miles to the landing place at Jurong. Between Katchang Point and Krule Point the main channel of River Gambia narrows with shoal ground extending from both banks.

216

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Devils Point (13285N 15365W) is a comparatively high steepto ironstone bluff, and the shore between Jurong Creek and Devils Point is bordered with very high mangroves. Depths of 55 m or less extend right across the river W from Devils Point. A stranded wreck lies 1 miles WSW of Devils Point. 7.96 Devils Point to Bombale Creek. On the N bank of River Gambia, the small village of Balingo (13295N 15356W), stands 1 miles NNE of Devils Point. On the S bank Soma Creek (1327N 1536W) lies 1 miles SSE of Devils Point. At this creek the high mangroves end abruptly and distinctively. Kajamang Creek (1332N 1533W) is entered about 1 mile E of Madina Creek (7.103), and Tambakoto Creek (1331N 1531W) is entered 1 miles farther ESE. Two grassy knolls lie a short distance inland 2 cables and 1 mile NW of Tambakoto Creek. Tumtenda Creek (13293N 15296W), also on the N bank is entered 5 miles ESE of Tambakoto Creek. Sankuia Creek, where there is a wharf, lies 1 miles SSE of the entrance to Tambakoto Creek. Several small creeks lie within 1 miles E of Sankuia Creek. Continuing on the S bank, Bai Creek, where there is a wharf and a hut, lies 2 miles SE of Tumtenda Creek. Elephant Island (1328N 1520W), the SW end of which lies 3 miles ESE of Bai Creek, divides River Gambia into two channels; the main and deeper channel being on the S side. Bombale (1329N 1520W), a village on the mainland, lies 1 miles W of the NE extremity of Elephant Island; there is a small wharf at the village landing place. Barkunda Creek (1330N 1518W), lies on the E bank 1 mile NNE of the NE extremity of Elephant Island; there is a small wharf at the village landing place. Sofanyama Creek (1331N 1518W), lies 1 mile N of Barkunda Creek. Landing can be effected on the N bank at a small wharf 2 miles WNW of Sofanyama Creek; Bombale Creek lies on the S bank opposite this landing place. 7.97 Bombale Creek to Deer Islands. Dankunko Creek (13327N 15216W) lies on the E bank 4 miles NW of Barkunda Creek, and Kundala Creek (13 32 7N 15222W) lies on the W bank opposite to Dankunko Creek. Landing can be effected 4 cables NNW of Kundala Creek. Seahorse Island (1334N 1522W), 2 miles long and covered with high mangroves, extends N from close to the E bank 2 cables NW of Dankunko Creek. Balangar Hill (1340N 1522W), 61 m high, lies on the W bank 4 miles N of Seahorse Island. The ruins of a bungalow and a pier are situated close E of the hill. Kauur (1342N 1520W), a growing village of many huts and two large bungalows, stands on the N bank 3 miles NE of Balangar Hill. The village stands at the foot of Kauur Hill, 46 m high, and there are two piers at the landing place S of the village. These piers are connected to a factory and warehouse by conveyor belts. A quay, approximately 100 m in length, fronts the warehouse and is reported to have depths of 5 m alongside. Bantanta Creek (1341N 1517W), on the N bank of River Gambia, is entered 2 miles ESE of Kauur piers; its entrance is about 1 cable wide and it is navigable for small local vessels.

West Nianija Creek (1339N 1512W), is reported to be navigable for some distance, and is much used by canoes. The creek has high bushes and mangroves on its W bank but the E bank is low. Nianija, a village stands about 6 miles above the entrance. East Nianija Creek (7.100), is overgrown and is not used, but Carrols Wharf, situated at the village mile SW of the entrance to the creek, is connected to Nianija by road. Pappa Islands (1339N 1515W), which front the S bank of River Gambia between Bantanta Creeek and Carrols Wharf, are three low marshy islands. Pappa Creek, which separates Pappa Islands from the S bank, has an entrance at both ends of the islands; the W entrance is about 1 cable wide but the E entrance is constricted by shoal water on both sides to a width of about cable. Tidal streams. Great care is necessary in passing through Pappa Creek owing to the strength of the tidal streams. 7.98 Deer Islands to Kasang. The three Deer Islands (1342N 1504W) divide the river into two channels of which only the S is navigable. Pasali (1342N 1505W), the W Deer Island, lies 2 miles above East Nianija Creek. Ba Faraka (1343N 1503W) is the E Deer Island and the third island lies N of the channel separating the other two. The S channel has low and marshy banks covered with mangroves and thick bushes; cultivated and thickly wooded land lies about 1 mile inland of the S bank. Shoal ground extends from the E extremity of Pasali. The channel N of the Deer Islands was reported to have depths of less than 1 m. The islands are low, marshy, wooded in places and separated from each other by an unused channel. A range of hills about 61 m high lie 2 miles N of Deer Islands and extend E for several miles. A bare red hill lies 1 miles NW of the W extremity of Pasali. Kudang (1341N 1505W), a village with five piers, stands on the S bank, S of Pasali. Close E of the village lies the entrance to a creek which leads generally SW and joins Pappa Creek (7.97) opposite West Nianija Creek, thus forming a large island. Niani Mara (13424N 14595W), a village, stands on the N bank of River Gambia 5 miles ENE of Kudang; the landing place at Niani Mara is firm and shelves steeply. A mangrove covered islet lies in the river 2 miles E of Niani Mara, and mile further E, the N bank of the river is fronted by Bird Island. The Red Hill of Kasang (13 42 N 14 55 W) is conspicuous and rises to an elevation of 49 m (160 ft), 3 cables E of the E extremity of Bird Island. Another hill, also red and bush covered, rises to an elevation of 52 m (170 ft) 1 miles WNW of the Red Hill of Kasang. The village of Kasang, where there is an overgrown and abandoned landing pier, stands 1 miles SE of the Red Hill of Kasang. The wreck of the Lady Denham lies close ESE of the Red Hill Kasang, on the N bank of the river. 7.99 Kasang to MacCarthys Island. Kuntaur (7.106) lies 1 mile S of Kasang (1341N 1453W).

217

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Baboon Islands (7.102), occupy the middle of the bend of River Gambia between 1 and 6 miles up river from Kuntaur. The only navigable channel lies S of them. A spit extends NE from the E Baboon Island (1339N 1455W), and a rock, with a depth of less than 18 m over it, lies 2 cables off the SW extremity of the same island. A small island lies close to the S bank of River Gambia, 2 miles up river from the S extremity of the W Baboon Island. Jakallin Wharf (1335N 1458W) lies on the S bank, close S of the E extremity of this island. Kaai Islands are four in number and Miniang (1335N 1456W), the small W island, lies 1 miles E of Jakallin Wharf; Kajakat is the largest island in the group. The channel N of Kaai Islands is reported to be obstructed at the W entrance by mud spits with snags on them. Walli Kunda, a village, lies on the S bank opposite Miniang. From Sepu, a village also on the S bank and 2 miles SE of Walli Kunda, a ridge of rocks extends halfway across the channel and constitutes a danger at HW when they are covered. The two SE Kaai islands divide the river into three channels. The middle channel, which is the one used, is suitable for vessels not exceeding 34 m to 37 m draught owing to shoaling. This channel is stated to be the narrowest and most difficult part of the river below MacCarthys Island (1334N 1450W) owing to low, partially drying mud banks which extend from both sides, and also to snags in the channel. The NW of the three channels, N of Pangon Island (1334N 1449W), has been artificially blocked in order to deflect the main stream into the middle channel which leads to Georgetown (7.107), situated about midway along the N side of MacCarthys Island. The channel S of MacCarthys Island is blocked both by a cable for a dumb ferry and by low telegraph wires.

Maximum draughts
1

7.101 River Gambia is navigable for vessels with the following draughts: Maximum draught 4 6 m 3 7 m 2m Small boats Destination Kuntaur (1340N 1453W) (7.106) 129 miles above Banjul Georgetown (1334N 1447W) (7.107) 156 miles above Banjul Fattoto 268 miles above Banjul Koina (1329N 1356W) 292 miles above Banjul

Regulations
1

7.102 Yachts must obtain special permission to proceed above James Island (1319N 1622W). Baboon Islands nature reserve. These four islands (1339N 1457W) (7.99) have been declared a nature reserve and vessels should on no account deviate from the recommended channel nor should any attempt be made to land due to the presence of wild animals. Anchoring in the channel N of the E Baboon Island is prohibited.

Submarine cables
1

7.103 Submarine cables are laid across River Gambia in the vicinity of Madina Creek (13315N 15337W). The landing places of these cables are reported (1999) to be unmarked. A ferry crosses the river at this point.

Pilotage Topography
1

7.100 The banks of the river, covered with mangrove bushes, are of soft mud as far as Elephant Island (7.96), 80 miles up river from Banjul, where low cliffs of red ironstone alternate with swampland. Landing is impossible except at the creeks or at the few villages on the banks. Above MacCarthys Island (7.99) the cliffs rise to between 6 m and 15 m. The whole of the S bank of River Gambia between Banjul and Pima Bolon (7.92) is fronted by shallow flats extending as much as 2 miles from the shore. The banks of Bintang Creek (7.93) are low and covered with high mangroves except at Bintang (1317N 1613W) and Kansala (1315N 1606W) which are two stockaded villages surrounded by cultivated land. Along the S shore, between Tankular (7.94) and Tendeba (7.95), vegetation usually approaches the shore, but clearings and parklike patches are numerous. The land behind the N bank of River Gambia between Bantanta Creek (7.97) and East Nianija Creek (1341N 1509W), is low and marshy with bushes and trees, but about mile inland it is thickly wooded. The land behind the S bank of River Gambia between Jakallin Wharf (7.99) and Sepu (7.99) has been cultivated for ricepaddy.

7.104 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels entering River Gambia, whether bound for Banjul or farther upriver, but is available for berthing and unberthing in daylight only.

Natural conditions
1

7.105 Tidal streams. The greatest tidal streams occur between Banjul and Selekini Point (1326N 1602W), with spring rates of up to 2 kn on the ingoing stream, and 3 kn on the outgoing stream. From July to October the ingoing stream is reported to be noticeable only as far as Kauur (7.97). During these months the river water is fresh up river from Selekini Point. Current. In September, after heavy rains in the upper river, the outgoing current reaches its maximum rates of kn at Dog Island, 1 kn at Selekini Point and 1 kn at Kauur. Tides and water levels. The tidal influence in River Gambia is reported to extend about 250 miles up river to the village of Yarbutenda (13 20 N 13 56 W). This influence also extends for several miles up the larger creeks, the range of tide decreasing with the distance from

218

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

the main river; at about 3 miles a spring range of 1 m may be expected. The river level varies with the season as follows: January April June July to August September River at average (mean) level. River at lowest level. River at average (mean) level. Main rise begins early in July and continues until early September. The river remains in flood for not more than one or two weeks and then begins to fall. Off Banjul Between James Island and Kuntaur Above Georgetown

reach MacCarthys Island (7.99) and above, between the end of September and the end of January. Tidal streams begin as follows: +0500 HW Banjul 0045 HW Banjul Ingoing stream (flood) begins Outgoing stream (ebb) begins

The seasonal change in river level is about: 0 2 m 0 6 m 6 0 m

Depths. There is a depth of 20 m at LW on the E side of River Gambia abreast the village. Berths. There are two wharves. Facilities. Several warehouses, reported (1997) to be in a dilapidated condition. Supplies. General supplies can be obtained including fresh meat. The river water is fresh and can be used for drinking subject to precautions being taken.

Georgetown
1

Minor ports Kuntaur

1

7.106 Position. Kuntaur (1340N 1453W), a village on the E bank of River Gambia. Function. It is a port of shipments for groundnuts. Useful marks. Bungalow of manager of trading company (the largest building and the first to be sighted on rounding the bend of the river near Kasang (7.99)). Radio mast in middle of Kuntaur. Anchorage. Good anchorage can be obtained in midstream by vessels drawing up to 46 m and up to 76 m in length. Maximum draught. For draught to which vessels can load see 7.101. Such vessels, however, can only expect to 7.108
1

7.107 Position. Georgetown (1334N 1447W) lies about midway along the N side of MacCarthys Island. Function. The port trades principally in groundnuts brought down the river in local vessels drawing about 2 m. Most of the produce from the Niani and Ulli districts in the N, and from Diamaru and Tumani in the S, is collected here. Anchorage can be obtained off the single wharf in Georgetown in a depth of 46 m, and is reported to be good. Maximum draught. The channel is suitable for vessels not exceeding 37 m in draught. Maximum size. In Georgetown there are factories and stores (reported to appear ruined, 1999) fronted by wharves alongside which vessels of 1500 to 2000 tons load. Ferry. A motorised ferry crosses between Georgetown and the N bank. Supplies are difficult to obtain. The river water is reported suitable for drinking, subject to usual precautions.

Tides and tidal streams in River Gambia and approaches Position Approximate interval from HW Banjul Freetown +0100 +0320 +0605 +0725 0320 0025 +0100 +0205 +0405 +0715 +0805 0225 +0030 +0205 +0230 HW Slack Water Max Wgoing LW Slack Water Max Egoing HW HW Slack Water Max outgoing LW Slack Water Max ingoing HW HW 2 1 2 1 1 6 0 8 1 1 1 9 0 9 0105 +0115 1335N 1648W +0400 +0520 0525 0230 0105 Maximum rate (kn) Springs Neaps Tidal range (metres) Springs Neaps

Outer Approaches

Banjul 1327N 1634W

0000 +0200 +0510 +0600 0430 0135 0000

Dog Island

+0025

219

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Position

Approximate interval from HW +0220 +0425 +0805 0345 0200 +0135 +0230 +0325 +0515 +0835 0245 0050 +0210 +0325 +0505 +0705 0210 0050 +0115 +0355 +0505 +0650 0255 +0035 +0110 +0400 +0620 +0650 +0950 0050 +0220 +0355 +0535 +0830 +0950 +1150 +0055 +0355 +0610 +0705 +1010 +1150 Slack Water Max outgoing LW Slack Water Max ingoing HW HW Slack Water Max outgoing LW Slack Water Max ingoing HW HW Slack Water Max outgoing LW Slack Water Max ingoing HW HW Slack Water Max outgoing LW Slack Water Max ingoing HW HW Slack Water Max outgoing LW Slack Water Max ingoing HW HW Slack Water Max outgoing LW Slack Water Max ingoing HW +0600 0550 0405 0030 +0025

Maximum rate (kn) 2 1

Tidal range (metres)

1322N 1631W

1 6 2 1

0 7

James Island 1319N 1622W

+0120 +0310 +0630 0450 0255 +0005 +0120

1 1 7 0 6

Selekini Point 1326N 1602W

+0300 +0500 0415 0255 0050 +0150 +0300

1 2 2 0 0

Balingo 1329N 1536W

+0445 0500 0130 0055 +0155 +0415 +0445

1 2 4 0 0

Kauur 1342N 1519W

+0745 0255 +0015 +0150 +0330 +0625 +0745

1 2 1 0 0

Kuntaur 1339N 1452W

+0945 0110 +0150 +0405 +0500 +0805 +0945

1 5 1 1

220

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

RIVER GAMBIA TO RIO NUNEZ GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 3135, 1147.

Hazards
1

Area covered
1

7.109 This section describes the coastal routes, anchorages, harbours, ports and rivers from River Gambia (7.91) to Rio Nunez (7.275) and is arranged as follows: River Gambia to Rivire Casamance (7.110). Rivire Casamance (7.122) Rivire Casamance to Rio Geba (7.139). Rio Cacheu (7.148). Rio Cacheu above Cacheu (7.163). Bissau (7.167). Arquiplago Dos Bijags (7.195). Rio Geba to Rio Nunez (7.227). Port Kamsar (7.245).

7.114 Fog. Thick fog, which usually dissipates during the forenoon, may be encountered along this stretch of the coast during the good weather season (November to May). Refraction, which may cause errors in astronomical observations, is also prevalent along this stretch of the coast.

Local knowledge
1

7.115 See 7.113.

Natural conditions
1

RIVER GAMBIA TO RIVIRE CASAMANCE General information

Chart 1664.

7.116 Local magnetic anomaly, of from 4 to 5 exists W and SW of a position centred in 1256N 1648W. Currents. The current sets generally SSW. It is, however, influenced by the tides near the coast, especially at the mouth of Rivire Casamance.

Directions
(continued from 7.63)
1

Route
1

7.110 From River Gambia Fairway No 1 Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (13 32 9N 16 54 6W) the route leads generally S for about 59 miles to the Casamance Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (12357N 16543W).

Topography
1

7.111 The coast from Bald Cape (7.117) to the mouth of Rivire San Pedro, 19 miles S, is very low with a sandy beach backed by trees which, in the vicinity of the river, appear from a distance like a forest with lofty clumps resembling islands. The coast is flat and there are no trees, other than mangroves, between Rivire San Pedro and the entrance to Rivire Casamance; the sea breaks heavily on the white sandy beach. The S part of the coast between Rivire San Pedro and Rivire Casamance is intersected by Rivire Ebdou, Rivire Kalissye and Marigot aux Hutres, all of which communicate with Rivire Casamance but their entrances are encumbered by sandbanks. Heavy breakers occur in all these entrances.

Depths
1

7.112 With the exception of Banc du Large (7.118), depths of less than 10 m extend from 7 miles off Bald Cape to 10 miles off the entrance to Rivire Casamance. The nature of the bottom between Bald Cape and the entrance to Rivire Casamance is mostly grey sand as far out as depths of 165 m or 18 m. Farther offshore it is brown or black sand and mud, but sometimes of a greenish tint, becoming gradually softer to the S.

Unsurveyed area
1

7.113 The coast W of Saniang Point (1316N 1649W) to the mouth of Rivire San Pedro, 13 miles S, has not been fully surveyed and should not be approached within 7 miles without local knowledge.

7.117 From River Gambia Fairway No 1 Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (13329N 16546W), the track leads SSW passing (with positions relative to Solifor Point (1320N 1649W)): WNW of Bald Cape (1323N 1648W) (2 miles NNE) fronted by rocks and by a reef which extends nearly 4 miles W, with rocks drying 1 m close within its extremity. The two Bijol Islands lie on the reef, and are barren. The diused lightstructure on the SW island is not easy to distinguish against the back ground of coastal trees. River Tnji, a small stream, enters the sea about 1 mile S of Bald Cape. Thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (20 miles WNW), thence: WNW of Solifor Point, from which a reef extends 1 mile W and NW, thence: WNW of Saniang Point (3 miles S) which is also fronted by a reef. River Benift, a small stream, enters the sea about 1 miles S of Saniang Point. Thence: WNW of a wreck (11 miles WSW) with a depth of 5 m over it and which is marked by a lightbuoy (W cardinal), thence: The track then alters S, passing: Clear of two dangerous wrecks, positions approximate (17 and 24 miles WSW), thence: W of a thickly wooded point (11 miles S), with lofty trees (7.111). Foul ground extends about 1 mile from this point. Thence: W of an unnamed point (15 miles S), which is low and has a reef, on which the sea always breaks, extending mile W and 1 mile S from it, thence: W of the mouth of Rivire San Pedro (Allahine) (16 miles SSE) which forms part of the boundary between the Republic of The Gambia and the Republic of Sngal, and which enters the sea only at HW. The mouth of the river, which forms a small bay, is completely closed by sandbanks. Thence: W of a stranded wreck (19 miles S), thence:

221

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

W of a dangerous wreck (22 miles SSW) marked by a buoy (isolated danger, pillar), thence:
1

RIVIRE CASAMANCE General information

Chart 3532

7.118 W of a dangerous wreck (32 miles SSW), thence: W of the S end of Presqule aux Oiseaux (34 miles S). The entrance to Rivire Ebdou, which is difficult to identify, lies between the S end of the peninsula and le aux Oiseaux (34 miles S). The island lies on the outer edge of an extensive drying sandbank. Thence: W of Banc du Large (from 35 to 44 miles SSW), with depths of less than 10 m over it, and which extends about 15 miles W from the coast between Rivire Ebdou and Marigot aux Hutres (1239N 1647W), thence: W of the entrance to Rivire Kalissye (38 miles S); the mouth of the river can be identified by the wide gap formed in the coast. Thence: W of le de la Golette (40 miles S), S of which lies the entrance to Marigot aux Hutres which is difficult to distinguish, thence: W of a dangerous wreck (47 miles SSW), which lies close S of the S extremity of Banc du Large. The track then alters E, to Casamance Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water, pillar) (1235N 1654W). (Directions for Rio Cacheu and Rio Geba continue at 7.143)

Description
1

Side channel
Chart 3532

7.122 Rivire Casamance is entered between Pointe de Diogu (1234N 1645W), the S extremity of le de Diogu, and Pointe de Nyikine, 1 miles S. The entrance is difficult to identify in the offing. The N side is low and covered with mangroves. Approaching from N, some palms will be seen in the vicinity of Pointe de Diogu (7.139). The entrance to Rivire Casamance is fronted by a bar formed principally of two banks; Banc du Nord, which practically stretches across the entrance, and Banc du Sud at the S end of Banc du Nord. Banc du Nord, composed of hard sand and shells over which the sea breaks heavily, has depths of less than 5 m over it and a least depth of 11 m. Banc de Diogu (Djogu), the E part of Banc du Nord, lies immediately W of Point de Diogu, and has a drying patch at its E end. Banc du Sud, composed of sand and gravel and with a least depth of 08 m over it, is subject to great changes. The sea only breaks on its W part. Three channels cross the bar as follows: Passe du Nord between Pointe de Diogu and the N end of Banc du Nord; Passe Mdiane across the centre of Banc du Nord; Passe du Sud, which breaks heavily over its whole length except in calm weather with no swell, between Banc du Nord and Banc du Sud. Within the bar Pointe de Diogu light (7.131) bearing 049 leads between Banc du Nord and the coastal bank.

Marigot dElinkine
1

7.119 Marigot dElinkine (12335N 16415W), is navigable only by small craft; there are depths of 5 m to 10 m but the channel is constantly changing between the shifting banks. Local knowledge is required. Vessels with a draught of 2 m can enter Marigot dElinkine by passing through Bolon Kachiouane (12329N 16449W), which is reported (1997) to be easier to navigate. There is reported (1997) to be a military base and landing stage at Elinkine (12303N 16399W).

Depths
1

7.123 The channels across the bar are subject to frequent changes and in 1995 only Passe Mdiane was in use with a least depth of 31 m. Vessels are advised to cross the bar through Passe Mdiane, in which buoys are moved according to the changes in the channel. The positions of these buoys should not be relied on. It was reported (1997) that only No 5 and No 6 buoys were in place. Development. The bar across the river mouth is to be dredged to a depth of 91 m.

Tidal stream
1

Anchorages Pointe de Diogu (Djogu)

1

7.124 It is dangerous owing to the strong outgoing stream and W swell, to cross the bar at LW, even if the draught permits. Tidal streams in Rivire Casamance set as follows: LW + 0240 at Karabane HW + 0240 at Karabane HW + 0240 HW + 0240 at Karabane LW + 0220 at Karabane ingoing stream slack water of short duration outgoing stream

7.120 Anchorage can be obtained by vessels awaiting a pilot, about 5 miles W of Pointe de Diogu (1634N 1645W), in depths of about 7 m. Anchorage can also be obtained by smaller vessels, as shown on the chart, about 1 miles WNW of Pointe de Diogu, in a depth of about 5 m.
2

Banc du Sud
1

7.121 Anchorage can also be obtained by vessels awaiting a pilot, about 2 miles W of Banc du Sud (1230N 1649W) as shown on the chart, in a depth of about 8 m.

LW + 0220 slack The ingoing stream flows mainly through Passe du Nord. The outgoing stream flows mainly through Passe du Sud following the deeper water. The strength of the streams is greatest in the narrowest part of the channels across the bar, but it decreases rapidly seaward.

222

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Off Pointe de Diogu: Ingoing stream ENE at to 1 kn.

1

Outgoing stream WSW at to 2 kn. Off Karabane (7.128) (3 miles E of Pointe de Diogu): Ingoing stream E at to 1 kn Outgoing stream W at to 2 kn. Tidal influence is not perceptible in the river above Pointe Piedras, 60 miles up river above the bar.

Aids to navigation
1

7.125 From the bar, Rivire Casamance is marked for 35 miles as far as Ziguinchor (7.132) by buoys as follows: Even numbers (port hand; spar) on N side of channel Odd numbers (starboard hand; conical) on the S side of channel. It was reported (1996) that the navigational aids in Rivire Casamance are unreliable; they may be missing, unlit or out of position.

Pilotage
1

7.126 Pilots take vessels across the bar from 2 hours before to 1 hour after HW.

Local knowledge
1

7.127 Owing to frequent changes in the channel over the bar at the entrance to Rivire Casamance, no vessel should attempt to enter without a pilot.

Passage directions
1

7.128 The following text is confined to a description of the main features of the river from the entrance to Ziguinchor. Pointe de Nyikine (7.122), is situated on the S bank opposite Pointe de Diogu, and the village of Nyikine stands mile S. Two towers (7.131) stand close to the shore 1 and 4 miles SSW of Pointe de Nyikine. A conspicuous white hill (7.131), with an elevation of 18 m and covered with high trees, lies 5 miles SSW of Pointe de Nyikine. The hill has the appearance of an islet when viewed from abreast Rivire Kalissye. The village of Diembreng (1228N 1647W) stands close E of the hill. On the N bank of Rivire Casamance, Marigot Boulababne is entered 1 mile E of Pointe de Diogu. Ouloum (7.134), a village with a ruined pier, stands on the W entrance point of Marigot Boulababne. A wreck with a depth of 65 m over it lies 9 cables SE of Ouloum. The buoy (starboard hand) which marks it is reported (1997) missing. le de Bayancassar is separated from le de Diogu by Marigot Boulababne. Pointe Itou (12356N 16417W) is the E extremity of le de Bayancassar and the W entrance point of Marigot Asslingune. On the S bank, le de Karabane is separated from Pointe de Nyikine promontory by Bolon Kachiouane (7.119) and from the mainland by Marigot dElinkine (7.119). Karabane (12335N 16420W), is a village on the NE part of le de Karabane, but is not visible from the river. There are, however, some conspicuous trees standing on the NE point of the island. Most of the importance of this village has been lost to Ziguinchor (7.132), 28 miles up river. Four piers project N from the shore in front of Karabane of which the three W ones are in ruins. The E pier projects from the NE point of le de Karabane.

A beacon (starboard hand) stands on the N shore of the island, 7 cables W of Karabane. 7.129 The N bank of Rivire Casamance continues NE from Pointe Itou, for 4 miles to Pointe Obac (12383N 16380W); several creeks lead off this stretch of the coast. Banc de Ouangaran, which dries up to 08 m in places and has depths of less than 5 m over all, extends nearly parallel with the N bank from about 1 mile E of pointe Itou as far as Pointe Obac. No 10 Buoy (port hand) and No 12 Buoy (port hand) are moored SE of Banc de Ouangaran. Marigot de Diouloulou (Marigot de Gambie) (1239N 1638W), of which Pointe Obac is the W entrance point, is connected with Rivire Ebdou (7.118) and Rivire Kalissye (7.118), and is navigable as far as Diouloulou (1303N 1636W) by vessels with a draught of less than 3 m. Pointe Diamat (12396N 16368W), the E entrance of Marigot de Diouloulou, lies 1 miles NE of Pointe Obac. No 7 Buoy (starboard hand) is moored 1 miles ENE and No 9 Buoy (starboard hand) is moored 3 miles ENE of Pointe Obac. The S bank of Rivire Casamance, from the entrance to Marigot dElinkine to Pointe Saint Georges, 6 miles NE, is bordered by Banc Saint Georges which is shallow and steepto. Pointe Mlomp (12365N 16322W) lies on the S bank 3 miles SE of Pointe Saint Georges, and forms the W entrance to Marigot de Cajinolle. This creek leads S and a depth of 3 m can be carried up the creek as far as Enampor, a village standing about 7 miles above the entrance. No 14 Buoy (port hand) is moored 5 cables NNE and No 16 Buoy (port hand) is moored 1 miles E of Pointe Mlomp. The S bank of Rivire Casamance from Marigot de Cajinolle to Pointe Samis, 4 miles E, is fronted by Banc Samis which dries in places. Marigot Samis (12346N 16267W), in which there is a wooded islet, is entered about 1 mile SE of Pointe Samis, and No 18 Buoy (port hand) is moored 9 cables E of the point. Between Marigot Samis and Pointe Brin, 3 miles farther SE, lies Banc Banjiar which dries. At Pointe Brin, forest land with tall trees commences and continues E. 7.130 The N bank of Rivire Casamance between Pointe Thionk (1241N 1634W), 4 miles NE of Pointe Obac (7.129) and Pointe Djougoute, 5 miles farther SE, is fronted by Banc Djougoute, a shallow steepto flat which extends up to 1 miles offshore. No 11 Buoy (starboard hand) is moored 8 cables SSW and No 13 Buoy (starboard hand) is moored 2 miles SE of Pointe Djougoute; they mark the S side of the fairway. The N bank between Pointe Djougoute and Pointe Elana (12351N 16256W), 4 miles SE, is fronted by an extensive, shallow bank which is generally steepto; Banc Elana forms the NW part of this bank. The N bank is steepto for about 1 mile ESE of Pointe Elana, and No 15 Buoy (starboard hand), marking the S side of the fairway, is moored 1 miles SE of the point. Pointe des Diolas (1234N 1622W) lies 4 miles SE of Pointe Elana; Banc des Diolas, a steepto flat with depths of 01 m on its S edge, extends up to mile offshore close SW of Pointe des Diolas.

223

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

No 20 Buoy (port hand) is moored 8 cables SW and No 22 Buoy (port hand) is moored 4 cables SE of Pointe des Diolas. Marigot Diagoubel (1236N 1621W) enters Rivire Casamance from the N about 2 miles NNE of Pointe des Diolas; this creek is navigable for vessels with a draught of 2 m but its course is very tortuous. The S bank of Rivire Casamance above Pointe Brin is featureless as far as Trois Pointes de Ziguinchor which are three prominent points between 2 and 4 miles NE of Pointe des Diolas. les aux Oiseaux, three mangroves covered islands, stand on a mudbank which projects well into the river from Trois Pointes de Ziguinchor. This mudbank leaves a narrow channel about 3 cables wide between its N edge and the N bank of the river. Nos 17, 19, 21, 23 and 25 Buoys (all starboard hand) are moored in this channel opposite and above the entrance to Marigot Diagoubel; their position can best be seen on the chart. Marigot de Tobor (1236N 1616W) enters Rivire Casamance opposite Ziguinchor and a bank, which dries, extends about 1 cable from the N bank of the river close E of the entrance to the creek. Off Ziguinchor (7.132) the river has a navigable width of about 2 cables between the banks on both sides with general midchannel depths of 7 m to 11 m. 7.131 Useful marks: Wooded hill (1228N 1647W) elevation 18 m. Tower (12291N 16475W). Tower (12316N 16464W). Pointe de Diogu Light (2 rectangles, upper one black, lower white, on tripod, height 20 m) (12341N 16451W) and signal station. Monument (12343N 16445W). Radio mast (elvation 229 m) (12342N 16179W), red obstruction light. Water tower (12346N 16166W). Beacon (black and red) (12353N 16168W). Beacon (black and white), standing close SW of above. Water tower (12352N 16163W). Tanks (12351N 16160W). Chimney (12351N 16160W).

Limiting conditions
1

7.133 Controlling depth. See 7.123. Bridge. It was reported (1997) that a road bridge, illuminated at night, crosses the river, close E of Ziguinchor. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 06 m; mean neap range about 02 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water ranges from 1000 to 1.030 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: length 123 m, draught 445 m, 28,787 dwt. Local weather. Prevailing winds are SEly.

Arrival information
1

7.134 Port radio. There is a port radio station. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Notice of ETA. ETA should be sent to the agent 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Outer anchorages. Anchorage can be obtained by small vessels 1 cable S of the ruined pier at Ouloum (12343N 16443W) in a depth of 7 m, hard sand. Anchorage can also be obtained off the E pier at Karabane in depths of 8 m to 10 m. However, this is exposed to NW winds. Vessels should avoid anchoring in the approaches to the Marigot dElinkine (7.119), as it is narrow, busy and regularly used by military craft. Inner anchorage. Vessels can anchor, off the town, in depths of 8 m to 13 m. Submarine cable. A submarine cable, the position of which can best be seen on the chart, crosses the river close W of the town. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 150 tons and over and available during daylight hours only. Pilot may be embarked at Dakar (6.198), 135 miles NNW; at Casamance Lightbuoy (1236N 1654W); or at the entrance to Passe Mdiane (1233N 1650W) (7.122). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are not available. Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of the submarine cable and on the track of the ferry close E of the cable. The area is indicated on the chart. Quarantine regulations are strictly enforced and no communication with the shore is permitted until the vessel has been granted pratique.

Harbour Ziguinchor
1

Chart 3532 approaches to, and plan of Ziguinchor

General information
1

7.132 Position. Ziguinchor (1235N 1616W) stands about 35 miles up river from the bar (7.122). Function. Ziguinchor is of considerable importance, being the chief town of southern Sngal and the centre of commerce for the neighbouring rivers. In 1994, it had an estimated population of 162,000. The principal exports are groundnuts, groundnut oil and fish. The principal imports are cement, general cargo and rice. Port Authority. Port of Ziguinchor, PO Box 303, Ziguinchor, Sngal.

7.135 General layout. The harbour consists of a main quay which fronts Ziguinchor and also of several small private wooden piers. Tidal stream. See 7.124. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.302.

Berths
1

7.136 Ziguinchor Quay; charted depths 58 m to 69 m; length 340 m, where vessels load and discharge cargo using own gear, also has a groundnut oil pipeline.

Port services
1

7.137 Facilities: Two local hospitals; no sludge disposal; ballast reception available.

224

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Supplies: fresh water; fresh provisions in limited quantities; fuel oil; diesel oil; gas oil. Communications: local airfield about 5 km distant.

Rivire Casamance above Ziguinchor

1

7.138 General information. Rivire Casamance above Ziguinchor is buoyed for about 21 miles, but is little used except by small craft. Rivire Songrogu (1240N 1602W), or Rivire Yolas, which joins Rivire Casamance on its N side about 20 miles above Ziguinchor, has a wide entrance but with a depth of only 1 m; within the entrance the depths increase to 5 m or more. Sdhiou (1243N 1533W), standing on the W bank of Rivire Casamance about 50 miles above Ziguinchor, is an important town with numerous factories. The chief exports are groundnuts and rubber; others are oxhides, yellow wax, rice, cotton and a small quantity of gold brought from the interior. Above Sdhiou, Rivire Casamance is navigable for boats of about 1 m draught as far as the landing place at the village of Diannah, 33 miles above Sdhiou, but 5 miles beyond, the bar of Yatacounda prevents the passage of even canoes.

several rivers, the most important of which are Rio Cacheu (7.148) and Canal do Geba (7.169). The N shore of the estuary of Rio Cacheu, between Cabo Roxo and Ponta de Jufunco (7.144), 17 miles ESE, is formed of a white sandy beach behind which is low swampy ground and palm trees. The E shore of the estuary of Rio Cacheu between Cabo da Mata (7.144) and Ponta da Lenha (7.144), 4 miles farther SSW, and thence to Ponta da Cabaceira (7.156), 4 miles farther S, is fronted by mangroves, behind which are palm trees, and is almost featureless. The W coast of Ilha de Jeta, between Ponta Dapaque (7.156) and Ilhu de Pelind (7.156) is bordered with mangroves. Ilhu de Pumoune (7.156) and Ilhu de Cai (7.185) lie close S of Ilhu de Pelind, and appear from a distance like three small hummocks, but they are connected at LW. The islets are not high but, being covered with lofty trees, stand out prominently and, in clear weather, are visible at a distance of 15 miles.

Seabed
1

RIVIRE CASAMANCE TO RIO GEBA

7.141 Seabed. Most of the dangers in the approach to Canal do Geba and among Archiplago dos Bijags (7.195), are composed of hard sand and are steepto; in the channels the seabed is generally soft mud, and around the edges of the shoals hard sand. As much attention should, therefore, be paid to the change in the nature of the seabed as to the depth.

General information
Charts 1664, 611
1

Tidal streams
7.142 In the offing, between Cabo Roxo and Ilhu de Cai, the flood stream sets SE and the ebb stream NW at a rate of 1 to 3 kn. The streams are of equal duration and turn gradually, occupying 1 hours in the change.

Route
1

7.139 From a position 40 miles W of Pointe de Diogu (1234N 1645W) the route leads S for about 55 miles to a position 62 miles W of Ponta de Cai (11 50 N 1619W).

Directions
(continued from 7.118)

Topography
1

Major light
1

7.140 The coast from the mouth of Rivire Casamance to Cap Skiring (Cap Skyring) (7.144), 8 miles S of Pointe Nyikine (7.122), is fringed with a sandy beach. Inland of the beach there are wooded hills of considerable and nearly equal elevation, terminating on the coast abreast the village of Diembreng (7.128). A metal framework tower, 29 m in height and marked by red obstruction lights, stands 8 cables SE of Cap Skiring. Cabo Roxo (1220N 1643W) (7.144), 5 miles SE of Cap Skiring, is a low sandy point, with some patches of white sand close W of it, on which there are some sand hills topped with trees and bushes. Rio Sucujaque, which is reported to connect with Rivire Casamance (7.122), enters the sea 3 miles E of Cabo Roxo. Drying sandbanks extend about 1 miles SSE from the entrance points of the river between which is a shallow bar. The coast between Cabo Roxo and Rio Geba, 50 miles SE, which is fronted by extensive banks and shoals, is mostly low and intersected by creeks and the mouths of

7.143 Cai Light (white round tower, black bands, elevation 41 m) (11502N 16194W).

Passage
1

7.144 From a position 40 miles W of Pointe de Diogu (12 34 N 16 45 W) the track leads S passing (with positions relative to Cabo Roxo (1220N 1643W)): W of a 99 m patch (19 miles WNW), thence: W of a 78 m patch (14 miles NW), thence: W of Cap Skiring (Cap Skyring) (5 miles NW), which is formed of red cliffs; named after Commander Skyring who lost his life in 1833 while surveying this coast, thence: W of Cabo Roxo (7.140), which derives its name from some red patches N of it. The boundary between the Republic of Sngal and the Republic of GuineaBissau lies close N of Cabo Roxo. Rocks extend up to 1 miles W of the cape. Thence:

225

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

W of Ponta Varela (8 miles ESE), which is a low point and separates Baa de Sucujaque and Baa de Varela. The village of Varela stands among tall trees on top of a reddish cliff about 1 mile NW of Ponta Varela. Thence: W of Ponta de Jufunco (17 miles ESE), which is the N entrance point of Rio Cacheu, thence: W of Baixio de Falula (17 miles SW), a detached bank, with depths of less than 10 m. This bank lies 30 miles offshore from the entrance to the Rio Cacheu. Thence: W of Cabo da Mata (25 miles ESE), which is the S entrance point of Rio Cacheu (7.148), and from where a light (7.158) is exhibited. The track continues S, passing: W of Ponta da Lenha (25 miles ESE), thence: W of Baixos do N.H.Mandovi (19 miles SSE), an irregularly shaped bank, with a least depth of 15 m, thence: Clear of a 27 m patch (42 miles WSW), existence doubtful, thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (40 miles SW), position approximate, thence: W of Banco das Ilhetas (26 miles SSE), with depths of less than 10 m, extending 37 miles W of Ilha de Jeta (7.185), thence: (Directions continue for the coastal passage at 7.231)

Clear of GebaB Lightbuoy (35 miles SSE), thence: N of a dangerous wreck (11483N 16201W) (38 miles SE), and the pilot boarding position (11497N 16201W) which lies 14 miles N from it. A buoy (special) is moored 2 cables NNE of the pilot boarding position. 7.146 Useful marks: Baixos do Rio Grande Light (white metal column) (11382N 16348W). Ilhu de Cai old lighthouse (11501N 16195W). (Directions continue, for Cacheu at 7.155 and for Bissau at 7.183)

Anchorage
Chart 1726

Cabo Roxo
1

7.147 Anchorage may be obtained 1 miles SSE of Cabo Roxo (1220N 1643W) (7.140), in depths of more than 5 m, mud and sand. A 38 m patch is charted 1 miles W of this anchorage position.

RIO CACHEU
Charts 611, 1726 7.145 The track then alters E, passing: N of a dangerous wreck (44 miles SSW), position approximate, thence: N of a dangerous wreck (42 miles SSW), existence doubful, thence: N of Bijags Breaker (50 miles SSW), a detached bank lying at the NW extremity of the Arquiplago dos Bijags (7.195), with a least charted depth of 36 m over it, thence: N of a small detached bank (48 miles S), with a least charted depth of 55 m and over which the sea breaks, thence: S of a dangerous wreck (30 miles S), which is marked by a lightbuoy (S cardinal; pillar) reported (1994) to be missing; lying close to the SW extremity of Banco das Ilhetas (7.144), thence: Clear of a lightbuoy (safe water) (35 miles S), thence: Clear of the GebaA Lightbuoy (safe water) (34 miles S), thence: N of Baixos do Rio Grande (42 miles S), a group of steepto shoals awash at HW. These shoals are usually surrounded by breakers which can be seen at a distance of more than 5 miles in normal visibility. A light (7.146) is exhibited from the SE side of the group. A patch with a depth of 52 m lies 3 miles W of the group. Thence: S of Banco das Ilhetas (26 miles SSE) (7.144), thence: N of Banco Teixeira Marinho (39 miles SSE), a small bank with a depth of 78 m, thence: N of Baixio de Cai (36 miles SSE), a narrow sandy shoal with a least depth of 31 m at its E end which is marked by Cai Lightbuoy (N cardinal; pillar) thence:

General remarks
Chart 1726

Route
1

7.148 From the pilot boarding station off Ponta de Cai (1150N 1619W) the route leads 19 miles NW, and then 23 miles ENE to Cacheu (7.159).

Topography
1

7.149 The estuary of Rio Cacheu lies E of the meridian of Cabo Roxo (7.140) and N of the parallel of Ilhu de Cai (7.185), 38 miles SE. The shores of the estuary are low and difficult to identify. The estuary is almost filled with shallow banks and shoals on many of which the sea breaks heavily, and which are subject to frequent change both in shape and depth. Rio Cacheu is navigable for vessels with a draught of 37 m to a position about 4 miles below Porto de Farim (1229N 1513W) (7.166), a small town standing about 90 miles above the river entrance.

Depths
1

7.150 The least depths in the channel across the banks into Rio Cacheu was 32 m in 1989, but the channel is subject to frequent change and the buoys, the position of which cannot be relied upon are moved accordingly. Silting is reported (2004) in the approaches to and in Rio Cacheu. Vessels drawing more than 3 m, must cross the bar on the flood and near to HW. It is recommended to sound continuously and to fix position frequently. The nature of the bottom in the channel is soft mud, but on the banks it is hard sand. Thus from the nature of the

226

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

the bottom, immediate notice will be given of any deviation from the fairway. From the entrance to Rio Cacheu up to Porto do Cacheu, depths are everywhere greater than 6 m in midchannel and the river banks are fairly steep.
2

Aids to navigation
1

7.151 It was reported (1996) that navigational aids in Rio Cacheu are unreliable; they may be missing, unlit or out of position. Vessels should navigate with particular caution.
3

Pilotage
1

7.152 Pilotage is compulsory for the navigation of the bar and Rio Cacheu. For pilot boarding procedure see 7.176.
4

Natural conditions
1

7.153 Tidal streams. In Rio Cacheu the outgoing stream usually runs for 8 hours, but the ingoing stream, which is often merely a lessening of the outgoing stream or slack water, rarely runs more than 4 hours. Towards December, after the rains are over and the harmattan season (1.280) has set in, the wind generally blows from NE, through E to ESE which tends to strengthen considerably the outgoing stream, and during that season vessels at anchor rarely swing to the ingoing stream which is rarely felt above Porto de Batu (7.166). The rate of the tidal stream decreases from the mouth up river. It was reported (1956) that when the maximum rate at the mouth was 2 kn, at Farim it did not exceed 1 kn. At the entrance to Rio Cacheu, between Ponta de Jufunco (7.144) and Cabo da Mata (7.144), the ingoing stream is reported to set towards the banks on the E side, and the outgoing stream towards those on the W side; the streams are reported to attain a rate of 3 kn. 7.154 Overfalls, discoloured water and breakers. There are numerous overfalls and discoloured patches of water due to the irregular nature of the bottom. Between the No 9 Buoy and the entrance to Rio Cacheu, the breakers on the various banks may be seen to the W side of the fairway but rarely to the E.

Directions
(continued from 7.145)

Major light
1

7.155 Major light: Cai Light (11502N 16194W) (7.143).

4

Passage
1

7.156 From the pilot boarding position (11497N 16201W) SW of Ilhu de Cai (1150N 1619W) the track leads NW, passing (with positions relative to Cabo Mata Light (12099N 16194W)):

SW of Ilhu de Cai (20 miles S), a low islet covered with lofty trees, from which a light (7.146) is exhibited. SW of Ilhu de Pumone (19 miles S) (7.140), covered with lofty trees, thence: SW of Ponta de Pelind (18 miles S), the W point of Ilhu de Pelind which is fronted by rocks extending 5 cables W. Ilhu de Pelind is covered with lofty trees. Thence: NE of GebaB Lightbuoy (21 miles SSW), thence: Clear of No 1 Buoy (starboard hand) (18 miles SSW), thence: SW of Ponta Dapaque (11 miles S), the N extremity of Ilha de Jeta, thence: Clear of No 3 Buoy (starboard hand) (16 miles SSW), thence: Clear of No 5 Buoy (starboard hand) (14 miles SSW), thence: SW of Ponta da Cabaceira (8 miles S), fronted by mangroves behind which are palm trees, thence: SW of Marca da Barra Beacon (7.158) (12 miles SSW) standing on Baixos dos Macaces which dry. Passagem dos Macaces, which is the N entrance to Canal de Jeta, lies between these drying sand spits. Thence: Clear of No 7 Buoy (starboard hand) (13 miles SW). The track then alters NNW, passing: ENE of Baixio dos Caraveles (15 miles WSW), with a least depth of 34 m, thence: Clear of No 9 Buoy (starboard hand) (12 miles SW). The track then alters N, passing: Clear of No 11 Buoy (starboard hand) (11 miles WSW). 7.157 The track then alters NE, passing: Clear of No 13 Buoy (starboard hand) (8 miles WSW), which lies on the irregularly shaped Baixios de So Domingos with a 1 miles long NS oriented drying sandbank in its middle over which the sea breaks, thence: The track then alters ENE, passing: SSE of Ponta de Jufunco (7 miles W) (7.144). Baixos do Sul, a drying bank, lies 1 miles SSE of Ponta de Jufunco. A beacon stands 2 cables E of the point, and a drying mud bank, Praia das Vacas, extends 2 mles E to Ponta de Bolor. Thence: NNW of Lenha Beacon (5 miles SW) (7.158), which stands 1 mile W of Ponta da Lenha (7.144). SSE of Ponta de Bolor (4 miles WNW), the W entrance point of Rio de Bolor. The village of Bolor (1212N 1624W) stands on the W bank of Rio de Bolor, 5 cables above the point. Rio de Bolor divides about 1 mile N of the village into Rio Defename, which leads towards the W, and Rio de Ongueringao which connects with Rivire Casamance through Marigot de Cajinolle (7.129). Thence: SSE of Ponta de Om (2 miles NW), the S extremity of Ilha de Ongueringo. Rio de Elia enters Rio Cacheu on the N bank 1 miles ENE of Ponta de Om. Thence: NNE of Cabo Mata Light (7.158) which stands on the mudbank close off Cabo da Mata. Rio Costa enters Rio Cacheu on the S bank 3 miles ENE of Cabo da Mata.

227

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

The track then alters NE, passing: SE of the entrance to Rio de So Domingo (10 miles NE). The track then leads to the charted anchorage (12171N 16101W) off Cacheu. 7.158 Useful marks: Ilhu de Cai old lighthouse (11501N 16195W). Marca da Barra Beacon (black and white striped daymark; radar reflector, 9 m in height) (11595N 16259W), reported (1997) missing. Lenha Beacon (radar reflector, 7 m in height) (12056N 16220W). Cabo Mata Light (white round tower on two white superimposed pyramids, 13 m in height) (12099N 16194W). Cacheu Light (white round structure, elevation 9 m) (12166N 16101W). Church (12166N 16100W).

Rio Cacheu above Cacheu Topography

1

7.163 The banks of the river are fronted by mangroves as far as Porto de Batu (1224N 1523W) (7.166) about 75 miles above the river entrance. Here the clay soil is visible between the mangroves, the shores become steeper and rocky and forest trees of large size, including mahogany, are seen on the banks. Near Farim (7.166) the mangroves disappear and the land becomes an open, gently rising tract of fertile soil.

Description
1

Cacheu
2

General information
1

7.159 Position. Porto do Cacheu (Cacheu) (1217N 1610W) stands on the S bank of Rio Cacheu, 11 miles up river from Cabo da Mata (7.144). Cacheu stands on a lowlying headland and is clearly identifiable by the old square fort and the church. Approach and entry. See 7.170.

Limiting conditions
1

7.160 Controlling depth. See 7.150. Deepest and longest berth. See 7.162. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 24 m; mean neap range about 13 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

Arrival information
7.161 Outer anchorages. Anchorage can be obtained about midway between Ponta de Bolor (7.157) and Cabo da Mata (7.144) in a depth of 11 m to 13 m, good holding ground; local knowledge is required. Pilotage is compulsory for the navigation of the bar and Rio Cacheu. For pilot boading procedure see 7.176. Tidal streams. See 7.153.

Anchorage and alongside berth

1

7.162 Anchorage may be obtained off the pier in a depth of 9 m, good holding ground of mud. Berth. Berthing can be effected at a wooden pier fronting the town, where lighters and small craft berth; relatively large trading vessels also visit, especially during the harvest of the cashew crop.

7.164 On the S bank of Rio Cacheu, Rio Caboi (Rio Cabot) and Rio Caboiana enter the river 2 miles ENE and 4 miles NE, respectively, of Porto do Cacheu. Rio de So Domingos enters the river on the N bank opposite the entrance of Rio Caboi. Ponta Pecau (1220N 1606W) lies 5 miles NE of Porto do Cacheu. Rio Lenha and Rio Zagaia enter the river on the S bank 2 miles and 3 miles ENE of Ponta Pecau. Rio Churo (1220N 1600W) enters the river on the S bank 5 miles E of Ponta Pecau. A beacon (pole on concrete base; square topmark) stands on the E entrance point of Rio Churo. Rio Buache enters the river on the the N bank opposite the entrance to Rio Churo. Baixo Mata Galinha, a sandbank with a least depth of 2 7 m over it, extends about threequarters of the way across Rio Cacheu close E of the entrance of Rio Buache. A beacon (pole on concrete base; square topmark) stands on the S bank of the river 1 miles ESE of the entrance to Rio Churo. After passing Rio Churo vessels should close the S bank between the two beacons in order to avoid Baixo Mata Galinha. Landing can be effected on the N bank of Rio Cacheu 3 miles E of the entrance to Rio Churo, 3 cables S of the village of Apilho (1220N 1557W). Rio de Abul, Rio de Dungal and Rio de Gunal enter the river on the N bank 2, 5 and 7 miles, respectively, SE of the landing place fronting Apilho. Rio Antoninho and Rio Porto Madeira enter Rio Cacheu on the S bank 1 and 7 miles, respectively, SE of the same landing place. A tripod beacon stands on the S bank 1 miles SE of the entrance to Rio Porto Madeira. Baixo Maria Amlia, with a least depth of 4 m over it, extends halfway across the N bank, 2 miles SE of the entrance of Rio de Gunal. Ponta do Vento (1213N 1548W) lies on the N bank 1 miles SE of Baixo Maria Amlia. A tripod beacon stands on the S bank 3 cables SW of Ponta do Vento. To avoid Baixo Maria Amlia vessels should close the SW bank between the two beacons and when rounding Ponta do Vento should favour the N bank. 7.165 On the S bank of Rio Cacheu, Rio de Ponate enters the river 2 miles, Rio Bipo 2 miles and Rio Naga (1215N 1544W) 4 miles NE of Ponta do Vento. Baixo Melo, with a depth of 46 m over it, extends from the S bank into midchannel 5 cables W of the entrance of Rio Naga.

228

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

From the mouth of Rio Naga, Rio Cacheu decreases in width and follows a winding course to Barro Jangada (Porto do Barro), 17 miles NE. Rio Armada enters the river on the E side 1 mile NNE, and Rio de Cabe enters on the W side 1 miles NW of the entrance of Rio Naga. Ganja (Canja) (1220N 1540W), stands on the N bank of the river 5 miles NNE of the entrance of Rio Naga, and landing can be made here. Rio Baio enters the river on the S side 2 miles E of Ganja. At Barro Jangada (Porto do Barro) (1221N 1536W), 2 miles NE of the entrance to Rio Baio, landing can be made on both the N and S banks. Rio de Quissir enters Rio Cacheu on the N side 2 miles NE of Barro Jangada. Porto de Iador (1223N 1533W) lies on the S side 3 miles ENE of Barro Jangada, and Rio de Iador (Rio de Iara) enters the river on the S side 5 cables farther NE. Rio de Bunquilim enters the river on the N bank 1 miles NE of Porto de Iador, and Porto de Bigene (1225N 1532W) stands on the N side of Rio Cacheu mile farther NE. Landing can be made at Porto de Bigene and at Porto do Cco which stands on the S shore 1 miles farther SE. Porto Velha da Ponta do Pau lies 1 miles NE of Porto do Cco, and the mouths of Rio de Talic and Rio de Sambui lie on the N bank of Rio Cacheu close W and mile SE, respectively, of Porto Velha da Ponta do Pau. Porto de Concolim (1223N 1526W), where landing can be made, stands on the S bank 2 miles SE of Porto Velha da Ponta do Pau; Porto de Jagali lies 1 mile farther SE. Porto da Ponta do Pau, where landing can also be made, lies on the N bank 4 miles NE of Porto de Jagali and Ponta do Pau lies on the S bank 4 cables farther E. 7.166 Porto de Batu (12245N 15227W), where landing can be made, lies on the S bank 1 mile SSE of Ponta do Pau. Rio de Corinto enters Rio Cacheu on the S bank 2 miles ENE of Porto de Batu. A bar, with a depth of 55 m over it, lies across Rio Cacheu opposite the entrance of Rio de Corinto. Porto de Canjaja, where landing can be made, stands on the S bank 1 miles E of the entrance to Rio de Corinto. A bank, with a least depth of 37 m over it, extends about halfway across the river from the E bank 5 cables N of Porto de Canjaja. Porto do Binta (Binta) (1225N 1519W) stands on the W side of Rio Cacheu 1 mile N of Porto de Canjaja. Three jetties, the N one in ruins, front Porto do Binta. Landing can be made on the E bank opposite the jetties. A bar, with a depth of 5 m over it, lies across the river 1 miles above Porto do Binta. Baixo Fonseca, with a least depth of 34 m over it, is a sandbank lying in midriver 7 cables above the abovementioned bar. The deepwater channel lies W of Baixo Fonseca. Rio de Caur (12266N 15174W) enters Rio Cacheu on the N side 2 miles NE of Porto do Binta. A bar, with a least depth of 27 m over it, lies across Rio Cacheu 1 miles SE of the entrance to Rio de Caur. A shoal with a least depth of 46 m over it, lies in midchannel 1 miles ENE of the mouth of Rio de Caur. Baixo Pedro Nunes, with a least depth of 2 m over it, lies in midchannel 2 miles NE of the mouth of Rio de Caur.

A bank, with depths of less than 12 m over it, extends into midchannel from the S shore 1 mile E of Baixo Pedro Nunes. Porto Ponta Paulo Comba (1228N 1514W), where landing can be made, stands on the E bank of Rio Cacheu 2 miles below Porto de Farim. Porto da Ponta Fernandes, where landing can also be made, stands on the N shore 1 mile N of Porto Ponta Paulo Comba. A bar, with a depth of 27 m over it in midchannel, lies across the river fronting Porto da Ponta Fernandes. Porto de Farim (12 29 N 15 13 W) stands about 90 miles above the mouth of Rio Cacheu. There are depths of less than 37 m in Rio Cacheu abreast Porto de Farim. Landing can be made at two small jetties, which dry, fronting the town and also on the S shore opposite the jetties. An overhead cable, with a clearance of 17 m spans Rio Cacheu close W of Porto de Farim.

BISSAU General information

Chart 1724

Position
1

7.167 Bissau (1151N 1535W) lies on the N bank of Canal do Geba, 45 miles E of Ilhu de Cai.

Function
1

7.168 It is the capital of the Republic of GuineaBissau, and in 1999 its population was estimated to be 274 000. The main imports are cement and general cargo; main exports are fish, groundnuts, palm kernels, timber and vegetable oil.

Topography
1

7.169 Canal do Geba is 15 miles wide between Ilhu do Cai (7.185) on the N side and Ilha da Caravela, the NW island of Arquiplago dos Bijags (7.195), on the S side. Rio Geba is a large river having a width of 4 miles about 90 miles above Ilhu do Cai. The vast estuary of the mouth of Rio Geba is mostly occupied by Arquiplago dos Bijags and the extensive banks and shoals in their vicinity. There are also many banks and shoals in the river itself, but these may be easily avoided. It is not encumbered by any shallow bar. The N shore of Canal do Geba is formed by Ilha de Jeta, Ilha de Pecixe and the W part of Ilha de Bissau. The S side of Ilha de Pecixe is low and wooded. Ilha de Bissau, on which the port of Bissau stands, is extremely fertile and has a considerable population. Ilhu do Rei (1151N 1534W) which lies about 6 cables E of the port is 17 m high, can be identified by some large umbrella shaped trees leaning towards the river on the W side. The E side of Ilhu do Rei is steepto. There is a small jetty on the NW side of the islet; Baixio de Rei, with a least depth of 67 m lies 2 cables off the NW side. Baixio do Cumer, with depths of less than 5 m, extends NE from Ilhu do Rei and joins the coastal bank of Ilha de Bissau at Ponta Cumer (7.194) 2 miles farther E. The S shore of Canal do Geba is formed, at its seaward end, by the N islands of Arquiplago dos Bijags (7.195)

229

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

which are fringed by banks and foul ground extending a considerable distance into the channel. Ilha da Caravela, the W most island on the S shore of Canal do Geba, is separated from Ilha de Caraxe by Canal de Ninquim which is almost blocked by sandbanks at its N and S ends; both islands are very low and wooded. Ilha Formosa with Ilha da Ponta (1133N 1600W) close N and Ilha de Mao close NE of Ilha da Ponta, is separated from Ilha de Caraxe by a narrow channel, Canal de So Francisco, bounded on its W side by Pedras de Ampincha (7.185) and on its E side by Coroas de So Francisco which are composed of several drying sandbanks. Barbo Beacon (11306N 16062W) (radar reflector) stands on the E side of the channel, 4 miles ESE of Ponta Ampincha (7.185). Ilhu do Mangal and Ilhu Sco (1152N 1526W) are two mangrove covered islands, lying close off the S shore of Canal do Geba, extending NE from close NW of Ilhu do Macebo.

Usually, vessels drawing less than 7 m can proceed to Bissau at all states of the tide without difficulty. Vessels drawing between 7 m and 10 m must make use of the tide and navigate with caution. Deepest and longest berth. New Pier (7.191). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 46 m; mean neap range about 26 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3.

Arrival information Outer anchorages

1

Approach and entry

1

7.170 The usual channels of approach to Bissau are Canal do Geba on the N side of the estuary, which is the best approach, and Canal de Orango (7.198) on the S side of the estuary, which joins Canal do Geba 12 miles SW of Bissau via Canal de Canhabaque (7.198), Canal de Bolama (7.222) and Canal de Pedro lvares (7.218). The entrance to Canal do Geba is divided by banks and shoals into three channels: Canal de Cai, leading between Ilhu de Cai and Baixo de Cai (7.145), 4 miles S, is the only channel recommended as suitable for large vessels. Canal do Meio lies between Baixo de Cai and Baixos Jaime Afreixo, 3 miles S, which dries near its E end. Banco de Meio, with a least depth of 69 m, lies in the middle of Canal do Meio. Canal do Meio is dangerous because sounding gives little warning of the approach to the shoals on either side. Canal da Caravela, the S channel, lies between Baixos Jaime Afreixo and Ilha Caravela (7.169), 6 miles S. Although this is the broadest channel it is not used as the W approach is obstructed by Baixos do Rio Grande (7.145) and the dangers lying 30 miles W of Ilha Caravela.

7.174 Anchorage can be obtained about 1 mile S of Cai Light (7.183), in depths of about 12 m, mud. Anchorage can be obtained in Baa da Escaramua, which is entered between Ponta de Etecuchim (11336N 16234W) and Ponta da Arriba (7.185), about 7 miles ENE of Ponta de Etecuchim, in depths of about 7 m, mud and shell. This anchorage should be approached from the W. Marca da Praia Beacon (11331N 16196W) stands at the head of the bay. Anchorage can be obtained about 1 miles ENE of Ponta da Arriba (1136N 1617W) (7.185) in depths of 13 m. Anchorage can be obtained in depths of 18 m, about 2 miles SE of Ponta Arlette (11 455N 16057N) between Baixo de ncora (7.186) and the coastal bank extending from Pedras do Ir to Ilhu da Cabaceira (7.186). This anchorage is not recommended with W winds and an ebb tide running. Anchorage can also be obtained 5 cables SE of Ilhu de ncora (11443N 16023W) (7.186) in depths of about 11 m. Tidal streams run strongly in this area. Safe anchorage can be obtained off the entrance to Rio Mansoa (7.193) about 3 miles SW of Ponta Biombo (1144N 1557W) (7.186) in depths of 20 m. In addition to the anchorages described above and off Bissau (7.190), anchorage can be obtained anywhere in Canal do Geba; the bottom is almost invariably mud, good holding ground.

Submarine cables
1

Traffic
1

7.171 In 2004 there were 117 vessel movements totalling 912 444 dwt.

7.175 Submarine cables, the positions of which may best be seen on the chart, extend into the Canal do Geba from the vicinity of Restinga do Pigiguiti (11512N 15348W) (7.188). The cables may be marked by buoys which cannot, however be relied on.

Port Authority
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

7.172 Direccao Nacional de Marinha e Portos, CP 25, Capitania dos Portos, Servicos de Marinha, Bissau, GuineaBissau.

Limiting conditions
1

7.173 Controlling depth. A bar extends across Canal do Geba from the coast between Ponta Prainha (1145N 1549W) and Ponta Bernafel (7.187) on the N side, to Baixo do Arriscado (7.187) and Baixos do Gancho on the S side. The bar has general depths of 7 m to 11 m.

7.176 Pilotage is compulsory in Canal do Geba whether proceeding to Bissau or Bolama (7.217). The pilot boards off Ilhu de Cai. It was reported (1987) that due to the lack of a pilot boat and VHF communications, vessels were proceeding up the river and taking the pilot for Bissau in the approaches to the port. However, a report (1988) indicated that a pilot can be embarked at Ilhu de Cai by using the vessels own boat. A report (2004) states that pilotage is still provided from Ilhu de Cai, but will normally be arranged and notified through the shipping agent. It should be borne in mind that the local pilots are untrained in navigation, and their instructions should

230

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

therefore be followed with caution. Pilotage dues must be paid even if the services of a river pilot are not accepted. Tugs are not available.

Tidal streams. In the vicinity of GebaA Lightbuoy (7.145) the tidal streams set E or W. In Canal do Geba between Ilhu do Cai and Ilhu de Bissau, 25 miles E, the streams set as follows: Rising tide Falling tide NEgoing SWgoing. Off Ilhu de Cai the SW going stream commences at about the time of HW Bissau. In the channel both streams attain rates of 2 to 3 kn. With spring tides and after heavy rains, the SWgoing stream can attain rates of 5 to 6 kn in places. Eddies are frequent off Canal de Pedro lvares (7.218) and Ilhu dos Passaros (7.213). River level. The water levels in Rio Geba vary as follows: July River level begins to rise. River level falling. MidSeptember to end of October

Traffic regulations
1

7.177 Prohibited anchorage. Mariners are warned not to anchor SW of a line joining the radio mast (7.189) and the S extremity of Ilhu do Rei, due to the existence of submarine cables (7.175).

Harbour
4

General layout
1

7.178 The harbour consists of three T jetties and seven anchorage berths fronting the town and an oil pier about 1 miles farther downstream.

Local weather. The weather is tropical in nature; hot and dry between December and May; wet and humid between June and November. Prevailing winds are Wly. During winter months, choppy seas, uncomfortable for boats, are raised by the wind blowing against the direction of the ingoing stream.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 7.145)

Development
1

Major light
1

7.179 It was reported (1997) that a new fishing port is to be constructed 1 cables NE of Dicol Oil Jetty (7.191).

7.183 Cai Light (white round tower, black bands, elevation 41 m) (11502N 16194W).

Other aid to navigation Aids to navigation

1 1

7.180 The aids to navigation in this area are reported (1997) to be unreliable. They may be missing, unlit or out of position. Vessels should navigate with particular caution.
1

7.184 Racon: Cai Light (7.183) (11502N 16194W).

Entry
7.185 From the pilot boarding position (11497N 16201W) the track leads SE through Canal de Cai, passing (with positions relative to Ponta Arlete (11455N 16057N)): SW of Ilhu de Cai (14 miles WNW), from where a light (7.183) is exhibited, thence: SW of Baixa de Pedras Vermelhas (13 miles WNW) marked by a beacon (7.189) with a radar reflector. A reef, with rocks awash at its outer end, extends 7 cables SW from a point 3 miles E of Pedras Vermelhas Beacon. Thence: SW of Ilha de Jeta Light (7.189) (9 miles WNW), which is exhibited from a point situated on the SE extremity of Ilha de Jeta. A reef with depths of less than 15 m over it extends 9 cables SSW from this point. Thence: NE of Cai Lightbuoy (N cardinal) (10 miles W), which lies close N of Baixio de Cai, which has depths of less than 5 m. The track then alters ESE, passing: SSW of Ponta Bontom (1148N 1609W) (4 miles NW), the SW extremity of Ilha de Pecixe, which is a mangrove fronted point. Canal de Catarina lies

Hazards
1

7.181 Fishing stakes. The S coast of Ilha de Pecixe (1149N 1605W) is bordered by fishing stakes. Strong tidal stream. Mariners are cautioned to allow for a strong tidal stream which sets across the track indicated by the marks (7.188) leading into Bissau harbour. Haze. See 7.197.

Natural conditions
1

7.182 Tide rips and discoloration of the water, are frequently observed in Canal do Geba. They do not necessarily indicate a danger to navigation and are nearly always caused by sharp changes in depths. Their positions will vary according to the state of the tide.

231

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

between Ilha de Jeta and Ilha de Pecixe and connects with Canal de Jeta which borders the NE coast of Ilha de Jeta. The navigable channel in Canal de Catarina is obstructed by a bar at each end over which there is a least depth of 3 m. Thence: NNE of Ponta da Arriba (14 miles SW), a cliff 21 m in height, with a drying reef extending 1 mile NW from it. A deep channel separates this drying reef from Baixos da Caravela a sandbank which dries up to 14 m and fronts Baa da Escaramua (7.174). Thence: NNE of Ponta Ampincha (14 miles SSW), which is the NE extremity of Ilha de Caraxe. Pedras de Ampincha, a muddy spit with patches of rock extends about 4 miles NE from the point. Baixio de Caraxe, with a least depth of 06 m lies 2 miles N of Ponta Ampincha. There are several rocky heads on this shoal which is steepto on its N side. A rocky patch with a depth of 53 m lies 1 miles ENE of the E end of Baixio de Caraxe. Baixio Sarrajo, with a least depth of 4 m, lies 4 miles NE of Ponta Ampincha. Thence: SSE of Ponta Arlete, the S extremity of Ilha de Pecixe, which, although very low is prominent, being thickly wooded to its extremity with several villages in the vicinity. A light (7.189) is exhibited from the point. Banco de Arlete, with depths of less than 10 m, extends 6 miles W from Ponta Arlete into Canal de Cai; the least depth of 48 m on this bank lies 2 miles WSW of the point. Pedras do Ir, rocks almost awash, lie 1 miles SSE of Ponta Arlete. 7.186 The track then alters E, passing: S of Ilhu da Cabaceira (2 miles E), thence: S of Ponta das ncoras (3 miles E), which can be identified by some long white sandhills on it and by Ilhu dos Pssaros (11454N 16024W) which lies 3 cables SE of it. Ilha da Cabaceira and Ilhu dos Pssaros are connected with Ponta das ncoras by drying banks of soft mud. Thence: S of Ilhu de ncora (3 miles ESE) which stands close within the NE extremity of Baixo de ncora; a bank which partially dries and has depths of less than 5 m and which is aligned in an NE/SW direction at the entrance to Rio Mansoa (7.193). A deep channel lies between Baixo de ncora and Ilhu da Cabaceira. Thence: S of Ponta Biombo (8 miles E), which is low and the SW extremity of Ilha de Bissau. A light (7.189) is exhibited at the point. Baixos Comandante Almeida Carvalho, a group of drying sandbanks, extends E from Ponta Biombo to Ponta Pranha (7.187). Thence: N of Ponta do Portinho (12 miles SE), the N extremity of Ilha de Mao. Pedras de Mao are three drying reefs lying 2 miles WNW of Ponta do Portinho. Baixios de Mao with a least depth of 09 m over them, lie parallel with and 1 miles NW of Pedras de Mao. Between Baixio de Caraxe and Baixios de Mao a large shoal area, comparatively steepto on its N side, extends N into Canal do Geba; a depth of 64 m, lying 6 miles NW of Ponta do Portinho, is the N known danger on the S side of this part of Canal do Geba. Thence:

N of Ilhu dos Papagaios (15 miles SE) with Ilhu da Torre lying 4 cables SSW; both islets lie on drying reefs. Pedras dos Papagaios, which dry, lie 5 cables NNE of Ilhu dos Papagaios. Coroas dos Papagaios, which dry 23 m, extend ESE from Ilhu dos Papagaios. Canal dos Papagaios, a narrow channel, lying SSW of Coroas dos Papagaios, and obstructed by a bar in its middle, forms the NW passage for Canal Diogo Gomes into Canal do Geba. Thence: N of a shoal (14 miles ESE) with a least depth of 96 m, which lies in the fairway of Canal do Geba, thence: S of Ilha da Flecha (13 miles E), which lies on the E side of of the entrance to Rio de Tor and on the W side of the entrance to Rio de So Martinho; both entrances are fronted by Baixos Comandante Almeida Carvalho and the rivers lead into the interior of Ilha de Bissau where there are numerous other creeks amongst the mangroves. Thence: S of the BM Lightbuoy (S cardinal) (14 miles ESE), which is moored 6 cables ESE of the shoalest part of Baixio Martinho; a long narrow bank, with a depth of 48 m near its centre, which extends 6 miles WSW from a position 1 mile S of Ponta Pranha (7.187). Baixio Martinho is exceedingly dangerous because the sea seldom breaks over it. The passage between Baixio Martinho and Baixos Comandante Almeida Carvalho is not recommended. 7.187 The track then alters ENE passing (with positions relative to Ponta Bernafel Lighthouse (11 47 4N 15392W)): NNW of Arriscado Beacon (13 miles SW) which stands near the centre of Baixo do Arriscado, a steepto bank of sand and gravel which dries as much as 1 m, thence: SSE of Ponta Pranha (9 miles WSW) with the old lighthouse (7.189) standing 3 cables SE of the point, thence: NNW of Gancho Beacon (8 miles SW) standing on the N edge of Baixos do Gancho which consists of several shoals which dry up to 14 m. Shoal ground which extends into Canal do Geba, occupies the area between Baixo do Arriscado and Baixos do Gancho; a depth of 11 m lies about 4 miles W of Gancho Beacon. Thence: SSW of a small bank (5 miles WSW) with depths less than 10 m; the least depth charted is 88 m, thence: NNW of Pedro lvares Light (10 miles SSW) (7.189) which is exhibited from a tower standing on the E reef of Baixos de Pedro lvares, thence: (Directions continue for the N approach to Bolama at 7.222) NNW of Banco do Alenquer (2 miles SSW) with a least depth of 71 m. A lightbuoy (N cardinal), reported (1997) missing, was moored on the N edge of this bank over which less water than charted was reported (1983). Thence: SSE of Ponta Bernafel, which is difficult to identify, has a reef extending miles SE with the lighthouse standing on the SE extremity. A drying mudbank extends 9 miles WSW from the point to Ponta Pranha. Thence:

232

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

NNW of Ilha das Areias (6 miles SSE) which lies on Coroa das Areias, an area of foul ground and reefs which dry up to 38 m, extending 13 miles NE from the N entrance of Canal de Pedro lvares. The NW side of Coroa das Areias is marked by GB Buoy (starboard hand) moored 2 miles NNE of Ilha das Areias. Thence: SSE of Baixos Bernafel (7 cables ENE) which dries to 19 m, thence: SSE of Banco dos Pssaros (2 miles E) with a least depth of 9 m. P Lightbuoy (S cardinal) is moored off the S end of the bank, over which less water than charted was reported (1983). The buoy was reported (1993) to be out of position and moved 160 m N. 7.188 The track then alters NE passing (with positions relative to Ilhu dos Pssaros Light (11492N 15355W)): NW of a depth of 88 m (2 miles S) reported (1980), thence: SE of Ilhu dos Pssaros Light (7.189) which stands on Ilhu dos Pssaros. The islet is low and wooded; its SE side steepto but a spit with depths of less than 5 m, extends about 4 cables SW from the islet. Baixio Antnio Pescarais, a rocky shoal with a least depth of 3 m, lies NW of Ilhu dos Pssaros, midway between that islet and Ilha de Bissau. Thence: NW of the SW extremity of Baixos Diogo Gomes (1 miles ESE), thence: SE of M Lightbuoy (E cardinal) (9 cables NE), reported missing (1993), moored close SE of Baixos do Meio a rocky shoal with a depth of 62 m. Leading marks. The alignment (346) of the following lights leads NNW, between Ilhu dos Pssaros and Ilhu do Rei: Front light (white metal tower on building, elevation 12 m) (11514N 15349W). Rear light (N tower of cathedral, elevation 35 m) 320 m from front light. When Ilhu do Rei Light (7.189) bears 052, the track alters NNE to the anchorage. This track clears the following dangers: Restinga do Pigiguiti, with depths less than 2 m, extending SE from Ilha de Bissau abreast the front leading light. Restinga do Rei, a sandy and muddy spit with depths less than 5 m, extending 5 cables SW and 2 cables W from Ilhu do Rei (7.169). 7.189 Useful marks: Ilhu de Cai old lighthouse (11501N 16195W). Pedra Vermelhas Beacon (white concrete structure, cylindrical topmark and radar reflector) (11500N 16184W). Ilha de Jeta Light (white round tower, square base) (11504N 16140W). Ponta Arlete Light (white column on round masonry tower, 9 m in height) (11455N 16057W). Ponta Biombo Light (white round tower, 10 m in height) (11440N 15572W). Old lighthouse at Ponta Prainha (white tripod metal column on pile structure, 6 m in height) (11445N 15486W). Gancho Beacon (11407N 15441W).

Pedro lvares Light (white square tower) (11378N 15418W). Ponta Bernafel Light (metal tower, 5 m in height) (11474N 15392W). Old lighthouse at Ponta Bernafel (white round tower surmounting a white masonry tower, 8 m in height) (11474N 15392W). Ilhu dos Pssaros Light (white square tower, 13 m in height) (11492N 15355W). Dicol Oil Jetty Lights (11502N 15354W). Beacon (21 m in height) (11505N 15357W). Chimney (11507N 15355W). Power station (11512N 15353W). Tower (11514N 15355W). Water tower (11515N 15356W). Radio mast (11517N 15355W). Monument (11514N 15349W). Cupola (11518N 15352W). Monument (11518N 15352W). Monument (11515N 15348W). Monument (11516N 15347W). Tower (11516N 15347W). Ilhu do Rei Light (white round metal tower on concrete pyramid, 6 m in height) (11 51 2N 15340W).

Berths Anchorage berths

1

7.190 There are seven numbered anchorages charted between Ilha de Bissau and Ilhu do Rei, in depths of 10 m to 14 m.

Alongside berths
1

7.191 The NE wharf has a berthing face of 130 m and a depth alongside of 60 m. New Pier, the middle wharf, has a berthing face of 260 m and depths alongside of from 79 m to 128 m. Containers can be handled at both of the above berths. The SW Wharf is suitable only for small craft. Dicol Oil Jetty, situated close S of Ponta de Bandim (11503N 15353W), can accomodate vessels of 140 m length and draughts of 73 m.

Port services
1

7.192 Repairs. Small repairs can be effected. Other facilities: hospital in Bissau. Deratting exemption certificates can be issued. Supplies. Diesel oil; fresh water; fresh provisions in limited quantities. Communications. An airport is situated about 8 km from the port. A ferry to Bolama operates from the port. Rescue. Bissau is a designated MRSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

Side channels
Charts 1724, 611.

Rio Mansoa
1

7.193 Rio Mansoa is entered between Ilhu dos Pssaros (7.188) and Ponta Biombo (1144N 1557W) (7.186), 5 miles ESE. It separates the W and N sides of Ilha de Bissau from the mainland and rejoins Canal do Geba by

233

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Canal do Impernal which separates the NE side of Ilha de Bissau from the mainland. Baixo da Meia Foz, with a least depth of 06 m, lies 3 miles WNW of Ponta Biombo. Baixos dos Mosquitos, which dry, are narrow sandbanks lying in midchannel 4 miles NW of Ponta Biombo. Ilha dos Mosquitos (11496N 15596W) lies NW of the N end of Baixos dos Mosquitos. Ilha da Zagaia, which is connected to Ilha de Bissau by a reef, lies 8 miles N of Ponta Biombo. Baixo da Zagaia, a drying mudbank, lies on a spit extending 3 miles S from Ilha da Zagaia. Ponta do Anel (1153N 1559W), the NE extremity of Ilha de Pecixe, is the entrance point of Canal de Pecixe which connects with Canal de Jeta (7.185) and Canal de Catarina (7.185). Ilha de Ocurri, a long narrow island lies in the entrance to Canal de Pecixe. Rio Mansoa, NE of Ponta do Anel is encumbered by shoals and should not be attempted without local knowledge. Considerable trade is carried out with Bissau by the route through Rio Mansoa and Canal do Impernal which is suitable for vessels drawing not more than 15 m.

The principal islands on the N side are: Ilha Caravela (7.169), Ilha de Caraxe (7.169), Ilha Formosa (7.169), Ilha da Ponta (7.169) and Ilha de Mao (7.169); the latter three islands are known locally and collectively as Kazegut. The principal islands on the S side are: Ilha de Orango (11 07 N 16 08 W), which is separated from Ilha de Orangosinho (1106N 1556W) by Ilha de Meneque (1107N 1600W) and Ilha Canogo (1110N 1602W). Some drying sandbanks with trees on them extend from the S side of Ilha de Meneque. There are a number of beacons within 3 and 6 miles S and W of Ilha de Orango.

Depths
1

7.196 Inside the 20 m line, between Bijags Breaker and South Breaker, there are numerous and dangerous shoal patches, the depths over them and their positions can best be seen on the charts. Within these limits. rocks, shoals and rollers render all approach dangerous.

Rio Geba above Bissau

Charts 1724, 611
1

Natural conditions
7.197 Seabed. See 7.142. Currents. Arquiplago dos Bijags should be approached with great caution, more especially during the wet season when currents sometimes set towards the islands. Haze. Mariners are advised to sound frequently, as haze is prevalent during the wet season and the land is difficult to distinguish when more than 3 miles offshore.

Description
1

7.194 Rio Geba above Porto de Bissau is obstructed with sandbanks, but small craft, drawing up to 15 m can reach a point about 70 miles above the town. Ponta Cumer (1153N 1532W) lies 2 miles NE of Ilhu do Rei (7.169) and is the E entrance point of Canal do Impernal (7.193). Rio Corubal (Korubal River), the largest river in GuineaBissau, flows into the S bank of Rio Geba about 35 miles above Bissau, but its course is much obstructed by rapids. It is only navigable by lightdraught vessels as far as Chitoli (1145N 1452W), about 15 miles above the confluence of the rivers.
1

Canal de Orango and Canal de Canhabaque

Charts 611, 1727

General information
7.198 Route. From a position S of South Breaker (10409N 16065W) the route leads N for about 36 miles, NE for about 35 miles and NNE for about 19 miles to a position S of Restinga de Areia Branca (7.222). 7.199 Topography. The entrance to Canal de Orango is about 13 miles wide between South Breaker (7.233) and Baixios Aetna (7.201) on the W side and Pullam Shoals (7.201) on the E side; in its N part, between Baixio Branco (7.202) and Baixo dos Cavalos (1103N 1542W), its width is about 5 miles. Canal de Orango is bounded on the W by Ilha de Orangosinho and the reefs and shoals extending SW and NE from Ponta Camaleo (7.202). The E side of the channel is formed by a chain of islands extending NE from Pullam Shoals and the dangers in their vicinity. It is very dangerous to approach this island chain owing to the foul ground, best seen on the chart, surrounding it. Canal de Canhabaque, a continuation NNE of Canal de Orango, extends 23 miles NNE and N to the junction of Canal de Bolama and Canal de Bolola. The channel is bounded on the W by Ilha Roxa (7.203), a comparatively large island of moderate elevation, covered with vegetation and thickly populated. Its N side has white sandy beaches

ARQUIPLAGO DOS BIJAGS General information

Chart 611
1

Description
1

7.195 The whole of Arquiplago dos Bijags (11 20 N 1600W) is fronted on its W and S sides by shoals and foul ground extending for a distance of 20 to 25 miles. The outer edge of this foul area is shaped like an arc of a circle having Baixos do Rio Grande (7.145) and Bijags Breaker (11 31 N 16 54 W) on its N extremity and terminating at its S end in South Breaker (7.233), 70 miles SE. Archiplago dos Bijags consisting of numerous islands and barren rocks, divide the N and S approaches to Rio Geba. The islands are of volcanic origin and are fertile, although believed to be generally deficient in water. Most of the islands are inhabited.

234

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

backed by tall trees and intersected here and there by dark rocky patches with mangroves growing on them. 7.200 Depths. It is reported that there are numerous patches of discoloured water which appear to be sandbanks awash but which, in fact, occur in deep water and are caused by the currents. Canal de Canhabaque has considerable depths in the fairway and, in most parts, the soundings will indicate a too near approach to the shoal ground on either side. Breakers. When entering Canal de Orango, care must be taken to avoid the the heavy breakers situated about 8 miles E of South Breaker. Aids to navigation. It is reported that navigational aids within this area may be missing or unlit. Local knowledge is necessary, for vessels approaching from S, attempting to enter Canal de Orango at its N end through Canal do Meio (7.170) or Passagem da Tartaruga (1105N 1537W). Tidal streams. Off the entrance to Canal de Orango, the tidal streams set for 6 hours each way. The ingoing flood stream is reported to set strongly in a NE direction, on to South Breaker. In Canal de Orango the tidal stream sets as follows: Ingoing stream NEgoing. Attains a rate of 1 kn. Outgoing stream SWgoing. Seldom exceeds 2 kn except after heavy rains.

Directions
1

(continued from 7.231) 7.201 From a position on the recommended track S of South Breaker (10408N 16070W), the track leads N passing (with positions relative to Ilhu do Poilo (10521N 15437W)): E of a depth of 9 m (position approximate) (33 miles SW) reported (1957), thence: W of a depth of 11 m (20 miles SW) over which the sea breaks heavily, thence: E of South Breaker (25 miles WSW) with a least charted depth of 18 m (7.233). Thence the track leads NE, into Canal de Orango, passing: SE of two 91 m patches (19 miles and 20 miles WSW), lying about 5 miles SE of Baixios Aetna which are drying sandbanks with several reefs extending 3 miles E of them. Rocks with depths of less than 15 m over them and marked by overfalls lies 2 miles SE of Baixios Aetna. Thence: SE of a patch, with a charted depth of 35 m (13 miles W), which lies at the SW extremity of Orango Reef. This reef, which should be given a berth of at least 3 miles, together with Baixo de Camaleo, extends 10 miles SSW from Ponta Camaleo (7.202), and always breaks heavily. The depths shoal rather suddenly up to its E edge. The tidal streams set sharply round it, and in some places across it, but the broken water on the reef is enough to keep vessels at a distance from it. NW of Ilhu do Poilo, from where a light is exhibited (7.205) with Baixo do Poilo, which breaks, lying close SW. Pullam Shoals, with depths below 10 m, extends 10 miles SW from Ilhu do Poilo. Thence:

NW of Baixo Albacora (4 miles NW) which dries 06 m near its NW edge over which the sea breaks, thence: SE of Ponta Cunhune (14 miles NW) which is the SE extremity of Ilha de Orangosinho, thence: (Directions for Canal de Bubaque continue at 7.212) 7.202 NW of Baixio do Bicho (4 miles N), least charted depth 24 m, which joins Baixo Albacora to its SW and the insular bank to its N, thence: SE of Ponta Camaleo (14 miles NW) which is low and difficult to identify. Pipon Patch, with a depth of 17 m lies 1 miles E of the point. Thence: NW of Baixo do Meio (7 miles NNE), a reef which dries 2 m and over which the sea breaks. Ilha do Meio, which shows some extent of white cliff, lies 1 mile E of Baixo do Meio, thence: SE of Baixio Branco (13 miles NW) with a least depth of 22 m . A patch, with a depth of 104 m over it, lies 3 miles E of Baixio Branco. Thence: NW of the NW extremity (9 miles N) of Ilha dos Cavalos, which is wooded and lies on a reef fronted by submerged rocks. Baixo dos Cavalos extends 2 miles N from Ilha dos Cavalos; this spit dries and generally breaks. Thence: SE of Ponta Anringuine (18 miles N), which is the SW extremity of Ilha Roxa. Bine Beacon (7.205) stands near the outer edge of a drying reef extending 6 cables SW from Ponta Anringuine. Thence: NW of Tubaro Beacon (11 miles NNE) (radar reflector) which stands on a drying reef W of Ilha de Joo Vieira (1103N 1538W). Naja Beacon (radar reflector) stands close NW of the N extremity of the island and Joo Vieira Beacon (radar reflector) stands close SW of the SW extremity. Ilha de Joo Vieira is separated from the remaining islets in the group by Canal do Meio. 7.203 Thence the track alters NNE, leading into Canal de Canhabaque, passing (with positions relative to Ponta Barel (11139N 15398W)): ESE of Ponta Sueste (5 miles SW) the SE extremity of Ilha Roxa. Ponta Sueste Beacon (7.205), which should be given a berth of at least 1 miles, stands near the outer end of a drying reef extending 7 cables ESE from Ponta Sueste. A shoal with a least depth of 15 m lies 1 mile SSW of the point. Thence: ESE of Ilhu beng (2 miles SW), a mangrove covered islet lying close SE of Ponta Manuel, thence: ESE of Ponta Barel, a reddish coloured bluff 20 m high, which should be given a berth of at least 1 miles. The point is the E extremity of Ilha Roxa from which a light (7.205) is exhibited. The SE coast of Ilha Roxa between Ponta Sueste and Ponta Barel should not be approached too closely as it is steepto. Thence: WNW of Muzanty Beacon (4 miles ESE) (radar reflector), standing at the N extremity of Baixos de Oliveira Muzanty, which are a succession of drying banks, with narrow deep channels between them, extending 13 miles NNE from Ilha de Joo Vieira (1103N 1539W). These shoals are steep to on their W side. Thence:

235

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

ESE of Ponta Ossenque (4 miles N), the NE extremity of Ilha Roxa, with Inorei Beacon standing on the point. Ilhus dos Porcos lie about 1 mile N of Ponta Ossenque. Thence: 7.204 WNW of Baixos do Tombali, three drying shoals; Tombali Beacon (radar reflector) (9 miles E) stands on the W side of the S shoal. These shoals are separated from the N end of Baixos de Oliveira Muzanty by a narrow deep channel. No 1 Beacon (radar reflector) stands 2 miles NNW and No 2 Beacon (radar reflector) stands 3 miles W of Tombali Beacon. Thence: WNW of 1BB buoy (starboard hand) (10 miles NE) moored close W of the the rocks extending from the SW extremity of Ilha dos Escravos (1120N 1530W), thence: ESE of Pargo Beacon (7.205) (9 miles NNE), which stands on Baixo do Pargo a drying reef, which should be given a berth of about 2 miles. G Lightbuoy (E cardinal), moored 1 miles E of Pargo Beacon, marks shoal water extending from the reef. Thence: WNW of a depth of 48 m (11 miles NE) situated on Baixio Solha, a rocky shoal, thence: ESE of the outer reef of Baixos das Cabeleiras (7.222) which dries 2 1 m (12 miles NNE), thence: WNW of HM Buoy (7.223) (14 miles NE) which is moored on Baixo da Honra do Monteiro, on which there is a drying sandbank and which is steepto on its W side. The track then leads to a position S of Restings da Areia Branca (7.222). 7.205 Useful marks: Ilha do Poilo Light (white metal framework tower surmounted by a triangle, elevation 25 m) (10521N 15439W). Bine Beacon (white concrete pillar) (11 09 7N 15469W). Ponta Sueste Beacon (white concrete pillar; radar reflector) (11099N 15429W). Ponta Barel Light (white square masonry tower, red cross on E side, 14 m in height) (11139N 15398W). Pargo Beacon (white concrete pillar, cylindrical topmark; radar reflector) (11225N 15363W). (Directions continue for Bolama at 7.223)

7.209 East of Ponta Ossenque. Anchorage can be obtained 1 miles E of the point. (7.203), on which Inorei Beacon stands, in depths of 14 m to 15 m.

Canal de Bubaque and Canal das Galinhas General information

1

7.210 Route. From a position SE of Ponta Cunhune (11030N 15535W) (7.201) the route leads generally N for about 37 miles to Canal de Pedro lvares (7.218). Topography. Canal de Bubaque is entered between Ponta Camaleo (7.202) and Ponta Anringuine (7.202), 9 miles NE; the channel leads N between the W shore of Ilha Roxa and the E shores of Ilha de Bubaque and Ilha de Rubane. The fairway of Canal de Bubaque is much obstructed to the N of a line joining Ponta de Bane (7.213) and Ponta Anchaca (11184N 15482W), the SE point of Ilha de Rubane. The channels are not marked, but the deepest water appears to be E of the shoals lying about 2 miles S of Ilhu de Anagaru (1121N 1546W). The passage is hindered by several bars, with depths below 10 m, lying E and SE from Ponta Rubane, and NW and N of Ilha das Galinhas (1128N 1541W). From the N end of Ilha Roxa, a drying sandbank extends 8 miles N to Ilha das Galinhas (7.222). this sandbank is divided near its middle by Canal Isabel, a narrow channel with a depth of 08 m at its NE entrance. Ilhu de Bane (11 18 N 15 44 W) and Ilhu de Egumbane, 1 miles NNE, lie near the W edge of the S part of the above mentioned sandbank. Baixos das Galinhas, which dry, lie N of Canal das Galinhas and form the NE obstruction to Canal Diogo Gomes (7.186). Canal do Fundo (1118N 1549W), which is deep, is entered between Ponta do Fanado das Mulheres (7.216) and Ponta de Ancusso (7.216), 8 cables NNE, and leads between Ilha de Bubaque and Ilha de Rubane. 7.211 Depths. On account of inadequately marked shoal depths, the use of Canal de Bubaque is not recommended except by small craft bound for Canal do Fundo. Tidal streams. The streams in Canal de Bubaque have rates of up to 2 kn and set as follows: Ingoing stream Outgoing stream Ngoing Sgoing

Chart 1727

Anchorages
1

7.206 South of Ponta Cunhune. Anchorage is indicated on the chart, 8 miles S of Ponta Cunhune (7.201), in a depth of 24 m. This anchorage lies 1 miles ESE of Orango Reef (7.201). 7.207 Westnorthwest of Ilhu do Poilo. Anchorage lies 1 mile WNW of Ilhu do Poilo (7.234). For anchor bearings see chart 1727. 7.208 Off Ponta Barel. Anchorage can be obtained 1 mile SSW of Ponta Barel (7.203); local knowledge is required. Anchorage can also be obtained 2 miles NNE of Ponta Barel in depths of 11 m, sand; local knowledge is also required here.

In Canal do Fundo the tides run strongly, estimated (1997) to be in excess of 4 kn.

Directions
1

(continued from 7.201) 7.212 From a position SE of Ponta Cunhune (11030N 15 53 5W) (7.201) the track leads N passing (with positions relative to Ponta Anringuine (1110N 1547W)): E of Pipon Patch (8 miles SW), with a least depth of 1 7 m which fronts Ponta Camaleo (7.202), thence:

236

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

W of Ponta Canap (8 miles SW), at which there is reported (1997) to be a fishing village, thence: W of Baixio Branco (5 miles SSE) (7.202) with a least depth of 22 m. Thence the track continues N, into Canal de Bubaque, passing: W of Ponta Anringuine (7.202), with Bine Beacon (7.205) standing 3 cables SW from it, thence: E of a depth of 32 m (3 miles W), thence: E of Ponta Anino (6 miles WNW), which is the S extremity of Ilha de Bubaque, thence: E of Ponta de Bruce (4 miles WNW), the SE point of Ilha Bubaque, with a drying sand bank extending 9 cables S, thence: W of Ponta Ancutum (2 miles NNW), the W most point on Ilha Roxa, fronted by a drying reef extending 3 cables from it, thence: W of Ponta Ambuba (3 miles N), lying on the W coast of Ilha Roxa. A drying sand bank extends N between Ponta Ancutum and Ponta Ambuba. Thence: E of Bruce Beacon (7.215) (4 miles NW), which should be given a berth of at least 7 cables. The beacon stands on the NE end of a drying reef. (Directions continue for Canal de Fundo at 7.216) 7.213 The track then leads NNE, passing (with positions relative to the disused light structure standing on Ponta Rubane (11225N 15467W)): WNW of Ilhu do Patro (6 miles S) (7.216). The track then leads NE, passing: NW of Ponta de Bane (6 miles S) which is the NW point of Ilha Roxa. A rock, which dries 18 m, lies 6 cables WSW of the point. Thence: SE of Ponta Anchaca (4 miles SSW), with Baixo de Campos Frana (7.216) lying 5 cables SE, thence: SE of a charted depth 53 m (5 miles S) which lies at the SSE extremity of an extensive shoal which dries 02 m, thence: Clear of a rocky patch with a charted depth of 94 m (4 miles SSE) over it, thence: NW of Ilhu dos Passaros (4 miles SE), a drying bank. The track then leads N, passing: E of a charted depth of 35 m (2 miles SE), which lies on the N side of a shoal fronting Ilhu de Anagaru, thence: W of a charted depth of 4 m (2 miles SE), which lies close to the S extremity of a shoal extending 2 miles S from Ilha do Galo, thence: E of the N extremity of Ilhu de Anagaru (1 miles SSE), which has drying sandbanks to the N and W. The track then leads NNW, passing: WSW of Ilha do Galo (1 miles E), thence: ENE of an unnamed reef (7 cables ENE) and Ponta Rubane, with a disused light structure (7.214) standing on the point. thence: ENE of a 38 m patch (1 mile NNE), thence: ENE of G2 Buoy (port hand) (2 miles N) moored E of Baixos de Rubane, a drying bank extending 4 miles N of Ilha de Rubane, thence: WSW of G3 Buoy (starboard hand) (3 miles N), which is moored on the W edge of Baixos do Galo a steepto drying bank extending 4 miles N of Ilha do Galo.

7.214 The track then leads NNE, passing: ESE of G4 Buoy (port hand) (4 miles N), thence: ESE of a sandbank which dries 18 m (6 miles N), with another small drying patch 3 cables SE from it, thence: WNW of G6 Buoy (6 miles NNE) moored off the reef fronting the NW coast of Ilha das Galinhas; rocks, both submerged and above water, lie within the 5 m contour around this island. The track then leads ENE, into Canal das Galinhas, passing: NNW of a small detached bank with a least charted depth of 39 m (7 miles NNE), thence: Clear of G8 Buoy (port hand) (7 miles NNE), thence: SSE of G10 Buoy (port hand) (8 miles NNE) moored close to the SE extremity of Baixos das Galinhas. The track then leads NE, passing: SE of G12 Buoy (port hand) (9 miles NNE), thence: NW of the N extremity of Ilha das Galinhas (10 miles NE) with Ilha das Galinhas Light (7.215) standing 3 cables E from it, thence: SE of a small patch with a least charted depth of 38 m (11 miles NNE). The track then leads into Canal de Pedro lvares (7.218). 7.215 Useful marks: Bruce Beacon (white concrete pillar, cylindrical topmark) (11139N 15492W). Ponta Rubane disused light structure (white square metal framework tower, 8 m in height) (11225N 15467W). Ilha das Galinhas Light (white square tower, 8 m in height) (11302N 15395W). Chart 1727

Bubaque
1

7.216 Description. Bubaque (1118N 1550W) is a small town with a developing tourist industry. It extends from about 3 cables NW of the light to the top of a reddish cliff at the N extremity of Ilha de Bubaque. Directions. (continued from 7.212) From a position at least 7 cables E of Bruce Beacon (11139N 15492W) the track leads N, passing (with positions relative to Bubaque Light (11180N 15498W)): W of Ilhu do Patro (3 miles SE), which lies about 1 mile offshore. A rocky spit, with depths of 25 m over its outer end, extends 5 cables WSW, and a shoal with a depth of 52 m extends 9 cables SW from Ilhu do Patro. Thence: W of Ponta de Bane (4 miles ESE) (7.213), thence: E of Ponta Anoboi (1 miles S), a mangrove covered point backed by palm trees, and E of a 97 m patch which lies 5 cables ENE of the point. Thence: W of a charted depth of 82 m (1 miles ESE) which lies at the SW extremity of Baixos de Campos Frana, a shoal which dries along its middle. A buoy (starboard hand) (8 miles NNW) is moored on the W side of the shoal. HMS Leven, Captain

237

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

W.F.W. Owen, grounded here on 22nd April, 1826, during Owens African survey. Thence: E of Ponta do Fanado Mulheres (8 cables SE), the NE point of Bubaque Island. Thence the track leads NW, into Canal do Fundo, passing: SW of Ponta de Ancusso (8 cables E), the S point of Ilha de Rubane, from which a rocky spit with a least charted depth of 26 m, extends 5 cables SE. A white concrete triangular beacon stands on the N shore, 1 mile WNW of Ponta de Ancusso. Thence: The track then leads to the anchorage off Bubaque Light. Useful marks: Bruce Beacon (11139N 15492W) (7.215). Bubaque Light (black column, elevation 8 m) (11180N 15498W). Radio mast (11180N 15500W), red obstruction light. Anchorage may be obtained about 2 cables E of Bubaque Light (11180N 15498W) in a depth of 30 m. Landing is possible at a stage used by the twice weekly ferry. A set of steps go up the cliff a few hundred metres from the landing stage into the town. Supplies. Fresh provisions are available in limited quantities. Water is available from wells.

Limiting conditions
1

7.219 Depths and overfalls. Irregular depths in Canal de Pedro lvares cause overfalls, which sometimes appear alarming. On the E side of the channel the depths shoal abruptly off Coroa das Areias. In Canal de Bolama, Restinga da Areia Branca and Baixos das Cabeleiras are too steepto to indicate the near approach of the vessel by sounding, so that a vessel of deep draught should should not close them within a depth of 30 m. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 45 m; mean neap range about 25 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

Arrival information
1

7.220 Anchorage may be obtained 2 cables NE of Ponte de Pedra (11348N 15285W) in a depth of 24 m. Vessels may also anchor in most parts of Canal de Pedro lvares, good holding ground, although there are some deep holes and shallow spots; the latter are probably indicative of foul ground in the vicinity and these shoals generally produce strong tiderips. When any of the fierce squalls, which are so common on this coast, are seen approaching, vessels should anchor immediately. Pilotage. See 7.176.

Bolama
1

Harbour
7.221 Berths. Ponte de Pedra (11348N 15284W) a mole with a depth of 05 m at its head extends ENE from the town. Ponte de Madeira, a jetty extending from the shore, close S of of Ponte de Pedra was reported (1990) destroyed. Tidal streams. Vessels proceeding through Canal de Bolama and Canal de Pedro lvares must guard against the tidal streams; in the former they set strongly up and down the channel, in Canal de Pedro lvares the in going stream sets N and the outgoing stream SSE. In the approaches to Bolama, the tidal streams generally follow the direction of the channels. At springs they can attain a maximum rate of about 3 kn which occurs near the time of half tide. Slack water occurs up to 1 hours after HW and LW at Bolama. To take full advantage of the tidal streams when proceeding from Bissau (7.167) to Bolama, or in the opposite direction, a vessel should arrange to pass Ponta de Areia Branca at LW; this occurs about 20 minutes before LW at Bolama. There are numerous tiderips and patches of discoloured water in the channels between Bissau and Bolama; their positions vary with the state of the tide. They indicate sudden changes of depth which are not always dangerous to navigation.

Charts 1727 plan of Bolama, 1724

General information
1

7.217 Position and function. Bolama (Porto de Bolama) (1135N 1528W), on the E side of Ilha de Bolama, a well cultivated island, and 1 miles NW of Ponta de Preo Leve (7.223), stands on the site of Fort Beaver, so named from the settlement that was formed by Captain Beaver in 1792, but which was abandoned in the following year. The town was the old capital of Portuguese Guinea but has now lost most of its importance, and is used solely by local trading craft and some passenger ships. The principal exports are rubber, hides, palm oil and palm kernels. 7.218 Approach and entry. The port is entered through Canal do Porto, which connects with Canal do Furo (7.226) to the N and with Canal de Bolola to the S. Both banks of Canal do Porto are lined with fishing stakes. Canal de Bolola connects with Canal Canhabaque (7.199) to the S and to Canal de Bolama to the W. Canal de Pedro lvares which connects Canal de Bolama with Canal do Geba (7.169), is bounded on the W by shoals extending from the E side of Ilha Formosa (7.169), and on the E by the shoals extending from the NW side of Ilha de Bolama. The principal difficulty in navigating Canal de Pedro lvares may be said to arise from the channel being so completely sheltered that the banks on either side seldom break. Vessels of deep draught are recommended to pass through Canal de Pedro lvares at half tide on the flood. At night the channel should only be used when the visibility is good.

Directions
1

(continued from 7.187) 7.222 From a position NNW of Pedro lvares Light (11378N 15418W) (7.189) the track leads ESE passing (with positions relative to Galinhas Light (11302N 15395W)): SSW of Banco do Alenquer (15 miles N) (7.187).

238

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

The track then leads S, allowing for the strong tidal streams which set across this course, into Canal de Pedro lvares, across a bar with a least depth of 58 m, passing: W of Ilha das Areias (11 miles NNE) (7.187) and Coroa das Areias, thence: E of Gancho Beacon (11 miles NNW) (7.187), thence: W of Pedro lvares Light (7 miles NNW) (7.189) and Baixos de Pedro lvares. The track then leads SE, passing: NE of a 49 m shoal (6 miles N). The track then leads S, passing: E of a bank (3 miles N) with a least charted depth of 54 m. The track then leads SSW, passing: WNW of Ponta Oeste (2 miles NE), which should be given a berth of 1 mile, on which stands an old lighthouse (7.224). Ponta Oeste is the W extremity of Ilha de Bolama and three tubular structures exist along the edge of the drying bank, between 6 cables and 1 mile SE of the point. The track then leads SSE, passing: ENE of Galinhas Light, standing on the reef extending from the NE extremity of the island. The track then leads SE in mid channel, into Canal de Bolama, which has a least navigable width of 1 mile, passing: NE of Ilhu do Tufo (3 miles SSE) a small islet situated on a reef SE of Ilha das Galinhas, thence: NE of a depth of 32 m (3 miles SE) situated on a rocky bank fronting Baixos das Cabeleiras, which are drying reefs extending 3 miles ESE from Ilha das Galinhas, thence: SW of Ponta da Areia Branca (6 miles E), the S extremity of Ilha de Bolama, thence: SW of Restinga da Areia Branca, which should be given a berth of about 1 mile. It is a rocky spit extending S from the foul ground S of Ponta da Areia Branca. BB Lightbuoy (S cardinal) (7 miles ESE), reported (1997) missing, is moored at the end of this spit. 7.223 The track then leads NE, in mid channel, into Canal de Bolola, passing: NW of Ponta de Gantumane (11 miles ESE). HM Buoy (starboard hand) (10 miles ESE) moored 1 miles W of Ponta de Gantumane, marks the rocky patch 1 mile WNW and NW from the point. Thence: SE of Ponta da Areia Branca (6 miles E) with a stranded wreck lying 2 miles SE, thence: NW of Ponta Falsa Nalu (11 miles ESE), thence: SE of Baixos do Navio (9 miles E) which dry in patches, thence: NW of Ponta Nalu (11 miles E), which has a steepto reef extending about mile W from it, thence: SE of Baixo Mau (11 miles E), a shoal which dries in its central part, thence: NW of Ponta Bambai (14 miles E). Shoals extend NW from the coast between Ponta Nalu and Ponta Bambai. The track then leads NNW, into Canal do Porto, passing (with positions relative to Ponta de Preo Leve (11333N 15277W): ENE of the E extremity of Baixo Mau, with a least charted depth of 16 m (1 miles SSE). The

navigable width at the entrance to Canal do Porto is about 5 cables between the extremity of this shoal and the BP Lightbuoy (see below) moored to its E. Thence: WSW of a mudbank fronted by rocks extending about 7 cables W of Ponta Colnia (2 miles ESE), from which a light (7.224) is exhibited. BP Lightbuoy (S cardinal) is moored 8 cables WSW of the point and marks the edge of the spit, which has depths below 10 m, extending SW from the bank. Thence: WSW of Ponta Leste (1 miles ESE) which is marked by a beacon (7.224), thence: ENE of Ponta de Preo Leve from where a light (7.224) is exhibited, thence: ENE of Ponta de G Pessoa (6 cables NNW). A drying bank fronted by rocks extends from 3 cables S of Ponta de Preo Leve to 2 cables W of Ponta de G Pessoa. The track then leads NW to the anchorage off Bolama. 7.224 Useful marks: Gancho Beacon (11407N 15441W). Pedro lvares Light (11378N 15418W) (7.189). Old lighthouse on Ponta Oeste (white square framework tower surmounted by a white triangle, 11 m in height) (11315N 15381W). Ilha das Galinhas Light (white square tower, 8 m in height) (11302N 15395W). Ponta Colnia Light (white square tower, 12 m in height, radar reflector) (11326N 15256W). Ponta Leste Beacon (white concrete, square topmark) (11329N 15264W). Ponta de Preo Leve Light (white round tower, square base, elevation 6 m) (11333N 15277W). Ponta de Pedra Light (exhibited at the pier head) (11348N 15284W). Radio mast (11345N 15288W). Radio mast (11345N 15289W). Ilha das Cobras Light (white column on white stone tower, 10 m in height) (11383N 15288W).

Port services
1

7.225 Repairs. Boatyard and workshop. Landing can be effected at So Joo Pier (11352N 15275W), which dries, opposite Bolama. Chart 1724

Passagem da Coroa
1

7.226 Coroa de Bolama is an extensive sandbank which dries up to 31 m and lies between Ponta Oeste (7.222) and Ilhu do Mancebo, 11 miles NE. It is separated from Coroa das Areias (7.187) by Canal das Areias which joins with Canal de Pedro lvares (7.218) to the S. Passagem da Coroa, a passage for small craft, marked by beacons fitted with radar reflectors, some of which are reported (1997) to be out of position, crosses Coroa de Bolama from a position 8 miles NNE of the old lighthouse (7.224) standing on Ponta Oeste. The passage joins Canal do Furo, which is shallow and tortuous, and passes between the NE side of Ilha das Cobras (1138N 1528W), from which a light (7.224) is exhibited, and the mainland before leading to Canal do Porto and Bolama. The passage dries at LW but was reported (1997) to be in use by the ferry from Bissau at HW.

239

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

RIO GEBA TO RIO NUNEZ General information

Chart 611

Route
1

7.227 From position 1140N 1723W the route leads along the recommended track; SSE for 107 miles, E for 75 miles ENE for 37 miles and NNE for 9 miles to the pilot boarding position (10295N 14437W) in the approaches to Port Kamsar (7.245).

Topography
1

7.228 The estuary of Canal do Geba is mostly occupied by Arquiplago dos Bijags. Although several rivers intersect the coast between Canal do Geba and Cap Verga (1012N 1427W) (8.11), Rio Nunez is the only important river. Extensive banks and shoals front this coast, rendering its approach difficult. The coast is mostly low, and the land only rises at Cap Verga where it forms the termination of a range of hills.

Poor visibility
1

7.229 It should be borne in mind that visibility in this region is always poor, except after a thundery squall when it is excellent for about 24 hours.
2

Submarine cable
1

7.230 A WNW/ESE oriented submarine cable crosses the recommended route (7.233) in position 10 07 3N 15127W.

Directions
(continued from 7.144)

Major lights
7.231
1

Cai Light (11502N 16194W) (7.183). Cap Verga Light (Pylon, 10 metres in height) (10154N 14265W). Rochers de Gonzalez Light (Framework tower, elevation 10 m) (10244N 14415W).

dangerous wreck (position approximate) (42 miles W) and three stranded wrecks (position approximate) (29 miles W), (16 miles WSW), (position approximate) (18 miles SSW) lie within the above area. Thence: ENE of a depth of 23 m (position approximate) (60 miles W) reported (1984), thence: WSW of South Breaker (34 miles SSE) with a least depth of 18 m. This shoal is believed to be at the S angle of the great bank on which Arquiplago dos Bijags lies. However there may be undiscovered dangers as the soundings are irregular for a considerable distance seaward of South Breaker and there are heavy breakers over a depth of 11 m about 8 miles E of it. As detached rocks and isolated shoals are numerous in this vicinity, the mariner is advised to give it a wide berth. Thence: WSW of a depth of 9 m (position approximate) (41 miles S), reported (1957). (Directions for S approach to Canal de Bolola and Canal de Bolama continue at 7.201) 7.234 The track then leads E, along the recommended route passing (with positions relative to Ilhu do Poilo (10521N 15437W)): S of Ilhu do Poilo (7.201), which is thickly wooded and dominated by tall trees. Pullam Shoals extend 10 miles SW from the islet. Thence: S of Banco Elisabeth (14 miles SE), which comprises of a group of shoals with a least depth of 2 m lying in the centre, thence: S of a depth of 14 6 m (position approximate) (46 miles SSE) reported (1989), thence: S of a detached bank (34 miles SE) with a least depth of 96 m, thence: S of le Alcatraz (25 miles SE), a fissured volcanic rock, 10 m in height, lying at the NE extremity of Rcifs Alcatraz which extends nearly 9 miles farther SW. Innumerable booby birds nesting there have caused a guano deposit. le du Naufrage is low and lies at 1 mile SW of le Alcatraz. Rcif Spitfire with a least depth of 11 m lies close E of Rcifs Alcatraz and Spitfire Rock lies about 1 miles E of le Alcatraz.

Other aids to navigation

1

7.232 Racons: Cai Light (11502N 16194W) (7.183). Port Kamsar Approach Lightbuoy I (port hand) (10094N 15122W). Rochers de Gonzalez Light (10244N 14415W) (7.231). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Passage
1

7.233 From position 1140N 1723W the track follows the recommended route, leading SSE, passing (with positions relative to Ponta Udate (1114N 1617W): WSW of Bijags Breaker (39 miles WNW) (7.145), thence: WSW of the unsurveyed W portion of Arquiplago dos Bijags which is fronted by numerous banks and shoal depths, the least charted being 4 m (position approximate) (31 miles SSW). A

Charts 1560, 611 7.235 The track then leads ENE, along the recommended route, passing (with positions relative to Rochers de Gonzalez Light (10244N 14415W)): SSE of No I Lightbuoy (port hand) (33 miles WSW), thence: SSE of No II Lightbuoy (port hand) (28 miles WSW), thence: SSE of a depth of 38 m (24 miles WSW) lying on La Tte de Roche, a dangerous shoal. Numerous shoals, with depths of less than 10 m over them and with deep water between them, extend 2 miles ENE and 8 miles W from the least charted depth. A spit with depths below 20 m, and a least charted depth of 11 m, extends about 22 miles SW of the shoal depth in La Tte de Roche. Thence: SSE of No III Lightbuoy (port hand) (22 miles WSW), thence:

240

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

NNW of a dangerous wreck (position doubtful) (22 miles SW), thence: SSE of a depth of 02 m (22 miles W), over which the sea breaks, lying within the SE extremity of Rcifs Conflict, which is composed of numerous drying reefs and shoals, and forms the SE part of Bancs Compony. Thence: SSE of No IV Lightbuoy (port hand) (16 miles WSW), thence: SSE of No V Lightbuoy (port hand) (10 miles WSW), thence: NNW of a shoal with a least charted depth of 89 m (8 miles SSW). Charts 1560, 1562 7.236 The track then leads NNE, along the recommended route, passing: WNW of Cap Verga (8.11) (18 miles SE), which is reported to be radar conspicuous, and from where a light (7.231) is exhibited. Plateau de Verga, a shallow and unsurveyed bight, lies between Rochers de Gonzalez and Cap Verga. Bancs de Verga consists of two spits lying parallel with one another, both with rocks above and below water extending about 2 miles W from the coast 3 and 4 miles NNW of Cap Verga. Brisants de Verga (10 miles SE), a reef with depths of less than 18 m extends S from Plateau de Verga, with Rcif de Verga, a ridge with depths of less than 5 m, extending a farther 5 miles S. Thence: WNW of two depths of 94 m (4 miles SSW) and (4 miles SW), thence: WNW of No VII Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (3 miles WSW), thence: WNW of Rochers de Gonzalez, from where a light (7.231) is exhibited. A stranded wreck, conspicuous both visually and on radar, lies 1 cables NE of the light. These rocks dry 26 m and breakers can be seen both N and S of them in a fresh breeze. Thence: WNW of le Gonzalez (3 miles NNE), which is wooded and can be seen from a distance of about 6 miles. Plateau de Gonzalez, a dangerous partially drying reef, extends 4 miles SSW. The track then leads to the pilot embarkation position (10295N 14437W) with the Pilot Lightbuoy (port hand) (5 miles NNW) lying close W. Useful mark: Cap Verga (1012N 1427W). (Directions continue for Port Kamsar continue at 7.266 and for the coastal passage at 8.15)

Melo. Beacons fitted with radar reflectors are positioned near the S and W extremity of the drying bank. Baixo Samba and Baixo Sene, which dry, lie on Cataque Banks which extends about 13 miles SSW from Punta de Cambanumba. Beacons fitted with radar reflectors are positioned on the N extremity of the drying patch on Baixo Sene, and close to the E edge of the drying bank on Baixo Samba. Several drying patches, some with Beacons standing on them, and shoal depths lie between the above banks. Baixos das Pedras, with a submerged rock, lies 15 miles SW from Punta de Cambanumba. The country in the vicinity of Rio Cassini is rich in timber, and all the products of Sngal and the Gambia are found here.

Directions
1

7.238 Vessels intending to enter Rio Cassini are recommended to anchor near le Alcatraz (10379N 15024W) (7.234) and to endeavour to obtain a pilot. Vessels are further recommended to make the attempt at the river at LW when the banks show, but the river cannot be approached with SW winds. North Passage, which is the best of the three entrances to Rio Cassini, lies between the coastal bank fronting the SE point of Ilha de Melo and the N ends of the banks in the middle of the river entrance. Canal dos Pilotos lies between Cataque Banks and the coastal bank extending from le Aube (7.243). This passsage is blocked at its N end.

Anchorage
1

7.239 Outer anchorage can be obtained by small vessels 8 cables E of le du Naufrage (10373N 15231W) in a depth of 11 m. This anchorage lies in the channel between Rcifs Alcatraz and Rcif Spitfire; local knowledge is required. Vessels can anchor in Rio Cassini off Bicaise and Cacine (1108N 1501W) which are situated on the S bank of the river about 11 miles above Punta de Cambanumba. Landing at these places is difficult at LW on account of the mudbank which fronts the shore.

Other rivers
Charts 1727, 611.

Rio Grande de Buba

1

Rio Cassini (Rio Cacine)

Chart 611, 612

7.240 Rio Grande de Buba extends NE from Ponta Colonia (7.223) for about 13 miles to Ponta Portugal (1139N 1516W) which lies on the N shore. Thence the river leads E and SE for 18 miles to the village of Buba (1136N 1500W). A report (1997) states that the river has silted up and it is estimated that only depths of 1 m exist at LW. Chart 1727, 611

Description
1

7.237 Rio Cassini (Rio Cacine) is entered between the SE point (1100N 1512W) of Ilha de Melo and Punta de Cambanumba, 6 miles ESE, the SW point of Ilha de Canefaque. The entrance to the river is obstructed with islets and sandbanks, but vessels with a draught of 18 m have no difficulty in entering at HW. Baixo de Melo, with drying patches lies on the W bank which extends 18 miles SSW from the SE point of Ilha de

Rio Tombali
1

7.241 Rio Tombali, which enters the sea immediately S of Ponta Tombali (1117N 1525W), is about 3 miles wide at its mouth, and is reported to have a depth of 3 m over its bar. The river leads NE and is reported to join Rio Grande de Buba (7.240) a few miles W of Buba village. The E side of the entrance is marked by T1 Buoy (starboard hand) moored 1 miles WSW of Ponta Tombali. Alfange Beacon (radar reflector) stands on the drying bank

241

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

1 miles SSW of Ponta Tombali and anchorage can be obtained in depths of 115 m 2 miles SW of the point.
1

Topography
7.247 Rio Nunez, which has been traced to its source about 50 miles above the entrance, is the most important navigable waterway in the Republic of Guinea. The W side of the approach to the river is bounded by Bancs Compony, extending about 30 miles SW from Pointe Tristo (7.244), and the spit extending SSW from Pointe Kembuto (7.269). The E side of the approach is bounded by the coastal bank containing numerous reefs, rocks, drying patches and shoal depths described in 7.236 and 7.267.

Chart 611

Rio Cumbij
1

7.242 Rio Cumbij (1104N 1521W) is entered NW of Ponta Canina, but little is known about this river or its vicinity. Anchorage is indicated on the chart 2 miles W of Ponta Canina, in a depth of 75 m.

Rio Casset
1

7.243 Rio Casset (1059N 1459W) flows into the sea, 4 miles SE of Punta de Cambanumba (7.237). This river is merely an arm of the sea with passages between les Tristo, which are a group of islands of which le Aube is the W. The boundary between the Republic of GuineaBissau and the Republic of Guinea lies close to the entrance of Rio Casset. Katchek, a village, stands close to Pointe Rpin (1054N 1503W), which is the NW point of le Aube and also the S entrance point of Rio Casset.

Approach and entry

1

Rivire Compony
1

7.244 Rivire Compony (1051N 1451W) enters the sea between Pointe Tristo (1046N 1457W) and Pointe Capsin (1049N 1448W). The river can be ascended for a considerable distance, but the banks encumbering its entrance render it of no commercial importance. A rocky barrier extends across the river about 10 miles above Pointe Capsin. Anchorage can be obtained in midchannel about 5 cables below the rocky barrier in a depth of 10 m sand and pebbles, good holding ground. Above this rocky barrier, as far as the village of Kandiafara (1117N 1443W), a distance of 25 miles, Rivire Compony gradually narrows but presents no special difficulty in navigation. A short distance above Kandifara are other rocky barriers beyond which no vessel can pass. The banks of the river are sparsely inhabited and only a few supplies can be obtained. Vessels should not attempt to enter Rivire Compony except in very clear weather (see 7.229) and a pilot should be employed.

7.248 Approach to Rio Nunez from NW, should be made along the recommended track best seen on the chart, up to the pilot embarkation position (7.236). Vessels are cautioned not to pass between Rcifs Conflict (7.235) and La Tte de Roche (7.235) Vessels approaching from SE should make for that leg of the recommended track which lies 19 miles WSW of Rochers de Gozalez, keeping clear of the spit which extends 14 miles SSE from Cape Verga, and then follow the track to the pilot boarding position (7.236). Rio Nunez is entered between Pointe Kembuto (7.269) and le Gonzalez (7.236), 9 miles SSE. Port Kamsar is approached through Chenal Principal, a dredged channel 9 miles in length, with a minimum width of 120 m.

Traffic
1

7.249 In 2004 there were 217 vessel movements totalling 14 079 142 dwt.

Port Authority
1

7.250 Office dAmnagement de BokOFAB, BP 820, Conakry, Guinea.

Limiting conditions Controlling depth

1

7.251 The N leg of Chenal Principal is maintained to a depth of 82 m.

Vertical clearance
1

PORT KAMSAR General information

Chart 1560, 1562
1

7.252 The maximum permitted airdraught at the bauxite loading berth is 1952 m less the height of HW. Due consideration should be given to the daily height of HW.

Deepest and longest berth

7.253 Bauxite Jetty (7.273).

Position
1

7.245 Port Kamsar (1039N 1437W) (Port Kakand), is situated on the E bank of Rio Nunez, about 12 miles above the pilot boarding position.

Tidal levels
1

7.254 Mean spring range about 44 m; mean neap range about 23 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

Density of water Function

1

7.246 The port is the outlet for bauxite from Bok (7.280), to which it is connected by road.

7.255 The density of the river water at the berth varies between 1007 g/cm3 during the wet season to 1028 g/cm3 during the dry season at HW.

242

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

7.256 Largest vessel handled; LOA 229 m, generally accepted as the maximum permissible length for vessels loading bauxite. Inbound laden tankers are also accommodated at the Bauxite Jetty, but the following maximum restrictions apply: LOA 220 m; Draught 10 m (density 1015 g/cm3); Displacement 45 000 tons.

and to permit the pilot sufficient time to board and manoeuvre the vessel into the channel. When unfavourable conditions prevent the pilot from boarding, the pilot will pass instructions by VHF radio and the vessel may follow the the pilot boat in, until conditions improve sufficiently for the pilot to board. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs of up to 2896 bhp are available.

Regulations concerning entry

1

7.263 The Q flag must be displayed by all arriving vessels.

Local weather and sea state

1

7.257 Waves of up to 4 m can be encountered in the approaches to Rio Nunez. At the entrance to the channel they are generally less than 1 m in height during the wet season and less than 05 m in height during the dry season. In the inner channel and harbour area, waves are generally very moderate.

Harbour General layout

1

7.264 The port consists of an Lshaped Bauxite Jetty extending WSW into Rio Nunez from close S of Port Kamsar, and two piers, located at the entrance to Dougoufissa Creek.

Arrival information Port operations

1 1

Natural conditions
7.265 Tidal streams. The outgoing stream is particularly strong during the wet season (June to October) and vessels must be securely moored and moorings tended at all times. In 1982 it was reported that during the wet season at spring tides the tidal stream can reach 6 kn in the buoyed channel. It was also reported (1982) that during the wet season at spring tides the ingoing stream ran parallel to the Bauxite Jetty at up to 4 kn, and the outgoing stream ran at an angle of 20 to the line of the jetty, at up to 6 kn, tending to set a vessel off the jetty. In 1989 it was reported that during the wet season the outgoing stream increased to 7 kn. It is an established practice for a pilot to standby on board to assist the Master during spring outgoing tides. In addition one or two tugs also assist the vessel by pushing on her starboard quarter to keep her alongside. At the entrance to Rio Nunez, the tidal streams set as follows: Rising tide Falling tide NEgoing SWgoing

7.258 It was reported (1989) that regular dredging along the face of the jetty is carried out, as it is the practice to clear the loading belt directly into the sea when changing products between bauxite and alumina.
2

Port radio
1

7.259 The port may be contacted through Inmarsat. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Notice of ETA
1

7.260 ETA should be sent 7, 5, and 3 days and 24 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Outer anchorage
1

7.261 Vessels may anchor in a designated anchorage, the limits of which are charted as follows: 10260N 14440W; 10260N 14460W; 10280N 14460W; 10280N 14440W. Depths in the above anchorage range from 97 m to 24 m.

Maximum rate 3 kn River flow is very strong during the wet season (June to October) and causes the ebb stream to be stronger than in the dry season (November to May). In midchannel off Pointe Malouine (7.275), 5 miles NE of Pointe Kembuto (7.269), the stream sets as follows: Ingoing stream Outgoing stream 025 at 2 kn 205 at 2 kn (dry season) or 4 kn (wet season). For further information on strong tidal streams see 7.265. Local weather. The weather at Port Kamsar is typically tropical and characterised by two seasons: Wet season; June to October, with rainfall mainly during the night; wind mainly from between S and W, force 36; possible tornadoes from between N and NE with winds reaching force 10 for short periods.

Pilotage and tugs

1

7.262 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 4572 m LOA and all vessels under 4572 m LOA on their first call until such time pilotage exemption is granted. The pilot boat is equipped with VHF. The pilot boards in position 10295N 14437W. Inbound vessels should not proceed N of the Pilot Buoy before embarking a pilot so as to give ample searoom to a loaded outbound vesssel which has priority,

243

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

Dry season; November to May; little rainfall; frequent coastal fog during morning; winds mainly from S to SW force 13.
3

Directions for river passage

(continued from 7.236)

Principal marks
1

7.266 Landmark: Smoke plume from chimney (10388N 14368W), near Bauxite Factory, reported to be visible from seaward at a distance of 25 miles. Major light: Rochers de Gonzalez Light (10244N 14415W) (7.231).

Approach to Bauxite Jetty

1

7.267 From the pilot embarkation position (10 29 5N 14437W) the track leads NNE, passing (with positions relative to Pointe de Bencer Beacon (10 30 9N 14401W)): WNW of a 5 m patch (2 miles WSW), thence: WNW of No 1 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (3 miles W). Thence the track leads NE into Chenal Principal, a dredged channel, passing: SE of No 2 Lightbuoy (port hand) (3 miles W), thence: NW of No 3 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (2 miles WNW), thence: NW of the Beacon which stands on Pointe de Bencer; the W extremity of le Binari. A mudbank, which dries, extends 6 cables SW and 8 cables NNW from the point. Thence: NW of No 3C Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (2 miles NW) moored 2 cables W of the NW extremity of the coastal bank which has depths below 5 m. A sandbank that dries 17 m lies 1 mile E from the buoy. Thence: SE of No 4 Lightbuoy (port hand) (2 miles NW), with the SE extremity of Banc du Sud lying about 5 cables W from it. Banc du Sud, which has depths of 1 m at its SW end, joins with Banc du Milieu which lies about 3 miles NE. Thence: NW of No 5 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (2 miles NNW), thence: SE of No 6 Lightbuoy (port hand) (3 miles NNW), moored 4 cables SSE of the S extremity of Banc du Milieu, a drying bank of sand, shells and rock which joins with le de Sable lying 3 miles NE. Less water than charted was reported (1961) off the SE edge of the bank. Thence: 7.268 NW of No 7 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (3 miles NNW). A shoal patch of 43 m lies about 1 cable ESE of No 7 Lightbuoy. Thence: SE of No 8 Lightbuoy (port hand) (3 miles NNW), thence: NW of a beacon (2 miles NNE) which stands 5 cables SW of Pointe de Dapiar. Banc de Bencer extends 2 miles SW of Pointe de Dapiar, and Banc de Dapiar, consisiting of rocks and sand which dry

13 m, lies 5 cables NW of the same point. Pointe de Dapiar is the NW extremity of le Binari, and rendered prominent by tall trees dominating it. Thence: Between No 9 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (4 miles N), and No 10 Lightbuoy (port hand) moored 1 cable NW of the former buoy. The entrance to Dougoubona, which lies E of the above pair of buoys, has a drying sandbank extending to Pointe de Dapiar along its S shore. Banc de Talibonche, a drying sandbank, lies off the N shore of Dougoubona. Thence the track leads NNE, passing (with positions relative to the Beacon (10336N 14395W) standing 5 cables SW of Pointe de Dapiar): WNW of No 11 LightBuoy (starboard hand) (1 miles N) moored 5 cables W of a detached bank composed of rock and sand which dries 13 m, thence: ESE of No 12 Lightbuoy (port hand) (1 miles N), thence: ESE of No 14 Lightbuoy (port hand) (2 miles N), thence: WNW of No 13 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (2 miles N), thence: 7.269 ESE of Pointe Kembuto (5 miles NNW), which is high, thickly wooded and appears detached from the adjoining land; it is the S point of le de Tadi. A spit with a drying sandbank on it extends 3 miles SSW from the point. Thence: WNW of No 15 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (3 miles NNE) moored at the S end of Seuil de lAmarante, a bar, with depths below 5 m through which Chenal Principal has been dredged, thence: ESE of No 16 Lightbuoy (port hand) (3 miles NNE), thence: WNW of No 17 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (3 miles NNE), thence: ESE of No 18 Lightbuoy (port hand) (3 miles NNE) with le de Sable (1037N 1440W), a drying reef with a Beacon (7.271) standing near its NE edge, lying 8 cables W from it, thence: WNW of Pointe de lAmarante (4 miles NNE), thence: WNW of No 19 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (4 miles NNE), thence: ESE of No 20 Lightbuoy (port hand) (4 miles NNE), thence: ESE of No 22 Lightbuoy (port hand) (4 miles NNE), thence: WNW of two buoys (spherical; red) (4 and 4 miles NNE), thence: ESE of Pointe de lAlouette (5 miles N). Thence the track leads to Bauxite Jetty (10386N 14378W).

Approach to the general cargo berth

1

7.270 From a position ESE of Pointe de lAlouette (10393N 14403W) the track leads NNE, passing (with positions relative to le de Sable Beacon (10375N 14395W)): WNW of the S extremity of Bauxite Jetty (1 miles ENE) with a buoy (spherical; red) moored cable ESE from it, thence:

244

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

ESE of No 24 Lightbuoy (port hand) (1 miles NE), moored at the SW extremity of Seuil de Dougoufissa, a bar, with depths of less than 5 m, thence: WNW of the dolphin (2 miles NE), situated at the head of the Bauxite Jetty, with a buoy (special) moored close NW from it, thence: WNW of No 23 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (2 miles NE), moored 1 cables W of an obstruction which dries 04 m and which is marked by a buoy (spar) close NW, thence: ESE of No 21 Lightbuoy (S cardinal) (2 miles NE). Leading Lights . The alignment (097 ) of lights established close to the root of Quai Francais (7.273) leads to the general cargo berth. 7.271 Useful marks: Tower (10360N 14372W), about 1 miles SSE of Pointe de lAmarante. le de Sable Beacon (red and white; triangle topmark) (10375N 14395W). Tower (10383N 14373W), about 1 mile NNE of Pointe de lAmarante. Water tower (10389N 14369W). Three radio masts (10390N 14368W). Water tower (10399N 14363W), painted red and white.

Communications. Conakry Airport, about 280 km distant. Harbour regulations. Vessels are not allowed to pump out bilges, or to clean tanks whilst in the approaches to or alongside at Port Kamsar. Only clean ballast may be discharged. Vessels are required to keep their gangway clear of the mobile shiploader rails at all times whilst alongside Bauxite Jetty. It is the responsibility of the vessel to take the necessary precautions to prevent stowaways from coming on board. Rescue. Port Kamsar is a designated MRSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information.

Rio Nunez above Port Kamsar Description

1

Berths Anchorage
1

7.272 Vessels with a maximum draught of 70 m plus height of HW minus 06 m, may anchor in the turning basin, the limits of which are best seen on the chart, extending 360 m W from Bauxite Jetty, mud bottom, good holding ground.

Alongside berths
1

7.273 Bauxite Jetty, where vessels are berthed with bows S, extends WSW for nearly 1 mile from the factory; length 260 m; depth alongside 135 m. The berthing face is well fendered by separate single and double flexible steel dolphins protruding 4 m from it. A mobile shiploader with an outreach of 21 m from the outside face of the fendering, and a travel of 165 m is positioned on the jetty. General cargo vessels of up to LOA 100 m and 60 m draught are berthed at Quay Francais, the N of the two quays in Dougoufissa Creek. There are depths of 35 m alongside, but ships may safely take the bottom at LW. The S quay is not used for cargo vessels.

7.275 Above Port Kamsar, Pointe Malouine, on which stands a beacon (10 41 1N 14 37 9W), can be identified by conspicuous trees which stand in the village of Tadi, about 7 cables W of the point. A wreck, having a least depth of 22 m over it, and marked by a buoy (spherical), lies about 6 cables SSE of the above Beacon. Pointe du Zbre (1042N 1438W), the SW entrance point of Marigot de Kasopo, lies 3 miles N of Port Kamsar. le Longue, or Devils Island, a low mangrove covered island, lies midriver 3 miles NNE of Pointe du Zbre, and drying mudbanks extend about 2 miles SW and 1 miles NE from the island. Between the drying sandbank extending NE from le Longue and the W bank of the river is a bar over which there is a depth of 24 m about 3 cables from the W bank. The channel E of le Longue is blocked by a shallow bar at its N end. Kanfarand (Victoria) (7.276), stands about 12 miles above Port Kamsar, with a mudbank close E which extends S nearly to midriver. Above Kanfarand, the river becomes sinuous and narrows considerably, its width at HW decreasing from about 8 cables just above Kanfarand to about cable at Bok (7.280); at LW at Bok it is only a stream, almost dry. In several places reefs or mudbanks extend from either side for a considerable distance and the tidal streams are strong. Just above the anchorage at Rapasse (7.278), a rocky barrier, with a least depth of 1 m over it, lies across the river. The channel between Wackria (7.279) and Bok is completely obstructed in several places by rocks at LW. Barrage de Mangatotar, about 2 miles below Bok, is a barrier which dries about 24 m.

Port services
1

7.274 Repairs. A slipway is situated S of the S quay at Dougoufissa Creek. Other facilities. Emergency medical facilities only, are available at Port Kamsar; emergency medical evacuation to Conakry is possible by means of a private aircraft from the bauxite plant. Deratting can be carried out and Deratting Exemption Certificates issued. Ballast and slop reception facilities available. No sludge disposal. Supplies. Fuel oil and provisions are not available. Fresh water is available only in an emergency, in limited quantities.

Anchorages and harbours

1

7.276 Kanfarand (1050N 1434W), formrerly known as Victoria, is a village with a few factories, which stands about 12 miles above Port Kamsar and on the N entrance point of Marigot de Kanof. Useful mark: Victoria Light (white pylon and platform, 12 m in height) (10496N 14337W), standing near the Custom House. Anchorage may be obtained about 4 cables S of the village in a depth of 37 m.

245

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 7

The best anchorage for a vessel making a short stay, is in midriver about 7 cables S of Kanfarand in a depth of about 73 m. Landing can be effected at a pier in front of the Custom House. Supplies. Provisions can be obtained. Communication. There is regular communication by sea with coastal ports. 7.277 Bel Air stands on the S bank of the river, about 9 miles above Kanfarand (7.276). It is one of the most important factories on the river, and can be reached by vessels of about 2000 tons. Small craft can lie alongside the wharf. Anchorage can be obtained off a stone wharf at Bel Air in depths of about 7 m to 8 m. 7.278 Rapasse is a village standing on the N bank about 14 miles above Kanfarand (7.276). Anchorage. Vessels may anchor in midriver, favouring the S bank, as rocks border the N bank.

7.279 Wackria. Anchorage, for vessels not exceeding 40 m in length, can be obtained off Wackria, standing on the E bank 8 miles above Rapasse (7.278), in depths of 3 m to 4 m, mud. It is best to moor head and stern with two anchors and with two hawsers made fast to the mangroves on the W bank. 7.280 Bok (1056N 1420W), stands 40 miles above Port Kamsar. It is the principal town on the river, and the chief commercial centre, of the Republic of Guinea, after Conakry (8.39). Berth. Vessels lie alongside the Custom House Wharf in Bok in a depth of 1 m, mud and can ground with safety. Facilities. There is a hospital at Bok. Supplies. Provisions are available . Communication. There is regular communication by sea with coastal ports.

246

Home

Contents

Index
NOTES

247

Home

Contents

Index

Chapter 8 - Rio Nunez to Blubarra Point

11 15 14
7.245 Port Kamsar
612 1562 C. Verga

13

12

11

10

11

GUINE

1560

10
na Co
kry

10
8 .3

10 8.
395 les de Loos

9
8. 6 3
625 C. Sierra Leone F re 686

9
23 el 6

p Pe 623

SIERRA

LEONE

8.8 etown 61 4 4

8
2 8.1
617 is ng Ya
nn

17 nch. 6 ei A

3
685

C. St. A

Yangisei 8.138

601

7
8. 1
LIBERIA
56
Cape Mount

2478

8.174 Monrovia

6
1363

do 2478 ura es M C.

3648 3648

8.217 Buchanan

8.

19 5

5
1364

8.226
1980 Greenville

1980
t

a arr Blub

in Po

15

14

13

Longitude 12 West from Greenwich

10

0306

248

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 8 RIO NUNEZ TO BLUBARRA POINT

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 4209, 1147, 3139

Scope of the chapter

1

8.1 This chapter covers the Atlantic coast of Africa from Rio Nunez (1038N 1442W) (7.247) in the Republic of Guinea, to Blubarra Point (459N 903W) in the Republic of Liberia and includes the coast of The Republic of Sierra Leone. The ports and harbours of Conakry (8.39), Benti (8.73), Freetown (8.84), Monrovia (8.174), Buchanan (8.217) and Greenville (8.226) are described in this chapter. The chapter is divided into the following sections: Rio Nunez to Conakry (8.9). Conakry to Cape Sierra Leone (8.62). Freetown to Sherbro River inshore route (8.122). Cape Sierra Leone to Cape Mesurado (8.155). Cape Mesurado to Blubarra Point (8.194).

of numerous rocks, shoals, extensive banks, and unsurveyed areas (8.128). Between Sherbro Island and Blubarra Point the coast is generally steepto, particularly in the region of Cape Mount (8.162).

Fishing
1

8.4 Fishing vessels, many which may be unlit, may be encountered along the entire stretch of this coast.

Flow
1

8.5 See 1.247.

Piracy
1

Topography
1

8.2 The coast covered by this chapter is generally low and wooded and only rises at Cap Verga (8.11), les de Loos (8.31), Freetown (8.84), Banana Islands (8.124), Cape Mount (8.162) and Cape Mesurado (8.157). The nature of the coast is varied and includes swamps, mangroves, sandy beaches and rocky points.

8.6 Acts of piracy have taken place in these waters. Generally, these acts have taken place at anchorages or in the approaches to the port. Mariners are advised to keep a constant watch and not to permit any unauthorised craft to come alongside.

Aids to navigation
1

8.7 The aids to navigation described in this chapter are unreliable. The lights may be extinguished and the buoys and beacons may be missing, unlit, or out of position.

Stowaways Depths
1

8.3 The coast between Cap Verga (8.11) and Sherbro Island (8.126) should be given a wide berth due to the presence

8.8 It is reported that stowaways are a serious problem. A thorough search of the vessel is required, prior to departure, especially if the vessel is departing the coast.

RIO NUNEZ TO CONAKRY GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 612

Topography
1

Area covered
1

8.9 This section describes the coastal route, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from Rio Nunez (1038N 1442W) to Conakry (931N 1343W), about 85 miles generally SE. It is arranged as follows: Port Kamsar to Conakry (8.10). Conakry (8.39).

PORT KAMSAR TO CONAKRY General information

Chart 612

Route
1

8.10 From a position SSW of the entrance to Rio Nunez (1038N 1442W) the route leads generally SE for about 100 miles to a position S of Conakry (931N 1343W). 249

8.11 At Cap Verga (10 12 N 14 27 W) the land rises suddenly to elevations of over 200 m, but SE of this promontory the coast resumes its low and swampy character as far as les de Loos, 60 miles SE. Cap Verga cannot be mistaken, because unlike all the adjacent coast, it rises at once to a considerable elevation, and when seen from S, in connection with a prominent range of hills, it is one of the most remarkable landmarks on the whole coast. When seen from WSW, two conical elevations, lie about 2 miles NNE of the cape; the E is isolated and shaped like a sugarloaf with an elevation of 70 m; the W, with an elevation of 111 m, is the commencement of a range which terminates in the interior in an isolated hill with two summits close together. Cap Verga terminates in a rocky point inaccessible to boats but with no offlying islands or mangroves. Besides Cap Verga, another prominent landmark about 28 miles E, is Mont Mayondi (Mont Mahound) (1007N 1359W), a truncated cone with gently sloping sides which attains an elevation of 148 m. When seen from SW, it looks like the roof of a house with trees at its SW end.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

This hill is the the most outstanding of a small range extending in a SE and NW direction. The entrances to several rivers, the most notable of which are described in this chapter, intersect the remainder of the coast up to Baie de Sangara (8.12). The coast in the vicinity of these rivers tends to alter in shape and is extending seaward. Small vessels should obtain the latest information from Conakry (8.39), before attempting to enter any of these rivers. 8.12 Baie de Sangara lies between le Konbomby (947N 13 42 W) and Conakry (8.39), 14 miles S, and is completely encumbered by shoals with depths of less than 5 m. Extensive shoal banks and flats also extend from each side of the bay. le Konbomby (947N 1342W), low and wooded, separates Fleuve Konkour (8.26) from Rivire Dubrka (8.28), which enters the sea at the head of the bay. Banc Konbomby, a drying sandbank, extends 4 miles W from the island. Two groups of rocks, which dry, lie 5 miles N and NE of Conakry (931N 1343W). The most prominent objects when approaching Baie de Sangra are two mountains, Mamelles Soumba (0954N 1336W) with an elevation of 628 m, and Mont Kakoulima (946N 1327W) with an elevation of 1009 m. Mont Kakoulima is the highest summit in this locality and has a conical peak with steep and regular sloping sides up to threequarters of its height. On its upper portion, W of the summit, there is a small spur which can only be distinguished from S. Normally Mont Kakoulima is clearly visible during the wet season, but in the dry season it is often obscured by mist.

Passage
1

Depths
1

8.13 The coastal bank, with depths of less than 5 m, lies from 3 to 7 miles offshore between Cap Verga and Rivire Dubrka (8.28). A depth of 95 m was reported (1995) in position 9130N 15310W.

Natural conditions
1

8.14 Local magnetic anomaly. See 8.53. Nature of seabed. The nature of the seabed, off the coast, is mostly black or grey mud, or sand and mud mixed with shells, out to a distance of 12 to 15 miles from the coast; farther to seaward the bottom is mostly sand mixed with shells or gravel. In the vicinity of Baie de Sangara, the nature of the seabed outside depths of 20 m is sand mixed in places with broken shells and stones; in less depths it is soft blue mud. In depths of less than 10 m the water is quite muddy.

8.16 From a position SW of Rochers de Gonzalez (10244N 14415W), the track leads SW for about 80 miles to a position SE of les de Loos, passing (with positions relative to Cap Verga Light (10154N 15265W)): SW of a shoal (16 miles W), least charted depth 89 m, thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (29 miles WSW), position doubtful, thence: SW of a 97 m shoal (13 miles WSW), thence: SW of a depth of 36 m (8 miles WSW) which lies in the S extremity of Rcif de Verga (7.236), thence: SW of a depth of 91 m (16 miles SSW), which lies at the S extremity of the spit extending from Cape Verga, thence: SW of the mouth of Barre Fourou (8 miles ESE), a branch of Rio Pongo (8.19), thence: SW of a shoal with a least charted depth of 36 m (13 miles SSE), thence: 8.17 SW of a shoal with a least charted depth of 91 m (16 miles S), thence: SW of the mouth of Barre Dangara or Barre Commune (8.19) (12 miles ESE), another branch of Rio Pongo, thence: SW of Barre de Vase (8.19) (17 miles ESE), which is the more convenient entrance to Rio Pongo, thence: NE of a dangerous wreck (51 miles SSW), thence: SW of Barre de Sable (8.19) (24 miles ESE), the principal entrance to Rio Pongo, thence: SW of Barre Yangouga (29 miles ESE), another branch of Rio Pongo, but one which is impracticable, thence: SW of Barre de Taboria (8.19) (33 miles ESE). The track continues SE passing (with positions relative to le Tamara Light (9275N 13501W)) SW of le Dodo (21 miles N), which divides the W entrance to Fleuve Konkour (8.26), thence: SW of le Konbomby (18 miles NNE), thence: NE of a wreck (9 miles WSW) (position approximate) with a depth of 12 m over it. Thence the track leads to a position SW of le Tamara Light (8.15). (Directions for the coastal passage continue at 8.69 and for Conakry at 8.54)

Passe du Nord
1

Directions
(continued from 7.236)

Major lights
1

8.15 Rochers de Gonzalez Light (Framework tower, elevation 10 m) (10244N 14415W). Cap Verga Light (pylon, 10 m in height) (10154N 15265W). le Tamara Light (white turret, 6 m in height) (9275N 13501W).

Chart 395 8.18 Description. Passe du Nord (932N 1349W), entered between Roches de lArdent (8.33) on the N and Pointe de lArthuse (8.33) on the S, is suitable for small vessels, but owing to less water reported (1959), E of Pointe de lAmarante (8.35) it is not often used; local knowledge is required. Also, at night, the irregularity of the lights and the low profile of Dique de la Prudente, which is almost invisible, make this channel difficult. Tidal streams. In Passe du Nord, the stream is very strong N of le Kassa, causing overfalls in depths of 9 m. Directions. During daylight, vessels should approach with the N pair of the four conspicuous radio masts (8.57) bearing 100, until Pointe Lejeune (8.35) bears 154. Pointe Lejeune should be steered for on this bearing until Boulbin Lighthouse comes in line with the conspicuous

250

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

tree bearing 098 which leads to the dredged channel. It should be noted that this course passes only cable N of Pointe de lAmarante. At night, vessels should approach in the white sector of Boulbin Light bearing between 108 and 112, noting the 5 m shoal patch lying about 1 miles WNW of the light, which also lies within this sector.

Current
1

8.21 The current off Rio Pongo, during October and November, has been observed to set NE and E for several days in succession.

Tidal streams
1

Rio Pongo (Rivire Fatala)

Chart 612

Description
1

8.19 Rio Pongo is an arm of the sea of considerable extent with several tributaries; the river overflows its banks during the rainy season. The mouth of Rio Pongo forms a delta which enters the sea through six main branches of which Barre de Vase (1006N 1412W) and Barre de Sable (1002N 1406W) are suitable for general navigation; even these are only suitable for vessels of light draught. The other branches are Barre Fourou (1012N 1419W) and Barre Dangara or Barre Commune (1009N 1415W), both of which lie NW of Barre de Vase; Barre Yangouya (1000N 1401W), which is impracticable, and Barre de Taboria (958N 1357W) lie SE of Barre de Sable. Barre de Vase entrance lies between Pointe Goro, 17 miles ESE of Cap Verga, and Pointe Jily, 1 mile farther SE. The navigable channel is about 7 cables wide at the entrance. Point Goro is low and covered with mangroves, and Point Jily has some clumps of trees and clusters of mangroves on it. Barre de Vase is not as deep as Barre de Sable, but vessels drawing 4 m can cross it at flood tide, and it is the more convenient entrance. Although the channel is narrow, the bottom is composed of such soft mud that a vessel can ground without any danger. 8.20 Barre de Sable entrance lies between Pointe Observation (1004N 1405W) and the W extremity of le Marara (1002N 1402W), and is the principal entrance to Rio Pongo. Pointe Observation terminates rather abruptly with a village standing miles SW of it, whereas the W extremity of le Marara has a very gradual slope. The employment of a pilot for Barre de Sable entrance is essential and pilots can be obtained from Conakry (8.39) There are numerous shallow places on Barre de Sable which give it the appearance of a continuous line of breakers. The channel is narrow and frequently changing; but a vessel of 5 m draught can cross the bar at HW with the assistance of a pilot. Although very difficult to navigate, Barre de Sable is the only entrance used by merchant vessels because it is the shortest distance to the factories within the river. The sea in the channel is often heavy during onshore winds. Barre de Taboria entrance lies 10 miles SE of Pointe Observation, and is only suitable for boats. Beacons stand on the N and S entrances points of Barre de Taboria. Vessels up to 3 m draught can navigate the creek within the bar by using the upper entrance E of le Big (1007N 1403W). Thence vessels can proceed SE to Taboria village (9577N 13570W) which stands 1 mile within the S entrance and has a wharf. The channel is marked by beacons. There are numerous villages on the banks of the creek.

8.22 Tidal streams in Barre de Vase entrance set NE on the rising tide and SSW on the falling tide. In Barre de Sable entrance the tidal streams set NNE across the channel on the rising tide and SW on the falling tide, sweeping obliquely towards the banks on the S side of the channel. The rate in both entrances varies from 1 kn to 3 kn after heavy rains.

Directions
1

8.23 Mariners crossing Barre de Vase should pass midway between the breakers, on the drying banks either side of the entrance, and follow the channel leading NE for about 7 miles to a junction. The more N of the channels, known as Crique Kissing, should then be followed, curving round ESE past two villages and joining the main river above le Big (1007N 1403W). Crique Kissing is navigable for vessels of 24 m draught. Marigot de Avisos, the more S channel, is somewhat deeper than Crique Kissing but is more difficult to navigate as the bends are sharper and a large drying sandbank fronts its E end where it joins the main channel from Barre de Sable entrance. Mariners crossing Barre de Sable, should pass in midchannel between the entrance points. Thence the channel E of le Big should be taken keeping towards the shores of le Marara and le Quito on the E side until past the shallow bank extending S from le Big. Thereafter keep a midchannel course, passing NE and N of le Big, to the anchorage off Boffa.

Boffa
1

8.24 Boffa (1010N 1402W) is the administrative centre for Pongo District and is the central customs station. There are several factories and a wharf. There is a road to Port Kamsar (7.245), and from Gumeyr, on the E bank, there is a road to Conakry (8.39).

Rio Pongo above Boffa

1

8.25 The upper reaches of Rio Pongo are named Rivire Fatala. Marigot de Bania or Crique Toua, which joins the E bank of Rio Pongo 1 mile above Gumeyr, is suitable only for small boats; on the N side of its entrance is the village of Cokaia (1011N 1401W). About 2 miles above Boffa the river takes a sharp bend in which the tidal streams are strong. le du Diable (1013N 1359W) divides Rio Pongo about mile N of the bend. The main river, on the banks of which are several villages, leads NE, whilst the other branch leads NNW. About 5 miles above le du Diable, on the NNW branch, the river opens out into a salt water marshy basin, studded with muddy islands amongst which navigation is impracticable.

251

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Fleuve Konkour Description

1 2

8.26 Fleuve Konkour divides into three branches at the N end of le Kakounsou (957N 1341W) about 10 miles from its mouth. The W branch, Rivire Kablea, enters the sea on the NW side of le Dodo (8.17) and Rivire Dembia enters the sea on the SE side of the island. The mouths of both above branches are obstructed by Banc Konbomby (8.17). The E arm of Fleuve Konkour, passes E of le Kakounsou and thence into Rivire Dubreka (8.28) to the NE of le Konbomby, where it is known as Bouramaya. Vessels entering Fleuve Konkour through Bouramaya and the E branch of the river, leave le Kakounsou on the port hand when proceeding up river. Near the N end of le Kakounsou is a reef of the same name over which vessels of 3 m draught can pass at halftide. Above this the channel is clear and lies in midstream. Both banks of the river are covered by thick belts of mangroves intersected by numerous creeks which are only accessible to flatbottomed boats. Vessels of 3 m draught can ascend Fleuve Konkour for about 20 miles above le Kakounsou. but above this point a rocky ridge extends across the river forming rapids which completely bar further navigation.

Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 42 m; mean neap range about 21 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Anchorage. The best anchorage is below the Customs Wharf. Tidal streams. The ingoing stream has an average rate of 2 kn and the outgoing stream 3 kn. At springs the rate of the streams exceed 4 kn. Slack water is of short duration. Supplies. Provisions are plentiful.

Anchorage
Chart 612

South of Barre de Taboria

1

8.30 Anchorage can be obtained off the mouth of Barre de Taboria, 3 miles SSW of Taboria (9579N 13571W), in a depth of about 5 m.

les de Loos
Chart 395

General information
1

Tidal streams
1

8.27 The tidal stream ascends Rivire Dembia at an average rate of 2 kn, but the rate of the outgoing stream is much greater.

8.31 les de Loos, lying on the S side of the entrance to Baie de Sangara (8.12) are composed of four large islands; le Tamara (930N 1349W) (8.33), le Roume (928N 1348W) (8.34), le Kassa (929N 1345W) (8.35) and le Tombo which is connected by a causeway to the mainland and on which stands Conakry (8.39). There are also three smaller islands; le Corail, lying SE of the S extremity of le Tamara, and le Blanche and lot Cabri both of which lie SW of the S extremity of le Kassa. All the islands have very fertile soil but are fringed with rocky ledges which renders landing difficult.

Rivire Dubrka Description

1 1

Prohibited anchorage
8.32 An anchorage prohibited area, the limits of which can best be seen on the chart, extends from le Tamara to le Kassa, passing S of le Roume; submarine cables have been laid in the area.

8.28 Rivire Dubrka, which flows into the NE corner of Baie de Sangara (8.12), is entered between le Konbomby, on the SE extremity of which stands the village of Kandian (945N 1341W), and Pointe de la Crique, 4 miles ESE. Rivire Dubrka is navigable at HW by vessels of 3 m to 4 m draught as far as the town of Dubrka (8.29). Above Dubrka, the river is navigable only by boats. About 3 miles NE of of Pointe de la Crique, Rivire Dubrka divides into two arms; the main channel leading NE. The arm leading S is no longer navigable. The banks of Rivire Dubrka are covered with mangroves and fringed, at low water, by mudbanks making landing almost impossible. Seuil de Mia, a rocky bar which dries in places lies across the river about 5 miles NE of Pointe de la Crique. Two beacons (cylindrical topmarks) mark the passage across the bar which has a depth of 18 m over it.

le Tamara
1

Dubrka
1

8.29 Description. The town of Dubrka (9 47 5N 13315W) is fronted by two wharves; the W wharf is in ruins, and the Customs Wharf, the E one, has a depth of 3 m alongside. Overhead cable. An overhead telephone cable spans Rivire Dubreka close E of Customs Wharf.

8.33 Description. le Tamara is the W and largest of the group. Pointe de lArthuse (931N 1348W) on which stands a white beacon tower, is the N extremity of le Tamara. Roches de lArdent, 1 miles N of Pointe de lArthuse, are two rocks with a least depth of 31 m over them. The sea does not break over these rocks, but there is a heavy swell over them. Passe du Nord (8.18) lies between these rocks and Pointe de lArthuse. Pointe Barrette (9 30 6N 13 47 5W) is the NE extremity of the island and the village of Fotoba stands 5 cables W of the point. Pointe du Hunier is the S extremity of the island and a light (8.15) is exhibited from the S end of a hill standing 5 cables NNW from the point. A detached rock, 07 m in height lies cable S of Pointe du Hunier, and a rocky shoal which dries 04 m lies 2 cables E from the point. le Fousset, 12 m in height, and le Poulet, 02 m in height, lie 5 cables NE of Pointe du Hunier to which they are connected by foul ground. le de Corail (8.55), 28 m in height, lies 1 mile SE of Pointe du Hunier.

252

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Topography. le Tamara is formed of a range of thickly wooded hills with Sommet Ballay, 164 m in height, lying at the N end. le Tamara, which can be seen at a distance of 20 miles in clear weather, has the appearance, from seaward, of two high islands. The W coast of le Tamara is steepto and can be approached to a distance of mile, but it is sheer and landing is impossible. Landing can be effected on the E coast of le Tamara at a small jetty situated 3 cables NNE of the lighthouse. Landing can also be made on the shore abreast the villages of Boume (9284N 13500W) and Robane (9291N 13495W). Landing can also be made at a small jetty at Port Hug (9293N 13489W) and at a jetty, 1 miles farther NE, which lies E of the prison.

le Roume
1

8.34 Description. le Roume lies nearly midway between le Tamara and le Kassa. le Sourid, which is wooded, lies close off the N side of the island to which it is connected by rocky ledges which cover at high water. Banc Crawford, which extends from the N side of le Roume towards the N end of le Kassa (8.35), dries in places and almost completely obstructs the passage between the two islands. lot de la Bouteille lies close off the S side of the E end of le Roume. A patch with a depth of 14 m over it, lies on the outer edge of the shoal ground extending 1 cables SW from the SW extremity of le Roume. Topography. le Roume has several rocky hills, the highest of which is Sommet Mady (9277N 13481W). Tidal streams off le Roume set NE on the rising tide and SW on the falling tide at a rate of 1 to 2 kn at springs. Anchorage. The best anchorage, which is indicated on the chart, lies about 6 cables NNW of Sommet Mady, the summit of le Roume, in a depth of about 8 m. Directions for anchorage. Vessels of moderate draught should approach the anchorage off le Roume from SW, with the NW edge of the island bearing NE, passing between the shoal lying E of Pointe du Hunier (8.33) and le de Corail. On reaching a position E of Pointe du Hunier course can be altered for the anchorage. Vessels of light draught can approach the anchorage through Passe du Nord (8.18). On reaching a position about 1 miles NE of Pointe Barrette, le de Corail bearing 205, will be seen open W of le Roume. Vessels should then steer for le de Corail on this bearing to a position about 7 cables SSE of Pointe Barrette, whence the anchorage can be steered for allowing for the tidal stream.

about 5 cables offshore in the N part and reducing to about 2 cables off le du Goulu. Pointe du Mt (9287N 13449W) lies 2 miles SSE of Pointe de lAmarante, and can be recognised by the abandoned bauxite installations. A disused jetty, in a dilapidated condition and with a depth of 10 m alongside its outer part, extends E and SE from Pointe du Mt. le du Goulu (9277N 13446W) lies 1 mile SSE of Pointe du Mt and is 53 m high. Kouromandja village stands on the NE slopes of the hill of that name, and close NW of le du Goulu. Pointe du Tonnelier (9265N 13453W) is the steepto S extremity of le Kassa, and Rcif du Tonnelier lies 5 cables ENE from it. lot Cabri, 5 m high, and le Blanche, 23 m high, are separated from Pointe du Tonnelier by a narrow channel only suitable for small vessels. Both islands are wooded and fringed with rocks. A 49 m patch lies 2 cables WNW of the SW extremity of le Blanche. Caution. It was reported (1998) that le Kassa lies 1 cables W of its charted position. 8.36 Topography. le Kassa is formed of a range of thickly wooded hills of which Sommet Souroguia, 111 m high, and Sommet Horace, 103 m high, conical in shape, lie close together at the N end of the island, and Sommet Kouromandja, 110 m high, situated 2 miles SSE of the other two, are the highest. The W coast of le Kassa is fringed with rocks and is inaccessible, but the E coast has several beaches where landing is easy. Landing on the E coast of le Kassa is possible at the small jetty situated SE of Pointe de lAmarante and abreast the villages of Mangue and Tann, 7 cables and 1 miles SSE, respectively, from the point. Landing is also possible at the small quay N of the root of the diapidated jetty at Pointe du Mt and abreast the village of Kouromandja.

le Tombo
1

8.37 For information on le Tombo see Conakry (8.39).

Rio Kapatchez
Chart 1560

General information
1

8.38 Rio Kapatchez (1026N 1436W), the mouth of which forms a wide gap in the coast 16 miles NNW of Cap Verga, is only suitable for small craft, its approach being much obstructed by rocks.

CONAKRY General information

Chart 395

Position le Kassa
1

8.35 Description. le Kassa has a similar aspect to that of le Tamara. Pointe Lejeune (9304N 13461W), on which stands a white beacon tower, 7 m in height, is the NW extremity of le Kassa. Pointe de lAmarante, the NE extremity of the island, lies 4 cables ENE of Pointe Lejeune and a beacon, position approximate is situated about 1 cables SSE. The whole of the E coast of le Kassa is fronted by a coastal bank with depths of less than 5 m over it, extending

8.39 Port de Conakry (9310N 13433W).

Function
1

8.40 The city of Conakry, with a population of 1 764 000 in 1999, is the capital of the Republic of Guinea, the seat of Government and the commericial centre of the Southern Rivers district. The principal exports are bauxite and alumina. Imports include, rice, flour, sugar, cement and other manufactured goods.

253

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Topography
1

8.41 le Tombo (931N 1343W), lying 2 miles E of the N end of le Kassa (8.35), is flat and almost entirely fringed by rocky ledges which render access difficult. On the NW side of the island is the Port of Conakry. The NE end of the island is connected to Presqule de Camayenne, on the mainland, by two causeways; the N of which carries a railway and the S a road and a railway. The city of Conakry occupies the whole of the island. Bancs de la Prudente, which is an extension of the coastal bank lying in Baie de Sangara (8.12), extends W and N of the dredged channel fronting Port de Conakry, with depths of less than 5 m. Several stranded wrecks, which can best be seen on the chart, lie on this bank.

Anchorage can also be obtained 5 cables W of Boulbin Light, clear of the channel, in a depth of about 9 m. There is space for two vessels in this anchorage but at spring tides the tidal stream is strong (see 8.53), and in the winter there is a heavy sea which makes communication with the shore difficult.

Prohibited anchorages
1

8.48 Submarine cable areas in which anchoring is prohibited, extend S from le Tombo and SW between le Tombo and le Kassa, as shown on the chart.

Pilotage
1

Approach and entry

1

8.42 Vessels of moderate draught approach Conakry through Grande Passe, which lies between le Kassa and the mainland. Entrance into the harbour is effected via a 150 m wide dredged channel.

8.49 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 20 m in length and available between 0600 and 1800. Small vessels can depart until 2300. The pilot boards between No 1 Lightbuoy (9282N 13436W) and No 7 Lightbuoy (9302N 13436W). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Traffic
1

Tugs
1

8.43 In 2004 there were 296 vessel movements totalling 6 091 308 dwt.

8.50 Two tugs are available. The use of one tug is compulsory for berthing/unberthing; a second tug is used for vessels over 150 m LOA.

Port Authority
1

8.44 Port Authority of Conakry, BP 805, Conakry, Republic of Guinea.

1

Harbour General layout

8.51 The harbour of Port de Conakry is a natural basin lying parallel to, and about 2 cables distant from the NW side of le Tombo. The harbour is protected by Digue de la Prudente and Digue Nord which are detached and lie about 4 cables off and parallel with the NW side of le Tombo. pi Nord extends NNW and then NW from a position on the coast about 1 miles NE of Boulbin Light and is connected to the N end of Digue Nord by a rubble breakwater. The S end of Digue Nord is connected to Digue de la Prudente by another rubble breakwater. Anse du Dragonnier, which lies on the SW side of le Tombo, sheltered by the reef on which Boulbin Light stands, is used by small coasters.

Limiting conditions
1

8.45 Controlling depth. The approach channel was dredged to a depth of 95 m (1995), however, less water was reported (1999) between No 7 Lightbuoy and No 9 Lightbuoy. Deepest berth: Bauxite Berth (Berths 8 and 9) (8.60). Longest berth: Container Berth (8.60). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 30 m; mean neap range about 15 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1016 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: 30 000 dwt; draught 975 m.

Arrival information
1

Development
8.52 Expansion of the container terminal and warehousing and an extension of the fuel terminal are planned.

Notice of ETA
1

8.46 ETA should be sent 72, 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival through the agent. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).
1

Natural conditions
8.53 Local magnetic anomaly. A local magnetic anomaly exists in the vicinity of les de Loos (8.31). Compass deflections of 6 have been observed approaching le Tombo (8.41) and of nearly 3 near le Tamara (8.33). Tidal streams off Port de Conakry vary with the seasons. In general the ingoing tide sets N and the outgoing tide sets S.

Outer anchorages
1

8.47 Anchorage can be obtained 6 cables NE of le du Goulu (8.35) and 5 cables W of the entrance to the buoyed approach channel.

254

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Ngoing stream Sgoing stream Sgoing stream

2

Begins at + 0015 LW Begins at 0015 HW (Dry seasonNovember to April) Begins at 0200 HW (Wet seasonJune to October)

In Grande Passe, in the vicinity of Boulbin Lighthouse, the ingoing tide sets NNW and the outgoing tide sets SSE. At the entrance to the port, the ingoing tide sets NNE and the outgoing tide sets SSW. At springs the tidal stream attains the following rates: Ingoing tide Outgoing tide Abreast Boulbin Lighthouse In the harbour Abreast Boulbin Lighthouse In the harbour 2 kn 2 kn 2 kn 1 kn
4 3

With a strong ebb tide, the sea off the end of the wharves (8.60) is very choppy and is sometimes dangerous for boats. Visibility. Offshore winds are capable of blowing alumina dust from the bulk alumina berth (8.60) and obscuring the berths and the channel in the vicinity. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.303.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 8.17)
2

Major light
1

8.54 le Tamara Light (9275N 13501W) (8.15).

Entry
1

8.55 From a position SW of le Tamara Light (9275N 13501W) the track leads E, passing (with positions relative to Boulbin Light (9302N 13433W)): Clear of a wreck (11 miles SW), with a depth of 8 m over it, thence: S of Pointe du Hunier (7 miles WSW), the S extremity of le Tamara (8.33), thence: S of le de Corail (7 miles SW) (8.33). A rock with a depth of 17 m over it lies 3 cables SE of the island. S of le Roume (5 miles WSW) (8.34), thence: S of le Blanche (5 miles SW) (8.35), with lot Cabri, to which it is connected by foul ground, lying 1 cable NE from it, thence: S of Pointe du Tonnelier, the S extremity of le Kassa (4 miles SSW) (8.35), on which stands a white beacon. Thence the track leads N, keeping in the white sector of Boulbin Light (9302N 13433W) (315015), passing: E of Rcif du Tonnelier (4 miles SSW) which dries 19 m, and lies at the SW end of a ridge which has depths of less than 10 m, thence: E of a wreck which dries (3 miles SSW), thence: W of Conakry Lightbuoy (safe water) (2 miles S), thence:

8.56 E of le du Goulou (5 miles E) (8.35), with an old lighthouse standing at its N end, and which is joined to le Kassa by a drying reef. A stranded wreck lies about 4 cables SE of le du Goulou and another stranded wreck lies about 1 cable N. Thence: Between three pairs of lightbuoys (lateral) marking the dredged channel, thence: W of Boulbin Light (8.57), which stands on a drying reef, extending about 3 cables SSW from the SW extremity of le Tombo. A small mangrovecovered islet, 11 m high, stands close S of the lighthouse, and several piles stand between the lighthouse and the shore. Thence the track leads NNE, passing: WNW of No 7 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (3 cables W), thence: ESE of No 8 Lightbuoy (port hand) (4 cables W), thence: WNW of No 9 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (3 cables NW) moored at the W edge of the insular bank, with depths below 5 m, thence: ESE of the head of Digue de la Prudente (6 cables WNW) from which a light (8.57) is exhibited. The track then leads to the berths (8.60). 8.57 Useful marks: Disused jetty, at Pointe du Mt (9287N 13449W). Boulbin Light (white tower, red lantern, 12 m in height) (9302N 13433W). Radio mast (9303N 13429W). White building (9304N 13431W). Hotel (9304N 13432W). Town Hall (9305N 13432W). Digue de la Prudente Light (Yellow and black pylon on turret surmounted by two cones point downwards) (9305N 13438W). Cathedral tower (52 m in height) (9 30 7N 13430W). Government House (9307N 13432W). Radio mast (9308N 13429W). Tall building (9308N 13431W). White tanks (9308N 13432W). Four radio masts (9 30 9N 13 42 0W), red obstruction lights. Monument (9313N 13415W). La Grande Mosque, with four minarets (9321N 13411W), standing on Presqule de Camayenne.

Basin and berths

1

8.58 The water area fronting the wharves was reported (1995) to be dredged to 10 m, 8 m and 11 m at the bulk loading berths. Depths decrease to less than 5 m betweeen the dredged area and the enclosing breakwater. Three Lightbuoys (E cardinal; pillar), their positions best seen on the chart, mark the limits of these areas. Mooring buoys are laid in the NW area between Digue Nord and the rubble breakwater connecting with pi Nord.

Basin
1

8.59 A basin is situated between Berth Nos 5 and 7, the SE end of which has depths less than 5 m. It has two berths,

255

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Conakry Container Terminal (8.60)

(Original dated 2003) (Photograph MV Doulos)

separated by a jetty extending NNW, designated Nos 6A and 6B, these berths are for the use of fishing vessels.
1

Port services
8.61 Repairs. There are few facilities for repair. There is a slipway, capacity 800 tonnes, and a small floating dock. There are mobile cranes up to 30 tonnes capacity. Other facilities: hospital in Conakry. Deratting and deratting exemption certificates issued. There are no oily waste or sludge reception facilities. Garbage disposal can be arranged. Supplies. Fuel and fresh water available, but the latter reportedly (1998) of poor quality; limited fresh provisions available. Communications. An airport is situated about 13 km NE of Conakry. Rescue. Conakry is a designated MRSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information.

Alongside berths
1

8.60 Berths on the wharves fronting the reclaimed land are numbered from SW starting with the Container Terminal, length 269 m, followed by the bulk alumina berth (Berths 0 and 1) also known as Quai Fria. Berth Nos 2, 3, 4 and No 5 are used for general cargo. Berth No 6 is used for fishing/small craft (8.59). Berth No 7 is generally used for fruit, but can also be used for general cargo. Berths Nos 8 and 9 are the bauxite/petroleum berths, with a depth alongside of 11 m. Berth No 10 is used by petroleum vessels.

CONAKRY TO CAPE SIERRA LEONE GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 601 coast presents under different atmospheric conditions is very remarkable. In clear weather, les de Loos (8.31), the high mountains inland, the tall trees on the coast and le Matakong, 22 miles SE of le Tombo, can be seen from a considerable distance. le Matakong (8.70), which is of moderate elevation, appears as a hummock with gentle slopes covered with luxuriant vegetation, and forms a striking contrast to the low and swampy mainland opposite. le Matakong is surrounded by reefs and mudflats so that none but small vessels can anchor within 2 miles of it. In hazy weather nothing is visible but a low coast fringed with mangroves, with an indistinct opening of a river here and there. Farther S, Pointe Sallatouk (904N 1319W) is higher than any part of the adjacent coast, and shows from seaward as a steep promontory owing to the tall mangroves which cover it. A conspicuous clump of trees stands close S of the point. The shores of Yelibuya Sound, which is entered between Pointe Sallatouk and Barlo Point 15 miles SSE, are generally low and wooded. Yelibuya Island (8.80) which forms the N entrance point for Yelibuya Sound Channel, is low and swampy but covered with trees.

Area covered
1

8.62 This section describes the coastal route, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from Conakry (931N 1343W) to Freetown (829N 1314W), about 60 miles generally S. It is arranged as follows: Conakry to Freetown (8.63). Freetown (8.84).

CONAKRY TO FREETOWN General information

Chart 601

Route
1

8.63 From a position SW of le de Loos (929N 1347W) the route leads SSE for 60 miles to a position 17 miles W of Cape Sierra Leone (830N 1318W).

Topography
1

8.64 The coast between le Tombo and Rivire Mellacore (8.72), 34 miles SE, is very low, densely wooded and without any distinctive features. The contrast which this

256

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

The coast from Barlo Point to the mouth of Kipulun Creek (843N 1314W), which is blocked by a drying sandbank, 7 miles S, is formed of a sandy beach.

Depths
1

8.65 There are no isolated dangers in the extensive bight between les de Loos (8.31) and le Matakong (8.70), and the land can be approached by the soundings and good anchorage can be obtained. The above stretch of the coast can usually be approached, by vessels of moderate draught, to a distance of 7 miles, which is near enough to distinguish the land and, in some cases to identify the river mouths. Yelibuya Sound itself is almost entirely filled with mud flats and shoals. Less water than charted has been reported (1969) about 18 miles W of Barlo Point and also about 9 miles WNW of Cape Sierra Leone (1999). The coast from Barlo Point (8.70) to Mahera village (836N 1312W) is fronted by an extensive shallow bank on which there are submerged rocks lying as much as 2 miles offshore. A depth of 18 m is found in places about 4 miles offshore and depths of less than 10 m may be found as much as 18 miles from the coast.

WSW of a wreck (14 miles SW) (existence doubtful), thence: WSW of a wreck (17 miles SW) (existence doubtful), thence: WSW of Pointe Yeliotono (11 miles SE), the W entrance point of Rivire Mellacore (8.72), thence: WSW of a wreck (23 miles SW) (existence doubtful), position approximate, thence: WSW of a depth of 10 m (26 miles SW). WSW of Pointe Sallatouk (13 miles SSE) (8.64), with a stranded wreck reported (2002) to lie close S in position 9 03 3N 13 19 1W. The international boundary between the Republic of Guinea and the Republic of Sierra Leone joins the coast about 1 mile S of Pointe Sallatouk. 8.71 Thence the track continues SSE, passing (with positions relative to Barlo Point (8495N 13146W)): WSW of the SW point of Yelibuya Island (8 miles NNW), thence: WSW of Kortimaw Island (4 miles N) lying in the estuary of the Scarcies Rivers (8.81 and 8.82), thence: WSW of a 91 m patch (18 miles WSW), thence: WSW of Barlo Point, which is low and wooded, thence: WSW of Leopard Island (8 miles S), with the wreck of a tanker, King Jimmy, reported (1999) to lie about 15 miles W from it, in approximate position 841N 1330W in a depth of 12 m, thence: WSW of a reported depth of 9 m (21 miles SW) position approximate, thence: WSW of Cooper Rock (12 miles S) which dries 09 m, and lies 4 miles WNW of Mahera village (8.86); the sea occasionally breaks in the vicinity of this rock. Thence the track leads to a position 17 miles W of Cape Sierra Leone (830N 1318W). (Directions for the coastal passage continue at 8.160, and for Freetown at 8.103)

Unsurveyed area
1

8.66 Between the mouth of Rivire Mellacore and Yelibuya Sound, from between 9 miles to 15 miles W of Pointe Sallatouk (8.64), lies an unsurveyed area best seen on the chart.

Submarine cables
1

8.67 Disused submarine cables, best seen on the chart, extend from le Tombo SSE to Cockerill Bay (8.124), SW towards Orontes Bank (8.161) and continue farther S.

Natural conditions
1

8.68 Local magnetic anomaly. See 8.53. Tidal streams. Between les de Loos (8.31) and Cape Saint Ann (735N 1257W), 120 miles SSE, the tidal stream sets N with the rising tide at Freetown (8.84) and S with the falling tide there.

Benti and Rivire Mellacore

Chart 601

Rivire Mellacore to Benti general information Directions

(continued from 8.17)
1

Major light
1

8.69 le Tamara Light (9275N 13501W) (8.15).

Passage
1

8.70 From a position SW of le Tamara Light (9275N 13501W) the track leads SSE passing (with positions relative to le Matakong Light (9164N 13257W)): WSW of the entrance to Rivire Soumbouya (13 miles NNW) (8.76), thence: WSW of the entrance to Rivire Morbaya (7 miles NNW) (8.77), thence: WSW of le Matakong (916N 1326W), from which a light is exhibited (8.83), and which is the commercial centre of the area, thence: WSW of the mouth of Rivire Forcariah (5 miles SE) (8.78), thence:

8.72 Caution. All buoys and beacons marking the river and channels are reported (2002) missing. Owing to frequent changes in the channels, no directions are given. Mariners should therefore proceed with extreme caution and the services of a pilot (see below) are strongly recommended. In the absence of a pilot, local knowledge should be sought. Description. The mouth of Rivire Mellacore lies between Pointe Yeliotono (909N 1317W), the S point of le Tana and Pointe Sallatouk, 5 miles farther SSW. The entrance to the river is divided by Banc du Milieu with Passe du Nord and Passe du Sud to N and S of the bank, respectively. Banc du Milieu, with depths of less than 5 m over it consists of hard sand and dries in places at its E end. The bank extends about 7 miles SW from a position 1 mile WSW of Pointe Yeliotono. The bar near the SW end of Banc de Milieu is subject to frequent change. Depending upon draught, vessels are recommended to cross the bar about 3 hours before HW in

257

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

order to arrive at the anchorage at Benti (8.73) at slack water. Passe du Nord lies between a drying sand and mudbank extending 5 miles W from Pointe Yeliotono, and Banc du Milieu and is only accessible to small vessels; local knowledge being required. Passe du Sud lies between Banc du Milieu and the drying bank extending NE from Pointe Sallatouk (8.64). Rivire Mellacore is navigable for 20 miles and it has several tributaries, the most important of which is Rivire Tana (8.79) which enters the N side of Rivire Mellacore close E of Pointe Yeliotono and connects with Rivire Forcariah (8.78). Pointe Rico lies on the S shore 1 mile ESE of Pointe Tana (9100N 13154W) and a bank, with drying patches on its outer edge, extends into midriver between Pointe Ghessy (9083N 13157W) and Pointe Rico. A shoal with depths of less than 5 m over it, extends 5 cables SE from the N shore between Pointe Tana and Pointe Kakoutaye (9105N 13140W). At the E end of this bank, a drying reef extends ENE thence NNE to the shore 3 cables ENE of Pointe Kakoutaye. Pilots for Rivire Mellacore can be obtained from Port de Conakry (8.39) and must be disembarked at that port. Above Siguand the services of a local pilot should be obtained. Anchorage can be obtained off the entrance to Rivire Tana; local knowledge is required.

Singuand stands on the N shore 2 miles NE of Conta and Tambana Factory stands on the S shore, at a sharp bend in the river, 7 cables S of Singuand. Rivire Melacore is free of dangers between le Konikounsi and Tambana Factory. When approaching Maliguagb (914N 1304W), the W shore must be closed to avoid a rock awash lying cable from the E shore opposite the village. Above Maliguagb, Rivire Mellacore is practicable only for boats which can ascend to Famorah, 5 miles farther up river.

Rivers
Chart 601

Rivire Tabounsou
1

8.75 Description. Rivire Tabounsou (934N 1335W), which is accessible only to boats at half tide, has not been fully examined. The outgoing stream in this river, as well as Rivire Soumbouya (8.76) and Rivire Morbaya (8.77) is very strong, and vessels bound for these rivers should contact the authorities at Conakry for the latest information on all the dangers in these river entrances, which are fronted by extensive shoals. Useful mark: Radio masts (9343N 13376W), red obstruction lights, at Bassia (2 miles W of the river mouth).

Benti
1

Rivire Soumbouya
1

8.73 Description. The town of Benti (910N 1313W) stands on a point 2 miles ENE of Pointe Tana and has several factories and a custom house. It is the centre for exports of fruit and vessels call regularly to load bananas. A drying mudbank extends into midriver W from the point on which Benti stands. Wreck. A stranded wreck is reported (2002) to lie in position 9104N 13135W. Tidal levels. At le Tana, mean spring range is about 31 m; mean neap range is about 17 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Anchorage may be obtained 2 cables NE of the wharf in a depth of 14 to 15 m, mud and gravel. This anchorage is suitable for a vessel not exceeding 125 m in length. The current at this anchorage attains a rate of 4 kn at midtide, but the holding ground is good and there is sufficient swinging room. Berth. The wharf, 60 m in length, lies 7 cables ESE of the point, on which the town stands, and can easily be identified by two concrete warehouses with corrugated iron roofs. Depths alongside are 110 m to 123 m, and vessels berthing here should swing and moor with bows heading downstream. The current alongside the wharf is weak. Seaplane area. A seaplane mooring buoy lies 2 cables NE of the wharf.

8.76 Description. Rivire Soumbouya (929N 1332W) is navigable at HW water by vessels with a draught of less than 3 m as far as Fallikouri, situated near Manah, about 16 miles from the entrance. The banks on both sides of the entrance dry at LW leaving a passage about 1 mile wide with a least depth of 1 m in it. Rivire Laya and Rivire de Ouankifong, which have a common mouth, 5 miles above the entrance, also connect with Rivire Morbaya (8.77). Tidal streams follow the direction of the channel. See 8.75. Anchorage can be obtained, if awaiting the ingoing tide, in a depth of 55 m at the edge of the flat described below. Directions. Vessels approaching from W should follow a track of about 095, with Sommet Kouromandja (8.36) on le Kassa bearing 275 astern, until a depth of 55 m is obtained at the edge of the flat which extends about 5 miles WSW off the river mouth. From the above position, a vessel should proceed ENE towards the N entrance point of the river. As soon as the mudbank, extending from the point, can be seen she should proceed close along its edge into the river.

Rivire Morbaya
1

Rivire Mellacore above Benti

1

8.74 Description. le Konikounsi (9105N 13114W) lies in midriver 1 mile E of Benti wharf (8.73), and is connected to the N shore by a shallow bank. The village of Conta stands on the N shore 4 miles E of Benti and Rivire Morcania enters the S shore 6 cables farther E.

8.77 Description. Rivire Morbaya (924N 1326W) has only been examined for about 7 miles above the entrance. The channel across the bar, lying about 5 miles WSW of the SE entrance point to the river, has a least depth of 1 m in it. The banks on both sides of the entrance dry in places, and that on the S side always breaks in certain parts. The depths in midchannnel above the entrance are not less than 5 m as far as the survey extends, except for a

258

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

bank with a depth of 37 m over it, which extends into midchannel from the E bank 4 miles above the entrance. Rivire Gbma, Rivire Touguir and Rivire Ktre, which have a common mouth enter Rivire Morbaya on its E side about 3 miles above the entrance. A remarkable round mass of granite, over 275 m in circumference, and rising abruptly to an elevation of 12 m, stands 1 mile farther up the river also on the E side. Rivire Morbaya divides into the combined Rivire Laya, Rivire de Ouankifong (8.76) and Rivire Danghan about 2 miles upriver from the granite mass. Tidal streams in the entrance to Rivire Morbaya set towards the bank on the S side of the channel. The outgoing stream is very strong. See 8.75. Anchorage. Vessels awaiting the tide may find anchorage about 4 miles SW of the W entrance point of the river in a depth of about 6 m, as shown on the chart. Directions. For vessels approaching Rivire Morbaya from the NW, the track across the bar leads ESE with Sommet Kouromandja (8.36) on le Kassa bearing 294 astern. From the charted anchorage position (9 21 3N 13309W), the track across the bar leads initially NE with the W entrance point ahead bearing 049, thence ENE between the banks on either side of the channel. The channel is very narrow in places and the banks, which have little water over them even at HW, are easily seen.

Directions. When entering Rivire Tana a vessel should keep close to the W bank to avoid the shoal ground which extends over 5 cables from Pointe Tana. Thence as far as a creek which joins the W shore about 6 miles up the river, shoal ground extending from both sides of the river must be avoided. Above this creek the track lies in midchannel to Rivire Ouya Ouya, 3 miles farther NE. Charts 601, 686

Yelibuya Sound
1

Rivire Forcariah
1

8.78 Description. The mouth of Rivire Forcariah, the W entrance of which (917N 1321W) lies 4 miles E of le Matakong, has a least depth of 12 m in the fairway between the flats which dry on either side of the entrance. Only vessels with local knowledge should proceed into Rivire Forcariah which is barred with rocks about 2 miles above its entrance. The outgoing stream is very strong and causes dangerous overfalls in the vicinity of these rocks. Rivire Forcariah can, however be entered above the rocky barrier through Rivire Mellacore (8.72) and Rivire Tana (8.79). Rivire Bereyir enters the N bank of Rivire Forcariah about 4 miles above the rocky barrier. The town of Forcariah (923N 1308W), which is an important trading centre, stands about 13 miles ENE of the entrance to the river. Directions. A vessel should approach the entrance to Rivire Forcaraiah with le Matakong bearing 020 until within a depth of about 6 m and about 8 miles from the island. Here, if necessary, she should await the flood tide.

Rivire Tana
1

8.79 Description. Rivire Tana, the principal tributary of Rivire Mellacore, winds through the middle of a large plain. Its banks are generally clean and covered with mangroves. The river is navigable by vessels up to 24 m draught as far as Yenguissa (919N 1308W), which stands 14 miles from the entrance. Rivire Forcaraiah (8.78) can be entered above the rocky barrier, through Rivire Ouya Ouya (9186N 13145W) and Marigot de Sankin. This passage presents no difficulties except for some sharp bends and tidal eddies at the entrance to marigots. There are three bars in this passage with depths of only 3 m at half tide, which must govern the time of making the passage.

8.80 Description. Yelibuya Sound, the shores of which are generally low and wooded, is entered between Pointe Sallatouk (9 04 N 13 19 W) (8.64) and Barlo Point (8495N 13146W), about 15 miles SSE, and is almost entirely filled with mud flats and shoals. No attempt should be made to navigate it without local knowledge. At the head of the sound are the mouths of the Scarcies Rivers. Yelibuya Island (858N 1317W) is low and swampy but covered with trees. At times this island is easy to identify but sometimes it is difficult to distinguish against the mainland. A village stands on the S side of the island, about 6 cables from its SE extremity, and is visible from 8 to 10 miles from seaward. It appears as a number of white objects which can be mistaken for breakers. Yelibuya Island is fringed by drying mudbanks which connect it with the mainland. Kortimaw Island (854N 1313W) which lies in the estuary of the Scarcies Rivers (8.81 and 8.82), lies 3 miles SE of Yelibuya Island and is fronted on its N and W sides by an extensive sandbank. The S side of the island, which is low and wooded, stands out as a clear cut edge when viewed from W and SW. Channels. Yelibuya Sound Channel, which is the main channel to the Scarcies Rivers, lies between the banks which extend S from Yelibuya Island and W from Kortimaw Island. Off the S side Yelibuya Island there is a shifting bar over which the sea breaks at LW. Off the entrance to Sasiyek Creek, which lies 2 miles N of the W extremity of Kortimaw Island, there is a bank which dries. The sea breaks in many places over the banks on the S side of the channel and some parts of the banks dry. Yelibuya Sound Channel continues ESE thence SE to Great Scarcies River (8.81) passing between Yeligbungbo Island (855N 1312W) and the mainland. The bottom of the channel is very soft but the banks are all hard sand. This channel is suitable for small craft with a draught of 27 m, and the water is generally smooth. Direct Channel lies between Kortimaw island and Barlo Point, but an extensive bar of shoals and shifting sand render it difficult of access.

Great Scarcies River

1

8.81 Description. Great Scarcies River, the entrance to which lies 2 miles E of Kortimaw Island (8.80), is suitable for small vessels with a draught of 27 m as far as Tawiya (906N 1256W), standing about 25 miles above the entrance. Vessels with a draught of 18 m can ascend as far as Kambia (908N 1255W), 3 miles farther up river. Off Kychom, standing on the N bank 6 miles above Kortimaw Island, there is ample swinging room. However

259

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

above Kychom, Great Scarcies River is very narrow in places, the bends are sometimes sharp and the streams strong. The banks are mostly lined with mangroves. Off Robat (858N 1258W), standing about 16 miles above the entrance, there is no room to swing. The depth is 9 m and a vessel must moor head and stern.
1

FREETOWN General information

Charts 686, 625, 614

Position
8.84 Freetown (829N 1314W) stands on the peninsula which forms the S shore of the entrance to Sierra Leone River.

Little Scarcies River

1

8.82 Description. Little Scarcies River, the entrance to which lies SE of Kortimaw Island (8.80), is obstructed at its mouth by a large mudbank on which there are several wooded islets. This river is only navigable by small coasting vessels. The channel has a depth of little more than 03 m through which these vessels reach Tumbu (8 51 N 1307W), standing on the N bank 5 miles SE of Kortimaw Island. Little Scarcies River is reported to be tidal as far as some rapids situated about 5 miles above Mange (854N 1250W), standing on the N bank about 20 miles above Tumbu, and is reported to be navigable as far as Mange by vessels with a draught of about 15 m. During the rainy season, the river rises about 27 m.

Function
1

8.85 Freetown is the capital of the Republic of Sierra Leone and the seat of Government. It was founded in 1791.

Topography
1

Anchorage

le Matakong
1

8.83 Anchorage. A vessel wishing to anchor in the vicinity of le Matakong (8.64 and 8.70) should approach with its NW point bearing E, sounding continuously, and anchor according to draught over a bottom of dark mud. The SE part, which is detached from the rest of le Matakong by a small creek, is low and covered with tall trees. A customs house stands on the N side of the island. The passage between le Matakong and the mainland dries at low water and has two wooded islets in it; boats can use the passage at HW. Useful mark: le Matakong Light (white tower, 12 m in height) (9164N 13257W).

8.86 Sierra Leone River is an arm of the sea which receives the waters of several tributaries. The river is entered between Leopard Island (841N 1315W) and Cape Sierra Leone (830N 1318W), 11 miles SSW. Mahera (836N 1312W) stands on the coast 6 miles SSE of Leopard Island. Lungi airport is situated 1 mile NNE of Mahera. The coast between Mahera village and Tagrin Point (831N 1309W), 5 miles SSE, is fronted by a sandy beach. Middle Ground is a large bank, with depths of less than 5 m and which dries 12 m in places, extending 6 miles W from the coast between Mahera and Tagrin Point; the sea breaks in many places on this bank. Bullom Shore, the name applied to the N shore of the river entrance and of which Tagrin Point is the S extremity, is low lying but rises in places to elevations of 24 m to 30 m. It is covered with trees and bushes between which prominent red sand cliffs can be seen here and there. There are numerous villages along this shore. The S shore presents a striking contrast to the N shore. It consists of a peninsula formed of ranges of bold forestclad mountains terminating in Cape Sierra Leone which is covered with trees and scrub and joined to the peninsula by a narrow isthmus, covered with mangroves and scrub. From a distance the cape shows as a rocky craggy island. 8.87 Aberdeen Hill, 5 cables E of Cape Sierra Leone Light, is considerably higher than the land directly E of it or that forming the cape. The suburb of Aberdeen stands SE of the hill and on the SW shore of Pirate Bay. A bridge spans the entrance to Aberdeen Creek, which dries, and joins Aberdeen to Murray Town with Murray
Water Tower

Lt Ho.

Freetown Cape Sierra Leone (8.84)

(Original dated 2003) (Photograph MV Doulos)

260

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Town Point (830N 1316W) lying close N. Cockle Bay lies to the N of the entrance to Aberdeen Creek. White Mans Bay lies between Murray Town Point and King Tom Point (830N 1315W); situated at the head of King Tom Peninsula, which is low but has many buildings, including a power station and fuel tanks, standing on it. Falcon Bridge Point (830N 1314W), the E entrance point of Kroo Bay, lies 1 mile E of King Tom Point. Susans Bay (8.113) and Destruction Bay, separated by Mabella Point, lie between Falcon Bridge Point and the W end of Queen Elizabeth II Quay, 1 mile E. Cline Point lies 8 cables ESE of the W end of Queen Elizabeth II Quay. Cline Bay lies between Cline Point and Ardron Point (829N 1311W). The entrance to Granville Brook, which dries, lies between Cline Point and Kissy ferry terminal (8.111), about 3 cables farther S.

Maximum size of vessel handled. The passenger liner Queen Elizabeth II, 66 451 gt; 293 m LOA; draught 975 m.

Arrival information Outer anchorages

1

8.93 Emergency anchorage. An emergency anchorage area, which can best be seen on the chart, lies centred about 1 miles WNW of Cape Sierra Leone; numerous disused submarine cables lie ESE, NW and close SW of this anchorage area. Explosives anchorage. An explosives anchorage (831N 1312W), indicated on the chart, lies S of Middle Ground, on the N side of the channel.

Port limits
1

Submarine cables
1

8.88 The W limit: A line extending NNE from Cape Sierra Leone to Leopard Island (8.86). The E limit: The meridian of 1300W.

8.94 Numerous disused submarine cables, best seen on the chart, extend seaward from Cockerill Bay (8.124).

Pilotage and tugs Approach and entry

1

8.89 From seaward it is advisable to approach between the parallels of 825N and 830N, until position can be established as the higher land S of Cape Sierra Leone is more readily identified than the low coast lying to the N. This line of approach is recomended in view of the remarks on the set of the tidal streams in 8.68 and the consequent liability of the ship being set N on to Middle Ground (8.86). Caution. Vessels approaching from positions N of 830N are advised that isolated shoal patches exist in this area (see chart) with least depths of 9 m over them at distances up to 17 miles from the shore.

8.95 Pilotage is available on a 24 hours, and is compulsory for vessels greater than 20 000 dwt or 91 m draught, and for any vessel bound for Queen Elizabeth II Quay or Kissy Oil Fuel Jetty. The pilot normally boards off Falcon Bridge Point (8296N 13140W). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are not available.

Traffic regulations
1

Traffic
1

8.90 In 2004 there were 246 vessel movements totalling 4 036 235 dwt.

8.96 Prohibited area. An entry prohibited area, the limits of which can best be seen on the chart, lies between Falcon Bridge Point (8.95) and Kroo Bay. This area encloses Government Wharf (8.107), from which a ferry operates. Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in the approaches to Kissy Ferry Terminal (8291N 13122W), as shown on the chart.

Quarantine Port Authority

1

8.91 Sierra Leone Ports Authority, Queen Elizabeth II Quay, PMB 386, Cline Town, Freetown, Sierra Leone.

8.97 A quarantine anchorage, best seen on the chart, lies in position 831N 1315W, S of Middle Ground.

Harbour Limiting conditions

1

8.92 Controlling depth. A depth of 117 m lies on the recommended track about 5 cables WNW of Cape Sierra Leone Light (8.105) as shown on the chart. Deepest berth: Kissy Oil Fuel Jetty (8.109). Longest berth: Queen Elizabeth II Quay Extension (8.109). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 26 m; mean neap range about 13 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water varies with the tide and ranges from 1012 to 1025 g/cm3.

General layout
1

8.98 Freetown has a natural sheltered harbour, and is a good port except for the strong tidal streams, and for a swell which is experienced from July to September.

Development
1

8.99 A report (2001) states that resurfacing and infrastructure work in the area of the Queen Elizabeth II Jetty is a prority, followed by repair work on navigational marks and clearance of wrecks.

261

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

A report (2004) states that efforts to redevelop the port infrastructure are at an early stage.

Aids to navigation
1

Local weather. During the wet season, which lasts from May to October, the prevailing winds are from SW and squalls may be experienced. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.304.

8.100 The aids to navigation in this port and river are reported to be unreliable. They may be missing, unlit or out of position. Vessels should navigate with particular caution.

Directions for entering harbour

1

Hazards
1

8.101 Sandwaves. A recent survey (2001) indicates the presence of numerous sandwaves up to 6 m in height near the confluence of the Bunce and Sierra Leone Rivers, and also in the waters NW of Cape Sierra Leone. Depths less than charted may be encountered, and mariners should navigate with caution in the area. Further general information on sandwaves may be found in The Mariners Handbook. Poor visibility. In winter months, when mist and haze are prevalent, especially during forenoon, the form of topographical features are not easily distinguished. Under such conditions greater care is necessary and sounding should be continuous. Strong tidal stream. Due to the strength of the tidal stream at both ends of Queen Elizabeth II Quay, and a marked scend along its length at full ebb, mariners are advised to ensure additional moorings are put out.

Natural conditions
1

8.102 Tidal streams. Mariners are advised that strong tidal streams, attaining rates of up to 4 kn, can be encountered crossing the recommended track in the area about 1 miles WNW of Cape Sierra Leone. These streams set N on the flood tide and S on the ebb. The tidal streams to the E of Cape Sierra Leone follow the direction of the channel. At the anchorage off Freetown and off King Tom Point (8296N 13148W) the streams set as follows: Interval from HW Freetown 0500 Remarks Ingoing stream begins. During freshets, the start of the ingoing stream may be delayed until 0200 HW, and it attains only a small rate. Outgoing stream begins. In the wet season (June to September), the outgoing stream attains a rate of 5 kn.

+ 0100

At the outer end of Kissy Oil Fuel Jetty (829N 1311W) (8.109), the streams are as follows: Interval from HW Freetown 0500 Remarks Ingoing stream begins. Stream runs parallel to jetty generally, but may be inclined as much as 40 inwards or outwards towards the end of its period. Greatest rate 2 kn. Outgoing stream begins. Stream runs parallel to jetty, but may be inclined inwards at commencement. Greatest rate 5 kn.

HW or shortly after

A strong offshore underwater set is often experienced within 1 cable of Kissy Oil Fuel Jetty towards the end of the outgoing stream and during the ingoing stream.

(continued from 8.70) 8.103 From a position 17 miles W of Cape Sierra Leone the route leads E, passing (with positions relative to Cape Sierra Leone Light (8299N 13178W)): S of a 9 m patch (12 miles WNW) (position approximate) with less water reported (1999) 4 miles E from it, thence: S of another 9 m patch (4 miles NW) with a 99 m patch and a 10 m patch lying 3 cables SSW and 2 cables W, respectively, thence: N of a shoal with a least depth of 67 m (1 miles WSW). Less water has been reported (1983) 2 cables N of that depth. Thence: S of a lightbuoy (port hand) (1 miles WNW), moored close S of a depth of 85 m. Thence the recommended track shown on the chart leads ENE passing: NNW of Carpenter Rock (8 cables WSW) which dries 09 m. This rock can be distinguished by its breakers and the boiler of a wreck which is visible at all states of the tide and on radar. Carpenter Rock is the N extermity of a tongue of the coastal bank (8.134) and is covered by the red sector (064089) of the Cape Sierra Leone auxiliary light. Thence: NNW of Bromham Rock (4 cables SW), with a depth of 52 m over it. The passage between Carpenter Rock and Bromham Rock is not recommended as, even in fine weather, the tiderips in it are dangerous for boats. Thence: NNW of a depth of 88 m (3 cables W), thence: NNW of Cape Sierra Leone Light (8.105). 8.104 The route then leads E, passing: N of Aberdeen Hill (5 cables E), with a conspicuous hotel (8.105) standing on its summit, thence: S of a lightbuoy (port hand) (6 cables NE), thence: S of OFarrell Shoal (1 miles NE), a small detached patch of mud and sand with a least depth of 41 m over it. A dangerous wreck (position approximate) lies 1 cable SSW of the shoal. Thence: N of Murray Town Point (1 miles E), thence: S of a wreck (2 miles ENE) with a depth of 127 m over it, thence: S of a stranded wreck (3 miles NE), lying in Middle Ground (8.86) which is radar conspicuous, marking a shoal area with a least depth of 03 m and over which the sea breaks, thence: N of a wreck (2 miles E), lying in White Mans Bay. A stranded wreck and a dangerous wreck (masts) lie 1 cable W and 1 cable NW from it. Thence: N of King Tom Point (3 miles E) (8.87). An obstruction, with a depth of 21 m over it, lies 3 cables NE of the point. Thence: N of a dangerous wreck (masts) (3 miles E) lying at the entrance to Kroo Bay, thence: S of a dangerous wreck (3 miles ENE), thence: N of Falcon Bridge Point (3 miles E), with a depth of 85 m lying 1 cable NE, thence:

262

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

N of Mabella Point (4 miles E), thence: N of the W end of Queen Elizabeth II Quay (4 miles E) from which a light (8.106) is exhibited. Cline Point leading lights: Front light (metal tripod, 5 m in height) (8294N 13122W). Rear light (metal framework tower on building, 12 m in height) (42 m from front) standing on Cline Point. From a position N of Queen Elizabeth II Quay the alignment (127) of these lights leads to the berths SE of Fourah Point. 8.105 Useful marks: Sugarloaf Mountain (8254N 13139W). Leicester Peak (8270N 13134W). Water tower (8297N 13178W), red obstruction lights. Cape Sierra Leone Light (white round stone tower, red lantern and dwelling, 21 m in height) (8299N 13178W) with the signal station standing close NE. Hotel (grey concrete structure topped by a flat roofed glass fronted observation gallery surmounted by a lattice mast) (8299N 13173W) standing on Aberdeen Hill. Bridge (8296N 13164W) spanning the entrance to Aberdeen Creek. Radio mast (8293N 13159W) standing 5 cables S of Murray Town Point. Fivestoreyed building (8290N 13160W) standing on Signal Hill. Dish aerial (8288N 13162W). Two dish aerials (8287N 13158W). Falcon Bridge Point Light (white round metal tower, two black bands, 2 m in height) (8 29 6N 13139W) reported (2001) extinguished. 8.106 Cathedral tower (8294N 13142W). Two radio masts (61 m in height) (8 29 5N 13140W), standing 1 cable SW of Falcon Bridge Point. State House (8292N 13140W). Parliament House (8288N 13140W). Tower (red and white bands) (8290N 13139W). White building (8290N 13139W).

Radome (red and white lattice mast) (8291N 13139W). White building (8289N 13134W) near the summit of Mount Aureol. Mosque (8294N 13134W). Kennedy Building (32 m in height, with a flagstaff) (8287N 13133W). Kortright House (red building, pitched roof with two chimneys) (8285N 13131W) standing on a hill 334 m in height. Queen Elizabeth II Quay, W end, light (8296N 13130W). Queen Elizabeth II Quay, E end, light (8296N 13126W). Radio mast (60 m in height) (8282N 13118W), red and white bands. Tagrin Point Light (red metal post, white bands, 3 m in height) (8310N 13089W).

Basins and berths Basins

1

8.107 Government Wharf (see 8.96, Prohibited area), 2 cables SW of Falcon Bridge Point, has four jetties extending NW from it; they are used by lighters. These jetties form two small basins which have depths less than 5 m in them. There are landing steps on the SE side of the NE basin reported (2003) to be in poor condition. A ferry operates from Government Wharf to Tagrin Point (8.112).

Anchorage berths
1

8.108 Numerous anchorage berths, best seen on the chart, range offshore between Murray Town Point and Ardron Point, good holding ground.

Alongside berths
1

8.109 Queen Elizabeth II Quay and its extention, total length 709 m, is a deep water quay with its W end lying 1 mile E of Falcon Bridge Point and extending E to Fourah Point (8296N 13126W) and thence SE towards Cline Point. The berths at the above quay are liable to silting and depths alongside should be checked with the Port Authority on arrival. The berths are of concrete construction, and stand about 2 m above HW, however the fendering consists of old tyres

Freetown Berths 1 & 2 from NW (8.109)

(Original dated 2003) (Photograph MV Doulos)

263

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

and tubes. Reported (2000) depths ranged from 64 m alongside Berth III to 84 m alongside Berth II. Berth No I is used for the discharge of bulk grain and the loading of bulk palm kernel oil. Berths IA, II and III are used for general cargo. Berths IV, V and VI on the W end of the Quay, are used for containers. An obstruction, with a depth of 14 m over it, is charted between between Berths V and VI, and the corresponding bollard ashore is reported (2003) to be painted red. Shoaling, with a depth of 37 m over it, is reported (2001) at the E end of Berth VI. Cline Wharf, situated on the E side of Cline Point (8294N 13122W), is 61 m in length with depths alongside of 34 m. Cold Store Jetties, 7 cables SE of Cline Point, consist of a small Theaded pier and a jetty. Numerous wrecks lie in the vicinity of these jetties. The ruins of a pier, with a pile that dries 61 m W of its head, extends 1 cables NNE from the E end of Cold Store Jetties and is a danger to navigation. Kissy Oil Fuel Jetty, situated 1 cable ESE of Ardron Point (829N 1311W), extends 85 m NNE to a Thead with two dolphins at each end of the head. Collision damage, sustained over the years, to the Thead has left it bereft of its wooden facing in many areas, and exposed metal, in particular fixing bolts projecting outwards with the potential for damage to vessels berthing there. Berthing and unberthing is only permitted at the beginning of the ingoing tide, in favourable weather conditions and during daylight hours. Ships moor heading W. The jetty can accept vessels up to 43 000 tons with a maximum draught of 113 m. Shoaling is reported (2000) close NE of the SE dolphins with a least depth of 95 m over it. Texaco Oil Barge Jetty, which is in ruins, projects E from the shore 3 cables SE of Kissy Oil Fuel Jetty. The remains of a hulk lie alongside the head of a small jetty extending NE from the root of Texaco Oil Barge Jetty.

Ferries from Tagrin Point run to Kissy ferry terminal and Goverenment Wharf (8.107).

Susans Bay
1

8.113 In Susans Bay, which lies E of Falcon Bridge Point (8.87), there are five piers with depths of 1 m to 2 m at their heads. Dangerous wrecks lie in the approach to the piers.

Port services Repairs

1

8.114 Limited facilities for repairs exist, mainly for small craft. There is a ramp (8298N 13176W) for small craft at Man of War Bay and a slipway, for vessels up to 550 tonnes, at Cline Town SSW of Cline Point. There are several slipways for small craft, situated in the bays, best seen on the chart.

Other facilities
1

8.115 There is a small port clinic and hospitals in town, reported (2003) to have poor facilities. Deratting and deratting exemption certificates issued. Ballast/oily waste reception facilities are available by road tanker. Garbage disposal is available.

Supplies
1

8.116 Bunkers can be supplied by road tanker and barge; fresh water is available at Queen Elizabeth II Quay; provisions are available.

Communications
1

8.117 Lungi airport is situated to the N of the city, about 1 hour away from Freetown.

Harbour regulations
1

Power Station Jetty

1

8.110 This jetty is no longer accessible for berthing of small tankers supplying the adjacent power station due to the wreck of a coastal tanker lying close NE of the jetty. Landing steps, reported (2003) to be in a very poor condition, at the W inner end of an older jetty, 1 cable SE of the Power Station Jetty, may be used by small craft; local knowledge being required.

8.118 Copies of the Port regulations are available from the General Managers office. The following are extracts reproduced for the information of ships. Within the limits (8.88) of the port, small craft shall at all times give way to ocean going vessels under way. The regulations of the Government of the Republic of Sierra Leone, relating to dangerous goods, explosives and petroleum are to be observed. Ships carrying dangerous goods are to display the appropriate signals, and must notify the General Manager prior to arrival. Environmental pollution is not allowed.

Rescue Kissy ferry terminal

1

8.111 Kissy ferry terminal is situated 3 cables SSE of Cline Point (8.109). Ferries run at regular intervals to Tagrin Point ferry terminal (8.112).

8.119 VHF only. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information.

Bunce River General information

1

Tagrin Point ferry terminal

1

8.112 Tagrin Point (831N 1309W) has a ferry terminal jetty extending SSE, from which a light (8.106) is exhibited, and the ruins of a pier extending SE. A beacon stands cable SSW of the light.

8.120 Caution. The aids to navigation in this river are reported to be unreliable. They may be missing, unlit or out of position. Vessels should navigate with particular caution. Description. The entrance to Bunce River (828N 1309W) lies on the S bank of Sierra Leone River, opposite Tagrin Point (8.86).

264

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Bunce River is navigable by small craft for some distance with depths from 5 m to 9 m as far as the entrance to Hastings Creek (825N 1307W), on the S shore 3 miles W. A bar, with depths of 1 m to 5 m over it, extends across Bunce River above Hastings Creek. Hastings Creek has depths of 25 m to 35 m in its entrance channel. Within the creek, for a distance of about 2 miles, there are depths of 2 m to 10 m, but about 13 cables within the creek, the width of the channel is reduced to about 18 m by foul ground extending from the N shore.

Sierra Leone River above Freetown

Chart 623

Description
1

8.121 Caution. It was reported (2001) that the degree of silting, and the extent of uncharted shoals of the channel east of the convergence of the Sierra Leone and Bunce Rivers, even with local knowledge, cannot be determined. Passage is only recommended for small craft or vessels designed to take the ground.

FREETOWN TO SHERBRO RIVERINSHORE ROUTE General information

Charts 601, 686, 685, 617
5

Area covered
1

8.122 This section describes the inshore route, from Freetown (829N 1314W) to York anchorage (7328N 12279W) in Sherbro River, about 90 miles generally SE.

Route
1

8.123 From a position W of Cape Sierra Leone the route leads SE for about 90 miles to a position NW of York (7325N 12278W).

Topography
1

8.124 The highland of Sierra Leone peninsula extends about 20 miles S from Cape Sierra Leone (830N 1318W) (8.86), and thence the coast forms a large bight into the S side of which Sherbro River enters the sea. The extensive shoal area, known as Shoals of Saint Ann (8.135), lies NW of Sherbro Island (735N 1245W) which forms the S shore of the mouth of Sherbro River (8.125). Immediately behind the coast between Cape Sierra Leone and Cape Shilling (810N 1310W), 21 miles SSE, rises Sierra Leone Range with peaks over 600 m high. Sugarloaf Mountain (8.105), 6 miles SE of Cape Sierra Leone, is the highest peak in the N part of the range. The S part of the range is the most elevated and, though the summits are generally enveloped in clouds, it is often seen from distances of 40 to 45 miles. Cockerill Bay, the slight indentation in the coast S of Cape Sierra Leone is fronted by a sandy beach backed by trees. Lumley Creek enters Cockerill Bay 3 miles SSE of Cape Sierra Leone; Juba Barracks stand on the S entrance point of the creek. The bay terminates 4 miles SSE of Cape Sierra Leone in a double rocky point formed by Goderich Point (826N 1318W) on the N side and False Cape, 8 cables farther S. Goderich village stands on the beach between Goderich Point and False Cape. The coast continues as a sandy beach backed by trees between False Cape and Sussex village which stands on a low promontory 5 miles SE. Sussex River (8 21N 1314W) enters the sea through two mouths close N of Sussex village; a ferry crosses the S entrance. Toke (818N 1311W) is a small village standing on the N bank of a river 3 miles SE of Sussex village; a ferry crosses the river.

The coast from Sussex village to Cape Shilling, 11 miles SSE, is rocky interrupted by a few sandy stretches. The village of Kent, stands on the side of a hill near Cape Shilling. Banana Islands, lying between 2 and 7 miles SW of Cape Shilling are a group of islands with the appearance, from a distance of 10 miles, of a few sharp peaks and rounded bluffs separated by low land. Considering their proximity to the African continent, the islands are comparatively healthy. 8.125 Dublin Island (807N 1313W), the NE and largest island of the group, has a prominent, large clump of cotton trees, 37 m high, at its NE end; Dublin village stands close SW of this clump. Ricketts Island, the middle and highest island, is volcanic with Banana Peak (8.138), lying near the middle of the island. Ricketts Island is connected to Dublin Island by a narrow causeway, and separated from MesMeheux Island (806N 1315W), the SW island from where a light (8.138) is exhibited, by a narrow channel which is foul. Yawri Bay lies between Cape Shilling and Shenge Point (755N 1258W), 19 miles SE. The bay, which is fringed by a mudbank on which there are several reefs, is unsurveyed. Sherbro River is bounded on the N and E by the mainland, and on the S and W by Sherbro Island (8.126) and the numerous islets on Turtle and Sherbro Bank (8.135), which extend NW from that island. Though locally known as Sherbro River, it may be more correctly described as a sound or strait which extends about 30 miles E, thence 10 miles S to Shebar Entrance (8.148). The entrance to the channel leading to Sherbro River lies between MesMeheux Island and Endeavour Bank (8.135), 9 miles SSW. The true entrance of Sherbro River is 20 miles wide between Shenge Point on the N and Cape Saint Ann (735N 1258W) on the S. However, the navigable portion for a vessel of moderate draught is barely 3 miles wide between the shoal ground on both sides, and E of the entrance the width decreases rapidly. The N shore of Sherbro River is low, undulating and covered with vegetation. Between Shenge Point and Yenkain Point, 3 miles SE, there are several fishing villages and a number of prominent clumps of high trees, but all of these are difficult to distinguish from seaward. The shore between Yenkain Point and Buoy Point, 16 miles SE, is wooded. Mano, a village in which stands a conspicuous tree, stands 3 miles SE of Yenkain Point. Thauka Creek

265

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

(748N 1248W) enters the sea 8 miles SE of Yenkain Point. 8.126 Between Shenge Point and Buoy Point (7 42 N 1243W) the N shore is fronted by shallow flats and detached shoals with depths of less than 5 m, extending as far as 5 miles from the coast. The coast from Buoy Point to Falcon Point (741N 1235W), 7 miles ESE, is heavily wooded and fringed with mangroves. Sherbro Island extends about 28 miles along the S side of Sherbro River. It is formed of alluvial mud and is lowlying, marshy and intersected with numerous creeks. Sherbro Island is mainly overgrown with mangroves but, where sandbanks have built up, cotton trees and other vegetation grows. The mangroves, which form the N coast of the island are broken by a number of small shallow inlets and by stretches of sand on which fishing boats are drawn up.

Buoyage
1

8.130 Owing to the exposed positions and the relative infrequency of servicing of the buoys in Sherbro River, their characteristics and charted positions as described below, should not be relied upon implicitly.

Pilotage
1

8.131 Pilotage for the Sherbro River is compulsory and may be obtained from Freetown (8.84).

Local knowledge
1

Depths
1

8.132 Local knowledge is required before attempting the passage between the Banana Islands (8.124) and Cape Shilling (8.124). Local knowledge is also required for small ships, using the narrow channel W of Thornton Island (8.139), bound for the anchorage off Bonthe (8.153). This channel is subject to frequent change.

8.127 Sherbro River is navigable at all times by Bagru Channel (8.136). Vessels may load to a draught of 75 m in the vicinity of No 8 buoy and move to No 4 buoy where depths of 13 m are available. In 1980, the largest vessel permitted to enter the river was 143 m in length and with a maximum draught of 75 m. Vessels of up to 75 m draught using the channel between Buoy Point (742N 1243W) and the anchorage off Yangisei, 10 miles farther SE, should enter about 2 hours before HW. Vessels of 55 m draught can proceed about 5 miles above Yangisei to Bomplake (8.139), which is the usual anchorage for the larger ships visiting Sherbro River; cargo from York (8.154), 3 miles SE, and Bonthe (8.153), 2 miles S, is transhipped by lighters. Vessels with a draught of 5 m or less can proceed to York and smaller vessels can reach Bonthe; local knowledge being required.

Natural conditions
1

Unsurveyed areas
1

8.128 Several unsurveyed areas, best seen on the chart, exist along this coast and offshore from it. The most notable of these areas are Yawri Bay (8.125), Shoals of Saint Ann (8.135) and Turtle and Sherbro Bank (8.135).

Hazards
1

8.129 Irregular tidal streams. A vessel approaching No 1 Lightbuoy (8.135) from N should fix her position frequently to guard against the effect of the tidal streams, which set irregularly across the track at a rate sometimes exceeding 1 kn. Poor visibility. Banana Islands are generally obscured by haze during the dry season (October to May), so as to leave no leading object visible, Vessels attempting to clear Shoals of Saint Ann on the NE side should not rely on the use of the islands for the use of a clearing bearing.

8.133 Tidal streams. Banana Islands. Tidal streams set E on the rising tide and W on the falling tide at a rate of 1 to 1 kn. The streams set strongly through the passage between Cape Shilling (8.124) and the N end of the group (808N 1311W), and form tiderips. North of Sherbro Island. The tidal streams, which set into and out of the bays and inlets N of Sherbro Island (8.126), set across the shoals of Saint Ann at rates between and 1 kn during the dry season (November to April); probably during the rains the outgoing stream may exceed this. Sherbro River. The streams attain a rate of 2 kn during the dry season. It is probable that during the rains the outgoing stream may much exceed this. At Buoy Point the ingoing stream usually runs from 4 hours before HW until 1 hours after. Between Bobs Island and York Island (7 32 N 1228W) the ingoing stream continues until about 2 hours after HW. Shebar Entrance. Tidal streams are very strong in Shebar Entrance. During the dry season they have a rate of 4 kn at half tide, so that during the wet season (May to October) the channel would probably be impassable. The ingoing stream in Shebar Entrance begins 2 hours before LW at Bobs Island (8.138). With a rising tide at Bobs Island, the stream there is sufficiently strong to deflect the stream coming from Shebar entrance, and the latter stream passes between the islands and up Bum Kittam River. The outgoing stream begins through Shebar entrance 2 hours before HW at Bobs Island. Bobs Island may be considered as the meeting place of the streams. Overfalls. Heavy overfalls to very heavy overfalls, best seen on the chart, are indicated about 1 miles WSW and

266

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

2 miles SW of Buoy Point (742N 1243W). Dangerous overfalls are charted from 5 cables to 1 mile N of Hoong Island (7403N 13040W). Currents. During the wet season, the strength of the currents in Sherbro River may exceed that shown on the chart.

Directions for Sherbro River anchorage off Yangisei

(continued from 8.70) 8.134 From a position W of Cape Sierra Leone Light (8299N 13178W), the track leads SSW passing (with positions relative to MesMeheux Island Light (8056N 13149W)): WNW of Carpenter Rock (24 miles N) (8.103), thence: WNW of Goderich Point (20 miles N). A coastal bank, with depths of less than 10 m over it, extends N from Goderich Point towards Carpenter Rock. thence: WNW of False Cape (19 miles N). A shoal witha least depth of 88 m lies 1 miles W of False Cape and the villages of Lakka and Hamilton stand 2 miles and 3 miles, respectively, SE. Thence the track leads S passing: W of Sussex village (15 miles N) (8.124), with Bawbaw village and No 2 village standing 7 cables and 2 miles ESE. The entrance to No 2 River lies 5 cables SSE of No 2 village; this river connects to Guma Reservoir (822N 1312W), located behind Bawbaw Hill. Thence: W of York (12 miles ENE), a small town standing at the N end of Whale Bay. A ferry crosses Whale River which enters the sea at the head of Whale Bay. Two small wooded islets, the tree tops being 15 m high, lie 9 cables NW and close SW, respectively, of York. Thence: W of Maroon Island (8 miles NE), which is wooded and 30 m high, thence: W of Cape Shilling (7 miles NE) which is covered with bushes and, when seen from a distance of 10 to 15 miles, appears as a small island. Banks with depths of less than 5 m over them, extend 2 miles SE of Cape Shilling. Thistle Island, 8 m high lies 5 cables SW and Wolf Rock lies 1 miles SW of the cape. Thence: 8.135 W of MesMeheux Island Light (8.138), standing at the W extremity of MesMeheux Island, which should be passed at a distance of atleast 2 miles. A reef which dries 12 m lies close offshore NW, and a rock, over which the sea breaks, lies 5 cables WSW of the lightstructure. Thence the route leads SE (with positions relative to Shenge Point (755N 1258W)): NE of Endeavour Bank (19 miles W), with a least charted depth of 67 m, which is the N outermost of Shoals of Saint Ann. Thence the recommended track leads SE, passing: SW of No 1 Lightbuoy (port hand) (9 miles WSW), thence: SW of Bengal Rocks (4 miles WSW), consisting of E and W reefs which break and a patch which dries 03 m at its NW end; depths of 23 m lie 1 mile W of the W Bengal reef, thence: SW of Plantain Island (1 miles W), 40 m high and almost joined to Monkey Island (3 cables W) by a
6

chain of rocks above and below water. Gilmoris Islet and Little Gilmoris Islet, both 24 m high and wooded, lie 3 cables W and NW, respectively, of Plantain Island. Thence: SW of Shenge Point, 6 m high, composed of soft red sandstone which is covered with jungle vegetation reaching an elevation of 15 m. Bird Island, 21 m high, lies 3 cables N of the point. Thence: SW of Yenkain Point (3 miles SW), thence: NE of Hoong Island (15 miles SSW), covered with trees, which is the NW of Turtle Islands, thence: NE of Mut Island (15 miles SSE), the largest of the Turtle Islands, which is wooded and has a height of 24 m. Turtle Islands lie on Turtle and Sherbro Bank. This bank is composed in innumerable ridges, knolls and blind channels, but is navigable at HW in almost every part by large boats, and at LW by small boats and canoes. Thence the recommended track leads ESE, passing: SSW of No 2 Lightbuoy (port hand) (10 miles SSE), thence: NNE of Cape Saint Ann (20 miles S), with Turtle and Sherbro Bank extending 12 miles NW where it joins Shoals of Saint Ann which extend a farther 46 miles NW. These shoals are very numerous and are composed of knolls of fine lightbrown sand; apparently deposits from the waters of the various rivers in their vicinity. 8.136 Thence the recommended track leads E, passing (with positions relative to Buoy Point (742N 1243W)): N of No 3 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (9 miles W), thence: S of a bank (8 miles WNW) with least depths of 06 m near its E extremity, thence: S of the W entrance point to Thauka Creek (7 miles NW), thence: N of No 4 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (5 miles WNW). Thence the recommended track leads ESE, passing: SSW of a rocky patch (3 miles WNW) with a least depth of 21 m. The route then leads SE along the charted track, passing: SW of a 12 m patch (2 miles W), thence: SW of a dangerous rock (1 miles WSW), marked by heavy overfalls during the run of the tide, with a depth of 49 m over it. Two patches with depths between 03 m and 09 m, lie detached from the coastal flat, within 1 miles W of Buoy Point. Thence: N of No 5 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (2 miles WSW). Thence the recommended track leads E into Bagru Channel, passing: S of Buoy Point, which is 18 m high and clearly defined, thence: S of Buoy Rock (6 cables SE), a dangerous rock, with a depth of 18 m over it; this rock is sometimes marked by tide rips. Another depth of 18 m lies 2 cables E of the former. Thence: N of No 6 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (1 miles SE), moored N of the NW section of Middle Ground; the N part of which dries 15 m. A channel with depths of more than 5 m, for which local knowledge is required, divides the NW and SE sections of Middle Ground. The SE section of Middle Ground dries in patches. Thence:

267

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

N of No 7 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (2 miles ESE).

1

8.137 Thence the recommended track leads ESE, passing (with positions relative to Jamaica Point (7372N 12345W)): SSW of the W entrance point of Titibul Creek (5 miles NW) (8.143), thence: NNE of Yenkin (3 miles WNW), a village with a group of three conspicuous trees (8.138), thence: SSW of Falcon Point (4 miles N) (8.126). Thence the recommended track leads SE, passing: SW of No 8 Lightbuoy (port hand) (3 miles NNW), thence: NE of Pekam (1 miles NW), a village standing close W of the point on the N coast of Sherbro Island, thence: (Directions for anchorage off York continue at 8.139) 8.138 The recommended track continues SE, thence ESE, passing: SW of Bobs Island (1 miles NE), 46 m high, with Rendall Island lying 5 cables farther NE, thence: NE of Jamaica Point, with a depth of 12 m lying close N of the point. No 9 Buoy, which is moored 2 cables E of Jamaica Point, lies off the combined entrance to the Nyamsa and Nyama Creeks. NNE of Yangisei (1 miles ESE), a village which stands on the N shore of Macauley Island, thence: To the anchorage (8.153). Useful marks: Cape Sierra Leone Light (8 29 9N 13 17 8W) (8.105), with the signal station standing close NE. Water tower (8297N 13178W), red obstruction lights. Leicester Peak (8270N 13134W). Two Masts (101 and 111 m) (8261N 13165W). Sugarloaf Mountain (8254N 13139W). Good Luck Hill or The Sisters (8194N 13089W). Picket Hill (8166N 13072W). Mules Ears (815N 1307W). Banana Peak (8062N 13137W). MesMeheux Light (white tower, 4 m in height) (8056N 13149W), reported. Gilmoris Island (24 m in height) (7 54 5N 12599W). Hoong Island (7403N 13040W). Large dome shaped tree (7484N 12500W). Mandu tree (61 m high) (7451N 12454W). Group of three high Pullam trees (7 36 6N 12528W). Squaretopped cotton tree (44 m high) (7375N 12444W). Three trees (50 m high) (7 38 4N 12 37 9W), standing in Yenkin village.

which dries in places, extending 2 miles NW, thence: SSW of the E extremity of Rendall Island (1 mile NW). Thence the recommended track leads SSE, passing: WSW of the W extremity of Long Island, thence: ENE of a depth of 03 m (8 cables WSW), thence: ENE of two patches of 12 m (1 mile SW). Thence the route leads SE, along the charted track, passing: SW of the N extremity of East Island (2 miles SE). Thence the recommended track leads SSE, passing: ENE of Bomplake (2 miles SSE), a village, thence: ENE of a 49 m patch (3 miles SSE), thence: ENE of Thornton Island (3 miles SSE), which has a drying sandbank extending 4 cables SSW, thence: NE of the N extremity of Malcolm Island (4 miles SSE). Thence the recommended track leads SE, passing: NE of the N extremity of Yelibana Island (4 miles SSE), thence: SW of a drying patch (4 miles SSE). Thence the recommended track leads ESE, to the recommended anchorage (8.153) off York (7 32 5N 12277W).

Side channels and rivers

Charts 601, 685

River Ribi
1

8.140 General information. River Ribi, which enters the N end of Yawri Bay 11 miles ENE of Cape Shilling (810N 1310W), is navigable for power launches drawing 12 m to within 1 cable of Mafemgbi, 22 miles from the entrance. Small vessels can cross the bar of River Ribi at almost any state of the tide, but the entrance is obstructed by sandbanks some of which dry at low water; local knowledge is required. Inside the bar the river widens and is deep. Just above where power vessels anchor, there are some rocks nearly in midchannel.

Bumpe River
1

8.141 General information. Bumpe River (805N 1254W), which enters Yawri Bay 11 miles NNE of Shenge Point, is navigable for small craft as far as its junction with Walle River which leads to the town of Senahu (8 07 N 1238W), 25 miles up river. Upper Bumpe River, the NE arm, leads to the town of Rotifunk (813N 1243W).

Kagboro Creek
1

Directions for anchorage off York

1

(continued from 8.136) 8.139 From a position 8 cables N of Jamaica Point (7372N 12345W), the recommended track leads ESE, across Bobs Island Flat and into Bomplake Channel, passing (with positions relative to the W extremity (7 37 1N 12305W)of Long Island): Across a depth of 46 m (3 miles WNW) lying in Bobs Island Flat, thence: SSW of Bobs Island (2 miles WNW), with Bobs Island Flat, which has depths of less than 5 m and

8.142 General information. Kagboro Creek (7 57 N 1253W), which enters the sea 5 miles ENE of Shenge Point, is navigable by boats for about 8 miles within the entrance. High mangroves stand close within the S entrance point. Chart 617

Titibul Creek
1

8.143 General information. Titibul Creek enters Sherbro River 2 miles W of Falcon Point (8.126), and is suitable for craft drawing up to 18 m as far as a fishing village on the E bank 1 miles within the entrance of the creek.

268

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Jenkins Channel
1

Shebar Entrance
1

8.144 General information. Jenkins Channel, lies between Middle Ground (8.136) and Sherbro Island. It is obstructed at its E end by a bar with depths of less than 5 m. Several shoals with depths of less than 5 m, whose position can best be seen on the chart, lie in the W entrance to Jenkins Channel.

Bagru River
1

8.145 General information. Bagru River is entered between Falcon Point (741N 1235W) and the NW point of Rendall Island, 2 miles SE; drying mudflats extend 1 miles NW from Rendall Island. The banks on both sides of the river are low, being covered about 4 hours after LW, and are overgrown with mangroves. Edmonstone Island (742N 1232W), low, swampy, covered with mangrove trees and uninhabited, lies off the E bank 3 miles ENE of Falcon Point. A channel, about 2 cables wide between the 5 m lines, lies from 2 to 4 cables off the W shore of Bagru River. In 1969 a depth of not more than 49 m could be relied upon by vessels passing W of Edmonstone Island. On the E side of Edmonstone Island, a narrow channel with a least depth of 12 m and which has not been fully surveyed, offers a passage to small craft; local knowledge is required. Governor Hill Point (7447N 12293W) is the S entrance point of Gbangbaia Creek which joins Bagru River from the E bank 7 miles NE of Falcon Point. Bagru River, above Governor Hill Point, winds in a generally N direction for about 10 miles to Taso, or Tasso (749N 1231W). Barges drawing 24 m, can reach ships in Sherbro River from Niti at most states of the tide. It was reported (1987) that the Rutile Berth in Niti had a depth of 31 m. A tug of 600 hp is available. Pilots board off No 8 Buoy (8.137). Chart 1363

8.148 General information. Shebar Entrance to Sherbro River lies between Argyle Point (724N 1233W), the SE extremity of Sherbro Island and Manna Point (723N 1231W), the W extremity of Turner Peninsula on the mainland. To the W of the entrance, the S side of Sherbro Island is bordered by a sandy beach backed by trees. The entrance points of Shebar Entrance have long sand spits extending from them on which the sea always breaks; the bar lies between the spits. West Bay lies 5 miles NNW of the W sand spit. A stranded wreck (Divina II) lies on the E side of the channel, in position 7220N 12320W. The channel is subject to change.

Anchorages and landings

Chart 686

South of York
1

8.149 Landing. There is good landing on a sandy beach S of York (817N 1311W) where boats can lie at any state of the tide.

North of Cape Shilling

1

8.150 Landing can be effected on the N side of Cape Shilling (810N 1309W) on a small sandy beach between rocky ledges, but the beach is not visible until quite close to.

Banana Islands
1

Jong River
1

8.146 General information. Jong River, whose estuary joins Sherbro River E of York Island (8.154), was navigable in 1969 by local launches, drawing 06 m, as far as Matru, or Mattru, (735N 1211W), about 18 miles up river. The bed of the river is coarse sand and is clear of rocks as far as Mopite standing about 1 miles below Matru. Jong River is tidal as far as Mopite. The mean level at Mopite was found in 1969 to be 08 m lower in the dry season (November to April) than in the wet.

8.151 Anchorage can be obtained off the N side of Dublin Island (807N 1313W) (8.125) about 5 cables NW of the the prominent clump of cotton trees in a depth of 11 m. Anchorage can also be obtained during the season for squalls, immediately before and after the wet season (April and December), about 1 miles NW of the cotton trees in depths of 11 m; in this berth, should a vessel part her cable, she would drift clear of danger. Landing. Small craft may land opposite the clump of cotton trees in the centre of a sandy beach at the NE end of Dublin Island (8.125).

Shenge Point
1

Bum Kittam River

1

8.147 General information. Bum Kittam River (7 25 N 1229W), the entrance to which lies immediately N of Manna Point (8.148) is navigable for small craft at all seasons as far as Mopalma (715N 1151W), a distance of about 60 miles. During the wet season, the water rises a considerable height in the upper reaches of Bum Kittam River which, with its tributary creeks, is navigable for many miles providing a means of transport to a large area.

8.152 Landing. On the N side of Shenge Point (755N 1258W), in a small bay, is a short concrete pier suitable for small boats at HW only. Shenge village, fronted by a beach 5 cables in length, stands 5 cables SE of Shenge Point. Boat landing is practical on this beach within 2 hours of HW. The best approach to the beach being on a line drawn between the centre of the beach and Plantain Island (8.135). Charts 685, 686, 617

Sherbro River
1

8.153 Anchorages. With discretion, anchorage can be obtained where convenient in Sherbro River. Ships unable to cross Bobs Island Flat will find good anchorage ESE of Jamaica

269

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Point (8.138), about 4 cables ENE of Yangisei (8.138) in a depth of 11 m. Anchorage can be obtained off the factories at York, on the N side of York Island, about 1 cables offshore in a depth of 4 m; local knowledge is required. This anchorage is seldom used as the swinging room is limited. Anchorage can be obtained off Bonthe (7 32 N 1230W) in a depth of about 46 m; local knowledge is required. Bonthe, with several large houses in it, has jetties which can accomodate launches and small lighters; there is also a hospital and an airport.

York
1

8.154 General information. York village stands on the NE side of York Island (732N 1228W) and together with Bonthe (8.153), was once important as a collection centre for produce and its export. However, the opening up of roads to Freetown (8.84) and the construction of Queen Elizabeth II Quay there, have greatly reduced their importance. Jetties, which can accomodate launches and small lighters, front the village.

CAPE SIERRA LEONE TO CAPE MESURADO GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 1147
4

Area covered
1

8.155 This section describes the coastal route, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from Freetown to Monrovia, about 265 miles SE. It is arranged as follows: Freetown to Monrovia (8.156). Monrovia (8.174).
1

Cape Mesurado, (619N 1049W) the NW extremity of the peninsula of Mesurado, is high in comparison with the adjacent land. It is of rocky formation, covered with vegetation and steepto. When first seen from W, Cape Mesurado appears like an island. Cape Mesurado Light (8.163) is exhibited from a tower standing on the summit of a hill 5 cables NNE of the cape.

Depths
8.158 Vessels from Freetown, bound for ports on the West Coast of Africa farther S, should give a wide berth to NorthWest Patches, and keep in depths of more than 20 m until they reach the parallel of 750N. They may then gradually alter course S and SE along the outside of the shoals, until they reach the meridian of Cape Saint Ann (734N 1257W), from which position they may proceed along the coast, which is quite clear with the exception of a depth of 20 m (654N 1155W) reported (1886) and another depth of 11 m (650N 1158W), in any depth or at any distance that may be desired.

FREETOWN TO MONROVIA General information

Charts 601, 1363
2

Route
1

8.156 From a position W of Cape Sierra Leone the route leads generally SE for about 265 miles to Monrovia.

Topography
1

Natural conditions
1

8.157 For a description of the topography from Cape Sierra Leone to Sherbro Island see 8.124. The coast between Sherbro Island and Cape Palmas (422N 744W) (9.33), lying 345 miles SE, is intersected by the mouths of numerous rivers of which Saint Paul River (8.170) is the principal one. The coast is low and sandy with thick forests inland rising gradually to wooded mountains. The coast from Manna Point (723N 1231W) to the mouth of Gallinas River, 58 miles ESE, is, although low and sandy, steepto and free from offlying dangers with the exception of the two reported shoal depths mentioned above. The coast from the mouth of the Gallinas River (700N 1138W) to Cape Mount, 22 miles SE, is mainly wooded, steepto and intersected by the mouths of several rivers and lagoons. The coast from Cape Mount (645N 1123W) to False Cape Mount (642N 1121W), 3 miles SE, is a succession of rocky points and small sandy bights. Thence the coast again becomes a low continuous beach of lightbrown sand, backed by unbroken forest which covers the country and extends to Saint Paul River, 39 miles SE. The coast, from the entrance to Po River (6302N 10555W) to Saint Paul River, 10 miles SE, is fringed with rocks, but there are no dangers outside the 10 m line which lies from 7 cables to 1 miles offshore.

8.159 Currents. The predominant flow is in a SE direction throughout the year at rates between and 1 kn. Local weather. The land breeze prevails so regularly in the dry season (November to March) that when approaching the coast about dawn between Mano River (8.166) and Cape Mesurado, 57 miles SE the scent of the vegetation is noticeable when within 5 miles of the coast.

Directions
(continued from 8.70)

Major light
1

8.160 Cape Mesurado Light (white conical tower, 6 m in height) (6192N 10488W) situated at Mamba Point summit.

Passage
1

8.161 From a position 17 miles W of Cape Sierra Leone (830N 1318W), the track leads SW passing (with positions relative to MesMeheux Island Light (8056N 13149W)): NW of Cape Shilling (7 miles NE) (8.124), thence: NW of MesMeheux Island Light (8.138), thence: NW of a depth of 55 m (21 miles WSW) lying in Northwest Patches, the NW outermost of the Shoals of Saint Ann (8.135), thence:

270

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Clear of Orontes Bank (31 miles W) with a least depth of 13 m. Clear of a small bank (41 miles W) with a least depth of 13 m, thence: Thence the track leads S, passing: Clear of a depth of 15 m (51 miles W) reported (1963), thence: W of a depth of 41 m (23 miles SW). Thence the track leads SE, passing: SW of a depth of 155 m (34 miles SW), thence: SW of Espoir Bank (33 miles SW), wih a least depth of 18 m, reported (1860). Thence the track leads ESE, passing (with positions relative to Manna Point (723N 1231W)): SSW of Mut Island (34 miles WNW) (8.135), thence: SSW of Yele Island (29 miles WNW), which is wooded, 42 m high and the S most of Turtle Islands. A wreck, reported (1988), position approximate with a depth of 35 m over it, lies 3 miles WSW, from the W extremity of Yele thence: SSW of Cape Saint Ann (28 miles WNW) the W extremity of Sherbro Island, thence: SSW of Argyle Point (2 miles W), with a dangerous wreck, position approximate, lying 3 miles W from it, thence: SSW of Manna Point, the W point of Turner Peninsula, which should not be confused with Manna Point situated 9 miles NW of Cape Mount (8.162), thence: Clear of a depth of 11 m (46 miles SE) reported (1962), with a depth of 20 m, reported (1886) lying 5 miles NE from it. 8.162 Thence the track continues ESE, passing (with positions relative to Cape Mount (645N 1123W)): SSW of the entrance to Gallinas River (21 miles NW), thence: SSW of the entrance to Moa River (18 miles NW), which can be distinguished by a prominent wooded islet which lies in its mouth, thence: SSW of the mouth of Mano River (14 miles NW) (8.166) which forms the inernational boundary between the Republic of Sierra Leone and the Republic of Liberia, thence: SSW of Manna Point (9 miles WNW), a slight projection of the coast, which is low and fringed with rocks above and below water. A rocky spit, with depths of less than 10 m over it, extends about 7 cables WSW from Manna Point and should be given a prudent berth. Thence: SSW of Cape Mount, which from a distance appears as a large island. It is composed of several hills of nearly uniform height extending 2 miles SE from the cape; the highest peak (323 m) being at the SE end. The hillsides are partially cleared and cultivated. Thence: SSW of False Cape Mount (3 miles SE), thence: SSW of Half Cape Mount (21 miles ESE), topped with trees about 46 m high, and a good landmark to identify the mouth of Lofa River (8.168), thence: SSW of the entrance to Po River (31 miles ESE) (8.169). The track then leads to the vicinity of the pilot embarkation position (6213N 10501W) for Monrovia.

8.163 Useful marks: American Mission (6450N 11221W). Radio tower (6447N 11220W). (Directions for Monrovia continue at 8.189 and for the coastal passage at 8.200)

Rivers
Chart 1363

Gallinas River
1

8.164 General information. The entrance to Gallinas River (7006N 11377W) is difficult to identify from the offing. The action of the surf and the currents of Gallinas and Moa Rivers (8.165) has had the effect of throwing up a narrow sand barrier, about 6 miles in length, and thus forming between it and the coast a long narrow lagoon. One or two shifting openings in this barrier allow the escape of the river water, and through them are the only channels by which boats can communicate with the lagoon and the rivers. Landing is never practicable in Gallinas River in ordinary boats, and no attempts to cross the bar, or to land through the surf, should be made without a local pilot.

Moa River
1

8.165 General information. The entrance to Moa River, 3 miles ESE of Gallinas River, can be distinguished by Kasada Island, which lies in its mouth. There is no ordinary landing place in Moa River. It has, however, been effected in a ships boat when the surf was low, but it was impossble at other times even in surf boats.

Mano River
1

8.166 General information. The mouth of the Mano River (656N 1131W) lies about 5 miles ESE of Moa River (8.165). Mano River is small and nearly closed by sand spits which extend from both sides of the entrance. It is only accessible to surf boats during the dry season when delays are often occasioned by the dangerous bar. The banks of the river are mostly high without any mangroves.

Mafa River
1

8.167 General information. Mafa River has depths from 18 m to 67 m from Kru Town, about 1 miles above the entrance, to Makwimba (6 52 N 11 15 W), standing 10 miles up river from the bar. Chart 2478

Lofa River
1

8.168 General information. Lofa River, which enters the sea 20 miles ESE of False Cape Mount (8.157) is a considerable river, but it is difficult to access even by surf boats.

Po River
1

8.169 General information. Po River (6303N,10555W), which enters the sea 13 miles NNW of Cape Mesurado, is a small river, with a number of black rocks lying on the N side of the beach near its mouth. A radar conspicuous wreck, lies stranded 1 miles W from its entrance.

271

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Saint Paul River

1

MONROVIA General information

Chart 2478 Approaches to and plan of Monrovia

8.170 General information. Saint Paul River (6 23 N 1048W) is obstructed by rocks above and below water, which are best seen on the chart, lying just within its entrance. A rail bridge and a road bridge, close together, span the river about 1 miles from its entrance. The river is navigable for as far as the first rapids situated about 12 miles from the mouth. There are numerous villages in the lower part of Saint Paul River. Stockton Creek branches S from Saint Paul River about 2 miles above the mouth of the latter. Stockton Creek is suitable for boat traffic and joins Mesurado River (8.171), close NE of the road bridges spanning the latter.

Position
1

8.174 Port of Monrovia (621N 1048W).

Function
1

Mesurado River
1

8.171 General information. Mesurado River enters the sea close S of the S breakwater of Monrovia Harbour. The river mouth alters both in depth and position. Two road bridges connect the town of Monrovia with the harbour. Stockton Creek joins Mesurado River close E of the E road bridge.

8.175 Monrovia is the capital of the Republic of Liberia, the residence of the President and the seat of Government, with a population of 421 000 (2000). The port has freeport status. The principal exports are iron ore, rubber, palm kernels, coffee, cocoa and timber. Imports consist of petroleum products, building materials, provisions (including rice) and general cargo of all types.

Topography
1

8.176 Monrovia Bay lies between End Point (6 22 5N 10480W) and Cape Mesurado (8.157), 4 miles SSW. The town of Monrovia stands on the S side of Mesurado River (8.171) close N of the high land of the cape.

Approach and entry Anchorage, harbour and landing

Charts 1363, 2478
1

8.177 The port is approached from W and entered through a buoyed channel between the heads of the N and S breakwaters.

Cape Mount Bay and Lake Piso

1

Traffic
1

8.172 General information. Cape Mount Bay lies between Manna Point (653N 1127W) and Cape Mount (8.162), 9 miles SSE. The bay receives the waters of Sugari River, which is obstructed throughout, Mafa River (8.167) and Lake Piso, through a common outlet known as Cape Mount River across which the surf breaks heavily. The position of the entrance to Cape Mount River is liable to change and may lie up to 1 mile from its charted position. Landing is possible over the bar in surf boats, but can only be effected in ships boats on the calmest days during the dry season (November to March). Lake Piso has an average depth of about 3 m, but its entrance, which lies in Cape Mount River is obstructed by sand banks.

8.178 In 2004 there were 231 vessel movements totalling 2 590 020 dwt.

Port Authority
1

8.179 National Port Authority, PO Box 14, Freeport of Monrovia, Monrovia, Liberia.

Limiting conditions
1

Robertsport
1

8.173 Description. Robertsport (645N 1122W) stands at the S end of a lagoon which forms the entrance to Lake Piso (8.172). There are two factories in Robertsport, in addition to a custom house and a post office Useful marks: American Mission, 2 cables S of Robertsport, standing on rising ground N of Cape Mount (8.162). House surrounded by pillars, which from seaward appears to stand on the end of a sand spit, miles ENE of the American Mission. Anchorage can be obtained as convenient 1 miles NNW of the American mission in depths of 9 m to 11 m, good holding ground. Supplies. Fish and poultry can be obtained.

8.180 Depths in the channel leading from the pilot embarkation point (6213N 10501W) to the port and within the harbour are no longer maintained. Depths less than charted are known to exist. Longest berth: Commercial Quay (8.192). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 11 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1016 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessels handled. Bulk carrier, 110 000 dwt; draught 138 m. Tankers, LOA 213 m; draught 122 m.

Arrival information Port operations

1

8.181 It has been reported (2005) that port operations have been affected by national internal security problems.

Notice of ETA
1

8.182 ETA should be sent at least 12 hours prior to arrival through the agent. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

272

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Outer anchorages
1

8.183 Anchorage may be obtained in an area, the limits of which are best seen on the plan, S of the approach channel in depths of between 137 to 165 m, good holding ground. Vessels are liable to roll heavily at this anchorage. A foul area, position approximate, lies within the limits of the above anchorage, 2 cables SE of No 1 Lightbuoy (6213N 10500W). A dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies S of the anchorage, 9 cables NW of Mamba Point (6 19 3N 10490W). It was recommended (1993) that vessels use this anchorage only during daylight and that at night vesels should wait well clear of the coast, about 20 miles offshore.

The entrance to the harbour lies between the heads of the breakwaters, 1 miles N of Cape Mesurado Light.

Hazards
1

8.186 Wreckage. It was reported (1994) that numerous wrecks are located outside the safety fairway or are alongside jetties which are not actively in use. Buoyage within harbour. All the buoys within the harbour are reported (1994) destroyed.

Navigation lights
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

8.184 Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight hours only. The pilot boards near No 1 Lightbuoy. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). It was reported (1993) that a dusk to dawn curfew was in force with the port open only from 0800 to 1730 hrs. Tug is available.

8.187 Certain Liberian supply vessels over 50 m in length are exempted from carrying the second masthead light required by International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) Rule 23.

Natural conditions
1

8.188 Tidal streams at the anchorage set N with the ingoing tide and S with the outgoing tide. Local weather. The port of Monrovia is well sheltered from the prevailing SW trade winds. Occasionally, however, a SW swell may cause a scend.

Harbour Directions for entering harbour General layout

1

(continued from 8.162)

8.185 Monrovia Harbour lies on the W coast of Bushrod Island, which is separated from the mainland E by Stockton Creek (8.170). The harbour is enclosed by two breakwaters, each about 1 miles in length, extending NW and WSW from the coast NE of Cape Mesurado.

Principal marks
1

8.189 Landmark: Radio Tower (orange and white bands, 433 m in height) (6183N 10399W), white obstruction lights, visible up to 40 miles.

Monrovia Hbr from W (8.185)

(Original dated 2003) (Photograph Royal Netherlands Navy)

273

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Major light: Cape Mesurado Light (6192N 10488W) (8.163).

1

Berths
8.192 A fishing quay is situated on the S side of the N breakwater about 4 cables fro1m its root. A narrow channel with a depth of 61 m, leads to it from the turning basin. Bong Mining Company (BMC) Pier extends W from the shore 4 cables S of the root of the N breakwater with a dolphin lying close WNW from its head. It was reported (1987) that only the S side of the pier was in use, as the N side was fenderless and not dredged. A wreck, with a depth of 41 m over it, lies S of the pier head, and there is a depth of 61 m S of its root. An unsurveyed area in which there are numerous wrecks and obstructions extends from the root of the BMC Pier to the head of the NIOC Pier. The unsurveyed area includes the remains of a destroyed (2003) jetty for 50 000 ton tankers. Two dolphins lie, in line with and, off the head of this jetty. National Iron Ore Company (NIOC) Pier extends W from the shore 3 cables S of the BMC pier. A wreck with a depth of 53 m over it and a stranded wreck lie off the S side of the pier. Liberian Mining Company (LMC) Pier, which was used for loading ore, is now used for general cargo and passenger ships and is situated close S of NIOC pier. There is a charted depth of 108 m along the S side of the pier; silting was reported on the N side. A wreck, with a depth of 34 m over it, lies off the head of this pier. Commercial Quay, with a length of 610 m and depths alongside of 75 m, extends SSW from the root of LMC Pier. A stranded wreck lies off the quay about 1 cable from the root of the LMC Pier.

Entry
1

8.190 Leading lights: Front Light (metal framework tower, elevation 17 m) (6204N 10478W). Rear Light (red and white chequered water tank, elevation 21 m) 340 m from front. From a position NE of No 1 Lightbuoy (safe water), in the vicinity of the Pilot Boarding Position, the alignment (12045) of the above lights, leads ESE into the harbour, passing (with positions relative to N Breakwater Light (6210N 10487W)): SSW of No 4 Lightbuoy (port hand) ( miles WNW), thence: NNE of No 5 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (6 cables WNW), thence: NNE of the S Breakwater Light (1 cables SW). Shoaling, extending to the middle of the channel is reported (1993), NE of the breakwater light. The greatest depth of water is found from the middle of the fairway channel to the N Breakwater, and: SSW of the N Breakwater Light, which stands at the head of the N Breakwater. The track then continues through the buoyed channel to the required berth, noting the rocky patch (7 cables ESE) with a depth of 116 m over which a buoy (isloated danger) is moored. 8.191 Useful marks: Hotel (6234N 10482W). Three Chimneys (6217N 10472W). N Breakwater Light (white round pillar) (6210N 10487W). S Breakwater Light (white round pillar) (6209N 10488W) reported (1994) unlit. Water tower (6203N 10476W). Oil storage tanks (6200N 10479W). Hotel (6192N 10488W). Barracks (red roofs) (6184N 10482W), close NW of Cape False.

Port services
1

8.193 Repairs. No repairs available. In 1986 a shipbreaking yard was established on the shore about 2 miles N of the harbour. Other facilities. No hospital facilities available. Deratting exemption certificates can be issued. Supplies. No supplies available. Communications. Roberts International Airport; 43 km ESE of the port. Rescue. A MRCC exists at Roberts International Airport. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.

CAPE MESURADO TO BLUBARRA POINT GENERAL INFORMATION CAPE MESURADO TO GREENVILLE General information
Chart 1364 Chart 1364

Route
1

Area covered
1

8.194 This section describes the coast from Cape Mesurado (619N 1049W) to Blubarra Point (459N 903W) in the Republic of Liberia. It is arranged as follows: Cape Mesurado to Greenville (8.195). Buchanan (8.217). Greenville (8.226).

8.195 From a position W of Monrovia the route leads for about 140 miles generally SE to a position SW of Greenville Harbour.

Topography
1

8.196 The coast between Cape Mesurado and the entrance to Farmington River (8.208), 28 miles ESE, is generally bordered by a sandy beach backed by thick bush and trees.

274

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

The coast between Bassa Point (606N 1022W) and Long Reef Point, 12 miles SE, is low; there are some lagoons behind the beach which is backed by thick forest. Gotlo Mountain, rising to 295 m, lies about 11 miles NNE of Bassa Point. These hills are the NW extremity of a range of high land extending 24 miles SE to Mount Finley 405 m high. Fahntlo Mountain, with an elevation of 344 m, lies 11 miles ESE of Gotlo Mountain. These hills are visible 30 miles in fine weather and are useful marks in this uniform stretch of low coast. Between Long Reef Point and Saint John River, 9 miles SE, the coast is thickly wooded. The coast between Buchanan and Topokani Point (549N 1001W), is thickly wooded and formed of small rocky points and sandy bays. The coast from Topokani Point continues generally rocky with sandy bays between points for about 5 miles SE, but it is fronted by numerous reefs with a surf boat passage between them and the beach; the continuity of these reefs being broken off the entrance to New Cess River, 2 miles SE of Topokani Point. The coast SE of the New Cess River is fronted by cliffs 46 m high, and a hill 46 m high stands close within the river entrance. The coast between the mouth of Little Kola River (5404N 9506W) and Grand Kola River, 4 miles SE is fronted by cliffs 6 m to 15 m high. 8.197 The coast between the entrance to Grand Kola River (5372N 9476W) which is closed by rocks and sand, and Timbo River, 5 miles SE, becomes lower than that NW of it. It is formed of numerous rocky points and sandy bights, with depths of less than 9 m extending about 5 cables offshore. Several small hills stand behind this otherwise featureless stretch of coast. The coast between Timbo River (5342N 9438W) and Manna River, which has a closed entrance, 7 miles SE, is low and thickly wooded, with a sandy beach and some offlying rocks. Cestos Bay lies between the mouth of Manna River and Cestos Point (526N 936W), 4 miles SE. The bay has a low wooded shore broken in its S part by the mouth of River Cess (8.212). The coast between Cestos Point and Sehnkwehn River (8.214), 20 miles SE, is fronted by a sandy beach backed by wooded country and intersected in places by the mouths of small rivers. It should be given a wide berth as it is fronted by reefs and dangers which extend over 2 miles from it. The coast between Rock Cess Point (5206N 9294W) and the mouth of Bioni River, 5 miles SE, is fronted by foul ground, and detached patches, with depths of 6 m to 9 m over them, lie up to 8 cables offshore. The entrance to Bioni River is reported to be closed during the dry season. 8.198 Bafu Bay lies between Wilson Point (8.205) and Bafu Point (8.205), 4 miles SE. It has a low sandy shore with the entrance to River Bafu at its SE end. The N part of Bafu bay is encumbered by numerous shoals and Bafu Rock, with a depth of less than 15 m over it, lying 2 miles NW of Bafu Point, is the outermost danger at the S end of this area. The coast between Bafu Point and Grand Butu Point (503N 908W), 12 miles SE, is fronted by many rocks above and below water, and shoals with depths of less than 9 m over them, lying within the 20 m line which lies about 1 miles offshore.

The coast between Bafu Point and Tassu Point (506N 912W), 6 miles ESE, is low and thickly wooded. It is intersected by several small steams the mouths of which are obstructed by bars. Many shoal patches, with depths of less than 9 m over them, lie within the 10 m line, 8 cables offshore, between a position about 2 miles ESE of Bafu Point and Tassu Point. The coast between Tassu Point and Grand Butu Point, 5 miles SE, is covered with large rocks. Several small rivulets expend themselves in the sandy beach. Grand Butu Hill (503N 906W), which is conspicuous, has three summits of which the middle summit, with an elevation of 87 m, is the highest and stands 1 miles E of the point. From Grand Butu Point to the NW end of Sinoe Bay, 3 miles ESE, the coast though low, has a clean sandy beach. Behind the beach and parallel with it, is a narrow lagoon with entrances from the sea through two openings, one about 5 cable SE and the other about 5 miles ESE of Grand Butu Point, both entrances have bars.

Currents
1

8.199 Between Cape Mesurado and Bafu Point the predominant flow is SE throughout the year at rates between and 1 kn. Exceptionally a rate exceeding 2 kn may be encountered. See 1.251.

Directions
(continued from 8.162)

Major lights
1

8.200 Farmington River Light (6085N 10231W). Grand Bassa Point Light (yellow and orange metal framework tower, 24 m in height) (5 52 1N 10037W). Sinoe Bay, South Point Light (white square tower, 8 m in height) (4591N 9022W).
Old Lt. Ho.

Buchanan Grand Bassa Pt. from SW (8.200)

(Original dated 2004) (Photograph Royal Netherlands Navy)

275

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Passage
1

8.201 From a position (6213N 10501W), W of Monrovia Harbour, the track leads SW passing (with positions relative to Bassa Point (606N 1022W): NW of a dangerous wreck (position approximate) (31 miles WNW), thence: NW of Mamba Point (30 miles WNW) thence; NW of Cape Mesurado (30 miles WNW) (8.157), thence: Clear of two reported depths (1916) of 11 m and 12 m (32 miles WNW). Thence the track leads SE, passing: SW of Cape False (29 miles WNW), thence: SW of Hooper Patch (5 miles WNW), rock with a least depth of 46 m, with the sea breaking over its E part. There are other shoals with foul ground around them between Hooper Patch and the entrance to Farmington River (8.208). A narrow passage with depths from 7 m to 11 m in it, leads between Hooper Patch and the coast. A vessel using this passage should keep near the coast in a depth of about 9 m. Thence: SW of Brazier Point (1 mile NW), the E entrance point to the Junk, Farmington and Little Bassa Rivers. A light (8.200) is exhibited from the W entrance to Farmington River, about 1 miles NNW of Brazier Point. Thence: SW of Bassa Point, dominated by a densely wooded hill 51 m high, with sandy beaches on both sides of the point. A prominent red cliff is situated about 5 miles NW of Bassa Point. Thence: SW of Long Reef Point (12 miles SE), which is formed of a barrier of reefs which begin about 1 mile NNW of the point and extend, parallel to and up to 8 cables from the coast for a distance of 4 miles SE. The ground in the vicinity is foul. (Directions for Buchanan continue at 8.221) 8.202 Thence: SW of Niobe Reef (18 miles SE), with depths of less than 18 m, on which the sea breaks heavily. A rock, with a depth of less than 18 m over it and on which the sea breaks heavily, lies about 6 cables E of the S end of Niobe Reef; several shoals, with depths between 25 m and 9 m lie within an area of 8 cables S and SE of this rock, and close within the SW limit of this shoal area, is another rock with a depth of less than 18 m over which the sea breaks occasionally. Thence: SW of Edina Point (20 miles SE), the W entrance point of Saint John River (8.209). Shoals with depths between 7 m and 9 m over them, lie between positions 6 cables W and 1 miles SW of Edina Point. Thence: SW of Grand Bassa Point (22 miles SE), composed partly of sand and partly of magnetic rock, from which a light (8.200) is exhibited. Harmann Rock, awash lies 3 cables NNW of Grand Bassa Point. A line of pinnacle rocks extends NW from Grand Bassa Point; Dhuat Rocks, the highest of which is 37 m high, lie close NW of the point, and a surf boat passage leads between SE Dhuat and Grand Bassa point, and another surf boat passage leads leads through the middle of Dhuat Rocks. Yellow Will Reef, awash, lies about 6 cables NW of Grand

Bassa Point. Dhuat Rocks, Yellow Will Reef and the dangers extending up to 2 miles NW are covered by the red sector (104149) of Grand Bassa Light. Thence the track continues SE, passing (with positions relative to Grand Bassa Point (552N 1004W)): SW of Topokani Point (4 miles SE), which is low, with the village of Bagoli standing close N of it. Topokani Rock, 43 m high, lies close within the outer edge of a spit, with rocks above and below water, extending 1 mile SW of the point. A rock awash, lies 3 cables WNW, and a rocky patch with a depth of 64 m over it, lies 3 cables SSW of Topokani Rock. Thence: 8.203 SW of a wreck (position approximate) (6 miles SSE) over which there is a charted depth of 87 m. A shoal patch (position approximate) (reported 1982) with a depth of 174 m over it lies 1 miles WSW of the wreck. Thence: SW of an underwater rock (position approximate) (8 miles SSE) reported (1972), thence: SW of Trade Town Rock (14 miles SE) on which the sea always breaks, thence: SW of the entrance (26 miles SE) to Timbo River, which is small and only occasionally accessible to boats. Thence the track continues SE, passing (with positions relative to Cestos Point (526N 936W): SW of Fen Rock (8 miles NW), lying 7 cables offshore and over which the sea breaks. Rocky shoals, with depths of 46 m to 9 m over them, lie on a line between Fen Rock and Manna Rocks, 4 miles SE. Thence: SW of Manna Rocks (4 miles NW), black, conspicuous and 34 m high lying in an area of foul ground with many shoal heads on it, extending 2 miles SE and terminating in Hayes Rocks, which have a depth of 78 m over them. Thence: SW of Ashanti Rock (4 miles WNW) (existence doubtful) with a depth of 46 m over it, thence: SW of Greer Rock (1 miles WNW) with a depth of 78 m over it, thence: SW of Spence Rock (1 mile WSW) with a depth of 23 m over which the sea occasionally breaks, thence: 8.204 SW of Cestos Point which is fringed with foul ground. Cestos Reef, consisting of rocks above and below water and which dry between 03 m and 18 m, extends 8 cables SW from the point. Cestos Reef and the rocks in its vicinity are dangerous because they are all steepto and soundings give little or no warning of approach. Thence: SW of Schooner Rock (1 miles SSW) with a depth of 37 miles over it, thence: SW of Sunk Rock (3 miles SE) with a depth of 41 m over it, thence: SW of Pobamo Rocks (5 miles SE), which dry 06 m, lying at the SW end of a group of shoals with depths less than 5 m, and which extend about 1 miles WSW from the mouth of Po River (8.213); foul ground lies between them, thence: SW of Rock Cess Point (8 miles SE) with a spit of foul ground, which dries 06 m at its outer end, extending 2 miles NW from the point. A rock with a depth of 46 m over it lies 2 miles WNW of

276

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Rock Cess Point, and another rock with a depth of 37 m over it, lies 5 cables SE of the first rock. Between these rocks and the spit of foul ground NW of the point, are several patches with depths between 64 m and 9 m over them. Thence: SW of Diabolitos Reef (8 miles SE), which extends 1 mile SW from Rock Cess Point. Di Rock, 16 m high, is the highest of several large rocks standing on the reef, and is especially noticeable from N and S as it stands out from the land behind it. Thence: SW of Mutine Rock (9 miles SE) with less than 15 m over it and which breaks in a heavy swell. Shoal heads with depths of 55 m and 37 m, between which lies a stranded wreck, lie 5 cables NW and 1 mile NNW of Mutine Rock. Thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (13 miles SSE), thence: SW of Baiyan Islet (15 miles SE), 19 m high, with a bare summit, thence: 8.205 SW of Outer Rock (15 miles SE), 18 m high and which marks the outer end of a considerable foul area, with many rocks which dry or are awash, extending from 7 cables S of the mouth of Bioni River (517N 926W) to Kuzu Point (514N 923W). Another rock, over which the sea breaks occasionally, lies 1 mile WNW of Outer Rock. Thence: SW of Kuzu Point (17 miles SE) with the mouth of Kuzu River lying close N. Kuzu River is obstructed by a bar which is too shallow for boats to cross. Thence: SW of Wilson Point (20 miles SE), the E entrance point of Sehnkwen River, with Bame Town standing close NE of the point, thence: SW of Bafu Point (24 miles SE), with Bird Rock lying 6 cables SE from it, is fringed with foul ground. Rocks, with depths of less than 15 m over them and which break in a moderate swell, lie within 5 cables N of the point, and rocks between 03 m and 3 m high, lie close N and W of the point. The track continues SE passing (with position relative to Bafu Point (509N 918W)): SW of Say Rock (4 miles SE), 43 m high, with shoal water extending 1 cables on its N and W sides, thence: SW of Tassu Point (6 miles SE) with an islet 9 m high, lying 2 cables NW and Tassu Rock, 82 m high, lying 1 miles SSW from it. River Buto, whose mouth is almost blocked in the dry season, enters the sea close N of Tassu Point. Tassu Rock is a large rock standing on the N part of a steepto reef with rocks awash lying 4 cables NNW and a rock, with a depth of less than 15 m over it, lying 6 cables NNW. Thence: 8.206 SW of a dangerous wreck (7 miles SE), position approximate, thence: SW of Keoba Rock (8 miles SE) 5 m high, which lies in the middle of a reef, with rocks awash or with less than 15 m over them, lying between it and Tassu Rock. A rock awash, lies 1 mile SE of Keoba Rock. Thence: SW of Knight Rock (10 miles SE), steepto with a depth of 41 m over it, thence: SW of Yule Rock (11 miles SE), which dries 03 m and over which the sea always breaks; a rock with

a depth of 15 m over it lies 1 cables NE of Yule Rock. Thence: SW of Grand Butu Point (2 miles SE) which has a few rocks lying offshore. Grand Butu River enters the sea 5 cables NNE of the point but its mouth is closed in the dry season. Thence: SW of Gibson Rock (15 miles SE) with a depth of less than 15 m over it and which breaks in a heavy swell, thence; Clear of an obstruction (15 miles SE) reported (1988), position approximate, thence: SW of Kennedy Rocks (16 miles SE), which consist of a group of shoal heads with a least depth of 46 m over them, thence: To the vicinity of of the Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water) (17 miles SE) marking the approach to Greenville. 8.207 Useful marks: Cape Mesurado Light (6192N 10488W) (8.163). King Greys Tower (N radio mast standing on top of hill) (6151N 10416W) red obstruction light. Tower, Nyoje Town (84 m in height) (6146N 10420W). Radio Tower (6183N 10399W) (8.189). Farmington River Light (6 08 5N 10 23 1W) (8.208), position approximate. Grand Bassa Point Light (5 52 1N 10 03 7W) (8.200). Radio tower (5115N 9173W), red obstruction lights. Bafu Bay Light (5 11 0N 9 17 0W), position approximate. Greenville, North Point Light (tower, 11 m in height) (4595N 9024W). Sinoe Bay, South Point Light (4591N 9022W) (8.200). (Directions for Greenville continue at 8.230 and for the coastal passage at 9.15)

Rivers
Charts 1364, 3648

Farmington River
1

8.208 General information. Farmington River enters the sea 1 miles NW of Bassa Point (606N 1022W). A tongue of sand, partly dry and partly covered by heavy breakers, extends about 1 mile SE from the village of Marshal. The entrance channel to the river, which is constantly changing, lies close round the S edge of these breakers; anchorage may be obtained off the entrance (see 8.234). The channel across the bar is used by surf boats only. Within the bar the depths increase, and off the village of Marshal there is a depth of 64 m. Little Bassa River, which joins Farmington River close NE of its mouth, is navigable by boats for some distance. N of the village of Marshall, Farmington River divides into two branches, Junk River leading NW and Farmington river continuing E and reported to be navigable for a distance of 18 miles with depths between 37 m and 9 m. Useful marks: Farmington River Light (exhibited from a large white shed) (6085N 10231W), position approximate. Warehouse with red roof (6086N 10231W).

277

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Saint John River

1

8.209 General information. Saint John River is of considerable length and, together with two smaller rivers, Mechlin and Benson, enters the sea through one common mouth, with a surf boat channel, between Edina point (5547N 10041W) and Macdowell Point, 5 cables SSE. The coastline near the mouth of the rivers changes every season. The least dangerous passage over the shallow bar, which obstructs the entrance, is close to a sandy spit off Macdowell Point, and is only suitable for surf boats. Leading marks: Front beacon (triangular topmark, point up) (5547N 10040W), position approximate Rear beacon (triangular topmark, point down) 122 m to rear of front beacon, position approximate. The alignment (017) of the above beacons lead to the entrance. Inside the bar, depths increase to 37 m abreast Edina village, 9 cables NW of Edina Point, and 55 m abreast Upper Buchanan village, 4 cables E of Edina Point. Landing at Upper Buchanan is sometimes exceedingly dangerous. Useful mark: Church spire (16 m in height) (5545N 10038W).

flagstaff in it. It is not advisable to attempt to enter River Cess without local knowledge. Useful mark: Radio mast (5273N 9349W), red obstruction lights.

Po River
1

8.213 General information. Po River (523N 930W) is partially protected by a line of rocks extending from the S entrance point, 6 miles ESE of Cestos Point, in a NW direction and parallel to the coast. The river is usually accessible for boats. Po River Beach village stands on its N entrance point and an airfield is situated 7 cables NNW from it.

Sehnkwehn River
1

New Cess River

1

8.210 General information. New Cess River (547N 958W) enters the sea 7 miles SE of Grand Bassa Point (8.202). Trading vessels sometimes anchor off, and boats can pass through the opening (See 8.196) to the mouth of the river which is always accessible to canoes.

Little Kola River

1

8.211 General information. Little Kola River (5 40 N 951W), which is accessible to boats, enters the sea 2 miles SE of the village of Didia (8.236). Good landing can be made at a village standing 8 cables SE of the entrance to Little Kola River (8.211). A hill, about 61 m high, stands 1 miles E of the village. Between the village and another hill, 47 m high, standing close to the shore 1 miles SE, the beach is fronted by large irregular blocks of granite over which the sea breaks heavily. A rocky spit, with depths of less than 5 m, extends 3 cables SW, and a reef, which breaks, lies 6 cables W of the second hill. Useful mark: Radio mast (5418N 9498W), red obstruction lights.

8.214 General information. Sehnkwehn River, one of the principal rivers on this part of the coast, enters the sea 2 miles SE of Kuzu Point (8.205), between Wilson Point (5 12 3N 9 20 8W) (8.205) and a high sandy spit 1 cables NW. A ledge of rocks extend 4 cables NW from Wilson Point and the entrance channel lies close NW of the extremity of this ledge. The depth over the bar is usually 24 m. Within the bar, the channel leads SE until abreast Wilson Point where depths increase and exceed 9 m. Depths decrease to about 2 m where the river turns NE between the E bank and a large drying sandbank extending 6 cables NE from the N entrance point; there are several large rocks on this drying sandbank. Useful marks: Radio tower (5115N 9173W), red obstruction lights. Bafu Bay Light (5 11 0N 9 17 0W), position approximate.

River Bafu
1

8.215 General information. The depths in River Bafu are very shoal, but the entrance is sufficiently sheltered for use by ships boats. Anchorage may be obtained, see 8.240. The former entrance and bar lay close N and E of a rocky islet, 46 m high, lying 7 cables ENE of Bafu Point (8.205). In 1941, it was reported that this entrance had silted up and a new entrance had formed 6 cables NNE through the spit forming the W bank of the river. Chart 1980 plan of Greenville

Sinoe River
1

River Cess
1

8.212 General information. River Cess (527N 935W) enters the sea about 1 mile NE of Cestos Point. The entrance to the river is obstructed by a bar which shifts from time to time, and with much swell breaks right across. Near the middle of the bar are two rocks which dry. Anchorage may be obtained with local knowledge (see 8.238). After crossing the bar, dephs of 35 m to 55 m will be found until abreast the N entrance point, when the depths shoal again to about 18 m. River Cess village, which stands on the N entrance point, has two factories and a

8.216 General information. Sinoe Bay and its approaches are obstructed by numerous dangers and the depths are very irregular. North Point (4596N 9025W) which is wooded on its summit forms the S entrance point of Sinoe River. A stranded wreck lies in the entrance to the river, just off North Point. Allen Rocks, above and below water, lie 1 cable NW of North Point on the outer edge of the bar fronting the mouth of the river. Middle Reef lies 4 cables NW of Allen Rocks and North Reef extends about 1 mile W from Greenville. Directions. Boats can cross the bar of Sinoe River in a depth of 18 m between Allen Rocks and a rock, awash, lying close W of North Point.

278

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

After rounding North Point closely, to avoid a rock with a depth of 15 m over it in mid channel, the river deepens to about 5 m, but shoals again quickly. Thence the W bank should be followed.

Buchanan
Chart 3648 Approaches to and plan of Buchanan

General information
1

8.217 Position. Port of Buchanan (552N 1003W). Function. The principal export is iron ore; imports include oil and general cargo. Topography. Buchanan is situated on the E shore of Waterhouse Bay which lies between Macdowell Point (554N 1004W) and Grand Bassa Point (8.202) 2 miles S. The bay is obstructed with numerous detached rocks and reefs. Caution. Buchanan Pilots and Port services are at the moment not in use due to recent internal conflict. Aids to navigation including leading lights, and their associated structures cannot be relied upon. Mariners should excercise caution when entering port. Approach and entry. The port, situated close SE of Grand Bassa Point, is approached from the W and entered through an inward bound fairway, marked by leading lights, leading between the heads of the main and secondary breakwaters. Buchanan Oil Terminal, lies in Waterhouse Bay, about 5 cables NE of Grand Bassa Point, and is approached from the W and the alignment of leading beacons, best seen on the chart, lead through a buoyed channel to the moorings. The outermost of these buoys (black conical) is moored close S of a 28 m patch and N of the leading line. Departure. A separate fairway, which is best seen on the chart, is established for outbound vessels. Traffic. In 2004 there were 7 vessel movements totalling 298 265 dwt. Port Authority. Buchanan Port Authority, Lamco JV Joint Venture Operating Co, c/o Roberts International Airport, Robertsfield Liberia.

Notice of ETA. Send ETA 96 hours before arrival and daily thereafter. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Outer anchorages. Anchorage can be obtained 1 miles W of the head of the main breakwater (8.220), close S of the pilot embarkation position, in a depth of about 20 m. Anchorage can also be obtained 5 cables NW of the head of the main breakwater, in a depth of 16 m. For vessels awaiting mooring at Buchanan Oil Terminal, good anchorage can be obtained in Bassa Cove, immediately N of Yellow Will Reef and 6 cables NW of Grand Bassa Point, in a depth of 13 m, mud. Smaller vessels can anchor about 1 cable closer inshore. Submarine pipeline. An oil pipeline, best seen on the chart, extends NNW from the head of Waterhouse Bay, 3 cables NE of Grand Bassa point. Pilotage is compulsory and available on a 24 hours for berthing ore ships. Pilotage for tankers and general cargo ships is available between 0700 and 2300 hours. Pilot boards about 1 miles W of main breakwater. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are not available.

Harbour
1

8.220 General layout. The port of Buchanan is situated 8 cables SE of Grand Bassa Point, and is enclosed by two breakwaters. The main breakwater extends 9 cables W from the shore 1 miles SE of Grand Bassa Point, and the secondary breakwater extends S from the shore 4 cables SE of Grand Bassa Point. Tanker moorings, opereated by the Buchanan Oil terminal, lie in Waterhouse Bay, 5 cables NE of Grand Bassa Point. Development. In 1998 it was reported that the ore loading berth is to be upgraded so as to be able to handle vessels of up to 120 000 tonnes. Local magnetic anomaly. Grand Bassa Point (8.202) is composed partly of magnetic rock.

Directions for entering harbour

1

Limiting conditions
1

8.218 Controlling depth. The central part of the harbour has a dredged depth of 126 m (1963). Deepest and longest berth. Deepest Berth, Ore Loading Quay; longest berth, Commercial Quay (8.224). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 1 m; mean neap range about 05 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water varies between 1020 g/cm3 and 1025 g/cm3. Local weather and sea state. Moderate SW winds during dry season (December to March); strong SW winds accompanied by heavy rain and high swell during the wet season (April to November).

Arrival information
1

8.219 Port radio. There is a port radio station, owned and operated by Lamco. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

(continued from 8.201) 8.221 Major light: Grand Bassa Point Light (5 52 1N 10 03 7W) (8.200). Entry. From a position SW of Long Reef Point (559N 1012W) the track leads E, passing (with positions relative to Grand Bassa Point Light (5521N 10037W)): S of Niobe Reef (4 miles NW) (8.202), thence: S of a 128 m patch (2 miles WNW), thence: To the vicinity of the the pilot boarding position (5517N 10052W) at the entrance to the inwardbound fairway. Leading Lights: Front Light, framework tower on dolphin (5514N 10029W) (position approximate). Rear Light (mast) (about 3 cables from front light). The alignment (103) of the above lights leads through the inwardbound fairway, passing: NNE of a 146 m patch (1 miles WSW), reported (1963), thence: NNW of a 15 m patch (1 miles WSW) with a 14 m patch lying 1 cable SSE and another 15 m patch lying 1 cable E from it, thence:

279

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Buchahan Hbr from SW (8.220)

(Original dated 2004) (Photograph Royal Netherlands Navy)

SSW of an 116 m patch (1 mile WSW), lying close NE of the leading line, thence: SSW of Grand Bassa Point Light (8.200), with the old lighthouse (8.222) standing close N, thence: NNE of the main breakwater light (7 cables S) (8.222), thence: Between the breakwaters at the entrance to the harbour. Caution. The position of the leading lights described above are approximate and they should be used with caution. It is reported (1987) that leading lights also define the N and S limits of the fairway. The front light of the N leading line is exhibited from a mast, fitted with a truncated cone daymark, standing 2 cables WNW of the rear light of the centre leading line. This rear light is also the rear mark for the N leading line which leads N of an 116 m patch, lights in line 106. The front light of the S leading line, lights in line bearing 100, is exhibited f4om a mast, fitted with a truncated cone daymark, standing close to the root of the main breakwater, and the rear light from a mast standing 1 cables from the front structure. These lights lead S of the 116 m patch mentioned above. Each of the above marks is fitted with three fixed yellow lights vertically disposed, and are reported (1987) to be exhibited only when a vessel is entering the harbour. 8.222 Useful mark: Old Lighthouse (white circular tower, 11 m in height) (5521N 10037W).

Five Radio Masts (5521N 10033W). Water Tower (5521N 10021W). Radio Tower (5520N 10019W). Secondary breakwater head light (white sqaure concrete tower) (5516N 10035W), floodlit at night. Loading Tower (5515N 10030W). Main breakwater light (white square concrete tower) (5514N 10036W), floodlit at night.

Directions for leaving harbour

1

8.223 From a position 3 cables W of the main breakwater light (5516N 10035W) the outwardbound fairway leads WSW, passing (with positions relative to Grand Bassa Point Light (8.207)): NNW of a 15 m patch (8 cables SSW), thence: NNW of a depth of 15 m (1 miles SW), thence: SSE of a lightfloat (red; cone topmark) (1 miles SW), moored close SE of an 112 m patch thence: NNW of a lightfloat (black and white; cone topmark), moored close N of a 10 m patch. A depth of 119 m (reported 1963) lies 4 cables farther SSE from it. The track then continues WSW to the seaward end of the fairway.

Berths
1

8.224 Commercial Quay, 320 m long and with a depth alongside of 98 m (1963), is situated on the E face of the

280

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

secondary breakwater and used for the handling of general cargo and containers, the latter with limited facilities. Ore Loading Quay, 257 m long is situated 4 cables E of the Commercial Quay, has depths alongside of 136 m. One dolphin extends the quay NW and three dolphins extend the quay SE. Tankers berth at the SE end of this extension for discharging only, where the normal maximum draught alongside for vessels over 170 m in length is 7 m. For vessels less than 170 m in length, this can be increased to 82 m. The E end of the Harbour was dredged to 98 m in 1963. Savage River enters the harbour about 1 cable E of the SE dolphin. The river is accessible to boats at times, but its entrance alters every season. The Harbour Office and Harbour Traffic Quay are situated on the N face of the main breakwater about 2 cables from its root. Buchanan Oil Terminal, in Waterhouse Bay, consisting of several mooring buoys lying at the head of a submarine pipeline, lies about 4 cables NNE of Grand Bassa Point. Near the root of the pipeline, 3 cables ENE of Grand Bassa Point, are some oil tanks, water tower and radio masts. A Tide gauge lies about 1 cables ENE of the mooring buoys. Good landing can be effected in ships boats, abreast the leading beacons, about 2 cables ESE of the mooring buoys.

Vessels wishing to pass E of Stevens Rock should approach on a course of 355 with South Point light (8.229) ahead on the bearing, altering course as required NW for the anchorage when about 6 cables S from South Point. A vessel entering the harbour should give the head of the breakwater a berth of at least 100 m, as depths of less than 5 m exist within this distance of the jetty head. Port Authority. National Port Authority, Bushrod Island, PO Box 1849, Monrovia, Liberia.

Limiting conditions
1

8.227 Deepest and longest berth. Main berth (8.232). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 09 m; mean neap range about 04 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water varies from 1018 g/cm3 during the wet season to 1025 g/cm3. during the dry season. Maximum size of vessel handled. The maximum size of vessel handled is reported (1989) to be 156 m in length and 73 m draught. Local weather and sea state. Prevailing wind is SW. During the wet season (June to October) a heavy swell is liable to occur in the harbour.

Arrival information Port services

1

8.225 Repairs: No facilities. Other facilities: None. Supplies: None available. Communications: There is an airfield situated about 5 cables E of Mcdowell Point, with services to Roberts International Airport (8.193); the latter can also be reached in 1 hour by road. Harbour regulations. The times for hoisting and lowering the courtesy flag should be checked with the pilot as heavy fines are levied for raising and lowering the flag at the wrong times.

Greenville
Chart 1980 Approaches to and plan of Greenville

8.228 Notice of ETA. Send ETA to the agent. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile W of Blubarra Point, within the area best seen on the chart, in a depths between 119 m and 137 m. The bottom is composed of stiff black sand and mud, although there are several foul patches. In 1973, a patch with a depth of 73 m was reported in the anchorage near its SW edge and 1 mile W of Blubarra Point. Pilotage is compulsory and normally available between 0500 and 2300 (after 2300 by prior arrangement). The Pilot boards from a black and white launch marked Pilot, at the pilot boarding place 1 miles WSW of the breakwater head, or in the anchorage. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs. There is one tug of 1450 hp and there are two towing launches, each of 192 hp.

General information
1

2 3

8.226 Position. The port of Greenville (459N 903W) lies between North Point and Blubarra Point, in the SE part of Sinoe Bay. Function. The principal trade is the export of timber and rubber. Topography. Sinoe Bay lies between Grand Butu Point (8.198) and Blubarra Point (459N 903W), 6 miles SE. The bay has for the most part a sandy shore. Greenville stands on its SE side, 1 miles NNE of Blubarra Point. Caution. Greenville Pilots and Port services are at the moment not in use due to recent internal conflict. Aids to navigation including leading lights, and their associated structures cannot be relied upon. Mariners should excercise caution when entering port. Approach and entry. Approach to anchorage or to the port of Greenville may be made from SW between Kennedy Rocks (8.206) and Stevens Rock.

Harbour
1

8.229 General layout. The harbour is formed by a breakwater, extending about 2 cables N from Blubarra Point, with two berths on its E side.

Directions for entering harbour

1

(continued from 8.206) 8.230 Major light: Sinoe Bay, South Point Light (4591N 9022W) (8.207). Entry. From the vicinity of Fairway Lightbuoy (4583N 9042W), the track leads generally ENE, thence E into the harbour, passing (with positions relative to the breakwater head light (4594N 9027W): SSE of a 69 m patch (1 miles W) with an 82 m patch lying 1 cable S, thence:

281

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Greenville Hbr from ESE (8.229)

(Original dated 2004) (Photograph Royal Netherlands Navy) 2

NNW of a 91 m patch (1 miles SW), with a 78 m patch lying 1 cables E, thence: NNW of Stevens Rock (1 mile SSW) with a depth of 55 m and, another patch with a depth of 73 m lying 1 cable NNE from it, thence: Clear of a 73 m patch (1 mile WSW), reported (1973), lying close within the SW edge of the anchorage, thence: Clear of a dangerous wreck (4 cables SW), thence: Clear of Mutine Patches (2 cables and 3 cables W), consisting of two shoals with depths of 91 m and 62 m (reported 1971) marked by a lightbuoy (red and white, can) moored close NE. Thence: WNW of Blubarra Point (2 cables SSE) which has foul ground extending 1 cables WNW from it, thence: Thence the track leads E, passing: S of a lightbuoy (port hand), moored S of a shoal with a least depth of 31 m. N of the breakwater head, which should be given a berth of at least 100 m (see 8.226, Approach and entry). The track then leads to the berths, noting a shoal patch with a depth of 3 m, reported (1992), close SE of the breakwater head and a stranded wreck, 75 m in length and orientated WNW/ESE, lying 1 cables SE of the breakwater head. 8.231 Useful mark: Water tower (5008N 9024W). Radio mast (5 00 6N 9 02 4W), position approximate, red obstruction lights. North Point Light (tower, 11 m in height) (4595N 9024W). Breakwater Head Light (white structure, 2 m in height) (4594N 9027W).

Berths
1

8.232 The main berth is mostly used for the export of forestry, 178 m in length, with a depth alongside of 81 m. The second berth, which is 55 m in length with a depth alongside of 49 m, has facilities for handling the discharge of oil from coastal tankers. When berthing alongside, it is recommended that extra hawsers be laid out as the harbour is not protected. When there is a heavy swell, and it is difficult to berth alongside, vessels can anchor in the harbour and secure sternto (Mediterranean moor) to the jetty; the holding ground in the harbour is good. The maximum size of vessel for this method is 152 m in length and a draught of 7 m on sailing.

Port services
1

8.233 Repairs are not available. Other facilities: Medical facilities are not available. Supplies: None available.

Anchorages and landings

Chart 1364

Farmington River
1

8.234 Anchorage can be obtained off the entrance to Farmington River, about 4 miles WNW of Bassa Point (606N 1022W), in depths of 13 m to 15 m over a clear bottom of sand and mud. A buoy (red and white chequers can; radar reflector) is moored 1 cables WNW of Bassa Point. Obstructions lie 1 cables N and 7 cables WNW from the buoy. A depth of 91 m was reported (1942) to lie 1 cables SSW (position approximate) of the charted position of the buoy.

282

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 8

Kotobli
1

Wilson Point
1

8.235 Description. Kotobli (5435N 9541W) is a large and populous place, with two factories, standing on the W bank of Bo River. A hill, 76 m high lies 2 miles NE of the town and Tobacco Mount, a conical hill 249 m high, rises about 11 miles ENE of the town and is a good landmark. Anchorage can be obtained about 1 mile WSW of Kotobli, in a depth of about 18 m.

8.239 Anchorage can be obtained about 1 miles SW of Wilson Point (512N 921W) (8.205) in depths of 20 m to 22 m with good holding ground of mud and sand. Owing to the irregular depths, vessels should not approach the vicinity of Sehnkwehn River (8.214) entrance into depths of less than 18 m.

Bafu Bay
1

Didia
1

8.236 Landing. Good landing can be made at the village of Didia (5425N 9524W).

Timbo
1

8.237 Landing is possible occasionally for surf boats at Timbo village (5338N 9433W), about 8 cables SE of the entrance to Timbo River. A hill, 66 m high, lies between the river mouth and the village.

8.240 Anchorage can be obtained in Bafu Bay (510N 919W), about 8 cables NW of Bafu Point (8.205) in a depth of 13 m with good holding ground of mud and sand. The anchorage lies about 4 cables W of the rocks and foul ground N and W of Bafu Point. The usual approach lies midway between Bafu Rock (8.198) and Bafu Point. It should be noted that the depths off the W side of Bafu Point are irregular and this vicinity should be avoided. Landing. Good landing can be made in the dry season by surf boats about 2 and 4 miles SE of Bafu Point (509N 918W). Chart 1980 Approaches to Greenville

Cestos Bay
1

8.238 Anchorage can be obtained in Cestos Bay (528N 937W) about 1 miles NW of Cestos Point (8.197 and 8.204) in a depth of 11 m. The usual approach lies between Hayes Rocks and Greer Rock or alternatively, between Greer Rock and Spence Rock (8.203). Ships entering Cestos Bay for the first time should employ a pilot as no good clearing marks can be given and local knowledge is required.

Grand Butu
1

8.241 Anchorage. There are no detached shoals between Yule Rock (5 02 0N 9 09 1W) (8.206) and Gibson Rock (8.206), so that vessels can approach with safety. The soundings however are irregular with occasional patches of rocky ground, necessitating care when anchoring. Landing. The village of Grand Butu stands on the NE side of Grand Butu Point (8.198), and landing is possible here in fine weather.

283

Home

Contents

Index

Chapter 9 - Blubarra Point to Abidjan

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30 LIBERIA
1365

3100

30 I VO RY COAST
3103

9.132 Abidjan
ss am

rra ba Blu

i Po

1980

1364

9.75 San Pdro

3099

G 3101
9.92

ra

310

n ra 1G

nt

3101

30

9.1

0
1980

9.33 Harper 1980

Pa C.
lm

3099

dBa

11 u

1980 8.226

1362

3101

Greenville

9.109 Sassandra

o ah -L 1 nd 9.

as

284
30
0306

30

Po in

te Taf ou

2 9.5

30

30

Longitude 7 West from Greenwich

30

30

30

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 9 BLUBARRA POINT TO ABIDJAN

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 4209, 3139, 595

Flow
1

Scope of the chapter

1

9.1 This chapter covers the Atlantic coast of Africa from Blubarra Point (459N 903W) (8.226) in Republic of Liberia to Abidjan (518N 0400W) in Republic of Cte dIvoire. The ports and harbours of Harper (9.33), SanPedro (9.75) and Abidjan (9.132) are described in this chapter. The chapter is divided into the following sections: Blubarra Point to Cape Palmas (9.9). Cape Palmas to SanPedro (9.51). SanPedro to Abidjan (9.91).

9.4 See 1.247.

Piracy
1

9.5 Acts of piracy have taken place in these waters. Generally, these acts have taken place at anchorages or in the approaches to the port. Mariners are advised to keep a constant watch and not to permit any unauthorised craft to come alongside.

Aids to navigation
1

Topography
1

9.2 The coast from Blubarra Point to Cape Palmas is generally low and sandy, intersected by the mouths of small rivers and backed by trees. The coast from Cape Palmas to Abidjan consists mostly of a sandy beach from 20 m to 50 m high, backed by tall brushwood. This beach rises abruptly, hiding the bases of the houses built behind it. The mouths of several rivers intersect this coast of which Cavalla River (9.64) and Rivire Sassandra (9.106) are the principal ones.

9.6 The aids to navigation described in this chapter are unreliable. The lights may be extinguished and the buoys and beacons may be missing, unlit, or out of position.

Stowaways
1

9.7 It is reported that stowaways are a serious problem. A thorough search of the vessel is recommended, prior to departure, especially if the vessel is departing the coast.

Security
1

Fishing
1

9.3 Fishing craft, many which may be unlit, may be encountered along the entire stretch of this coast.

9.8 For security reasons, the Ivorian authorities advise that all vessels, particularly fishing vessels, operate at least 3 miles off the coast. Cte dIvoire.

BLUBARRA POINT TO CAPE PALMAS GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 1365
1

Topography
9.11 The coast from Blubarra Point (459N 903W) to Settra Kru, 13 miles ESE, is low and sandy with the exception of Kufuer Devils Cliff, a rocky projection about 20 m in height, lying 2 miles ESE of Blubarra Point. The E part of the coast between Blubarra point and Settra Kru is fronted by foul ground, with rocks above and below water, extending seaward for about 3 miles. From Settra Kru to Nuahn Point (451N 848W), 4 miles SE, the coast continues low and sandy with reefs extending from it in many places. It is intersected by some small rivers which, however, are only open during the wet season (April to November). A river enters the sea, 2 miles ESE of Nuahn Point from a lagoon close inland, and King Williams Point lies 2 miles farther SE. The coast between King Williams Point (4 49 N 843W) and Wappi Point, 8 miles ESE, is formed of sandy beaches fronted in places by rocky ledges, and intersected by the mouths of small rivers which are connected inland with lagoons. Some hills of moderate elevation rise from 2 to 2 miles inland. Between Wappi Point (446N 836W) and Baddu Point, 9 miles ESE, the coast is low and sandy with occasional patches of rock, but with few distinguishing

Area covered
1

9.9 This section describes the coastal route, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from Blubarra Point (459N 903W) to Cape Palmas (422N 744W), about 87 miles ESE. It is arranged as follows: Coastal Route (9.10). Harper (9.33).

COASTAL ROUTE
3

General information
Chart 1365

Route
1

9.10 From a position about 1 miles WSW of the Greenville breakwater light (8.231) the route leads generally ESE for about 88 miles to a position S of Cape Palmas Light (9.22).

285

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

features. A heavy surf breaks on it, and landing is only possible at a few places. Nifo, a large village, stands 3 miles ESE of Wappi Point and can be identified by two white houses in it. A rock, 3 m high, lies close to a small rocky point S of Nifo; rocks with depths of less than 18 m over them, lie about 5 cables SSW of the rocky point, and foul ground, with depths of less than 11 m over it, extends 1 miles S of the same point. Between the village of Nifo and the mouth of Dubo River, 2 miles ESE, there are numerous shoals and submerged rocks lying within the 20 m line which here is about 1 miles offshore. Great caution is necessary on this stretch of the coast when navigating within 3 miles of it. 9.12 The coast between Baddu Point (441N 828W) and Subbubo Point, 12 miles ESE, is mainly fronted by rocks and boulders except for a stretch of sandy beach between 5 and 8 miles ESE of Baddu Point. Several rocks and reefs lie offshore within the 20 m line. Between Baddu Point and a point lying 4 miles SE, there are several small rivers and lagoons, but they are all obstructed by bars in the dry season. Foul ground extends up to 1 mile offshore between these two points. The coast from Subbubo point to Sesters Point, 2 miles SE, consists of a low sandy beach backed by trees. The coast between Ranger Point, 3 miles ESE of Sesters Point, and Webado Beach at the entrance to Joda River, 8 miles ESE, is low, denseley wooded and bordered by a sandy beach free from offlying rocks. Between the entrance to the Joda River and the entrance to Garraway River, 7 miles ESE, the coast continues sandy and wooded. The coast from Garraway Point (4298N 7564W) to Fishtown Point, 8 miles SE, is generally low, sandy and backed by trees, except in the vicinity close NE of Fishtown Point where there are several small rocky points with sandy beaches between them. The coast is fronted by numerous offlying shoals and vessels should not approach it within a distance of 2 miles. See 9.20 for dangers off Fishtown Point. An islet 26 m high and covered with trees lies close offshore 6 cables NNE of Fishtown Point. Both the coast and the interior are broken and more readily identified E of Fishtown Point, than they are farther W; the general flatness of the land being relieved by some small hills. The coast between Fishtown and Middle Town, 1 miles ESE, is fairly high, sandy and backed by grassland and occasional groves of trees. The coast between Middle Town (4246N 7480W) and Rock Town Point, 1 miles SE, is fringed by foul ground out to depths of 10 m with reefs extending up to 3 cables offshore. The coast between Rock Town Point and Cape Palmas (422N 744W) at the entrance to Hoffman River (9.31), 3 miles ESE, is high, sandy and clear of trees.

berth of at least 2 miles; they should never attempt to pass between Outer Patch and Cape Shoals (9.20).

Current
1

9.14 An almost continuous current, setting SE at an average rate of knot and a maximum rate of 1 kn has been experienced about 1 miles off King William Point (449N 843W). Between Ranger Point (4 33 5N 8 11 6W) and Garraway Point (4298N 7564W) about 2 to 3 miles offshore, the current sets SE at a rate of kn. Occasionally a weak counter current is experienced. Closer inshore the current is weak and irregular. In the vicinity of Coley Rock (4225N 7534W) and Cape Shoals (9.20), the current usually sets E and SE at a rate of knot; occasionally it sets W but is then weak and uncertain in direction. Farther seaward, in depths of 50 m or more, the current sets E parallel to the coast, at a rate of about 1 kn.

Directions
(continued from 8.207)

Major lights
1

9.15 South Point Light (4591N 9022W) (8.207). Cape Palmas Light (white conical tower, 22 m in height) (4222N 7437W).

Blubarra Point to Nuahn Point

1

Depths
1

9.13 Caution. As most of the rocks off this coast are pinnacles, the soundings give no warning of their vicinity, so that others may exist besides those charted. Vessels navigating in this locality must use extreme caution. Vessels proceeding along the coast between Subbubo Point (9.19) and Cape Palmas (422N 744W), 37 miles SE are recommended to keep in depths of over 50 m, giving Carpenter Rock (9.19) and Outer Patch (9.20) a

9.16 From a position 1 miles WSW of Greenville breakwater head light (4594N 9027W) (8.231), the track leads S passing (with positions relative to South Point Light (4591N 9022W)): W of a 91 m patch (1 miles WSW), thence: W of Stevens Rock (1 miles WSW) (8.230) and a 91 m patch lying 2 cables W from it, thence: W of another 91 m patch (1 miles SW). Thence the track leads SE, passing: SW of South Point (2 cables S), which is wooded. A stranded wreck (position approximate) lies 6 cables ESE from the point. Thence: SW of a depth of 69 m (1 mile SSW), reported (1969), with depths of 81 m (reported 1963) and 9 1 m lying 3 cables ENE and 2 cables W, respectively, thence: SW of Kufuer Devils Cliff (2 miles ESE) (9.11), thence: SW of a 96 m patch (7 miles SE), thence: SW of Kru Rock (10 miles ESE), a bare irregularly shaped mass of stones 46 m high, with foul ground extending 5 cables WSW and 2 cables S. Foul ground also exists between Kru Rock and Settra Kru. Thence: SW of Settra Kru (12 miles ESE), with a village, situated close to the point, in which a remarkable tree 58 m high stands. Within the 20 m line, between Settra Kru and the mouth of a river 7 miles ESE, are many shoals and submerged rocks with depths of less than 10 m over them; the outermost of these is a steepto rock, with a depth of less than 15 m over it, and which breaks, lying 1 mile W of Nuahn Point (see below). Thence the track leads ESE, passing (with positions relative to King Williams Point (449N 843W)): SSW of Nuahn Point (4 miles WNW). Off this stretch of the coast, in depths of less than 37 m,

286

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

the soundings are uneven with many rocky heads with depths of 14 to 18 m over them; two patches with depths of 146 m over them lie 3 miles WSW and SSW of Nuahn Point. Thence:

Nuahn Point to Flat Island

1

9.17 SSW of Thekla Bohlen Rock (2 miles WSW), with a depth of 64 m over it, thence: SSW of Sperling Rock (2 miles WSW) with a depth of 2 3 m and over which the sea breaks occasionally in a heavy swell, thence: SSW of King Williams Point, a rocky projection marked by a clump of palm trees which is easily identifiable from S, thence: SSW of Swallow Rocks (3 miles SE) with depths of less than 15 m and which usually break, thence: SSW of Uro Point (3 miles ESE), the S entrance point of West Uro River, with foul ground lying 1 mile W of the point; the W end of the foul ground dries 06 m. Three rocks, with depths of less than 15 m over them, lie close together 1 miles SSE and a stranded wreck, position approximate, lies 1 miles SW of Uro Point. Thence: SSW of the entrance to Wlo River (6 miles ESE) which is hidden from the offing by large granite boulders. The large village of Sabo stands close NW of a round sandy point lying 5 cables W of the river mouth. Rocky ledges, with rocks above and below water, extend up to 1 mile offshore between Uro Point and the entrance to Wlo River. Thence: SSW of Wappi Point (8 miles ESE) with the outlet, which is obstructed by rocks, to Wappi River, lying close W of the point. A reef, with rocks up to 9 m high on it, extends 1 miles WSW and a patch with a least depth of 11 m lies 3 miles SW from Wappi Point. Thence: SSW of Flat Island (8 miles ESE), 49 m high, lying on the outer edge of a large area of foul ground which is practically connected with the coast near a village standing 1 miles ESE of Wappi Point. A rock with less than 15 m over it lies 4 cables S, a shoal with with 87 m over it lies 1 miles SW and a bank with 128 m over it lies 1 miles SW of Flat Island.

point. An islet 6 m high, lies on a reef 8 cables W of Kata Point. SSW of Monkey Rock (2 miles SSE), a conspicuous rock 27 m high with another rock, over which the sea always breaks, lying 3 cables W. Between Baddu Shoals and Monkey Rock are several shoals with depths between 45 m and 9 m over them. Thence: SSW of Sasstown (2 miles ESE) standing on the coast, thence: SSW of Castle Rock (4 miles SE), 11 m high, lying on the outer part of the coastal reef and which is conspicuous when seen with the sandy beach behind it. A rock, with a depth of less than 18 m over it lies 7 cables W and a stranded wreck lies about 1 mile S of Castle Rock. Thence:

Castle Rock to Joda River

1

Flat Island to Castle Rock

1

9.18 Thence the track continues ESE, passing (with positions relative to Baddu Point (4414N 8281W)): SSW of a large conspicuous block of stone (4 miles WNW), 6 m high, with a reef extending from its W side, thence: SSW of the entrance to Dubo River (3 miles NW) with two 5 m patches lying 1 mile SW, and a reef which dries 1 m lying 3 cables S, thence: SSW of Baddu Point, low and sandy with a reef, with rocks above and below water, extending 8 cables SW from it. The largest of these rocks is 107 m high and Baddu Shoals, several isolated dangers with depths of less than 15 m over them, extend 2 miles W from it. Thence: SSW of Kata Point (1 miles SE), with a small river and the village of Kata situated close N of the

9.19 The track continues ESE, passing (with positions relative to Sesters Point (4345N 8153W)): SSW of Pashu Rock (5 miles WNW), 43 m high and conspicuous; shoals, with depths between 9 and 13 m over them, lie 1 miles W, 1 mile SW and 1 mile SE of Pashu Rock. Thence: SSW of Subbubo Point (2 miles NW) with Subbubo Rock, which is conspicuous, black and 10 m high, lying 7 cables W of the point. Subbubo Rock is the outermost danger of the foul ground extending offshore between Subbubo Point and Solokpo, a village situated about 1 mile NNW. Thence: SSW of Magrane Rocks (3 miles WNW), consisting of two heads with depths of less than 18 m over them, thence: SSW of Sesters Point, with Sesters Hill, 31 m high, with a long flat summit covered with trees standing about 8 cables NE. Foul ground extends 8 cables offshore between Subbubo Point and Sesters Point and there are numerous shoals and rocks, some of which are above water. Thence: SSW of Carpenter Rock (1 miles SE), 5 m high, lying at the outer end of the foul ground extending SSE from Sesters Point. It is a conspicuous grey rock, steep to on its S side and, on which the sea always breaks heavily (See 9.22). Benin Rocks, with a depth of 82 m over it lies 5 cables SW and a shoal with a depth of 73 m (reported 1933) lies 1 mile ESE. Thence: SSW of Ranger Point (3 miles ESE), a conspicuous, black rocky point with a high sandy beach on both sides of it; a small village stands on the point. Lockhart Rock, with a depth of 55 m, lies 8 cables S of the point. Thence: SSW of the entrance to Joda River (12 miles E), which lies between low sandbanks and is seldom passable. The town of Webado Beach straddles the entrance and Sugarloaf Hill rises to an elevation of 200 m about 14 miles N. Thence:

Joda River to Cape Palmas

1

9.20 Thence the track continues ESE, passing (with positions relative to Fishtown Point (425N 750W)): SSW of Lindsay Rock (10 miles WNW) with a depth of 64 m over it; a stranded wreck, position approximate, lies 6 cables ESE, thence:

287

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

SSW of Solitary Rock (9 miles WNW) with a depth of 12 m and over which the sea always breaks, thence: SSW of Garraway Point (8 miles NW) which is high and rocky; large rocks, up to 3 m high, extend up to 3 cables W from the point. Tryh Rocks, up to 4 m high, lie 7 cables SW and Long Patch, up to 7 m high, is the NE continuation of the former. Green Islet, 13 m high and covered with verdure, but not easy to distinguish, lies 8 cables ESE and Carl Woerman Rock, with a depth of 27 over it lies 1 miles SSE of the point. Other submerged rocks and shoals lie in the vicinity of the above dangers and can best be seen on the charts. Thence: SSW of Outer Patch (6 miles SW), steepto with a depth of 105 m over it and sometimes marked by a slight eddy (See 9.22). Thence the track leads E, keeping in depths of more than 25 m, passing: S of Coley Rock (4 miles SW), steepto, with a depth of 2 m over it, thence: S of Finch Rock (3 miles SW) with a depth of 55 m with a radar conspicuous stranded wreck, position approximate, lying on it, thence: S of Cape Shoals (2 miles SW), a group of rocks about 06 m high, on which the sea breaks heavily; several detached heads extending 1 mile NNE. A radar conspicuous wreck, position approximate, lies on Cape Shoals. Thence: 9.21 S of Fishtown Point, a black rocky point, 67 m high on which the village of Fishtown stands. Fishtown Reef extends 8 cables SW from the point and has rocks above and below water. The outer rock, 15 m in height, always breaks and is easily distinguished at a distance of 4 or 5 miles. Johnston Rock, with a depth of 37 m over it, lies 1 mile WNW and Muscle Reef, with a depth of 27 m and which breaks, lies 1 mile NNW from Fishtown Point. Thence: S of Maxwell Rock (3 miles NW), the outer and shoalest head of Dia Shoals, has a depth of less than 15 m over which always breaks, with foul ground extending 1 mile farther E. The inner patch 8 cables N from Maxwell Rock, also has a rock with a depth of 15 m over which the sea breaks; foul ground extends 1 mile W from it. Thence: S of Rock Town Point (3 miles SE), a black rocky projection, 8 m high, with a small sandy beach immediately N of it. The village of Rocktown stands in a coconut plantation close N of the point. Rock Town Reef, which breaks, extends 7 cables SW from the point and has on it rocks above and below water; the outer rock being 06 m high. Billy Rocks are a series of rocky heads lying 7 cables S of Rock Town Point. Thence S of Henderson Rock to a position S of Cape Palmas (422N 744W). (Directions for the coastal passage continue at 9.57, for anchorage off Cape Palmas at 9.32 and for Harper at 9.37) 9.22 Useful marks: Radio Mast, Sasstown, (4405N 8255W), red obstruction lights. Radio Mast, Grand Cess, (4342N 8132W), red obstruction lights.

tna Passage
Chart 1980 Approaches to Harper 9.23 Description. tna Passage, lying between Cape Shoals (9.20) and Fishtown Reef (9.21), is about 7 cables wide. Local knowledge is required for this channel. Directions (from W). From a position S of Maxwell Rock (4270N 7521W) (9.21) the track leads ESE with Rock Town Point bearing 105, passing (with positions relative to Fishtown Point (425N 750W)): NNE of Finch Rock (3 miles SW) (9.20), thence: SSW of Johnston Rock (1 mile WNW) (9.21), thence: NNE of a stranded wreck (2 miles SW) lying on Cape Shoals (9.20), thence: SSW of the outer rock (7 cables WSW) of Fishtown Reef (9.21). Thence, with Fishtown Point bearing 020, the track alters SE, passing: SW of a 96 m patch (8 cables S), thence: SW of Middle Town (1 miles ESE), a village which stands amongst coconut palms close N of a rocky point, thence: SW of the outer rock (2 miles SE)) of Rock Town Reef (9.21), thence: SW of the W rock (3 miles SE) of Billy Rocks (9.21). Thence the track leads to the charted anchorage about 1 miles S of Rock Town Point (9.21). 9.24 Directions (from E). From a position SW of the W rock (4229N 7473W) of Billy Rocks the track leads NW with the outer rock of Fishtown Reef bearing 323, passing (with positions relative to Fishtown Point (4 25 N 750W)): SW of Rock Town Point (3 miles SE) (9.21), thence: SW of Middle Town (1 miles ESE) (9.23), thence: NW of the stranded wreck (2 miles SW) lying on Cape Shoals (9.20), with another stranded wreck lying 1 mile farther SW on Finch Rock (9.20), thence: SW of a 96 m patch (8 cables S). Thence, with Rock Town Point bearing 105 astern the track leads WNW through the passage, clear of Fishtown Reef. 9.25 Anchorage can be obtained about 1 miles S of Rock Town Point in a depth of 20 m, sand; care being taken to avoid a rocky bottom.

Rivers
Chart 1365

Dubo River
1

9.26 General information. Dubo River (4436N 8305W) is of some magnitude. The bar has a depth of 18 m over it, and inside the bar depths increase to 37 m. The best entrance is round the S entrance point, which is low and rocky with some large offlying rocks 52 m high. The N entrance point is a sandy spit extending well over towards the rocks off the S entrance point. Foul ground extends about 7 cables SE of the mouth of Dubo River. For dangers off the mouth of Dubo River, see 9.18.

288

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

Muno River
1

9.27 General information. Muno River (4382N 8205W) is only accessible to boats and canoes when the bar is smooth; rocks and boulders front the mouth of the river. The W entrance point of the river is a low sandy spit, and a spit with a rock with less than 18 m over its outer end, extends about 2 cables from the shore close NW of this point. The E entrance point of the river, is a bold rock with a village on it. A reef extends 2 cables S from this point and on it stand three rocks above water.

Nuch River
1

9.28 General information. Nuch River (Grand Cess River), the mouth of which lies 1 miles ESE of Sesters Point (4345N 8153W), is difficult to access as the entrance is very much narrowed by a rocky ledge projecting from its E bank almost to the opposite shore. It is used by canoes in fine weather.

Garraway River
1

9.29 General information. Garraway River, the entrance to which lies immediately N of Garraway Point (4298N 7564W) (9.20), is always accessible to canoes and, in moderate weather, to ordinary boats. The N side of the river mouth is formed of a long low sandspit with a small village standing on it. The best entrance channel lies between this spit and Ftiche Rock (See chart 1980 Approaches to Harper) which is a large abovewater rock, lying near the middle of the entrance, and connected by rocks to Garraway Point; in the middle of this channel lies another submerged rock. Other submerged rocks and shoals, the positions of which can best be seen on the charts, lie in the vicinity of the river entrance. Chart 1980 Approaches to Harper

Decoris River
1

sand, noting that less water was reported (1962) about 1 cable E of this anchorage. Another anchorage is charted 4 cables NW of the cape, in a depth of about 10 m, sand. Small vessels can find some shelter from the swell about 3 to 4 cables NW of the cape in a depth of 73 m. The holding ground is good and vessels generally lie head on to the swell. 9.32 Directions for anchorage (continued from 9.21). From a position S of Rock Town Point (424N 747W) the track leads NE on the line of bearing 046 of a beacon (white; triangular topmark) (4230N 7439W) passing (with positions relative to Cape Palmas Light (4 22 2N 7437W)): NW of Recorder Rock (1 miles WSW) with a depth of 87 m over it, thence: NW of Henderson Rock (1 miles WSW) with a depth of 73 m over it, thence: NW of Bull Rock ( mile WSW) with a depth of 91 m over it, thence: SE of Congo Rock (1 miles W) with a depth of 5 m and over which the sea seldom breaks. An obstruction was reported (1983) to lie approximately 5 cables NE of Congo Rock. Thence the track leads NNE, passing: WNW of a depth of 96 m (9 cables W), thence: WNW of Outer Rock (6 cables WSW) with a depth of 15 m over it. A stranded wreck in two separate parts lies on Outer Rock, and a buoy (red can) is moored 1 cables E (position approximate) thence: WNW of Yoruba Rock (4 cables W) with 59 m over it, and which should be given a berth of atleast 2 cables. The track then leads to the charted anchorage (4225N 7446W) about 9 cables WNW of Cape Palmas. Caution. A report (2004) indicates that the above beacon is damaged, but that the stranded wreck charted close SW may be a useful mark for vessels making the anchorage.

9.30 Decoris River (427N 750W), which enters the sea 2 miles N of Fishtown Point (9.21), is a small unimportant river with a heavily breaking bar which, however, can be crossed by surf boats in fine weather. Chart 1980 plan of Harper
1

Harper
Chart 1980 Approaches to and plan of Harper

General information
9.33 Position. Harper (422N 744W). Function. The principal export is unsawn timber, about 65 000 m3 of whch is towed out of the harbour in the form of log rafts to vessels loading at anchor. Over 6000 tons of rubber is also exported annually, which is loaded at the jetty. Topography. Cape Palmas, lying 3 miles ESE of Rock Town Point (423N 747W), is a rocky peninsula, 19 m high, connected to the mainland by a low sandy isthmus on which stand the towns of Harper and N of it Big Town. In the immediate vicinity of the cape the land is low and marshy with Shepherds Lake extending E. Russwurm Island, 8 m high, which is joined to the S side of Cape Palmas by a causeway, is rocky and covered with verdure; it is difficult to distinguish against the cape. A chain of rocks extends 7 cables WSW from Cape Palmas. Outer Rock (9.32), at the end of the chain, has a depth of 15 m over it and Cape Rocks, in the middle of the chain, dry 12 m. Brenton Rock (9.37), lies 4 cables WSW of the W end of Russwurm Island, and between this

Hoffman River (Harper)

1

9.31 General information. Hoffman River, which enters the sea on the N side of Cape Palmas (422N 744W), has an entrance less than cable wide. The entrance is encumbered by several rocks, which dry 06 m. There is a stranded wreck, oreintated NESW, lying on the S side of the entrance, about 1 cable NE of Cape Palmas Light. The best channel is a little S of the middle of the river, and the least depth on the bar is usually 07 m. The rollers on the bar are sometimes sufficiently heavy to prevent communication by ordinary boats. On such occasions landing can sometimes be effected on the rocks just outside the entrance. The Customs wharf is situated on the S bank of Hoffman River about 2 cables within the entrance. There is a jetty at Harper about 2 cables farther NE. Anchorage may be obtained by vessels of moderate draught 9 cables WNW of Cape Palmas in a depth of 11 m,

289

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

rock and the island are several rocky patches; the shoalest being Three Foot Rock (9.37). A rock, 4 m high, on which the sea always breaks heavily, lies at the E extremity of foul ground extending from the E end of Russwurm Island. Port Authority. National Port Authority, Bushrod Island, PO Box 1587, Monrovia, Liberia.

Tugs are used for towing logs and barges.

Harbour
1

Limiting conditions
1

9.34 Controlling depths. The least charted depth in the port approaches is 50 m, with 52 m charted alongside the main quay. Following dredging operations (1997), the National Port Authority of Monrovia advised that depths in Harper and approaches were as follows; Entrance channels: 72 to 81 m Turning basin: 61 to 66 m Alongside main quay: 61 to 64 m Mariners are advised to consult the local authorities for latest details. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 1 m; mean neap range about 03 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. The harbour can accomodate vessels up to 1500 dwt. Local weather and sea state. Swell up to 3 m high can be experienced in the port and the surrounding coast during the peak wet season. Extreme wind generated waves, which approach from S and SW, may cause disruption of cargo operations for at least 4 days per month during this period. During the dry season the swell normally ranges from 09 m to 15 m in height.

9.36 General layout. A breakwater, with a beacon at its head, extends WNW from the W side of Russwurm Island and, about cable NE from its root, a jetty extends parallel to the breakwater and of about the same length. The main quay extends ENE from the root of the old jetty. Development. The facilities available for timber shipments are also to be upgraded. Current. The current at times sets strongly along the coast just outside the anchorage. It usually sets E but occasionally a W set is experienced, and in either case it may attain a rate of 1 kt. The existence of currents and a countercurrent is often indicated by the surface water. Broad streaks of water, with well defined limits, are frequently seen off Cape Palmas and E of it. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.305.

Directions for entering harbour

1

Arrival information
1

9.35 Outer anchorage. Anchorage can be obtained about 5 cables S of Cape Palmas in a depth of 16 m. Pilotage is reported (2000) to be compulsory for ocean going vessels.

(continued from 9.21) 9.37 Major light: Cape Palmas Light (4222N 7437W) (9.22). Caution. It is reported (2004) that all the charted buoyage in the port approaches is missing. Earlier reports (1999 and 2000) indicate that temporary buoyage is laid by the local authorities when vessels are expected, but that this temporary buoyage should only be used with great caution. Approach. The approaches to the port are obstructed with numerous dangers best seen from the chart Reports (1999 and 2000) indicate that there are two approaches into Harper; the N Channel and the S Channel. The N Channel is reported to be an approach from the W on a heading of about 065. Inspection of the chart indicates that from a position S of Rock Town Point (424N 747W) the track leads ENE to a position SSE of

Harper Harbour from SW (9.36)

(Original dated 2004) (Photograph Royal Netherlands Navy)

290

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

Recorder Rock (422N 745W). A buoy (red can) is charted about 1 cable S of the rock. Entry. Thence the track leads 065, passing (with reference to Cape Palmas Light (422N 744W)): SSE of Henderson Rock (1 miles WSW). Bull Rock lies 2 cables NE of Henderson Rock, thence; SSE of Outer Rock (6 cables WSW) (9.32). Thence: NNW of Brenton Rock (5 cables SW), with a depth of 44 m over it, thence; NNW of Three Foot Rock (3 cables SW) with an obstruction (existence doubtful) charted cable E from it. Isolated depths of 49 and 50 m lie between Three Foot Rock and Brenton Rock. Thence: SSE of Cape Rocks (3 cables WSW) which dry 12 m and break. Depths of less than 5 m are charted up to cable S and E of the rocks, as shown on the chart, and a dangerous wreck, of which the masts are visible, lies close NW. Thence: NNW of the head of the breakwater (2 cables SW) extending WNW from Russwurm Island; thence To the berth, with the chart as the best guide. The S Channel is reported as passing between Brenton Rock and Three Foot Rock, and its use is said to include the provision of temporary buoyage (see Caution above). Mariners are advised that in 1998 a vessel grounded on Three Foot Rock while attempting such an approach. Useful marks: Tower (39 m in height) (4223N 7434W). Two Spires (4224N 7431W). Church with two spires (4225N 7430W). Water tower (4228N 7424W), red obstruction lights. Radio mast (red and white) (4229N 7423W), red obstruction lights. Dish aerial, standing close SW of above radio mast.

Chart 1365

King Williams Point

1

9.41 Description. The village of Nana Kru stands 8 cables N of King Williams Point (449N 843W) (9.17) and a small river flows into the sea close S of the village. A bare rocky islet, 8 m high, lies close off the mouth of this small river, and reefs which dry extend 3 cables W from the islet. Anchorage can be obtained about 9 cables SW of King Williams Point in a depth of 146 m over good holding ground of sand. Attention is drawn to the presence of Sperling Rock (9.17) which lies about 8 cables W of this anchorage, as shown on the chart. If anchoring closer in, caution is necessary to avoid the rocky bottom. Tidal stream. No tidal stream is experienced in King Williams Bay, but after heavy rain, the outflow from a river, which enters the sea 2 miles NW of King Williams Point, is felt as much as 1 mile offshore. Landing can be effected in the SE corner of the bay under King Williams Point, and a few provisions can be obtained at Nana Kru.

Sabo
1

9.42 Anchorage can be obtained about 1 miles SSW of Sabo village (4470N 8375W) in a depth of 18 m, sand. Landing can be effected behind the rocks on the N side of the round sandy point (9.17).

Wappi Point
1

Berths
1

9.38 The jetty (9.36) is in a partially collapsed state, and a stranded wreck lies off its seaward face close to the root. The main quay, lying between the jetty and the causeway off the N side of Russwurm Island, is 90 m in length and completely fendered.
1

9.43 Landing. A village stands 1 miles ESE of Wappi Point (4461N 8359W) (9.17) and good landing can be effected on the W side of a rocky point under the shelter of the rocks extending from it; some of the rocks are 3 m to 37 m high. On both sides of the rocky point there are streams, the mouths of which are open during the wet season (April to November). A chain of shoals with a rock awash at the outer end, extends 1 miles S from the village.

Baddu Point
9.44 Landing. Baddu, consisting of four villages, stands on the coast 8 cables NNW of Baddu Point (4 41 4N 8281W) (9.18) and on the W bank of a river which is only suitable for canoes. There is moderately good landing under the lee of a large rock, 10 m high, standing close to the mouth of the river. There is a safe boat passage within 1 cable of the beach, between Baddu Point and the point abreast Castle Rock (9.18), leaving the shoals and islets to seaward. A sandy beach, 3 miles long and backed by open country and low bush, extends from the E end of the coastal reef, 1 mile ENE of Castle Rock, to the mouth of Muno River (9.27), and is safe to approach.

Port services
1

9.39 Other facilities: There are no facilities. Supplies: Provisions are scarce. Communications: There is a local airport with connecting flights to Roberts International Airport.

Anchorages and landings

Chart 1980 Approaches to Greenville

Settra Kru
1

9.40 Anchorage. Good anchorage can be obtained about 1 miles SSW of Settra Kru (454N 851W) (9.16) in depths of 145 to 18 m, sand; closer in the bottom is rocky. Landing. Boats can land on the N side of the point fronting Settra Kru (9.16), but caution must be exercised when passing between the reefs, many of which only show occasionally in the swell.

Sasstown
1

9.45 Anchorage for Sasstown (9.18) can be obtained 1 miles S of Kata Point (4405N 8271W), with Monkey Rock (9.18) bearing WNW distance 5 cables, in a depth of about 22 m. Landing. Good landing can be effected near the mouth of a small river situated close N of Kata Point. In bad

291

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

weather the only landing place is W of the point where the beach is well sheltered.

Solokpo
1

Landing. There is good landing for ordinary boats in moderate weather behind some of the rocks E of the above group of rocks which break the swell sufficiently to allow boats to run up on the beach with tolerable security.

9.46 Anchorage. Good anchorage for Solokpo village can be obtained 1 miles SSE of Pashu Rock (4366N 8201W) (9.19) in a depth of 26 m, sand.

Between Ranger Point and Garraway Point

1

Grand Cess
1

9.47 General information. The conspicuous town of Grand Cess (434N 813W), from which palm oil and kernels are exported in small quantities extends from the mouth of Nuch River (Grand Cess River) (9.28). Abreast the town the coast is high and sandy. A store standing in the middle of the town can be identified by its red roof. A rocky point lies 1 mile ESE of the mouth of Nuch River, a radio mast (9.22) stands close N of the point and, a group of rocks, the largest being 73 m high, lies close offshore. From Subbubo Point (436N 818W) (9.19) to the above rocks there is an intricate boat channel, which is seldom used, between the coast and shoals extending from it. Anchorage. Vessels are recommended to anchor in depths of over 18 m as in less depths the bottom is, in many places rocky. A convenient berth is about 1 miles SSW of the large, 73 m high, rock fronting Grand Cess, in a depth of 22 m, sand.

9.48 Anchorage can be obtained off almost any part of the coast between the mouth of Joda River (4 32 3N 8033W) and Garraway Point (4298N 7564W) (9.20) in depths between 22 m and 24 m on a sandy bottom. Landing is possible in a surf boat, in moderate weather, on any part of the coast between Ranger Point (4335N 8116W) (9.19) and Garraway Point (4298N 7564W) (9.20), 15 miles ESE, except over Joda River (4323N 8033W) bar. Chart 1980 Approaches to Harper

Garraway Point
1

9.49 Anchorage can be obtained about 2 miles SW of Garraway Point (4298N 7564W) (9.20) in a depth of 20 m. The town of Garawe, which is mostly hidden by trees, stands about 5 cables NE of the point.

Fishtown Point northwards

1

9.50 Landing. In moderate weather there is very good landing on the sandy beaches N of Fishtown Point (425N 750W); the swell being broken by the rocks off the point (9.21).

CAPE PALMAS TO SANPEDRO GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 1362 village of Cavalla, stands 5 cables NE of the latter point, amongst coconut palms, and is backed by a wooded hill 34 m high; this is the central summit of the range close N of the point. The coast from Cavalla village to the entrance to Cavalla River (422N 732W), 3 miles farther E, is low, sandy and backed by trees, but about 1 mile E of Cavalla village is a rocky point. A rock, 27 m high, and another rock, which dries 1 m, lie 5 cables SE of this rocky point. The coast from Cavalla River (9.64) to Pointe Tafou, 10 miles ENE, is bordered by a sandy beach backed by densely wooded country, broken in places inland, by clumps of trees as much as 60 m high. The coast from Pointe Tafou (424N 721W) to Pointe Basha, 7 miles ENE, is bordered by a sandy beach backed by densely wooded country. The coast from Pointe Boubl, 7 cables NNE of Pointe Basha, to Pointe Ouappou, 4 miles NE, consists of a sandy beach. 9.54 A long narrow lagoon lies close behind the beach which fronts the coast between Pointe Ouappou (430N 712W) and Pointe Poor, 8 miles ENE. The lagoon is fed by several rivers, the largest of which, Rivir Nigouabo, enters the lagoon about 5 miles ENE of Pointe Ouappou. The sandy barrier that separates this lagoon from the sea is covered with trees, but occasional bare spots show where the waters burst through in the wet season. The coast between Pointe Ouappou and a customs house, 5 cables NE, is fringed with submerged rocks, but between the customs house and Pointe Poor the coast is clear of offlying dangers.

Area covered
1

9.51 This section describes the coastal route, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from Cape Palmas (422N 744W) to SanPdro (444N 637W), about 71 miles ENE. It is arranged as follows: Coastal Route (9.52). SanPdro (9.75).

COASTAL ROUTE
Chart 1362

Route
1

9.52 From a position S of Cape Palmas (422N 744W) the route leads generally ENE for about 75 miles to a position S of SanPedro (444N 637W).

Topography
1

9.53 The coast between Cape Palmas (9.33) and Growa Point, 7 miles E, is bordered by a high sandy beach. Shepherds Lake, a shallow lagoon, lies close within the coast and runs parallel to it for a distance of 4 miles. During the wet season (April to November), the lagoon breaches the sandy foreshore near its E end. Inland the country is broken and hilly. The coast from Growa Point (4213N 7370W) to a rocky point 1 miles farther E forms a sandy beach. The

292

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

The coast from Pointe Klama (4 33 N 7 02 W), 1 miles ENE of Pointe Poor, to Pointe Kadabou (438N 655W), 8 miles NE, is formed of sandy bights separated by rocky points. The land behind beach consists of an extensive forest rising gradually to wooded hillls. The village of GrandBrbi stands on Pointe Kadabou. The coast from GrandBrbi to Pointe Tahou, 13 miles E, is bordered by a beach which is mostly sandy, but it is rocky and steep to in places. It is wooded but the trees are low and there are numerous villages. The whole coast from GrandBrbi to Pointe Tahou is strewn with rocks above and below water. The coast which forms the bight between Pointe Tahou and Pointe Pata, 4 miles ENE, has a low shore with Lagune Digbou close within it. This lagoon is formed by Rivire Baba, a small muddy river the entrance to which is completely closed. There are several villages on the coast which is fronted by rocks which break at low water.

Surf and landing

1

9.55 This coast is well known for its dangerous surf, which is a great hindrance to safe landing. Between the entrances of Cavalla River (9.64) and Rivire SanPdro (9.105), 60 miles ENE, however, the force of the surf is much lessened by the numerous offlying rocks which front that stretch and enable landing to be effected under their shelter.

S of Harvey Rock (1 miles WSW), which always breaks and several rocky patches, with depths between 55 m and 105 m over them, lying within a radius of 5 cables from it, thence: S of Growa Point, a low rocky projection with Growa Reefs extending 8 cables SW and 4 cables S from the point. Rocks from 12 m to 34 m high lie at the outer end of the reefs on which the sea breaks heavily. The town of Whole Graway stands 1 mile NW of the point. Thence: S of Cavalla (1 miles ENE), a village, with a rocky point 5 cables SW from it. The coast between this point and Growa Point is fronted by foul ground, with rocks from 12 m to 43 m high, extending about 7 cables offshore; the outer rock, with a depth of 18 m over it, lies 8 cables SSE of Cavalla. Banc Cavalla, lying 1 mile offshore 2 miles ESE of Cavalla, is a group of shoals; the shoalest, with a depth of less than 18 m over it, breaks and lies at the NW end of the group. Thence:

Cavalla River to Pointe Basha

1

Current
1

9.56 The current usually sets E, parallel to the coast. It is perceptible 2 miles offshore and has an average rate of kn. Sometimes a short period of countercurrent occurs; its maximum observed rate is 2 kn and its average rate is 1 kn.

Directions
(continued from 9.21)
3

Major lights
1

9.57 Cape Palmas Light (4222N 7437W) (9.15). Pointe Tafou Light (white tower, black bands, 14 m in height) (4245N 7215W).

Cape Palmas to Cavalla River

1

9.58 From a position S of Cape Palmas (422N 744W), the track leads E passing (with positions relative to Growa Point (4213N 7370W)): S of Coast Rock (6 miles W), on which the sea always breaks, thence: S of Newill Rock (5 miles W) with a depth of 59 m over it, thence: Clear of a depth of 165 m (5 miles SW) (reported 1967), thence: S of Devil Rock (Black Rock) (4 miles W), a conspicuous mass of black rock lying on the beach, thence: S of Athol Rock (3 miles WSW), with a depth of 64 m over it; rocky heads exist between Newill Rock and Athol Rock. Thence: S of Helene Woerman Rock (2 miles SW), with a depth of 37 m over it; this rock which is steep to is the outer danger on this part of the coast, and was not seen to break during the dry season. Thence:

9.59 S of the entrance to Cavalla River (5 miles E) (9.64), thence: S of Rochers Yobua (8 miles E), 5 m high, which lie in the centre of a group of reefs extending 1 mile S of a rounded sandy point; Rochers Gih lie at the E end of the reefs. A radar conspicuous stranded wreck (position approximate) lies 3 cables NNE of Rochers Yobua. Thence: S of a depth of 91 m (11 miles E) (reported 1966). Thence the track leads ENE, passing (with positions relative to Pointe Basha (4280N 7149W)): SSE of Bhouin (11 miles WSW), a village, with some rocks which break, lying 7 cables SE from it, thence: SSE of Pointe Yennoi (10 miles WSW) with an abovewater rock lying about 3 cables farther ENE, thence: SSE of Pointe Tafou (7 miles WSW), a low rocky point from which a light (9.57) is exhibited. A stranded wreck lies about 1 miles WSW and a dangerous wreck lies about 1 miles ENE of the point. Thence: SSE of Pointe Tabou (4 miles WSW) which is low and fringed by foul ground. Depths of less than 10 m extend up to 6 cables offshore between Pointe Tafou and Pointe Tabou. A rock, with a depth of 46 m over it, lies lies 6 cables SE and a stranded wreck lies 5 cables E of Pointe Tabou. Thence: SSE of Pointe Basha, capped with rock, which seen from W, resembles the outline of a fort. A village stands close N of the point at an elevation of 15 m. A chain of reefs begins about 7 cables WSW of Pointe Basha and extends to about 1 miles NE of the point; these reefs extend more than 5 cables offshore and lie in detached groups with a boat channel between them and the coast. Thence:

Pointe Basha to Dougbal

1

9.60 SSE of Pointe Boubl (7 cables NNE) with the village of Grand Basha (9.70) standing 3 cables farther NNW. A patch, with a depth of 7 m over it, the position of which is approximate, lies about 9 cables E of Pointe Boubl. A

293

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

buoy (nonIALA) is moored 1 miles E of the point, as shown on the chart. Thence: SSE of Pointe Ouappou (4 miles NE), which is rocky and 20 m high with a village of the same name standing on the point. The S face of Pointe Ouappou is steepto and clear of dangers, but NE, for a distance of about 1 mile, there are rocks which extend about 1 cables from the coast. Thence the track continues ENE, passing (with positions relative to Pointe Kadabou (4385N 6550W)): SSE of Pointe Poor (10 miles SW) which is low, rocky and fringed by rocks which extend about 3 cables E. Rivire Dodo enters the sea close N of Pointe Poor and rocks, above and below water, lie about 3 cables E of the river mouth; there are depths of 73 m close outside the rocks. Thence: SSE of Pointe Klama (8 miles SW), fringed with rocks and, with a conspicuous grey rock lying 5 cables N. A conspicuous stranded wreck lies 1 cable ENE of the point. A point, steepto on its S side, lies 7 cables NNE of Pointe Klama and Roches de Vuluko lie close to the shore 5 cables farther NNE. Thence: SSE of Poste de Brby (7 miles SW), a village standing on a point. A chain of reefs, steepto on its outer side, lying parallel to and extending about 8 cables offshore, stretches 4 miles NE, from abreast Poste de Brby. A boat channel, with a minimum depth of 27 m lies between this chain of reefs and the coast. Thence: SSE of Rocher Plat (3 miles SW), an above water rock, lying within 3 cables of the NE end of the chain of reefs mentioned above, and 7 cables S of the village of Dougbal. A depth of 42 m lies 5 cables ENE of Rocher Plat. Rocher Pelion, with a depth of 46 m, lies 7 cables ENE of Rocher Plat, and Rocher Devil with a depth of 6 m, lies 4 cables farther NE. Thence:

them, extending 3 cables WSW and 1 NE from it, thence: SSE of Rocher Bruni (5 miles E), 1 miles offshore, 10 m high, which is shaped like a hogs back and can be seen from a long distance in clear weather. A reef which dries, lies 1 mile WSW and Rocher Blanchi, a rocky ledge with a depth of 101 m over it, lies 1 miles ENE of Rocher Bruni. Thence: SSE of an underwater rock (12 miles E) (existence doubtful). 9.62 Thence the track leads NE, passing (with positions relative to Pointe Tahou (4417N 6423W)): SE of Pointe Tahou, which is low and covered with tall forest trees. The coast W of Pointe Tahou for a distance of about 1 miles is fronted by reefs extending up to about 5 cables offshore. As these reefs are fronted by breakers, Pointe Tahou should be given a berth of at least 1 mile. Another reef extends 2 miles ENE from a position 5 cables NE of Pointe Tahou. Thence: SE of a dangerous wreck (1 miles ESE), thence: SE of Pointe Pata (4 miles ENE), formed of layers of rock from which foul ground extends 7 cables S. The coast W from Point Pata for a distance of about 9 cables is fronted by a reef extending up to 6 cables offshore. Rochers SanPdro, 5 m to 6 m high, lie 3 cables S of Pointe Pata. There is foul ground between Rochers SanPdro and the coast NE of it; some of the rocks are 4 m high. Thence: SE of Rocher Kikvez (4 miles ENE) an abovewater rock, lying on the seaward side of a rocky area extending NE from Pointe Pata. Thence: SE of Rocher Soudan (4 miles ENE) which breaks. Thence: To a position SE of the entrance to SanPdro harbour. 9.63 Useful marks: Radio Mast (4247N 7217W). Radio mast (4 24 9N 7 22 3W), position approximate. White Tomb (4253N 7208W). Telecom tower (grey, cylindrical, 593 m in height) (4442N 6373W), topped by metal mast marked by a red obstruction light, standing on a hill and visible from a distance of 15 miles. Jete Ouest Head Light (red metal column on white cabin, 8 m in height) (4440N 6366W). SanPdro Light (white rectangle on south side of pylon painted with red and white bands, 27 m in height) (4449N 6360W), red aero obstruction lights on four corners of structure. (Directions for the coastal passage continue at 9.99 and for SanPdro at 9.86)

Dougbal to SanPdro
1

9.61 SSE of lot Devil (2 miles SW), 13 m high, and steepto on its S side, lying 1 mile E of Dougbal village, has a dark base and a flat summit whitened by the many seafowl which settle on it; a rock, with a depth of 52 m over it, lies cable SE and a breaking shoal lies 3 cables NE of lot Devil. Other shoals and rocks lie in the vicinity of lot Devil. Thence: SSE of Pointe Kadabou, a bold rocky cliff, 35 m high. It can be recognised by a white rock near its summit, and the reddish houses of GrandBrbi which stand on it. It was reported (1993) that a ferry was stranded ashore at GrandBrbi in 439N 655W (position approximate). A tug was also reported (1995) aground in 4385N 6550W (position approximate). Reefs, with a least depth of 06 m lie about 5 cables NNE of Pointe Kadabou. Thence: SSE of a rock (11 cables NE), composed of granite and 11 m in height, with a white guanocovered top which turns brown during the wet season. Spits with depths of less than 5 m over them extend 1 cable NE and SW from this rock and there are other shoals and obstructions in this general vicinity. Thence: SSE of Rocher Gugr (2 miles ENE), an above water rock with shoals, with depths of 27 m over

Rivers
Chart 1362

Cavalla River
1

9.64 General information. Cavalla River (4 21 8 N 7316W) forms the international boundary between the Republic of Liberia and the Republic of Cte dIvoire. The river is reported to be navigable for small power vessels for about 50 miles at high river, and 43 miles at low river.

294

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

The first rapids lie 80 miles above the entrance. The entrance to Cavalla River is about cable wide and between sandbanks 6 m high; it is difficult to identify until close offshore. Submerged rocks lie close offshore on the W side of the entrance and and a small white gabled house with a tiled roof stands on the W entrance point, in the the village of Kablake. The village of Bliron stands on the E entrance point with a prominent customs house standing in it. The entrance channel is constantly changing, and the bar has the reputation of being the most dangerous on the coast. Many surf boats have capsized and many lives have been lost on it annually. Landing in a ships boat is not recommended. When the bar is bad, landing may be effected 1 miles E of the entrance, taking care to avoid the reefs around Rochers Yobua (9.59). After heavy rain the water is discoloured for 2 to 3 miles seaward of the entrance.

Anchorage is not recomended N of the parallel of Pointe Tafou (9.59).

Sekrk
1

9.69 Description. Sekrk is a large village standing 1 miles NE of Pointe Tabou (426N 719W) (9.59), and a detached reef lies 2 cables SE of the village. Anchorage can be obtained off Sekrk about 1 mile offshore in a depth of 24 m sand and mud; in a less depth the bottom is foul.

Grand Basha
1

Rivire Tabou
1

9.65 General information. Rivire Tabou enters the sea between two points lying 1 cables N and 1 cables NNE of Pointe Tafou (425N 721W). Rocks, above water, extend from both entrance points between which there is a narrow bar with a depth of 1 m over a rocky bottom. The town of Tabou, the chief town of the surrounding district, stands on the N bank of the river close within its N entrance point. Within the river mouth, there are depths of 05 m to 1 m, and canoes can navigate as far as the first rapids, 9 miles above the mouth. The river water is fresh at low water. In 1969, the entrance to Rivire Tabou had silted up and only the sandy beach was in use for landing. This beach extends N from a point lying 2 cables NE of the N entrance point to the river; some shelter is afforded by the shoals extending about 3 cables offshore from the point.

9.70 Description. The roadstead (429N 713W) is used for the loading of timber which is either rafted offshore or brought out in power driven lighter. The lighter is loaded at a wharf, which gives a good radar echo, at Grand Basha. Directions. Vessels approaching from SW should keep in depths of over 20 m and thence approach the anchorage on a NW course, passing about 1 cables NE of the charted buoy (red and white; nonIALA). The buoy is is moored 2 cables E of a rock which has a depth of 73 m over it. Useful marks: Beacon (black and white) (4 286N 7146W), standing on Pointe Boubl. Beacon (white) (4294N 7142W). Anchorage can be obtained as shown on the chart about 1 mile E of Pointe Boubl (9.60) in depths of 13 m to 165 m with good holding ground of sand, broken shell and gravel. Vessels should not anchor closer inshore owing to the rocky nature of the bottom.

Pointe Klama
1

Rivire Nro
1

9.66 General information. Rivire Nro (439N 655W), which forms a lagoon before it enters the sea, 7 cables NNW of Pointe Kadabou (9.61), can be entered at low water, but the current in it is very strong owing to its narrow outlet. Landing is not always practicable for ships boats. A rock lies close to the shore 1 cables S and two abovewater rocks lie 2 cables ESE of the river entrance. Two more abovewater rocks lie 3 and 6 cables NE of the river entrance.

9.71 Anchorage can be obtained about 7 cables ENE of Pointe Klama (9.60) in a depth of 22 m, sand, as shown on the chart. Landing. Poste de Brby (9.60) is a village standing on the coast about 1 miles NNE of Pointe Klama (4328N 7017W). It is one of the few places, on this part of the coast, where landing is possible. See 9.60.

Dougbal
1

9.72 Landing. Fairly good landing can be effected in ships boats at Dougbal (4371N 6575W) (9.60 and 9.61).

Pointe Kadabou
1

Anchorages and landings Cavalla River

1

9.67 Anchorage can be obtained as shown on the chart about 8 cables S of the village of Bliron (9.64), standing on the E entrance point of Cavalla River (4218N 7316W), in a depth of about 14 m, sand and mud.

9.73 Anchorage can be obtained about 1 mile ESE of Pointe Kadabou (4385N 6550W) (9.61) in a depth of 15 m. Anchorage can also be obtained about 7 cables ENE of the point in a depth of 11 m. Timber is loaded in the roadstead and a few provisions may be obtained from GrandBrbi. Anchorage, sheltered from the swell, can also be obtained midway between the granite rock (11 m in height) (9.61) and the shore N of it in a depth of 7 m over a rather narrow belt of sand; local knowledge is required. Chart 3099

Pointe Tafou
1

Pointe Tahou
1

9.68 Anchorage can be obtained about 7 cables SE of Pointe Tafou Light (4245N 7215W) (9.63) in a depth of about 155 m. The bottom to the W of this anchorage was reported (1971) to be rocky.

9.74 Anchorage. The bight between Pointe Tahou (4418N 6422W) (9.62) and Pointe Pata (9.62) does not offer very secure anchorage on account of the numerous rocky heads in it. However, a vessel could anchor in its W part in

295

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

depths from 10 m to 13 m, sand and mud; a dangerous wreck lies 1 miles ESE of Pointe Tahou. Landing can be easily effected, behind a point, in the NW corner of the bight between Pointe Tahou (9.62) and Pointe Pata (9.62).

Outer anchorages
1

SANPDRO General information

Chart 3099 Approaches to and plan of SanPdro

9.83 Anchorage may be obtained, for vessels awaiting the pilot, about 8 cables SSE of the harbour entrance, in a depth of 18 m sand, good holding ground. The anchorage area lies: E of the meridian of Jete Ouest; SE of a line drawn NE/SW 4 cables distant from the light at the head of Jete Ouest, and; S of the parallel of the light on Jete Est. Anchorage is not recommended W of the meridian of the light (9.87) at the head of Jete Ouest.

Position
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

9.75 Port de SanPdro (444N 637W).

Function
1

9.76 Port de SanPdro, the second most important port in the Republic of Cte dIvoire, mainly exports timber and agriculture products; chief imports being wheat, clinker, gypsum and rice.

9.84 Pilotage is compulsory and available on 24 hours. The pilot boards 1 miles S of the head of Jete Ouest. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are available.

Harbour
1

Topography
1

9.77 The entrance to Port de SanPdro lies 2 miles ENE of Pointe Pata, and the coast between is sandy beach, fringed by rocks and backed by wooded hills which rise close within it.

9.85 General layout. Port de SanPdro is situated in a lagoon, the entrance to which is protected by two breakwaters; Jete Ouest which extends 1 cables ESE from Pointe Quiqrez, and Jete Est which extends about 1 cable SW from the shore towards the root of Jete Ouest. There is a yacht marina and club situated in the NE part of the harbour. Development. Future development plans include the construction of a 700 m long multipurpose quay.

Approach and entry

1

9.78 The port may be approached from E through S to SW and entered through an entrance channel between the heads of two breakwaters.

Traffic
1

9.79 In 2004 thre were 322 vessel movements totalling 6 508 774 dwt.

Port Authority
1

9.80 SanPdro Port Authority, Port Autonome dSanPdro, BP 339 & 340, SanPdro, Cte dIvoire.

San Pedro from N (9.85)

(Original dated 1998) (Photograph 0T Africa Lines)

Directions for entering harbour Limiting conditions

1

(continued from 9.62)

9.81 Controlling depth. The entrance channel is dredged to a depth of 12 m. The maximum permissible draught is 105 m. Deepest and longest berth. Quai Ouest (9.89). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 14 m; mean neap range about 07 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3.

Landmark
1

9.86 Telecom tower (4442N 6373W) (9.63).

Entry
1

Arrival information Notice of ETA

1

9.82 ETA should be sent 24 hours prior to arrival with confirmation 3 hours prior to arrival, stating draught if the vessel is over 200 m in length. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

9.87 From the pilot embarkation position (4425N 6366W) the track leads NNE, passing (with positions relative to Jete Ouest Head Light (4440N 6366W)): ESE of Pointe Pata (1 miles WSW) (9.62), thence: ESE of Jete Ouest, with lights exhibited from its head, and near its root at Pointe Quiqurez. Leading lights: Front light (white column, red bands, 25 m in height) (4443, 6373W). Rear light (white metal column, red bands, 15 m in height) 620 m from front.

296

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

San Pedro Cement Terminal (9.88)

(Original dated 2001) (Photograph Crown Copyright)

The alignment (29130) of the above lights, leads into the harbour, passing: SSW of Pointe Bato (4 cables NNE), thence: NNE of the head of Jete Ouest, thence: NNE of Pointe Quiqurez (1 cables WNW), thence: SSW of the head of Jete Est (2 cables NNW) from which a light is exhibited. Thence the track leads to the mooring or alongside berth. Useful marks: Cement Works (4446N 6368W). Silos (4443N 6371W). Jete Est Head Light (white mast, 7 m in height) (4442N 6367W). Pointe Quiqurez (4441N 6368W). Jete Ouest Head Light (4440N 6366W) (9.63). Building (4439N 6372W). Building (4439N 6373W). SanPdro Light (4449N 6360W) (9.63).

will accept vessels of 200 m in length with a maximum draught of 105 m. A buoy/dolphin berth serves the cement terminal in the NE basin.

Alongside berths
1

9.89 Quai Sud and Quai Ouest (draught 105 m, length 586 m) are the alongside berths and are well equipped with bollards and fenders. One RoRo vessel can be accommodated at these berths if no other vessel is berthed at the same time. There is a fishing harbour and a log pond in the N area of the port.

Port services
1

Berths Mooring buoys

1

9.88 There are six mooring buoy berths, the largest of which

9.90 Facilities. Medical facilities are available, persons requiring hospitalisation are usually airlifted to Abidjan (9.132). Garbage removal is compulsory. Supplies. Fuel oil, diesel oil, gas oil and fresh water are available. Communications. There is an airport at SanPdro which has daily flights to the International Airport at Abidjan.

SAN PDRO TO ABIDJAN GENERAL INFORMATION COASTAL ROUTE General information

Chart 1362, 3100 Chart 1362, 3100, 3101

Area covered
1

Route
1

9.91 This section describes the coastal route, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from SanPdro (444N 637W) to Abidjan (0518N 400W), about 160 miles ENE. It is arranged as follows: Coastal Route (9.92). Offshore Terminals (9.112). Abidjan (9.132).

9.92 From a position SE of SanPdro (444N 637W) the route leads for about 160 miles generally E to a position S of Abidjan (0518N 400W).

Topography
1

9.93 The coast from the mouth of Rivire SanPdro to Pointe Drewin, 10 miles ENE is bordered by low cliffs covered with vegetation and intersected by several rivers,

297

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

the principal ones being Rivire Brimay (446N 633W), the mouth of which is closed, and Lagune Popo (447N 630W) which is marked by a wide gap in the coast with an islet lying in its middle. The aspect of the coast changes E of Lagune Popo, the cliffs are steeper, the land behind them is somewhat higher and more diversified with hill and dale than to the W. This range of hills extends 27 miles along the coast to the mouth of Rivire Sassandra (9.106). The coast from Pointe Drewin to Pointe Enframa, 13 miles ENE, is formed of a sucession of small rocky points with sandy beaches between them. Two small rivers, the mouths of which are closed by bars, enter the sea on this stretch of the coast; one of these rivers, 5 miles ENE of Pointe Drewin, is clearly marked by a wide gap. From a point 2 miles ENE of Pointe Enframa (4524N 6141W), the coast retains its character of sandy bays and rocky points fronted by small reefs, to the promontory 7 miles farther ENE on which Sassandra Light stands. The land in the interior is elevated and intersected by valleys. 9.94 The coast from Rivire Sassandra (458N 605W) to Pointe Price, 3 miles E, is flat with a very steep sandy beach, known as Koko Plage. At Pointe Price the hills recommence and attain an elevation of over 80 m. The land from Pointe Mortality, 3 miles ENE of Pointe Price, continues high, for a distance of 5 miles ENE, and is broken by ravines with large streams flowing through them. The coast, off which there are a few rocks, is formed of a sandy beach with occasional bare patches of rock on it. From a distance between 5 miles ENE to 12 miles ENE of Pointe Mortality, the coast is sandy, entirely free from rocks and backed by hilly ground. A series of red cliffs begin about 7 miles ENE of Pointe Mortality and extend for 18 miles to Fresco, a village standing on the S bank of Lagune Ngni (506N 537W) (9.102). The most remarkable of these cliffs is one with red crevices and white striped lines situated close E of a group of small villages which front Lagune Katibo (504N 547W) (9.102); here the cliffs are 46 m high and the tops of trees on the adjacent trees are about 30 m higher. From the group of villages fronting Lagune Katibo, for a distance of 9 miles E, the land continues hilly and the cliffs are generally fronted by a sandy beach. However, in some places, the beach disappears and large stones, probably debris from cliff falls, form the coastline. 9.95 The coast, from 7 cables E of the entrance to Lagune Katibo to Fresco (9.102), is fringed with rocks which extend 2 cables from it. However this section of the coast may be approached without danger up to the 10 m line, which lies between 5 cables to 1 mile offshore. The coast from Fresco to GrandLahou, 34 miles E, is low, sparsely wooded and thinly populated. It can be identified from a distance of 15 miles and presents along the whole stretch of coast a white sandy beach without a vestige of rock. The surf on it is heavy, frequently rendering communication with the shore impossible. Close outside this surf there are depths of 55 m to 7 m, increasing gradually to 14 m to 20 m about 1 mile offshore. Near the coast the bottom is sandy changing to mud in the offing. Lagune Nyouzomou, resembling a canal, runs parallel to the coast behind the beach; in places this lagoon receives

streams from the interior. Villages, usually surrounded by coconut trees, stand on the narrow belt of sand separating the lagoon from the sea, while here and there along the beach are gaps resembling the mouths of rivers. The coast from GrandLahou to Abidjan, 60 miles E, is bordered by a clean sandy beach backed by wooded areas here and there. Lagune bri, lying close behind the coast is about 65 miles long from W to E, contains numerous islands and the shores are thickly populated.

Depths
1

9.96 Le Trou Sans Fond (505N 400W), is a submarine canyon off Abidjan which penetrates the coastal bank for a distance of about 11 miles. As defined by the 200 m line, Le Trou Sans Fond has a width of 3 miles at 8 miles offshore and a depth of 700 m. About 11 cables offshore the depth is still 242 m, whilst at the head of this singular canyon there are depths of more than 30 m about 1 cable off the beach. The nature of the bottom is mostly soft bluish mud, but there is some coral rock in depths from 348 m to 366 m. In hazy weather, Le Trou Sans Fond is a useful guide to the entrance to Canal de Vridi (5148N 4001W) (9.138) when approaching from the E or W.

Marine exploitation
1

9.97 Numerous structures, usually marked by aids to navigation, other unlit objects, submerged obstructions and well heads, sometimes marked by buoys, exist in the area covered by this section. These features are not all charted due to their complexity and frequent change. Particular caution should be exercised by vessels navigating in the vicinity.

Submarine pipelines
1

9.98 Numerous oil and gas submarine pipelines, best seen on the chart, exist in the area. See 1.14.

Directions
(continued from 9.62)

Principal marks
1

9.99 Offshore marks: Lion B platform (5013N 4491W). Lion A platform (5019N 4482W). Panthre D platform (5032N 4476W). Panthre platform (5017N 4460W). Foxtrot platform (5018N 4407W). Espoir platform (5019N 4271W). Major lights: Sassandra Light (white tower, black top, 10 m in height) (4568N 6049W). Grand Lahou Light (white pylon red top, 17 m in height) (9.100). Adju Light (white tower, 15 m in height) (5116N 4325W). Port Bout Light (white square tower, black top, 30 m in height) (5151N 3575W).

298

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

Other aids to navigation

1

9.100 Racons: Grand Lahou Light (5083N 5002W) (9.99). Abidjan Fairway Lightbuoy (5129N 4002W). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
5

Passage
1

9.101 From a position SE of SanPdro harbour entrance, the track leads E, passing (with positions relative to Pointe Drewin (4479N 6264W)): S of Pointe Bato (10 miles WSW), thence: S of Pointe Bapo (9 miles WSW), thence: S of Pointe Broto (7 miles WSW) which forms the W entrance point of River Brimay, the mouth of which is closed, thence: S of Rocher Boboro (4 miles WSW) which is the W of two rocks lying 1 cables offshore abreast Lagune Popo (9.92); from S the islet in the lagoon shows between these two rocks. Thence: S of Pointe Drewin, 19 m high, bold, rocky and wooded; a hill 61 m high lies 4 cables W of it. The point forms the SW entrance point to Baie Victory (448N 626W). Thence: S of Pointe Abrapa (6 miles ESE), marked by a white cliff which, however, is not easily identified; two rocky shoals, with breakers extending 1 cables S, lie off the point. Several rocks, marked by breakers, lie between Pointe Abrapa and Pointe Enframa, 6 miles ENE, but they are mostly close offshore and have depths of 11 m just outside them. Thence: S of Pointe Enframa (13 miles ENE) which forms the SW entrance point to a bay similar in shape to Baie Victory. A reef extends 3 cables SE from the point, and on the N edge of this reef lies a stranded wreck (position approximate). A rock, with a depth of less than 18 m over it lies 7 cables SE of a point lying 2 miles ENE of Pointe Enframa. 9.102 Thence the track continues E, passing (with positions relative to Sassandra Light (4568N 6050W)): S of Pointe Kassi (6 miles WSW) with submerged rocks extending a short distance, and a dangerous rock lying 11 cables S from it, thence: S of Bassa (4 miles WSW), a village which can be identified by a group of large white buildings and at which landing is very difficult. A rock with less than 18 m over it, lies about 7 cables off Bassa. Thence: S of Sassandra Light (9.99), standing on top of the cliffs of the promontory which forms the E extremity of the coastal range. The promontory, at the S end of Baie de Sassandra, is a bold headland 53 m high, covered with luxuriant vegetation and fringed with rocks on which the sea breaks. Numerous rocks and reefs fringe the coast between Pointe Kassi and the promontory, and anchorage is not recommended off this stretch of the coast. Thence: S of Pointe Price (3 miles ENE) and the point 1 miles ENE of it, which are both rocky with rocks at their bases. S of Pointe Mortality (6 miles ENE), which is steepto, thence:

S of the entrance to Lagune Katibo (19 miles ENE), which has an opening to the sea in all seasons, but being obstructed with mud and sandbanks, it is only suitable for canoes. Two small streams which flow into the lagoon are also only suitable for canoes. Thence the track continues E, passing (with positions relative to GrandLahou Light (5081N 5002W)): S of Fresco (34 miles W), a village standing on the beach on the S bank of Lagune Ngni. The main mouth of this lagoon lies E of Fresco and is usually closed by a bar in the dry season. The lagoon has another entrance about 1 miles E of Fresco which is also obstructed by a bar. 9.103 Thence the track continues E, passing: S of GrandLahou, from where a light (9.99) is exhibited, thence: S of Lion B offshore platform (13 miles ESE) from which a light (9.99) is exhibited, thence: S of Lion A offshore platform (13 miles ESE) from which a light (9.99) is exhibited, thence: S of Panther D offshore platform (13 miles ESE) from which a light (9.99) is exhibited, thence: S of Panther offshore platform (15 miles ESE) from which a light (9.99) is exhibited, thence: S of Foxtrot offshore platform (20 miles ESE) from which a light (9.99) is exhibited, thence: S of Espoir offshore platform (20 miles ESE) from which a light (9.99) is exhibited, with an FPSO moored about 7 cables N from it. Thence the track alters ENE, passing (with positions relative to Port Bout Light (5151N 3575W)): SSE of a dangerous wreck (23 miles W) lying about 8 cables offshore and 4 miles E of the village of Jacqueville, thence: SSE of a radar conspicuous stranded wreck (4 miles W), position approximate, lying close offshore and about 4 cables ESE of the village of Brakr, thence: Clear of the Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water) (3 miles SW), thence: SSE of a Tide gauge (3 miles W) (9.104). Thence the track leads to the vicinity of the pilot embarkation position (5134N 3597W) S of Abidjan. 9.104 Useful marks: SanPdro Light (4449N 6360W) (9.63). Tide gauge (metal framework tower) (5 14 5N 4011W). Two Pylons (5 15 2N 4 00 7W) (9.157), red obstruction lights. Two Pylons (5 15 4N 4 00 5W) (9.157), red obstruction lights. Jete Sud Head. F2 Light (grey tower, red top, 13 m in height) (5148N 4001W). Jete Nord Head. F1 Light (grey tower, black top, 13 m in height) (5150N 4002W). Two Pylons (5157N 3591W). Water Tower (5157N 3582W). Port Bout Terminal Direction Light (5 15 1N 3578W). Radio Mast (5151N 3561W), red obstruction lights. Tower (5154N 3559W), red obstruction lights. (Directions for Abidjan continue at 9.157 and for the coastal passage at 10.20)

299

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

Rivers
4

Chart 3099 Approaches to and plan of SanPdro

Rivire SanPdro
1

9.105 General information. The entrance to Rivire SanPdro (445N 636W) lies about 3 cables NNE of SanPdro Light (9.63). The mouth is about 15 m wide but the channel is very narrow with a depth of only 18 m in it. The bar is practicable for small boats except occasionally during October and November. Slack water or a rising tide are the best times to enter the river; the outgoing stream is rather strong. According to local information, Rivire SanPdro can be ascended for a considerable distance during the flood season. On its bank there are several villages, the most important of which is Poro, standing on the E bank 2 miles NW of the mouth. There is a road bridge about 1 mile upriver from Poro.

and Rivire Dogodou flow into the N side of Lagune Tadio. Bandama Fleuve, for about 15 days during the floods, is navigable by shallow draught power vessels for a distance of about 60 miles. There is also regular communication by shallow draught lagoon vessels through Canal dAssagni, which leads E from Bandama Fleuve, 3 miles ENE from GrandLahou light, and thence through Lagune bri (9.95) to Abidjan (9.132).

Anchorages and landings

Chart 3099

Pointe Drewin
1

Chart 1362

Rivire Sassandra
1

9.106 General information. Rivire Sassandra (4 58 N 605W) is entered between the bluff on which stands the old French residency, and a sandy spit which is submerged during the wet season (May to November). The bar, which extends across the entrance, has not been sounded, but in the dry season (December to April), surf boats have found depths of 18 m on it. Just before entereing the sea, Rivire Sasandra expands into a large lagoon in the middle of which lies le Fisolagpo (459N 606W). Above this lagoon the river has an average width of about 1 cable, widening in places to nearly 5 cables, and the average depth in the channel is 15 m. It is obstructed by numerous rapids, divides into many branches during its course, and the current in it is very strong. The river has been ascended in canoes up to 70 miles from the entrance.

9.108 Description. A small bay with a sandy shore lies on the N side of Pointe Drewin (9.101), and the village of Monogaga (4483N 6265W) stands at the foot of the hills on the N side of the bay. Anchorage can be obtained about 3 cables E of Pointe Drewin (448N 626W) (9.101) in a depth of about 12 m, as shown on the chart. Landing can be made on the gently sloping beach on the N side of Pointe Drewin. The beach is protected by the rocks off the point and is the best landing place on this stretch of the coast. Chart 1362

Sassandra
1

Charts 3100, 3101 plan GrandLahou

Bandama Fleuve
1

9.107 General information. Bandama Fleuve (50 08 N 500W) has a narrow entrance with a dangerous bar across it. The entrance is, however, sheltered by a dark coloured mole projecting E from the W entrance point which is easily recognisable from the offing. The yellowish river water can be seen E of the river mouth nearly 2 miles offshore. The town of GrandLahou (5 08 N 5 01 W), a commercial centre of some importance, stands on the beach near the E end of Lagune Nyouzomou and W of the mouth of Bandama Fleuve. A light (9.99) is exhibited and a racon (9.100) transmits from GrandLahou. Close inland, W of the entrance of Bandama Fleuve, is an extensive sheet of water almost entirely occupied by a large island, 19 miles long from E to W. The island is separated on its S side from the narrow coastal belt by Lagune Nyouzomou, and from the mainland on its N side by Lagune Tagba and by Lagune Tadio to its NW. Rivire G flows into the N side of Lagune Tagba. Rivire Boubo

9.109 Description. Sassandra (4573N 6052W, the chief town of the district, stands on the W bank of Rivire Sassandra (9.106). A bluff, 26 m high, stands 6 cables NNE of the promontory from which Sassandra Light (9.99) is exhibited. The old French residency stands on the bluff, and a white monument stands close to the sandy beach 3 cables SW of the residency. A ruined wharf extends about 1 cable E from the shore 1 cables S of the monument, and the fishing village stands on the cliffs SW of the wharf. Anchorage. The preferred anchorage lies about 6 cables E of Sassandra Light (9.99) as, should the vessel drag, the current of Rivire Sassandra (9.106) will set her off the land. Landing on the beach between the residency and the fishing village can be made at all seasons in surf boats. In bad weather it is possible, even in ships boats to land in the SW corner of a cove at the foot of a cliff between the wharf and the promontory. Chart 3100

Fresco
1

9.110 Anchorage can be obtained about 4 cables off Fresco (5050N 5342W) (9.95 and 9.102), in depths of less than 10 m, over a bottom of sand.

GrandLahou
1

9.111 Anchorage can be obtained about 5 cables SSE of Grand Lahou Light (9.104), as shown on the chart, in a depth of about 15 m, good holding ground of sand and mud; vessels roll heavily. The anchorage is not much used owing to the close proximity Abidjan (9.132). The current in the anchorage usually sets E. A stranded wreck lies close offshore 3 cables WSW from the light.

300

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

OFFSHORE TERMINALS Lion A Terminal

Chart 3101

of water injection, the gas being transported to the shore via the Espoir Field infrastructure. Terminal Operator. MODEC.

Limiting conditions
1

General information
1

9.112 Position. Lion A production platform (5 01 9N 4482W). Function. The terminal consists of an FPSO, moored to a CALM buoy, which is fed by the production platform SW from it. The discharge rate of the FPSO is 4800 m3/hr.

9.118 Depth of water at the terminal is 970 m. Minimum size of vessel handled: 60 000 dwt. Maximum distance from bow to manifold: 172 m.

Arrival information
1

Limiting conditions
1

9.113 Depth at the terminal is about 68 m. Maximum size of vessel handled. 140 000 dwt.

Arrival information
1

9.114 Notice of ETA. Vessels calling for the first time will be sent a message 48 hours prior to arrival stating arrival procedures and loading/planning recommendations. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Anchorage. Arriving vessels should contact the FPSO for anchoring advice. Pilotage is compulsory and carried out during daylight hours only. Tugs. Available. Restricted area. The terminal is bounded by a maritime exclusion zone of 2 miles centred on the Lion A platform. Vessels are not permitted to enter without having first obtained permission from the FPSO or the platform OIM (Offshore Installation Manager). Regulations. Arrival; stern trim not exceeding 25 m, with the propeller fully immersed and capable of manouvering at 3 kn or less. Vessel must fax Certificate of Insurance or Financial Guarantee 48 hours prior to arrival. Vessels must comply with Oil Companies Industrial Marine Forum (OCIMF) Standards for tandem mooring at the FPSO. Vessels are required to fly the flag of the Republic of Cte dIvoire during daylight hours whilst moored at the terminal.

9.119 Notice of ETA should be sent at least 7 days and thence 72, 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival to the terminal and to the Abidjan Port Authority. Pilotage is compulsory. The Mooring Master boards about 2 miles from the terminal. Tugs. A support vessel and mooring boat are available. Anchorage is provided in a circular area of radius 1 mile, about 11 miles ENE of the FPSO as shown on the chart; Masters of vessels which prefer to drift should inform the terminal of their intention. Submarine pipelines extend ENE and SE from the FPSO for a distance of about 2 miles to production manifolds. Directions caution. Approaching and departing tankers should keep a sharp lookout for the possible presence of small craft, which may not be lit, in the vicinity of the terminal or anchorage area. Restricted area. The terminal is bounded by a maritime exclusion zone of 2 miles centred on the FPSO. Vessels are not permitted to enter without having first obtained permission from the terminal. Regulations. Vessels are required to fly the flag of the Republic of Cte dIvoire during daylight hours whilst moored at the terminal.

Berth
1

9.120 Vessels arriving at the terminal will be moored in tandem, bow to stern, and loading will be by means of a floating hose arrangement between the FPSO and the loading tanker. A support vessel, with a bollard pull of 80 tonnes will assist in mooring and will remain secured to the stern of the tanker during the entire loading operation. The terminal has established parameters for the suspension/abortion of operations.

Berth
1

9.115 Arriving tankers are tandem moored to the FPSO and a tug assists during the operation.

Services
1

Services
1

9.116 Facilities. None available. The FPSO is not equipped to receive dirty ballast.

9.121 Facilities. None available. The FPSO is not equipped to receive dirty ballast. Medevac service subject to the tanker having a suitable helicopter landing/winching area, safety and firefighting readiness as specified in the International Chamber of Shipping Guidelines for Helicopter Operations.

Baobab Marine Terminal General information

1

Espoir Terminal General information

1

9.117 Position. Baobab Marine Terminal (458N 433W) situated 13 miles offshore and about 38 miles WSW of Abidjan. Function. The terminal consists of the 346 000 dwt turretmoored FPSO Baobab Ivoirien MV10, capable of processing about 75 000 barrels of oil per day, 75 000 000 cu ft of natural gas and 100 000 barrels per day

9.122 Position. Espoir terminal (5026N 4271W). Function. The terminal consists of a turretmoored FPSO of 155 000 dwt and 280 m LOA, fed by two well head platforms situated 7 cables S and 2 miles WSW respectively. The maximum discharge rate of the FPSO is 6000 m3/hr. Traffic. In 2004 there were 2 vessel movements totalling 140 254 dwt.

301

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

Limiting conditions
1

9.123 Depth of water at the location is about 110 m. Maximum size of vessel handled: 350 000 dwt.

Arrival information
1

9.124 Notice of ETA. An initial ETA on departure from previous port should be followed by 72, 48 and 24 hours notice. Should the ETA change by more than one hour following the 24 hours notice, the vessel should promptly notify the terminal. Pilotage is compulsory within a 2 mile radius of the terminal and is provided by the Mooring Master who boards approximately 3 miles ENE of the FPSO. The vessel should create a suitable lee to enable safe boarding by the Mooring Master. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs. A support vessel is available. Anchorage. Vessels may anchor in an area, best seen on the chart, about 4 miles ENE of the FPSO. Restricted area. The terminal is bounded by a maritime exclusion zone of 2 miles centred on the FPSO and an operational exclusion zone of 500 m around the FPSO and the platform; vessels are not permitted to enter without having first obtained permission from the FPSO or the platform OIM (Offshore Installation Manager), if applicable. Regulations. Arrival; not less than 25% of summer dwt, clean ballast only and stern trim not exceeding 3 m, with the propeller fully immersed. Vessels are required to fly the flag of the Republic of Cte dIvoire during daylight hours whilst moored at the terminal.

Maximum and minimum size of vessel handled. At the CBM (SIR I) the maximum LOA is 270 m, maximum draught 14 m and maximum 80 000 dwt. The minimum LOA is 170 m and a minimum 30 000 dwt restriction applies. At the SBM (SIR II) the maximum permissible draught 21 m and maximum 250 000 dwt. Minimum LOA is 200 m and a minimum 80 000 dwt restriction applies.

Arrival information
1

Berth
1

9.125 Vessels arriving at the terminal will be moored in tandem, bow to stern, and loading will be by means of a floating hose arrangement between the FPSO and the loading tanker. A support vessel, with a minimum bollard pull of 30 tonnes will assist in mooring and will remain secured to the stern of the tanker during the entire loading operation.

9.129 Port operations. Mooring operations at the terminal are restricted to daylight hours only; operations at the SBM (SIR II) being further restricted to before 1600 hours. Notice of ETA. Vessels must send their ETA, via their agents, 72 and 24 hours in advance, and keep their agents advised of any changes in ETA. Vessels should also contact Abidjan Port Control the day before arrival at the Vridi roadstead and at least 6 hours before arrival to confirm the ETA. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Pilotage. The pilot boards about 7 cables NE of the Abidjan Fairway Lightbuoy (9.158). For vessels leaving the terminal, disembarkation of pilots depends on the prevailing weather with no limit to distance within the pilotage district. Tugs. Available. The use of two tugs by tankers is compulsory. Anchorage. See 9.148. Restricted area. The terminal lies within a restricted area, best seen on the chart, and only vessels using the tanker berths within should enter the area. A Lightbuoy (S cardinal) is moored 16 miles SSW of Port Bout Light, close within the S limit of the restricted area. Obstructions extend about 2 cables S of Port Bout Light and PB Buoy (special) is moored 2 cables farther SW. Regulations. Vessels must fax their Certificate of Insurance or Financial Guarentee 48 hours prior to arrival.

Berth
1

Services
1

9.130 Mooring at the CBM (SIR I) is performed with two anchors down and eight hawsers secured to buoys positioned around the vessel. The SBM (SIR II) mooring exhibits a light and lies within the red sector (013019) of Port Bout Terminal Direction Light (9.104).

9.126 Facilities. None available. The FPSO is not equipped to receive dirty ballast.

Services
1

Port Bout Terminal

Chart 3101 plan Approaches to Port dAbidjan

9.131 Facilities. There are no facilities for the reception of dirty ballast. Fresh water and bunkers can be supplied by barge.

General information
1

ABIDJAN General information

Chart 3103

9.127 Position. 5140N 3581W. The terminal is situated in the approaches to Abidjan, about 2 miles ESE of the entrance to Canal de Vridi. Function. The terminal consisits of a CBM berth (SIR I) and an SBM berth (SIR II). Submarine pipelines extend 9 cables SSE and 11 cables SSW from a position 3 cables W of Port Bout Light (9.104). There are moorings for tankers at the end of each pipeline. Terminal Authority. Societe Ivoirenne de Raffinage.

Position
1

9.132 Port dAbidjan (0518N 400W).

Function
1

Limiting conditions
1

9.128 Controlling depth. 20 m (SIR I); 49 m (SIR II).

9.133 Port dAbidjan, the main port in the Republic of Cte dIvoire, is one of the largest and most modern ports on the West African coast. Abidjan, a modern city with a population of 3 199 000 (1999), is the centre for considerable industrial activity

302

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

including petrochemicals, paper, metal products, machine tools, electrical equipment, textiles and timber.
1

Deepest and longest berth

9.140 Container Terminal (9.163).

Topography
1

9.134 Abidjan lies in Lagune dAbidjan near the middle of Lagune bri. The city of Abidjan stands on a promontory which extends S towards le de PetitBassam. This promontory lies between Baie de Cocody, to the E, and Baie de Banco to the W. The suburb of Adjam stands N of Abidjan. The S end of Abidjan is connected to Treichville, the W part of le de PetitBassam, by Pont HouphouetBoigny, a road and railway bridge, and by Pont Charles de Gaulle, a road bridge. Canal de PetitBassam, which divides the island E of Treichville, is spanned by two railway and two road bridges. Pont de Vridi, a road bridge, connects the SW part of le de PetitBassam to the industrial area E of Canal de Vridi, and a road and rail bridge connects the SE side of le de PetitBassam with Port Bout, which is situated 2 miles E of the S entrance to Canal de Vridi. The village of PetitBassam stands midway between the canal and Port Bout. Close E of PetitBassam, an arm of Lagune bri reaches S to within 1 cable of the coast.

Tidal levels
1

9.141 Mean spring range about 06 m; mean neap range about 04 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

Density of water
1

9.142 Varies from 1000 g/cm3 to 1025 g/cm3, depending on season.

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

9.143 Maximum permissible draught 103 m; maximum LOA 250 m.

Local weather and sea state

1

9.144 Prevailing wind is SWly. Off the entrance to Canal de Vridi there is a continuous heavy swell from SW. Some surging will be experienced at the tanker berths in the canal. Within the lagoon there is no swell. Vessels are prevented from entering Canal de Vridi due to bad weather only two or three times a year.

Approach and entry

1

Arrival information Port operations

1

9.135 The harbour is entered through Canal de Vridi, a dredged channel which has been cut through the sand, and which links Lagune dAbidjan with the port approaches in Gulf Of Guinea. Channels, marked by lightbuoys, best seen on the chart, lead from the N end of Canal de Vridi to the inner anchorages and alongside berths.

Traffic
1

9.136 In 2004 there were 2561 vessel movements totalling 45 908 510 dwt.

Port Authority
1

9.137 Abidjan Port Authority, BP V85, Port Autonome dAbidjan, Abidjan, Cte dIvoire.

9.145 Vessels should endeavour to arrive at the entrance to Canal de Vridi at HW. Passage through the canal can only be effected when the tidal stream is running at less than 2 kn. At neaps this is any time, but at springs it is from 1 hour before to 1 hour after HW, and 1 hour before to hour after LW. Difficult tidal stream. At the entrance to Canal de Vridi, the stream sets onto the W bank during the ebb which, with the swell, causes a heavy backwash. Vessels should be prepared to use maximum power and pay close attention to steering. This applies particularly to loaded tankers which should have a positive trim. The stream can attain a rate of 6 kn. A current meter is moored on the SW side of of the canal 2 cables NW of the F2 light structure on the S entrance point.

Limiting conditions Controlling depth

1 1

Vessel Traffic Service

9.146 The VTS Control Zone is a circular area of radius 1 mile, centred on Fairway Lightbuoy (9.158). The control centre, call sign Vigie, stands at the S end of the E side of Canal de Vridi. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

9.138 Canal de Vridi, which is about 200 m wide at its seaward end and about 370 m wide for the remainder of its length, has a dredged depth of 135 m (1993). The maximum permitted draughts on entry are 103 m for a maximum LOA of 220 m and 95 m for a maximum LOA of 250 m. On departure the maximum draughts are 91 m for a maximum LOA of 250 m; 103 m for a maximum LOA of 220 m and 106 m for vessels of less than 200 m LOA. During periods of heavy swell, the maximum draught is reduced to 9 m.

Notice of ETA
1

9.147 ETA should be sent 24, 6 and 1 hour prior to arrival. Vessels arriving at night should inform the port before 1600 hours of the previous day. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Outer anchorages
1

Vertical clearance
1

9.139 Overhead power cables, with a vertical clearance of 66 m, span Canal de Vridi 4 cables NW of the signal station.

9.148 The designated anchorage, shown on the chart, lies centred about 2 miles WNW of Fairway Lightbuoy (9.158), and affords good holding ground, sand, in depths of more than 20 m. Large vessels are recommended to anchor 1 mile off the coast in depths of 40 m to 50 m.

303

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

Prohibited anchorages. Anchorage is prohibited within the VTS Control Zone (9.146) surrounding the Fairway LightBuoy. Anchoring, dredging and trawling are also prohibited in a cable and pipeline area, shown on the chart, which extends about 14 miles SSE from the shore in the port approaches. Caution. Vessels should avoid anchoring within the area shown on the chart about 2 miles W of the W limit of the anchorage. This area is obstructed by wrecks.
1

Climate information
9.156 See 1.291 and 1.306.

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 9.103)

Principal marks
9.157 Landmarks: Two pylons, Canal de Vridi W bank (red and white stripes, 70 m and 100 m in height) (5152N 4007W), red obstruction lights. Two pylons, Canal de Vridi E bank (red and white stripes, 70 m and 95 m in height) (5 15 4N 4005W), red obstruction lights. Major light: Port Bout Light (5151N 3575W) (9.99).

Submarine cables and pipelines

1

9.149 Submarine cables and pipelines exist in, areas best seen on the charts, the approaches to Abidjan. Submarine cables cross Canal de Vridi 3 cables, 5 cables and 11 cables NW of the signal station (9.160).

Pilotage
1

9.150 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours, subject to entry in Canal de Vridi being possible (see 9.145). The pilot boarding position is about 7 cables NE of the Fairway Lightbuoy (9.158). A report (1998) states that the pilot usually boards close SE of AN Lightbuoy (port hand) (5141N 3591W). For ships leaving the canal, under normal conditions, the pilot disembarks E of the entrance on a bearing of 100 from the canal at approximately 1 mile off. Depending on the conditions the pilot can disembark further out, but clear of Port Bout Terminal (9.127). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Other aid to navigation

1

9.158 Racon: Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water; topmark) (5129N 4002W).

Entry
1

Tugs
1

9.151 Tugs are available, and are compulsory; tankers must use two tugs. The employment of tugs is compulsory when securing to or leaving mooring buoys.

Traffic regulations
9.152 Restricted area. A restricted area encloses Port Bout Terminal (See 9.129).

Harbour General layout

1 3

9.153 The inner harbour of Port dAbidjan, to the N of Canal de Vridi, is bounded on its E side by Quai Sud and on its W side by le Boulay.
1

Development
1

9.154 Development plans include the widening and dredging of Canal de Vridi to permit round the clock passage of container vessels up to 300 m LOA and 14 m draught, construction of a cement terminal, a sugar terminal, a bulk cargo berth and a second fishing port.
2

Traffic signals
1

9.155 Traffic signals are displayed from the signal station (9.160) situated at the N entrance to Canal de Vridi. The exact times for passage through Canal de Vridi are promulgated by the port radio station. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

9.159 From the pilot embarkation position (5134N 3597W) the track leads NE, passing (with positions relative to F2 Light (5148N 4001W)): SE of a wreck (4 cables SW) with a depth of 151 m over it and a lightbuoy (S cardinal) moored close S from it. Thence: SE thence NE of AN Lightbuoy (port hand; topmark) (1 miles SE). Thence: Leading lights: South pair. Front (red lattice pylon with a white rectangle at base; 12 m in height) (5 151N 4006W). Rear (red lattice pylon with a white rectangle with red Vs; 16 m in height) 430 m from front. North pair. Front (black and white lattice pylon with black and white rectangle topmark) (5154N 4008W). Rear (black and white lattice pylon with black and white rectangle topmark) about 1200 m from front. The alignments of both above pairs of lights (297 and 304 respectively) lead to the entrance of Canal de Vridi. Thence the track through the canal and onwards to the inner anchorage or alongside berths can best be seen from the chart. 9.160 Useful marks: Signal Station, at E entrance to Canal de Vridi (5150N 4002W). Four Chimneys, at power station (5 15 5N 4005W). Water Tower (red and white) (5158N 4000W). Radar tower (framework tower, red and white bands) (5182N 4015W), red obstruction lights. Treichville Quai, Light F9 (pylon on cabin, green lantern) (5183N 4016W). Water Tower Light (5183N 4010W). Silo (36 m in height) (5185N 4013W). Water Tower (5 18 6N 4 01 2W), position approximate. Radar tower (framework tower, red and white bands) (5189N 4018W), red obstruction lights.

304

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 9

Berths Anchorage berths

1

9.161 The inner anchorage berths, best seen on the chart, lie S, E and N of le Boulay, good holding ground of hard mud.

Quai marine, Quai bananier and Timber Port are situated on the SW side of the promontory. A new container terminal located at Locodjo is reported (1992) to be operational.

Mooring buoys
1

Port services Repairs

1

9.162 Baie du Banco, lying between the promontory and the mainland, has several pairs of mooring buoys which are generally reserved for ships loading timber.

Alongside berths
1

9.163 There are two oil tanker berths and three berths for bunker barges situated on the E side of Canal de Vridi, and a tank farm stands inshore of these berths. On the N side of the N point of the E bank of Canal de Vridi are situated an ore terminal and a fertiliser berth. Quai Phillips Petroleum is situated on the S bank of the entrance to Canal de dcharge. On le de PetitBassam, Quay Sud extends N for 1600 m from about 5 cables NE of the N end of Canal de Vridi and can accommodate ten vessels. A container terminal, berths 23 and 24 with a length of 440 m and a depth alongside of 125 m, is situated at the S end of the W face, and a RoRo berth, with a length of 200 m and a depth alongside of 125 m, is situated on the S face. To the E of the RoRo berth a partially submerged wreck lies in position 5162N 4007W. Port de Pche, the fishing port, is situated between Quai Sud and Quai Ouest. A RoRo terminal is situated on the S end of Port de Pche. Quai Ouest, which has ten berths, extends NW from Port de Pche, and the tug berth extends farther NW to Treichville Quai Light F9. Quai des Paquebots and Quai Nord extend NE from Treichville Quai Light F9. Grain ships have priority at Berth No 1 on Quai Nord.

9.164 All types of repairs can be effected. Divers are available and underwater repairs can also be effected. There is a floating dock with a lifting capacity of 2000 tonnes, and which can accomodate vessels up to 83 m in length and a beam of 17 m. There are slipways for vessels up to 800 tonnes. There are two floating cranes of 150 tonnes and 25 tonnes capacity.

Other facilities
1

9.165 There available call sign out for facilities.

are four hospitals. A port duty medical officer is and can be requested on VHF radio channel 16, Abidjan Sant Marine. Deratting can be carried small craft only. There are garbage disposal

Supplies
1

9.166 Fuel oil can be obtained at the tanker berths (9.163) in Canal de Vridi, or by lighter. Fresh water is laid on to the quays. Fresh and frozen provisions can be obtained.

Communications
1

9.167 The international airport is about 3 km E of Port Bout.

Rescue
1

9.168 Abidjan is a designated RCC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information.

305

Home

Contents

Index

Chapter 10 - Abidjan to Tema

30

30

30

30

30

30

6
I VO RY COAST
1383

30 9.132 Abidjan
3101
101 sam 3

GHANA
3100 3103
Bas ndGra 9

10.108 Accra
1380

em .1 a 1 09 38 0

T 0 1

30

10.104 Winneba 10.103 Saltpond

Elm Cape C oa ina st An B. 3 ch. 3113 Aboadi Point 113

3 10.

6 10.7
3432

3102

y Ba Axim 3113
in Po

10.46 Takoradi
3113

1 0. 1 2

30

hr C. T

ee

ts

306
3101

Se k 10 ond .28 i 31 13

30

3113

1384

1383

30 30

30

30

Longitude 2 West from Greenwich

30

30 30

0306

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 10 ABIDJAN TO TEMA

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 595

Fishing
1

Scope of the chapter

1

10.1 This chapter covers the Atlantic coast of Africa from Abidjan (518N 0400W) in Republic of Ivory Coast to Tema (537N 001E) in Republic of Ghana. The ports and harbours of Takoradi (10.46) and Tema (10.109) are described in this chapter. The chapter is divided into the following sections: Abidjan to Aboadi Point (10.11). Aboadi Point to Tema (10.75).

10.5 Fishing vessels, many which may be unlit, may be encountered along the entire stretch of this coast. When near the coast a sharp lookout for canoes should be kept.

Flow
1

10.6 See 1.247.

Topography
1

Piracy
1

10.2 The coast between Abidjan and Tema alternates between sandy beaches, backed by trees, and rocky points. The dangerous surf, however, makes the use of surf boats generally necessary for landing.

10.7 Acts of piracy have taken place in these waters. Generally, these acts have taken place at anchorages or in the approaches to the port. Mariners are advised to keep a constant watch and not to permit any unauthorised craft to come alongside.

Marine exploitation
1

Aids to navigation
1

10.3 Numerous structures, usually marked by aids to navigation, other unlit objects, submerged obstructions and well heads, sometimes marked by buoys, exist in the area covered by this chapter. These features are not all charted due to their complexity and frequent change. Particular caution should be exercised by vessels navigating in the vicinity.

10.8 The aids to navigation described in this chapter are unreliable. The lights may be extinguished and the buoys and beacons may be missing, unlit, or out of position.

Stowaways
1

Submarine pipelines
1

10.9 It is reported that stowaways are a serious problem. A thorough search of the vessel is recommended, prior to departure, especially if the vessel is departing the coast.

10.4 Numerous oil and gas submarine pipelines, best seen on the chart, exist in the area covered by this chapter. See 1.40.

Security
1

10.10 See 9.8.

ABIDJAN TO ABOADI POINT GENERAL INFORMATION

Aboadi Terminal (10.34). Takoradi (10.46).

Charts 3100, 1383

COASTAL ROUTE General information

Chart 3100, 1383

Area covered
1

10.11 This section describes the coastal route, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from Abidjan (0518N 400W) to Aboadi Point (4581N 1387W), about 141 miles E. It is arranged as follows: Coastal Route (10.12). Sekondi Naval Harbour (10.28).

Route
1

10.12 From a position about 1 miles SSE of the S entrance point (5148N 4001W) to Canal de Vridi (9.135), in the

307

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

Abidjan approaches, the route leads ESE, E and NE for about 152 miles to the pilot embarkation point (Tankers) for Aboadi Terminal (10.34), 5 miles E of Takoradi Light (10.27).

Topography
1

10.13 The coast between Port Bout (9.134) and Grand Bassam, 14 miles ESE is fairly steepto with the 20 m line lying about mile offshore. The coast between Grand Bassam (512N 344W) and the mouth of Rivire Assinie (10.40) is bordered by trees about 30 m to 35 m in height, and there are numerous groups of huts along the beach. A sandy beach extends for 30 miles along the coast from the entrance to Rivire Assinie to a long and narrow lagoon which has no outlet to the sea; the lagoon extends parallel to and about 1 mile behind the beach. Hills rise inland of this lagoon; the W hill is 88 m high. The interior of the country is thick forest. Four hills or hummocks, the highest with an elevation of 85 m, lie 5 miles E of the E end of the above lagoon. Lying at an angle of inclination with the coast and terminating upon the beach with an extensive plain E, they present from a distance the appearance of a promontory. The village of Beyin, lying 4 miles ESE of the promontory has a lagoon situated 1 miles N from it which is connected to another lagoon, 10 miles ESE, by River Amonsuri. Both lagoons drain an area of swampy ground. The coast from the E end of the lagoon (456N 223W) to Akrumasi Point (10.22), 7 miles ESE, consists of a high sandy beach with numerous villages close within it standing amongst palm groves. Axim Bay is entered between Akrumasi Point and Pepr Point, 2 miles SSE. The shore between Akrumasi Point and Ronda Point, 1 miles SE, is sandy and the shore from Ronda Point to Pepr Point, 11 cables S, is rocky with numerous offlying rocks both above and below water (10.22). The bay is backed by densely wooded land rising to hills from 61 m to 91 m high. 10.14 The coast between Pepr Point and Cape Three Points, 12 miles SE, is indented by several bays. Terceira Point (10.23) lies 3 miles SE of Pepr Point and Mutraknu Point (4473N 2100W) 2 miles farther SE. A long sandy beach extends from Mutraknu Point to an unnamed point 3 miles SE but is interrupted at Princes Town, 2 miles E of Mutraknu Point, by a projecting rock on which stand the ruins of a fort. River Nyan has an outlet close N of the ruined fort. West Point, the W most of Cape Three Points (10.23), lies 4 miles ESE of Mutraknu Point. The coast of Cape Three Points, from West Point to East Point, a distance of 3 miles, is a series of hills with abrupt sides and rocky points. A rocky hillock lies 3 cables NNE of Cape Three Points, the middle point, to the W of which is the mouth of a small stream; a submerged rock lies in the middle of the mouth of this stream. The beach between this rocky hillock and Anama Point, 1 mile E, is fronted by two reefs on the E side of which lies a rock. A rocky bight lies between Anama Point (4445N 2040W) and East Point. The coast NE of East Point (4443N 2033W), continues with hills, steep slopes and rocky points for 7 cables; the higher land then recedes from it, leaving an undulating country of less elevation between it and the coast.

The coast forms a bay with sandy beaches as far as a rocky knoll 1 miles NE of East Point. Akwida Cove, with the rocky knoll at its W entrance point, extends E to a small peninsula crowned by a ruined fort. Between Akwida Peninsula and Achowa Point (Pokoti Point on chart 3113) (4454N 1584W), 3 miles E, there is a sandy beach 3 miles long. On the high ground above the W hill which surmounts Achowa (Pokoti) Point, there is a grove of trees the tops of which attain an elevation of 67 m; this grove shows up well when approaching the point, particularly from W. Atwiwa village stands on the shore of a small sandy bay 5 cables N of the point. 10.15 The coast from Atwiwa village (4459N 1585W) to Dix Cove, 2 miles NE, is rocky and indented, but clear of dangers outside the 10 m line which here lies about 7 cables offshore. In the sandy bight NW of Abokwa Island, 9 cables ENE of Dix Cove, stands the village of Busua close to the beach. Inland of Busua the land rises to an elevation of 76 m. Amawai Point (4490N 1549W) (10.25) forms the E termination of the bight; the shore of the bight is almost steepto. From Tobola Point, 1 miles ENE of Amawai Point, the character of the coast changes and it becomes fronted by reefs with irregular depths and projecting rocky shoals. A white sandy beach extends from Adwowa, 5 miles ENE of Tobola Point, to Takoradi Point, 4 miles E. The coast of Takoradi Bay is composed of several small bays separated by rocky points and fronted in many places by foul ground extending as much as 4 cables offshore. Takoradi Bay terminates at the Main Breakwater of the Sekondi Naval Harbour which extends E from Sekondi Point, a bold rocky cliff, 24 m high, 4 miles NE of Takoradi Point. Sekondi Bay lies between Sekondi Naval Harbour and Suchu Point (4574N 1415W), 1 miles NNE, and its shores consist of sandy beaches and abrupt rocky points off which there are a few rocks. The coast from Suchu Point to Aboadi Point, 3 miles ENE, consists of sandy beaches separated by rocky points which are fronted by rocks. River Anunkwari enters the sea 1 miles ENE of Suchu Point. The river mouth, off which there are a few rocks, is barred in the dry season. Suchu Reef, lying about 3 cables E of Suchu Point, is a small reef extending parallel to the coast with a boat channel inside it. Aboadi Point (4581N 1387W) is a double point of low rocks with a prominent clump of palm trees near its extremity. A narrow reef, extending 5 cables E from the point, has several rocks above water one of which, lying 1 cables from the point, has a white top.

Depths
1

10.16 From GrandBassam (512N 344W) (10.39), for a distance of 19 miles E, the soundings are regular up to a depth of 10 m which is found close to the surf; the surf commonly runs so high as to render landing impracticable. Near the coast the bottom is mostly of fine dark sand, but outside depths of 20 m it is greenish mud. Offshore depths between the lagoon (456N 223W), and Akrumasi Point (10.22) are regular with no offlying dangers, and the bottom is dark green mud in the offing and dark sand close offshore.

308

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

Offshore from Cape Three Points (10.23), the bottom is generally of soft blue mud though with some sandy and rocky spots. Depths between East Point (10.23) and Achowa (Pokoti) Point (10.24), are very uneven inside the 20 m line which lies between 5 cables and 2 miles offshore. See 10.18. Numerous abovewater rocks lie close offshore, others lie farther out with a depth of only 1 m over them; sounding gives little or no warning of approach.

SSW of the entrance to Rivire Assinie (27 miles E) (10.40), with the town of Assinie standing close E, thence: SSW of the villages of Afornou and Avlium (Newtown) (37 miles and 38 miles E, respectively); the international frontier between the Republics of Ivory Coast and Ghana meets the coast between these two villages. Thence: SSW of Half Assini (51 miles E). 10.22 Thence the track continues ESE, passing (with positions relative to Cape Three Points Light (4443N 2054W): Clear of the area of offshore oil and gas activity (10.17), thence: SSW of Beyin (33 miles WNW), a village with a ruined fort standing close E from it, thence: SSW of Akrumasi Point (14 miles NW) which forms the SE entrance point to Ankwao River (10.41). A ridge of black rocks, 4 9 m high, extends 1 cables S from the point. Akrumasi Ledge, 4 cables SSW of the same point, dries 06 m, and a submerged rock, over which the sea usually breaks, lies 9 cables W of the point. With a heavy swell the sea breaks in depths of less than 5 m around Akrumasi Point. Thence: SSW of Litton Rock (14 miles WNW), with a least depth of 64 m over it and which is surrounded to a distance of 3 cables by rocky patches with depths of 78 m to 91 m. Egwanga Rock, 6 cables ENE of Litton Rock, has a depth of 37 m over it. Hedwig Mensell Rock, 4 cables NE of Egwanga Rock, is a group of shoal heads with a least depth of 23 m over them; foul ground lies between Egwanga Rock and Hedwig Mensell Rock. Thence: SSW of Bobowasi Island (11 miles NW), 14 m high, from where a light (10.20) is exhibited. Saiaba Island, 20 m high and bush covered, lies 1 mile NNW of Bobowasi Island. Heaven Rock, 1 mile WNW of Bobowasi Island, has a least depth of 23 m. Benin Rock, 4 cables NW of Bobowasi Island, is the outermost danger of the foul ground lying between Saiaba Island and Bobowasi Island. All the dangers between Bobowasi Island and Akrumasi Point are covered by the red sector (086shore) of the light on Bobowasi Island. Thence: SSW of Pepr Point (11 miles NW), which is low with a few trees on it. Hebrada Point and Ronda Point lie 9 cables and 11 cables N, respectively, of Pepr Point, and Watts Rock, with a least depth of 69 m, surrounded by foul ground for about 2 cables, lies 7 cables S. 10.23 Thence the track continues ESE, passing: SSW of Terceira Point (8 miles NW) with a hill, 91 m high, rising within it, thence: SSW of Mutraknu Point (5 miles NW), a small peninsula which, when seen from W, appears as a low island, thence: SSW of West Point (1 miles NW), the W extremity of Cape Three Points and which is a rocky bluff with submerged rocks lying close off it. Frederick Point lies 6 cables N of West Point. Thence: SSW of Cape Three Points, the name applied to the S extremity of the cape. It appears from either E or W as two hills on the N of which is Cape tree. A

Marine exploitation
1

10.17 Offshore oil and gas activity is centred on position 449N 253W, as shown on the chart. Numerous structures, usually marked by aids to navigation, other unlit objects, submerged obstructions and well heads, sometimes marked by buoys, exist in the area indicated. These features are not all charted due to their complexity and frequent change. Particular caution should be excercised by vessels navigating in the vicinity.

Local knowledge
1

10.18 Local knowledge is necessary for vessels approaching wthin the 20 m line between Cape Three Points and Achowa (Pokoti) Point. See 10.16 and 10.24.

Submarine pipelines
1

10.19 A submarine pipeline extends from the production platform in Belier Oil Field, 11 miles SSE of Port Bout to the shore 3 cables W of Port Bout Light (9.104).
4

Directions
(continued from 9.104)

Major lights
1

10.20 Grand Bassam Light (white tower, elevation 32 m) (5123N 3439W). Axim Light (white tower, red dome, exhibited from Bobwasi Island summit) (4516N 2148W) and signal station. Cape Three Points Light (white round tower, red lantern, 19 m in height) (4443N 2054W). Takoradi Light (square water tower, red lantern) (4531N 1451W). Fort Orange Light (white tower, red lantern on SE corner of fort) (4560N 1424W).

Passage
1

10.21 From a position 1 miles SSE of the S entrance point (5148N 4001W) to Canal de Vridi, the track leads ESE, passing (with positions relative to GrandBassam Light (5123N 3441W) (10.27)): SSW of Port Bout Light (13 miles WNW) and the offshore terminal (9.127), thence: Clear of a production platform (9 miles SW), situated in Belier Oil Field, from which a light (10.27) is exhibited, thence: SSW of GrandBassam (10.39), thence:

309

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

large rock, 6 m in height, lies cable N of the S extremity. There is a passage, about 5 cables wide, between Cape Three Points and Cape Shoal, but the depths in it are irregular and vessels are recommended to avoid it. Thence: SSW of Cape Shoal (7 cables SSW), a group of dangerous offlying rocks with a least depth of 46 m over them. The depths all round are very irregular, the bottom everywhere is rock and the S side of the shoal is steepto. Care must be taken in approaching Cape Shoal as the sea does not always break and, even when there are heavy rollers, it may break at only considerable intervals of time. At night a vessel should not approach the S side of the shoal in depths of less than 37 m. See 10.16. Thence the track leads E, passing: S of Anama Point (1 miles E) which is safe to approach, most of the rocks lying off being visible and there is a depth of 13 m close to them, thence: S of East Point (2 miles E), a high steepto salient headland. 10.24 Thence the track continues E, passing: S of the S extremity of Akwida Peninsula (3 miles ENE) and the offlying dangers described below, (with positions relative to the S extremity of Akwida Peninsula): A rock, with a depth of 09 m over it, 7 cables SSW; A shoal, with a depth of 73 m over it, 1 miles SSW; A rock, with a depth of 09 m over it, 1 mile SSE; A rock, with a depth of 09 m over it, 1 miles ESE. Thence the track continues E, passing (with positions relative to Cape Three Points Light (444 3N 2054W)): S of Achowa (Pokoti) Point (7 miles E), which is composed of several rocky projections with a reef extending a short distance from each of them. Achowa Rocks, which lie close off the W side of the point, are above water and may be seen distinctly from Cape Three Points (10.23). A patch with a depth of 55 m over it, lies 4 cables SSW of the outer of the Achowa Rocks. A rock with a depth of 18 m over it, lies 2 miles S of Achowa (Pokoti) Point. Thence the track leads NE, passing (with positions relative to Tobola Point (4494N 1534W)): SE of an obstruction (6 miles SSW), reported (1945), thence: SE of Amoakofre Point (4 miles SW), the S entrance point to Dix Cove (10.44). A shoal (reported 1924), with a depth of 5 9 m over it, lies 5 cables SE (position approximate) of Amoakofre Point. Between Dix Cove and Takoradi Point (10.25), 13 miles ENE, vessels should keep in depths of more than 20 m, unless desirous of communicating with the shore. Thence: SE of Abokwa Island (3 miles SW), which is low, rocky and partially covered with coarse grass. It is surrounded by a reef and shoal ground extending 2 cables from its N and S extremities. Abokwa Island is separated from the coast by a channel 5 cables wide with a patch, with a depth of 5 m over it, in the middle; thus leaving narrow passages with depths of 55 m to 7 m in them, on either side. This channel affords no shelter to vessels.

10.25 Thence the track continues NE, passing: SE of Amawai Point (1 miles WSW) which is bold and rocky with River Butre entering the sea close N from it, thence: SE of Tobola Point, lying at the termination of a sandy projection, is a large black rock shaped like a haystack. Tobola Point is fringed by a reef and another reef extends 11 cables S from the coast 9 cables NE of Tobola Point. Among these reefs are intricate boat channels. Thence: SE of a rocky patch (2 miles E) with a depth of 55 m over it. The villages of Mpatono and Atwere Boannda, both fronted by foul ground, stand 2 miles WNW and 1 miles NW of the patch. Thence: SE of Kokobo Point (3 miles ENE), which is the E one of two stony hillocks with a sandy bight between them. A beacon (white) stands on the W hillock. Pumponi Reef, 7 cables SSE of the beacon, lies at the S end of foul ground which extends S and E from the point on which stands the village of Pumponi. hence: SE of Adwowa (5 miles ENE), a village standing on a low rocky point. A pinnacle rock, with a depth of 5 m over it, and over which the sea breaks occasionally at LW, lies 4 cables SSE of the point. Thence: SE of Takoradi Point (9 miles ENE), fronted by Takoradi Reef which extends 6 cables S and 1 mile E of it. Rocks which dry lie near its S edge and rocks awash lie near its E extremity. Numerous wrecks, best seen on the chart, lie in the approaches to Takoradi. (Directions for Takoradi continue at 10.66) SE of a wreck (11 miles ENE) with a depth of 85 m over it, thence: SE of a wreck (existence doubtful) (12 miles ENE) with a depth of 09 m over it. Thence the track leads to the pilot embarkation position (4535N 1402W) for Aboadi SPM berth (10.34).

Clearing marks
1

10.26 The W extremity of the beach close E of Frederick Point (10.23), bearing 003 and open W of West Point (10.23), clears the W side of Cape Shoal (10.23). East Point in line with the SE side of Akwida Peninsula (10.24), bearing 058, clears the SE side of the shoal. 10.27 Useful marks: Two Pylons (5 15 2N 4 00 7W) (9.157), red obstruction lights. Two Pylons (5 15 4N 4 00 5W) (9.157), red obstruction lights. Jete Sud Head. F2 Light (5 148N 4001W) (9.104). Jete Nord Head. F1 Light (5150N 4002W) (9.104). Two Pylons (5157N 3591W). Water Tower (5157N 3582W). Port Bout Terminal Light (5151N 3578W). Port Bout Light (5151N 3575W) (9.104). Radio Mast (5151N 3561W), red obstruction lights. Tower (5154N 3559W), red obstruction lights.

310

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

Platform, Blier Oil Field (75 m in height) (5051N 3502W). Beacon (white) (4508N 1503W). (Directions for the coastal passage continue at 10.88)

Sekondi Naval Harbour

Chart 3102 and plan of Sekondi Naval Harbour

General information
1

10.28 Position and function. Sekondi Naval Harbour (456N 142W). The town of Sekondi is an administrative centre and stands between Fort Orange, from which a light (10.27) is exhibited, and Sekondi Lagoon, 8 cables W. The Naval Base is situated in the NW part of the harbour. The port also serves as a supply base for offshore exploration. Approach and entry. Sekondi Bay is shallow with a number of rocky heads with depths from 3 m to 55 m over them. Rocky shoals also lie in the approaches. The harbour is approached on the alignment of leading lights (see 10.31) and entered between the heads of two breakwaters. The entrance to the harbour, facing N, is 1 cables wide. A dangerous wreck lies 3 cables N of the Main Breakwater Light. Bostock Rock, with a depth of 27 m over it, lies close off the N face of the Lee Breakwater, 1 cables E of its root.

Leading Lights: Front, Main Breakwater Head (red and white chequered square tower) (4561N 1415W). Rear, Fort Orange Light (white tower, red lantern, on SE corner of fort) 9 cables from front. The alignment (262) of the above lights leads to the head of the Main Breakwater, noting that it passes 2 cables N of Aboadi SBM Berth (10.34). The above alignment also leads between Sherbro Bank, with a least known depth of 51 m, which breaks when the rollers are unusually heavy, and Roani Bank, which is rocky with a least depth of 113 m and a favourite fishing ground. Sherbro Bank has not been properly examined and should be given a wide berth. Useful marks: Main Breakwater Elbow Light (white square tower) (4558N 1419W). Lee Breakwater Head Light (green and white chequered square tower) (4561N 1417W). Building with twin towers (4564N 1426W). Boundary Mark (pillar, 13 m in height) (4567N 1423W).

Berths
1

Limiting conditions
1

10.29 Depths within Sekondi Naval Harbour range from about 11 m at the entrance, decreasing to about 4 m at the W end. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 11 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

10.32 Anchorage. Anchor berths are indicated on the chart and plan NE of the Lee Breakwater. No vessel should anchor in depths of less than 55 m as at times the rollers are dangerous. The holding ground appears to be good. Berths. There are ten berths along the S face of the Lee Breakwater. The W end of the habour is quayed between the roots of the two breakwaters.

Port services
1

Harbour
1

10.30 General layoput. Sekondi Naval Harbour is formed by two breakwaters; Main Breakwater, extending E from 1 cables E of Sekondi Point, forming the S and SE side, and Lee Breakwater, extending ESE from the shore 4 cables N of the root of Main Breakwater, forming the N side. Beattie Rock, with a depth of 65 m over it, lies 3 cables SW, and Angola Rock, which is two pinnacles with a depth of 42 m over them, lies 4 cables W of the head of Lee Breakwater. A breakwater, best seen on the chart, extends SE thence NE from Tsiakur Bansu Point (4 56 6N 1 42 3W). Numerous fishing stakes extend N from close N of the jetty. Sekondi Harbour, situated at the S end of Sekondi Bay, is sheltered by the inner part of Lee Breakwater. An underwater rock lies in its N part, 1 cable SE of Butatel Point (4564N 1425W), with numerous fishing stakes around it. A stranded wreck lies cable S of the rock. Current. No tidal stream is felt at the anchorage, but 1 mile S of Sekondi Point (4559N 1424W), the Guinea Current (1.251) is experienced.

10.33 Repairs There is a slipway, with a shipyard N of it, at the S end of the quay. Other facilities. There is a hospital in Sekondi. Supplies. Fresh water can be supplied, in small quantities, to vessels at anchor.

Aboadi Terminal General information

1

10.34 Position. Aboadi (Aboadze) SBM (4564N 1375W). Function. A submarine pipeline is laid NW from the SPM to the shore, in the vicinity of Aboadi Point, in position 4 58 0N 1 39 4W. It conveys fuel for the oilfired thermal power station constructed E of Takoradi.

Limiting conditions
1

10.35 Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 300 m, 55 000 dwt.

Arrival information
1

Directions
1

10.31 Landmark: RC Church (4558N 1428W). Major lights: Fort Orange Light (4560N 1424W) (10.20). Takoradi Light (4531N 1451W) (10.20). 311

10.36 Port radio. There is a port radio at Takoradi (10.46). Notice of ETA. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards tankers in position 4535N 1402W. The berthing master can be contacted on VHF. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Regulations. Vessel must comply with OCIMF (Oil Companies International Marine Forum) chain stopper requirements. Minimum LOA 200 m.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

Berth
1

10.37 The berth consists of a SPM and the floating discharge hoses are connected to the port side of the tanker.

Rivers
Charts 3100, 3101 plan GrandBassam
4

Rivire Come
1

10.38 Description. Rivire Come enters the sea through Barre Costa, 2 miles E of the ruined pier S of GrandBassam (512N 344W) (10.39). The yellow waters of the river discolour the sea for a distance of 4 to 5 miles from the coast and nearly 2 miles W of GrandBassam; the edge of the discolouration being very clearly defined. Barre Costa, always difficult, can be crossed by vessels not exceeding 18 m in draught. Ships boats should not attempt to cross the bar. Rivire Come which drains several lagoons, has not been explored more than 30 miles above its mouth. Long vessels cannot enter Rivire Come owing to the sharp bends in the river. Between April and June, the river rises from 4 m to 6 m and 20 miles above its mouth are the first rapids which can be crossed by small power vessels. 10.39 GrandBassam. The S part of GrandBassam (512N 344W), stands on the narrow neck of sand which separates Lagune Ouladine from the sea. It is connected to the N part by a road bridge. The lagoon is a shallow arm and is only suitable for small craft. It is used as an anchorage by the vessels which ply through the lagoons between GrandBassam and Abidjan to the W, and Lagune Aby to the E. A ruined pier extends cable from the shore S of GrandBassam. Landmark: Grand Bassam Light (5123N 3439W) (10.20). Anchorage may be obtained off the ruined pier in depths of 11 m to 18 m, with good holding ground. It is necessary for vessels to anchor a good distance apart as they may lie heading in any direction due to the counter currents off the mouth of Rivire Come. Charts 1383, 3100

the river, close within the entrance. An overhead cable crosses the river, and a ferry operates, close N of Esamang. River Ankwao winds around the foot of the hills from a considerable distance inland. For the first 6 miles above Esamang, the river flows through mangrove swamps, thence the banks become higher and there are several villages. The width of the river is about cable as far as Akanko, 20 miles from the mouth, and has depths of 6 m to 8 m at high river. Power launches and lighters ply on the river for a further 30 miles to Tomento. The forests in the district abound with fine timber, and logs are floated down river for export at Axim (10.42). Tidal influence extends for 8 miles above the mouth. River levels. The river is at its highest about June and lowest about September. At Tomento the river level ranges about 75 m between high and low levels.

Anchorages, harbours and landings

Chart 3113 plan Axim Bay

Axim Bay
1

10.42 Description. The town of Axim stands on the slopes of the hills behind the coast between Ronda Point (4524N 2148W) and Area Point, 6 cables SSE. Anchorage. The best anchorage in Axim Bay can be obtained about 6 cables WNW of Bobowasi Island (10.22), as shown on the chart, midway between Heaven Rock (10.22) and Benin Rock in a depth of 9 m, good holding ground. Facilities. There is a hospital in Axim. A number of surf boats are available. Supplies. Fresh provisions can be obtained in small quantities. Landing place. The best landing place is near the customs house, close S of Saint Anthony Fort. Chart 3113

Akwida Cove
1

Rivire Assinie
1

10.40 Description. Rivire Assinie (508N 318W), which enters the sea close W of the town of Assinie (507N 316W), receives the waters from an extensive area, the principal portions of which are Lagune Aby to the N, Lagune Tendo and Lagune Ehy to the E. At its W end Rivire Assinie joins with Canal dAssinie, which leads W to GrandBassam (10.39). Chart 3113 plan Axim Bay

10.43 General information. Akwida Cove (445N 202W) with a rocky knoll at its W entrance point extends E to a small peninsula crowned by a ruined fort. the cove is divided into two small bays; the W of which is obstructed by rocks, but the E affords tolerably good landing on the beach at HW. In the wet season (April to July and September to midNovember), a stream flows into the cove close to the point which separates the two bays. The entrance to the cove is not more than 1 cables wide with a depth of 64 m in midchannel over a sandy bottom, but the depths shoal rapidly towards the beach. Reefs extend about 1 cables SW from both the entrance points to Akwida Cove.

Dix Cove
1

River Ankwao
1

10.41 Description. The entrance to River Ankwao (454N 216W) is fronted by a bar. Boats should not attempt to cross it without local knowledge. It was reported (1930) that the bar was navigable at HW in good weather by craft with a draught of 18 m. Several rocks, above and below water, the outermost of which dries 06 m, lie close outside the entrance to the river, 3 cables NW of Akrumasi Point (10.22) which forms the SE entrance point. Esamang stands on the W bank of

10.44 General information. Dix Cove is entered between Amoakofre Point (4472N 1568W) (10.24) and a point 2 cables farther NE. The cove is encumbered by reefs but there is room to moor small craft. Dix Cove Town extends from a fort standing on the N side of the cove to a pool which is stagnant except during a portion of the wet season; the pool then becomes a resort for alligators. At night the lights of the town are visible. At LW and with fresh S breezes, the sea breaks across the entire entrance to Dix Cove, but it seldom happens that the local inhabitants cannot get off to a vessel in their canoes.

312

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

In fine weather, ships boats can generally land and find shelter in the cove; the bottom is sandy with a depth of 1 m among the rocks. Landmarks. A square fort with white walls 9 m in height, with a house on it, is prominent standing above the NE entrance point. Directions. A black abovewater rock cable S of the NE entrance point, lies at the SW end of a shore reef extending 3 cables NE. A conical rocky islet, 1 cable W of the NE entrance point, is prolonged 1 cable SE by a reef. Very narrow channels lie on either side of the reef and lead into the cove. The E channel has a least depth of 1 m; which depth is found abreast the rocky islet. This channel is generally preferred, but leads close W of the black abovewater rock. The W channel has a depth of 18 m in it.

2 miles NNE and about 2 miles NE to the coast S of Sekondi Lagoon.

Approach and entry

1

10.50 The port can be approached from between NE to SE through E. The entrance to the harbour is about 1 cable wide, faces N and lies between the heads of the breakwaters.

Traffic
1

10.51 In 2004 there were 453 vessel movements totalling 9 946 793 dwt.

Port Authority
1

Aboadi
1

10.45 Landing. Good landing can be effected under the shelter of the reef extending E from Aboadi Point (4581N 1387W) (10.15), E of the village of Aboadi which stands at the foot of the hillock above the point. A wreck over which there is a depth of 08 m, lies about 1 miles S of Aboadi Point.

10.52 Ghana Ports and harbour Authority, PO Box 708, Takoradi, Ghana.

Limiting conditions
1

TAKORADI General information

Chart 3102 and plan of Takoradi

Position
1

10.53 Controlling depth. There is a depth of 106 m (reported 1995) at the entrance. Deepest berth: Mooring Buoy Berth No 1, draught 109 m. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 11 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. Oil Berth; Tanker, LOA 1826 m, maximum draught 89 m, dwt 44,696.

10.46 Port of Takoradi (453N 145W).

Arrival information Port radio

1

Function
1

10.47 The port mainly exports bauxite. Other exports include manganese ore, cocoa, timber products and palm oil. Imports include cotton goods, petroleum products, clinker, wheat, hardware and provisions. Sekondi and Takoradi which form a single municipality had a population of 103 653 in 1988.

10.54 There are coast and port radio stations at Takoradi. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 1 (1) and 6 (3).

Notice of ETA
1

Topography
1

10.55 ETA should be sent 24 hours prior to arrival and confirmed when within 30 miles of the port. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

10.48 The town of Takoradi and its harbour lie close N of Takoradi Point (4526N 1450W). The town stands on the slopes of the hills W of the harbour. Takoradi Bay consists of a bight in the coast between Takoradi Harbour and Sekondi Point, 3 miles NE. The town of New Takoradi stands on Poasi Bluffs, 1 miles N of Lee Breakwater (10.62), and Poasi Bay lies close N of New Takoradi. Barracouta Rock, with a depth of 56 m over it lies 2 cables E of Poasi Bluffs. Fetish Rock, with the town of Nkontompo behind it, lies on the shore 7 cables NNE of Poasi Bluffs. Ekuase, a town standing at the foot of a hill, is situated 1 mile NE of Fetish Rock; a clump of palm trees stands at the SW end of the village. Sekondi Lagoon lies close NE of Ekuase.

Outer anchorages
1

10.56 Takoradi Bay affords more shelter than any other anchorage between Sierra Leone and Bioco (Fernando Po) (see Africa Pilot Volume II). The rollers, which W of Takoradi Point (10.25) generally break in depths of over 4 m, are comparatively slight in Takoradi Bay. The bottom is generally sand and mud but in the S portion it is rocky.

Pilotage
1

10.57 Pilotage is compulsory and available between 0600 to 1800 for arrivals and between 0600 and 2300 for departures. The pilot boards 6 cables NE of the head of Main Breakwater. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Port limits
1

Tugs
1

10.49 The port limits, which can best be seen on the chart, extend about 2 miles ESE from Takoradi Point, thence

10.58 Tugs of up to 1350 hp are available. Tug assistance is compulsory, the tugs usually join the vessel outside of the

313

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

port entrance. One tug is normally assigned to a vessel which has a bow thruster.

Traffic regulations
10.59 Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in an area, best seen on the chart and plan, in the N approach to the harbour entrance.

Quarantine
1

10.60 The quarantine anchorage, about 6 cables N of Lee Breakwater, is indicated on the chart and plan of this area.

A tide gauge is situated close W of the Tug Wharf on the S side of the Lee Breakwater. Swell. There is sometimes a scend in the harbour and appropriate moorings are required to secure a vessel alongside. Currents. See 1.247. Local weather. Predominant winds are from SW. Squalls. The seasons for thundery squalls are from about midFebruary to the beginning of June, and from midOctober to midDecember. See 1.282. The squalls come from between NE and SE, more usually the former direction and at least one from E has reached a velocity of 50 kn. See 10.64 for squall signals.

Notice of medical requirements

10.61 It is essential for the Agent to be notified in advance of any medical attention required so that arrangements for treatment can be carried out immediately on the vessels arrival.
1

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 10.25)

Principal marks
10.66 Landmarks: Hotel (over 30 m in height) (4527N 1453W). Tall Buildings (4527N 1451W). Prince of Wales clock tower (grey column surmounted by a cupola, 48 m in height) (4530N 1452W). Signal Station (4531N 1451W). Three oil tanks (4531N 1447W). Clock tower (49 m in height) (4537N 1450W), standing in the technical school. Three radio masts (63 m to 78 m in height) (4541N 1451W), red obstruction lights. Major lights: Takoradi Light (4531N 1451W) (10.27). Fort Orange Light (4560N 1424W) (10.27).

Harbour General layout

1

10.62 Takoradi Harbour is an artificial harbour formed by two breakwaters; Main Breakwater which extends E, from the shore 2 cables ENE of Takoradi Point, thence NNE along the N side of Takoradi Reef (10.25), and Lee Breakwater which extends E from the shore 4 cables N of the root of the Main Breakwater.

Development
1

10.63 Development plans include extending the main breakwater and Clinker Jetty (see 10.70). The log pond is to be reclaimed for use as a container handling area.

Entry
1

Squall signals
1

10.64 See 1.57 for signals displayed at the signal station (10.66) on the approach of a line squall or thunderstorm.

Natural conditions
1

10.65 Tidal streams set in and out of the harbour entrance, and run parallel with Lee Breakwater. Their effect is slightly noticeable in the E part of the harbour, but elsewhere they may be disregarded.

10.67 From a position SE of Takoradi Point (4 52 6N 1450W) the track leads N, passing (with positions relative to Takoradi Light (4531N 1451W)): E of a stranded wreck (8 cables S), thence: E of the remains of a stranded wreck (8 cables SSE), with a height of 5 m above chart datum, thence: E of the remains of another stranded wreck (1 miles ESE), with a height of 15 m above chart datum, thence:

Takoradi Lee Breakwater (10.62)

(Original dated 2002) (Photograph MV Doulos)

314

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

E of the Main Breakwater Light (1 miles E) with a dangerous wreck (position approximate) lying 2 cables farther E from it, thence: Clear of a wreck (2 miles E) with a depth of 85 m over it. Thence the track leads WNW to the pilot embarkation position (4536N 1436W) noting the obstruction lying 4 cables W from it. Useful marks: Lee Breakwater Head Light (4530N 1442W). Main Breakwater Head Light (metal structure, 8 m in height) (4531N 1440W). Church tower (40 m in height) (4539N 1453W). Tower (4540N 1449W).

North Log Quay extends E from the S end of Cocoa Wharf, and to the S of this quay are the sawn timber sheds with Docks No 1 and No 2 for the use of lighters. Oil Berth and Bauxite Berth lie on the N side of Lee Breakwater. The Bauxite Berth has been partly dismantled and all that remains are four dolphins. At both these berths vessels secure to holdingoff buoys, and to bollards on the breakwater. Vessels no longer use Clinker Jetty, situated N of the Lee Breakwater, but discharge into motorised barges at the buoy berths. A shoal with a least depth of 5 m lies on the S side of the jetty head.

Port services Berths Repairs Anchorage berths

1

10.68 Anchorage can be obtained N of Lee Breakwater (10.62) in a depth of about 9 m, good holding ground. The anchorage berths are indicated on the chart and plan. Dangerous wrecks, best seen on the chart and plan, lie towards the shore from the W side of the charted anchorage. Vessels may anchor without taking a pilot.

10.71 Repairs are available. There is a small dry dock and a patent slip near the root of the Main Breakwater. The slipway can accomodate vessels of up to 500 tons and the drydock can accomodate vessels of up to 305 m in length, 76 m wide and 26 m draught.

Other facilities
1

Mooring buoys
1

10.69 There are numerous mooring buoy berths, best seen on the chart and plan, in Takoradi Harbour and Bay.

10.72 There is a port clinic and hospital. Deratting can be carried out, deratting and deratting exemption certificates can be issued. There are no oily waste, sludge or ballast reception facilities. Garbage disposal facilities are available.

Supplies Alongside berths

1

10.70 There are five numbered berths on the S side of Lee Breakwater. At the W end of Manganese Berth, the W of these berths, the slope of the breakwater protrudes under water. The Tug Wharf lies W of Manganese Berth The wharf extending W of the tide gauge is used by fishing vessels. Cocoa Wharf, at the W end of the harbour, is used for lighterage.

10.73 Fuel oil is available by road tanker. Fresh water is available, with delivery by water lighters.

Communications
1

10.74 The local airport is exclusively used by the Ghana Air Force. The commercial airport is at the capital Accra, approximately 232 km from Takoradi.

Takoradi Berths 1 to 4 (10.70)

(Original dated 2002) (Photograph MV Doulos)

315

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

ABOADI POINT TO TEMA

granite boulder lies on the coast about 1 miles NE of Cape Coast. The land adjacent to Queen Anns Point (10.89) is hilly and covered with trees. The coast between Moree Point, standing 1 mile NE of Queen Anns Point, and Anashun Point, 2 miles ENE, is bold consisting partly of sand and partly rock. Great Tree Hills, covered with remarkable large trees, lie 5 miles NW of Anashun Point. Adakrabo (5120N 1134W), the highest of these hills, attains an elevation of 133 m. The coast between Anashun Point and Egyaa Point (5106N 1064W), 3 miles ENE, is foul with rocks extending up to 3 cables offshore. Kromantse town, 1 miles NE of Kromantse Fort (10.90), stands at the corner of a ridge of high ground on the E side of the valley drained by a river. The town can be identified by some tall trees, the tops of which having an elevation of 80 m, and may be seen from the anchorage off Cape Coast (10.100). At Kromantse, the character of the coast changes to an unbroken line of straight sandy beach leading 15 miles E to the village of Aboano. In this stretch, which is cleared of trees and covered with long grass, the approach to the coast is clear without any offlying rocks. The coast is very low with occasional villages each standing in a clump of coconut trees. Amisa River enters the sea through Amisa Lagoon, 4 miles E of Kromantse, and is reported to come from a long distance in the interior; its source being close to that of River Pra (10.94). In April, the current of Amisa River may just be strong enough to force a small channel through the sand, not sufficiently wide for a canoe to enter but it is said to be deep within. Nakwa River, 6 miles farther E, spreads into Nakwa Lagoon within the breach in April, but in May it may open a channel and discharge a large volume of water. There are a few other smaller rivers on this stretch of the coast. The village of Nakwa (512N 056W) stands on the W end of Nakwa Lagoon. The villages of Ekumpoano, Akra, Muna and Aboano stand on the coast 1 miles, 2 miles, 4 miles and 5 miles, respectively, E of Nakwa. Two salt water lagoons lie close W of Muna and Aboano behind which the land rises. 10.79 The coast from Aboano village to Tantum Point (5129N 0483W), 2 miles E, is composed alternately of rock and sand. Babli Point stands 1 mile NE of Tantum Point, and Dankor is a village standing on rising ground near a grove of tall trees close NW of Babli Point. Sumina Lagoon lies close N of Dankor. Obusmadi Hill, tabletopped and 146 m high, lies 3 miles N of Babli Point and is an excellent mark for this part of the coast. The coast NE of Babli Point (5134N 0474W) is formed of several small bays separated by points with some detached rocks in their vicinity close offshore. Dwomba (10.90), a town standing on the NE part of a double point of rock, is situated 2 miles NE of Babli Point. A sandy beach, about 1 mile long, extends from 5 cables NE of Dwomba to within 5 cables of Apam Point (5170N 0435W). Between the NE end of the beach and Apam Point, the coast is fringed with rocks. The bight N of Apam Point is shallow and sheltered by the point and its offlying rocks. The landing is good and dry for a canoe but too shoal for ordinary boats. The coast between the head of the bight and Abakum, a village

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 1360
2

Area covered
1

10.75 This section describes the coastal route, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from Aboadi Point (4581N 1387W) to Tema (537N 001E), about 107 miles ENE. It is arranged as follows: Coastal Route (10.76). Saltpond Oilfield (10.96). Tema (10.109).

COASTAL ROUTE General information

Charts 3113, 3432
4

Route
1

10.76 From a position 3 miles E of Takoradi Main Breakwater Head Light (4532N 1440W) (10.67) the route leads ENE and NE for 112 miles to a position E of the Tema Breakwater Head Light (5375N 0011E) (10.86).

Topography
1

10.77 The coast from the mouth of Pra River (10.94), about 3 miles NNW of Aboadi Point (10.15), to Kafodzidzi, a point composed of prominent red cliffs, is a straight beach 4 miles long. The highest land in the vicinity of the cliffs has an elevation of 75 m. The coast between Kafodzidzi (5020N 1333W) and Gold Hill, 3 miles E, is composed of a sandy beach. The coast between Gold Hill and Komenda, standing on a low rocky point 1 mile ENE, is low and fronted by reefs. The village of AmpenyiAyensudu stands 5 cables NE of Ampenyi Point (5033N 1266W) (10.89) and the town of Breni Akyim is situated 2 cables farther ENE. A lagoon lies behind the beach between the village and the town. The land in this vicinity is broken into small hills, and one of the highest of these has an elevation of 52 m. The coast from Nkwanda, a village standing on the beach 3 miles ENE of Ampenyi Point, to Elmina Point (10.89), 3 miles ENE, is a hard sandy beach. The land behind this beach rises to downs of moderate elevation at various distances from the beach. These downs are covered with scrub interspersed with patches of cultivation. The coast from Elmina Point (5048N 1208W) to Cape Coast (10.100), 6 miles ENE, is bordered by a sandy beach with regular soundings offshore. The only exception being near the W part of the beach where there are two small rivers, each closed by a bar, with a rocky coastline between them. 10.78 The coast between Cape Coast (506N 0115W) and Queen Anns Point, 2 miles NE, consists of many small bays, and rocky points with rocks close to them, on which there is an almost continuous line of breakers. A large

316

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

standing 1 miles NE of Apam Point, consists of a sandy beach. Egyasimanku Hill, 3 miles NE of Apam Point, is a bold conspicuous headland with a steep ascent from the sea; its summit , 180 m high, being the E of two peaks. When viewed from SE, it appears as a single conical hill with a flat top and is covered with scrub. Yenku Hill, 231 m high, lies 5 miles NNW and Osi Hill, 83 m high, lies 3 miles NNE of Egyasimanku Hill. Muni Lagoon, which is open to the sea only at the height of the wet season, lies about 1 mile E of Egyasimanku Hill. Winneba (10.104), standing close E of Muni Lagoon, lies in a hollow between two arms of slightly higher ground which extend to the sea forming a steep rocky coast on either side of the town. The surrounding country is rather low and undulating, with some areas liable to flooding. It is covered in general more with brushwood than forest. The higher ground on both sides of the town is about 30 m high and largely covered with medium trees. 10.80 Oyibi Lagoon enters the sea close E of Winneba. The entrance to the sea is always open, and is partially sheltered by the curve of the coast and by adjacent rocks. Two rivers, Ayensu and Akora flow into the lagoon, and the village of Nsuekyir stands between them. The coast from Oyibi Lagoon entrance to Meredith Point (5226N 0298W), 6 miles ENE, is bordered by a sandy beach, but thence becomes rocky again. The coast is low but a short distance inland it rises gradually to hills mostly bare of trees but covered with low stunted bushes; the highest of these hills has an elevation of 114 m about 2 miles WNW of Meredith Point. Obosumnyinye Hill, 158 m high with a grove on its summit, stands 6 miles NW of Meredith Point. Mount Appra generally known as The Paps, 217 m high, with two remarkable hummocks, stands 9 miles N of Meredith Point. Ahiresu, extending 6 miles NE/SW with the central part 324 m high and with the appearance of a camels hump, rises 15 miles NNW of Meredith Point. All the hills appear to rise out of an extensive plain. The coast from Beraku Point, 6 cables NE of Meredith Point, to Fete Bay, 2 miles NE, is formed of small sandy bights between rocky points at the bases of which lie a few rocks. The land rises to a moderately high ridge extending parallel to the coast as far as the bay. Beraku Hill, 101 m high, rises 2 miles NNW of Beraku Point. The coast from abreast the reef (10.91) in Fete Bay to the village of Nyanyanu is clean. Nyanyanu stands amongst a grove of tall trees 4 miles NE of Fete Point, and at the foot of the village River Nyanya and another river farther N enter Nyana Lagoon and thence enter the sea through a common mouth. A few rocks lie off the entrance and thence a beach, safe to approach, extends 12 miles ENE to Accra. 10.81 Dampa Hill (The Cooks Loaf) (5293N 0228W), is a remarkable hill 101 m high forming the SW end of a range of hills extending NE. The village of Oshiyie stands 1 miles ENE of Dampa Hill with the village of Kokrobite in between. Densu River enters the sea 1 miles E of Oshiye and a plateau lies about 2 miles N of the village. Apart from McCarthy Hill, lying 6 miles NE of Dampa Hill, the land behind this stretch of the coast is marshy as far as the suburbs of Accra, 7 miles ENE. The coast from Accra (532N 012W) to the port of Tema, 14 miles ENE, is generally low and featureless. A low ridge, about 24 m high to the tops of the trees, runs

along the coast, being broken at intervals by stretches of lowlying country and lagoons. These lagoons which are not open to the sea, generally keep a fairly constant level but rise during the rainy season; thereby inundating large areas behind the coastal ridge. The country in this area is generally grassy downland, interspersed withgroves of trees, bushes and scrub. Apart from coastal coconut plantations, it is sparsely cultivated. A sandy beach, with a few rocky patches on it, extends from Accra to Labadi, standing 2 miles ENE on rising ground in the centre of a grove of palms. The small town of Teshe, 3 miles ENE of Labadi, stands on a ridge running down to the sea where there are rocky cliffs 9 m high. With the exception of the cliffs at Teshe, the coast from Accra to Tema consists of a featureless, low and sandy beach.

Depths
1

10.82 Along the whole coast from Cape Coast (506N 114W) to Accra, 68 miles ENE, the soundings are regular, shoaling gradually towards the coast up to depths of 5 m, which is as close as boats can generally approach the surf. By keeping outside the 10 m line all dangers will be avoided with the exception of the dangerous wreck (5279, 0197W) (10.92). The bottom is fine grey sand with broken shells and sometimes mud. The coast from Labadi (5337N 0098W) to Tema, is free from oflying dangers outside the 10 m line, which lies about 1 mile off Labadi closing to about 3 cables off Tema. The sea bed in the approaches to the port of Tema rises steeply to the continental shelf, about 15 miles offshore. Thence the slope is fairly steep to the 100 m line, and thereafter very gradual to the shore. The bottom consists mainly of fine grey sand and shell with a few patches of mud and coarse yellow sand.

Hazards
1

10.83 Marine exploitation. Offshore oil and gas activity is centred in position 502N 106W, as shown on the chart. Numerous structures usually marked by aids to navigation, other unlit objects, submerged obstructions and well heads, sometimes marked by buoys, may exist in the area indicated. As these features are not all charted special caution should be excercised by vessels navigating in the vicinity. Fishing areas. All the villages between Accra (532N 012W) and Prampram (542N 007E) (11.22), 20 miles NE, maintain fleets of fishing canoes which fish with drift nets, moored nets and hand lines anywhere out to the 200 m line.

Traffic regulations
1

10.84 Prohibited area. An entry prohibited area off Accra, shown on the chart, extends 5 miles from the coast, centred on Christiansborg Castle (5326N 0110W) (10.93). In an emergency, mariners forced to violate this prohibition are required to contact Tema Naval Base or Tema Port Authority. Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in an area, shown on the chart, off Accra within 10 miles radius of Christianborg Castle (10.93). In an emergency, mariners forced to violate this prohibition are required to contact Tema Naval Base or Tema Port Authority.

317

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

Submarine cables and pipelines

1

10.85 Numerous submarine cables and pipelines, best seen on the chart, lie off Accra within the limits of a prohibited area (10.84).

abovewater rocks front the coast, extending 3 miles W from Aborobeano. Thence: SSE of Gold Hill (10 miles WSW), an isolated hummock which has a remarkable appearance when seen from W. Foul ground with depths of 5 m to 9 m extends nearly 1 miles SE from the point on which Gold Hill stands. 10.89 Thence the track continues ENE, passing: SSE of Ampenyi Point (6 miles WSW), which is low, with a reef extending 1 cables E from it. This reef is separated from Kassa Reefs, which extend 1 mile farther E, by a boat channel with depths of 37 m leading inshore of the reefs. There is a depth of 6 m clse to the outer edge of the reefs. High rollers and surf occur at times on these reefs. Thence: SSE of Nkwanda (2 miles WSW), a village standing on the beach. Busum Accra Reefs fringe the coast from about 8 cables W to about 1 miles E of Nkwanda. The reefs show themselves in four distinct patches on which the rollers break heavily. Thence: SSE of Elmina Point, the E extremity of a low rocky peninsula, which forms the S shore of Elmina Bay (10.98). The ruins of Fort Saint George stand close W of the point. A reef extends about 1 cable E of the point and dries 06 m at its outer edge. Rollers break from 1 cables to 3 cables from the point according to the state of tide and swell. Thence: SSE of an unnamed point (6 miles ENE), composed of a great mass of red sandstone, with Cape Coast Castle standing on it. The town of Cape Coast (10.100) stands behind the castle. Thence: SSE of Queen Anns Point (8 miles ENE) which is bold and steep with the village of Ekon and the ruins of a fort standing on its summit, thence: SSE of Moree Point (9 miles ENE). A ruined fort which is difficult to distinguish against the dark background stands on an eminence above the point. A rock with two black heads, on which the sea breaks, lies 2 cables E of Moree Point. Between the rock and the point there is a channel with a depth of 37 m in it. River Bruka, which flows into a large lagoon and whose mouth is also closed by a bar, lies 1 miles NE of Moree Point. 10.90 Thence the track continues ENE, passing: SSE of Anashun Point (12 miles ENE) with Biriwa Rock, over which the sea breaks, lying 7 cables ENE from it. The village of Biriwa stands on the coast 3 cables NNW of the rock. There are depths of 55 m between the rock and the village, and depths of 73 m close outside the rock. Thence: SSE of Egyaa Point (15 miles ENE) with rocks extending 3 cables from it. A village stands on the point with a hill rising above it. Thence: SSE of Kromantse Fort (16 miles ENE) (10.102), standing on a bold rocky base. Abandzu village stands on the slope of a hill on the W side of Kromantse Fort. Thence: Clear of APG 1 (20 miles E) (10.86), an offshore production platform. Thence the track continues ENE, passing (with positions relative to Apam Point (5170N 0437W)): SSE of Tantum Point (6 miles SW) with the village of Otuam standing on the point, thence:

Directions
(continued from 10.27)

Principal marks
1

10.86 Offshore mark: APG 1 platform Light (5048N 1004W). Major lights: Takoradi Light (4531N 1451W) (10.20). Fort Orange Light (4560N 1424W) (10.20). Accra Light (grey round tower, red top, 28 m in height) (5318N 0127W). Tema Main Breakwater Head Light (5 37 5N 0011E). Tema Lee Breakwater Head Light (5 37 6N 0010E). Chemu Point Light (black structure, white stripes) (5387N 0015E).

Other aid to navigation

1

10.87 Racon: Tema Main Breakwater Head Lightas above. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Passage
1

10.88 From a position 3 miles E of Takoradi Main Breakwater Head Light (4531N 1440W), the track leads ENE passing (with positions relative to Elmina Point (5048N 1208W)): SSE of Aboadi Point (19 miles WSW) (10.15) with Roani Bank (10.31) lying 3 miles S. Basubu Rocks, lying off a rocky point 8 cables NE of Aboadi Point, are fringed by a reef extending 5 cables E of them. Reefs and foul ground, extending as much as 8 cables offshore, lie between Bassubu Rocks and the town of Shama 1 miles farther N. Thence: SSE of Aboadi SBM Berth (18 miles WSW) (10.34), thence: SSE of Shama Fort (17 miles WSW) (10.97), which is prominent and stands on rising ground behind the town of Shama. A detached rock, with a depth of 27 m over it, and which generally breaks, lies 1 mile SE of Shama Fort. Another rock, with a depth of 3 m over it and with a rocky and uneven bottom in its vicinity, lies 1 mile E of the fort. Thence: SSE of Pra Rock (16 miles WSW), which is small, with a depth of 18 m over it; there are depths of 55 m close around it. Thence: SSE of Aborobeano (11 miles WSW), a village standing on the W bank of River Ante; the mouth of the river is only open in the wet season. Large

318

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

SSE of Babli Point (5 miles SW), a large black rock on each side of which there is foul ground. The village of Dankor stands NW of Babli Point. Thence: SSE of a rocky head (2 miles SW) (reported 1899, position approximate) with a depth of 58 m over it,. The town of Dwomba stands 6 cables NW of the shoal. A rock, which breaks, lies close offshore, 5 cables NE of Dwomba; there are depths of 46 m close around the rock. 10.91 Thence the track continues ENE, passing: SSE of Apam Point, which is fringed by rocks above and below water. The point appears like a small hummock on the E side of a saddle shaped hill which rises immediately from the sea. A ruined fort standing on the hummock, helps to identify the point. A dangerous wreck (position approximate) lies 1 mile ESE of Apam Point. Thence: SSE of Kitchoru Point (2 miles NE), fringed with rocks and dominated by a steep hill. Assakri Black Rocks, two groups of rocks above and below water, lie about 1 mile SW of Kitchoru Point. A heavily breaking reef, about 2 cables broad and 1 mile in length, extends E from Kitchoru Point to the foot of Egyasimanku Hill (10.79). Mankwadze, a village standing on the E side of a lagoon, is situated about midway between Kitchoru Point and Egyasimanku Hill. Thence: SSE of Winneba (7 miles ENE) (10.104), a holiday resort. with conspicuous buildings standing on its SE waterfront, thence: SSE of Meredith Point (14 miles ENE), the S point of SenyaBeraku, a large town, thence: SSE of Beraku Point (15 miles ENE), the SE point of SenyaBeraku, is moderately high, rugged and dirty red in colour. On an eminence above it stands a ruined fort. Thence: SSE of Fete Point (17 miles ENE), which is sandy on its SW side but is a rocky cliff on its NE side and forms the S entrance point to Fete Bay (10.105). A reef projects 2 cables offshore about 6 cables NNE of Fete Point. 10.92 Thence the track continues ENE, clear of the entry prohibited area (10.84), passing (with positions relative to Accra Light (5318N 0127W)): SSE of a dangerous wreck (8 miles WSW), with two masts of the sunken vessel just visible at HW, thence: SSE of Accra Light (10.86), standing close SW from James Fort. The city of Accra (533N 012W) extends N of the point on which the fort stands. A stranded wreck lies 5 cables E, and a wreck with a depth of 3 7 m over it lies 9 cables ESE, respectively, of Accra Light. Thence the track leads NE, passing: SE of Nungua Point (9 miles ENE), which is the SW of two points of land, 7 cables apart, and is fringed with rocky ledges. Thence: SE of Greenwich Rock (12 miles ENE), lying 1 cables offshore, 2 m high and easily identifiable against the white background of the beach. Thence: SSE of Tema Main Breakwater Head Light (15 miles ENE) (10.86). Thence:

10.93 Useful marks: Mast (red and white bands, elevation 210 m) (5069N 1145W), red obstruction lights. Christiansborg Castle (white, standing on a rocky point at the end of red cliffs) (5326N 0110W). Accra airport light (exhibited from roof of hangar, 19 m in height) (5358N 0105W). Radio mast (5340N 0099W), red obstruction lights. Tower (5357N 0046W) at Nungua. Chimney (168 m in height) (5397N 0013E), red obstruction lights. (Directions for Tema continue at 10.125 and for the coastal passage at 11.20)

Rivers
Chart 3113

River Pra
1

10.94 General information. River Pra which enters Shama Bay (10.97) between two lagoons 1 mile NE of Shama Fort (5005N 1378N), has been examined for only about 2 miles above its mouth where it is about cable wide. There is a depth of about 06 m on the bar which is impassable by ordinary boats, but the local inhabitants take their canoes in and out of the river. The banks of the river, fringed by mangroves, are only about 1 m high.

River Anwin
1

10.95 General information. River Anwin, the mouth of which is sheltered by Elmina Point (5048N 1208W) (10.89), enters the sea immediately N of Fort Saint George (10.98). The entrance to this river has a depth of 1 m and lies between stone embankments crossed at their upper end by a wooden bridge with two arches 6 m wide and 18 m above HW. Above the bridge, for a short distance, the lagoon is about 12 m wide with a depth in midchannel of 1 m over a sandy bottom. The town of Elmina extends round the shores of the bay N of the mouth of River Anwin. Tidal streams. On the rising tide there is an indraught to River Anwin. At the mouth of the river the tidal streams run strongly at springs. Landing can be effected in ships boats in River Anwin at high water during the dry season when the surf is not very high, but it is unsafe near LW. In making for the river, the mouth of it should be kept open so as to avoid the reef extending from Elmina Point. Ordinary boats should only land on the beach of Elmina Bay at HW.

Saltpond oilfield
Charts 3113, 3432

General information
1

10.96 Position. Platform APG 1 (5048N 1004W), moored about 7 miles SSE of the town of Saltpond (10.103). Function. Export of Saltpond crude oil via a 366 m long floating hose; loading rate of 20 000 tonnes per day. Terminal Authority. Agripetco Ghana Inc. Controlling depth: 26 m. Tug is available to assist with mooring and connection of hoses.

319

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

Anchorages and harbours

Chart 3113

Shama Bay
1

10.97 Description. Shama Bay (5 007N 1358W) lies between Aboadi Point (10.15) and the red cliffs of Kafodzidzi (10.77). The bay affords considerable protection from the swell even in the wet season. The ground W of Shama Fort rises considerably above it, but to the N slopes into flat country witha hill 9 miles N of the fort. Some hills can be seen to the NW. Anchorage can be obtained in Shama Bay 1 to 2 miles ESE of the fort in a depth of 13 m, as shown on the chart. The approach to Shama Fort is obstructed with reefs which are visible at LW. A narrow winding boat channel leads through the reefs which can be taken if the surf is not too high. At HW the reef is covered, with the exception of a few large boulders, and the sea breaks heavily, obscuring this channel. Landing can be effected E of the fort, though canoes can find their way through the W part of this reef. Useful mark: Shama Fort (white square building, surrounded by a wall with bastions at the angle and a flagstaff with an elevation of 226 m) (5005N 1378N).

Elmina Bay
1

10.98 Anchorage can be obtained off Elmina Bay, with positions relative to Fort Saint George (5048N 1209W): 1 miles SE, in a depth of 13 m, sand, shells and mud; 9 cables E, in a depth of 9 m, black mud; 2 cables offshore, in a depth of 5 m, fine black sand with fair holding ground. At night, a vessel can if necessary, anchor 5 miles offshore between Elmina Point (10.89) and Cape Coast (10.100), 6 miles ENE, in a depth of 24 m. Current. In Elmina Bay the current sets E and follows the direction of the shore. Useful marks: Fort Saint George (ruined white structure) (5048N 1209W). Fort Saint Jago (ruined white structure, standing on a hill about 30 m high) (5049N 1211W).

shore 3 cables WSW of Cape Coast Castle. Mumford Point, with the village of Amanful close WNW, lies 5 cables NE of the castle. Anchorages. During the dry season (December to March) (1.280) anchorage can be obtained about 5 cables SE of Cape Coast Castle in a depth of about 9 m. In the wet season, when there is usually a long swell, it will be prudent to anchor about 1 miles SE of the castle in a depth of 18 m. Anchorage can be obtained about 1 mile S of the castle in a depth of 13 m where the swell is reported to be less than it is to the E. In the event of squalls heavy rollers will come in without any warning, and a longer scope of cable is advised if squalls are forecast. Small vessels can obtain anchorage anywhere off the castle in depths of not less than 55 m. Landing can be effected in a small bay under the NE bastion of Cape Coast Castle behind some rocks which generally afford some shelter from the sea. During the dry season landing in ordinary boats is frequently practicable. Useful marks: Cape Coast Castle (5060N 1145W) (10.89). Fort Victoria (white, standing on a hill) (5062N 1150W). Mast (5060N 1148W). Tower (5061N 1147W). Cathedral Spire (5062N 1147W). Chapel Spire (5062N 1146W). Fort William (grey, standing on a hill) (5063N 1147W), with a signal station in it. Mast (red and white bands, elevation 210 m) (5069N 1145W), red obstruction lights. Facilities. There are two hospitals in the town of Cape Coast. Chart 3432

Anomabu
1

Komenda
1

10.99 Description. A lagoon lies close E of the point on which Komenda (503N 130W) stands. Two ruined forts lie on either side of the lagoon, that on the W side, on which there is a Government rest house, being in a better state of preservation. Each fort, except on the seaward side, is surrounded by a village; the village round the E fort being of considerable size. Landing. Tolerably good landing will be found in the little recess of the beach between the forts at the mouth of the lagoon, the waters of which seldom break through in the heaviest rains.

10.101 Description. The town of Anomabu comprises of several white houses and a prominent white church, with a square tower. Anomabu Fort (5103N 1072W), white with square regular bastions, stands in front of the town at the entrance to a cove with a flat sandy beach. A Government rest house stands on the ramparts of the fort. Anchorage can be obtained about 2 miles SE of the fort in a depth of 16 m, good holding ground of blue mud with sand and shells. Anchorage can also be obtained closer in according to the season, in a depth of 11 m, as shown on the chart.

Kromantse Fort
1

10.102 Landing. The usual landing place is in a small sandy bay on the E side of the fort. Useful marks: Kromantse Fort (square building of reddish earth, about 30 m high on each side with bastions at the angles and an outwork) (5114N 1056W). Tower (445 m high), standing on SW side of fort.

Saltpond
1

Cape Coast
1

10.100 Description. The town of Cape Coast (506N 115W) is an administrative centre. Fosu Lagoon, which is separated from the sea by a ridge of beach, lies 7 cables W of Cape Coast Castle. A large solitary rock lies close to the

10.103 Description. The town of Saltpond (512N 104W), is the principal commercial and administrative centre between Cape Coast (10.100) and Accra (532N 012W). Saltpond comprises many white houses. There are two prominent churches, one with a red spire and the other with two square towers. The town can also be identified by

320

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

a large building, constructed of red earth, standing on a height N of the town, and by a white bungalow which stands on a promontory E of the town. Anchorage can be obtained about 2 miles S of Saltpond, as shown on the chart, in a depth of 13 m, hard sand. Facilities. There is a hospital in Saltpond.

Useful mark: Square stone tower (5357N 0046W), standing on a summit. Chart 1380 plan Accra Roads

Accra
1

Winneba
1

10.104 General information. Winneba (520N 037W) is regarded locally as the holiday resort of the Republic of Ghana as it enjoys relatively cool breezes. A conspicuous customs shed, painted white with Customs in prominent black lettering on its seaward wall, stands on the water front cable N of the charted buildings (see Useful marks). Anchorage can be obtained about 8 cables SE of the Custom shed in a depth of 7 m. A wreck, not dangerous to surface navigation, lies 8 cables ESE (position approximate) of the charted buildings. Landing. There is no landing place for power boats, but the surf boats normally ply to and fro from a small sandy beach in front of the Custom shed. A certain amount of shelter is provided here by the offlying rocks, particularly at low water. These rocks extend about 1 cable from the shore and are about 15 m high. They should not be approached too closely by boats as there are other rocks in the vicinity which are barely awash at LW; local knowledge is required. The adjoining beaches to the N are used mainly by fishing boats. Facilities. There are two hospitals in Winneba. Useful marks: Buildings (white) (5201N 0372W). Church Spire (5203N 0374W). Radio Mast (5219N 0370W), red obstruction lights.

10.108 General information. Accra (532N 012W) is the capital and seat of government of The Republic of Ghana. In 1999 Accra had a population of 1 904 000. The city is fronted by red cliffs 76 m high. The small harbour of Accra is formed by a breakwater, the outer 9 m of which was reported (1957) to be collapsed, and a wooden and steel pier extending E from the shore, about 1 cables N of the breakwater. A stranded wreck lies about 2 cables E, and a wreck with a depth of 3 7 m over it lies 7 cables SE of the head of the breakwater, as shown on the chart. It was further reported (1992) that the harbour had fallen into disuse except by local fishermen. There is a N set inside the harbour. For details of prohibited entry and prohibited anchoring off Accra see 10.84.

TEMA General information

Chart 1380 plan Port of Tema

Position
1

10.109 Port of Tema (537N 001E).

Function
1

Fete Bay
1

10.110 Tema is the main port of the Republic of Ghana and in 1997 had a population of about 250 000. It is an artificial harbour which provides sheltered deep water berths and extensive port facilities. The chief exports are cocoa, petroleum and general cargo. The chief imports are general cargo, petroleum and oils. The port also handles transit cargoes for countries in the interior.

10.105 Description. Fete village (525N 028W) stands at the head of Fete Bay (10.91) on rising ground. Landing can be effected. in Fete Bay at the foot of the village; the rocks off Fete Point breaking the force of the swell. Under ordinary circumstances landing is practicable for a small boat.

Topography
1

10.111 The modern town of Tema stands on a ridge N of the Port, with Sakumo Lagoon to the W and Grove Point (11.15) to the E.

Approach and entry

1

Teshe
1

10.106 Landing off the town of Teshe (535N 007W) is extremely difficult and dangerous and is only practicable in surf boats within a small bay lying near the mouth of a lagoon, close NE of the town. Useful mark: Teshe Mission Church (low whiteroofed building, with a belfry at its E end) (5344N 0064W), prominent from the S and W.

10.112 The port can be approached from E through S to SW and entered between the heads of two breakwaters, which are about 244 m apart.

Traffic
1

10.113 In 2004 there were 1166 vessel movements totalling 23 846 876 dwt.

Port Authority
1

Nungua
1

10.107 Landing. Canoes may be beached, between Nungua Point (10.92) and the point lying about 7 cables NE, in a shallow bay. The village of Nungua which stands on rising ground about 5 cables inland, is almost hidden from seaward by trees.

10.114 Ghana Ports and Harbour Authority, PO Box 150, Tema, Ghana. Email: tema@ghanaports.net

Depths
1

10.115 Depths. Following dredging operations (1999) 125 m was reported (2001) available in the harbour entrance, with

321

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

up to 115 m available alongside certain berths. Siltation can reduce the charted depths within the harbours. Deepest Berth: No 2 Quay (10.130). Longest Berth: No 1 Quay (10.130). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 13 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1024 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 244 m.

Development
1

10.121 Development plans include dredging of further berths to a maximum depth of 10 m.

Hazards
1

Arrival information Port radio

1

10.122 Fishing. A good lookout is to be kept for the many native fishing craft operating within 10 miles of the coast. See 10.83. Swell. The harbour entrance is affected by swell, and heavy rolling may be experienced during entry.

Squall signals
1

10.116 There is a port and a coast radio station. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 1 (1) and 6 (3).

10.123 See 1.57 for signals displayed at the signal station (10.125) on the approach of a line squall or thunderstorm.

Notice of ETA
1

Natural conditions
10.124 Current. Guinea Current (1.251) sets NE along the coast at a rate of about kn, about 3 miles SE of port of Tema. Climate Information. See 1.291 and 1.307.

10.117 ETA should be sent as early as possible in advance. Vessels from Abidjan should also forward an ETA 48 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Directions for entering harbour Outer anchorages

1

(continued from 10.93)

10.118 Anchorage can be obtained off the port in depths of 16 to 30 m, good holding ground. Vessels should also avoid anchoring on a rocky ridge, with depths of 17 to 18 m over it, lying about 1 miles offshore between Tema and Breaker Point (10.128). Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an extensive area S and E of the harbour entrance, as shown on the chart.

Principal marks
1

Pilotage and tugs

1

10.119 Pilotage is compulsory in the main harbour for all vessels arriving, departing or shifting berth. Pilotage is available on a 24 hour basis, except for Tanker and Valco berths where only daylight operations are carried out. Pilotage is also available for both Fishing harbours on request. The pilot boards 1 mile E of Main Breakwater. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are available and are compulsory for all movements within the harbour.

10.125 Landmarks: Port Administration Building surmounted by Signal Station (95 m in height) (5379N 0002E). Chimney (5397N 0013E) (10.93). Major lights: Tema Main Breakwater Head Light (5 37 5N 0011E). Tema Lee Breakwater Head Light (5 37 6N 0010E). Chemu Point Light (5387N 0015E) (10.86).

Harbour General layout

1

10.120 The Main Breakwater extends ESE thence ENE from the shore 1 miles ENE from Greenwich Rock (10.92), and forms the S side of the harbour. Lee Breakwater, extending S from the shore 1 miles NE of the root of Main Breakwater, forms the E side of the main basin and the W side of Outer and Inner Fishing harbours. Within the main harbour, a turning basin of radius 225 m and 115 m in depth is reported completed (2001). Outer Fishing Harbour is protected on its S side by Outer South Breakwater which extends NE from the elbow of Lee Breakwater, and is enclosed on its N and E sides by Outer East Breakwater. Inner Fishing Harbour, lying N of Outer Fishing Harbour, is protected on its E side by East Breakwater.

Tema Chemu Pt Lt Ho (10.125)

(Original dated 1998) (Photograph Ghana Ports & Harbours Authority)

322

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 10

Other aid to navigation

1

10.126 Racon: Tema Main Breakwater Head Lightas above. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Approaches
1

10.127 Leading marks: Front, Chemu Point Light (10.86) Rear, Chimney (10.93), about 11 cables N. The alignment (351) of the above marks leads 5 cables E of the Main Breakwater head, to the vicinity of the pilot embarkation position (5375N 0021E). Attention is drawn to the two dangerous wrecks lying respectively 1 miles ESE (position approximate) and 2 miles ESE (position approximate) of Chemu Point Light.

0046E, about 3 miles ESE of Chemu Point Lighthouse. A submarine pipeline extends about 3 miles NW from the SPM, from which a light is exhibited, to land ashore in the vicinity of Grove Point (11.15). A Lightbuoy (porthand, spar) moored in position 5388N 0042E marks the end of a submarine pipeline, which extends about 11 cables WNW to join the submarine pipeline mentioned above. The above facility is enclosed by a restriced area as shown on the chart.

Alongside berths
1

Entrance
1

10.128 From the vicinity of the pilot embarkation position (5375N 0021E) the track leads W, passing (with positions relative to Main Breakwater Head Light (5375N 0011E): S of Breaker Point (1 miles NNE) with numerous wrecks, some of which are charted, lying up to 3 cables offshore between it and East Breakwater, the root of which lies 6 cables WSW, thence: S of Chemu Point Light (1 miles NNE), thence: S of the Outer South Breakwater Head (4 cables NNE) from which a light is exhibited. A 49 m patch lies 2 cables NE from the breakwater head. Thence: Between the heads of Main Breakwater and Lee Breakwater, thence to the desired berth within the harbour with the chart as the best guide. Useful marks: Silo (5377N 0003E). Radio mast (red and white) (5378N 0003E). Building (5380N 0001W), red obstruction lights. Outer South Breakwater Head Light (5 37 9N 0012E). Outer East Breakwater Head Light (5 37 94N 00116E).

10.130 Several numbered berths are situated on No 1 (overall length about 1280 m) and No 2 Quays (depth alongside 115 m), on the W side of the harbour and include facilities for RoRo and container vessels. The oil berth is situated on Lee Breakwater about 1 cable from its head and consists of three dolphins connected by a catwalk. A private berth, which has a dredged depth of 10 m alongside and operated by Valco (Volta Aluminium Company), lies on the E side of Lee Breakwater. A buoy (nonIALA) lies near the 10 m contour in the S approach to this berth.

Port services
1

Berths SPM
1

10.129 SPM. An SPM has been installed in position 5376N

10.131 Repairs are available. A slipway is situated at the root of Lee Breakwater with a fitting out quay extending SW from it. A dry dock, length 274 m, capacity 100 000 dwt, is situated at the SW end of the fitting out quay, and a ship breaking wharf lies close W of the dry dock. Other facilities: hospitals in Tema. Deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates issued. Sludge disposal is available by road tanker only. Garbage disposal facilities are available. Supplies. Fuel and diesel oils are available by road tanker and barge. Fresh water is laid on to quays. Provisions and stores are available. Communications. The nearest international airport is at Accra, 30 km WSW. Harbour regulations. Permission must be obtained before taking photographs. Rescue. Tema is a designated RCC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information.

323

Home

Contents

Index

Chapter 11 - Tema to Forcados River

7
30

30

30

30

30

30

30

TOGO 30 GHANA 11.31 1380 Lom

Kp 11.6 m 1380 8

BENIN 11.113
2812 Lagos 2812

NIGERIA
1385

11.75 1380 Cotonou

1384

30

11.56

1381

11.176

11 .15 7

3307 Koko 3306

11.209 Sapele
3307

5
3432
ts Por 3307

orc of F

& os ad

324
30 30 30
0306

1383

C. S

em .1 a 1 09 38 0

11

.1 4

t. P aul

N. Point 3321 S. Point

3305
33 ar 40 07 ri

10

1 W 1.2

30

t ru Bu

30 30

30

30 Longitude 3 East from Greenwich

30

30

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 11 TEMA TO FORCADOS RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 4209

Submarine pipelines
1

Scope of the chapter

1

11.1 This chapter covers the Atlantic coast of Africa from Tema (537N 001E) in Republic of Ghana to the Forcados River (522N 519E) in Republic of Nigeria. The chapter is divided into the following sections: Tema to Lom (11.13). Lom to Lagos (11.55). Lagos to Forcados River (11.153).

11.4 Numerous oil and gas submarine pipelines, best seen on the chart, exist in the area covered by this chapter. See 1.14.

Fishing vessels
1

11.5 Fishing vessels, many unlit, may be encountered along the entire stretch of this coast. When near the coast a sharp lookout for canoes should be kept.

Topography
1

Piracy
1

11.2 Bight of Benin lies between Cape Saint Paul (11.23) and Cape Formoso (12.13), 325 miles ESE and the coast includes part of Ghana, all of Togo and Benin, and part of the coast of Nigeria. The shores of the bight form a long monotonous, low, flat beach with no inland eminence visible from the offing. The elevation of the ground seldom exceeds 3 m and even the most prominent clumps of trees are no more than 20 m high. The coast consists of sand and mud; bright yellow sand along the W twothirds of the shore line and sand and mud along the E side of the bight as well as on the margins of the estuaries of the many rivers. Such gentle undulations as may be discerned on the coast will prove to be only sandhills covered with a loamy crust and overgrown with brush and weeds. Here and there single trees may be seen, or groups of huts against a background of thicket or jungle; on the receding plain groups of trees seen from about 5 miles look like green cliffs. The whole of the W part of the shore of the bight is covered with jungle and groups of trees interspersed with many villages and detached huts. From Keta (11.30) the trees blend gradually into a continuous line as far as Agou (11.65), 45 miles ENE. Thence the trees on the coast terminate and the high beach is only here and there dotted with them. Throughout this long extent of coast forming the head of the bight, Lagos Harbour (11.113) is the only permanent opening or outfall for the water in the lagoons. But there are several partial breaks in the sandhills which form outfalls during the wet season from April to October forming remarkable straight vistas through the wooded belt, which appear as river openings, as the only indication; see 11.158.

11.6 Piracy is a constant threat in these waters, both at anchor and alongside a berth, ranging from petty thieving by a single person to attacks by armed groups. Anchoring close in should be avoided where possible and a good lookout maintained at all times for approaching craft, the boarding of the vessel by unauthorised personnel being strongly discouraged. In the event of an incident, little reliance should be placed upon the assistance of local authorities, which are reported as having failed to respond in the past. See 1.4.

Aids to navigation
1

11.7 The aids to navigation described in this chapter are unreliable. The lights may be extinguished and the buoys and beacons may be missing, unlit, or out of position.

Stowaways
1

11.8 It is reported that stowaways are a serious problem. A thorough search of the vessel is recommended, prior to departure, especially if the vessel is departing the coast.

Discoloured water
1

Marine exploitation
1

11.3 Numerous structures, usually marked by aids to navigation, other unlit objects, submerged obstructions and well heads, sometimes marked by buoys, exist in the area covered by this chapter. These features are not all charted due to their complexity and frequent change. Particular caution should be exercised by vessels navigating in the vicinity.

11.9 Much silt is discharged from the rivers in the SE part of Bight of Benin with every outgoing stream, discolouring the sea with a smelly brown scum for several miles offshore. This layer of scum, sometimes nearly a metre deep, is dark brown with a well defined and frothy margin which so contrasts with the blue of the sea as to appear like a shoal. This surface layer of scum moves and may affect the progress of a boat but not that of a vessel with a draught greater than that of the layer. During the wet season this discolouration may extend as far W as Ouidah Plage (619N 206E) (11.66) and up to 10 miles from the coast, while close offshore the outfall of the lagoons gives the sea a light green tint. The waters of Fleuve Mono (617N 152E) also discolour the sea well offshore, especially in the wet season (May to July).

Anchorages
1

11.10 Anchorage anywhere in Bight of Benin must be a matter of need rather than comfort for a vessel lies more or less

325

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

abeam to the swell according to the strength of the current and there is bound to be unceasing heavy rolling. Towards Cape Saint Paul (549N 058E) the swell is less heavy and the climate less disagreeable. At night a vessel should not anchor less than 1 mile offshore from any part of this coast (see 11.6) and even at this distance a second anchor should be ready in case a roller should snap the cable when there is no land breeze. In shore between Cape Saint Paul and Avons Deep (616N 357E) (11.159), 180 miles E, the anchor will instantly bury itself in mud although the upper layers of the bottom may be of sand.

discontinued on request from any naval, military or port authority, or from any Nigerian Coast Radio Station or authorized officer. Two months prior to arrival in Nigerian waters the agent must register a vessel with the Nigerian Ports Authority in order to obtain a Ship Entry Notice (SEN). This does not apply to tankers carrying petroleum products in bulk, or in ballst. Without a SEN the vesssel cannot enter Nigerian Territorial Waters. For details of VHF regulations see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Special requirementsNigerian waters

1

Landing
1

11.11 Before entering any of the creeks, rivers or channels in Nigerian waters, vessels are required to broadcast their intentions by radio and to keep continuous watch on 2182 kHz. Vessels should exchange positional information to facilitate safe navigation, but such messages are to be

11.12 Although the surf may occasionally appear practicable, landing anywhere between Cape Saint Paul (550N 058E) and the end of a sandy beach situated 60 miles E of Lagos should on no account be attempted, except in local canoes or properly equipped surf boats.

TEMA TO LOM GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 595 Old Ningo (545N 011E), a village, stands on the coast 4 miles ENE of Prampram; the beach between is fringed with rocky shoals. The coast for nearly 4 miles E from Old Ningo is fringed with a broad ledge of rocks. The edge of this ledge of rocks is nearly steepto with depths of 7 m as close to it as a boat can approach; heavy surf rolls over it incessantly. A lagoon, lying parallel with and close within the coast lies at the E end of this ledge. 11.16 An uninterrupted beach extends from the E edge (545N 014E) of the above mentioned ledge of rocks to the entrance of River Volta (11.25), 26 miles E. The coast is formed of a low clay cliff for the first 5 miles as far as the village of Kpongunor (547N 019E), and thence of a sandy ridge 4 to 5 m high with a few bushes on it, as far as Pute village, 13 miles farther E. This sandy ridge separates Songor Lagoon, an extensive salt water lagoon created by the overflowing of River Volta, from the sea. From aloft the whole face of the country appears as a wooded morass, and the surface of the lagoon is broken by large tracts of swamps, some covered by grass others by jungle, with a few high trees here and there. The village of Pute, standing just behind the beach near the E end of Songor Lagoon, is surrounded by an isolated group of coconut trees which from a distance, give it the appearance of an island. The coast, mile E of Pute (547N 032E), though intersected by swamps, is again covered with vegetation and thick groves of palms, mixed with jungle, which extends to the banks of River Volta. The coast from the entrance to River Volta (546N 040E) to Cape Saint Paul, 17 miles ENE, consists of a clean beach. For a distance of 7 miles E of the river entrance the land is covered with dense forest, principally of fan palms. Anyenui (547N 043E) stands 3 miles ENE of the entrance to River Volta and 5 cables inland. The whole coast of Cape Saint Paul, from a village 6 miles E of Anyenui, to the village of Keta, 5 miles N of the lighthouse, is only a narrow ridge or barrier of sand separating the sea from Keta Lagoon; several villages stand

Area covered
1

11.13 This section describes the coastal passage, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from Tema (537N 001E) to Lom (608N 117E), about 79 miles ENE. It is arranged as follows: Coastal Passage (11.14). Lom (11.31).

COASTAL PASSAGE General information

Chart 1384

Route
1

11.14 From a position SSE of Tema Harbour the route leads E thence NE for about 92 miles to a position in the vicinity of the Lom pilot boarding position (607N 118E).

Topography
1

11.15 The coast from Breaker Point (5386N 0016E) to Grove Point, 1 miles NE, consists of a sandy beach interspersed with rocky ledges. A ridge of land with a few trees, the tops of which are between 38 m and 48 m high, follow the coast about 5 cables inland. From Grove Point (5396N 0025E) to Tenpobo Point, 5 miles NE, the curve of the coast forms Kpone Bay. The foreshore between Grove Point and Kpone village (541N 003E) consists of a sandy beach fringed with rocky ledges. The country is flat between Kpone village and Prampram (543N 006E), 3 miles ENE, and there is a long steeply shelving beach backed with palm trees. Shai Hills rise about 12 miles NNW of Prampram. Piadawyu, the highest peak, has an elevation of 289 m. These hills are very broken and rugged in outline, and are a prominent feature in clear weather.

326

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

on the ridge. Keta Lagoon receives the overflow of River Volta and extends N for about 15 miles. Near Keta (555N 059E) (11.30), the trees are high and form large distinct groups. Between Keta and Lom (11.31), 18 miles NE, the coast is low and flat, with an occasional large clump of palms and is fronted by a yellow sandy beach on which the surf breaks heavily.

Baguida Light (black topmark on alumunium pylon, 34 m in height) (609N 119E).

Other aid to navigation

1

Depths
1

11.21 Racon: Tema Main Breakwater Head Light (5 37 5N 0011E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

11.17 In the W part of Bight of Benin the shore is steepto and the roar of breakers may be heard when in depths of 15 m, often less than a mile offshore.

Passage
1

Fishing areas
1

11.18 See 10.83.

Natural conditions
1

11.19 Visibilty. The land is frequently obscured by haze which may affect the whole bight during the dry season but less seriously on the windward side where the bright sandy beach, with its fringe of surf, can be seen through the haze, or the breakers heard, in time to warn the mariner that he is close to the coast. The Smokes, as this haze is locally known, usually lasts for about 3 hours after sunrise, dissipating before the sea breeze about 1000. Tidal streams. In the river mouths the rate of the ingoing stream is much less than that of the outgoing stream to the tidal component of which is added that of the freshets. The combined discharge rate attains a rate of 3 kn at the river mouths diminishing to about 1 kn in the offing; the effects extending up to between 4 and 9 miles from the mouths. At half ebb a volume of turbid, brownish water is discharged, in which may float uprooted trees and bushes. Currents. Guinea Current (1.251) generally sets E along the coast of the bight but Wly components may be met in every month, especially between November and January. The average rate in either direction is kn with a maximum rate of 2 kn. A heavy swell causes a constant set towards the shore.

Directions
(continued from 10.92)

Major lights
1

11.20 Tema Main Breakwater Head Light (5375N 0011E). Tema Lee Breakwater Head Light (5 37 6N 0010E). Chemu Point Light (5387N 0015E) (10.86). Cape Saint Paul Light (white pile structure, red bands, 25 m in height) (549N 058E). Lom Light (red and white structure on grey water tower) (608N 115E).

11.22 From a position SSE of Tema Main Breakwater Head Light (5375N 0011E), the track leads E, passing (with positions relative to Chemu Point Light (5 38 7N 0015E)): S of Breaker Point (1 cables SW) (10.128), fringed by the coastal bank which, with depths of less than 5 m over it, extends about 1 cables SE and about 4 cables SW from the point. A dangerous wreck (position approximate) lies about 2 miles ESE from the point, with several futher wrecks closer inshore. Thence: S of Grove Point (1 miles NE), fringed by rocks extending 2 cables SE and over which the sea breaks heavily. Vernon Bank, which begins off Grove Point, is a narrow spit extending 12 miles ENE; the depths vary between 7 and 9 m and the bottom is very irregular, consisting of patches of sand, stones, coral and rocky ledges. The outer side of the bank is very steepto with the 18 m (10 fm) line generally lying 5 cables to seaward of it. Vernon Bank sometimes breaks in heavy weather and there is a pronounced swell over it. Vessels, even with a suitable draught, are advised not to cross Vernon Bank except in very calm weather. A dangerous wreck lies on the bank about 8 cables ESE of Grove Point Thence: S of Kpone (3 miles NE), a village standing on top of a hill about mile inland; it is practically obscured from seaward by trees. S of Prampram (6 miles NE), consisiting of an upper and lower town. The upper town stands on the summit of a ridge, 50 m high to the tops of the trees, but is largely obscured by these trees. The lower town is not visible from seaward. Thence: S of Tenpobo Point (7 miles ENE), with the 5 m line lying 5 cables offshore with a rocky uneven bottom over which the sea breaks heavily. 11.23 Thence the track continues E, passing (with positions relative to Cape Saint Paul Light (549N 058E)): S of the entrance (18 miles WSW) to River Volta (11.25), which is clearly seen when bearing 300. Vessels passing the river entrance should keep in depths of more than 20 m to avoid getting close to the influence of the steep breakers and rollers. Vessels should also guard against the inward set of the flood tide. Thence: Clear of a 162 m patch (reported 1961) (13 miles SSW), with a 20 m patch lying 1 miles E from it, thence: S of Cape Saint Paul, from where a light (11.20) is exhibited, and which is the name applied to that part of the coast close to Woe village. The village,

327

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

which is difficult to distinguish, can be identified by its proximity to the lighthouse. Thence the track leads NE passing: Clear of a 27 m patch (reported 1963) (11 miles SSE), thence: SE of Cape Saint Paul, thence: SE of Keta (5 miles NNE) (11.30), with a Lightbuoy (special) (wave recorder) moored 3 miles E from it, thence: SE of Denu (19 miles NNE), a village which can be identified by a prominent white house near the beach with some factories 5 cables NE, thence: SE of a depth of 10 m (21 miles NE), thence: SE of Aflao (21 miles NE), a village. A beacon standing on the beach, about 11 cables SE of the village, marks the border between Ghana and Togo. Thence: SE of a wreck (25 miles NE) with a depth of 93 m over it, thence: Clear of an obstruction (26 miles NE) with a depth of 156 m over it. Thence the track leads to the vicinity of the pilot boarding ground (607N 117E), noting the obstruction lying 1 miles SE (position approximate) from the head of Jete Principale, with a depth of 15 m over it. 11.24 Useful marks: Jete Principale Head Light (red tower, 8 m in height) (6079N 1176E). ContreJete Head Light (green tower) (6080N 1174E). (Directions for Lom continue at 11.51 and for the coastal passage at 11.59)

about 1 m at the entrance owing to the large expanse over which the waters are spread. Directions. No vessel should attempt to cross the bar except in fine weather as its position is subject to change. It is also probable that the depths in the approach are liable to change. Local knowledge is required. A vessel drawing 18 m can ascend River Volta for about 45 miles from July to November; during the remainder of the year, a similar vessel would experience difficulty in ascending only 40 miles above the entrance.

Anchorages and harbours

Chart 3432

Kpone Bay
1

11.26 Description. Kpone Bay (541N 005E) lies between the W part of Vernon Bank (11.22) and the coast N from it. A white house stands S of Kpone village (541N 003E) and is conspicuous to vessels approaching from W. Anchorage in Kpone Bay can be obtained, as shown on the chart, about 2 miles E of Kpone village, inside the 10 m line. Vernon Bank affords some shelter here from the swell. Landing. A possible landing place is at the seaward end of a lagoon situated between Grove Point (11.22) and Kpone village, where a certain amount of shelter is afforded by Vernon Bank and the point. A stranded wreck lies about 1 cable N of Grove Point. Landing can also be effected opposite Government House, painted white, standing on the foreshore in front of the lower town of Prampram (11.22). A conspicuous double storied white house stands on the seaward slope of the upper town. Chart 1384

River Volta
Charts 1384, 595 11.25 Description. The entrance (11.23) to River Volta (546N 040E), about 5 cables wide, lies between two low sandy spits. The bar, which is about 2 cables wide, lies between the extremities of two lines of very heavy breakers extending over 1 mile SE from the entrance points The least depth on the bar is about 24 m. River Volta within the entrance expands into a wide basin containing numerous islands, most of which are covered with thick bushes and trees but have some patches of cultivation on them. Big Ada (549N 037E) stands on the W bank of the river, about 3 miles NNW of Adafoah (11.27). An old fort stands near Big Ada. On the E bank of River Volta, 1 mile N of the entrance points, there is a dark grove which is like a bluff headland. About 2 miles E of this grove, there is another in the form of a conical hill. On the W side of the river, there are three other high groves. The trees in the immediate neighbourhood of River Volta attain an unusual height. Water levels. The river is subject to considerable differences in level according to the season. It begins to rise early in June and commences to fall about the middle of October, being at its lowest in March and highest in September. The difference between high and low river levels is about 13 m at a distance of about 45 miles above the river entrance where the river is about 3 cables wide; it is only
1

Adafoah
11.27 Description. Adafoah (546N 038E), a town standing 3 miles W of the entrance to River Volta (11.25), is built in a hollow and is easily identifiable by a long white flatroofed building, a mission house, standing near the beach at the W end of the town; there is also a church. Anchorage, fairly good, can be obtained off Adafoah about 1 mile SSE of the mission house in a depth of about 13 m (7 fm). It is not prudent to anchor closer in as the depths decrease quickly and at times the swell is heavy. Landing is bad, the surf boatmen often refusing to go out.

Woe
1

11.28 Anchorage may be obtained at any convenient distance off the village of Woe (549N 057E). Although there are no offlying dangers, see Caution at 11.30.

Dzelukope
1

11.29 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 13 m, sand, 1 miles SSE of Dzelukope (553N 059E), a village situated 3 miles N of Cape Saint Paul, as shown on the chart. See 11.30, Caution.

Keta
1

11.30 Description. Keta (555N 059E) is a distinctive town with a fort, which shows up well from most directions, and can be identified at night. The town stands on a narrow ridge of sand which separates Keta Lagoon from the sea.

328

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 9 m about 6 cables SE of Keta. A large square bungalow, with a flagstaff on its W side, stands close to the fort and forms a good mark for anchoring. A more suitable anchorage for vessels intending to stay is in a depth of 18 m about 1 miles SE of Keta, as shown on the chart, where, owing to the lie of the coast, vessels lie head on to the swell. Caution. Rollers come in heavily and without warning at these anchorages and squalls often blow onshore.

Tidal levels
1

11.39 Mean spring range about 14 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

Density of water
1

11.40 The density of the water is 1025 g/cm3.

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

11.41 Tankers; maximum 270 m LOA.

LOM General information

Chart 1380 Port de Lom
1

Local weather and sea state

11.42 Considerable surging may be experienced at the berths situated at Mole 1 during the sudden onset of a line squall, particularly at Berth No 2; adequate fendering is provided.

Position
1

11.31 Port of Lom (608N 117E) is situated about 5 miles E of the city of Lom.

Arrival information Port radio

1

Function
1

11.32 Lom, which has free port status, is the capital and principal port of Togo. It is also the port of entry for Niger, Mali and Burkina Faso. The port can accomodate general cargo, bulk and container vessels, RoRos and tankers. Lom had a population of 790 000 in 1999.

11.43 There are port and coast radio stations. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 1 (1) and 6 (3).

Notice of ETA
1

11.44 ETA should be sent as soon as possible. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Topography
1

Outer anchorages
1

11.33 The city of Lom is fronted by a long sandy beach.

Approach and entry

1

11.34 The port is approached from E and entered through the heads of two breakwaters. The entrance channel, about 1 cable wide, is dredged to a depth of 145 m and forms a sand trap as shown on the chart. However, charted depths are not to be relied on.

11.45 The designated anchorage is in the white sector (shore042) of Baguida Light (11.20) bounded on the E by the alignment (332) of the breakwater lights (11.24), from 5 cables to 1 mile from Jete Principale in depths of 15 m, sand. Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited, as shown on the chart, NE of a line drawn 152 from Jete Principale Light.

Pilotage
1

Traffic
1

11.35 In 2004, there were 869 vessel movements totalling 16 298 299 dwt.

Port Authority
1

11.36 Address. Port Autonome de Lom, BP 1225, Lom, Togo. Website: www.togoport.tg Email: togoport@togoport.com

11.46 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 300 grt and available on a 24 hour basis. However, vessels wishing to depart between midnight and 0600, must give written notice to the pilot office by 2200 the previous day. The pilot boards about 5 cables S of Jete Principale from a darkhulled cutter with an orange super structure. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Tugs
1

11.47 Tugs are avaiable. Attendance of one tug is compulsory for vessels over 500 grt, and two for a vessel over 10 000 grt.

Limiting conditions Controlling depth

1

Harbour General layout

1

11.37 The least depth in the main part of the harbour is 11 m. A depth of 95 m lies close NE of the head of Jete Principale, as shown on the chart.

11.48 Lom is an artificial harbour enclosed within two breakwaters, Jete Principale protecting S and ContreJete protecting E.

Deepest and longest berth

1

Development
1

11.38 Deepest berth; Tanker berth, 14.0 m. Longest berth; Mole 1, 366 m in length.

11.49 The coastal area NW of the fishing port (11.53) has been built up with industrial projects. It was reported

329

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

(1998) that a bulk grain plant, is being constructed close W of the fishing port and development work is to be carried out to the W of Jete Principale.

ContreJete Head Light (6080N 1174E) (11.24). Water tower (30 m in height) (6086N 1165E). Radio mast (38 m in height) (6096N 1148E), red obstruction light.

Local weather
1

11.50 Predominant winds are from W/SW except during the months of January and February when light N winds prevail. The dry season is from February to March and the wet season from April to July.

Berths Alongside berths

1

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 11.24)

Major lights
1

11.51 Lom Light (608N 115E) (11.20). Baguida Light (609N 119E) (11.20).

Entry
1

11.52 From a position in the vicinity of the pilot boarding ground (6071N 1176E) the track leads NE, passing (with positions relative to Jete Principale Light (6079N 1176E)): SE of the head of Jete Principale which has a depth of 113 m lying 2 cables SE from it, and from where a light (11.24) is exhibited, thence: Clear of a lightbuoy (port hand) (3 cables E). Thence the track leads W through a dredged channel (see 11.34) passing: N of the head of Jete Principale, thence: S of the head of ContreJete (2 cables NNW) from where a light (11.24) is exhibited. Useful marks: Jete Principale Head Light (6079N 1176E) (11.24).

11.53 There are four general cargo berths at Mole 1, situated close E of the root of Jete Principale. Mole 2, situated E of Mole 1, has two berths for handling container and RoRo traffic. Between Moles 1 and 2 there is a small Tshaped jetty, extending S from the shore which is used by harbour craft. On the quay at the root of this jetty stand the port control offices. The fishing port lies E of the container storage area and extends to the root of ContreJete. A wreck lies in the fishing port, adjacent to the root of ContreJete. The Mineral Berth lies near the centre of ContreJete and is used for bulk cargoes. The Tanker Berth lies near the head of ContreJete and consists of a Tjetty with dolphins N and S from it.

Port services
1

11.54 Repairs: minor repairs. Other facilities: hospitals, ballast/slop reception, however ballast reception is limited to 4000 tons. Garbage disposal can be arranged. Deratting exemption certificates can be issued. Supplies: diesel and gas oil in small quantities by road tanker; fresh water and provisions. Comunications. An international airport lies 5 km NE. Rescue. Lom is a designated MRSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

LOM TO LAGOS GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 595
1

Topography
11.57 Between Lom (608N 117E) and Kpm, 14 miles ENE, the coast is fronted by a sandy beach covered with palm trees. A narrow, steep sandy ridge, bordered with scrub and some palm trees, extends along the coast from close E of Anecho (11.64), 5 miles ENE of Kpm, to Grand Popo (617N 150E). A narrow lagoon lies behind the ridge. The TogoBenin border runs from a position 2 miles E of Anecho across the narrow lagoon and thence, close behind it, to Fleuve Mono about 10 miles E, where it turns N. The mouth of Fleuve Mono lies about 3 miles E of Grand Popo, but is subject to frequent change. Between the entrance to Fleuve Mono (616N 153E) and Ouidah Plage, 12 miles ENE, the coast continues as a narrow sandy ridge fronting a lagoon, with the village of Djondji standing about midway along this stretch of coast. From Ouidah Plage (619N 206E) the coast continues for 13 miles E as a narrow sandy strip fronting a narrow lagoon. Avrkt Plage, is situated about midway along this stretch of coast. From the E end of the above lagoon to Cotonou, 5 miles E, the coast continues as a sandy beach. Between Cotonou (11.75) and Lagos (626N 324E) (11.113), 57 miles E,

Area covered
1

11.55 This section describes the coastal passage, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from Lom (608N 117E) to Lagos (626N 324E), about 127 miles E. It is arranged as follows: Coastal Route (11.56). Cotonou (11.75). Lagos (11.113).

COASTAL PASSAGE General information

Charts 1384, 1385

Route
1

11.56 From a position in the vicinity of Lom pilot boarding position (6071N 1176E) the route leads for about 127 miles E and ENE to Lagos (626N 324E).

330

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

the coast is bordered by a narrow sandy strip, mostly covered by bush but with scattered trees, fronting Porto Novo Creek and a network of lagoons. Between Badagri (625N 253E) (11.67) and Iworo (625N 301E), 8 miles E, a village and some rows of saltpans may be seen.

Currents
1

11.58 Between Badagri (11.67) and Lagos (11.113), 30 miles E, the current has been observed to set towards the coast. See also 1.247.

Directions
(continued from 11.23)

Principal marks
1

11.59 Offshore marks: Platform, Sm Oil Terminal (6122N 2416E); two further platforms lie farther N as shown on the chart. Major lights: Lom Light (608N 115E) (11.20). Baguida Light (609N 119E) (11.20). Cotonou Light (metal pylon on grey tower, 26 m in height) (6210N 2266E). Lagos Light (black round tower, white band, white lantern, 27 m in height) (6 24 2N 3 23 1E) reported (2005) extinguished.

grove fronting two umbrellashaped palm trees rising behind it, thence: SSE of An Ming Buoy (W cardinal) (6 miles SSW), with Frio Kyknos Buoy (S cardinal) moored about 1 miles E from it. Both buoys mark an area with several wrecks. Thence: SSE of an SPM (5 miles SSW) from which a light is exhibited and which lies within a restricted area best seen on the chart, thence: SSE of a buoy (special) (6 miles S) which marks a wreck with a clearance of 10 m over it. Thence the track leads NNE, passing: ESE of a dangerous wreck (5 miles S) (position approximate), thence: To the pilot boarding position in the vicinity of Lagos Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water) (4 miles S). 11.62 Useful mark: Beacon (white, triangular structure, 14 m in height) (6242N 3147E), position approximate. (Directions for Lagos continue at 11.141 and for the coastal passage at 11.165)

Anchorages and harbours Agbodrafo

1

Passage
1

11.60 From the vicinity of Lome pilot embarkation ground (607N 117E), the track leads E passing (with positions relative to Baguida Light (609N 119E)): Clear of two obstructions (2 and 3miles SSW, respectively) (positions approximate) with depths of 155 m and 15.6 m over them, thence: S of the head of the phosphate loading jetty (12 miles E), at Kpm (11.68), from where a light (11.71) is exhibited, thence: S of Anecho (17 miles ENE) (11.64), a large town standing on the coast, thence: S of Agw (21 miles ENE) (11.65), thence: S of Grand Popo (31 miles ENE), which has a number of structures and relatively high houses which are prominent from the offing. Thence the track continues E, passing (with positions relative to Cotonou Light (6210N 2266E)): S of Ouidah Plage (20 miles W) (11.66), thence: S of Avrkt Plage (13 miles W), thence: S of the control tower (3 miles W) of Cotonou airfield, and S of the prohibited area (11.93) extending S and E from it. (Directions for Cotonou continue at 11.97) 11.61 Thence the track continues E, passing: S of Cotonou Light (11.59), thence: S of an entry prohibited area (17 miles SE) which encloses Sm Oil Terminal (11.107). Thence the track leads ENE, passing (with positions relative to Necom Building (6267N 3239E)): SSE of Badagri (31 miles W) (11.67), thence: SSE of Iworo (22 miles W) which may be identified by a remarkable red house and by a

11.63 General information. Agbodrafo (Porto Sguro) (612N 129E), a village 16 miles E of Lom, can be identified by a church in the middle of a group of houses fronting palm trees. A large house with a white roof and flagstaff stands at the E end of the village. Lac de Togo which extends inland NW of Agbodrafo, is reported to form a junction with River Volta (11.25) a considerable distance inland. Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of about 15 m about 1 mile S of Agbodrafo.

Anecho
1

11.64 Description. Anecho (614N 136E), standing 5 miles ENE of Kpm (11.68), is one of the largest towns on this part of the coast. The town may be identified by two large white twostoreyed factories on its E side and by the tower of a yellowcoloured church. It may be distinguished from Agbodrafo (11.63) or from Agw (11.65), 5 miles E, as the town stands on a beach almost free from trees except on its W part; also there is a large clump of palms inland from the town. Current. The current off Anecho is Egoing except during the harmattan (1.280) season. Gulf weed, lying obliquely to the set of the current, is swept by the swell to within a mile of the coast. Anchorage may be obtained 1 mile S of the E end of the houses on the beach in a depth of about 15 m, fine sand. Useful marks: Beacon (6140N 1375E). Radio mast (6147N 1368E), red obstruction light.

Agw
1

11.65 Description. Agw (615N 140E) consists of many houses and factories. The town may be identified by a large yellowish church with a dark roof and small pointed belfry over its W end. A white house with a large verandah stands in the W part of town and a small chapel, with white roof and belfry, at the E end of the town.

331

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Four miles E of Agw a fairsized village may be distinguished among the trees; two redroofed houses can be seen on the beach. Anchorage may be obtained off Agw in excellent holding ground, sand over stiff mud.

Local weather and sea state. Prevailing winds are from NW/SW. During the wet season (April to July) strong winds and heavy swell may delay shipping movements.

Arrival information
1

Ouidah Plage
1

11.66 Description. Ouidah Plage (619N 206E) consists of two groups of whiteroofed buildings. An isolated house with a red roof stands in the space between the above groups of buildings. When approaching from E the white square clock tower of a church in the town of Ouidah, 3 miles N, can be seen above the trees. Anchorage can be obtained 1 mile S of the highest storehouse in Ouidah Plage in a depth of about 13 m, brown sand. This berth is convenient for communicating with the shore. The charted anchorage lies 3 miles WSW of Ouidah Plage; the surf is less heavy here. Useful marks: Radio mast (6222N 2045E), red obstruction light.

Badagri
1

11.67 General information. Badagri (625N 253E), a town, stands on the N side of Victoria Lagoon 16 miles E of Sm (622N 237E); although mostly hidden from seaward a few huts can be distinguished on NW bearings. A pyramidshaped clump of bushy trees stands 1 mile S of Badagri and there are saddleshaped clumps of trees 6 and 3 miles WSW of the town. Current. Off Badagri in the rainy season the current ocassionally attains a rate of 2 kn, its direction being influenced by the wind. Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the chart, 1 mile offshore, in a depth of about 14 m, mud and shell.

11.70 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Notice of ETA: 72 and 24 hours. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Outer anchorage. The usual anchorage is about 1 miles SE of the light, in depths of 14 to 16 m, sand and mud, good holding ground. Submarine pipeline. A submarine pipeline extends 3 cables E from the head of the jetty, as shown on the chart. A buoy (conical) marks the E end of the pipeline where there is a reported (1987) depth of 10 m. Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots and mooring crew board the vessel about 1 mile S of the light, as shown on the chart, and remain on board during the vessels stay. Berthing takes place between 0600 and 1400 hours only. Departure is possible anytime subject to weather. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs. Not available locally. May be requested from Lom if necessary. Mooring boats are available.

Harbour
1

11.71 General layout. The port consists of a bulk phosphate loading jetty and an offshore tanker mooring. Current. The current at Kpm usually sets E at knot. However, occasionally, a W countercurrent with rates of up to 2 kn may be experienced. This phenomenon, which is usually of a brief duration, interrupts shipping movement into and out of Kpm and may necessitate the use of tugs.

Directions for loading berth Kpm

Chart 1380 plan Rade de Kpm
1

General information
1

11.68 Position. Kpm loading facility (612N 131E) lies 14 miles ENE of the port of Lom. Function. Export of Phosphate in bulk and import of fuel and diesel oils. Topography. To counter the effects of severe coastal erosion near Kpm, nine groynes have been constructed. Port limits are within a radius of 1 mile from the end of the jetty; but a vessel is considered to be an arrived ship when anchored within 1 and 2 miles from the end of the jetty. Traffic. In 2004 there were 26 vessel movements totalling 939 811 dwt. Port Authority. Port Autonome de Kpm, BP 362, Lome, Togo.

Limiting conditions
1

11.69 Vertical clearance. The maximum height above waterline of the hatch coaming of vessels loading phosphate should not exceed 145 m. Density of water is 1025 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. Phosphate Jetty; maximum LOA 225 m, maximum departure draught 118 m. Tanker Berth; maximum LOA 180 m, maximum permissible draught at the tanker mooring is 81 m, due to swell.

11.72 Landmark: Phosphate loading towers (6117N 1311E). Major light: Kpm Light (pylon) (6117N 1311E). Entry. The chart is sufficient guide for the approach. The S loading island, from where a light (pylon) is exhibited, is approached on a W course and, when near a mooring buoy positioned S of the S loading island, the port anchor is let go, noting a buoy (nonIALA), moored 2 cables WSW of the light, which marks the S extremity of the 10 m line. The vessel then turns on the anchor to head S. The vessel is hauled into position by ships ropes and wires, the latter provided by the port, and secured to mooring buoys with the assistance of a mooring crew, as advised by the pilot. The loading position is about 20 m off and parallel with the line of dolphins, four of which stand abreast the the jetty head and loading islands. The phosphate jetty makes a good radar target from a considerable distance off. For factors affecting berthing see Local weather and sea state (11.69) and current (11.71).

Berths
1

11.73 Phosphate berth. The jetty projects 6 cables from the coast. Two loading islands, 76 m apart, stand SSW of the head of the jetty. A hopper at the head of the jetty distributes phosphate to conveyor belts on the loading islands. The conveyors can be rigged for loading any hold

332

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

of the vessel. There are a number of mooring buoys around the berth. Tanker berth. A buoy mooring is provided at the outer end of the submarine pipeline (11.70) extending from the jetty. A tanker typically moors with two anchors and her stern secured to mooring buoys at each quarter.

Limiting conditions Depths

1

Port services
1

11.74 Repairs: None available. Other facilities: infirmary at the phosphate plant in Kpm, in case of emergency. Nearest hospital is at Lom. Only clean ballast reception available. No sludge/oily waste reception facilities. Garbage disposal is available. Supplies: None available. Communications: Nearest airport at Lom. Harbour regulations. Whilst alongside the phosphate berth, a vessel must have her main engines on standby and be ready to cast off at immediate notice if so instructed by the Port Commandant, or if the Master considers her safety threatened.

11.81 The entrance channel was dredged to 125 m but there is a tendency to silting; in 1988 there was a reported depth of 73 m at LW. The harbour was dredged to 11 m, but a general depth of 10 m was reported in 1998. Less water than charted was reported (1995) and (2005), S and ESE of Digue Ouest, respectively.

Deepest and longest berth

1

11.82 Container berth; charted depth of 106 m, length 220 m.

Tidal levels
1

11.83 Mean spring range about 13 m; mean neap range about 07 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

Density of water
1

11.84 The density of the water is 1025 g/cm3.

Maximum size of vessel handled COTONOU General information

1 1

11.85 Maximum LOA 200 m; draught 10 m.

Visibility
Chart 1380 plan Port de Cotonou 11.86 Between the months of November and February visibility in the vicinity of the port may be reduced to as little as 5 cables as a result of N winds carrying dust and sand from the inerior. Night fog sometimes occurs during the months of December and January, however, it usually dissipates during the early morning hours.

Position
1

11.75 Port de Cotonou (621N 226E).

Function
1

11.76 Cotonou is the only port for Republic of Benin. The main exports are cotton and kapok and main imports are gypsum and cereals. The port also handles containers and rollon rolloff cargoes. A free zone reserved for Niger, Mali and Burkina Faso is available. In 2002 the population was 665 100.

Arrival information Port radio

1

11.87 There is a port radio station. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Notice of ETA
1

Topography
1

11.77 Cotonou stands on the stretch of coast fronting Lac Nokou. The harbour lies close W of the entrance (621N 227E) to the lake. The entrance to Lac Nokou is usually silted up but sometimes, when a temporary opening is made, a shallow spit forms, extending about 5 cables SSE from the entrance.

11.88 ETA should be sent 24 hours in advance (before noon on the preceding day if arriving on a Sunday or a public holiday) addressed to the Commandant du Port, and confirmed 3 hours prior to arrival. It is reported advisable to inform the agent 72 hours and 36 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Outer anchorages
1

Approach and entry

1

11.78 The port is approached from seaward and entered through a dredged channel between the heads of two breakwaters.

Traffic
1

11.79 In 2004 there were 895 vessel movements totalling 16 571 461 dwt.

11.89 Anchorage may be obtained about 6 cables SE of the head of Digue Ouest, as shown on the chart, in a depth of about 13 m, good holding ground. Anchorage is not recommended in the vicinity of the entrance to Lagune de Cotonou, which leads to Lac Noukou; the current can attain a rate of 6 kn. Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited in an area E of the harbour entrance. This area, as shown on the chart, is enclosed within a radius of 3 cables E from Digue Ouest Head Light (11.99).

Port Authority
1

Submarine cable
1

11.80 Port Autonome de Cotonou, BP 927, Route de la Marina 1, Cotonou, Republic of Benin. Email: pac@leland.bj

11.90 A submarine cable extends SE from close E of the airport control tower (11.99) and through the prohibited area (11.93).

333

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Pilotage
1

Other aid to navigation

1

11.91 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 100 nrt and is available 24 hours. The pilot boards 9 cables ESE from the head of Digue Ouest. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

11.98 Racon: Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water) (6202N 2270E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Entry
1

Tugs
1

11.92 Tugs are available and are compulsory for vessels over 500 grt for all movements within the harbour. Two tugs are used for vessels over 100 m in length.

Traffic regulations
1

11.93 Prohibited area. Entry is prohibited in an extensive area, S and W of Digue Ouest, the limits of which can best be seen on the chart. See 11.90.

Harbour General layout

1

11.94 Cotonou is a large and well sheltered artificial harbour. The E breakwater, Digue Est, extends about 4 cables SSW from a position about 6 cables W of the entrance to Lagune de Cotonou. A ruined pier, extends 1 cables S from the shore, 3 cables E of the root of the E breakwater. The depths in the vicinity of this pier have not been examined. Several wrecks, best seen on the chart, lie off the root of the above pier and on the shore between the pier and the E breakwater. The W breakwater, Digue Ouest, extends SE then E from a position 3 cables WNW of the head of the E breakwater. A groyne extends S from the elbow of the W breakwater. Lights (11.99) are exhibited from the head of the E and W breakwaters and the above groyne and within the harbour. A fishing harbour is located between the root of the E breakwater and the main quay (11.100).

11.99 From a position about 11 miles S of Cotonou Light (6210N 2266E) the track leads N, passing E of the prohibited area (11.93) and clear of an obstruction with a depth of 125 m over it and noting a depth of 89 m, lying 1 miles S and 2 miles SSE, respectively, of Cotonou Light, to the vicinity of the pilot boarding area (11.91). Thence WNW to the harbour entrance, with the chart as the best guide. It was reported (1996) that the pilot requests inbound vessels to leave the Fairway Lightbuoy to port. On departure, the side on which the buoy should be passed is not advised. Useful marks: Airport control tower (6211N 2228E). Groyne, head, light (metal column, elevation 3 m) (6203N 2258E). Digue Ouest Head, Light (tower, elevation 10 m) (6205N 2261E). Digue Est Head, Light (6206N 2260E). Port control tower (white, 24 m high) (6208N 2260E). White house surmounted by a flag staff (6218N 2275E). Hotel (6213N 2277E). Stranded wreck (radar conspicuous) (6 21 2N 2286E). Radio masts (6220N 2276E), red obstruction lights.

Berths Alongside berths

1

Development
1

11.95 Development is in progress (2001) on quays in the SW part of the harbour.

Natural conditions
1

11.100 The main quay, 1320 m in length, is situated in the N part of the harbour. It has accomodation for six general cargo vessels, one container vessel and, at its W end, a rollon rolloff vessel. The inner face of Digue Est has accomodation for tankers and vessels carrying clinker. A new quay lies on the S side of the harbour with dredged depths alongside of 105 m (2001), as shown on the chart.

11.96 Tidal streams set across the harbour entrance at rates of up to 4 kn. Local weather. The prevailing winds are SWly. There are two wet seasons; from April to July and from September to November. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.308.

Port services Repairs

1

11.101 Minor repairs.

Other facilities
1

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 11.60)

11.102 There is a hospital. There are no ballast/sludge reception facilities. Deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates issued. Garbage disposal facilities are available. Fumigation can be carried out.

Principal marks
1

Supplies
1

11.97 Landmark: Building (white, grey vertical stripes, 76 m in height) (6211N 2257E), red obstruction lights. Major light: Cotonou Light (6210N 2266E) (11.59).

11.103 Fuel oil and diesel oil; fresh water at all berths; provisions.

Communications
1

11.104 An international airport is 5 km distant from the city.

334

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Harbour regulations
1

Berth
1

11.105 A request must be made to the Harbour Master, at least 3 hours prior to any movement of a vessel, and before 1830 for any night movement.

11.111 SPM.

Services
1

Rescue
1

11.112 None available.

11.106 Cotonou is a designated MRCC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

LAGOS General information

Charts 1381, 2812

Sm Terminal
Chart 1385

Position
1

General information
1

11.113 The port of Lagos (626N 324E).

11.107 Position. Sm Oil Terminal (619N 240E), lies 14 miles E of Cotonou harbour. Note. It is reported (2005) that this terminal which is currently not in service will become operational again. Function. The terminal consists of an SPM from which a submarine pipeline extends 3 miles NNE to the shore. Production platforms, situated between 4 miles SE and 6 miles SSE of the SPM, are connected to the shore by submarine pipelines, as shown on the chart. This oilfield was reported (1988) as producing about 6000 barrels per day. Terminal Authority. Sm Terminal Port Authority. Port Office, Sm Terminal, Cotonou, Benin.

Function
1

11.114 Lagos is the principal port of Nigeria, comprising the Apapa Port complex and Tin Can Island complex. It handles the majority of seaborne trade for Nigeria and much cargo in transit for Niger, Chad, Burkina Faso and Cameroun. The population of the Greater Lagos Area was 12 763 000 in 1999.

Topography
1

11.115 The coastline in the vicinity of the harbour is low.

Port limits
1

Limiting conditions
1

11.108 Controlling depth. The depth at the SPM is reported to be 183 m. Maximum size of vessel handled: 120 000 dwt; maximum permitted loaded draught 14 m.

11.116 Limits of the port are N of the parallel of 620N and between the meridians of 310E and 332E, as shown on the chart.

Approach and entry

1

Arrival information
1

11.109 Port operations. Subject to draught the terminal can accomodate vessels up to 120 000 dwt, to load part cargoes with Sm as the first port. Port radio. There is a port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Notice of ETA: 7 days, 72, 48, and 24 hours in advance and then every 2 hours if change to the original ETA is more than 12 hours. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Pilotage is compulsory, provided by the Mooring Master who boards 8 miles WSW of the SPM, as shown on the chart, and normally available during daylight hours only. Tugs. Two tugs, each of 2640 hp, are available. Anchorage. Temporary anchorage can be obtained in the designated Notice of Readiness area (6160N 2343E), 5 miles WSW of the SPM, in a depth of 24 m, sand, mud and shells, good holding ground. Prohibited area. The terminal and production platforms lie within a prohibited area, the limits of which are shown on the chart. All vessels are prohibited from entering this area without prior permission. Regulations. A continuous listening watch must be kept on VHF Ch. 6 and 9, during the vessels stay at the terminal.

11.117 The port is approached through a channel leading NNW from the vicinity of the Fairway Lightbuoy. The harbour entrance, about 3 cables wide, lies between West Mole, extending 5 cables SE from the shore, and East Mole, extending 1 miles SSW from Grestle Point (6250N 3245E).

Traffic
1

11.118 In 2004 there were 2099 vessel movements totalling 43 682 126 dwt.

Port Authority
1

11.119 Nigerian Ports Plc, PMB 12588, 26/28 Marina, Lagos, Nigeria. Website: www.aboutnpa.com Email: telnpa@infoweb.abs.net

Limiting conditions Controlling depth

1

11.120 Recent surveys of the entrance channel and harbour area show that depths are generally 2 m shoaler than charted. The Port Authority should be consulted for latest depths.

Vertical clearances
1

Directions
1

11.110 The chart is sufficient guide.

11.121 Bridges and an overhead cable span the entrance to Lagos Lagoon; a bridge spans the W entrance to Five Cowrie Creek (626N 325E).

335

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Local knowledge is required to pass under the above bridges and the Port Authority should be consulted for the clearance heights.

Notice of ETA
1

Deepest and longest berth

1

11.122 Deepest berth; SBM, 170 m. Longest berth; Container berth at the third Apapa Wharf extension, 250 m.

11.129 ETA should be sent 4 days, 48 and 24 hours prior to arrival, noting that tankers may berth during daylight hours only. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Outer anchorages
1

Tidal levels
1

11.123 Bar. Mean spring range about 10 m; mean neap range about 05 m. Badagry Creek. Mean spring range about 08 m; mean neap range about 04 m. Apapa. Mean spring range about 07 m; mean neap range about 04 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

Abnormal water levels

1

11.124 The harbour is subject to the accumulation of freshets (see The Mariners Handbook) in the lagoons from which it is the only permanent outlet for over 50 miles W and 120 miles E. In the wet season (April to October) the level of water may be raised by nearly 09 m.

Density of water
1

11.125 The density of the water ranges from 1012 g/cm3 to 1026 g/cm3.

11.130 Anchorage may be obtained 2 miles S of Lagos Light (11.59) in a depth of about 18 m, good holding ground, between the prohibited anchorage area and the restricted entry area (11.144) both of which are shown on the chart. This anchorage is much exposed to swell. Anchorage may also be obtained 1 miles S of Lagos Light in a depth of 13 m. Caution. To avoid being boarded by gangs of pirates, vessels have been reported to anchor, or drift, over 20 miles offshore. Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited in a cable area that extends S, SE and E for 24 miles from Grestle Point (6250N 3245E). Anchorage is prohibited within a corridor 1 mile in width extending 3 miles S from the head of West Mole (6235N 3240E). Within Lagos Harbour, anchoring is prohibited in the following areas: W of Eko Bridge (628N 323E); W of a power cable crossing Ebute Metta Creek (628N 322E), W of Iddo Island; In Badagry Creek (626N 323E), as shown on the chart. The Pool (6254N 3242E) is not to be used as an anchorage except in special cases.

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

11.126 Bulk carrier; 30 000 dwt; 10.1 m draught.

1

Shiptoship transfers
11.131 Shiptoship transfers of petroleum cargo take place in an area about 5 to 5 miles SSW of Lagos Light (11.59). The transfer coordinator is stationed on board the storage tanker Tuma, its hull painted a distinctive green, anchored in approximate position 620N 321E. Arriving vessels are instructed by the coordinator to anchor S of the port limit within 1 mile of Tuma and await the lightering vessel. However, it is reported (2005) that, masters of vessels prefer to receive the lightering vessels alongside whilst underway and then anchor, to reduce risk of damage. Vessels which are not scheduled for shiptoship transfer should give this area a wide berth. Cautions. It is reported that the swell seldom lies in the same direction as the wind and that rolling frequently occurs at anchor. It is also reported (2005) that lightering vessels are not complying with Oil Companies Industrial Marine Forum (OCIMF) recommendations with respect to fendering, ballast, draught and trim.

Arrival information Vessel Traffic Service

1

11.127 Pilotage and vessel movement information is provided on request. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Port radio
1

11.128 There is a port radio station. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Submarine cables and pipelines

1

11.132 Numerous submarine cables and pipelines, enclosed within restricted areas, lie in the approaches to and within the harbour as shown on the chart.

Pilotage
1

Lagos Port Control Tower (11.128)

(Original dated 2004) (Photograph James Carey)

11.133 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 1016 grt and available H24. The pilot station calls vessels on VHF to proceed to a position in the vicinity of the Fairway Lightbuoy where the pilot boards. The pilot vessel is greenhulled with a cream superstructure which has the word PILOT painted on both sides. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

336

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Tugs
1

Traffic signals
1

11.134 Use of tugs is compulsory.

11.139 In addition to the signals for all Nigerian ports the following signals of the International Code are in force: Entering and leaving signals:
Signal Meaning

Traffic regulations
1

11.135 Vessels are prohibited from passing each other in the main navigable channel between No 7 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) (6232N 3244E) and the head of Training Mole, 8 cables NNW. When two vessels are approaching Apapa Channel from opposite directions the vessel stemming the stream shall wait in a safe position until the other vessel has passed even though the former has been accorded right of way by the port signal station. The importance of this rule is strongly stressed, particularly in the case of large oceangoing vessels navigating at or near maximum draught in the narrow channels of the harbour. Buoys marking channels are moved to conform to changes in the channels. Vessels must reduce speed in the vicinity of the floating dock (6270N 3225E), close N of Apapa Quays. Night navigation, between the hours of 2000 and 0600, is permitted within the port only with a pilot embarked, in an emergency or with prior approval of the Harbour Master. The above applies to an area extending 5 miles offshore and 10 miles E and W of the harbour entrance.

Vessel wishes to enter harbour

Vessel wishes to leave harbour

Lagos day traffic signals (11.139.1) Night signals displayed by East Mole Sinal Station and Town Signal Station:
Signal Meaning

Channel open for inward traffic or vessel is entering harbour

Quarantine
1

11.136 Pratique is granted only after port health authorities board arrived vessels. Vessels arriving from an infected port, or lacking a clean bill of health from the last port of call, or having onboard any actual or suspected case of infectious or contagious disease, should remain outside the harbour in the vicinity of the Fairway Lightbuoy and display the appropriate flag signal of the International Code.

Channel open for outward traffic or vessel is leaving harbour Lagos night traffic signals (11.139.2)
2

Sound Signal: Three prolonged blasts A vessel is entering Apapa channel from seaward, or is leaving a quay or wharf at Apapa or Iddo Island or other berth N of Apapa Shoalssounded when necessary to indicate the above when vessel is approaching Apapa crossing. An oil spillage from a tanker has occurred.

Harbour

Three short blasts

General layout
1

11.137 The harbour is a passage 6 miles long, connecting Lagos Lagoon to the sea, which leads between Lagos Island and Victoria Island on the E side and the mainland on the W side. The port installations are concentrated principally in the vicinity of Apapa on the W side and along the S side of Tin Can Island forming the N shore of Badagry Creek which extends W from about the middle of the harbour.

This latter signal is to be sounded at least three times. On hearing it all fires and naked lights are to be extinguished and smoking in the area is prohibited. Berthing signals. Vessels are to indicate the berth to which they are proceeding by displaying the appropriate numeral pennant of the International Code of Signals as follows: Pennant 1 2 3 4 5 Berth destination The Pool anchorage Apapa Quays Apapa Dockyard U.A.C Bulk Oil Wharf Apapa petroleum and oil wharves Naval Base Apapa Ijora Wharf Iddo Pool

Development
1

6 7 8

11.138 A berth is under construction (2005) 2 cables ESE of Badagry Point.

337

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Pennant 9 10 11

Berth destination Customs Quay Marina Buoys Marina Dolphins

Natural conditions
1

11.140 Tidal streams. The ingoing stream sets NE until within the E mole thence it sets fairly up the harbour. In the entrance and lower part of the harbour a rate of 3 kn is attained. In the upper part of the harbour the maximum rate is 2 kn. In the dry season (November to March) the duration is 5 hours. In the wet season (April to October) the ingoing stream is often not perceptible until within 1 to 1 hours of HW. The outgoing stream usually sets diagonally across the bar between the West Mole and East Mole. In the entrance and lower part of the harbour a rate of 4 kn (up to 5 kn in the wet season) is frequently attained. In the upper part of the harbour the maximum rate is 3 kn. In the dry season the duration is 7 hours. In the wet season the outgoing stream makes down the harbour beneath the surface about 3 hours before the surface stream turns. If it becomes necessary for a vessel to turn around in the harbour, the manoeuvre should be timed to avoid the full ingoing or outgoing stream, especially the latter in the wet season. Currents. It was reported (1988) that an almost constant ebb current sets along Apapa Quays. This current was observed at times to attain a rate of as much as 6 kn. Local weather. The wind is generally from SW during the day, being light during January and stronger during July and August. During night the wind is generally from N. Early morning fog and haze may sometimes occur, especially during the months of January and February. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.309.

Lagos Necom Building (11.141)

(Original dated 2004) (Photograph James Carey)

Directions for entering harbour

(continued from 11.62)

Principal marks
1

11.141 Landmarks: Television mast (elevation 71 m) (6254N 3246E), red obstruction lights. Necom Building (6267N 3239E). Major light: Lagos Light (6242N 3231E) (11.59).

Entry
1

11.142 From a position in the vicinity of the Lagos pilot boarding position (2 miles S of the head of East Mole) the track leads NNW through a buoyed channel, between the heads of East and West Moles and clear of Eastern Spit which has a least depth of 91 m. Thence the track alters N, passing clear of a 95 m patch and keeping in the middle of Commodore Channel, which was reported (2005) to be dredged to a depth of 105 m, passing E of the Atlas Cove Oil Installations (11.146) and

Bruce Shoal, and W of Wilmot Point to a position abreast of Meridian Point (6259N 3239E). Badagry Creek, buoyed, leads WNW, passing N of Meridian Point, to the berths on the S side of Apapa Quays and to Tin Can Island berths (11.146), 2 miles W. Elegbata Channel leads NW from abreast Magazine Point (6264N 3242E) then NE of Apapa Shoals (627N 323E); this channel is about 1 cables wide with a least charted depth of 75 m, but at its N end it is shoaler and is used only by small craft. A stranded wreck lies in Elegbata Channel, 1 miles NW of Marina light, as shown on the chart. Apapa Channel, about 1 cable wide, leads between the N Apapa Quays and the SW side of Apapa Shoals; it is buoyed along its NE side. From the NW end of Apapa Quays the channel turns NW and leads past a floating dock and three oil wharves, as shown on the chart. From the NW end of Apapa Shoals the channel leads NE to the S of Iddo Island and under Eko Bridge, an overhead power transmission line and Carter Bridge to Lagos Lagoon. Another bridge is situated 3 cables ENE of Carter Bridge, as shown on the chart. Cautions. Dangerous wrecks lie 9 cables and 11 miles SE of West Mole. Navigational buoys marking channels are moved to conform to changes in the channel; however in 2005 most of the buoys were reported as missing. 11.143 Useful marks: East Mole Head Light (white mast, 9 m in height) (6238N 3243E), reported (2005) extinguished. Beecroft Light (red and white chequered square tower) (6 24 2N 3 23 9E), reported (2005) destroyed. East Mole Signal Station (6 24 6N 3 24 3E), flagstaff standing close SE.

338

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Wilmot Point Light, S Jetty knuckle, (tower, 9 m in height) (6 24 3N 3 24 5E), reported (2005) extinguished. Apapa Quays SE corner (structure, 7 m in height) (6260N 3236E), reported (2005) extinguished. Apapa Quays NE corner (structure, 7 m in height) (6263N 3238E), reported (2005) extinguished. Marina Light (structure, 9 m in height) (6264N 3242E), reported (2005) extinguished. Tin Can Island E Light (dolphin, 7 m in height) (6259N 3217E), reported (2005) extinguished. Sea School Point Light (9 m in height) (6258N 3211E), reported (2005) extinguished. Tin Can Island W Light (7 m in height) (6258N 3204E), reported (2005) extinguished.

Petroleum Wharf Apapa (6 27 4N 3 22 4E) is a Theaded jetty with dolphins at each end, and is connected to a tank farm by pipeline. Small tankers berth inside the Thead. Ijora Wharf (6279N 3227E), on the S side of Iddo Island, has two coaling berths. Berthing is permitted on the outgoing tide only.

Port services Repairs

1

Berths

SBM
1

11.147 Repairs are available. There is a dry dock, 200 m in length, 34 m wide, and a repair quay 330 m in length capable of accepting vessels up to 25 000 dwt. There is a floating dock of 4000 tons capacity and slipways for vessels up to 500 tonnes capacity, at the N.P.A Dockyard in Apapa Channel. Similar facilities are also available at Niger Dock in Badagry Creek.

11.144 A SBM (lighted) lies in position 622N 322E. Only vessels using the SBM should enter the restricted area surrounding the installation. Maximum permissible draught is 17 m, and maximum permissible LOA is 220 m. A deadweight restriction of 50 000 mt also applies. Berthing and departure during daylight hours only.

Other facilities
1

11.148 There are several hospitals. Deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates can be issued. There are ballast/sludge/oily waste reception facilities. Garbage disposal can be arranged.

Supplies Mooring buoys

1

11.145 Mooring buoy berths are reported (2005) as being mostly out of use or missing.

11.149 Fuel oil and diesel oil; fresh water in limited quantities; stores and provisions.

Communications Alongside berths

1

11.146 Security: In view of many reports of mooring lines cut and removed extreme vigilance is required at night; see 1.4 and 11.151 (Security). New Atlas Cove Jetty (624.6N 3239E), a private berth for the use of tankers has been constructed 2 cables N of Atlas Cove Oil Terminal reported (2005) as disused. The Lshaped jetty is fronted and breasted by well fendered dolphins and can accommodate tankers with a maximum draught of 128 m on its E face. A maximum deadweight restriction of 50 000 mt applies at this berth. Apapa Quays (6262N 3235E) has numerous berths, best seen on the chart. There is a RoRo terminal on the S side of Apapa Quays, near the entrance to Badagry Creek. The S side of Tin Can Island (626N 321E), situated W of Apapa, is a selfcontained port capable of handling most cargoes. It is accessed through Badagry Creek and linked to Apapa by a road bridge. Another road bridge links the NW of Tin Can Island to the mainland W of Apapa. A RoRo Terminal is situated near the W end of the port, as shown on the plan. Bulk Oil Wharf (6272N 3224E) is a Theaded jetty with dolphins at each end. All vessels over 107 m in length must berth heading N to the outgoing stream with starboard anchor well upstream. New Oil Jetty (6273N 3224E) is a Theaded jetty with dolphins at each end.

11.150 The international airport is 16 km NNW of the port.

Harbour regulations
1

11.151 Pollution. There are stringent laws governing pollution with very severe penalties for infringement. Security. Masters of vessels within the restricted area are to prevent unauthorised craft from coming alongside by day or night. Attempts to do so should be reported to the Harbour Master immediately and the whistle or siren is to be sounded to draw the attention of the security police. Immigration. Masters of vessels calling at Nigerian ports are advised to obtain a copy of the Nigerian Immigration Regulations prior to arrival. These regulations pertain to all on board having valid travel documents and, where necessary, visas. Ships medical stores. The local authorities pay close attention to the contents of the vessels medicine chest; retention of expired stock is not permitted and all controlled drugs should be in safe custody of the Master.

Rescue
1

11.152 Lagos is a designated MRCC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

339

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

LAGOS TO FORCADOS RIVER GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 1385
4

Area covered
1

Buoyage in the creeks, rivers and their approaches is not to be relied on as many buoys have been reported (2005) as missing, unlit or out of position.

11.153 This section describes the coastal passage, rivers, anchorages, ports and harbours from Lagos (626N 324E) to Forcados River (523N 519E), about 129 miles ESE. It is arranged as follows: Delta of River Niger (11.154) Coastal Passage (11.157) Offshore Terminals (11.185) Sapele (11.209) Warri (11.240).

Armed robbery
1

11.156 Acts of armed robbery have taken place in the rivers covered by this section. Mariners are warned to be extremely vigilant and not to let unauthorised craft come alongside their vessel. It was recommended (2005) that vessels navigating in the waterways leading to Koko, Sapele, Burutu and Warri seek naval escort.

COASTAL PASSAGE DELTA OF RIVER NIGER General information

Chart 3118

General information
Charts 1381, 1385, 3321

Route
1

Composition of the delta

1

11.154 The principal rivers forming the delta of River Niger are: Benin River (11.169) Escravos River (11.172) Nun River (12.24) Brass River (12.29) New Calabar River (12.79) Bonny River (12.80). All these rivers join the main stream of River Niger (12.22) at, or below, Ndoni (533N 633E) 92 miles E of Benin River entrance, where the delta may be said to end. The rivers and the tortuous creeks connecting them form a complex of inland waterways navigable throughout by boats, and by lightdraught power vessels for distances up to 40 miles inland. At present the bar of Escravos River, the depth over which controls entry to the delta ports, is the least dangerous and deepest of the delta river bars.

11.157 From a position in the vicinity of Lagos Fairway Lightbuoy (safe water) (6220N 3246E) the route leads generally ESE for 123 miles to a position W of Forcados River entrance (523N 519E).

Topography
1

Approach to the delta

1

11.155 In making the entrance to any river of the delta the proximity of the land is usually first ascertained by soundings and by the discoloration of the sea. The low coast is first seen as a few isolated trees which appear as disconnected wooded islets distorted by the mirage. On nearer approach the fringe of coastal forest forms a solid line broken only by a river entrance. Once over the bar and within the estuary the river banks are fringed with mangroves fronting masses of inkand forest growing above the HW limit where the land is sufficiently firm. Farther upstream the mangrove on the banks gradually gives way to forest trees and higher up to parklike land. Although such scenery is pleasanter than that on the coast the sea breeze near the river mouths renders the coastal part of the delta less unhealthy. Buoyage. For the purpose of buoyage in the creeks and rivers leading to delta ports the direction of the ingoing tide is considered as flowing from Escravos bar towards the following ports: Koko (11.176) Sapele (11.209) Burutu (11.233) Warri (11.240).

11.158 The coast for a distance of 40 miles E of Lagos (626N 324E), is formed by Kuramo Island which is fronted by a steep sandy beach backed by a ridge of dense jungle. A heavy surf breaks on the beach. Several villages stand on this stretch of the coast. The sandy beach 36 miles E of Lagos continues E for a further 36 miles. The W 21 miles of this stretch is backed by dark undulating bush fonting paler coloured trees in the distant background, the latter affording a striking contrast. The E 15 miles is very flat, though bushy, with no groves in the background. Along this stretch of the coast are three remarkable vistas or lagoon entrances, 2 cables wide at the beach which they cross at right angles. An abrupt and remarkable change in the coast from sand to mud occurs where the coast changes direction to SE. The dry soil, palm trees and brushwood give way to swamps and mangroves. Some scattered trees stand along this stretch of the coast and the surf breaks 2 miles offshore. Smooth water lies close to the coast inside the rollers. Between North Point (532N 510E), about 2 miles S of Escravos River entrance, and Hughes Point (527N 514E), the N entrance point of Forcados River 6 miles SE, a narrow sandy beach fronts swampy ground and forest.

Depths
1

11.159 The coastal depths E of Lagos are mainly regular; the regularity being interrupted by Avons Deep (616N 357E), a submarine canyon, where the depths increase abruptly from 40 m to over 180 m. Offshore, from where the coast E of Lagos changes direction from E to SE, mudflats with depths of less than 10 m extend up to 6 miles from the coast. Deposits from the numerous rivers on the E part of Bight of Benin have formed a broader and shallower muddy coastal bank on which stand several oil drilling rigs and terminals, as shown on the chart.

340

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Hazards
1

11.160 Marine exploitation. Numerous structures, usually marked by aids to navigation, other unlit objects, submerged obstructions and wellheads, sometimes marked by buoys, exist in the area described in this section. These features are not all charted due to their complexity and frequent change. Fishing stakes, the positions of which can, generally, be seen on the charts, may be found in the rivers and creeks described in this section. Swell. On all the bars at the entrances to the rivers of Niger delta there is usually a ground swell and adequate under keel clearance must be allowed for, depending on the swell conditions.

Escravos Gas Terminal, Moored Storage Tanker (533N 452E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Passage
1

Local knowledge
1

11.161 Local knowledge is essential for navigation within the creeks and rivers described in this section.

Traffic regulations
1

11.162 Restricted areas. Several oilfields and production areas lie within restricted areas; see 1.13. Prohibited anchorage. There are several areas where anchoring is prohibited, due to the proximity of submarine pipelines/cables and structures associated with offshore oil terminals, which are best seen on the chart.

Submarine cables and pipelines

1

11.163 Numerous submarine cables and pipelines, the positions of which are best seen on the chart, are laid in the area covered by this section. A fibreoptic cable has been laid in a series of loops along the coast of Nigeria between Lagos and Bonny River E Beach (423N 712E approximate), and is shown on the chart. Mariners are warned to exercise caution when anchoring in the vicinity of this cable.

Overfalls
1

11.164 Overfalls occur about 9 miles S of where the coastline turns SE and from 13 miles W to 13 miles WNW of North Point (546N 504E) (11.170), as shown on the chart.

Directions
(continued from 11.62)
5

Major lights
1

11.165 Lagos Light (6242N 3231E) (11.59). Necom Light (6267N 3239E) (11.59). Escravos River Entrance Light (metal framework tower, black band) (534N 511E).

11.167 From a position in the vicinity of Lagos Fairway Lightbuoy (6220N 3246E), the track leads ESE passing (with positions relative to Lagos Light (6242N 3231E)): NNE of an obstruction (7 miles SE) with a depth of 26 m over it, thence: SSW of a dangerous wreck (16 miles E) (Masts) which is marked by a lightbuoy (nonIALA), thence: Thence the track continues ESE, passing (with positions relative to North Point (546N 504E) (11.170)): SSW of a dangerous wreck (31 miles WNW), thence: SSW of Obe Oilfield (24 miles WNW) with Mahin, Bella, West Isan and Mina Oilfields lying 4 miles ESE, 8 miles E, 9 miles ESE and 6 miles ESE, respectively, from it. 11.168 Thence the track alters SE, passing: SW of a submerged well (23 miles WNW) with a depth of 31 m over it, thence: NE of Abo FPSO (35 miles W) (11.185) from where a light is exhibited, and clear of the restricted area which encloses it. Thence the track continues SE, passing: SW of an obstruction (22 miles WNW) with a depth of 30 m over it, thence: SW of an obstruction (20 miles W) with a depth of 31 m over it, lying 2 miles N of the lighted platform at Opolo Oilfield, thence: NE of a well (28 miles WSW), thence: SW of Ukpokiti Marine Terminal (14 miles WSW) (11.191) from which a light is exhibited and a racon (11.194) transmits, lying within a restricted area. Several Oilfields lie N and E of Ukpokiti Marine Terminal and are best seen on the chart. Thence the track continues SE, passing: NE of Erha Oilfield (50 miles WSW) (11.197) which lies within a restricted area. Thence the track continues SE, passing: SW of the FPSO (19 miles SW), moored at the W extremity of Escravos Oil and Gas Terminal (11.203) lying within a restricted area, from where a light is exhibited. Submerged wells of the Sonam Gasfield lie up to 3 miles SW from the FPSO, as shown on the chart. Thence the track continues ESE to a position W of the Forcados River entrance. (Directions for Forcados River continue at 11.231 and for the coastal passage at 12.15)

Benin River
Charts 1385, 3306

Other aids to navigation

1

General information
1

11.166 Racons: Ukpokiti Oil Terminal, Moored Storage Tanker (544N 450E).

11.169 Benin River (546N 505E), although joined by creeks to River Niger, has an origin entirely distinct from the muddy waters of that river. Its sources are at the head of

341

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Jamieson River and Ethiope River, both clear water rivers uniting at Sapele (11.209), 40 miles ENE of North Point, to form Benin River.

channels; the channel S of Munro Island leading to the port of Sapele.

Escravos River Benin River entrance

1

11.170 North Point (546N 504E), the N entrance point of Benin River, is well defined; breakers and heavy rollers extend 2 miles SW from the point. The shore on the S side of the river mouth forms a gentle curve and is difficult to identify from SW. Numerous platforms and well heads, most notably of Meren, Tapa and Kito Oilfields, stand in the approaches to the entrance, as shown on the chart. Discoloured water discharged by Benin River extends up to 9 miles seaward. Bar. The bar is composed of hard sand and depths over it are liable to change. It frequently breaks heavily right across and sometimes unexpectedly, with overwhelming force. Passage across the bar is not recommended and the regular route into Benin River is through Escravos entrance (11.261). Tidal streams over the bar set ENE with the ingoing tide and SW with the outgoing tide, but a set towards the breakers SW of North Point has been experienced on the rising tide. Current. Off the mouth of Benin River the general direction of the current is SE but after the harmattan (1.252) has been blowing it is often reversed, sometimes running with considerable strength.

Chart 3321

General information
1

11.172 The mouth of Escravos River (535N 510E) is the main entrance for the delta ports of: Koko (11.176) Sapele (11.209) Burutu (11.233) Warri (11.240). Creeks connecting with the delta ports are: Nana Creek (11.180), entered 7 miles within the river entrance and leading into Benin River, thence to Koko and Sapele. Chanomi Creek (11.266) leading S from 12 miles within the river entrance to Forcados River, thence to Burutu and Warri.

Depths
1

Benin River entrance to Sapele

1

11.171 Topography. Between North Point (11.170) and Young Town, 16 miles ENE, several creeks enter the NW and SE sides of Benin River. Those which are charted are: Olague Creek (548N 508E) Lagos Creek (551N 510E) Robbins Creek (552N 515E) Nana Creek (554N 518E) (N entrance). From Young Town, Benin River leads NE and E for about 12 miles to Koko (11.176), with several villages standing on both banks. Orobi Creek (557N 522E) enters the SE side of the river 5 miles NE of Young Town opposite Ologi Creek entrance (558N 521E) on the NW side. Bluff Point (559N 522E) (11.181) lies on the SE bank about 1 mile NE of the entrance to Orobi Creek. E of Crocodile Bank (11.181), the mangroves give way to open ground with trees and palms. Nana Town stands on the N bank 1 mile W of Koko. Between Koko and Sapele, Benin River leads ESE with two sharp bends. Yoruba Island (557N 534E), 7 miles SE of Koko, divides Benin River into two narrow channels. A 44 m bar lies across the S channel abreast the W end of the island. Eneose Island (556N 537E), 3 miles SE of Yoruba Island and similar to it in aspect, also divides the river into two channels. Wright Creek, as the channel W of Eneose Island is called, is narrow. A salt factory stands on the N bank close to the N entrance to Wright Creek. Munro Island (555N 540E), also similar to Yoruba Island, divides Benin River, mile S of Warrigi village (556N 539E) into two

11.173 In 2004 the maximum permissible draught on the Escravos River Bar was 54 m, increasing up to 72 m at HW. In the past it has been the practise to dredge channels within the rivers and creeks leading to the delta ports to the same depth as that across the bar. It is, however, advisable to obtain the latest information on depths from the Nigerian Ports Authority, Warri. It is possible to enter Escravos River through Forcados River and Chanomi Creek but there are depths of 27 m over the Forcados River bar (11.229) and less water than charted was reported (1983), as shown on the chart. Discoloured water extends 6 miles seaward from the mouth of Escravos River.

Tidal stream
1

11.174 On the ingoing stream there is a strong NW set across Escravos River bar in the approaches, and near the river entrance between the breakwaters. A vessel approaching Escravos River may experience a strong N set on the ingoing tide.

Escravos River entrance

1

11.175 Main Mole, a breakwater, extends from N of North Point (5323N 5095E) for about 4 miles, curving SW and W and passing S of the dredged channel across the bar. A short detached breakwater, Island Mole, extends mile NE from a position about mile NNE of the head of Main Mole. There are several lines of fishing stakes NE of the detached breakwater; shoaling has taken place on both sides of this breakwater. A light (11.264) is exhibited at the head of Main Mole and at the S end of Island Mole. Further points which may assist identification of the river are that Escravos River has a funnel shaped opening with a well defined S entrance point, unlike Benin River N of it. Nor should Escravos River entrance be mistaken for that of Forcados River S of it for the former opens out bearing ENE whereas the latter is only fully open bearing E.

342

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Directions for Escravos River entrance are given at 11.261.

This period increases to 11 hours in the wet season (April to October).

Koko
Charts 3306, 3307 plan Port of Koko

Directions
(continued from 11.264) Chart 3306

General information
1

11.176 Position. Port of Koko (600N 528E). Function. Main imports are fish, wheat, chemicals petroleum products and salt. Topography. The town of Koko extends about 1 miles along the N bank of Benin River. Port limits. The port limits lie about 8 cables up river and down river of the wharf, as shown on the chart. Approach and entry. The usual approach is through Nana Creek and thence through Benin River. Traffic. In 2004 there were 39 vessel movements totalling 220 962 dwt. Port Authority. Nigerian Ports Plc, PMB 1054, Warri, Nigeria.

Escardos Point to Koko through Nana Creek

1

Limiting conditions
1

11.177 Controlling depth. A report (1997) states that depths in the vicinity of Kokodegbena (540N 519E) in Nana Creek restrict the maximum permissible draught for vessels bound for Koko and Sapele to 58 m. Deepest and longest berth. The main wharf (11.182). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 07 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water is 1000 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled; LOA 140 m; draughtsee Controlling depth above.

Arrival information
1

11.178 Notice of ETA. Vessels should contact their agent prior to arrival. On arrival, the Escravos River Pilot must be contacted. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). Pilotage which is compulsory and available during daylight hours only, is arranged through the vessels agent. Escravos River Pilot boards vessel 2 miles SW of Main Mole and provides pilotage to Koko Anchorage (11.182). The NPA Harbour Pilot provides pilotage between Koko Anchorage and the nominated berth at Koko or Sapele. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are not available.

Harbour
1

11.179 General layout. The harbour extends, from a position, 5 miles ENE of Bluff Point (11.181), about 1 mile along the N bank of Benin River. Floating logs, many of which are almost submerged, may be encountered during the river passage, and a good lookout must be kept for them. Current. The rate never exceeds 2 kn. Tidal streams at The Fork are reported to set as follows: The outgoing stream runs W out of Hely Creek and is met off the W bank by the Egoing stream from Nana Creek, N of The Fork. 0400 HW Forcados +0400

outgoing

11.180 Landmark: Chimneys (5599N 5279E). Passage. A vessel should pass W of Nos 25 and 26 Lightbuoys (starboard hand and port hand, respectively) and enter Nana Creek S entrance (537N 518E) thence, steering NNE to pass between Escardos Point (5372N 5176E) and the spit extending from Otikaka village on the E shore; fishing stakes extend into the creek from both banks. Thence, course should be shaped to pass 3 cables W of Dempster Point (5385N 5185E). Thence keep in midchannel, noting the submarine pipeline crossing the creek about 3 miles NNE of Dempster Point, as shown on the chart. A vessel should then alter course N passing 1 cables off the point 6 cables S of Harrison Point (5428N 5192E) then follow the W bank at a distance of 1 cables passing W of the spit extending from the E bank between Balule village and Ivy Bluff (5432N 5194E) and clear of any fishing stakes; thence passing Ivy Bluff in midchannel and remaining in midchannel to Young Town (554N 518E). Vessels are often obliged to anchor at The Fork (5506N 5201E), the junction of Nana Creek with Hely Creek, to enable them to turn; speed should be reduced in good time and it is advisable to have a stern anchor ready to let go. Instead, some larger craft run the bow into the bush and soft mud on the N side of the junction, backing out when the stream (11.179) has swung the stern around; but when tidal streams are strong a stern anchor should be kept ready to let go to prevent the stern swinging on to the bank. Vessels should navigate at slow speed between the notice board SLOW, 1 mile S of Young Town, and Palmas Point, the W entrance point to the N end of Nana Creek, to avoid damage to the town on the E bank and to Gbeletie village on the W bank. See 11.183 (Harbour regulations). When abreast of the beacon on the E bank at the S end of Young Town, the track leads into Benin River, keeping just open NE of the alignment (331) of beacons on Windham Point on the N bank which clear the shallow spit extending N of Palmas Point. 11.181 Having entered Benin River a vessel should proceed in midchannel, taking care to avoid fishing stakes in the middle of the fairway, 1 mile NNE of Palmas Point (554N 518E), until abreast Kaporgu village (557N 520E) on the NW bank, about 3 miles NE of Young Town. The vessel should then close the NW bank and follow it at a distance of 1 cables until abreast the entrance to Ologi Creek (558N 521E) thence, keeping to the NW bank to avoid the shoal extending NW from Orobi Creek, pass Bluff Point (559N 522E) in midchannel. When abreast Olokugumage (559N 523E) course should be shaped to pass S of a 5 m patch and Crocodile Bank, the latter with depths of less than 5 m and which extends into midchannel between a position 1 mile E of Jarobu (559N 522E), a village on the N bank, to a position close W of Nana Town (5598N 5263E). A

343

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

buoy (port hand) is moored close to the S extent of Crocodile Bank, as shown on the chart. Thence, a midchannel course should once again be resumed avoiding two shoals, the W one with a least depth of 4 m and the E one with a least depth of 49 m, lying S of Nana Town, as shown on the chart. When off this town and clear of the shoals the N bank should be followed 2 cables off to the anchorage off the port of Koko. Useful mark: Tower (5599N 5269E) with a church standing cable N from it. Water tower (6000N 5276E). Chimneys (5598N 5280E). (Directions for Sapele continue at 11.222)

Local weather. Prevailing winds are SW. Between the months of December and April, squalls may be experienced.

Arrival information
1

Berths
1

11.182 Alongside berths. The main wharf, with a depth alongside of 70 m and 137 m in length, serves cargo vessels. There is an oil jetty, about 5 cables W of the main wharf, as shown on the chart. There are several private jetties; most of them in ruins. Anchorage. There is good anchorage off the town.
3

Port services
1

11.183 Other facilities: medical facilities; garbage disposal; no oily waste reception facilities. Supplies; fuel and diesel oil by barge; fresh water and provisions. Communications: There is an airport at Benin City (620N 540E), 80 km away, and frequent communication by sea with other ports of West Africa and Europe; also by shallow draught river vessels with Lagos (11.113). Harbour regulations. Vessels passing Koko should reduce speed in order to avoid damage to the river banks and to small craft moored at the wharves. Under Nigerian shipping laws Masters may be held liable for any damage caused by navigating at excessive speed.

11.187 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout 24 hours except in adverse weather conditions. Notice of ETA. An initial ETA 7 days before arrival should be followed by 72, 48 , 24 and 4 hours notice. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Anchorage. Not available in vicinity. If an export tanker is not scheduled to moor on arrival or when the terminal is closed due to adverse weather, the vessel will be advised by radio to drift in the neighbourhood, downstream of the FPSO. Pilotage is compulsory within a 2 mile radius of the terminal and is provided by the Mooring Master who boards 3 miles NE of the terminal, as shown on the chart. Tugs are available to assist in mooring operations. One tug remains secured to the stern of the export tanker during the entire loading operation. Restricted area. An area, best seen on the chart, in which anchorage is prohibited encompasses the Abo Central Oilfield and Terminal. Regulations. The terminal is bounded by a maritime exclusion zone of 2 miles centred on the FPSO, as shown on the chart. Vessels are not permitted to enter this zone without having first obtained permission from the FPSO OIM (Offshore Installation Manager). Arrival: not less than 25% of summer dwt, clean ballast only and, trim not exceeding 3 m, with the propeller fully immersed. All export tankers shall fly the Nigerian National flag during daylight hours, whilst moored at the terminal.

Directions
1

(continued from 11.167) 11.188 From a position NE of Abo Terminal, the track leads to the pilot embarkation position with the chart as the best guide.

Berth OFFSHORE TERMINALS

Chart 1385
1

Solitons
1

11.184 See 1.260.

Abo Terminal General information

1

11.189 A vessel arriving at the terminal is moored in tandem, bow to stern, and loading is by means of a floating hose arrangement between the FPSO and the loading tanker. Mooring operations are conducted during daylight hours only and, where possible, unmooring also takes place during daylight hours. In order to ensure that all mooring activities take place during daylight hours, mooring operations do not commence unless at least 3 hours of daylight remain.

11.185 Position. Abo Terminal 542N 429E. Function. It is an offshore terminal exporting crude oil and consists of a spread moored FPSO with a storage capacity of 148 188 m3. The maximum pumping rate of the FPSO is 6500 m3/hr. Traffic. In 2004 there were 15 vessel movements totalling 3 255 478 dwt. Terminal Authority. Nigerian Agip Exploration/Prosafe.

Services
1

11.190 None available. The FPSO is not equipped to receive dirty ballast.

Ukpokiti Marine Terminal General information

1

Limiting conditions
1

11.186 Maximum size of vessel handled: 350 000 dwt.

11.191 Position. Ukpokiti Marine Terminal (543N 450E) is located about 14 miles WSW of the mouth of the Benin River (11.169). Function. It is an offshore terminal exporting crude oil and consists of a spread moored FPSO.

344

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Traffic. In 2004 there were 4 vessel movements totalling 378 952 dwt. Terminal Authority. Conoco Phillips Nigeria Ltd.

Limiting conditions
1

Limiting conditions
1

11.192 Controlling depth. The FPSO is moored in a depth of about 26 m. Maximum size of vessel handled; 150 000 dwt; 337 m LOA; 210 m draught.

Arrival information
1

11.198 Maximum size of vessel handled: 398 000 metric tonnes displacement. Local weather. The predominant wind between May and September is from SW to W. Between October and April the winds are generally variable. During the harmattan (1.280) season, dust particles and haze may reduce visibilty. A long SW swell prevails throughout the year. However between late March and November squalls (1.282), varying in intensity, are common and these may cause the swell to become higher with accompanying rough seas.

11.193 Notice of ETA. An initial ETA 12 and 7 days before arrival should be followed by 72, 48 , 24 and 12 hours notice. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Anchorage. The anchorage lies SW of the terminal, outside the restricted area, and consists of a 3 mile diameter circular area centred on position 540N 447E, as shown on the chart. Pilotage is compulsory. The Mooring Master boards 3 miles SW of the terminal, as shown on the chart. Tugs are available and are essential for berthing and unberthing. Restricted area. The teminal is enclosed within an outer area wherein anchoring is prohibited and an inner area wherein entry is prohibited without prior approval.

Arrival information
1

Directions
1

(continued from 11.167) 11.194 Racon: Ukpokiti Oil Terminal, Moored Storage Tanker (5435N 4499E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Approach. From a position SW of Ukpokiti Marine terminal, the track leads to the pilot embarkation position with the chart as the best guide.

Berth
1

11.195 A vessel arriving at the terminal is moored in tandem, bow to stern, and loading is by means of a floating hose arrangement between the FPSO and the loading tanker. The terminal is normally closed from 1630 until 0600 LMT; the hours of darkness. Export tankers already on the berth by 1630 LMT can continue operations and may also unberth at night.

11.199 Notice of ETA. An initial ETA 7 days before arrival should be followed by 72, 48 , 24 and 6 hours notice. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Waiting area, radius 2 miles, has been established centred on position 517N 429E. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels manoeuvering within the terminal exclusion zone. Arriving vessels are boarded by a Mooring Master at the waiting area or where directed. Tugs and mooring boats are available; a large tug remains secured to the stern of the export tanker throughout the operation. Restricted area. The terminal is enclosed within an exclusion zone defined by positions: 5217N 4177E 5239N 4204E 5239N 4225E 5217N 4236E 5180N 4215E 5190N 4177E. Regulations. Immobilisation of engines whilst moored at the terminal is not permitted. An export tanker must arrive with clean ballast or cargo of not less than 30% of her summer deadweight and a trim not exceeding 2 m with propellers fully immersed. Vessels arriving after 1300 shall be deemed to have arrived the next day. Current. The predominant current sets E, at rates of between and 1 kn , except during the harmattan season when it can set W.

Directions
1

Services
1

11.196 None available. The FPSO is not equipped to receive dirty ballast.

(continued from 11.167) 11.200 Racon: Erha Terminal, Moored Storage Tanker (50215N 4205E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Approach. The chart is sufficient guide.

Erha Terminal General information

1

Berths
1

11.197 Position and function. Erha Terminal, a deepwater terminal exporting crude oil, consists of a FPSO in position 5215N 4205E and a SBM to which it is connected by two steel pipelines suspended in a loop. The SBM is moored about 1 mile SE of the FPSO, which itself is spreadmoored in a N/S direction in a depth of about 1200 m. Terminal Authority. Esso Exploration and Production Nilgeria Lmited (EEPNL).

11.201 For normal export operations the offtake tanker is moored to the SBM and oil is transferred by means of a floating hose arrangement. The terminal is also able to export oil by tandem mooring offtake tankers to the FPSO, bow to bow. Securing to the SBM is carried out on a 24hour basis, weather permitting. However tandem mooring to the FPSO is carried out during daylight hours only, unberthing anytime. The terminal has established parameters for operations, and the Mooring Master is the final authority.

345

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Services
11.202 None available. The FPSO is not equipped to receive dirty ballast.
1

Directions
(continued from 11.167) 11.206 Racon: Escravos Gas Terminal, Moored Storage Tanker (5316N 4517E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Caution. When approaching the pilot boarding position (5285N 4591E) from S a vessel must take care to avoid two platforms in ruins which show barely 5 m above sea level and are poor radar targets, standing about 3 miles S from the Berth Operations Platform. Approach. From a position SW of the FPSO (5316N 4517E) moored at the W extremity of the terminal, the track leads E, passing (with positions relative to the above FPSO): Clear of a well (3 miles SW) lying in Sonam Gasfield; two more wells lie 1 miles NNW and NE from the former, as shown on the chart, thence: S of SBM No 3 (4 miles ESE) and clear of the restricted area enclosing it. Thence the track leads to the vicinity of the pilot embarkation position, with the chart as the best guide. Useful mark: Berth Operations Platform (metal structure, 26 m in height) (5305N 5003E). (Directions for Escravos River continue at 11.260)

Escravos Oil and Gas Terminal

Chart 3321

General information
1

11.203 Position. Escravos Oil Terminal (530N 458E), lies WSW of the mouth of Escravos River (11.172). Escravos Gas Terminal is farther to seaward, WNW from the Oil Terminal. Function. It is an offshore terminal exporting crude oil and condensate and consists of: Berth Operations Platform (5305N 5003E), from where a light is exhibited; SBM berth No 2 (5306N 4594E), from which a light is exhibited; SBM berth No 3 (5295N 4559E), from which a light is exhibited; FPSO vessel (5316N 4517E) from which a light is exhibited and a racon (11.206) transmits. Traffic. In 2004 there were 155 vessel movements totalling 20 709 954 dwt. Terminal Authority. Chevron Nigeria Limited (CNL), Lagos.

Limiting conditions
1

Berths
1

11.204 Controlling depth; SBM No 2 depth at the berth 192 m; SBM No 3 depth at the berth 304 m. Maximum size of vessel handled; SBM No 2, 300 00 dwt, 158 m draught; SBM No 3, 300 00 dwt, 260 m draught. Local weather is generally favourable for operations, but may deteriorate during the wet season (May to November).

11.207 Two SBMs for oil loading vessels and one FPSO for condensate loading vessels.

Services
1

11.208 Supplies. Fuel replenishment can be arranged at the anchorage with prior notice. No other services available. Communication. There is a helicopter platform on the Berth Operations Platform.

Arrival information
1

11.205 Notice of ETA. Vessels bound for the terminal are required to send their ETA to CNL Lagos and CNL Escravos 72 , 42 and 24 hours before arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for more information. Anchorage is available, good holding ground, 2 miles SW of Berth Operations Platform, as shown on the chart. Pilotage is compulsory and available on a 24 hour basis. The Mooring Master boards in the anchorage and the pilot boarding area (528N 459E). Tugs are available and one tug is normally made fast to the stern of the export tanker. Prohibited anchorage. Anchorage is prohibited within an extensive area, extending seaward from the coast N of Escravos River (11.172) entrance as shown on the chart, and encompasses Escravos Oil and Gas Terminal and several oilfields in the vicinity. Restricted area. Navigation is restricted within a radius of 1 miles centred on each SBM berth, as shown on the chart. Regulations. Immobilisation of engines whilst moored at the terminal is not permitted. Current near the terminal sets NNW for about 75 % of the year, but SSE for the remaining 25 %, with rates of to 1 kn. The direction may reverse very suddenly causing heavy yawing at the berth.

SAPELE General information

Charts 3306, 3307 plan Port of Sapele

Position
1

11.209 Port of Sapele (555N 539E), stands on the S bank of Benin River.

Function
1

11.210 The port is second in importance, of the delta ports, in relation to the volume of cargo handled. The main export is timber.

Topography
1

11.211 The town of Sapele fronts the S bank and is situated about 1 mile SE of the new port. The width of the Benin River at Sapele is about 145 m.

Port limits
1

11.212 The port limits are charted in the SE part of Munro Creek, the entrance to Jamieson River and about 7 cables up Ethiope River.

346

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Approach and entry

1

11.213 The usual approach is across the Escravos Bar, thence Escravos River, Nana Creek and Benin River.

Traffic
1

11.214 In 2004 there were 23 vessel movements totalling 295 873 dwt.

Port Authority
1

11.215 Nigerian Ports Authority, PMB 1054, Warri, Nigeria.

Limiting conditions
1

11.216 Controlling depth. See 11.177. Deepest and longest berth. New Port berths (11.224). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 04 m; mean neap range about 03 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water: 1000 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels of up to 170 m length and 64 m draught have been accomodated alongside.

Arrival information Port radio

1

11.217 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Notice of ETA
1

11.218 See 11.178.

Submarine cables and pipelines

1

11.219 A submarine pipeline crosses Benin River at the N end of Eneose Island (556N 537E), as shown on the chart. A submarine cable crosses the river 5 cables W of Millers Point (11.222), and the position where it is landed on the shore is marked by beacons, as shown on the chart.

close E of Fagan Island and W of the 33 m shoal in midchannel. Mariners should then steer a midchannel course and pass through the dredged channel leading NE from the SW end of Yoruba Island thence keeping in midchannel to the E end of the island. Speed should be reduced to avoid damage to the river banks and to craft moored at the piers of villages N and NE of Yoruba Island during the course of the above passage. See 11.183 (Harbour regulations) regarding liability for damage. Above Yoruba Island a vessel should steer in midchannel to a position abreast Ajakana Village (5555N 5346E) thence close the SW bank to avoid the 46 m shoal extending from the NE bank. Thence a vessel should steer in midchannel to the S end of Eneose Island (5560N 5371E), thence passing through the narrow channel leading E of the island. Thence keep in midchannel to the NW end of Munro Island (555N 540E). From this position keep in midchannel of the NW side of the island and pass through the channel on the SW side of the island which was dredged at about its midpoint to a depth of 64 m. Thence remain in midchannel to the berths at Sapele, with the chart as the best guide. A vessel proceeding to the berths (11.224) in Ethiope River should keep close to the N bank of Benin River until Ethiope River opens out, when course should be altered S and the river should be entered in midchannel abreast Millers Point (5541N 5415E). A shoal with depths of less than 37 m over it extends up to 1 cable NW of Millers Point. Useful marks: Control Tower (5547N 5397E). First Baptist Church (5544N 5403E). Radio Mast (5540N 5414E). Radio Mast (5537N 5416E). Chimneys (5535N 5417E), on the W bank of Ethiope River.

Berths Moorings
1

Pilotage
1

11.220 Pilotage is compulsory from Koko to Sapele and available during daylight hours. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

11.223 There are 13 mooring buoys at which general cargo is handled. These buoys lie close to the SE end of Munro Creek and extend along the N bank to the entrance to the Jamieson River, 7 cables E, as shown on the chart.

Alongside berths Harbour General layout

1 1

11.221 The New Port of Sapele, presently in use by the Nigerian Navy, is situated 2 miles WNW of Millers Point (11.222) and lies along the S bank of the river. A number of private jetties are situated along the S bank and are administered by the Nigerian Ports Authority.

11.224 The New Port has five conventional berths each of 200 m length and a dedicated RoRo berth of 152 m in length. There are depths of up to 105 m alongside, as shown on the chart. There are private jetties up and down river from the new port as shown on the chart. There are two private berths, about 5 cables up Ethiope River for the loading of forest products.

Directions from Koko to Sapele

(continued from 11.181)
1

Inner anchorage
1

11.222 Between Koko and a position on the NE bank, 1 mile N of Fagan Island (5563N 5304E), where the mangroves give way to open ground and trees, a vessel should be kept about 1 to 1 cables off the NE bank to avoid a depth of 54 m in midchannel 1 miles above Koko. Thence she should be steered to pass through the dredged channel

11.225 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 73 m off the SE entrance to Munro Creek.

Port services
1

11.226 Other facilities: medical facilities; ballast reception; sludge disposal by truck; garbage disposal.

347

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Supplies: fuel oil by barge from Warri, diesel oil locally; fresh water from quay and by barge; provisions in limited quantities. Communications: airport at Benin City to which Sapele is connected by road. Sea connections are as for Koko (11.176).

3 hours at a rate of 2 kn and the outgoing stream for 9 hours at a rate of 3 kn.

Directions for approach and crossing the bar

1

Forcados River
Charts 3321, 3305

General information
1

11.227 Forcados River is entered between Hughes Point (527N 514E), ill defined, sandy and backed by forest, and South Point (522N 519E), 7 miles SE. The entrance is fronted by a bar. Abreast Port Forcados (522N 526E), 12 miles within the entrance, Forcados River divides into three branches; Chanomi Creek (11.266), Warri River (11.267) and Forcados River itself which leads E to Burutu (11.233).

Approaches to Forcados River

1

11.228 The N shore of the approach and entrance is marked by several beacons (11.232). Moore Point (5 235N 5213E), 8 miles ESE of Hughes Point, is a steep bluff which shows up well from seaward when bearing more than 095; but it is difficult, except in clear weather to distinguish this point from another bluff about 3 miles farther E. South Point, the S entrance point of the river, is steep and wooded; a wreck on the beach on the N side of the point is conspicuous during the afternoon but in the morning barely visible from inside the bar. Kwarra Point (11.237) stands 7 miles E of South Point.

Bar
1

11.229 The bar lies between two lines of breakers, the S breakers extending about 7 miles W from South Point with the N breakers about 2 miles N of them. The breakers are usually visible except during the harmattan season (1.280) (December to February). The passage over the bar is nearly 3 miles in length with a width of about 1 mile in the shoalest part. The depth on this bar, which is subject to frequent change, controls the draught of vessels entering the river and less water than charted has been reported, as shown on the chart. Within the bar, the water is smooth with greater depths. The best time to cross the bar is about 1 hour before HW and due allowance should be made for wind, sea, tidal streams and increase of draught due to beam when rolling, if near maximum permitted draught. Caution. See 11.160 (Swell) regarding minimum clearance over the bars at the mouth of delta rivers.

(continued from 11.168) 11.231 Caution. Meji Oilfield (527N 509E) lies 10 miles WNW of the entrance to Forcados River and Mesan Oilfield (523N 513E) lies 5 miles W of South Point. Forcados Oilfield (523N 518E) lies across the fairway within the bar. The above oilfields consist of many oil structures from which lights are exhibited and fog signals sounded. More structures may exist than are shown on the chart. Entry. Before attempting to enter Forcados River the Nigerian Port Authority, Lagos or Warri should be contacted for the latest depth on the bar. Vessels approaching from W should keep well outside the 10 m line until position has been checked. The differences in alignment between the entrances of Escravos River and Forcados River should be borne in mind. See 11.175. Mariners approaching from the SW should remain beyond 15 miles distant from the shore until able to approach the bar from W. This will avoid close proximity to the Forcados Oil Terminal (12.38) facility in addition to other obstructions. Vessels intent on using the coastal route should proceed with caution. Two known obstructions in the form of pipes lie 7 and 9 miles WSW of South Point, as shown on the chart. Others, uncharted may exist. After crossing the bar an ESE course will lead between the structures of Forcados Oilfield and about 6 cables N of South Point (11.227). Thence a midchannel course should be followed to the vicinity of Port Forcados (11.227). 11.232 Useful marks: Middle Beacon (white, 18 m in height) (5282N 5130E). Yoki Beacon (white, 12 m in height) (5 266N 5149E). Norman Beacon (white, 8 m in height|) (5258N 5160E). East Beacon (white, 17 m in height) (5 25 4N 5174E). (Directions for Burutu continue at 11.237)

Burutu
Chart 3307 plan of Ports Forcados and Burutu

General information
1

Tidal streams
1

11.230 Tidal streams close offshore are variable in direction and turn about 1 hour earlier than in Forcados River. On the bar there is a N set during the whole period of ingoing and outgoing streams. In Forcados River, during the dry season (November to March) the streams run for about 6 hours each way, turning about 3 hours after HW and LW Forcados. During the wet season (April to October) the ingoing stream runs for

11.233 Position. Burutu (521N 530E) is situated on an island in Forcados River estuary. Function. The port is presently not in use except by local craft. Port limits. The N limit is the parallel of 5250N and the W limit is the meridian of 5273E, as shown on the chart. Approach and entry. Burutu is approached and entered through a dredged and buoyed channel. Port Authority. Nigerian Ports Authority (Warri), PMB 1054, Warri, Nigeria.

Limiting conditions
1

11.234 Controlling depth for loading vessels is the minimum depth on Burutu Flats (5210N 5276E), which in 1988 was charted as 3 m. Deepest and longest berth. Main Wharf (11.238).

348

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 12 m; mean neap range about 06 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water is 1000 g/cm3.

Arrival information
1

11.235 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). Notice of ETA. Send ETA 7 days prior to arrival to the agent. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for further details. Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained N and E of Kwarra Point, on which the town of Forcados stands, in depths of about 9 m in good holding ground. Prohibited anchorage is established within the entrance to Forcados River, between meridians 5 21 5E and 5225E, extending to both banks on which notice boards mark the point of landing of a pipeline. Submarine cables. A submarine cable is laid across Burutu Channel, from a position 5 cables NW of West Point, connecting Port Forcados to Warri. A submarine cable crosses Muri Creek (11.237) and is landed 1 cables ENE of Clough Point (11.237), the landing place is marked by a beacon. Another submarine cable is laid, between Burutu and Warri, in a NE direction from a position cable ENE from Government Wharf; this cable lies across the designated anchorage. The positions of these cables may best be seen on the chart. Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight hours only. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tugs are available.

Thence a vessel should keep 1 to 2 cables off the W bank until abreast West Point (521N 527E) when course should be altered E to pass through the buoyed channel; when clear of the channel keep towards the S bank until abreast Burutu. Useful mark: Radio tower (elevation 30 m) (5213N 5307E), red obstruction light.

Berths
1

11.238 Alongside berths. There are two wharves for working cargo alongside; Main Wharf, 229 m in length, and New Wharf 91 m in length; both have depths of 64 m alongside. Anchorage berths. Three vessels can be accommodated at the anchorage lying 3 cables NE of Government Wharf, as shown on the chart, in depths of about 7 m, good holding ground. A submarine cable (11.235) is laid close NW of the anchorage.

Port services
1

11.239 Repairs: none available. Other facilities: medical facilities. Communications: airport at Warri (11.275).

WARRI General information

Charts 3321, 3305, 3307 plan Port of Warri

Position
1

Harbour
1

11.236 Tidal streams. Off Kwarra Point, tidal streams are strong; the outgoing stream runs for 7 to 8 hours at springs. At Burutu the outgoing stream runs for 8 to 9 hours at springs. The ingoing stream is barely perceptible. Local weather. Prevailing winds are SWly. Between December and April, NE squalls may be encountered.

11.240 The port of Warri (531N 543E) stands on the N bank of Warri River; together with Warri New Port it extends from a point 2 miles SE of Red Cliff (11.268) about 2 miles E along the N bank to Alders Town (5305N 5450E). The NNPC refinery lies on the N bank of Warri River about 1 miles below and the Delta Steel Company Terminal jetty at Aladja lies on the S bank of Warri River about 3 miles above Warri New Port, respectively.

Directions
1

Function
1

(continued from 11.232) 11.237 Description. Burutu Channel is entered between Kwarra Point (522N 526E) and the SW end of the large drying bank ENE; there are fishing stakes, best seen on the chart, in the vicinity of this bank. The channel leads SSE for 1 mile to West Point where Muri Creek, which connects with Ramos River (12.18), enters on the S side. From Clough Point (521N 528E) the E entrance point of Muri Creek, Burutu Channel leads E, following the S bank of Forcados River, to Burutu. Clough Point is covered with mangroves. Buoyage. Burutu Channel is marked on its N side by buoys (port hand) evennumbers 2BC to 10BC, and on its S side by No 3BC buoy moored 3 cables NW of Clough Point, and by No 11BC buoy moored 3 cables W of Boma Point (5211N 5295E). The buoys are moved to conform with the shifting of the channel. Directions. To approach Port Forcados, situated on the S side of Forcados River and at the W entrance to Burutu Channel, a vessel should pass W of WBC Buoy (preferred channel to port) (5222N 5265E) moored off the W edge of the shoal bank extending from The Children, an island of growing mangroves.

11.241 The main exports are crude oil and steel. The main imports are machinery, food products and general cargo.

Port limits
1

11.242 The W limit is defined by the meridian of 540E, as shown on the chart.

Approach and entry

1

11.243 The port is approached over Escravos Bar, thence by Escravos River, Chanomi Creek and Warri River, a passage of 68 miles.

Traffic
1

11.244 In 2004 there were 199 vessel movements totalling 2 703 301 dwt.

Port Authority
1

11.245 Nigerian Ports Authority (Warri), PMB 1054, Warri, Nigeria. Email: warri@nigerianports.net

349

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Limiting conditions Controlling depth

1

11.246 Vessels of less than 30 m draught may enter through Forcados River (11.227); others of deeper draught enter across Escravos River (11.172) bar and thence through that river and Chanomi Creek. There is a charted depth of 62 m over the bar at the N end of Chanomi Creek. The shoalest parts of Warri River are kept dredged to 64 m.

Submarine pipelines from a former oil rig are laid W and N of Dodo Island (11.268) and a standing pipe is charted 1 cable N of it, as shown on the chart. Submarine pipelines are also charted about 8 cables WNW of Red Cliff (532N 541E). A submarine cable, best seen on the chart, is laid across the entrance to Forcados Creek and Warri River, E of the Turning Basin (5306N 5436E).

Pilotage
1

Deepest and longest berth

1

11.247 See 11.274.

Tidal levels
1

11.248 At Ogidigbe (11.263) mean spring range about 13 m; mean neap range about 06 m. At Madagho (11.264) mean spring range about 11 m; mean neap range about 05 m. At Rugged Point (11.265) mean spring range about 09 m; mean neap range about 05 m. At Warri mean spring range about 1 m; mean neap range about 07 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2.

11.256 Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight hours only. Escravos River Pilot boards 2 miles SW of Main Mole Light and provides pilotage to/from Bennett Island Anchorage (11.253), whilst the NPA Harbour Pilot Provides pilotage between Bennett Island and the nominated berth at Warri. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Tugs
1

11.257 Tugs are available.

Harbour General layout

1

Density of water
1

11.249 The density of the water is 1000 g/cm3.

Maximum size of vessel handled

1

11.250 Maximum LOA 250 m.

Arrival information Port radio

1

11.251 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

11.258 The port of Warri consists of an old port and a new port with the NNPC refinery jetties situated 1 miles below new port and the Aladja Steel Jetty situated 3 miles above old port. There is a turning basin N of the entrance to Forcados Creek, as shown in the chart, about 1 cables in diameter. Numerous stranded wrecks, shown on the chart lie off the N bank at a distance of from 2 cables to 4 cables E of the entrance to Okere Creek (531N 544E).

Natural conditions
1

Notice of ETA
1

11.252 ETA should be sent to the agent 7, 4, 3 and 2 days and 24 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

11.259 Tidal streams in Chanomi Creek are reported to meet off Bedford Point. Local weather. Prevailing winds are SWly. NEly squalls may be experienced from December to April.

Outer anchorages
1

Directions
(continued from 11.206)

11.253 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 10 m mud and sand, 4 cables NNE of Macdonald Point (5 32 5N 5373E). The holding anchorage for Warri is close to No 82 buoy, W of Bennett Island (532N 537E).

Major light
1

11.260 Escravos River Entrance Light (534N 511E) (11.165).

Escravos River Approaches to Escardos Point

1

Prohibited Anchorage
1

11.254 Anchorage is prohibited in Chanomi Creek, as shown on the chart, in the vicinity of No 53 Buoy on account of a submarine pipeline; the landing place is marked on each shore by notice boards. Anchorage is prohibited in Warri River from abreast the S end of Dodo Island (5322N 5393E) to a position 6 cables E of it due to the presence of submarine pipelines (described below).

Submarine pipelines and cables

1

11.255 A submarine pipeline crosses Chanomi Creek in the vicinity of Powell Point (5335N 5215E), as shown on the chart.

11.261 Caution. Local Harbour Masters Notices should be consulted for the latest depths in the channel across Escravos Bar which is liable to silt. The buoyage in the Escravos River is not to be relied upon. See 11.155 (Buoyage). Directions. From the vicinity of the pilot embarkation position for Escravos Gas and Oil Terminal, the track leads E, passing (with positions relative to the Berth Operations Platform (5305N 5003E)): S of SBM No 2 (1 mile W) and clear of the restricted area surrounding it, thence: N of a ruined platform (3 miles S) with another ruined platform situated 7 cables E from it; both platforms showing barely 5 m above sea level, thence:

350

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

S of Berth Operations Platform (11.206), thence: Clear of a lighted beacon (2 miles SE), 4 m in height, thence: S of No 2 Buoy (safe water) (3 miles E), moored SW of Mefa Oilfield. A submerged well lies 3 cables NE and a dangerous wreck lies 8 cables E from the buoy, as shown on the chart. 11.262 Thence the track leads ENE, passing (with positions relative to Main Mole Light (5310N 5069E)): SSE of a submerged well (3 miles WSW), thence: SSE of a platform (2 miles WSW), thence: SSE of a submerged well (2 miles WSW), thence: NNW of a lighted beacon (2 miles SW), which lies 5 cables S of the pilot boarding position. Thence the track leads NNE, passing: Clear of No 5 Buoy (starboard hand) (1 mile W); a submerged well lies 3 cables WNW and Okan Oilfield extends N with numerous submerged wells and structures, as shown on the chart. Thence the track leads E, passing: Clear of a 5 m patch (4 cables WNW), thence, keeping in middle of the dredged channel: N of Main Mole Light (11.264), thence: S of Island Mole Light (4 cables NNE) (11.264), thence: Between Nos 7 and 8 Buoys (lateral) (8 cables ENE). Thence the track leads ENE, passing: Between Nos 9 and 10 Buoys (lateral) (1 miles ENE). Thence the track leads NE, passing: Between Nos 11 and 12 Buoys (lateral) (1 miles ENE). A stranded wreck (position approximate) lies 1 cables NW of No 12 Buoy. 11.263 Thence the track continues NE, passing: Clear of the drying bank (2 miles NE) reported (1991) to be extending SE. A dangerous wreck lies W of the drying patch, as shown on the chart. Thence: NW of North Point (3 miles ENE) (5 32 3N 5095E), with Cotton Beacon (white, 9 m in height) standing about 1 miles ESE from it, thence: Between Nos 13 and 14 Buoys (lateral) (3 miles NE). The portion of the bank lying W of No 14 Buoy always breaks. Thence: NW of Escravos River Entrance Light (4 miles NE) (11.165), with the village of Ogidigbe standing S. Escravos Beacon, in a state of ruin, stands 3 cables NW from the light. Thence: SE of No 16 Buoy (port hand) (4 miles NE), thence: NW of No 15 Buoy (starboard hand) (5 miles NE), thence: SE of Nana Beacon (6 miles NE) (11.264), thence: Between Nos 17 and 18 Buoys (lateral) (6 miles NE) noting the submerged oil pipeline which crosses the river in this position. 11.264 Thence the track leads ENE, passing (with positions relative to the radio tower (5363N 5117E)): SSE of the radio tower, standing at the S extremity of an oil terminal. Thence: SSE of N2 Beacon (6 cables ENE) and a light, which is exhibited from a point 1 cables SW

from it. A gas plant was under construction NW of N2 Beacon. Thence: NNW of S2 Beacon (1 miles ESE), with the village of Madagho standing close E from it, thence: Between Nos 19 and 20 Buoys (lateral) (9 cables E), noting the submarine pipeline which crosses the river about 3 cables farther ENE, thence: SSE of N3 Beacon (1 miles ENE), with a stranded wreck lying 3 cables farther ENE, thence: Between Nos 21 and 22 Buoys (lateral) (2 miles ENE). Thence the track leads ESE, passing: Between Nos 23 and 24 Buoys (lateral) (4 miles E). Thence the track leads E, passing S of Escardos Point, the S entrance point to Nana Creek (11.180). Useful marks: North Beacon (white, elevation 15 m) (5305N 5111E). Main Mole Head Light (metal framework tower, 8 m in height) (5310N 5070E). Island Mole Light (metal framework tower and hut, 6 m in height) (5313N 5072E). Cotton Beacon (white, elevation 9 m) (5319N 5109E). Nana Beacon (white, elevation 9 m) (5 35 5N 5108E). Radio tower (elevation 98 m) (5363N 5117E), red obstruction lights. (Directions for Koko continue at 11.180)

Escardos Point to Rugged Point

1

11.265 From Escardos Point (5372N 5176E) the track continues in a general ESE direction in mid channel passing between three pairs of buoys (lateral) to a position off Rugged Point (535N 522E), where Chanomi Creek is entered passing W of No 34 Buoy (port hand).

Chanomi Creek Rugged Point to Goshawk Point

1

11.266 Description. Chanomi Creek, leading generally SSE for a distance of 15 miles, connects Escravos River with ports in Forcados and Warri Rivers. It is very narrow in places with a sharp bend at Bedford Point (532N 524E). The Directions given by the pilot should be closely followed as there are strong eddies off Round Island Creek (3 miles within the N entrance) and off Rawson Creek (3 miles S of Bedford Point). At its S end Chanomi Creek enters Forcados River N of Port Forcados (522N 526E), between Goshawk Point (5233N 5260E) (11.267) and No 1 W Buoy (port hand) moored off the SW edge of Madeira Bank extending from Warri Point (5241N 5280E). Depths of 05 m to 42 m off Craig Creek, in the E side abreast Rawson Creek, narrow the channel to a width of 1 cable and are unmarked. Caution. If Nbound the entrance to Rawson Creek can be mistaken for the very much narrower entrance of the continuation N of Chanomi Creek. (Directions for Port Forcados and Burutu continue at 11.237) Buoyage. The channel, which follows the deeper water on either side of the creek, is marked by lightbuoys and buoys. On the W and S side the buoys (starboard hand) are

351

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

odd numbered 35 to 59; on the E and N sides the buoys (port hand) are even numbered 36 to 60. The direction of buoyage is N to S throughout.
2

Goshawk Point to Warri

1

11.267 Description. Goshawk Point, the SW entrance point of Chanomi Creek is wooded and slopes gradually towards the creek. Warri River which joins Forcados River below Warri Point is navigable by vessels drawing less than 64 m to the Port of Warri, 21 miles above the junction. Between Warri Point and Bennett Island, 11 miles NE, mangroves front both banks of the river. Marescaux Point (530N 531E) lies on the E bank 6 miles NNE of Warri Point. Between Marescaux Point and Bennett Island, 5 miles NE, several creeks enter the river on both banks. An extensive shoal, 1 mile long, with depths of less than 5 m over it, lies in the middle of the river abreast the entrance to Dupen Creek (530N 533E); there is a least depth of 15 m near its W end. The main channel leads N of this shoal and thence between it and Spinnaker Bank. Spinnaker Bank, which dries in places and upon which lie some islets, extends S into the river from between 1 and 3 miles E of the entrance to Dupen Creek. Bennett Island (532N 537E), fringed with mangroves, divides Warri River. The channel on the E side of Bennett Island is closed by a bar with a depth of 09 m abreast the N end of the island. A channel marked by lightbuoys and buoys is dredged through the bar SW of Bennett Island. 11.268 Between Bennett Island and Warri, 8 miles ESE, the river narrows and has many bends. Galloway Creek, entering the river 3 cables ESE of Barure village (533N 538E), joins Benin Creek, the E arm of Escravos River, 9 miles NW. Whydah Bank, which dries in places, extends 2 cables offshore between Galloway Creek and a point on the N bank 1 miles SE of it. A stranded wreck lies close to the SE edge of the bank, as shown on the chart. A lightbuoy (port hand) marks the W edge of the bank. Dodo Island (5322N 5396E) lies on the shore bank extending up to 4 cables into the river from the E shore; Dodo Bank, which dries, is situated on the S part of the shore bank. Daisy Bank, with a least depth of 28 m, extends from the N bank abreast Red Cliff (532N 541E) on the S bank. 11.269 Buoyage. The fairway through Warri River is marked by lightbuoys and buoys. In general, except where through two short stretches, the channel leads SE, the buoys marking the S and N sides are port hand, even numbered from 62 to 106, and those marking the E and S side, are starboard hand, oddnumbers from 65 to 107. The numbering is not always continuous, and breaks in the sequence are mentioned in the Directions which follow. 11.270 Directions. The following directions are based on surveys up to 1984. Owing to changes in depths after the wet season and considerable dredging these directions should be regarded as suggesting an approximate track to be followed.

From Port Forcados to Macdonald Point (5325N 5373E), a distance of 17 miles, the fairway is well marked by lightbuoys and buoys at frequent intervals. The route from N of Port Forcados leads NE and NNE passing SE of Nos 62 and 64 Lightbuoys, about 7 cables SE of Warri Point and NW of No 65 Lightbuoy. Thence it follows the deeper water on the E side of the river. There are no Nos 69 and 70 Buoys. Having passed W of No 71 Buoy (starboard hand), moored close off Marescaux Point (11.267), a vessel should cross to the N bank to pass between No 71A Buoy and No 72 Buoy off the entrance to Holt Creek. Thence the route, leading E about 1 cable off the N shore and passing N of the extensive shoal (11.267) lying in the middle of the river, turns SE between the buoys marking the narrow channel between it and the W end of Spinnaker Bank and thence S of the bank. The SE side of the shoal bank extending ENE from Spinnaker Bank is marked by Nos 76 and 78 Lightbuoys (port hand). There is no No 77 Buoy. 11.271 The route then leads N passing W of Bennett Island turning E round the N side of the shore bank extending 7 cables WNW from Macdonald Point, and on which lies Ivy Bank which dries and is marked by No 85 Lightbuoy. There are no Nos 84 and 86 Buoys. The channel N of Ivy Bank is narrowed to 1 cables by a small spit, with a depth of 44 m extending from the N bank 7 cables NW of Macdonald Point; there is a similar spit, with a depth of 4 m over it, 3 cables farther ENE. A stranded wreck lies on the N side of the channel off the entrance to Galloway Creek (5328N 5381E), as shown on the chart. From Macdonald Point the route crosses gradually to the S bank passing W of Nos 88 and 90 Lightbuoys, which mark the NW an W limits of Whydah Bank (11.268). There are no Nos 89, 90 and 91 Buoys. Depths from 26 m to 41 m extend into the channel from the bank situated on the S shore opposite Whydah Bank constricting the passage, as shown on the chart. Thence a vessel should be kept about 1 cable off the N bank, passing NW of No 93 Lightbuoy which marks the shoal bank SW of Dodo Island, until abreast the entrance to Benin Creek (5326N 5397E). Thence the route leads ESE passing SW of Nos 94 and 96 Lightbuoys, between Red Cliff and Daisy Bank (11.268), thence S of Daisy Bank. A vessel should pass N of the mooring buoys, shown on the chart, in the vicinity of the refinery and keep in midchannel for the remaining 3 miles to Warri. Useful marks: Port Control Tower (elevation 41 m) (5 31 0N 5430E). Mast (5309N 5439E). Mast (5308N 5440E). Monument (5308N 5444E). Mast (5308N 5444E). Water tower (5308N 5445E).

Chart 3305 plan Warri to Aladja

Warri to Aladja
1

11.272 The route from Warri to Aladja (5291N 5463E) lies between James Island (5305N 5447E) and Mangrove Island and leads generally SE with the chart as the best guide.

352

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 11

Berths Mooring buoy berths

1

11.273 There are six mooring buoy berths.capable of accomodating vessels of up to 170 m in length and a maximum draught of 67 m.

At Aladja, 3 miles above Warri New Port, stands the Delta Steel Company Terminal. The berth, 750 m in length, is equipped with large cylindrical rubber fenders spaced 15 m apart, and can accomodate vessels with a maximum draught of 115 m alongside. Swinging off the berth can be difficult as the river is only 174 m wide in the vicinity. Stranded wrecks lie close off the E extremity of the berth.

Alongside berths
1

Port services
1

11.274 The NNPC Refinery provides four jetties on the N bank of the river for the handling of petroleum products and gasses. There is accommodation for 14 oceangoing vessels alongside, including a RoRo berth complete with ramp as shown on the chart. Containers are handled at general cargo berths in both the Old Port and New Port.

11.275 Repairs: facilities for small vessels only. Slipway of 203 tonnes capacity for vessels up to 428 m LOA. Other facilities: several hospitals; deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates issued; no ballast/slop reception facilities. Supplies: Fuel oil and diesel oil are available by barge. Fresh water and provisions are available. Communications: local airport.

353

Home

Contents

Index

Chapter 12 - Forcados River to Calabar

5
3306

30

30

30

30

3305

30

11.240 Warri
3307

30

3321

S. Point

or ts

of

NIGERIA
Fo rc
ado s

& Bu rutu 33 07

1860 1386

12.167 Calabar 3434 CAMEROON

12.126 Port Harcourt

Po int

354
12
.1 2
nt Poi

3288

3288

12.89 Onne
3288

3434

12.160 Opobo 30
1321 3433

30

ki n Hop

12.103 Bonny Brass 12.36

1321 3286 3287

1385

1321

lm Pa

12.1 5 0

12.68

NP 2 Africa Pilot Vol II

30

30

Longitude 7 East from Greenwich

30

0306

Home

Contents

Index

CHAPTER 12 FORCADOS RIVER TO CALABAR

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 3118

Marine exploitation
1

Scope of the chapter

1

12.1 This chapter covers the Atlantic coast of Africa from Forcados River (523N 519E) to the port of Calabar (458N 819E), in Republic of Nigeria. The chapter is divided into the following sections: Forcados River to Brass River (12.11). Brass River to Bonny River (12.67). Bonny River to Calabar (12.149).

12.3 See 11.3.

Submarine pipelines and cables

1

12.4 Numerous submarine oil and gas pipelines and communication cables, best seen on the chart, exist in the area covered by this chapter. See 1.14.

Hazard
1

12.5 Solitons. See 1.260.

Topography
1

Fishing vessels
1

12.2 Between the entrances to Forcados and Nun Rivers, the coast consists of a narrow sandy beach backed by thick forest. Bight of Biafra, known as Bight of Bonny in Nigeria, is the great indentation between Cape Formoso (416N 605E), the E limit of Bight of Benin (11.2), and Cap Lopez (Africa Pilot Volume II) about 330 miles SE. The N coast of the bight, about 170 miles long and including that part of the bight described in this chapter, is almost flat, dark in colour and intersected by the mouths of many rivers. These are mostly difficult of access being obstructed by a bar or banks; the most important rivers are: New Calabar River (12.79) Bonny River (12.80) Calabar River (12.162).

12.6 See 11.5.

Piracy
1

12.7 See 11.6.

Aids to navigation
1

12.8 See 11.7.

Stowaways
1

12.9 See 11.8.

Special requirementsNigerian waters

1

12.10 See 11.11.

FORCADOS RIVER TO BRASS RIVER GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 1385, 1386

Topography
1

Area covered
1

12.11 This section describes the coastal passage, rivers, anchorages, ports harbours and offshore terminals from Forcados River (523N 519E) to Brass River (417N 613E), about 85 miles SE. It is arranged as follows: Coastal Passage (12.12) Offshore Terminals (12.44).

COASTAL PASSAGE General information

Charts 1385, 1386

12.13 Between the entrances to Forcados River (5 23N 519E) and Nun River (417N 604E), about 80 miles SE, thick jungle rises from a narrow sandy beach on which the surf breaks heavily during the wet season (April to October). Several river mouths intersect the beach and have bars which usually break right across. Cape Formoso (416N 605E) is a wooded tract on the E side of the entrance to Nun River (12.24); the cape is the S extension of River Niger Delta. Between Palm Point (12.24), the SW point of Cape Formoso and West Point (12.29) the W entrance point to Brass River, 8 miles E, a flat sandy shore, on which the surf breaks heavily, forms the coast along which forest trees stand close to the waters edge.

Natural conditions
1

Route
1

12.12 From a position W of Forcados River (523N 519E) (11.227) entrance the route leads generally SE for about 122 miles to a position S of the entrance to Brass River (12.29).

12.14 Current along this coast generally sets SE except during the harmattan season (1.280) when the set is NW. Within depths of about 20 m the current is irregular with many eddies. Outside these depths the rate is about kn. Sea and swell. The constant heavy surf along the whole coast makes landing from boats almost impossible except

355

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

during the season of the harmattan. The heavy swell causes a constant set towards the shore.
1

Ramos River
12.18 General information. Ramos River (508N 523E) enters the sea 15 miles S of Forcados River (11.227) and is about mile wide between entrance points. Discoloured water extends 7 miles seaward from the river entrance. Breakers extend 3 miles W from Murder Point, the N entrance point of Ramos River, and Forcados Oil Terminal (12.38) lies 9 miles farther W.

Directions
(continued from 11.168)

Major light
1

12.15 Palm Point Light (white metal pile structure, 30 m in height) (416N 605E).

Dodo River
1

Other aids to navigation

1

12.16 Racons: Forcados Oil Terminal Production Platform (510N 511E). Brass Terminal Berth Operations Platform (404N 617E) See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Passage
1

12.17 From a position W of the Forcados River entrance the track leads S, passing (with positions relative to South Point (522N 519E)): Clear of a submerged well (14 miles W), thence: W of an unlit pipe (9 miles WSW) with another pipe standing 2 miles farther ENE, as shown on the chart, thence: Clear of Forcados Oil Terminal (14 miles SW) (12.38), thence: Clear of a submerged well (20 miles SW). Thence the track leads SSE, passing (with positions relative to Murder Point (508N 523E)): Clear of a submerged well (20 miles W), thence: Clear of a submerged well (18 miles SW), thence: Clear of a submerged well (26 miles SW). WSW of Sea Eagle Terminal (20 miles SSW) and the oilfields and associated structures in the vicinity. Thence the track leads SE, passing (with positions relative to Hopkin Point (432N 541E)): SW of Pennington Oilfield (15 miles WNW), thence: SW of Middleton Oilfield (10 miles WSW), thence: SW of Pennington Oil Terminal (17 miles SSW) (12.55) and clear of an area (27 miles SSW), marked by buoys, where escaping gas was reported (1971). Thence the track leads ESE, passing (with positions relative to Palm Point Light (416N 604E)): NNE of a submerged well (32 miles WSW), thence: SSW of Sengana Oilfield (16 miles W), thence: SSW of a pipe (19 miles WSW) (7 meters in height). Thence the track leads E, passing: S of Okubie Oilfield (11 miles W). Clear of a submerged well (14 miles SW) lying in Madu Oilfield, thence: S of Palm Point Light (12.15), thence: Clear of a submerged well (12 miles SSE). Thence the track leads to a position S of Brass River entrance (417N 613E), noting an unlit riser pipe (8 miles SE) conspicuous on radar (1987), and keeping clear of the restricted area surrounding Brass Terminal (12.61). (Directions for the coastal passage continue at 12.72)

12.19 General information. Dodo River (454N 528E) enters the sea 15 miles SSE of Ramos River (12.18). The entrance to Dodo River which is about 5 cables wide and opens obliquely NNW, is obstructed by two islets, one of which is covered with scrub and thickly wooded. About 6 miles within its entrance the river divides into three creeks, as shown on the chart: Gbotobo Creek leading N to join Ramos River; Clough Creek leading S to join Pennington River (12.20); A creek leading E. Discoloured water extends 7 miles seaward of the entrance. Sea Eagle Terminal (12.44) lies about 10 miles SW of the entrance.

Pennington River
1

12.20 General information. Pennington River entrance (445N 532E), 11 miles SSE of Dodo River entrance, is about 2 cables wide and appears as a small opening when seen bearing ESE. At Low Point (443N 534E), about 2 miles within the entrance, the river divides: A creek leading N to join Dodo River; Vampire Creek leading NE; and, The main river leading SE thence NE. Pennington Oilfield lies about 6 miles SW of the river entrance, as shown on the chart.

Middleton River
1

12.21 General information. Middleton River entrance (432N 541E), 15 miles SE of Pennington River (12.20) entrance, appears from the offing to have an island in the centre of a wide estuary; an effect due to high trees on Hopkin Point, which divides the mouth into two branches. Factory Point, the N entrance point of Middleton River, and the S entrance point, 3 miles SE, on which there are some very high trees, are both well defined. A stranded wreck lies 2 miles W from Factory Point. Middleton Oilfield lies about 8 miles WSW of Factory Point. Several rivers enter the sea between Middleton River and Nun River (12.24), 26 miles SE. Their entrances, relative to Middleton River entrance, lie: Kulama River, 6 miles SE; Ikebiri River, 6 miles SE, 5 cables wide but difficult to distinguish from seaward; Fishtown River, 10 miles SE and mile wide between well defined entrance points; cultivated land with clumps of palms lies between it and Ikebiri River N; Sengana Branch (of River Niger), 20 miles SE, its 1 mile wide mouth obstructed by a sandbank. Entrance points appear bluff from seaward with

356

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

river mouth open. Discoloured water extends 4 miles. All these rivers are connected with each other by mangrovefringed creeks through which communication between Forcados River (11.227) and Nun River, 80 miles SE, is maintained throughout the year; the distance through the creeks being about 180 miles. Vessels 27 m long, of 61 m beam and 15 m draught, have navigated the route through the creeks which is narrow and tortuous in places.

River Niger
Chart 3118

General information
1

continual changes in the river beyond Akassa (12.28), navigation is only possible by vessels of shallow draught, even when the river is high. The entrance to Nun River is imposing but beyond Akassa and up to its junction with Forcados River (11.227), about 70 miles NNE, the river is obstructed by numerous flats, with shoal stretches and drying sandbanks which change constantly. Curlew Flat, N of Akassa, is an extensive drying mudflat the S end of which divides Nun River; the E branch is the main channel. Dockyard Creek, the channel W of Curlew Flat, has a bar, with a least depth of 40 m, extending across its entrance which has only been partly surveyed.

12.22 River Niger, one of the most famous of African rivers, originates in several small rivers which rise in mountains near the borders of Sierra Leone. For descriptive purposes River Niger is usually referred to as Upper, Middle and Lower Niger. Upper Niger comprises the river from its sources to Bourem (1650N 016W) also known as The Great Bend of the Niger. Middle Niger comprises the river from Bourem to Jebba (0908N 449E) at the foot of Busa Rapids, and Lower Niger from Jebba to the sea. River Niger like many other rivers has a high and a low level, but it has a peculiarity which is almost unique. Owing to its opening out at places into many rivers, and then again converging into one river, the rise in Upper Niger takes a whole year to travel to Lower Niger.

Bar
1

Navigation of River Niger

1

12.23 Navigation of River Niger is subject to seasonal limitations which may be summarized as follows: Month April May Remarks Current 2 kn. Below Lokoja (848N 644E) river at lowest level
1

12.25 Nun River bar, fully exposed W and S, is considered one of the worst of River Niger Delta; there is almost always a heavy swell on it. The bar, which had a least depth of 18 m in 1963 and which is subject to frequent change, lies between the ends of: Western Spit, with depths of less than 25 m, over which the sea breaks heavily, extending 3 miles S of Cape Nun; and, Eastern Spit, with depths of less than 3 m and on which there are heavy rollers and surf, extending 3 miles S from Palm Point. On the bar the bottom is hard sand with mud immediately seaward. In the wet season the bar breaks all over but in the dry season it breaks only after halfebb. Discoloured water extends 4 miles seaward from the bar.

Outer anchorage
12.26 Anchorage may be obtained about 5 miles S of Palm Point in a depth of 11 m; vessels lie quietly here, free from rolling, the stream from the river keeping their heads N.

June

July September October November

Below Lokoja river begins to rise. Above Lokoja river at lowest level Navigation possible for small powered vessels of 2 m draught in Lower Niger. Flatbottomed river boats can reach Kaduna River (845N 546E). Current 3 kn.

Navigation difficult even for flat bottomed b tt d river boats

Directions for Nun River entrance

1

December

Nun River
Charts 1386, 1321 plan Nun River entrance

General information
1

12.27 The river is best entered on the last quarter of the flood with close attention to the tidal streams. Care must be taken to avoid being set E onto Eastern Spit. In bad weather there is a heavy sea and even in the best and driest seasons there is a heavy swell, even if it does not break. The smoothest water is to be found in the N part of the crossing. In the harmattan season (1.280) or during the heavy rains the entrance is often obscured for days and vessels must remain outside. In clear weather the river entrance may be identified without difficulty. When Cape Nun bears 342 the anchorage off Barracoon Point may be steered for, passing midway between Western Spit and Eastern Spit. The effect of the outgoing stream will not be very perceptible until the river begins to open when it immediately sets the vessel S very strongly. In the dry season the rate of this stream is over 3 kn in midchannel.

12.24 Nun River is entered between Cape Nun (417N 604E) and Palm Point, 1 miles SE. This river was formerly the principal entrance and waterway of River Niger (12.22). However owing to shoaling of the bar and

Akassa
1

12.28 Description. The town of Akassa (4193N 6039E) stands on the W bank 2 miles N of Cape Nun and close NW of Barracoon Point.

357

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Tidal streams. The streams off Akassa usually run as follows: Interval from HW 0500 0415 +0100 +0145
2

Remarks Slack Ingoing stream begins, maximum rate 3 kn at springs. Slack Outgoing stream begins, maximum rate 4 kn at springs.

ESE, is an unbroken line of sandy shore with forest trees close to the waters edge, but no other distinguishing feature; the surf usually breaks heavily on this shore. The relative positions of West Point and East Point serve as a guide to identify the river entrance. In clear weather the E end of a clump of trees, with flat tops, 1 miles NNW of Canoe Point (4190N 6124E) stands out against the skyline as a well defined shoulder or fall of a hill. The river opens out when East Point bears more than 324 and, approaching from W, the entrance becomes apparent when East Point opens out bearing about 026.

Bar
1

In the wet season the streams become stronger and unequal in duration: Ingoing runs for 4 hours, spring rate 3 to 4 kn. Outgoing runs for 8 hours, spring rate 4 to 5 kn. Slack water occurs 1 hour after HW and LW and lasts hour. The outgoing streams from the two branches of Nun River above Barracoon Point unite off that point near midchannel causing strong eddies; here, where the river is barely mile wide, the outgoing stream is reported to attain a rate of 5 kn during the wet season. Natural conditions. Fogs are common and during December and January harmattan dust is very dense; in these months sandflies and fireflies are abundant at night. Dew is depositied from November to May and most heavily in February to April. Unusual visibility of distant objects occurs between the heavy rains. Major light: Palm Point Light (4162N 6050E) (12.15). Directions. The chart is sufficient guide. Useful marks: East Beacon (4161N 6069E). Beacon (4171N 6036E). Flagstaff (4191N 6039E). Anchorage may be obtained in midchannel off Barracoon Point in a depth of 14 m, mud, with the river entrance kept well open to get the sea breeze. Berth. A wharf at the town has a depth of 12 m alongside.

Brass River
Charts 1386, 1321 plan Brass River entrance

General information
1

12.31 The bar is composed of a belt of shoal ground connecting Western Spit and Shore Spit, which extend about 1 miles S form the entrance points of the river. Western Spit always breaks heavily in the calmest weather; Shore Spit breaks in fine weather at half ebb and there are always heavy rollers near it, within the influence of which it is dangerous for any vessel to get, as both ingoing and outgoing tidal streams set towards the spit. Western Breakers, the outer part of the bar on the S side, with Roundhead Shoal off its N side, Bar Crossing in the centre and Beware Shoal on the NE side, lie between 2 and 3 miles outside the river entrance. The approach to Western Breakers is dangerous owing to the heavy rollers which break at frequent intervals, even at HW, while Beware Shoal has a depth of only 27 m and with the prevailing Sly swell breaks heavily, sometimes even at HW. The bottom is sand on the bar and mud on each side. Frequently in the rainy season, and generally in the dry season, except during the last half of the ingoing stream, the bar breaks all over and there is usually a long swell. In the dry season (November to March) the bar is only safe for ships boats on the calmest days, except near HW, and it is best to cross before the setting in of the sea breeze, which generally blows from S. The rollers curve around from a general Nly direction on Western Breakers and follow the direction of the bar E, so being broadside on to a vessel crossing. The increased heavy swell and a roller breaking on Shore Spit is generally likely to continue inshore to Breakers Point, situated 2 miles ESE of East Point, off which the depths are shallow and there are heavy breakers. The channel across the bar, leading into Brass River, is marked by lightbuoys (port hand), as shown on the chart.

12.29 Brass River entrance lies between West Point (417N 613E) and Base Point (418N 613E) on the W, and East Point on the E; the entrance is about 7 cables wide between Base Point and East Point. Within the entrance the river broadens abreast the town of Brass (12.36). The river is formed of two branches of River Niger (12.22) of which only one is navigable by power launches of 14 m draught.

Tidal streams
1

12.32 Tidal streams set as follows: Interval from HW 4 hours + 1 hour + 1 hours Slack Outgoing begins 3 kn Direction Ingoing begins Spring rate (maximum) 2 kn

Topography
1

12.30 West Point, the W entrance point of Brass River is low, sandy and covered with bushes, the forest trees standing 1 cables from the HW mark. This point is difficult to make out. East Point is thickly wooded but the trees on it, appearing as a steep bluff, do not reach the waters edge. The coast between this point and Breakers Point, 2 miles

Slack 5 hours During the wetseason (April to October) the outgoing stream attains a rate of 5 kn.

Natural conditions
1

12.33 During the harmattan season (1.280), the land may be obscured for several days at a time. In the wet season also the entrance is often obscured, even when in depths of 9 m.

358

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Outer anchorages
1

Limiting conditions
1

12.34 The anchorages recommended for vessels arriving off Brass River, both in depths of 11 m, are: 6 miles SW of West Point; 7 miles SE of East Point. Prohibited anchorage. See 12.63.

Akassa Creek
1

12.39 Controlling depth. The depth at the SBM berths is 22.8 m. Maximum size of vessel handled: 320 000 dwt; 21.0 m draught. Local weather. The wet season is from May to November and sudden squalls may be experienced between December and April.

12.35 Akassa Creek, entered N of News Point (4190N 6 12 1E), 2 miles NNW of West Point affords communication between Brass River and Nun River (12.24) for vessels of 14 m draught. Navigation in the creek is difficult, for the channel leads over flats where tidal streams from the two rivers meet and boats should not attempt to cross the flats more than 4 hours after HW. A favourable stream will be carried through all the way if the flats are reached at about HW. Chart 1321 plan Brass River entrance

Arrival information
1

Brass
1

12.36 Description. The town of Brass (419N 614E) stands on the E bank of Brass River about 1 mile NE of East Point. Spiffs Town (Gbobokiri) stands about 5 cables SW of Brass with the town of Twon close NE of it. There is a government pier at Brass with a mooring buoy lying off it and at the N end of the town three piers, each serving a factory. The river is divided in two creeks by Opolubo Bank (420N 614E), which has a least depth of 03 m. Harrison Spit forms the S end of Opolubo Bank. Fishing nets usually extend across the inner part of the channel and across the inner anchorage. Landmark: Radio mast (4178N 6145E) (91 m in height), red obstruction light, position approximate. Directions. The chart is sufficient guide. Useful marks: Beacon (4171N 6128E) (11 m in height). Flagstaffs on the shore N of Twon. Anchorage may be obtained 3 cables WNW of Government Pier in a depth of 82 m.

12.40 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Notice of ETA: Vessels should send ETA 7 days, 48 and 24 hours before arrival and contact the terminal when within VHF range. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Pilotage is compulsory and the Mooring Master boards vessels 3 miles NW of the platform, as shown on the chart. Tugs are not available. Anchorage. Due to the proximity of submerged pipelines and cables in the vicinity of the terminal, the only safe area for anchoring is 3 miles NW of the platform, as shown on the chart. Arriving vessels are advised to confirm with the terminal on the correct position for anchoring. Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited within an area, best seen on the chart, enclosing the terminal and the submarine oil pipeline to the shore. Restricted area. The terminal is enclosed within a restricted area, radius 3 miles centred on the platform, as shown on the chart. Only vessels poceeding to or from the terminal, with prior approval, are permitted within this area. Regulations. Immobilisation of engines is not permitted whilst moored at the SBMs and not recommended at anchor.

Directions
1

OFFSHORE TERMINALS Solitons

1

12.37 See 1.260.

(continued from 11.168) 12.41 Racon: Production Platform (12.16). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Approach. From a position SW of Sonam Gasfield (11.168) the track leads SE to the pilot embarkation position NW of Forcados Oil Terminal with the chart as the best guide, remaining clear of Obokun Oilfield (515N 455E) and the wells in its vicinity. Useful mark: Production Platform Light (elevation 20 m) (12.16).

Forcados Oil Terminal

Chart 1385
1

Berths
12.42 Two SBM berths with floating hose arrangement. Loading rate is 11 000 tph.

General information
1

12.38 Position. Forcados Oil Terminal (510N 511E) is situated about 15 miles SW of the mouth of the Forcados River (11.227). Function. The terminal, consisting of a production platform and two SBM berths, is served by a submarine pipeline which extends 12 miles SW from the shore, as shown on the chart. Traffic. In 2004 there were 128 vessel movements totalling 27 637 734 dwt. Terminal Authority. SPDC (Shell Petroleum Development Company) Nigeria Ltd.

Services
1

12.43 Fuel replenishment can be arranged at the anchorage with prior notice. No other services available.

Sea Eagle Terminal

Chart 1385

General information
1

12.44 Position. Sea Eagle Terminal (448N 519E) lies about 10 miles SW of the entrance to Dodo River (12.19).

359

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Function. Terminal exporting crude oil and consists of FPSO Sea Eagle, with a maximum pumping rate of 6000 m3/hr, which is free to weather vane, moored in a depth of 265 m. Traffic. In 2004 there were 34 vessel movements totalling 6 014 977 dwt. Terminal Authority. SPDC (Shell Petroleum Development Company) Nigeria Ltd.

Function. A deepwater offshore terminal exporting crude oil and condensate and consists of FPSO Bonga and an SBM. Terminal Authority. SPDC (Shell Petroleum Development Company) Nigeria Ltd.

Arrival information
1

Limiting conditions
1

12.45 Controlling depth. Due to the presence of submerged offshore structures and pipelines, a draught restriction of 178 m applies to all tankers operating in EA Oilfield. Maximum size of vessel handled: 300 000 dwt, maximum beam 580 m, maximum distance from bow to manifold not to exceed 180 m.

12.51 Tugs are available and essential for mooring and remain secured to the stern of the export tanker during loading. Restricted area. An exclusion zone, see chart, exists around the terminal.

Directions
1

12.52 The chart is sufficient guide.

Berth
1

Arrival information
1

12.46 Notice of ETA: 7 days before arrival, thereafter periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for more information. Pilotage. Pilotage is compulsory within the restricted area. Pilots are embarked 3 miles NW of the Forcados Terminal as shown on the chart and begin their duties when within the restricted area around EA Oilfield. Berthing is carried out during daylight hours only. Tug. A support vessel, which serves as a pullback tug once mooring operations are complete, is available. Anchorage. Vessels unable to berth may anchor in any position which is at least 5 km from the nearest EA Oilfield installation and, clear of submerged pipelines/cables and/or obstructions within the area. Suggested anchoring position is within the area bound by the parallels of 450N and 455N and the meridians of 505E and 510E, in depths of between 40 to 70 m. Masters should also be aware of the dangers posed by unauthorised boarding when anchored. Restricted area of 5000 m applies around the oilfield, as shown on the chart. Regulations. Vessels are not permitted to enter the restricted area without a pilot. Within the restricted area both anchors of the export tanker must be secured in their stowed positions. Export tankers should retain sufficient ballast on board to avoid trapping the floating hose under their bow. Immobilisation of engines by an export tanker is not permitted within EA Oilfield.

12.53 Vessels moor to the FPSO and SBM; cargo is transferred by means of floating hose arrangements.

Services
1

12.54 None available.

Pennington Oil Terminal

Chart 1386

General information
1

12.55 Position. Pennington Oil Terminal (415N 536E) is situated 17 miles SW of Fishtown River entrance. Function. Export of crude oil; the terminal is connected to Pennington, Middleton and North Apoi Oilfields by submarine pipelines. The terminal consists of a FSO moored to SPMA and an export tanker buoy SBMB. Traffic. In 2004 there were 21 vessel movements totalling 3 162 076 dwt. Terminal Authority. Texaco Overseas (Nigeria) Petroleum Company (Topcon).

Limiting conditions
1

Directions
1

12.47 The chart is sufficient guide.

12.56 Controlling depth. The minimum depth at the SBM berth is 30 m. Maximum size of vessel handled: Max 250 000 dwt, maximum draught 243 m. Local weather. Generally favourable weather prevails during the dry season (November to March) which may deteriorate during the wet season (April to October). Currents in the vicinity are irregular and can be strong at times.

Arrival information
1

Berth
1

12.48 The export tanker is berthed in tandem with the FPSO and oil transfer is carried out by a floating hose arrangement between the two vessels.

Services
1

12.49 None available. Medical first aid in an emergency only.

Bonga Terminal General information

1

12.50 Position. Bonga FPSO (433N 437E). 360

12.57 Notice of ETA: 7 days before arrival, thereafter periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for more information. Pilotage is compulsory. Berthing is during daylight hours only, unberthing is available 24 hours. The pilot boards about 1 miles SW of SPMA. Tugs are not available; there is one line handling vessel and one SPM hose maintainence vessel, which assist in mooring operations. Anchorage is available 2 miles SW of the terminal. Restricted area of radius 3 miles, centred on SBMB, exists around the terminal. Regulations. Immobilisation of engines by an export tanker whilst moored at the terminal is prohibited.

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Directions
1

Arrival information
1

12.58 The chart is sufficient guide.

Berth
1

12.59 Export tankers are moored to a conventional SBM and loading is via a floating hose arrangement. An unlit mooring buoy is positioned about 1 miles SSW of the FSO.

Services
1

12.60 None available. Medical first aid in an emergency only.

Brass Terminal General information

1

12.61 Position. Brass Terminal (4 04 N 6 17 E), lies 13 miles SSE of the entrance to Brass River. Function. Terminal engaged in exporting crude oil and consists of a Berth Operations Platform from which a racon transmits and two SBMs moored 1 mile E and W respectively, served by submarine pipelines. Traffic. In 2004 there were 76 vessel movements totalling 12 401 243 dwt. Terminal Authority. Nigerian Agip Oil Company (NAOC).

12.63 Notice of ETA: 7 days and periodically thereafter. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for more information. Pilotage is compulsory. Mooring Master boards 3 miles NE of the platform. Tugs are not available. Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a pilot should anchor 2 miles NE of the platform. Vessels arriving without a nomination should anchor outside the restricted area. Prohibited anchorage. Two submarine pipelines which are landed about 1 miles ESE of East Point (12.30), from Brass Terminal and Agbara Oilfield (356N 624E), are enclosed within a prohibited area as shown on the chart. Restricted area of radius 3 miles, centred on the platform, exists around the terminal. Regulations. Berthing during daylight only but, with Swamp Area Managers approval and under suitable conditions, berthing may take place at night.

Directions
1

12.64 The chart is sufficient guide.

Berths
1

Limiting conditions
1

12.62 Maximum size of vessel handled: 300 000 dwt subject to approval; LOA 365 m, maximum draughts 229 (E SBM) and 274 m (W SBM).

12.65 Export tankers are moored to the SBMs; each SBM is equipped with two strings of floating hoses through which cargo is transferred to the tanker.

Services
1

12.66 None available. Medical first aid in an emergency only.

BRASS RIVER TO BONNY RIVER GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 1386
1

Topography
12.69 Between East Point (418N 613E) and Fouch Point, 48 miles E, the coast is intersected by the mouths of several rivers with bars on which the sea usually breaks heavily, the smoothest time being in the dry season (November to March). These rivers are not entered through their mouths but by the creeks which connect them inland.

Area covered
1

12.67 This section describes the coastal passage, rivers, anchorages, ports, harbours and offshore terminals from Brass River (417N 613E) to Bonny River (423N 706E) about 54 miles E. It is arranged as follows: Coastal Passage (12.68) Bonny River (12.80) Bonny (12.103) Port Harcourt (12.126) Offshore terminal (12.143).

Local knowledge
1

12.70 Local knowledge is essential for navigating the rivers and creeks described in this section.

Submarine pipelines and cables

1

12.71 See 12.4.

COASTAL PASSAGE General information

Chart 1386
1

Directions
(continued from 12.17)

Major Light
12.72 Bonny (Field Point) Light (grey metal framework tower, elevation 40 m) (4242N 7082E).

Route
1

12.68 From a position S of Brass River (417N 613E) entrance the route leads generally ENE for about 47 miles to a position in the vicinity of Bonny River Fairway Lightbuoy (4124N 7002E).

Other aids to navigation

1

12.73 Racons: Brass Terminal Berth Operations Platform (12.16) Bonny River Fairway Lightbuoy (4124N 7003E)

361

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Bonny (Field Point) Lightsee above. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Charts 1386, 3286

Sambreiro River
1

Passage
1

12.74 From a position S of the entrance to Brass River (417N 613E), the track leads ENE passing (with positions relative to West Point (417N 613E)): Clear of Brass Terminal Berth Operations Platform (13 miles SE) (12.61) and the exclusion zone around it, thence: Clear of an obstruction (15 miles SE) with a depth of 24 m and clear of several submerged wells lying E and ESE of it, thence: SSE of the entrance to Saint Niocholas River (12 miles E) (12.75), thence: SSE of the entrance to Saint Barbara River (23 miles E) (12.76), thence: SSE of the entrance to San Bartholomeo River (30 miles E) (12.77), thence: Clear of a submerged well (39 miles ESE) with a depth of 29 m over it; four further wells lie within a radius of 3 miles. Thence; NNW of Okwori Terminal (52 miles ESE) (12.143), thence: SSE of the entrance to Sambreiro River (40 miles E) (12.78), thence: Thence the track leads to a position in the vicinity of Bonny Fairway Lightbuoy (4124N 7002E). (Directions for Bonny River continue at 12.85 and for the coastal passage at 12.155)

12.78 General information. Sambreiro River entrance (422N 653E), 10 miles E of San Bartholomeo River (12.77), does not open out from W until it bears less than 334 when the W entrance point appears low and sloping, gradually rising to tall forest trees behind it. The river opens fully bearing 314 when both entrance points show as bold, high bluffs. Heavy surf fronts the entrance to Sambreiro River extending up to 3 miles offshore. Useful marks: No 5 Beacon (4220N 6522E) (white, 18 m high), position approximate. Tower (4235N 6548E) (radar reflector, 18 m high). No 4 Beacon (4225N 6572E) (red, 18 m high).

New Calabar River General information

1

Saint Nicholas River

1

12.75 General information. Saint Nicholas River entrance (418N 625E) lies 12 miles E of East Point from which it is separated by slightly elevated wooded land. Its N entrance point is surmounted by trees taller than elsewhere in the vicinity and is easily identified. Heavy surf fronts the entrance. Odiama Creek leads E from close within the right bank to join Santa Barbara River (12.76).

Santa Barbara River

1

12.76 General information. Santa Barbara River entrance (419N 637E) lies 10 miles E of Saint Nicholas River (12.75) from which it is separated by low forest land fringed by a sandy beach. The entrance points are low and difficult to identify from a distance but the point N of the entrance to Odiama Creek is covered with high mangroves and can be so distinguished from the offing. Heavy surf fronts the river entrance.

12.79 New Calabar River and Bonny River (12.80) flow into a common estuary between Fouch Point (423N 701E) and Field Point 7 miles E. Fouch Point is low and wooded with tall trees among which the sea breaks at HW. Above the point the W bank of New Calabar River is lined by mangroves and thick bush and intersected by many creeks. Fouch Channel, the S entrance to the river, which lies between Fouch Point and Western Breakers is obstructed by shoals and no longer used. Yellow Island (427N 703E) lies at the SW end of a large mangrove fronted island separating the two rivers. Cawthorne Channel, the S entrance (425N 706E) of which was long closed, leads along the E edge of Yellow Island to join New Calabar River. The vicinity of the island is subject to continual change with islets and sandbanks constantly forming and reforming. Deadman Island (427N 706E) lies on the E side of the entrance to Cawthorne Channel; the latter is accessed from Bonny River through Hughes Channel (12.88) and Boler Creek (434N 708E).

BONNY RIVER General information

Charts 3286, 3287, 3288

Description
1

San Bartholomeo River

1

12.77 General information. San Bartholomeo River entrance (421N 643E), 6 miles E of that of Santa Barbara River (12.76), is separated from the latter by a sandy plain mile wide in which lie several shallow lagoon between sea and forest. The river mouth is easily distinguished as both entrance points are bold and covered with high jungle trees. The tongue of land dividing the river into two branches, about 6 miles within the entrance, looks like an island from the offing. The bar extending 3 miles from the entrance can be crossed by small vessels in the occasional year.

12.80 Bonny River as far as Okrika (12.96), 25 miles above Field Point (423N 708E), is really an arm of the sea; the river proper is insignificant and drains a comparatively small area. The bar (12.81) fronting the estuary is more easily crossed than those of other rivers of Niger delta.

Bar
1

12.81 The bar fronting the estuary is a belt of shoal ground which connects shallow banks extending from each entrance point to the flat which extends S from Yellow Island (12.79). Breaker Spit, the E side of this flat, dries in places and breaks heavily even in fine weather. Western Breakers, at the S end of the flat breaks continuously in moderate, but not in calm, weather.

362

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Other features associated with the bar, positioned from Field Point are: Baleur Bank, 6 miles S, a spit extending W from Portuguese Bank with a least depth of 1 m and breaking at halftide and in rough weather all the time. This bank continuing NW forms the bar at the entrance to New Calabar River (12.79). Portuguese Bank, extending 5 miles S from the coast E; it frequently breaks all over in the rainy season. Rough Corner Spit, which dries, extending 1 miles S. A narrow sandy islet about 5 cables W.

Depths and aids to navigation

1

12.82 The depths and channels described in this section are subject to change. Buoyage and other aids to to navigation are adjusted to reflect these changes. However, buoyage should not be relied upon and mariners should navigate with caution.

Pilotage
1

12.83 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. For Bonny, pilots board gas and condensates carriers 2 miles SW, and other vessels 7 cables NNE, of Fairway Lightbuoy. Pilots for ports above Bonny board vessels 3 cables WNW of NPA Jetty at Bonny Town. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

On clearing the NE end of the dredged channel between Nos 19 and 20 Lightbuoys (lateral), vessels should continue in the buoyed fairway to the berth at Bonny or Port Harcourt pilot boarding place, passing clear of the exclusion zones around Bonny Jetties (12.124) and between Bonny Town (427N 710E) and Peter Fortis Point (1 miles NNW). This point should be given a wide berth to avoid the long weed which is liable to choke inlet valves. Between Peter Fortis Point and Bonny Town vessels may be encountered at the anchorage shown on the chart. Similarly between No 37 and No 39 Lightbuoys (starboard hand), more vessels at anchor may be encountered. Thence the channel, marked by lightbuoys (lateral), leads generally NW for about 24 miles to Port Harcourt. Caution. A stranded wreck (position approximate) lies within the confines of the buoyed channel, 3 cables N of No 43 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) and 2 miles NE of Wallis Point. A 16 m shoal patch lies 2 miles WNW of Winstanley Point (432N 714E). Useful marks: Radio mast (red and white bands) (4 26 1N 7096E), red obstruction lights, adjacent to tank farm. Signal station (4272N 7103E). Tower (4406N 7054E), close N of Sarah village. Water tower (4461N 7007E).

Traffic regulations
1

12.84 Restriction. All vessel movements between Bonny Fairway Lightbuoy and the turning basin off NLNG Jetty (4256N 7087E) are restricted whilst gas or condensate supertankers are manoeuvering in the area. Vessels should obtain clearance from Bonny Pilot Station before entering the channel. Vessels passing the jetties at Bonny and Okrika must reduce their speed to avoid damage to vessels berthed alongside.

Directions
(continued from 12.74)

Bonny Oil Terminal Radio Mast and Tank Farm from SW (12.87)
(Original dated 2002) (Photograph MV Doulos)

Major Light
1

12.85 Bonny (Field Point) Light (4242N 7082E) (12.72).

Side channel
Chart 3287

Other aids to navigation

1

12.86 Racons: Bonny River Fairway Lightbuoy (12.73). Bonny (Field Point) Light (12.73).

Boler Creek
1

Entry
1

12.87 From Fairway Lightbuoy (412N 700E), the normal track leads NNE to enter a buoyed channel between Nos 1 and two lightbuoys, thence through the channel to cross the bar (12.81). The dredging of the approach channel was completed in 1997 to a depth of 125 m and a width of 200 m. A dangerous wreck lies close E of the channel, 2 cables SE of No 11 Lightbuoy. Platforms of Inda Oilfield, from where lights are exhibited, stand E of the channel, between Nos 15 and 19 Lightbuoys (starboard hand). An obstruction lies close SSW of No 22 Lightbuoy (port hand).

12.88 General information. Boler Creek entered from the W bank of Hughes Channel S of Nosworthy Point (434N 708E) about 8 miles NNW of Bonny extends in general W for about 10 miles, with many banks, to join Cawthorne Channel (12.79). In 1973 vessels drawing less than 47 m could navigate the creek at HW.

Onne
Chart 3288 plan Ford Point to Okrika

General information
1

12.89 Position. Onne Port (441N 710E) is situated in Ogu Creek and entered 8 cables NW of Kennelly Point (439N 710E).

363

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Function. The port mainly imports coking coal and iron ore for supplying steelworks at Ajakouta 250 miles N. Other imports include bulk cement and containerised cargo. Topography. Low mangrove fronted river banks, interrupted by entrances to creeks. Approach and entry. The port is approached via Nafcon Channel and entered between LB3 and LB5 buoys (starboard hand) through Ogu Creek. Traffic. In 2004 there were 135 vessel movements totalling 1 937 169 dwt. Port Authority. See 12.109.

Supplies: Fresh water; fuel and diesel oils from Port Harcourt. Communications: Airport at Port Harcourt, 40 km away.

Okrika
Chart 3288 plan Tyson Point to Port Harcourt

General information
1

Limiting conditions
1

12.90 Controlling depth. There is a least charted depth of 54 m in the fairway at the entrance to Ogu Creek. Deepest and longest berth. Federal Ocean Terminal berth. See 12.94. Density of water is 10151020 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. In 2004 the maximum permitted draught was 95 m and maximum LOA was 180 m.
1

12.96 Position. Okrika Refinery Jetties (443N 705E), lie about 1 mile SSE from the town of Okrika. Function. Loading and discharging of petroleum products. Topography. The town of Okrika stands on an island between the entrances of Okrika Creek and the Okrika Arm of Bonny River. Traffic. In 2004 there were 11 vessel movements totalling 340 467 dwt. Port Authority. See 12.109.

Limiting conditions
12.97 Controlling depth. A depth of 4 6 m is charted 1 cables WSW from the root of Refinery Jetty Vertical clearance. Maximum permissible height above waterline is 428 m. Deepest and longest berth. Old jetty. See 12.101. Density of water ranges from 1015 to 1020 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. Tankers of up to 39 870 dwt can be accommodated.

Arrival information
1

12.91 Notice of ETA: See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3)Bonny. Outer anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile S of Kennelly Point (4389N 7097E) as shown on the chart. Submarine pipelines. See 12.114. Pilotage. See 12.83. Tug is available.

Arrival information
1

Harbour
1

12.92 General layout. The Harbour is made up of the Federal Ocean Terminal and Federal Lighter Terminal.

Directions for entering harbour

1

12.93 See 12.87.

12.98 Port operations. A vessel usually berths portside to, after swinging around at HW and using her starboard anchor. Port radio. There is a port radio station. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Notice of ETA: See 12.111. Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 7 to 14 m off Dawes Island (440N 706E). Submarine pipelines cross the river about 1 mile above Dawes Island as shown on the chart. Pilotage. See 12.83. Tugs are available from Port Harcourt.

Harbour Berths
1 1

12.94 Berthing facilities consist of a quay of 1590 m long with a depth alongside of 135 m. There are three general cargo berths, one container, one RoRo and one bulk cargo berth.

12.99 General layout. Two Lshaped jetties on the E bank of Bonny River opposite Bakana Point (443N 705E). The new jetty lies about 300 m downstream of the old jetty.

Directions for entering harbour

1

12.100 See 12.87.

Port services
1

12.95 Repairs. Slipway 1000 tons capacity. Other facilities: Medical facilities at Onne and Port Harcourt; no oily waste reception facilities; no garbage facilities.

Berths
1

12.101 The old and new jetties have a berthing face of about 100 and 80 m, respectively, with two berths each; outer

364

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

berths for oceangoing vessels, which make fast to dolphins, and inner berths for coasters and barges. The new jetty has six cylindrical fenders, four in the centre and a large one at each end.

Port Authority
1

12.109 Nigerian Ports Authority (Port Harcourt), PMB 5043, Basket House, Port Harcourt, Rivers State, Nigeria.

Port services
1

12.102 Repairs: minor repairs at Port Harcourt. Other facilities: medical facilities at Port Harcourt; up to 6 000 tons of dirty ballast may be pumped to barges; garbage collection by truck. Supplies: Fuel and diesel oils; fresh water and provisions. Communications: Airport at Port Harcourt.

Limiting conditions
1

12.110 Controlling depth. The approach channel was dredged to 125 m in 1997. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 19 m; mean neap range about 1 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water is 10151020 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. See 12.124.

Arrival information BONNY Notice of ETA General information

Charts 3286, 3287
1

12.111 ETA should be sent 7 days before arrival, thereafter periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Position
1

12.103 The Port of Bonny (426N 709E) stands on the E bank, close within the entrance, of Bonny River and includes berths between Field Point and Bonny Town.

Outer anchorages
1

12.112 Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the chart, about 4 miles W of the Fairway Lightbuoy in depths of 17 to 19 m.

Function
1

12.104 The port mainly exports petroleum products and gasses. Local trade is also carried out with Opobo (12.160) through Kelele Creek and Opobo Creek; these join the E bank of Bonny River 3 miles and 6 miles respectively, above the town.

Prohibited anchorage
1

12.113 Prohibited anchorage areas are established: Across the river N of NLNG Jetty. Within 2 cables of the submarine pipieline (buried) laid across the river 1 mile NE of N.P.A Jetty. Near the pipeline extending 10 miles NE to Opobo Creek, from Shell Jetty (426N 709E).

Topography
1

12.105 The town of Bonny stands on low ground, among mangrove swamps so that in the wet season the site is almost covered with water.

Submarine cables and pipelines

1

12.114 Several submarine cables and pipelines are laid in the area and can best be seen on the chart.

Port limits
1

12.106 Port limits are bound by the parallels of 423N and 430N and by the meridians of 700E and 715E.

Pilotage
1

12.115 See 12.83.

Approach and entry

1

Tugs
1

12.107 The port is approached and entered via a channel dredged through a bar (12.81) at the entrance to Bonny River.

12.116 Tugs are available berthing/unberthing.

and

compulsory

for

Traffic regulations Traffic

1 1

12.108 In 2004 there were 323 vessel movements totalling 44 692 773 dwt.

12.117 See 12.84. There is an exclusion zone of 2 cables radius around vessels berthed at the oil, gas and condensate berths, as shown on the chart.

365

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Bonny Inshore Oil Terminal from SW (12.118)

(Original dated 2002) (Photograph MV Doulos)

Harbour General layout

1

12.118 There are several Theaded jetties ranged along the E bank, as shown on the chart.

Tidal streams off the mouth of the estuary and in the vicinity of Bonny Town are tabulated on the charts. Local weather. Prevailing wind is SWly.

Directions for entering harbour

1

Development
1

12.122 See 12.87.

12.119 Development plans (2004) include deepening and widening of the approach channel to allow berthing of LNG Carriers throughout the tidal cycle.
1

Berths Anchorage berths

12.123 Ship to ship transfers are often carried out at anchorage in Bonny River, to enable ships to proceed to ports up river. Anchorages are established about 2 cables WNW and 2 miles NNE of the NPA Jetty.

Hazards
1

12.120 Dredging of the approach channel and river is carried out periodically. Mariners should consult local notices. Poor visibility. When the harmattan is blowing (December to February) the land near Fouch Point will not be seen when entering Bonny River.

Alongside berths
1

Natural conditions
1

12.121 Tidal streams. The outgoing stream sets over Baleur Bank (12.81); the ingoing stream sometimes sets over Western Breakers but will be little felt if the current in the offing is setting strongly E.

12.124 Mobil Jetty, 2 miles N of Field Point, can accomodate fully refrigerated LPG vessels between 35 000 and 85 000 m 3 or Product Carriers between 20 000 and 120 000 dwt; maximum LOA 205 m, maximum draught 118 m. Nigerian LPG and LNG jetties are situated 4 and 8 cables, respectively, above the Mobil Jetty and a Service Jetty lies between the former.

NPA Jetty

Bonny Town from SW (12.124)

(Original dated 2002)

Signal station

(Photograph MV Doulos)

366

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

NLNG Jetty can accomodate LNG vessels up to 140 000 m3 or Product Carriers between 30 000 and 60 000 dwt; tankers up to 100 000 dwt can be accomodated if loading part cargo of up to 60 000 m3. Shell Jetty, 1 mile NE of the NLNG Jetty, is no longer in use for the export of oil. NPA Jetty lies 2 miles NE of NLNG Jetty.

Approach and entry

1

12.129 The port is approached and entered through a dredged and buoyed channel in Bonny River.

Traffic
1

12.130 In 2004 there were 243 vessel movements totalling 4 669 806 dwt.

Port services
1

12.125 Repairs: Nil. Other facilities: Medical facilities in an emergency only. Supplies: Fuel oil and diesel oil available by barge from Port Harcourt; fresh water available. Communications: Airport at Port Harcourt, 54 km away.

Port Authority
1

12.131 See 12.109.

Limiting conditions
1

PORT HARCOURT General information

Chart 3288 plan Port Harcourt
2

Position
1

12.126 Port Harcourt (446N 700E) stands on the E side of a bend in Bonny River about 30 miles above the entrance.

12.132 Controlling depth. There is a charted depth of 7 m between Nos 42 and 43 Lightbuoys. Deepest and longest berth. Deepest berth; coal berth, depth alongside 110 m. Longest berth; grain berth, length 195 m. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 24 m; mean neap range about 12 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water is 1015 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. Maximum LOA 183 m, draught 73 m.

Arrival information
1

Function
1

12.127 The port is, after Lagos, the most important Nigerian port and the terminus of the Eastern Railway network. Exports include palm oil, palm kernel cake, glycerine, refined petroleum products, cotton, cotton seed, rubber and soya bean. Imports include cars, frozen fish, provisions, cement, construction materials, machinery, rice, fertilizer, bitumen and tar.

12.133 Notice of ETA. See 12.111. Outer anchorages. See 12.91. Submarine pipelines. See 12.98. Pilotage. See 12.83. Tugs of up to 1500 hp are available. Traffic regulation. Anchoring is prohibited between the S section of No 6 Shed and close S of the SW end of Shell Jetty (4464N 7002E) as shown on the chart.

Harbour General layout

1

Port limits
1

12.128 The port limits are bounded by the parallels of 440N and 450N and by the meridians of 659E and 709E.

12.134 The harbour consists of a main quay, jetties and wharves on the E and N banks of the river.

Port Harcourt Sheds 15 from SW (12.134)

(Original dated 2002) (Photograph MV Doulos)

367

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Hazards
1

12.135 Obstructions lie 1 cables W of the S end of No 6 Shed (446N 701E) and close S of the SW end of Shell Wharf. Dredging of the approach channel and river take place periodically. Mariners should consult local notices. Fishing areas. Fishing stakes line the W bank of the river between Peter Fortis Point (4282N 7095E) and Wallis Point (4315N 7107E).

Function. The terminal, which exports crude oil, consists of a spread moored FPSO on a heading of 022. The maximum pumping rate of the FPSO is 6000 m3/hr. Terminal Authority. Addax Petroleum Exploration (Nigeria) Ltd.

Limiting conditions
1

Tidal streams
12.136 Tidal streams are tabulated on the chart.

Directions for entering harbour

1

12.137 See 12.87.

Berths Anchorage berth

1

12.144 Controlling depth. The FPSO is moored in a depth of about 138 m. Maximum size of vessel handled: 250 000 dwt. Local weather. Dry season from November to May and wet season from June to October. Intense line squalls usually prevalent between March and November. Visibility is good except during heavy rain and during the harmattan season (December to February), when it occasionally drops below 5 cables. Current usually sets E, however, the direction and rate have been known to change suddenly. See Solitons (12.5).

12.138 Discharge of cargo, especially cement, is carried out at anchorage off Dawes Island (440N 706E). The least depth reported (2003) at this anchorage was 95 m.

Arrival information
1

Mooring buoy berth

1

12.139 A buoy mooring used for timber loading lies 4 cables SW of Shell Jetty (4464N 7002E).

Alongside berths
1

12.140 There are eight dry cargo berths ranging from 123 m to 195 m in length along the main quay, some of which serve container and roro vessels. All alongside berths are served by road and rail. Several disused or ruined jetties project from the E bank in vicinity of the Bitumen Jetty which lies 2 cables SW of the S end of the main quay. Above the main quay are several specialised berths for the handling of coal and palm oil.

Port services
1

12.141 Repairs: minor repairs only. Slipway of 100 tonnes capacity. Other facilities: well equipped clinic and hospital; deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates issued. Supplies: fuel oil and diesel oil; fresh water by road tanker; fresh provisions. Communication: International airport 11 km from port.
1

12.145 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout 24 hours except in adverse weather conditions, for which the Mooring Master will be the final authority. Notice of ETA: 7 days before arrival, thereafter periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Tankers which are scheduled to berth on arrival must arrive before 1600 to allow time for inward clearance prior to commencement of mooring operations. Waiting area is located within a radius of 1 miles centred on position 351N 704E, about 3 miles E of the terminal. Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by the Mooring Master who boards 3 miles ENE of the FPSO. Berthing is carried out during daylight only. Unberthing is available throughout 24 hours. Tugs are available and essential for mooring. Two tugs remain secured to the stern of the export tanker during the entire loading operation. Restricted area. Numerous wellheads and pipelines exist in the area bound by the parallels of 349N and 354N and the meridians of 653E and 700E. Regulations. All export tankers shall fly the Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in the vicinity of the terminal. Arrival trim not exceeding 3 m, with the propeller fully immersed.

Directions
12.146 The chart is sufficient guide.

OFFSHORE TERMINAL Solitons

1

Berth
1

12.142 See 1.260.

12.147 A vessel arriving at the terminal is moored bow to bow, and loading is by means of a floating hose arrangement between the FPSO and the loading tanker.

Okwori Terminal
Chart 1386

Services
1

General information
1

12.143 Position. Okwori Terminal (351N 659E).

12.148 None available. The FPSO is not equipped to receive dirty ballast.

368

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

BONNY RIVER TO CALABAR GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 1860
1

Local knowledge
12.154 Local knowledge is essential for navigating the rivers and creeks described in this section.

Area covered
1

12.149 This section describes the coastal passage, rivers, anchorages, ports, harbours and offshore terminals from Bonny River (423N 706E) to Calabar River (430N 822E) about 70 miles E. It is arranged as follows: Coastal passage (12.150) Calabar (12.167) Offshore Terminals (12.198).

Directions
(continued from 12.74)

Major light
1

12.155 Bonny (Field Point) Light (4242N 7082E) (12.72).

Other navigational aids

1

COASTAL PASSAGE General information

Charts 1386, 1860

12.156 Racons: Bonny River Fairway Lightbuoy (12.73) Bonny (Field Point) Light (12.73) Yoho Terminal FPSO (4007N 7280E) Qua Iboe Oil Terminal Berth Operations Platform (4142N 8024E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Route
1

Passage
1

12.150 From a position in the vicinity of Bonny Fairway Lightbuoy (412N 700E) the route leads generally E and ENE for about 78 miles to a position in the vicinity of the Fairway Buoy moored at the head of the approach channel to Calabar River.

Topography
1

12.151 Between Field Point (423N 708E) and West Point (427N 734E), on the W side of Opobo River entrance 27 miles E, the coast is low, swampy and covered with mangroves, and such trees as grow in brackish water. Between East Point (428N 736E) (12.159), the E entrance point of Opobo River, to Bluff Point, 23 miles E, the W entrance point of Qua Iboe River, the coast is a low, narrow ridge of sand, only a few metres wide in places between the sea and swamps, lagoons and mangrove swamps. Between Qua Iboe River and West Point (433N 817E), the W entrance point of Calabar River, 18 miles E, the coast is a strip of sand, mostly under water in the wet season, backed by dense forest.

Depths
1

12.152 It is advisable to keep outside a depth of about 15 m off this stretch of coast. Several spits, with depths of less than 18 m, over which the sea breaks, lie on the coastal bank which, with depths of less than 55 m extends up to 3 miles from the coast.

Marine exploitataion
1

12.153 In the coastal region between Bonny and Calabar Rivers there are a large number of production platforms and rigs, many of which are moved and relocated from time to time. Mariners should therefore navigate with caution when in this area. Information regarding rig movement and repositioning is published, whenever available, in Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

12.157 From a position in the vicinity of Bonny Fairway Lightbuoy (4124N 7002E), the track leads SE passing (with positions relative to Bonny (Field Point) Light (4242N 7082E)): SW of a well (13 miles SSW) with a clearance of 177 m (58 ft) over it, thence: SW of a group of wells (15 miles S) with a minimum clearance of 27 m over them. Thence the track leads E, passing: Clear of a well (17 miles S) with a clearance of 31 m over it, thence: Clear of the restricted area surrounding Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal (14 miles SSE) (12.192), thence: Clear of a reported (1979) depth of 124 m (18 miles SSE), estimation doubtful. Thence the track continues E, passing; N of an area of escaping gas (25 miles SE) marked by lightbuoys (cardinal), thence: S of Ima Terminal (18 miles SE) (12.204), thence: N of Yoho Terminal (30 miles SE) (12.210) from where a racon transmits, thence: N of a platform (28 miles SE) (lighted) in Amenam/Kpono Oilfield, thence: S of an obstruction (29 miles ESE), thence: S of Usari Oilfield (32 miles ESE). For mariners bound for destinations S and E of Calabar River, from a position S of Usari Oilfield, the track leads SE to pass between Asabo Oilfield (406N 748E) and Enang Oilfield (8 miles NE), thence E to pass S of Asasa Oilfield (405N802E) to a position in the vicinity of 400N 823E. (Directions for the coastal passage continue in Africa Pilot Volume II) For mariners bound for Calabar River, the track leads ENE, passing (with positions relative to East Point (428N 736E), the E entrance to Opobo River): NNW of Enang Oilfield (24 miles SE), thence: NNW of Inim Oilfield (28 miles ESE), thence: NNW of Qua Iboe Oil Terminal (30 miles ESE) (12.222), thence:

369

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

SSE of an obstruction (28 miles ESE) with a depth of 58 m (19 ft) over it, thence: NNW of Eku Oilfield (31 miles ESE), thence: NNW of Unam Oilfield (38 miles ESE) with a depth of 97 m (32 ft) lying close N from it. Thence the track leads ESE, passing (with positions relative to West Point (432N 817E), the W entrance to Calabar River): SSE of an obstruction (12 miles SSW) with a depth of 91 m (30 ft) over it. Thence the track leads to the Fairway Buoy (13 miles S) (safe water) moored at the head of the approach channel to Calabar River. (Directions for Calabar continue at 12.187) Charts 3286, 1386

Anchorage is usually obtained outside the bar about 4 miles S of West Point. The prevaililng current being E vessels nearly always lie broadside on to the Sly swell.

Opobo
1

Andoni River
1

12.158 General information. Andoni River enters the sea 11 miles E of Field Point (423N 708E). The W entrance point is bluff and well defined, but the E entrance point is hard to distingiush; the entrance opens up when bearing about 009. The river is not used.

Opobo River
4

Chart 1321 plan Opobo River

General information
1

12.159 Description. Opobo River is entered between West Point (427N 734E) and East Point, 1 miles NE. It is fronted by a bar which is subject to frequent change. West Point is difficult to distinguish when bearing less than 015. Between West Point and Sandy Point, 2 miles NNE, the W bank of the river is sandy beach with forest trees close to the waters edge. Abazi village stands on Sandy Point. East Point forms a fairly sharp elbow with forest trees close to the waters edge. Bar. The bar forming the entrance to Opobo river is a horseshoeshaped belt of shoal ground connecting Western Spit, extending 2 miles SSW from West Point, and Eastern Spit extending 2 miles SSW from East Point. Both Spits always break heavily. Western Spit is steepto E. Eastern Spit almost dries; its W edge is steepto, but it shelves gradually to the S; heavy rollers break on this spit dependent on the state of tide and swell. The bottom on the bar is sand with mud on each side. There is a least charted depth of 18 m on Bar Crossing. Local knowledge. Unless with local knowledge or help the bar should not be crossed before examining it at LW, especially in the wet season, due to its liability to frequent change. Tidal streams. Interval from local HW 0430 +0045 +0130 0530 Remarks Ingoing stream begins (NE on bar). Maximum rate 2 kn at springs Slack Outgoing stream begins. Maximum rate 3 kn at springs Slack

12.160 Position and function. Opobo (435N 732E) stands on fairly high ground, about 10 miles within the entrance of Opobo River (12.159), on the E bank. It is the largest palm oil centre in the S states of Nigeria and a number of factories extend along the E bank to Essene Creek, which enters the river at the N end of the bank. This creek is navigable by canoes up to 10 miles from its entrance. Strong Face Creek (430N 732E) and Tullifer Creek, 2 miles farther NW, both connect with Bonny River through Kelele Creek and Opobo Creek (12.104). Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 19 m; mean neap range about 08 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Pilotage is not available and the best information about the bar is likely to be obtained from masters who frequently navigate the rivers of the Bight. Landmarks: Radio mast (4288N 7325E) (chart 1386) Radio mast (4285N 7284E) (chart 1386) Platform (4276N 7352E) (lit) Platform (4272N 7360E) (lit). Directions. See Local knowledge at 12.159. The best time for entering Opobo River is from 1 hour before to hour after HW. In ordinary weather the crossing is easy, but due allowance should be made for wind, sea and set of the tidal stream NE. In bad weather, when the whole bar breaks, crossing should not be attempted. The usual track leads across the bar thence 2 cables E of West Point and thence around Sandy Point in midchannel. From this point the track leads NW in midchannel, keeping towards the S bank nearly as far as Strong Face Creek. To avoid a coastal bank extending 3 cables from the E shore between Shooter Creek and Steep Point (431N 733E) the track passes Steep Point in midchannel. From abreast Strong Face Creek the track leads to the Lshaped jetty by following the E bank at a distance of about 2 cables off, thence past Jaja Creek (432N 732E). If proceeding to berths above the Lshaped jetty, the track leads past Jaja Creek when it crosses over to the entrance of Tullifer Creek. Thence it follows the W bank, which is steepto, to 1 cable off it. When the entrance to Blind Creek (434N 731E) is abeam the track crosses the bar; which extends across the river, keeping 2 cables off the W bank in a least depth of 40 m; thence to the anchorage off Opobo. Useful marks: No 1 Beacon (4272N 7313E) (18 m in height) West Beacon (4271N 7323E) (12 m in height) Bar Beacon (4272N 7340E) (14 m in height) Pipe (4261N 7350E) Pipe (4272N 7353E) Pipe (4267N 7362E). Anchorage may be obtained in depths of up to 25 m as convenient off Sandy Point (1429N 735E) situated 2 miles NNE of West Point. Anchorage may also be obtained off Government Pier, abreast the post office where depths of 61 m are available and there is room to lie at single anchor. Berths. An Lshaped jetty extends 1 cables SW from the E shoreline between Jaja Creek and Turn Point (433N

370

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

10

731E), opposite the entrance to Tullifer Creek. The jetty turns SE and is 1 cables in length with a depth of 45 m alongside its outer face. Other berths at Opobo consist of Government Pier at the S end of town, Customs Wharf abreast Customs office 1 cables above Government Pier and several factory wharves. Other facilities. There is a small hospital. Supplies are very limited. Communication. There is regular communication by shallowdraught river vessels with Bonny (12.103) and Port Harcourt (12.126) and ocassionally by sea with other W African ports. Chart 1860

prominent inlet about 3 miles ESE of East Point (430N 830E), which is covered with high mangroves. From East Point to Sandy Point, 3 miles N, the E bank of the river is sandy and backed by high mangroves. Sandy Point is a low sandspit with bushes on it; the village of Jabane II stands close S of the point.

Entrance channels
1

Qua Iboe River

1

12.161 General information. Qua Iboe River entrance lies between Bluff Point (433N 759E) and Egerton Point, 3 cables ENE. Vessels drawing 27 m (9ft) can ascend to Eket (439N 754E), 15 miles within the entrance. Canoes can ascend 35 miles above Eket. Shallow creeks, used by canoes, connect the river to Opobo River (12.159). The river bar is subject to change and should not be crosssed before sounding at LW. Breakers extend about 1 mile seaward from the river entrance and the channel leads NW between them.

Calabar River
Charts 1860, 3433, 3434
4

General information
1

12.162 Description. Calabar River estuary is 13 miles wide at its entrance between West Point and East Point (430N 830E). It receives the waters of Cross River (12.165) on the NW side and of Akpa Yafe River, Great Kwa River and Little Kwa River on the E side. These rivers, together with Calabar River itself and Ndian River (see Africa Pilot Volume II), drain a large tract of country. Calabar River has no definite bar but is obstructed by many shoal flats. The channel through the entrance and thence into and up Calabar River is dredged and buoyed to Calabar New Port, about 35 miles from the entrance. The river is reported to be navigable, with a depth of not less than 46 m, for 10 miles above Calabar New Port, but vessels seldom ascend beyond that place as there are no factories. About 15 miles beyond Calabar New Port the river is only 18 m wide and barely 2 m deep. The channels described in this section are subject to frequent change and the buoyage and other aids to navigation are adjusted accordingly. Mariners should consult the local Port Authority for the latest information on channels and depths.

12.164 Main channel is entered at Fairway Buoy (safe water) (4185N 8148E). A second buoy (safe water) No 1 is moored 2 miles NNE from it. From thence inward the channel is marked by buoys and lightbuoys (lateral). Tom Shot Bank is a shoal area extending 11 miles S from the W side of the entrance with very irregular depths and it should not be approached within a depth of about 7 m. Outer Reef, S of the dredged channel across the bank, is generally marked by breakers even in the calmest weather. A low sandy islet, approximately 7 cables in length, lies on the W side of Tom Shot Bank 3 miles SE of West Point. Bakassi Bank extends, with depths of less than 5 m, about 10 miles S from the E side of the entrance. It is composed of soft mud and is marked by numerous fishing stakes, unlike Tom Shot Bank; some stakes near the SW edge of the bank stand in depths of 45 m. Wells and platforms of various oilfields, best seen on the chart, lie on the S portion of the bank and farther S, and are enclosed within a restricted area and fully described in Africa Pilot Volume II. The land near the entrance is of little use for fixing and the outer buoys are much exposed and are liable to be out of position; in bad weather the breakers on Outer Reef and the fishing stakes on Bakassi Bank may prove the most useful marks. Secondary channel. A secondary entrance channel is established E of main channel, passing between Tom Shot Bank and Bakassi Bank. The least depth along the centre line is charted as 39 m about 4 miles E of No 3 Lightbuoy. This channel begins about 7 miles E of Fairway Buoy and joins the main channel in the vicinity of No 15 Lightbuoy, 3 miles E of Tom Shot Point.

Cross River
1

12.165 General information. Cross River enters the W side of Calabar River through various channels; the most important is that between Goldfinch Point (4542N 8156E), the NE point of Alligator Island, and Caution Point, 3 cables N. These channels lead in a generally NW direction uniting at Ikpa, a town situated 16 miles WNW of Calabar. The river is tidal as far as a town, situated 15 miles above Ikpa, during the dry season when vessels of 12 m draught can reach that town. The river is lowest in March and highest in September; the difference in level is as much as 61 m.

Topography
1

12.163 The W side of the river entrance is low, sandy and backed by high bushes and forest trees. Fixing and navigation marks are few. West Point (432N 817E) appears from SW as a low sandy point with Tom Shot Point, a steep bluff 4 miles NE, beyond it. The coastline near the latter point is subject to change. The E side of the entrance formed by the S coast of Bakassi Peninsula, may be distinguished by Bakassi Gap, a

Akpa Yafe River

1

12.166 General information. Akpa Yafe River entrance (438N 828E) marks the seaward end of the boundary between Nigeria and Cameroon. Ikang (449N 830E) stands on the W bank 14 miles within the river entrance; it is a small trading station with factories and two piers. The down stream pier has a depth of 15 m alongside and the upstream pier dries at low water. The river above Ikang is obstructed by islands.

371

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

CALABAR General information

Chart 3434 plan Ports of Calabar

Position
1

Vessels awaiting pilotage anchor N of Parrot Deep (4485N 8188E) in a depth of about 75 m. Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in a depth of about 6 m off Jamestown (439N 819E) at the entrance to Mbo River.

12.167 The old port of Calabar stands on the E bank of Calabar River about 42 miles above the entrance; Calabar New Port also stands on the E bank 5 miles above the town of Calabar (458N 819E) and the old port.

Submarine cable
1

Function
1

12.177 A submarine cable is laid from abreast Esuk Oron village (4484N 18155E) between Parrot Island and Tobacco Island NW and thence up river to Henshaw Town, as shown on the chart. Anchorage is prohibited in the vicinity of the cable.

12.168 The town of Calabar is the administrative capital of Cross River State with a population of 200 000 in 1999. The port mainly handles general cargo, containers and crude oil shipments. There is a naval base at Calabar.

Pilotage
1

12.178 Pilotage is compulsory from Parrot Island as shown on the chart and available during daylight hours only. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Topography
1

12.169 See 12.163.

Tugs
1

12.179 Tugs are available.

Port limits
1

12.170 The limits of the port are defined by the parallels of 455N and 502N and the meridians of 815E and 820E.

Local knowledge
1

Approach and entry

1

12.171 The usual approach and entry into Calabar is through the main channel (12.164).

12.180 Tom Shot Channel (433N 819E) is a narrow channel leading SE of the bank which extends from the W side of the river entrance between West Point and Tom Shot Point. It is used regularly by small power vessels plying between Qua Iboe River (12.161) and Calabar to save the distance involved in joining the dredged channel farther S. The use of this minor channel requires local knowledge.

Traffic
1

Traffic regulations
1

12.172 In 2004 there were 116 vessel movements totalling 1 752 968 dwt.

Port Authority
1

12.173 Nigerian Ports Authority (Calabar), PMB 1014, New Calabar Port Complex, EsukUtan, Calabar, Nigeria.
1

12.181 Vessels should reduce speed in the vicinity of Beecroft Crossing (4558N 8171E) to reduce the effects of erosion on the river banks. Anchorage is prohibited in an area, best seen on the chart, abreast Calabar Naval Base (458N 819E).

Regulations concerning entry and departure

12.182 Entry of vessels is restricted after 1600 during monsoon season. A vessel is restricted to leaving the port before 1600 unless it is going to anchor overnight at Parrot Island and resume her outward passage at 0600 the following morning.

Limiting conditions
1

12.174 Controlling depth. There are charted depths of between 32 and 34 m W of James Island (451N 818E). Deepest and longest berth. Calabar New Port. See 12.189. Tidal levels. Mean spring range about 26 m; mean neap range about 14 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 2. Density of water ranges between 1000 to 1008 g/cm3. Maximum size of vessel handled. 170 m LOA; draught 70 m.

Harbour General layout

1

Arrival information Notice of ETA

1

12.183 The old harbour consists of several wharves on the E bank fronting the central and N part of the town supplemented by several mooringbuoy berths and anchorage berths. The new port also lies on the E bank about 5 miles upstream with a continuous wharf face backed by extensive storage facilities.

12.175 ETA should be sent 7 days prior to arrival thence periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3).

Development
1

Outer anchorages
1

12.184 Development plans (2005) include dredging of the channel to 11 m to facilitate berthing of larger vessels up to 170 m in length and between 10 000 and 15 000 dwt.

12.176 Good anchorage in calm weather may be obtained in a depth of about 7 m, black mud, 8 cables E of the ruined beacon (12.187) S of Alert Flat (4406N 8236E).

Hazards
1

12.185 Concentrations of traffic. Numerous small craft and fishing vessels may be encountered in the river.

372

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Dredging of the approach channel and river is carried out periodically. Mariners should consult local notices. Marine exploitation is extensive in this area. Platforms, submerged wells and pipes lie in the estuary of the river, the positions of which are either approximate or unmarked. Mariners are advised to navigate only within the buoyed channels and then with caution. Floating submerged tree trunks, may be encountered drifting with the current, N of No 19 Buoy (441N 822E). Fishing areas. Numerous fishing stakes exist in the estuary of the river. Poor visibility. During the harmattan season (December to March) the river is at times enveloped in a dense haze, lasting a week or more, when visibility may be reduced to 2 miles or less. During the wet season (May to October) the river is often obscured by thick weather from seaward.

Natural conditions
1

12.186 Tidal streams. During the dry season (December to April) tidal streams in Calabar River are as follows: Interval from HW 0430 +0030 +0130 0530 Ingoing Maximum rate 1 to 2 kn at springs Slack Outgoing stream begins Maximum rate 2 to 2 kn at springs Slack Direction

During the above period the rate at Fairway Buoy is less than 2 kn. At Parrot Island the outgoing stream may attain a rate of 3 kn and off Calabar of 3 kn. Climate information. See 1.291 and 1.311.

If a squall should threaten at this point it is prudent to anchor until it has passed; squalls usually approach from SE, sometimes from NE. Entry. The best time to enter the river is 3 hours before HW Calabar. The usual track from Fairway Buoy (safe water) (4185N 8148E), leads past No 1 Buoy (safe water) and No 2 Buoy (port hand) having passed NW of a spoil ground SSE of the latter buoy, and into the dredged channel through Tom Shot Bank, noting the wreck of an upturned jackup barge of which only the three legs are visible, lying 3 miles E of No 2 buoy. Thence, having crossed Tom Shot Bank through the dredged channel, noting a pipe (4 32 1N 8 22 2E) (position approximate), to between Nos 12 and 13 Lightbuoys (lateral) at the N end of that channel, the track continues N in the buoyed channel passing clear of a platform (4340N 8234E) (position approximate) and a pipe (4347 8235E) (position approximate), to No 15 Lightbuoy (starboard hand), moored 6 cables E of Odin Spit. Less water was reported (2000) between Nos 15 and 16 Lightbuoys. Thence the track leads NNW, passing E of Goldfinch Flat, to No 17 Lightbuoy (starboard hand) and thence N to No 19 buoy (starboard hand). The track follows the channel marked by lightbuoys to the pilot boarding position E of Parrot Island (449N 818E) from where the track continues, marked by lightbuoys, best seen on the chart, to Calabar and Calabar New Port. Caution. Position fixing in the broader parts of the river is very difficult due to few distinguishing features and a generally very low coastline; vessels should sound continuously. Useful marks: Red cliff (4389N 8193E) (height about 7 m) Beacon (ruined) (4401N 8236E).

Berths Anchorage berths

12.188 Anchorage for three oceangoing vessels may be obtained in the pool abreast the S end of the town in depths of about 7 m.

Directions for entering harbour

1

(continued from 12.157) 12.187 Approach. If approaching Calabar River from W great care is necessary to avoid Tom Shot Bank (12.164), the SW edge of which has not been accurately determined; a vessel should keep in depths of more than 11 m until her position is certain. A good lookout should be kept for the breakers on Outer Reef (12.164) which may be seen from a good distance.

Alongside berths
1

12.189 The old port has several wharves, best seen on the chart, with accommodation for vessels ranging from small ferries to oceangoing vessels. The new port consists of a well fendered concrete wharf 860 m long backed by extensive storage facilities. General

Calabar Old Port (12.189)

(Original dated 2000) (Photograph Crown Copyright)

373

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

cargo, bulk container and RoRo vessels can be accommodated at the new port.

not advised at the anchorage due to the quality of holding ground.

Port services
1

Directions
1

12.190 Repairs. Minor repairs only. Slipway and graving dock for small vessels. Other facilities. Port clinic and hospital; deratting can be carried out and deratting exemption certificates issued.; no oily waste reception facilities; garbage disposal available. Supplies. Fuel and diesel oils; fresh water, stores. Communications. International airport at Calabar. Sea communication with various regional ports by ferry. Rescue. Calabar is a designated MRSC. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5 for further information on rescue.

12.195 The chart is sufficient guide.

Berths
1

12.196 Export tankers moor to the SBMs and cargo is transferred using a floating hose arrangement.

Services
1

12.197 None available. Medical first aid in an emergency only.

Okono Terminal
Chart 1386

General information
1

OFFSHORE TERMINALS Solitons

1

12.191 See 1.260.

Bonny Offshore Oil Terminal

Chart 3286

12.198 Position. Okono Terminal (359N 718E) lies 25 miles SSE of Field Point. Function. An offshore terminal exporting crude oil and consists of a 139 000 dwt spreadmoored FPSO vessel and a CALM buoy. Traffic. In 2004 there were 19 vessel movements totalling 2 943 767 dwt. Terminal Authority. AGIP Energy and Natural Resources (Nigeria) Ltd.

General information
1

Limiting conditions
1

12.192 Position. Terminal platform (411N 714E), stands 13 miles SSE from Field Point (12.80). Function. An offshore terminal exporting crude oil consisting of a Berth Operations Platform and two SBMs, linked by submarine pipelines, positioned 1 mile SSW and 8 cables SSE, respectively, from the platform. Terminal Authority. SPDC ( Shell Petroleum Development Company) Nigeria Ltd.

12.199 Controlling depth. There are depths of 70 m at the terminal. Local weather. See 12.144.

Arrival information
1

Limiting conditions
1

12.193 Controlling depth. There are depths of 274 m at both berths. Maximum size of vessel handled: 300 000 dwt; maximum draught 228 m. Local weather. Heavy swell may be experienced between June and September. See 12.144 (local weather).

12.200 ETA should be sent 72 hours before arrival, thereafter periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Anchorage. The designated anchorage lies about 2 miles N of the FPSO. Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight up to 1500. Pilot boards in the anchorage, as shown on the chart. Tug. A pullback tug is available. Restricted area. The terminal is surrounded by an exclusion zone of 500 m and a restricted area of 2 miles centred on the FPSO.

Arrival information
1

12.194 Notice of ETA: 72 and 48 hours and if the ETA changes by more than 2 hours. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3) for more information. Anchorage area lies adjacent to the pilot boarding position as shown on the chart. The holding ground is reported to be indifferent. Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours. The Berthing Master boards 3 miles S of Terminal platform, as shown on the chart. Tugs. Support vessels are available and assist with operations. A pullback tug is secured to the export tankers stern during loading. Restricted area. The installations are enclosed within a restricted area, radius 3 miles, centred on the Terminal platform. Regulations. Immobilisation of engines, of export tankers, is not permitted whilst moored to the SBMs and

Directions
1

12.201 The chart is sufficient guide.

Berth
1

12.202 Loading is by means of a floating hose arrangement between the CALM buoy and export tanker.

Services
1

12.203 None available.

Ima Oil Terminal

Charts 1386, 3286

General information
1

12.204 Position. Ima Oil Terminal (413N 724E) lies about 13 miles SSE of the W entrance to Andoni River (12.158).

374

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Function. An offshore terminal exporting crude oil and consists of a CALM buoy and, 9 cables further NW, a spreadmoored FSO vessel connected by submarine pipeline to a production platform standing about 8 miles NNW. A wave recorder buoy (orange, spherical) is moored 2 miles SW of the FSO. Traffic. In 2004 there were 3 vessel movements totalling 348 388 dwt. Terminal Authority. Amni International Petroleum Development Ltd.

Limiting conditions
1

12.211 Controlling depth. The FSO is moored in a depth of about 60 m. Maximum size of vessel handled: 350 000 dwt. Local weather. See 12.223.

Arrival information
1

Limiting conditions
1

12.205 Controlling depth. The FSO is moored in a depth of 25 m. Maximum size of vessel handled: loaded draught 180 m; 270 000 dwt. Local weather. See 12.144.

Arrival information
1

12.206 ETA: 72 hours before arrival, thereafter periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Anchorage. The designated anchorage is a circular area of 1 mile radius centred on position 4095N 7241E. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels and available during daylight hours only for berthing and on a 24 hour basis for unberthing. Pilot boards in the anchorage area about 4 miles SSW of the FSO, as shown on the chart. Tugs are available and essential for mooring. Restricted area. A restricted area, radius 3 miles, in which anchorage is prohibited, is centred on the FSO. A restricted area, radius 3 miles, is centred on the production platform 8 miles NNW. Anchorage is prohibited within 500 m of the submarine pipeline between the production platform and the FSO.

12.212 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout 24 hours except in adverse weather conditions, for which the Mooring Master will be the final authority. ETA should be sent 72 hours before arrival, thereafter periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Anchorages. Export tankers are to use the Yoho S anchorage situated 3 miles SE of the FSO; Yoho N anchorage, 2 miles N of the FSO, is suitable for small vessels only. Obstructions and wellheads may lie outside this area. An abandoned well head lies in position 3596N 7329E. Pilotage is compulsory. Vessels will be boarded by the Mooring Master at the S anchorage or where directed. Berthing is conducted during daylight hours only; unberthing anytime. Tugs are available. A large pullback tug remains secured to the stern of the export tanker throughout the loading operation. Restricted area. There is an exclusion zone of about 1 miles radius centred on the FSO. Regulations. The export tanker must have the ability to maintain a minimum of 30% of her summer dwt plus a maximum trim of 2 m throughout the loading operation.

Directions
1

12.213 The chart is sufficient guide.

Directions
1

Berth
1

12.207 The chart is sufficient guide.

12.214 Export tankers moor in tandem to the FSO and cargo is transferred using a floating hose arrangement.

Berth
1

12.208 Export tankers moor in tandem to the FSO and cargo is transferred using a floating hose arrangement.

Services
1

12.215 None available, except, in an emergency, medical service subject to a doctor being available at the terminal.

Services
1

12.209 None available.

Odudu Terminal
Chart 1860

General information Yoho Terminal

Chart 1386
1

General information
1

12.210 Position. Yoho Terminal (402N 731E) lies about 26 miles SSE from the W entrance to Andoni River. Function. An offshore terminal exporting crude oil and consists of a moored FSO connected by a submarine pipeline to a production platform. A racon transmits from the FSO. Traffic. In 2004 there were 41 vessel movements totalling 10 901 659 dwt. Terminal Authority. Mobil Producing Nigeria, Lagos.

12.216 Position. Odudu Terminal lies about 30 miles SSE from West Point (427N 734E) of Opobo River. Function. An offshore oil terminal exporting crude oil and consisting of a CALM buoy (4013N 7482E) and a turretmoored FSO 1 miles SW from it. Traffic. In 2004 there were 58 vessel movements totalling 13 823 162 dwt. Terminal Authority. Elf Petroleum Nigeria Ltd./Total S.A.

Limiting conditions
1

12.217 Controlling depth. The CALM buoy is moored in a depth of 656 m.

375

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Maximum size of vessel handled: 280 000 dwt. Local weather. See 12.223.

Arrival information
1

12.218 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout 24 hours except in adverse weather conditions, for which the terminal Superintendent will be the final authority. Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). ETA: 72 hours before arrival, thereafter periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Anchorage is permitted within a circle of radius 1 miles centred on position 3557N 7498E. Pilotage is compulsory. The Mooring Master boards in the anchorage area. Tugs and supply boats are available to assist mooring and unmooring. Restricted area. Entry is restricted within an extensive area around the terminal and associated installations and may best be seen on the chart. Regulations. No vessel may approach the terminal unless a Mooring Master is on board. Vessels anchors must be secured against accidental use from the time the Mooring Master boards. All export tankers shall fly the Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in the vicinity of the terminal. A vessel requiring quarantine clearance must display the appropriate signals by day or by night.

Squalls of varying intensity are common between March and November. These squalls are unpredictable in force and direction and are accompanied by torrential rain, thunder, lightning and sudden shifts in wind direction. Wind speed of up to 60 knots has been recorded during these squalls. A long low W swell prevails throughout the year and during the wet season (June to October) this swell, accompanied by rough seas, becomes very high, especially during heavy squalls. Visibility is generally good except during the harmattan season and during heavy rain when it may reduce to 4 to 5 cables.

Arrival information
1

Directions
1

12.219 The chart is sufficient guide.

Berth
1

12.220 Export tankers moor to the CALM buoy and cargo is transferred using a floating hose arrangement.

12.224 Port operations. The terminal is open throughout 24 hours except in adverse weather conditions. Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). ETA should be sent 72 hours before arrival, thereafter periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Anchorage. The designated anchorage, the limits of which may best be seen on the chart, lies about 11 miles SE of Berth Operations Platform. Pilotage is compulsory and available on a 24 hour basis. The Mooring Master boards in either the anchorage area (4065N 8106E) or 2 miles SE of Berth Operations Platform (4142N 8024E). Tugs are available and remain secured to the stern of export tankers throughout loading. Regulations. All export tankers shall fly the Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in the vicinity of the terminal. All vessels proceeding to the SPMs shall secure their anchors with chain stoppers.

Directions
1

Services
1

12.221 None available, except, in an emergency, medical service subject to a doctor being available at the terminal.
1

12.225 The chart is sufficient guide.

Berth
12.226 Export tankers are moored to SPMs Nos 1 and 2 (oil) and No 3 (condensate); each SPM is equipped with two strings of floating hoses through which cargo is transferred to the tanker.

Qua Iboe Terminal General information

1

12.222 Position. Qua Iboe Terminal (413N 804E) lies about 20 miles SSE of the entrance to Qua Iboe River. Function. An offshore terminal exporting crude oil and condensate, consisting of a Berth Operations Platform, from which a racon is transmitted, and three SBMs. Traffic. In 2004 there were 126 vessel movements totalling 31 378 679 dwt. Terminal Authority. Mobil Producing Nigeria, Lagos.

Services
1

12.227 Medical facilities are available in an emergency only.

Antan Terminal General information

1

Limiting conditions
1

12.223 Controlling depth. The depth at SBMs No 1 and No 2 is 259 m (85 ft), and the depth at SBM No 3 is 274 m (90 ft). Maximum size of vessel handled: 312 000 dwt; maximum loaded draught 219 m (72 ft). Local weather. SW to W winds predominate from May to September. Between December and February the harmattan blows from N. During the remainder months the winds are variable.

12.228 Position. Antan Terminal (413N 820E) lies about 20 miles SSE of West Point, the W entrance point of Calabar River. Function. An offshore terminal exporting crude oil consisting of a Tanker Mooring Manifold Platform which is linked to production platforms farther N and conveys oil to a spreadmoored FPSO, thence to an SPM 1 mile further SSE. Traffic. In 2004 there were 35 vessel movements totalling 4 322 226 dwt. Terminal Authority. Addax Petroleum Development (Nigeria) Ltd.

376

Home

Contents

Index
CHAPTER 12

Limiting conditions
1

12.229 Controlling depth. The FPSO is moored in a depth of 38 m. Maximum size of vessel handled: 150 000 dwt. Local weather. See 12.223.

The pilot boards about 4 miles S of the terminal as shown on the chart. Tugs are available and essential for mooring. Restricted area. The terminal is surrounded by an exclusion zone of about 1 miles. Regulations. All export tankers shall fly the Nigerian National flag during daylight hours while in the vicinity of the terminal.

Arrival information
1

12.230 ETA should be sent 72 hours before arrival, thereafter periodically. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (3). Anchorage. The designated anchorage is in an area of radius 1 miles centred on position 4091N 8201E, depth 40 m, bottom soft clay. Pilotage is compulsory and available during daylight hours until 1600 LT. Vessels arriving after that time should contact the terminal for instructions.

Directions
1

12.231 The chart is sufficient guide.

Berth
1

12.232 The export tanker is moored to the SPM.

Services
1

12.233 Emergency firstaid only.

377

Home

Contents

Index

Distance table - North-West Coast of Africa and Outlying Islands

Note: For further information and notes on distances, see Admiralty Distance Tables Atlantic Ocean Tables lla and IIb.
nd g ag o do ul ip Ri nn y ve an ca Ar qu l r s Bi ja s n ja id ir Ab ad Ag As
1125 948 665 1174 1335 2934 264 1107 437 1628 397 2734 332 1822 736 2040 1169 2952 403 2417 2529 1303 1126 1476 2681 1366 2854 1022 2441 1367 2186 879 1744 817 1621 1370 2792 1080 1185 177 1776 1395 74 1567 470 1154 1576 899 664 457 882 516 1794 1506 1259 1371 1599 1555 240 1728 293 1315 1399 1060 487 618 705 584 1617 1666 1082 1194 3154 1839 3327 1418 2914 270 2659 1119 2217 894 2183 232 3265 526 429 1327 188 1848 477 2954 529 2042 957 2260 2384 3172 211 2637 2749 1500 533 1086 1639 832 727 390 945 466 1857 1438 1322 1434 2021 610 3127 699 2215 1129 2433 1555 3345 192 2810 2922 1608 1218 1353 306 911 524 877 1437 1959 902 1014 2714 283 1802 717 2020 1040 2932 466 2397 2509 2459 920 2017 694 1983 414 3065 320 208 1547 462 1765 865 2677 616 2412 2254 1105 226 1071 1138 2153 603 715 1323 514 2235 1068 1700 1812 1289 913 2371 378 490 2201 1482 1666 1778 3283 581 514 2748 2860 115

Ba

1004

2461

nj

2283

ce

ns

io

Is

la

bl

Bo

sa

Ca

ka

pa ro Eu

Po to ee wn ha l

1188 2676 768 2263 462 2008 469 1566 244 1532 712 2614 146 258

Da

2503

in

Fr

nc

Fu

go

Pa

lm a vi

as

La

ou ib

as

La

ro

lm

on

dh

de

m To S S bo ko Ta o Vi Ca ce o

an a de Ilh ra Te m a di nt e

ua

Pa pe Po rt o

No

Ca

Gr

378

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Names without a paragraph number are for gazetteer purposes only

Abakum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.79 Abandzu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 Abazi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.159 Aberdeen Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Aberdeen Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Abidjan, Lagune d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 Abidjan, Port d Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.161 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.159 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.132 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.153 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.138 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.164 Abo Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.185 Aboadi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.45 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15 Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34 Aboadze Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34 Aboano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 Abokwa Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.24 Abomey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.221 Abona, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.126 Abona, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Aborobeano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.88 Abra, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Abrapa, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 Abul, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Aby, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.40 Acantilado Tierra Negra . . . . . . . . . . . 5.305 Accra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.108 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.86 Achma, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98 Achowa Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.24 Achowa Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.24 Acudama, Ponta (1132N 1625W) Ad Dakhla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.24 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.23 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26 Adafoah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.27 Adakrabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 Adeje, Baja de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Adjam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 Adju Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Adoudou, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Adrar Tmar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.121 Adwowa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 tna Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.23 Aetna, Baixos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.201 Aflao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.23 Afornou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21 African Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86 Aftaisat, Playa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Agdir, Rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Agdir: Mauritania, Rs . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100 Agadir: Morocco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.233 Agaete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Agbara Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.63 Agbodrafo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.63 Aghazdis, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.248 Aglou, Cap d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260 gua Doce, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 gua Doce, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 gua Ruim, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Agua, Cabo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Aguada, Porto da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.125 Aguada, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.335 Aguaje, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 Aguila, Pointe del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Agulha, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.72 Agw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.65 Ahiresu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80 Ahogado, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Aids to navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.22 Buoyage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24 Landmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.23 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.22 Ajakana Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.222 Ajakouta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89 Ajfenir, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.291 Akanko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.41 Akassa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28 Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.35 Akora River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80 Akpa Yafe River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.166 Akra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 Akrench, Oued el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.57 Akrumasi Ledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Akrumasi Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Akwida Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.43 Akwida Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.24 Al Jadida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.148 Aladja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.272 Alajero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Albacora, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.201 Albadarr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Albreda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Alcala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Alcatraz, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.234 Alcatraz, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Alcatraz, Rcifs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.234 Aldea Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Rada de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63 Alders Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.240 Alegranza, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 Alenquer, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187 Alert Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.176 Alforreca, Baixio (1100N 1538W) Allahine, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117 Allen Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216 Alligator Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.165 Almada, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Almadies, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161 Almenas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Alouette, Pointe de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.269 Alta, Baixa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 Alto Garajonay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Alto, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.78 Alzz, Rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Amanay Bajo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Amanful . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.100 Amarante, Pointe de l: le Kassa . . . . . 8.35 Amarante, Pointe de l: Rio Nunez . . 7.269 Amarelo, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 Amawai Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 Ambar, Punta el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Ambuba, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.212 Amenam/Kpono Oilfield . . . . . . . . . 12.157 Americas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Amisa Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 Amisa River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 Amiti, Port de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.123 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.137 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.123 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.131 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139 Amoakofre Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.24 Amonsuri, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.13 Ampenyi Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 AmpenyiAyensudu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.77 Ampre Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.242 Ampincha, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Amsittene, Jebel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.218 Ana Ferreira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10 Anaga, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Anaga, Roques de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Anagaru, Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.210 Anama Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.23 Anashun Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 Anchaca, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.210 Ancla Chica, Morro del . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Ancla, Morro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336 Ancn de San Marcos . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134 Ancones, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 ncora, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 ncora, Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 ncoras, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Ancusso, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216 Ancutum, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.212 Andoni River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.158 Ancho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.64 Anegada, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Anegud, Ponta (1134N 1622W) Anel, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193 Angola Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.30 Angra = cove, creek, small bay; see proper name Angra de Cintra, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . 6.17 Angra, Baa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 Angustias, Barranco de las . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Anino, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.212 Ankwao, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.41 Anman, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23 Anoboi, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216 Anomabu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.101 Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.101 Anringuine, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Anse = cove, bay; see proper name Antan Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.228 Ante, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.88 Antequera, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Antnia, Pico da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 Antnia, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 Antoninho, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Antnio Pescarais, Baixio . . . . . . . . . 7.188 Anunkwari, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15 Anwin, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 Anyenui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.16 Anza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.233 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.240 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.234 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.239 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252 Aoreora, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.273 Aoutil, Baie d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Apam Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91 Apapa Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142 Apapa Quays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.146 Apapa Shoals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142 APG 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 Apilho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Appra, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80 Arbolitos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.305 Archimde, Baie de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.30 Arciprs Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336 Ardent, le de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100 Ardent, Roches de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Area Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.42 Areia Branca, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222

379

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Areia Branca, Restinga da . . . . . . . . . 7.222 Areia, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92 Areias, Canal das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226 Areias, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187 Arenas Blancas, Punta de: Isla de la Palma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179 Arenas Blancas, Punta: Isla de Hierro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Arenas, Punta de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Arthuse, Pointe de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Argayal, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.168 Argual, Montaa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Arguin, Baie d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100 Arguin, Banc d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90 Arguin, le d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100 Arguineguin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.74 Argyle Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.148 Arinaga Montaa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Roque de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Arlete, Banco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Arlete, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Arlett, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20 Armada, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Arquiplago = archipelago; see proper name Arrecife Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 Arrecife = reef; see proper name Arriba, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Arrieta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Arrieta, Rada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.28 Arriscado, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187 Asabo Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.157 Asaca, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.272 Asasa Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.157 Ashanti Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203 Asilah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23 Assa, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Assagni, Canal d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107 Assakri Black Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91 Asslingune, Marigot . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Assinie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.40 Assinie, Canal d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.40 Assinie, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.40 Atalaia, Ponta da: Ilha Selvagem Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.76 Atalaia, Ponta de: Ilha da Madeira . . . . 2.27 Atalaya, Pico de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32 Athol Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Atlantis Seamount (3408N 3012W) Atlas Cove Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . 11.146 Atum, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 Atwere Boannda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 Atwiwa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.14 Auamara Aero light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20 Aube, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.243 Autruches, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Avila, Bahia de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Avisos, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.23 Avlium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21 Avons Deep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.159 Avrkt Plage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.60 Axim Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.42 Axim Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20 Ayensu River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80 Azemmour, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146 Azufre, Montaa del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Ba Faraka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98 Baba, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.54 Babli Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 Baboon Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.102 Backway, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Badagri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67 Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.137 Badajeira, Baixo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27

Baddu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18 Shoals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18 Bafu Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.240 Bafu Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Bafu, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.215 Bagru River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.145 Baguida Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20 Baha = bay; see proper name Bai Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Baa = bay; see proper name Baio, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Baie = bay; see proper name Baixa(s) = shoal(s); see proper name Baixinha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Baixo Agudo, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.128 Baixo, Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12 Baixo(s) = shoal(s); see proper name Baixona: Ilha da Bavista . . . . . . . . . . 4.27 Baixona: Ilha de Santa Luzia . . . . . . . . 4.44 Baiyan Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204 Baja, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Bajas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Bajeta del Cantillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19 Bajo = shoal; see proper name Bajo, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Bajon, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 Bakana Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 Bakassi Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.164 Bakassi Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.163 Bakassi Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.163 Bakel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183 Balangar Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 Bald Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117 Baleur Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.81 Balingo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Ballay, Sommet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Ballena, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Balling, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Baluarte, Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 Balule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Bambai, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 Bame Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Baaderos, Rada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Banana Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.124 Banana Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 Banc = bank; see proper name Banca, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Banco = bank; see proper name Banco, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 Bancona, Praia da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18 Bandama Fleuve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107 Bandiala, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.42 Bandim, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.191 Bane, Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.210 Bane, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.213 Bania, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 Banjiar, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Banjul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.64 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.85 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.64 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.80 Harbour regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.79 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.87 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90 Banquero, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Banquete, El: Isla de Fuerteventura . . . 3.36 Banquete, El: Western Sahara . . . . . . . 6.12 Bantanta Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 Baobab Marine Terminal . . . . . . . . . . 9.117 Baote (14041N 16315W) Bapo, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 Bar Crossing: Brass River . . . . . . . . . 12.31 Barbas, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 Barbeiros, Baixa dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11 Barel, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.203 Bargny Minam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Bargny, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.17

BargnyGouddou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 BargnyGuedj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Barkunda Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Barlavento, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Barlo Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.71 Barlovento, Bajo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 Barlovento, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Barra Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.87 Barracoon Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27 Barracouta Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 Barrage de Mangatotar . . . . . . . . . . . 7.275 Barranco = ravine; see proper name Barre = bar; see proper name Barrette, Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129 Barrette, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Barril, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.37 Barro Jangada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Barro, Porto do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Brtola, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Barure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.268 Base Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.29 Basha, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59 Bassa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.102 Bassa Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.219 Bassa Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201 Bassia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.75 Basubu Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.88 Bato, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 Batu, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.163 Bawbaw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 Bayadre, Banc de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.60 Bayancassar, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Beattie Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.30 Becerro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Becerro, Rocas de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Beddouza, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181 Bedford Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.266 Beecroft Crossing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.181 Bhouin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59 Bel Air: Rio Nunez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.277 BelAir, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146 BelAir, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.206 Bella Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.167 Bencer, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.268 Bencer, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.267 Bengal Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Benifet, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117 Benin City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.183 Benin Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.271 Benin River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.169 Benin Rock: Axim Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Benin Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Bennett Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.267 Benson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.209 Benti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73 Beraku Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91 Brby, Poste de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Bereyir, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.78 Bermejo, Roque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Bernafel, Baixos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187 Bernafel, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187 Bernard, Anse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145 Bernard, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145 Berthing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26 Beware Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.31 Beyin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Bialogo, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39 Bicaise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.239 Biches, Banc des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.147 Biches, Cap des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.147 Bicho, Baixio do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Bicuda, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 Bicudas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Big Ada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.25 Big Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.33 Big, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.23 Bigene, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Bight of Benin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2

380

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Bight of Biafra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2 Bight of Bonny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.2 Bijags Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.145 Bijags, Arquiplago dos . . . . . . . . . . 7.195 Bijol Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117 Billy Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21 Binari, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.267 Binta, Porto do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.166 Bintang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.100 Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Biombo, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Bioni River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Bipo, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Bird Island; River Gambia . . . . . . . . . . 7.98 Bird Island; Shenge Point . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Bird Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Biriwa Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 Bissau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.167 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.174 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.190 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.167 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.178 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.173 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.192 Bissau, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Bissau, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.34 Bitch, lot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Black Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.40 Black Rock: Banco Arlett . . . . . . . . . . 5.20 Black Rock: Growa Point . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Blanc du Nord, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.140 Blanc, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36 Blanca, Montaa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 Blanca, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.272 Blanca, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Blanche, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.55 Blanchi, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61 Bliron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.64 Blind Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.160 Blubarra Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226 Bluff Point: Benin River . . . . . . . . . 11.181 Bluff Point: Qua Iboe River . . . . . . . 12.161 Bo River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.235 Boa Esperana, Baixo da . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Bavista, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 Boboro, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 Bobowasi Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Bobs Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139 Boca = mouth; see proper name Boca de Enmedio, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.290 Bocayna, Estrecho de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Bodegal, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.40 Bofa, Marigot de (1042N 1444W) Boffa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.24 Bojador, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.296 Bok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.280 Bolama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.217 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.220 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.217 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.221 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.225 Bolama, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222 Bolama, Coroa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226 Boler Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88 Bolola, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 Bolon = creek; see proper name Bolor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Bolor, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Bolor, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Boma Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.237 Bombale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Bombarda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Bomplake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139

Bonanza, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Bonga Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.50 Bonny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.103 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 12.111 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.123 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.122 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 12.103 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.118 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 12.110 Offshore Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . 12.192 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.125 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.80 Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.87 Bonthe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.153 Bontom, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Boqueiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Boqueiro de Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12 Boqueiro Norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.70 Boquita del Morro, Oued . . . . . . . . . . 5.290 Bostock Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.28 Bou Irden, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.217 Bou Issaline, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.272 Bou Regreg, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.57 Bou Wafi, Sidi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.152 Boubl, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Boubo, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28 Boubo, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107 Boulababne, Marigot . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Boulay, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.161 Boulbin, Port (9303N 13430W) Boume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Bouramaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.26 Bourem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22 Bouteille, lot de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.34 Bouznica, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.55 Brakr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.103 Branca, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Branco, Baixio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Branco, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.43 Brass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.36 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.29 Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61 Brava, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.125 Brava, Ribeira: Ilha da Madeira . . . . . . 2.28 Brava, Ribeira: Ilha de So Nicolau . . . 4.38 Brazier Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201 Breaker Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.128 Breaker Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.81 Breakers Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30 Breca, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.38 Brefet Bolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Brejo, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.84 Brenton Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.37 Brimay, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 Brin, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Brisants de Verga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236 Bromham Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 Broto, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 Brouco, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.34 Bruce Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142 Bruce, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.212 Bruka, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 Bruni, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61 BuIgris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.265 BuLaalam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.265 Buache, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Buba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.240 Bubaque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216 Bubaque, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.210 Bubaque, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.210 Buchanan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.219 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.224 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.221 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.220 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.218 Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217 Port sevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.225

Buen Jess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132 Buen Jess, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132 Buenavista, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Bufadero, Barranco de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.159 Bufadero, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63 Bugio, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.72 Bugnadu Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Bull Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Bullom Shore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86 Bulok Bolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Bum Kittam River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.147 Bumpe River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141 Bunce River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.120 Bundali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Buniada Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63 Bunquilim, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Buoy Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.136 Buoy Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.136 Buraco, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Buraco, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Burro, Bajo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Burutu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.233 Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.237 Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.234 Busa Rapids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22 Busua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15 Busum Accra Reefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 Butain Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Butatel Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.30 Buto, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Butre, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25

Cabaceira, Ilhu da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Cabaceira, Ponta da (1201N 1621W) Caballo, Angra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.329 Caballo, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.329 Caballo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.160 Cabe, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Cabea da Rifona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 Cabeo do Boi, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Cabeo, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Cabeleiras, Baixos das . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222 Cabio, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.305 Cabio, Playa del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Cabo = cape; see proper name Cabo Verde, Arquiplago de . . . . . . . . . 4.2 Caboi, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Caboiana, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Cabot, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Cabri, lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.55 Cabrn, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336 Caador, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 Cacheu Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.162 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.159 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.162 Cacheu, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.149 above Cacheu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.163 Cacimba, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.34 Cacine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.239 Cacine, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237 Cgado, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.72 Cagarra, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Cagarral, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 Caiar, Baixos de (1101N 1528W) Caiar, Canal de (1100N 1527W) Caiar, Ilha de (1111N 1523W) Cai Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.183 Cai, Baixio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.145 Cai, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.170 Cai, Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156 Cais, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92

381

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Cajinolle, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Calabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.167 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 12.175 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.188 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.187 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 12.167 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.183 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 12.174 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.190 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.162 Caldereto, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.183 Calera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Calero, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Caleta, Puerto de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Caleta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Calhau, Ponta do; Ilha de Santo Anto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 Calhau: Ilha de So Vicente Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Calheta, Baa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90 Calheta, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12 Calheta: Ilha da Madeira . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Calheta: Ilha do Maio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92 Camaleo, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.201 Camaleo, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Camayenne, Presqule de . . . . . . . . . . 8.41 Cambanumba, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237 Cambrne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.144 Camelitto, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336 Camello, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Camello, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Campanarinho, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 Campos Frana, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . 7.213 Campos Frana, Baixos de . . . . . . . . . 7.216 Canal = channel; see proper name Canap, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.212 Canarias, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 Canary Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.241 Canaveira, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12 Cancela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.36 Canefaque, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237 Canequillas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Canhabaque, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.198 Canial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.33 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.37 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.36 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.33 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.35 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.34 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Canina, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.242 Canja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Canjaja, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.166 Canoe Grounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86 Canoe Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30 Canogo, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.195 Cansado del Sur, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . 5.302 Cansado, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.80 Cansado, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.80 Cansado, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.293 Canteras, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42 Canuelas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336 Canyon de Kayar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.148 Cap = cape; see proper name Cap Blanc, Presqule du . . . . . . . . . . . 6.29 Cap Tafelney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216 Cap, Banc du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.60 Cape Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.100 Castle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 Cape Mount Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.172 Cape Mount River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.172 Cape Nun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24 Cape Palmas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.33 Cape Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.37 Cape Saint Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Cape Saint Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86 Cape Saint Paul Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20 Cape Shilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134

Cape Shoal: Cape Three Points . . . . . 10.23 Cape Shoals: Fishtown Point . . . . . . . . 9.20 Cape Sierra Leone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.105 Cape Three Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.23 Cape Verde Abyssal Plain . . . . . . . . . 1.241 Cape Verde Plateau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.241 Cape Verde Seamount (1520N 2155W) Capsin, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.244 Caracol, Restinga del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.302 Caralena, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Caravela, Baixos da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Caravela, Canal da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.170 Caravela, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Caraveles, Baixio dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156 Caraxe, Baixio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Caraxe, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Carl Woerman Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20 Carmen, Puerto del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Carnero, Bajo de El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 Carpenter Rock: Cape Sierra Leone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 Carpenter Rock: Sesters point . . . . . . . 9.19 Carrial, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.39 Carrios, Baixa dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Carrols Wharf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 Carter Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142 Casa del Sultn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.308 Casa Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.289 Casa Sultana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.308 Casablanca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116 Basin and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.129 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.128 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.104 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.123 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.109 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.131 Casaca, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 Casamance, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122 Casas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 Casset, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.243 Cassini, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237 Castanheira, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.71 Castelo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Castillete Alto, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39 Castillete, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Castillo de San Juan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.152 Castillo, Puerto del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Castle Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18 Cataque Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237 Catarina, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Catunco, Ilha de (1109N 1515W) Caur, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.166 Caution Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.165 Cavalla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.64 Cavalla, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Cavalo, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 Cavalos, Baixo dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Cavalos, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Cawthorne Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79 Cayado de los Pozos, Punta de . . . . . . . 3.41 Cayar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.144 Cementero, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.74 Cenizo, Bajo el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19 Cenouras, Ilhu das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11 Centinela, Montaa La . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Central, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100 Central, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46 Cess, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.212 Cestos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238 Cestos Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204 Cestos Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204 Ch do Castelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Chacal, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.64 Chanomi Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.266 Cho, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.70 Charca de la Estila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19

Charco de San Gins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17 Admiralty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.18 Datums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.20 Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.19 Chause des Almadies . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161 Chave, Baixo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27 Chebeika, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.292 Chedded, Ile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Chemu Point Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.86 Chibika, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.290 Child Point (443N 702E) Children, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.237 Chitoli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.194 Christiansborg Castle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.93 Churo, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Cidade da Praia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.104 Cidade de So Filipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123 Cidade Velha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.101 Cima, Ilhu de: Ilha do Porto Santo . . . 2.11 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10 Cima, Ilhu de: Ilhus Secos . . . . . . . 4.129 Ciudadela, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.26 Clrigo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Climate and weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.266 Air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.288 Anticyclones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.273 Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.283 Depressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.274 Fog and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.286 Fronts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.276 General conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.267 Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.290 Precipitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.284 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.270 Winds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.278 Climate information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.291 Cline Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Cline Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Clough Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19 Clough Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.237 Coast Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Cobade, Baixos do (1114N 1526W) Cobras, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226 Cockerill Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.124 Cockle Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Cockscomb Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.145 Cco, Porto do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Cocody, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 Cokaia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 Colchas, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.52 Coley Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20 Colon, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Colnia, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 Coloradas, Punta de las . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Colorado Seamount (3304N 3721W) Colorado, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Colorado, Roque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63 Coluna, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Comandante Almeida Carvalho, Baixos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Comidas, Ponta da (3245N 1642W) Commodore Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142 Commune, Barre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19 Como, Ilha de (1111N 1520W) Come, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.38 Compony, Bancs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.247 Compony, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.244 Comprida, Baixa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.77 Comprido, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.78 Conakry, Port de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.39 Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.58 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.55 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.39 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.51 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.45 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.61 Conception Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.243 Concolim, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165

382

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Confital Bahia del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Conflict, Rcifs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235 Congo Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Consuelo, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.102 Conta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74 Cooper Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.71 Coppolani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 Coquilles, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Corail, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.55 Coral Patch Bank (3500N 1203W) Corales, Ensenada de los . . . . . . . . . . 5.338 Cordero, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.335 Corinto, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.166 Coroa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Coroa das Areias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187 Coroa, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Coroas de So Francisco . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Coroas dos Papagaios . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Corona, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 Corral, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Corralejo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Corredera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.183 Corubal, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.194 Corveiro, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39 Costa Teguise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Costa, Barre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.38 Costa, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Costa, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Cotonou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.75 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.100 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.75 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.94 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.59 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.81 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101 Cotonou, Lagune de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.89 Cotrim, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11 Cotton Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.263 Coude de Sikaye (1409N 1610W) Coude de Vlor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31 Countries and Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.75 Benin, Republic of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.215 Canarias, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.85 Cape Verde, Republic of . . . . . . . . . 1.95 Cte dIvoire, Republic of . . . . . . . 1.185 Ghana, Republic of . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.195 Guinea, Republic of . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.155 GuineaBissau, Republic of . . . . . 1.145 Liberia, Republic of . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.175 Madeira, Arquiplago da . . . . . . . . . 1.75 Mauritania, Islamic Republic of . . 1.115 Morocco, Kingdom of . . . . . . . . . . 1.105 Nigeria, Federal Republic of . . . . . 1.225 Sngal, Republic of . . . . . . . . . . . 1.125 Sierra Leone, Republic of . . . . . . . 1.165 The Gambia, Republic of . . . . . . . . 1.135 Togo, Republic of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.205 Covinha, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Crabes, Pointe aux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.81 Craig Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.266 Crawford, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.34 Creoulo, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Crique = creek; see proper name Crique, Pointe de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.28 Cristianos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Crocodile Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.181 Cross River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.165 Cruces, Islote de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20 Cruiser Seamount (3221N 2735W) Cruz Baixa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Pico da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Cruz, Puerto de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Cruz, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Cueva de Diablo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.198

Cuevecillas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.303 Cumbij, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.242 Cumer, Baixio do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Cumer, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.194 Cumplida, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179 Cunhune, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.201 Curlew Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24 Curral Velho, Enseada do . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Curral Velho, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 Curralinho, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.32 Currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.247 Canary Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.249 Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.248 Equatorial Countercurrent . . . . . . . 1.251 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.247 Guinea Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.251 North Equatorial Current . . . . . . . . 1.249 South Equatorial Current . . . . . . . . 1.250 Upwelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.253 Cutter Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.73

Dacia Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.242 Daisy Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.268 Dakar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.188 Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.208 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.188 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.202 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.210 Dakar, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145 Dakar, Rade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.196 Dakhlet Agdir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100 DakhletAchel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Dampa Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.81 Dangara, Barre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19 Danghan, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.77 Dankor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 Dankunko Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 Dapiar, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.268 Dapiar, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.268 Dar Bouazza, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.145 Daranka Bolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Deadman Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79 Decoris River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.30 Deer Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98 Defename, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Dehar el Haine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17 Dehesa, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Delgada, Ponta: Ilha da Madeira . . . . . 2.29 Delgada, Ponta: Ilhu Branco . . . . . . . 4.43 Delgada, Punta: Isla de Alegranza . . . . . 3.8 Delgado, Ponta: Ilha de So Nicolau . . 4.37 Delta Steel Company Terminal . . . . 11.274 Dembia, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.26 Dempster Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Densu River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.81 Dentro, Roque de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Denu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.23 Deportivo de Taliarte, Puerto . . . . . . . . 3.55 Deportivo Radazul, Puerto . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Deratting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.238 Descojonado, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Desembarcadouros, Ilhu dos . . . . . . . 2.30 Dsert, Pointe du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31 Deserta Grande, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.71 Desertas, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.69 Destruction Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Detraz de Rocha, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.128 Devil Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Devil, lot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61 Devil, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Devils Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.275 Devils Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 Dhuat Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.202

Di Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204 Dia Shoals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21 Diable, le du: Rio Pongo . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 Diable, les du: Rivire Saloum . . . . . . 7.30 Diabolitos Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204 Diagoubel, Marigot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Diamanio, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.40 Diamat, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Diandoufou, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Diannah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138 Didia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.236 Diembreng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Dientes del Cabio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.305 Digbou, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.54 Dimma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.91 Diogo Gomes, Baixos . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.188 Diogo Gomes, Canal (1114N 1605W) Diogu, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122 Diogu, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122 Diogu, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.120 Diolas, Banc des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Diolas, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Diomboss, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.39 Dionouar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Diorhane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.58 Diotane, Marigot de (13586N,16431W) Diould Dabe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.186 Diouloulou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Diouloulou, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Dique = mole, dock, embankment; see proper name Direct Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.80 Distress and Rescue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.58 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.58 Rescue services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.59 Dix Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.44 Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.44 Dixinn Port (9332N 13405W) Djifre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Djogu, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122 Djondji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.57 Djougoute, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Djougoute, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Doca, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Dockyard Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24 Dockyard Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89 Dodo Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.268 Dodo Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.268 Dodo River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19 Dodo, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17 Dodo, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Dog Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Dogante . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Dogodou, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107 Dom Luis Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Dona Amlia Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.51 Dougbal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Dougoubona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.268 Dougoufissa Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.273 Dra, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.273 Dra, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.275 Dragon Bank (3454N 1630W) Dragonnier, Anse du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.51 Drewin, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 Dublin Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.125 Dubo River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.26 Dubouchage, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Dubrka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.29 Dubrka, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.28 Duke Town Point (459N 819E) Dunas de Cintra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.17 Dune de Lemsid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89 Dune de Lompoul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.159 Dungal, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Dupen Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.267 Durnford, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336 Dwomba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 Dzelukope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.29

383

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

EA Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.45 East Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.232 East Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139 East Nianija Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.100 East Point: Brass River . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30 East Point: Calabar River . . . . . . . . . 12.163 East Point: Ghana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.23 East Point: Opobo River . . . . . . . . . 12.159 Eastern Spit: Nun River . . . . . . . . . . . 12.25 Eastern Spit: Opobo River . . . . . . . . 12.159 Ebdou, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.118 beng, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.203 bri, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 Ebute Metta Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.130 Edina Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.202 Edmonstone Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.145 Egerton Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.161 Egumbane, Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.210 Egwanga Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Egyaa Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 Egyasimanku Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.79 Ehy, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.40 Eket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.161 Eko Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.130 Ekon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 Eku Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.157 Ekuase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 Ekumpoano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 El = the; see proper name El Argub, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19 El Becerro, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 El Cabrito, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 El Hank, Pointe d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.105 Elana, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Elana, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Elbow, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336 Elegbata Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142 Elephant Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Elia, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Elinkine, Marigot d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119 Elisabeth, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.234 Elmina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.98 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 Enampor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Enang Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.157 Encauzamento, Dique de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.28 Enconada, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25 Endeavour Bank (2524N 1929W) Endeavour Bank: Shoals of Saint Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Eneose Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.222 Enframa, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 English Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27 Enseada, Ensenada = bay, bight, cove; see proper name Ensenada, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 Enu, Ilha de (1124N 1607W) pi de Azemmour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146 Erha Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.197 Ervato, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 Esamang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.41 Escanfraga, Montaa de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Escaramua, Baia da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.174 Escardos Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Escollera, Dique de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.28 Escotadura, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Escravos Oil and Gas Terminal . . . . 11.203 Escravos River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.172 Escravos, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.204 Esmargalsinho, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.42 Espechim, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 Espia, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Espigo Amarelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Espingarda, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 Espinhao, Ponta do (3238N 1655W)

Espinilo, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.303 Espoir Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161 Espoir offshore platform . . . . . . . . . . 9.103 Espoir Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.122 Essaouira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.224 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.226 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.230 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.224 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.225 Essaouira, le d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.224 Essene Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.160 Estaca, Puerto de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.198 Estafette, Bancs de L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.41 Estncia Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 Rocha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 Este, Roque del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 Estrecho = strait; see proper name Estreito, Baixio (1055N 1536W) Esuk Oron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.177 Etecuchim, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.174 Ethiope River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.222 Etoile, Baie de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.30 Etoile, Pointe de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.30 Ez Zerga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20 Facho, Monte do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 Facho, Pico do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10 Factory Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.21 Fadioute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 Fafanda, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Fagan Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.222 Faguque, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 Fahntlo Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.196 Faial Baia do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Ribeira do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Faidherbe Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.176 Faj da Ovelha, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Faj de gua, Porto da . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.128 Fajn, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Fajana, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Falcon Bridge Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Falcon Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.126 Falcon, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 Falcones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Falia, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Fallikouri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.76 Falsa Nalu, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 False Cape Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162 False Cape: Sierra Leone . . . . . . . . . . 8.124 False, Cape: Cape Mesurado . . . . . . . 8.201 Falso Bojador, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.305 Falula, Baixio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Falulo, Baixio de (1211N 1643W) Fambine, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30 Famorah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74 Fanado Mulheres, Ponta do . . . . . . . . 7.216 Fann, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162 Faoye, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30 Faraba Bolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Farilho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.70 Farim, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.166 Fariones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Farmington River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.208 Fasnia, Roques de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Fatala, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 Fateixa Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Fatick, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31 Faux Cap Blanc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Fayako, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30 Fedala, Cap de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.65 Fen Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203

Fermina, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Ferrat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 Ferreiros, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11 Ferro, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12 Fete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.105 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91 Ftiche Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29 Fetish Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 Fidalgo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.37 Field Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.80 Finch Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20 Finley, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.196 Fio do Monte Vermelho, Ponta do . . . 4.120 Fishtown Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21 Fishtown Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21 Fishtown River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.21 Fisolagpo, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.106 Five Cowrie Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.121 Flamengos, Ponta dos: Ilha do Maio . . 4.92 Flamengos: Ilha de So Vicente Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Flat Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Flecha, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Fleuve = river; see proper name Flore, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.30 Focinho do Forte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11 Fogo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.118 Fondeadero = anchorage; see proper name Fonseca, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.166 Fontainhas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 Fonto, Ribeira do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 Fonte da Areia, Ilhu da . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12 Fontes Pereira de Melo Light . . . . . . . . 4.51 Fontona, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 Fora, Ilhu de: Ilha da Madeira . . . . . . 2.27 Fora, Ilhu de: Ilha do Porto Santo . . . 2.11 Fora, Ilhu de: Ilhas Selvagens . . . . . . 2.78 Forcado, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 Forcados . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.235 Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.258 Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38 Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.231 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.227 Forcados, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.227 Ford Point (436N 710E) Forcariah, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.78 Forja, Ilhu da (3238N 1656W) Fork, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Formosa, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Formosa, Praia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.67 Formoso, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13 Fort Orange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.28 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20 Fort Saint George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 Fort Saint Jago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.98 Fort Victoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.100 Fort William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.100 Forte de Nostra Santa da Conceio . . 2.57 Forte, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27 Fosse de Cayar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.148 Fosu Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.100 Fotoba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Fouch Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79 Fouch Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79 Foundiougne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.44 Fourou, Barre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19 Fousset, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Fouta Djallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.161 Fouta Jalon highlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.91 Foxtrot offshore platform . . . . . . . . . . 9.103 Frades, Enseada dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11 Fragata, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 Frailillo, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 France, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216 Francs, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 Francisco, Praia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.48 Frederick Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.23

384

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Freetown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84 Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.107 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.98 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.92 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.114 Fresco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.102 Fuego, Pico de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.269 Fuencaliente, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Fuera, Roque de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Fuerteventura, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32 Funchal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.39 Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.64 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.63 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.39 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.57 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.68 Fundo, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.210 Fundo, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Furado, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Furna, Porto da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.127 Furo, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226 G Pessoa, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 Gabaseras, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Gabbro Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.171 Gabina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.172 Gaivotas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Galdar Pico de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Rade de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Gale, Ponta do: Ilha da Madeira . . . . . . 2.28 Gal, Ponta do: Ilha do Porto Santo . . . 2.11 Galeo, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90 Galeo, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92 Galeo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 Galeota Atravesada, Bajo de la . . . . . . 6.20 Galeota Grande, Bajo de . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 Galera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 Galha, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.38 Galinhas, Baixos das . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.214 Galinhas, Canal das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.210 Galinhas, Ilha das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222 Gallinas River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.164 Galloway Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.268 Galo, Baixos do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.213 Galo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.213 Gambia, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.91 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.91 General remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.91 Maximum draughts . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.101 Natural conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.105 Pilotage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104 Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.102 Submarine cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.103 Tides and tidal streams . . . . . . . . . . 7.108 Topography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.100 Gambie, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Ganado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Gancho, Baixos do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187 Gando Baja de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Pennsula de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Roque de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Ganja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Gantumane, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 Garachico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Garajau, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Nature Reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24 Garaones, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.173 Garbeiro, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.128 Gara, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Garitas, Playa de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 Garnet, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336

Garraway Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20 Garraway River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.29 Garrigues, Basse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.97 Gaskel, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19 Gatas, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Gaviota, Mesa de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Gaviota, Punta: Isla de la Palma . . . . 3.181 Gaviota, Punta: Isla Gomera . . . . . . . 3.164 Gaviota, Punta: Isla Lanzarote . . . . . . . 3.16 Gaviota, Roque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Gaviotas, Ilha das (10554N 15405W) Gavioto, Punta: Isla Fuerteventura . . . . 3.35 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34 Gazelle, Banc de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.80 Gbangbaia Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.145 Gbeletie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Gbma, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.77 Gbobokiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.36 Gbotobo Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19 Geba, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Geba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 above Bissau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.194 Gmeos, Baixios (1209N 1636W) Geneanes, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Georgetown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.107 Gharb, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.40 Ghessy, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72 Gi, Baixo (1102N 1521W) Gibson Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.206 Gigantes, Puerto de Los . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Gih, Rochers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59 Gila, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.173 Gilmoris Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Ginamar, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Gins, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 Ginijinamar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Giro, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 G, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107 Goderich Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.124 Goland, Banc du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.60 Golette, le de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.118 Gokhor, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Gold Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.88 Goldfinch Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.187 Goldfinch Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.165 Golfo, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Gombaru, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.18 Gomera, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Gondoron, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Gonzalez, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236 Gonzalez, Rochers de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236 Gonzalo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Good Luck Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 Gorda da Rasca, Montaa . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Gorda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11 Gorda, Punta; Isla Fuerteventura . . . . . 3.37 Gorda, Punta: Isla de la Palma . . . . . . 3.181 Gorda, Punta: Isla Graciosa . . . . . . . . . 3.10 Gorda, Punta: Isla Lanzarote . . . . . . . . 3.15 Gordo, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.34 Gore, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146 Gore, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146 Gorgulho, Ilhu (3238N 1656W) Goro, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19 Gorrei, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.18 Gorrei, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 Goshawk Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.267 Gotera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.138 Goteras, Montaa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Gotlo Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.196 Gouiana Diara, Pointe (1407N 1608W) Goulou, le du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.56 Governor Hill Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.145 Graciosa, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 Gran Canaria, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51 Gran Tarajal, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.38 Grand Basha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.70 Grand Bassa Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.202 Grand Bassam Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20

Grand Butu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.241 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.206 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.206 Grand Cess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.47 Grand Cess River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.28 Grand Kola River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.197 Grand Lahou Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Grand Popo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.60 GrandBassam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.39 GrandBrbi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61 GrandLahou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107 Grande da Cidade, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Grande de Buba, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.240 Grande Passe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.42 Grande, Baixio (1204N 1625W) Grande, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 Grande, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129 Grande, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 Grande, Porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.57 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.67 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.57 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.73 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.63 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78 Granville Brook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Great Kwa River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.162 Great Meteor Bank (2958N 2844W) Great Scarcies River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.81 Great Tree Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 Green Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20 Greenville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.232 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.230 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.229 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.227 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.233 Greenwich Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.92 Greer Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203 Grestle Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.117 Griego, Arrecife del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Grove Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.22 Growa Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Growa Reefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Guadalupe, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Guadamojete, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . 3.125 Guadamojete, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Guague Mendy (14086N 16234W) Guanarteme, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Gugr, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61 Gumeyr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.24 Gera, Pointe de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Guerreiro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 Guet NDar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.175 Guifoda, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30 Gimar Montaa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Guincho, Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Guincho, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.56 Guincho, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Guincho, Roque del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Guindaste, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.136 Guin, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17 Guirnda (13588N 16367W) Guisanor, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Gulf of Guinea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.260 Gunal, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Guque, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19 Hacha Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 Hadid, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.214 Hadid, Jebel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.209 Half Assini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21 Half Cape Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162 Hamilton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 Hanman, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23

385

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Hann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146 Hann, Anse de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146 Harcourt, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 12.133 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.138 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.137 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.134 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 12.132 Port Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.141 Harmann Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.202 Harper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.33 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.35 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.37 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.33 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.36 Harrison Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Harrison Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.36 Harvey Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Hastings Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.120 Hautfond de Dar Bouazza . . . . . . . . 5.145 Hayes Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203 Heaven Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Hebrada Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Hedwig Mensell Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Helene Woerman Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Hely Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Henderson Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Henshaw Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.177 Herald Point (445N 819E) Hermanos, Roques los . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Hermigua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.172 Herne, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19 Herradura, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Hidalgo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.119 Hierro, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.194 Hoffman River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31 Holt Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.270 Hondura, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.160 Hondura, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Honduras, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Honra do Monteiro, Baixo da . . . . . . 7.204 Hoong Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Hooper Patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201 Hopkin Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.21 Horace, Sommet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.36 Horseshoe Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63 Houch Bak Kreaa, Jbel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17 Hoya, Ensenada de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.138 Hoya, Roques de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Hug, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Hughes Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88 Hughes Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.227 Hutres, Marigot aux . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.118 Hullera, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.72 Hunier, Pointe du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Hynes, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31 Hyres Seamount (3123N 2857W) Iador, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Iador, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Iara, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Ichekcher, Ile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Iddo Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.130 Iguala, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Ijora Wharf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.146 Ikang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.166 Ikebiri River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.21 Ikpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.165 Ile, le(s) = island(s); see proper name Ilha = island; see proper name Ilhetas, Banco das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Ilhu = islet; see proper name Ilhu, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12 lot = islet; see proper name Ima Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.204 Imessouane, Banc d . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216 Imessouane, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216

Impernal, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193 Inda Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.87 Inglez, Porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.93 Inim Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.157 Inner Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27 Intertropical Convergence Zone . . . . . 1.277 Intertropical Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.277 Iouik, Presquille d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Iouk, Rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Ir, Pedras do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.174 Irving Seamount (3200N 2802W) Isabel, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.210 Isla = island; see proper name Isleta, La: Isla da Lanzarote . . . . . . . . . 3.16 Isleta, La: Isla de Gran Canaria . . . . . . 3.83 Isleta, La: Oued Loukkos . . . . . . . . . . . 5.29 Islote = small barren island; see proper name Islote, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Istmo de Guanarteme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.83 Istmo, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.329 Itou, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Ivy Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.271 Ivy Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Ivy Point (437N 711E) Iworo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.61 Jabane II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.163 Jable, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34 Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Jackonsa, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.27 Jacomar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.49 Jacqueville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.103 Jadida, El Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.150 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.153 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.148 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.151 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Jagali, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Jaime Afreixo, Baixos . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.170 Jaja Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.160 Jakallin Wharf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 Jaleh Cassa Bolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Jali Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Jallinga, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.125 Jalunga, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.125 Jamaica Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 James Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.92 James Island: Calabar . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.174 James Island: River Gambia . . . . . . . . 7.93 James Island: Warri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.272 Jamestown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.176 Jamieson River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.223 Jandia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34 Janela, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Janela, Ribeira da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Jannakunda Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Jardim do Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Jarin Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Jaro, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Jarobu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.181 Jbel = mountain, hill, island; see proper name Jbilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17 Jebba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22 Jebel = mountain, hill, island; see proper name Jenkins Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144 Jerome, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Jeta, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Jeta, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Jily, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19 Joal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 Joal, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 Joanna, Baixa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.76 Joo Albacora, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Joo Coimbra, Baixio de (1215N 1640W)

Joo de vora, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Joo Gomes, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26 Joo Ribeiro, Canal (1135N 1614W) Joo Ribeiro, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Joo Valente, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Joo Vieira, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Joozinho, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 Joaquim Machado, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . 4.15 Joda River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48 Johnston Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21 Jong River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.146 Jorf Lasfar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.156 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.174 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.157 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.168 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162 Jreida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 Juan Adalid, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Juan Daza, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Juan Rejn, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 Juba Barracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.124 Jufunco, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Juncalinho, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 Junk River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.208 Jurado, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 Jurong Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 Jurunka Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Jurunka Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93

Kaai Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 Kablea, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.26 Kablake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.64 Kachiouane, Bolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119 Kadabou, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61 Kaduna River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.23 Kadi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.186 Kafodzidzi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.77 Kagboro Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.142 Kajakat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 Kajamang Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Kakand, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.245 Kakoulima, Mont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12 Kakounsou, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.26 Kakoutaye, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72 Kalagi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Kalissye, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.118 Kamatane (14086N 16170W) Kambia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.81 Kamsar, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.245 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.258 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.273 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.267 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.245 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.264 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.251 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.274 Kandiafara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.244 Kandian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.28 Kane Seamount (2108N 2802W) Kanfarand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.276 Kang Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.87 Kansala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Kaolack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55 Kapatchez, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.38 Kaporgu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.181 Karabane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Karabane, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Karenti Bolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43 Kasang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98 Kasopo, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.275 Kassa Reefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 Kassa, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.35 Kassagoua, Banc de (1037N 1447W) Kassi, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.102 Kata Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18 Katchang Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 Katchek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.243 Katchiang Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95

386

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Katibo, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.102 Kauur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 Kayar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.148 Kayar Seamounts (1542N 1745W) Kayes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181 Kelele Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.104 Kembuto, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.269 Kemoto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Kenitra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.40 Airfield Aero Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.44 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.45 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.44 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.40 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.43 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.46 Kennedy Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.106 Kennedy Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.206 Kennelly Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89 Kent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.124 Keoba Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.206 Kerewan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 Keta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.30 Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.16 Khechem Bella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Kiouene, Iles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Kji, Ile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Kikvez, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 King Greys Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.207 King Tom Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 King Tom Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 King Williams Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41 King Williams Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Kipulun Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.64 Kissing, Crique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.23 Kissy ferry terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.111 Kissy Oil Fuel Jetty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.92 Kitchoru Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91 Kito Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.170 Klama, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Knight Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.206 Koko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.176 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 11.178 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.182 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 11.176 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.179 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 11.177 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.183 Koko Plage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94 Kokobo Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 Kokodegbena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.177 Kokrobite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.81 Kolli Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.85 Komenda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 Konbomby, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12 Konikounsi, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74 Konkour, Fleuve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.26 Kortimaw Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.80 Kortright House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.106 Korubal River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.194 Kotobli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.235 Ktre, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.77 Kotu Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.85 Koumba, Rio (1020N 1428W) Kouromandja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.35 Kouromandja, Sommet . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.36 Kpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.68 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.70 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.73 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.72 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.68 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.71 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.72 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.69 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.74 Kpone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.22 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.26 Kpongunor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.16

Kromantse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.102 Kroo Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Kru Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.16 Krule Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 Krylov Seamount (1736N 3004W) Kudang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98 Kufuer Devils Cliff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.11 Kulama River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.21 Kundala Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 Kuntaur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.106 Kuramo Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.158 Kutang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Kuzu Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Kuzu River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Kwa Island (444N 824E) Kwarra Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.237 Kychom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.81 Lmin Bolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 La = the; see proper name La Luz, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.81 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.93 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.107 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.105 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.81 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.108 La Sociedad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 Layoune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.309 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.314 Directions for berths . . . . . . . . . . . 5.324 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.309 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.319 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.313 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.326 Labor, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.39 Lac Cayar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.184 Lac de Guiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.184 Lac de Togo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.63 Lacaco, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Lagarta, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 Lagos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.113 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 11.135 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.144 Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 11.113 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.137 Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.137 Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.137 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.59 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 11.120 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.147 Lagune = lagoon; see proper name Lagune de Bono, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.144 Lahwar, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Laja, Bajo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Lajas, Puerto de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Laje, Ponta da: Ilha de Santa Luzia . . . 4.44 Laje, Ponta da: Ilha de Santiago . . . . . 4.100 Lajita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Lake Piso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.172 Lakka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 Lmin Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Langoustes, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Langue de Barbarie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143 Lantailla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34 Lanzarote, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 Larache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.27 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.31 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.28 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.26 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.32

Larga, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 Large, Banc du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.118 Las = the; see proper name Las Galeras, Roques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Las Palmas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.82 Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.81 Lava, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.179 Laya, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.77 Le(s) = the; see proper name Leo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Lbouda, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.18 Leicester Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.105 Lejeune, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.35 Leme Velho, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 Lenha Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Lenha, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Lenha, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Leopard Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86 Lequr, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.163 Leste, Baixa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.78 Leste, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 Leste, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.76 Leste, Ponta: Bolama . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 Leste, Ponta: Ilha de So Nicolau . . . . 4.37 Leven, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336 Lvrier, Baie du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35 Lvrier, Banc du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.60 Lima, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Limits of the book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 Limn, Baja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Limones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Lindsay Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20 Lion A Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.112 Lion B offshore platform . . . . . . . . . . 9.103 Lion Bank (3517N 1538W) Little Bassa River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.208 Little Gilmoris Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Little Kola River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.211 Little Kwa River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.162 Little Scarcies River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.82 Litton Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Lizardo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.45 Llana, Punta: Isla de la Gomera . . . . . 3.164 Llana, Punta: Isla de la Palma . . . . . . 3.180 Llanadas, Punta de las . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Lobo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Lobos, Cmara de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Lobos, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32 Lockhart Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Lofa River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.168 Lokoja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.23 Loma Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.171 Lombinho, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Lombo de Boi, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 Lom Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.53 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.52 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.31 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.48 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.37 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.54 Lompoul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.144 Long Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139 Long Patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20 Long Reef Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201 Longue, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.275 Loos, les de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.31 Los = the; see proper name Lougne, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162 Loukkos, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25 Low Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.20 Lus Carneiro, Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129 Lume, Monte de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.93 Lumley Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.124 Lungi airport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.117 Lyndiane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49

387

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Mbao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.209 Mabella Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Macaces, Baixos dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156 Macaces, Passagem dos . . . . . . . . . . 7.156 MacCarthys Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 Macdonald Point (438N 820E) Macdonald Point: Warri River . . . . . 11.270 Macdowell Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217 Macebo, Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Machado, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Machico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Ribeira do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Sa Roque Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Machin, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Madagho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.264 Madalena do Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Madeira Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.266 Madeira, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22 Madeleines, Anse des . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162 Madeleines, le des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.169 Madina Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Madu Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.17 Mady, Sommet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.34 Me Grande, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.45 Mafa River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.167 Mafemgbi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.140 Mafou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.186 Maftah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.218 Magazine Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142 Magdalena, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Magnetic anomalies, local Cap Blanc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35 Estrecho de la Bocayna . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Funchal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.61 les de Loos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.53 Ilha Brava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.126 Ilha da Bavista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.21 Ilha do Fogo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.119 Ilha do Sal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 Ilhas Selvagens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73 Isla de la Palma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.178 Magrane Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Mahrrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98 Mahera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86 Mahin Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.167 Mahound, Mont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11 Maio Seamount (1448N 2227W) Mao, Baixios de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Mao, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Maio, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90 Mao, Pedras de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Maio, Porto do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.93 Majona, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Majorero, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.302 Malcolm Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139 Maliguagb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74 Malouine, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.275 Malpaso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.194 Malvina, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.335 Mamba Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201 Mamelles Soumba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12 Mamelles, Les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.144 Man of War Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.114 Mancebo, Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226 Mancha Blanca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Mancha Blanca, Bajo de La . . . . . . . . 3.120 Mancha Blanca, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Mandna Bolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Mandna Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Mandori Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 Manah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.76 Mangal, Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Mangangoule, Pointe (12369N 16271W) Mange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.82 Mangrade, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 Mangrove Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.272 Mangue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.36 Mankwadze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91

Manna Point: Liberia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162 Manna Point: Shebar Entrance . . . . . . 8.148 Manna Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203 Mano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.125 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.166 Mansoa, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193 Mansouria, Crte de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.55 Manuel, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.163 Manuel, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145 Manuel, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.203 Mar, Palheiro do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.75 Marais de Toumbos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143 Marais, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31 Marara, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.20 Marciega, Morro de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63 Marescaux Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.267 Mareta, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Marfea, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Marguerite, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100 Maria Amlia, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Marigot = side channel of a river; see proper name Maringouins, Marigot des . . . . . . . . . 6.143 Maritime Topography . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.241 Seabed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.241 Seamounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.242 Seismic activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.245 Volcanic activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.244 Marmoles, Puerto de Los . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21 Maroon Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 Marqus, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 Marrajos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 Marrakesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.207 Marshal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.208 Martin, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Martinho, Baixio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Martio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Maspalomas, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Massa, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Mt, Pointe du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.35 Mata del Desgarrn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Mata Galinha, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Mata, Cabo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Matakong, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83 Matam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.180 Matas Blancas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32 Matas de Al, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.297 Mateos, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Matorral, Baha del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Matru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.146 Mattilas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.303 Mau, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 Maures, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.30 Maxwell Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21 Mayondi, Mont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11 Mazagan, Cap de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146 Mazagan, pi de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146 Mbaw Gou Ndaw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146 Mbaw, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146 Mbo River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.176 Mbodine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Mboro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.144 Mbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.26 Mbour, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19 Meano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.275 Meanos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11 Mechlin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.209 Medano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Mdano Colorado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.285 Mdano de Santiago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Mdano de Tutarrn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.303 Mdano, Arrecife del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.306 Medio Golfo, Bajo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Mefa Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.261 Mehdia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.34

MehdiaPlage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37 Meia Foz, Baixo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193 Meio, Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11 Meio, Baixo do: Arquiplago dos Bijags . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Meio, Baixos do: Bissau . . . . . . . . . . 7.188 Meio, Banco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.170 Meio, Canal do: Archipelago Bijagos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Meio, Canal do: Rio Geba . . . . . . . . . 7.170 Meio, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Meji Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.231 Melenara Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Roque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Mellacore, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72 Melo, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Melo, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237 Melo, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237 Melonera, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Memrhar, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98 Mendronha, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 Meneque, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.195 Meredith Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91 Meren Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.170 Meridian Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.142 Merino, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Mers Leguesira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260 MesMeheux Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.125 Mesan Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.231 Mesurado River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.171 Mesurado, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.185 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.189 Mguerint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Mhaijrt, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98 Mharhar, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19 MidAtlantic Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.241 Middle Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.232 Middle Ground: River Gambia . . . . . . 7.86 Middle Ground: Sierra Leone River . . 8.86 Middle Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216 Middle Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.23 Middleton Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.17 Middleton River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.21 Miendaembraso, Arrecife de . . . . . . . . 3.19 Mighlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260 Miguel, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Milan, Banc du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Milieu, Banc de: Pointe Gaskel . . . . . . 7.20 Milieu, Banc du: Rivire Mellacore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72 Milieu, Banc du:Rio Nunez . . . . . . . . 7.267 Millers Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.222 Mina Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.167 Mindelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.58 Minralier de Cansado, Port . . . . . . . . . 6.46 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.53 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.60 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.52 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.63 Miniang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 Minou, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Mirhleft, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260 Missira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43 Mlomp, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Moa River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.165 Mogador, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.215 Mogn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Mogarenes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Mohammedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.63 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.74 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.85 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.64 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.81 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.69 Mole, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29

388

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Molino, Roque del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Monito, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.335 Moniz, Baixas do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Porto do, Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Monkey Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Monkey Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18 Mono Fleuve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9 Monogaga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.108 Monrovia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.174 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.181 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.192 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.190 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.174 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.185 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.180 Mont, Monte = mountain; see proper name Montaa = mountain; see proper name Montaa Amarilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Montaa Clara, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 Montaa Roja, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Monte Trigo, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.87 Monte Trigo, Ribeira de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.87 Moore Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.228 Mopalma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.147 Mopite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.146 Mordeira, Baa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16 Morbaya, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.77 Morcania, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74 Moree Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 Moreia, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Morrinho Vermelho, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 Morro = headland; see proper name Morro Branco, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Morro d Areia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Morro d Areia, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Morro de Colchas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Mortality, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94 Mosque Hassan II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.98 Mosquitos, Baixos dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193 Mosquitos, Ilha dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193 Mosteiros, Porto do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.122 Mottes d Angel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89 Mouettes, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62 Moulay Abdullah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.147 Moulay Bou Selham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20 MoulayBousselham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20 Mount; see proper name Mount, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.162 Mpatono . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 Muchachos, Roque de los . . . . . . . . . 3.175 Muda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32 Mudo, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Muellito, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Mujeres, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Mules Ears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 Mumford Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.100 Muna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 Muni Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.79 Muno River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.27 Munro Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.212 Munro Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.222 Murder Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.17 Muri Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.237 Murray Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Mut Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Muta Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Mutine Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.230 Mutine Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204 Mutraknu Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.23 Muzanty, Canal de (1101N 1531W) N.H.Mandovi, Baixos do . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 NDar Tout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.175 Ndiago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143 NGuilor Guionie, Marigot . . . . . . . . . 7.39 NJien Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Nachtigal, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.273

Nador, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25 Nafcon Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89 Naga, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Nakwa Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 Nakwa River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.78 Nalu, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 Nana Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Nana Kru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41 Nana Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.181 Naniara, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Naos, Puerto de: Isla Lanzarote . . . . . . 3.20 Naos, Puerto: Isla de la Palma . . . . . . 3.181 Naufrage, le du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.234 Navigational dangers and hazards . . . . . 1.2 Abnormal refraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 ODAS buoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 Navio, Baixos do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 Navio, Restinga del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.335 Nyer, Ile en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Naze, Cap de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.18 Ndangane, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30 Ndar, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30 Ndayane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12 Ndian River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.162 Nditach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12 Ndobol, Pointe (14005N 16431W) Ndoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.154 Negra, Cala da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Negra, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25 Negra, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20 Negritas, Playa de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.302 Negro, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 Nro, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.66 New Calabar River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79 New Cess River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.210 New Takoradi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 Newill Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 News Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.35 Newtown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21 Ngalou SamSam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 Ngalou Sessne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 Ngaparou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Ngazobil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14 Ngni, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.102 Ngor, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.172 Nh Martinho, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.125 Niamnioro (14102N 16274W) Niangol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12 Niani Mara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98 Nianija Creek, West and East . . . . . . . . 7.97 Nianine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Nido, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.81 Nigouabo, Rivir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.54 Nieves Pico de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.52 Puerto de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Punta de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64 Roque de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Nieves, Baja de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Nifo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.11 Niger, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22 Ninguana (1103N 1536W) Ninho do Guincho, Baa do . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Ninquim, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Niobe Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.202 Niodior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Niti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.145 Nkwanda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 No 2 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 No 2 village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 Nokou, Lac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.77 Nonane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31 Nord, Banc du: Rivire Saloum . . . . . . 7.32 Nordeste, Baixio do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11 Nordeste, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11 Norman Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.232 Noroeste, Baixo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12 Noroeste, Banco do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 Norte, Baixas do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.78

Norte, Baixos do (1212N 1640W) Norte, Ilhus do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.78 Norte, Ponta: Ilha do Sal . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 Norte, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Norte, Roca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.38 North Apoi Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.55 North Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.238 North Point: Benin River . . . . . . . . . 11.170 North Point: Escravos River . . . . . . . 11.263 North Point: Sinoe River . . . . . . . . . . 8.216 North Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216 Northwest Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161 Nossa Senhora da Encarnao, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123 Nossa Senhora da Piedade . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Nosworthy Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88 Nouadhibou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.64 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.71 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.82 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.64 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.83 Nouakchott Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.112 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.120 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.115 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.111 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.122 Noumghr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98 Nouasser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.134 Noun, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.272 Nova Sintra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.127 Novo, Porto; Ilha de Santo Anto . . . . 4.84 Nuahn Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.16 Nublo, Roque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.52 Nuch River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.28 Nuevo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39 Nuida, Ras el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19 Nun River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24 Nun, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.273 Nun, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.273 Nunez, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.247 above Port Kamsar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.275 Nungua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.107 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.92 Nyama Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 Nyamsa Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 Nyan, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.14 Nyana Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80 Nyanya, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80 Nyanyanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80 Nyikine, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122 Nyouzomou, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107 OFarrell Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.104 Oasis Lemsid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Obac, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Obe Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.167 Obokun Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.41 Obosumnyinye Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80 Observation, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.20 Obusmadi Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.79 Ocurri, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193 Odiama Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75 Odin Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.187 Odudu Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.216 Oeste, Baixas de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.78 Oeste, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222 Ogidigbe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.263 Ogu Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89 Oiseaux, le aux: Rivire Ebdou . . . . 7.118 Oiseaux, le des: Rivire Diomboss . . . 7.40 Oiseaux, les des: Rivire Casamance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Oiseaux, Pointe des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.40 Oiseaux, Presqule aux . . . . . . . . . . . 7.118

389

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Ojos de Garza, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Okan Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.262 Okere Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.258 Okono Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.198 Okrika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.96 Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.96 Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.96 Okubie Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.17 Okwori Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.143 Olague Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171 Old Ningo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Oliveira Muzanty, Baixos de . . . . . . . 7.203 Oliveira, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Ologi Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.181 Olokugumage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.181 Om, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Ongueringo, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Ongueringao, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Onne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89 Opera, Pointe de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Opobo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.160 Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.104 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.159 Opolo Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.168 Opolubo Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.36 Orango Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.201 Orango, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.198 Orango, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.195 Orangosinho, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.199 Orchilla, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.197 Orejas de Asno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32 Organo, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Organos, Punta de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Orobi Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171 Orontes Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161 Orzola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Oshiyie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.81 Osi Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.79 Ossenque, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.203 Otikaka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Otuam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 Ouader, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.290 Oualidia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181 Ouangaran, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Ouangaran, Pointe de (12366N 16400W) Ouappou, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Oued = river; see proper name Ouest, Baie de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.29 Ouest, Banc de l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63 Ouidah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.66 Plage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.66 Oulad aj Jmal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.145 Ouladine, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.39 Ouloum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.134 OumelFatima, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.290 Outer Patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20 Outer Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.164 Outer Rock: Bioni River . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Outer Rock: Cape Palmas . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Outra Banda, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Ouya Ouya, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79 Oyibi Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.80 Oyster Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.66 Pacheco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20 Pachona, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Padre Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.128 Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.128 Pajaritos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.305 Palacio del Raisuni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23 Palangana, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.305 Palheiro da Terra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.75 Palm Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.24 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.15 Palma, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.175 PalmarinFakao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20

Palmas Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Palmas, Cape, Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.15 Palmeira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 Palmeira, Baa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 Palmeira, Porto da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 Palmistes, Pointe des (10414N 14448W) Palmo a Tosto, Praia do . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Palo, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Paloma, Cabo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Palometa, Baja de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Pambai, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 Pangon Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 Panther D offshore platform . . . . . . . 9.103 Panther offshore platform . . . . . . . . . 9.103 Papagaio, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.37 Papagaios de Riba, Ponta dos . . . . . . . 4.43 Papagaios, Canal dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Papagaios, Ilhu dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Papagaios, Pedras dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Papagayo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Pappa Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 Pappa Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 Paps Seamount, The (2553N 2024W) Parapeita, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17 Parchel, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61 Parda, Baa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 Rifes da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 Pargo, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.204 Pargo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26 Pargos, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.71 Parrot Deep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.176 Parrot Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.177 Partido, Roque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Pasali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98 Pashu Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Pasito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Pasitos Blancos, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Paso Chico, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Passagem da Coroa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.226 Passagem da Tartaruga . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.200 Passagem das Gaviotas (1055N 1543W) Passagem do Furado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Pssaros, Banco dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.187 Pssaros, Ilhu dos: Canal de Bubaque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.213 Pssaros, Ilhu dos: Canal do Geba . . 7.188 Pssaros, Ilhu dos: Ilha de So Vicente . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Pssaros, Ilhu dos: Rio Mansoa . . . . 7.186 Passe du Lvrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.60 Passe du Nord: les de Loos . . . . . . . . . 8.18 Passe du Nord: Rivire Mellacore . . . 8.72 Passe du Sud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72 Passe Mdiane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122 Pata, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Patro, Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.216 Pau Seco, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92 Pau, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Paul do Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Pea, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 Pecau, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Pechiguera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13 Pecixe, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193 Pecixe, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Pedra Badejo, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . 4.100 Pedra Badejo, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.100 Pedra de Lume, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17 Pedra Preta, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12 Pedra Rachada, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 Pedra, Ponte de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.221 Pedras = rocks; see proper name Pedras de Ampincha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Pedras Ms, Baixio das (1059N 1538W) Pedras Vermelhas, Baixa de . . . . . . . . 7.185 Pedras, Baixos das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237

Pedregal, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.71 Pedrenau, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92 Pedrinha do Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Pedro lvares, Baixos de . . . . . . . . . . 7.187 Pedro lvares, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222 Pedro Barba, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 Pedro de Cintra, Canal (1122N 1614W) Pedro Nunes, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.166 Pekam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.137 Plicans, Baie des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Plicans, le des . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Peligro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Pelind, Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156 Pelind, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156 Pelion, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Pea Grande, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.335 Pena, Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Peas del Chache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 Penedo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 Penedo, Rada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 Peninsula de Jandia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32 Peninsula de Ro de Oro . . . . . . . . . . . 5.329 Pennington Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . 12.55 Pennington Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.17 Pennington River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.20 Penn Bermeijo, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Penoso, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90 Pepr Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Pescadeiro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Pescador, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 Pescador, Roca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Pesebre Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Pesqueiro da Atalaia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23 Pesqueiro do MorreFome . . . . . . . . 2.59 Pesqueirona, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 Peter Fortis Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.135 Petit Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.41 PetitBassam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 PetitBassam, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 Petits Mamelles, Les . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.160 Piadawyu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Picket Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 Pico = peak; see proper name Piedra Cagada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336 Piedra de Agal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.38 Piedra Galha, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.38 Pigiguiti, Restinga do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.188 Pillsbury Seamount (028N 1704W) Piln del Norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Piln del Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Pilones, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Pilotage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.27 Pilotos, Canal dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.238 Pima Bolon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Pipon Patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.202 Piquinhos, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Pirate Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Piton de Ched Halll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98 Piton de Ourjema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Plantain Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Plat, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Plateau de Gonzalez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236 Plateau de Verga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236 Plato Seamount (3316N 2940W) Playa = beach; see proper name Playa Blanca, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Playitas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Plowright Point (438N 709E) Po River: Cape Mesurado . . . . . . . . . 8.169 Po River: Cestos Point . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.213 Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.213 Poasi Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 Poasi Bluffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 Pobamo Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204 Poa Grande, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92 Poas, Ponta das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Podor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183

390

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Poilo, Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.201 Poilo, Canal do (1054N 1538W) Poilo, Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.201 Pointe = point; see proper name Pokoti Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.24 Pol, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Pombas, Baixo das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 Ponate, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Pongo, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19 Pont Charles de Gaulle . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 Pont HouphouetBoigny . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 Ponta = point; see proper name Ponta do Sol, Porto da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 Ponta Fernandes, Porto da . . . . . . . . . 7.166 Ponta Paulo Comba, Porto . . . . . . . . . 7.166 Ponta Pequena, Baixas da . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Ponta, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Pontifex Point (443N 819E) Pontinha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41 Pontona, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92 Pool, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.130 Poor, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Popenguine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.24 Popo, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 Porcos, Baixo dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Porcos, Ilhus dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.203 Poris de Abona, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Poro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.105 Port; see proper name Port Bout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.127 Port services Summary . . . . . . . . . . 1.236 Docking facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.236 Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.237 Portinho, Ponta do: Canal do Geba . . 7.186 Portinho, Ponta do: Ilha de So Nicolau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.34 Porto = port; see proper name Porto da Cruz Baixa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Porto Ferreira, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.29 Porto Madeira, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Porto Novo Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.57 Porto Novo, Enseada de . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Porto Santo, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Porto, Canal do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.218 Portudal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Portugal, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.240 Portuguese Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.81 Poste, Banc du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.81 Poulet, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Poutake, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.39 Powell Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.255 Power Station Jetty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.110 Poyata, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Pozo Aufist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Pozo Hasi Ausiualet . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Pozo Negro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Pozos de Hassi Haimmermach . . . . . . 5.297 Pra Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.88 Pra, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.94 Praia = beach; see proper name Praia Formosa, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.67 Praia, Porto da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.103 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.110 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.115 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.103 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.109 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.116 Pranha, Ponta: Ilha Brava . . . . . . . . . 4.125 Pranha, Ponta: Rio Geba . . . . . . . . . . 7.187 Prampram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.22 Preo Leve, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.223 Preguia, Porto da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.40 Presqule = peninsula; see proper name

Preta, Ponta: Ilha de Santiago . . . . . . . 4.97 Preta, Ponta: Ilha do Maio . . . . . . . . . . 4.93 Preta, Ponta: Ilha do Sal . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 Price, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.102 Princes Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.14 Principal ports, harbours and anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.235 Principal, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 Principal, Chenal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.248 Prudente, Bancs de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41 Puertito, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22 Puerto = port; see proper name Puerto Nuevo, Restinga de . . . . . . . . . . 6.39 Puerto Rico, Bajos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 Puerto Rico, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16 Puerto Rico, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 Puerto, Punta del; Isla de Tenerife . . . 3.122 Puerto, Punta del: Isla de Gran Canaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61 Puits de Ouichichi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.158 Pullam Shoals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.201 Plpito, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336 Pumponi Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 Punta = point; see proper name Punta, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 Puntilla Negra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Puntilla, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Puntillas de las Raimas . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Purpuraires, les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.215 Pute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.16 Qebir, Jebel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17 Qua Iboe River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.161 Qua Iboe Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.222 Quay Francais . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.273 Quebrado, Arrecife de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 Queen Anns Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.89 Queen Elizabeth II Quay . . . . . . . . . . 8.109 Queen, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 Queimada, Baixo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 Queimada, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Quissir, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Quito, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.23 Rabat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.57 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.59 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.61 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.57 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.60 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.58 Rabil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26 Rabil, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 Rabo de Junco Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 Rada, Rade = roadstead; see proper name Radio facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.28 Automatic Identification System . . . 1.34 Electronic position fixing systems . . 1.28 Maritime radio stations . . . . . . . . . . 1.35 Other aids to navigation . . . . . . . . . . 1.33 Radio medical advice . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.39 Radio navigational warnings . . . . . . 1.36 Raisin, Punta au . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.40 Rama, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Ramos River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.18 Ranger Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Rapadura, Roque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Rapasse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.278 Ras, Rs = cape, point; see proper name Rasca, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Raso, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.42 Rastarf, Jebel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.269 Raven, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17 Rawson Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.266 Raya, Arrecife de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20 Razo, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.42

Realejos, Baja de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Recanto de Pranha, Ponta do . . . . . . . 4.52 Rcif(s) = reef(s); see proper name Recorder Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Red Cliff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.268 Red Hill of Kasang, The . . . . . . . . . . . 7.98 Redondo, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.78 Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.40 European Community regulations . . 1.43 International regulations . . . . . . . . . 1.40 National regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.54 Rei, Baixio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Rei, Ilhu do: Ilhus Secos . . . . . . . . . 4.129 Rei, Ilhu do: Rio Geba . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Rei, Restinga do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.188 Reina Sofia Airport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Rendall Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 Rpin, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.243 Repos, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78 Rsolue, Banc de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.153 Restinga = reef, spit; see proper name Restinga, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Rey, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.30 Rgueba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Rhir, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.217 Ribeira = river; see proper name Ribeira Alta, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 Ribeira Brava, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Ribeira da Barca, Porto da . . . . . . . . . 4.102 Ribeira das Pombas, Ponta da . . . . . . . 4.82 Ribeira de Ladro, Monte da . . . . . . . . 4.42 Ribera Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 Ribi, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.140 Richard Toll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183 Richardson Point (448N 828E) Ricketts Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.125 Rico, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72 Rico, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61 Rife Baluarte, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 Rife, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 Rincn del Parchel, El . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Rio = river; see proper name Rio Grande, Baixos do . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.145 Rio, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Rio, Estrecho del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18 Riquer, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134 Risco, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.75 River; see proper name Rivire = river; see proper name Roani Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31 Robane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Robat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.81 Robbins Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171 Robertsport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173 Rocha das Vinhas, Ilhu da . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Rocha Negra, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Rocha Salina, Monte da . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 Roche(s), Rocher = rock(s); see proper name Rock Cess Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204 Rock Town Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21 Rock Town Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.21 Rocky Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20 Rodrigo, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 Roja, Montaa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Romanche Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . 1.241 Rombo, Ilhus do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129 Rompeolas, Espignon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.25 Ronda Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Roque del Palo, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Roque Manzano, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Roque, El: Isla de la Palma . . . . . . . . 3.181 Roque, El: Isla de Tenerife . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Roque, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 Roque(s) = rock(s); see proper name Roqueta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.335 Roquete, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 Roquete, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Roquetes, Punta de los . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Roquito, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39

391

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Rosa, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92 Rosario, Puerto del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39 Rotifunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141 Rouazzi, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.214 Rouge, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12 Rouge, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Rough Corner Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.81 Roume, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.34 Round Island Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.266 Roundhead Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.31 Roxa, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.203 Roxo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Rubane, Baixos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.213 Rubane, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.210 Rubane, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.213 Rufisque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.23 Rufisque, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.147 Rugged Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.265 Ruivo de Santana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22 Russwurm Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.33

Sable, Barre de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19 Sable, le de: Rio Nunez . . . . . . . . . . 7.269 Sable, le de: Rivire Saloum . . . . . . . . 7.28 Sabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Safi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.183 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.195 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.203 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.184 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.201 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.189 Safi, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182 Saguia el Hamra, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.303 SahebelHarcha, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . 5.290 SaiSai, Rochers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.147 Saiaba Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Saibajarsa, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.290 Saint Georges, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Saint Georges, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Saint John River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.209 Saint Mary Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.66 Saint Mary Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.87 Saint Nicholas River . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75 Saint Paul River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.170 SaintJean, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 SaintLouis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.175 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.177 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.175 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.178 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.176 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.180 SainteAnne, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Sakak, Marigot de (13548N 16443W) Sakumo Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.111 Sal Rei Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26 Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26 Vila de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26 Sal, Ilha do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 Sal, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Salamanza, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.52 Salamanza, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Sald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183 Sal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.57 Sali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25 Salina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.100 Salina do Creoulo, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Salina, Baa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Salina, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.42 Salina, Ponta da: Ilha de Santa Luzia . . 4.44 Salina, Ponta da: Ilha de Santo Anto . 4.83 Salinas, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.92 Salinas, Punta Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Salineta, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Salineta, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.66 Sallatouk, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.64

Salmor Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Roque de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Salogmad, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260 Saloum, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.27 Salto, Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.38 Saltpond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.103 Salvaje, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Samatite, Pointe (12336N 16403W) Samba, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237 Sambreiro River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.78 Sambui, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Sami Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Samis, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 Samis, Marigot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.129 San Andrs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 San Bartholomeo River . . . . . . . . . . . 12.77 San Carlos, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.182 San Cipriano, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 San Cristobal, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.173 San Gabriel, Islote de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 San Juan, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 San Nicols, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 San Pedro, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.56 San Pedro, Rivire: The Gambia/Sngal boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117 San Sebastian de la Gomera, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.173 SanPdro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.75 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.88 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.87 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.75 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.81 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.90 Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55 SanPdro, Rochers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Sancha, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Sandeng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Sandy Point; Calabar River . . . . . . . 12.163 Sandy Point: Opobo River . . . . . . . . 12.159 Sangako, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30 Sangara, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12 Sangomar, Pointe de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14 Saniang Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117 Sankin, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79 Sankuia Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Santa Agueda, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60 Santa Anna, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39 Santa Barbara River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.76 Santa Catalina, Baja de . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Santa Catalina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.182 Santa Cruz de la Palma . . . . . . . . . . . 3.182 Santa Cruz de Tenerife . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.139 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.150 Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.159 Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.141 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.158 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.139 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.155 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.145 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162 Santa Cruz: Ilha da Madeira . . . . . . . . . 2.32 Santa Jago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.100 Santa Luzia, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.54 Santa Luzia, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Santa Maria, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18 Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18 Santa Maria, Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.105 Santana, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Santiago Playa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.166 Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.166 Santiago, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Santiago, Forte de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41 Santiago, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 Santiago, Playa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Santiago, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.100

Santo Anto, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.80 Santo Antnio, Monte: Ilha da Bavista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 Santo Antonio, Monte: Ilha do Maio . . 4.90 Santo Domingo de Garafia . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Santo Domingo, Roca de . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Santo, Porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15 Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.19 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14 Oil terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.18 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.20 Sa Catarina, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 So Domingos, Baixos de (1207N 1630W) So Domingos, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 So Filipe, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123 So Francisco, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 So Francisco, Porto de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 So Jorge Arco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Baixa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26 Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 So Jorge, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.40 So Loureno Ilhu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26 So Martinho, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 So Nicolau, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.34 So Pedro, Baixa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 So Vicente, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55 So Vicente, Ilha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50 So Vicentinho, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 Sapado, Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129 Sapele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.209 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 11.217 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.223 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.222 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 11.209 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.221 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 11.216 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.226 Saragaa, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Sardina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Sardina, Rada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65 Sarne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Sarne, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19 Sarga, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 Sarrajo, Baixio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.185 Sarsar, Jebel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.30 Sasiyek Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.80 Sassandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.109 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Sassandra, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.102 Sassandra, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.106 Sasstown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18 Saudade, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 Savage River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.224 Say Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Schooner Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86 Schooner Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204 Sea and swell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.257 Swell conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.259 Sea Eagle Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.44 Sea water characteristics . . . . . . . . . . 1.263 Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.263 Salinity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.262 Seahorse Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 Sbou, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33 Sebou, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33 Sco, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Secos, Ilhus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129 Sdhiou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138 Sguro, Porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.63

392

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Sehnkwehn River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.214 Seine Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.242 Seixal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Baixo do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Sekondi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.28 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.28 Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.28 Naval Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.28 Sekrk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.69 Seksou, Sidi bou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181 Selekini Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 Selekini Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 Selvagem Grande, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.74 Selvagem Pequea, Ilha . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.77 Selvagens, Ilhas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73 Sm Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.107 Sminole, Banc du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.163 Senahu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141 Sene, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.237 Sngal, Fleuve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.175 above SaintLouis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181 Sengana Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.21 Sengana Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.17 Senghor Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.242 Senti, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19 Sentinelle, Bancs de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.41 SenyaBeraku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91 Sepu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 Serenni, Presquile de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Serradinho, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Sesters Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Sesters Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Sete Cabeas, Baixo das . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Settra Kru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.16 Seuil de Dougoufissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.270 Seuil de lAmarante . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.269 Seuil de Mia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.28 Seven Fathoms Point (454N 816E) Seven Foot Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.92 Shai Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Shama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.88 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.97 Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.97 Shebar Entrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.148 Shenge Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Sherbro Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31 Sherbro River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.125 Shoals of Saint Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Shooter Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.160 Shore Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.31 Sidi Abd el Betach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.218 Sidi bel Khir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181 Sidi Bou el Fedail, Oued . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Sidi Bou Lfdai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Sidi Bou Nouar, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Sidi Bou Wafi Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.144 Sidi Bou Zid, Crique de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.140 Sidi Boudeniane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.218 Sidi BuerReya, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260 Sidi Daoui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.153 Sidi Haj Bou Derbala, lot . . . . . . . . . . 5.55 Sidi Ifni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.261 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.261 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.264 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.262 Sidi Kacem, Playa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22 Sidi Mamatouaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.218 Sidi Mesbah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.153 Sidi Mogdoul Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.230 Sidi Moulay bou Zergtoun . . . . . . . . . 5.218 Sidi Moussa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Sidi Ouassa, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Sidi Salah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.218 Sidi Yssahak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.218 Siendou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Sierra Leone River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86 above Freetown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.121 Siete Cabos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.336

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.56 Storm signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.56 Sika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Silif, Rivire de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31 Silva, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Sim, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.215 Sim, Ras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.215 Sinagoga, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 Sine, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31 Singuand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74 Sin, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 Sinoe Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226 Sinoe River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.216 Sisters, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 Skhirat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.51 Skhirat, lot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.54 SkhiratPlage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.49 Skiring, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Skyring, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Socorridos, Ribeira dos . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.42 Socorro, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Sofanyama Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Soga, Baixos de (1124N 1554W) Soga, Ilha de (1121N 1552W) Sohr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.175 Sol, Ponta de: Ilha da Bavista . . . . . . 4.25 Sol, Ponta do: Ilha da Madeira . . . . . . . 2.28 Sol, Ponta do: Ilha de Santo Anto . . . 4.82 Solha, Baixio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.204 Solifor Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117 Solitary Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20 Solitons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.260 Solokpo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Soma Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Sommet = summit; see proper name Somone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Somone, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Sonam Gasfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.168 Songor Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.16 Songrogu, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138 Sotavento, Bajo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.18 Sotavento, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.304 Soudan, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Soueira Kdima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.214 Sougui, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120 Soumbouya, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.76 Sourid, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.34 Souroguia, Sommet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.36 Sous, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 South Breaker: Arquiplago dos Bijags . . . . . . . . . 7.233 South Point: Forcados River . . . . . . 11.227 Spartel, Anse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21 Spartel, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19 Spence Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203 Sperling Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Spiffs Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.36 Spinnaker Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.267 Spitfire Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.234 Spitfire, Rcif . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.234 Stafford, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.303 Steep Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.160 Stevens Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.230 Stockton Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.170 Stopintime Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86 Strong Face Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.160 Suara Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Suara Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Subbubo Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Subbubo Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Suchu Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15 Sucujaque, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Sucujaque, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.140 Sud, Banc du: Rio Nunez . . . . . . . . . . 7.267 Sud, Banc du: Rivire Casamance . . . 7.121 Sud, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.177 Sudest, Banc du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.102 Sueste, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.203

Sugari River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.172 Sugarloaf Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Sugarloaf Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.105 Sul, Baixos do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Sul, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Sumina Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.79 Sunk Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.204 Sur, Baja del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Sur, Roca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.38 Susans Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.113 Sussex River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.124 Sussex, village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.124 Swallow Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Tabaqueiro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.71 Table d Oukacha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.100 Table, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79 Tablero, Bajo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 Taboria, Barre de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19 Tabou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65 Tabou, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59 Tabou, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65 Tabounsou, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.75 Taco, Montaa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Tadio, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107 Tafou, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.57 Tagrt, Rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Tagba, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.107 Tagrin Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112 Tahou, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Tadi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.275 le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.269 Tadi, Marigot de (1041N 1442W) Takoradi Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.68 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.67 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.46 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.62 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.71 Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 Talaitas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Talhada, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.37 Talibonche, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.268 Talic, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165 Tamadiste, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Tamaimo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Tamara, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33 Tambakoto Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Tambana Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Tambana Factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74 Tamrhart, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.217 Tamrhart, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.217 Tamri, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216 Tamsak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143 Tan Tan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.277 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.279 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.282 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.280 Tana, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72 Tana, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72 Tana, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79 Tann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.36 Tangier Boukhaf Aero Light . . . . . . . . 5.19 Tnt, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.103 Tnji, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117 Tankular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Tanodrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Tanodrt, Baie de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Tantum Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 Taozo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Tapa Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.170 Tarfe, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Tarafes, Ponta dos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44

393

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Tarajalejo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Tarfaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.302 Tarfaya, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.285 Tarfayat el Mansour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.89 Tarrafal do Monte Trigo, Porto do . . . . 4.86 Tarrafal: Ilha de Santo Anto Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.86 Ribeira do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.86 Tarrafal: Ilha de So Nicolau Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.41 Porto da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.41 Tarrafal: Ilha do Santiago . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 Baa do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 Taso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.145 Tassu Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Tassu Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Tauro, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Tazacorte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Techet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Teide, Pico de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.115 Teixeira Marinho, Banco . . . . . . . . . . 7.145 Teja, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.328 Tejina, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.138 Tejitas, Playa de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Telde, Bajos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.55 Telha, Baixa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.41 Tema Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.116 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.129 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.128 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.109 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.120 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 10.115 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.131 Temerosa, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.97 Tendeba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 Tendo, Lagune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.40 Tenef, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Tenerife, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.114 Teno, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.121 Tenpobo Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.22 Tensift, Oued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.214 Terceira Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.23 Teresitas, Playa de las . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.120 Tesegdelt, Jebel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.285 Teshe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.106 Testa Lisa, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.42 Tte de Kilensi (10407N 14426W) Tte de Roche, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.235 Thann de Ben Rne (1407N 1606W) Thauka Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.136 The; see proper name Thekla Bohlen Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Thionk, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Thistle Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 Thistle Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.93 Thornton Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139 Three Foot Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.37 Three Points, Cape, Light . . . . . . . . . . 10.20 Tiar, Banc de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30 TiaroyeMer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.146 Tidal streams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.255 Tidra, Ile et . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Tierra Negra, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Tifnit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Tijimiraque, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.195 Tla, Presquile de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Timbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.237 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203 Timirist, Rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Tin Can Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.146 Tine Dine, le de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 Tingi Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.171 Tiosa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Tiosa, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Tiouilit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98 Tirajana, Barranco de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.56 Tit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.147 Titibul Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.143

Tobacco Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.177 Tobola Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 Tobor, Marigot de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Toke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.124 Toll Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.87 Tom Shot Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.164 Tom Shot Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.180 Tom Shot Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.163 Tombali, Baixos do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.204 Tombali, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.241 Tombali, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.241 Tombo, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41 Tomento . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.41 Toneles, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Tonkima, Marigot de (1048N 1446W) Tonnelier, Pointe du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.35 Tonnelier, Rcif du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.55 Topaciegos, Roques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.181 Tope da Berta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.43 Tope de Coroa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.80 Tope, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Topokani Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.202 Topokani Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.202 Topona, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44 Tor, Rio de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Torno de Fouarat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.43 Torno de LAbattoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.40 Torno de las Trois Palmiers . . . . . . . . . 5.40 Torno de Ouled Bergel . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.40 Torre, Ilhu da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.186 Torrente del Aguila, Punta y . . . . . . . . 3.15 Tortugo, Bajo el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Tostn Puerto del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.48 Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.37 Toua, Crique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 ToubabGuillao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12 Toubakouta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43 Touguir, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.77 Tour, Pointe de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182 Trade Town Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203 Traffic and operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 Exercise areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 Fishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 Helicopter operations . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16 Routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 Treichville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 Tristo, les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.243 Tristo, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.244 Tristo, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Trojan Point (434N 710E) Trombeta, Baixa da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.70 Tropic Seamount (2352N 2045W) Trou Sans Fond, Le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.96 Tryh Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.20 Tsiakur Bansu Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.30 Tubabkollon Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.94 Tubaro, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 Tufo, Ilhu do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.222 Tullifer Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.160 Tumba, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 Tumbu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.82 Tumtenda Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 Turn Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.160 Turner Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.148 Turtle and Sherbro Bank . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Turtle Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 Tutarrn, Bajo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.303 Twon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.36 Tyson Point (442N 705E) Uarsig, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.272 Uina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.275 Ukpokiti Marine Terminal . . . . . . . . 11.191 Unam Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.157 Unicorn Bank (3444N 1428W) Upper Buchanan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.209 Upper Bumpe River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141

Uro Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Usaje, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 Usari Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.157 Vaca, Bajo La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Vaca, Restinga de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.335 Vacas, Praia das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Vale de Cavaleiros, Ponta de . . . . . . . 4.120 Vale de Cavaleiros, Porto de . . . . . . . 4.121 Valle Gran Rey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Valle Gran Rey, Fondeadero del . . . . . 3.169 Vallehermoso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171 Valverde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.194 Vampire Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.20 Varadouros, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12 Varandinha, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Varela, Baa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Varela, Ponta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.144 Vase, Barre de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19 Vauban, Baixo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Velha da Ponta do Pau, Porto . . . . . . . 7.165 Velho, Porto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.40 Vlingara (14035N 16326W) Vlor Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.31 Venour Point (440N 819E) Vento, Ponta do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Ventura, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35 Vera Cruz, Ponta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18 Verde, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Verga, Bancs de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.236 Verga, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11 Vermelharia, Ponta da . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.37 Vernon Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.22 Vert, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145 Vialobos la Vieja, Ensenada de . . . . . . 6.39 Viana, Baixa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.53 Victoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.276 Victoria Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.137 Victoria Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67 Victory, Baie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 Vieja, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Viento, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Viento, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.122 Vigia, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.264 Vigia, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.59 Vila Baleria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15 Vila da Ribeira Brava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.40 Vila do Maio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.93 Vila do Porto Inglez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.93 Vila Maria Pia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 Villa Bens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.302 Villa Cisneros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19 Villa Cisneros, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19 Vilmorin, Banc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.60 Virginia, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.38 Vitria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.66 Viva, Ilhu da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30 Volcn San Antonio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Volta, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.25 Vridi, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.135 Vridi, Pont de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.134 Vueltas, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Vuluko, Roches de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.60 Wackria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.279 Walle River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141 Walli Kunda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 Wallis Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.135 Wappi Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Warri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.240 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 11.251 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.273 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.261 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 11.240 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.258 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 11.246 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.266 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.275 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.267

394

Home

Contents

Index

INDEX

Warrigi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171 Wassaname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.18 Waterhouse Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217 Watts Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22 Webado Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 West Isan Oilfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.167 West Nianija Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 West Point: Brass River . . . . . . . . . . . 12.30 West Point: Burutu Channel . . . . . . . 11.237 West Point: Calabar River . . . . . . . . 12.163 West Point: Ghana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.23 West Point: Opobo River . . . . . . . . . 12.159 West Uro River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Western Breakers: Bonny River . . . . . 12.81 Western Breakers: Brass River . . . . . . 12.31 Western Spit: Brass River . . . . . . . . . 12.31 Western Spit: Nun River . . . . . . . . . . 12.25 Western Spit: Opobo River . . . . . . . 12.159 Whale Bay, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 White Mans Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Whole Graway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Whydah Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.268 Wilson Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.205 Windham Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.180 Winneba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.104 Winstanley Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.87

Wlo River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Woe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.28 Wolf Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 Wright Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171 Yangisei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.138 Yangouya, Barre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.19 Yarbutenda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.105 Yatacounda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138 Yawri Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.125 Yele Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161 Yelibana Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139 Yelibuya Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.80 Yelibuya Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.80 Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.80 Yeligbungbo Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.80 Yeliotono, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.72 Yellow Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79 Yellow Will Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.202 Yen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Tod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Yenguissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79 Yenkain Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.125 Yenkin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.137 Yenku Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.79 Yennoi, Pointe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59

Yobua, Rochers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59 Yof, le d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.144 Yoho Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.210 Yoki Beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.232 Yolas, Rivire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138 York: Whale Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.134 York: York Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.154 Yoruba Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.222 Yoruba Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Young Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.171 Yubi, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.285 Yule Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.206 Yuncas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.329 Zagaia, Baixo da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193 Zagaia, Ilha da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.193 Zagaia, Rio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.164 Zarza, Pico de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.32 Zbre, Pointe du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.275 Ziguinchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.132 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.134 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.132 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.137 Trois Pointes de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Zinho, Ilhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.44

395

Home

Contents

Index

PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE

A complete list of Sailing Directions, Charts and other works published by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office, together with a list of Agents for their sale, is contained in the Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications, published annually. The list of Admiralty Distributors is also on the UKHO website (www.ukho.gov.uk), or it can be obtained from: The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office, Admiralty Way, Taunton, Somerset TA1 2DN

Produced in the United Kingdom by Pindar Graphics

Home

Contents

Index

CDROM Instructions
See Status, Disclaimer and Copyright at Explanatory Notes at Page vi. The CDROM below contains the following: Text and photographs in this volume in Portable Document Format (PDF). In certain cases additional photographs may have been provided. Software to install Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0. A link to the Adobe Website for updated versions of Adobe Reader. A link to the UKHO website: www.ukho.gov.uk. Avoid touching or scratching the silver side of the CDROM. To protect it from damage or loss, return it to the envelope after use. Place the CDROM in a compact disc drive. The opening screen should appear within a few seconds. If the opening screen does not appear after 15 seconds, try the following: Doubleleft click: My Computer. Doubleleft click CDROM icon: NP01 (D:) Doubleleft click html file: index. The CDROM is designed to work with the following software: Windows 98 Windows 2000 Windows ME Windows NT4.0 SP5 Windows XP